ROM Disassembly | Ultimate Commodore 64 Reference

This allows you to view different commentaries side-by-side. You can enable/disable individual columns:

	Microsoft/Commodore Source	The original M6502 BASIC source by Microsoft (KIM-1 version, not everything lines up, Commodore extensions are missing, but lots of comments by the original authors) and the original C64 KERNAL source by Commodore (lots of comments by the original authors)
	Data Becker [German]	German-language comments from Das neue Commodore-64-intern-Buch by Data Becker, ISBN 3890113079. Some minor corrections have been made.
	Lee Davison	Comments from The almost completely commented C64 ROM disassembly V1.01 by Lee Davison. Some minor corrections have been made.
	Bob Sander-Cederlof [BASIC only]	Comments adapted from S-C DocuMentor for Applesoft by Bob Sander-Cederlof, for the version of Microsoft BASIC that shipped with the Apple II.
	Magnus Nyman [KERNAL only]	Comments from JIFFYDOS version 6.01/version 6.02 by Magnus Nyman (Harlekin/FairLight), which were written for the JiffyDOS KERNAL, so some serial code and all tape code is missing comments.
	Marko Mäkelä	Comments from the Commodore 64 BASIC/KERNAL ROM Disassembly Version 1.0 (June 1994) by Marko Mäkelä.

Disassembly	Microsoft/Commodore Source	Data Becker [German]	Lee Davison	Bob Sander-Cederlof [BASIC only]	Magnus Nyman [KERNAL only]	Marko Mäkelä
.:A000 94 E3		Start-Vektor $E394	BASIC cold start entry point			RESET
.:A002 7B E3		NMI-Vektor $E37B	BASIC warm start entry point			Warm Start CBMBASIC
.:A004 43 42 4D 42 41 53 49 43	PAGE DISPATCH TABLES, RESERVED WORDS, AND ERROR TEXTS. ORG ROMLOC	'cbmbasic' Adressen der BASIC-Befehle -1 (Interpreterkode Adresse Befehl)	'cbmbasic', ROM name, unreferenced action addresses for primary commands these are called by pushing the address onto the stack and doing an RTS so the actual address -1 needs to be pushed	'cbmbasic' BRANCH TABLE FOR TOKENS		address table for commands (address minus 1 used)
.:A00C 30 A8	STMDSP: ADR(END-1)	$80 $A831 END	perform END $80	$80 $A831 END		end
.:A00E 41 A7	ADR(FOR-1)	$81 $A742 FOR	perform FOR $81	$81 $A742 FOR		for
.:A010 1D AD	ADR(NEXT-1)	$82 $AD1E NEXT	perform NEXT $82	$82 $AD1E NEXT		next
.:A012 F7 A8	ADR(DATA-1) IFN EXTIO,<	$83 $A8F8 DATA	perform DATA $83	$83 $A8F8 DATA		data
.:A014 A4 AB	ADR(INPUTN-1)>	$84 $ABA5 INPUT#	perform INPUT# $84	$84 $ABA5 INPUT#		input#
.:A016 BE AB	ADR(INPUT-1)	$85 $ABBF INPUT	perform INPUT $85	$85 $ABBF INPUT		input
.:A018 80 B0	ADR(DIM-1)	$86 $B081 DIM	perform DIM $86	$86 $B081 DIM		dim
.:A01A 05 AC	ADR(READ-1)	$87 $AC06 READ	perform READ $87	$87 $AC06 READ		read
.:A01C A4 A9	ADR(LET-1)	$88 $A9A5 LET	perform LET $88	$88 $A9A5 LET		let
.:A01E 9F A8	ADR(GOTO-1)	$89 $A8A0 GOTO	perform GOTO $89	$89 $A8A0 GOTO		goto
.:A020 70 A8	ADR(RUN-1)	$8A $A871 RUN	perform RUN $8A	$8A $A871 RUN		run
.:A022 27 A9	ADR(IF-1)	$8B $A928 IF	perform IF $8B	$8B $A928 IF		if
.:A024 1C A8	ADR(RESTORE-1)	$8C $A81D RESTORE	perform RESTORE $8C	$8C $A81D RESTORE		restore
.:A026 82 A8	ADR(GOSUB-1)	$8D $A883 GOSUB	perform GOSUB $8D	$8D $A883 GOSUB		gosub
.:A028 D1 A8	ADR(RETURN-1)	$8E $A8D2 RETURN	perform RETURN $8E	$8E $A8D2 RETURN		return
.:A02A 3A A9	ADR(REM-1)	$8F $A93B REM	perform REM $8F	$8F $A93B REM		rem
.:A02C 2E A8	ADR(STOP-1)	$90 $A82F STOP	perform STOP $90	$90 $A82F STOP		stop
.:A02E 4A A9	ADR(ONGOTO-1) IFN NULCMD,< ADR(NULL-1)>	$91 $A94B ON	perform ON $91	$91 $A94B ON		on
.:A030 2C B8	ADR(FNWAIT-1) IFN DISKO,< IFE REALIO-3,<	$92 $B82D WAIT	perform WAIT $92	$92 $B82D WAIT		wait
.:A032 67 E1	ADR(CQLOAD-1)	$93 $E168 LOAD	perform LOAD $93	$93 $E168 LOAD		load
.:A034 55 E1	ADR(CQSAVE-1)	$94 $E156 SAVE	perform SAVE $94	$94 $E156 SAVE		save
.:A036 64 E1	ADR(CQVERF-1)> IFN REALIO,< IFN REALIO-2,< IFN REALIO-3,< IFN REALIO-5,< ADR(LOAD-1) ADR(SAVE-1)>>>> IFN REALIO-1,< IFN REALIO-3,< IFN REALIO-4,< ADR(511) ;ADDRESS OF LOAD ADR(511)>>>> ;ADDRESS OF SAVE	$95 $E165 VERIFY	perform VERIFY $95	$95 $E165 VERIFY		verify
.:A038 B2 B3	ADR(DEF-1)	$96 $B3B3 DEF	perform DEF $96	$96 $B3B3 DEF		def
.:A03A 23 B8	ADR(POKE-1) IFN EXTIO,<	$97 $B824 POKE	perform POKE $97	$97 $B824 POKE		poke
.:A03C 7F AA	ADR(PRINTN-1)>	$98 $AA80 PRINT#	perform PRINT# $98	$98 $AA80 PRINT#		print#
.:A03E 9F AA	ADR(PRINT-1)	$99 $AAA0 PRINT	perform PRINT $99	$99 $AAA0 PRINT		print
.:A040 56 A8	ADR(CONT-1) IFE REALIO,< ADR(DDT-1)>	$9A $A857 CONT	perform CONT $9A	$9A $A857 CONT		cont
.:A042 9B A6	ADR(LIST-1)	$9B $A69C LIST	perform LIST $9B	$9B $A69C LIST		list
.:A044 5D A6	ADR(CLEAR-1) IFN EXTIO,<	$9C $A65E CLR	perform CLR $9C	$9C $A65E CLR		clr
.:A046 85 AA	ADR(CMD-1)	$9D $AA86 CMD	perform CMD $9D	$9D $AA86 CMD		cmd
.:A048 29 E1	ADR(CQSYS-1)	$9E $E12A SYS	perform SYS $9E	$9E $E12A SYS		sys
.:A04A BD E1	ADR(CQOPEN-1)	$9F $E1BE OPEN	perform OPEN $9F	$9F $E1BE OPEN		open
.:A04C C6 E1	ADR(CQCLOS-1)> IFN GETCMD,<	$A0 $E1C7 CLOSE	perform CLOSE $A0	$A0 $E1C7 CLOSE		close
.:A04E 7A AB	ADR(GET-1)> ;FILL W/ GET ADDR.	$A1 $AB7B GET	perform GET $A1	$A1 $AB7B GET		get
.:A050 41 A6	ADR(SCRATH-1)	$A2 $A642 NEW Adressen der BASIC-Funktionen	perform NEW $A2 action addresses for functions	$A2 $A642 NEW		new address table for functions
.:A052 39 BC	FUNDSP: ADR(SGN)	$B4 $BC39 SGN	perform SGN $B4	$B4 $BC39 SGN		sgn
.:A054 CC BC	ADR(INT)	$B5 $BCCC INT	perform INT $B5	$B5 $BCCC INT		int
.:A056 58 BC	ADR(ABS) IFE ROMSW,< USRLOC: ADR(FCERR)> ;INITIALLY NO USER ROUTINE. IFN ROMSW,<	$B6 $BC58 ABS	perform ABS $B6	$B6 $BC58 ABS		abs
.:A058 10 03	USRLOC: ADR(USRPOK)>	$B7 $0310 USR	perform USR $B7	$B7 $0310 USR		usr
.:A05A 7D B3	ADR(FRE)	$B8 $B37D FRE	perform FRE $B8	$B8 $B37D FRE		fre
.:A05C 9E B3	ADR(POS)	$B9 $B39E POS	perform POS $B9	$B9 $B39E POS		pos
.:A05E 71 BF	ADR(SQR)	$BA $BF71 SQR	perform SQR $BA	$BA $BF71 SQR		sqr
.:A060 97 E0	ADR(RND)	$BB $E097 RND	perform RND $BB	$BB $E097 RND		rnd
.:A062 EA B9	ADR(LOG)	$BC $B9EA LOG	perform LOG $BC	$BC $B9EA LOG		log
.:A064 ED BF	ADR(EXP) IFN KIMROM,< REPEAT 4,< ADR(FCERR)>> IFE KIMROM,<	$BD $BFED EXP	perform EXP $BD	$BD $BFED EXP		exp
.:A066 64 E2	COSFIX: ADR(COS)	$BE $E264 COS	perform COS $BE	$BE $E264 COS		cos
.:A068 6B E2	SINFIX: ADR(SIN)	$BF $E26B SIN	perform SIN $BF	$BF $E26B SIN		sin
.:A06A B4 E2	TANFIX: ADR(TAN)	$C0 $E2B4 TAN	perform TAN $C0	$C0 $E2B4 TAN		tan
.:A06C 0E E3	ATNFIX: ADR(ATN)>	$C1 $E30E ATN	perform ATN $C1	$C1 $E30E ATN		atn
.:A06E 0D B8	ADR(PEEK)	$C2 $B80D PEEK	perform PEEK $C2	$C2 $B80D PEEK		peek
.:A070 7C B7	ADR(LEN)	$C3 $B77C LEN	perform LEN $C3	$C3 $B77C LEN		len
.:A072 65 B4	ADR(STR)	$C4 $B465 STR$	perform STR$ $C4	$C4 $B465 STR$		str$
.:A074 AD B7	ADR(VAL)	$C5 $B7AD VAL	perform VAL $C5	$C5 $B7AD VAL		val
.:A076 8B B7	ADR(ASC)	$C6 $B78B ASC	perform ASC $C6	$C6 $B78B ASC		asc
.:A078 EC B6	ADR(CHR)	$C7 $B6EC CHR$	perform CHR$ $C7	$C7 $B6EC CHR$		chr$
.:A07A 00 B7	ADR(LEFT)	$C8 $B700 LEFT$	perform LEFT$ $C8	$C8 $B700 LEFT$		left$
.:A07C 2C B7	ADR(RIGHT)	$C9 $B72C RIGHT$	perform RIGHT$ $C9	$C9 $B72C RIGHT$		right$
.:A07E 37 B7	ADR(MID)	$CA $B737 MID$ Hierarchiecodes und Adressen-1 der Operatoren	perform MID$ $CA precedence byte and action addresses for operators like the primary commands these are called by pushing the address onto the stack and doing an RTS, so again the actual address -1 needs to be pushed	$CA $B737 MID$ MATH OPERATOR BRANCH TABLE ONE-BYTE PRECEDENCE CODE TWO-BYTE ADDRESS		mid$ priority and address table for operators (address minus 1 used)
.:A080 79 69 B8	OPTAB: 121	$79, $B86A Addition	+	$79, $B86A +		plus
.:A083 79 52 B8	ADR(FADDT-1) 121	$79, $B853 Subtraktion	-	$79, $B853 -		minus
.:A086 7B 2A BA	ADR(FSUBT-1) 123	$7B, $BA2B Multiplikation	*	$7B, $BA2B *		multiply
.:A089 7B 11 BB	ADR(FMULTT-1) 123	$7B, $BB12 Division	/	$7B, $BB12 /		divide
.:A08C 7F 7A BF	ADR(FDIVT-1) 127	$7F, $BF7B Potenzierung	^	$7F, $BF7B ^		power
.:A08F 50 E8 AF	ADR(FPWRT-1) 80	$50, $AFE9 AND	AND	$50, $AFE9 AND		AND
.:A092 46 E5 AF	ADR(ANDOP-1) 70	$46, $AFE6 OR	OR	$46, $AFE6 OR (LOWEST PRECEDENCE)		OR
.:A095 7D B3 BF	ADR(OROP-1) NEGTAB: 125	$7D, $BFB4 Vorzeichenwechsel	>	$7D, $BFB4 >		negative
.:A098 5A D3 AE	ADR(NEGOP-1) NOTTAB: 90	$5A, $AED4 NOT	=	$5A, $AED4 =		NOT
.:A09B 64 15 B0	ADR(NOTOP-1) PTDORL: 100 ;PRECEDENCE.	$64, $B016 Vergleich BASIC-Befehlsworte	< BASIC keywords each word has b7 set in it's last character as an end marker, even the one character keywords such as "<" or "=" first are the primary command keywords, only these can start a statement	$64, $B016 < TOKEN NAME TABLE		greater / equal / less table of commands each ended with a +$80
.:A09E 45 4E	ADR (DOREL-1) ;OPERATOR ADDRESS. ; ; TOKENS FOR RESERVED WORDS ALWAYS HAVE THE MOST ; SIGNIFICANT BIT ON. ; THE LIST OF RESERVED WORDS: ; Q=128-1 DEFINE DCI(A),<Q=Q+1 DC(A)> RESLST: DCI"END"	end	end	end		end
.:A0A0 C4 46 4F D2 4E 45 58 D4	ENDTK==Q	for next	for next	for next
.:A0A8 44 41 54 C1 49 4E 50 55	DCI"FOR"	data input#	data input#	data input#		for next data
.:A0B0 54 A3 49 4E 50 55 D4 44	FORTK==Q	input dim	input dim	input dim		input#
.:A0B8 49 CD 52 45 41 C4 4C 45	DCI"NEXT"	read let	read let	read let		input dim
.:A0C0 D4 47 4F 54 CF 52 55 CE	DCI"DATA"	goto run	goto run	goto run		read let
.:A0C8 49 C6 52 45 53 54 4F 52	DATATK==Q	if restore	if restore	if restore		goto run if
.:A0D0 C5 47 4F 53 55 C2 52 45	IFN EXTIO,<	gosub return	gosub return	gosub return		restore
.:A0D8 54 55 52 CE 52 45 CD 53	DCI"INPUT#">	rem stop	rem stop	rem stop		gosub return
.:A0E0 54 4F D0 4F CE 57 41 49	DCI"INPUT"	on wait	on wait	on wait		rem stop
.:A0E8 D4 4C 4F 41 C4 53 41 56	DCI"DIM"	load save	load save	load save		on wait
.:A0F0 C5 56 45 52 49 46 D9 44	DCI"READ"	verify def	verify def	verify def		load save
.:A0F8 45 C6 50 4F 4B C5 50 52	DCI"LET"	poke print#	poke print#	poke print#		verify def
.:A100 49 4E 54 A3 50 52 49 4E	DCI"GOTO"	print	print	print		poke print#
.:A108 D4 43 4F 4E D4 4C 49 53	GOTOTK==Q	cont list	cont list	cont list		print
.:A110 D4 43 4C D2 43 4D C4 53	DCI"RUN"	clr cmd sys	clr cmd sys	clr cmd sys		cont list
.:A118 59 D3 4F 50 45 CE 43 4C	DCI"IF"	open close	open close	open close		clr cmd sys
.:A120 4F 53 C5 47 45 D4 4E 45	DCI"RESTORE"	get new	get new next are the secondary command keywords, these can not start a statement	get new		open close
.:A128 D7 54 41 42 A8 54 CF 46	DCI"GOSUB"	tab( to	tab( to	tab( to		get new table of functions each ended with a +$80
.:A130 CE 53 50 43 A8 54 48 45	GOSUTK=Q	spc( then	spc( then	spc( then		tab( to fn
.:A138 CE 4E 4F D4 53 54 45 D0	DCI"RETURN"	not step	not step next are the operators	not step		spc( then
.:A140 AB AD AA AF DE 41 4E C4	DCI"REM"	+ - * / ' and	+ - * / ' and	+ - * / ' and		not step plus
.:A148 4F D2 BE BD BC 53 47 CE	REMTK=Q	or <=> sgn	or <=>	or <=>		minus multiply divide power and on
.:A150 49 4E D4 41 42 D3 55 53	DCI"STOP"	int abs usr	sgn and finally the functions int abs usr	sgn int abs usr		greater equal less sgn int
.:A158 D2 46 52 C5 50 4F D3 53	DCI"ON"	fre pos sqr	fre pos sqr	fre pos sqr		abs usr
.:A160 51 D2 52 4E C4 4C 4F C7	IFN NULCMD,<	rnd log	rnd log	rnd log		fre pos sqr
.:A168 45 58 D0 43 4F D3 53 49	DCI"NULL">	exp cos sin	exp cos sin	exp cos sin		rnd log exp
.:A170 CE 54 41 CE 41 54 CE 50	DCI"WAIT"	tan atn peek	tan atn peek	tan atn peek		cos sin
.:A178 45 45 CB 4C 45 CE 53 54	IFN DISKO,<	len str$	len str$	len str$		tan atn peek
.:A180 52 A4 56 41 CC 41 53 C3	DCI"LOAD"	val asc	val asc	val asc		len str$
.:A188 43 48 52 A4 4C 45 46 54	DCI"SAVE"	chr$ left$	chr$ left$	chr$ left$		val asc chr$
.:A190 A4 52 49 47 48 54 A4 4D	IFE REALIO-3,<	right$ mid$	right$ mid$ lastly is GO, this is an add on so that GO TO, as well as GOTO, will work	right$ mid$		left$
.:A198 49 44 A4 47 CF 00	DCI"VERIFY">>	go BASIC-Fehlermeldungen	go	go		right$ mid$ other commands
.:A1A0 54 4F	DCI"DEF" DCI"POKE" IFN EXTIO,< DCI"PRINT#"> DCI"PRINT" PRINTK==Q DCI"CONT" IFE REALIO,< DCI"DDT"> DCI"LIST" IFN REALIO-3,< DCI"CLEAR"> IFE REALIO-3,< DCI"CLR"> IFN EXTIO,< DCI"CMD" DCI"SYS" DCI"OPEN" DCI"CLOSE"> IFN GETCMD,< DCI"GET"> DCI"NEW" SCRATK=Q ; END OF COMMAND LIST. "T" "A" "B" "("+128 Q=Q+1 TABTK=Q DCI"TO" TOTK==Q DCI"FN" FNTK==Q "S" "P" "C" "("+128 ;MACRO DOESNT LIKE ('S IN ARGUMENTS. Q=Q+1 SPCTK==Q DCI"THEN" THENTK=Q DCI"NOT" NOTTK==Q DCI"STEP" STEPTK=Q DCI"+" PLUSTK=Q DCI"-" MINUTK=Q DCI"" DCI"/" DCI"^" DCI"AND" DCI"OR" 190 ;A GREATER THAN SIGN Q=Q+1 GREATK=Q DCI"=" EQULTK=Q 188 Q=Q+1 ;A LESS THAN SIGN LESSTK=Q ; ; NOTE DANGER OF ONE RESERVED WORD BEING A PART* ; OF ANOTHER: ; IE . . IF 2 GREATER THAN F OR T=5 THEN... ; WILL NOT WORK!!! SINCE "FOR" WILL BE CRUNCHED!! ; IN ANY CASE MAKE SURE THE SMALLER WORD APPEARS ; SECOND IN THE RESERVED WORD TABLE ("INP" AND "INPUT") ; ANOTHER EXAMPLE: IF T OR Q THEN ... "TO" IS CRUNCHED ; DCI"SGN" ONEFUN=Q DCI"INT" DCI"ABS" DCI"USR" DCI"FRE" DCI"POS" DCI"SQR" DCI"RND" DCI"LOG" DCI"EXP" DCI"COS" DCI"SIN" DCI"TAN" DCI"ATN" DCI"PEEK" DCI"LEN" DCI"STR$" DCI"VAL" DCI"ASC" DCI"CHR$" LASNUM==Q ;NUMBER OF LAST FUNCTION ;THAT TAKES ONE ARG DCI"LEFT$" DCI"RIGHT$" DCI"MID$" DCI"GO" GOTK==Q 0 ;MARKS END OF RESERVED WORD LIST IFE LNGERR,< Q=0-2 DEFINE DCE(X),<Q=Q+2 DC(X)> ERRTAB: DCE"NF" ERRNF==Q ;NEXT WITHOUT FOR. DCE"SN" ERRSN==Q ;SYNTAX DCE"RG" ERRRG==Q ;RETURN WITHOUT GOSUB. DCE"OD" ERROD==Q ;OUT OF DATA. DCE"FC" ERRFC==Q ;ILLEGAL QUANTITY. DCE"OV" ERROV==Q ;OVERFLOW. DCE"OM" ERROM==Q ;OUT OF MEMORY. DCE"US" ERRUS==Q ;UNDEFINED STATEMENT. DCE"BS" ERRBS==Q ;BAD SUBSCRIPT. DCE"DD" ERRDD==Q ;REDIMENSIONED ARRAY. DCE"/0" ERRDV0==Q ;DIVISION BY ZERO. DCE"ID" ERRID==Q ;ILLEGAL DIRECT. DCE"TM" ERRTM==Q ;TYPE MISMATCH. DCE"LS" ERRLS==Q ;STRING TOO LONG. IFN EXTIO,< DCE"FD" ;FILE DATA. ERRBD==Q> DCE"ST" ERRST==Q ;STRING FORMULA TOO COMPLEX. DCE"CN" ERRCN==Q ;CAN'T CONTINUE. DCE"UF" ERRUF==Q> ;UNDEFINED FUNCTION. IFN LNGERR,< Q=0 ; NOTE: THIS ERROR COUNT TECHNIQUE WILL NOT WORK IF THERE ARE MORE ; THAN 256 CHARACTERS OF ERROR MESSAGES ERRTAB: DC"NEXT WITHOUT FOR"	1 too many files	end marker BASIC error messages 1 too many files	END OF TOKEN NAME TABLE ERROR MESSAGES 1 too many files		table of error messages each ended with a +$80 too many files
.:A1A0 4F 20 4D 41 4E 59 20 46
.:A1A8 49 4C 45 D3 46 49 4C 45	ERRNF==Q	2 file open	2 file open	2 file open
.:A1B0 20 4F 50 45 CE 46 49 4C	Q=Q+16	3 file not open	3 file not open	3 file not open		file open
.:A1B8 45 20 4E 4F 54 20 4F 50	DC"SYNTAX"					file not open
.:A1C0 45 CE 46 49 4C 45 20 4E	ERRSN==Q	4 file not found	4 file not found	4 file not found
.:A1C8 4F 54 20 46 4F 55 4E C4	Q=Q+6	5 device not present	5 device not present	5 device not present		file not found
.:A1D0 44 45 56 49 43 45 20 4E	DC"RETURN WITHOUT GOSUB"					device not present
.:A1D8 4F 54 20 50 52 45 53 45	ERRRG==Q
.:A1E0 4E D4 4E 4F 54 20 49 4E	Q=Q+20	6 not input file	6 not input file	6 not input file
.:A1E8 50 55 54 20 46 49 4C C5	DC"OUT OF DATA"					not input file
.:A1F0 4E 4F 54 20 4F 55 54 50	ERROD==Q	7 not output file	7 not output file	7 not output file		not output file
.:A1F8 55 54 20 46 49 4C C5 4D	Q=Q+11
.:A200 49 53 53 49 4E 47 20 46	DC"ILLEGAL QUANTITY"	8 missing filename	8 missing filename	8 missing filename		missing file name
.:A208 49 4C 45 20 4E 41 4D C5	ERRFC==Q
.:A210 49 4C 4C 45 47 41 4C 20	Q=Q+16	9 illegal device number	9 illegal device number	9 illegal device number		illegal device number
.:A218 44 45 56 49 43 45 20 4E	DC"OVERFLOW"
.:A220 55 4D 42 45 D2 4E 45 58	ERROV==Q	10 next without for	10 next without for	10 next without for
.:A228 54 20 57 49 54 48 4F 55	Q=Q+8					next without for
.:A230 54 20 46 4F D2 53 59 4E	DC"OUT OF MEMORY"	11 syntax	11 syntax	11 syntax
.:A238 54 41 D8 52 45 54 55 52	ERROM==Q	12 return without gosub	12 return without gosub	12 return without gosub		syntax
.:A240 4E 20 57 49 54 48 4F 55	Q=Q+13					return without gosub
.:A248 54 20 47 4F 53 55 C2 4F	DC"UNDEF'D STATEMENT"	13 out of data	13 out of data	13 out of data
.:A250 55 54 20 4F 46 20 44 41	ERRUS==Q					out of data
.:A258 54 C1 49 4C 4C 45 47 41	Q=Q+17	14 illegal quantity	14 illegal quantity	14 illegal quantity
.:A260 4C 20 51 55 41 4E 54 49	DC"BAD SUBSCRIPT"					illegal quantity
.:A268 54 D9 4F 56 45 52 46 4C	ERRBS==Q	15 overflow	15 overflow	15 overflow
.:A270 4F D7 4F 55 54 20 4F 46	Q=Q+13	16 out of memory	16 out of memory	16 out of memory		overflow
.:A278 20 4D 45 4D 4F 52 D9 55	DC"REDIM'D ARRAY"	17 undef'd statement	17 undef'd statement	17 undef'd statement		out of memory
.:A280 4E 44 45 46 27 44 20 53	ERRDD==Q					undef'd statement
.:A288 54 41 54 45 4D 45 4E D4	Q=Q+13
.:A290 42 41 44 20 53 55 42 53	DC"DIVISION BY ZERO"	18 bad subscript	18 bad subscript	18 bad subscript		bad subscript
.:A298 43 52 49 50 D4 52 45 44	ERRDV0==Q	19 redim'd array	19 redim'd array	19 redim'd array
.:A2A0 49 4D 27 44 20 41 52 52	Q=Q+16					redim'd array
.:A2A8 41 D9 44 49 56 49 53 49	DC"ILLEGAL DIRECT"	20 division by zero	20 division by zero	20 division by zero
.:A2B0 4F 4E 20 42 59 20 5A 45	ERRID==Q					division by zero
.:A2B8 52 CF 49 4C 4C 45 47 41	Q=Q+14	21 illegal direct	21 illegal direct	21 illegal direct
.:A2C0 4C 20 44 49 52 45 43 D4	DC"TYPE MISMATCH"					illegal direct
.:A2C8 54 59 50 45 20 4D 49 53	ERRTM==Q	22 type mismatch	22 type mismatch	22 type mismatch		type mismatch
.:A2D0 4D 41 54 43 C8 53 54 52	Q=Q+13	23 string too long	23 string too long	23 string too long
.:A2D8 49 4E 47 20 54 4F 4F 20	DC"STRING TOO LONG"					string to long
.:A2E0 4C 4F 4E C7 46 49 4C 45	ERRLS==Q	24 file data	24 file data	24 file data
.:A2E8 20 44 41 54 C1 46 4F 52	Q=Q+15	25 formula too complex	25 formula too complex	25 formula too complex		file data
.:A2F0 4D 55 4C 41 20 54 4F 4F	IFN EXTIO,<					formula too complex
.:A2F8 20 43 4F 4D 50 4C 45 D8	DC"FILE DATA"
.:A300 43 41 4E 27 54 20 43 4F	ERRBD==Q	26 can't continue	26 can't continue	26 can't continue		can't continue
.:A308 4E 54 49 4E 55 C5 55 4E	Q=Q+9>	27 undef'd function	27 undef'd function	27 undef'd function
.:A310 44 45 46 27 44 20 46 55	DC"FORMULA TOO COMPLEX"					undef'd function
.:A318 4E 43 54 49 4F CE 56 45	ERRST==Q	28 verify	28 verify	28 verify
.:A320 52 49 46 D9 4C 4F 41 C4	Q=Q+19 DC"CAN'T CONTINUE" ERRCN==Q Q=Q+14 DC"UNDEF'D FUNCTION" ERRUF==Q>	29 load Adressen der Fehlermeldungen	29 load error message pointer table	29 load		verify
.:A328 9E A1 AC A1 B5 A1 C2 A1						load error message address locations 01 too many files
.:A330 D0 A1 E2 A1 F0 A1 FF A1						02 file open 03 file not open 04 file not found 05 device not present
.:A338 10 A2 25 A2 35 A2 3B A2						06 not input file 07 not output file 08 missing file name 09 illegal device number
.:A340 4F A2 5A A2 6A A2 72 A2						0A next without for 0B syntax 0C return without gosub 0D out of data
.:A348 7F A2 90 A2 9D A2 AA A2						0E illegal quantity 0F overflow 10 out of memory 11 undef'd statment
.:A350 BA A2 C8 A2 D5 A2 E4 A2						12 bad subscript 13 redim'd array 14 devision by zero 15 illegal direct
.:A358 ED A2 00 A3 0E A3 1E A3						16 type mismatch 17 string too long 18 file data 19 formula too complex
.:A360 24 A3 83 A3	; ; NEEDED FOR MESSAGES IN ALL VERSIONS. ;	Meldungen des Interpreters	BASIC messages			1A can't continue 1B undef'd function 1C verify 1D load
.:A364 0D 4F 4B 0D	ERR: DT" ERROR"	OK	OK	OK		1E break other messages ok
.:A368 00 20 20 45 52 52 4F 52	0	ERROR	ERROR	ERROR
.:A370 00 20 49 4E 20 00 0D 0A	INTXT: DT" IN "	IN	IN	IN		error
.:A378 52 45 41 44 59 2E 0D 0A	0	READY.	READY.	READY.		in ready.
.:A380 00 0D 0A 42 52 45 41 4B	REDDY: ACRLF	BREAK	BREAK	BREAK
.:A388 00 A0	IFE REALIO-3,< DT"READY."> IFN REALIO-3,< DT"OK"> ACRLF 0 BRKTXT: ACRLF DT"BREAK" 0 PAGE GENERAL STORAGE MANAGEMENT ROUTINES. ; ; FIND A "FOR" ENTRY ON THE STACK VIA "VARPNT". ; FORSIZ==2*ADDPRC+16	Stapelsuch-Routine für FOR-NEXT- und GOSUB-Befehl	spare byte, not referenced			break
.,A38A BA TSX	FNDFOR: TSX ;LOAD XREG WITH STK PNTR.	Stapelzeiger in X-Register	unused search the stack for FOR or GOSUB activity return Zb=1 if FOR variable found copy stack pointer	CALLED BY "NEXT" AND "FOR" TO SCAN THROUGH THE STACK FOR A FRAME WITH THE SAME VARIABLE. (FORPNT) = ADDRESS OF VARIABLE IF "FOR" OR "NEXT" = $XXFF IF CALLED FROM "RETURN" <<< BUG: SHOULD BE $FFXX >>> RETURNS .NE. IF VARIABLE NOT FOUND, (X) = STACK PNTR AFTER SKIPPING ALL FRAMES .EQ. IF FOUND (X) = STACK PNTR OF FRAME FOUND		search for "for" blocks on stack
.,A38B E8 INX	REPEAT 4,<INX> ;IGNORE ADR(NEWSTT) AND RTS ADDR.	4 mal erhöhen	+1 pass return address
.,A38C E8 INX		(nächsten zwei Rücksprung-	+2 pass return address
.,A38D E8 INX		adressen, Interpreter und	+3 pass calling routine return address
.,A38E E8 INX		Routine, übergehen)	+4 pass calling routine return address
.,A38F BD 01 01 LDA $0101,X	FFLOOP: LDA 257,X ;GET STACK ENTRY.	nächstes Byte hoten	get the token byte from the stack	"FOR" FRAME HERE?
.,A392 C9 81 CMP #$81	CMPI FORTK ;IS IT A "FOR" TOKEN?	Ist es FOR-Code ?	is it the FOR token			for block code
.,A394 D0 21 BNE $A3B7	BNE FFRTS ;NO, NO "FOR" LOOPS WITH THIS PNTR.	Nein: dann RTS	if not FOR token just exit it was the FOR token	NO
.,A396 A5 4A LDA $4A	LDA FORPNT+1 ;GET HIGH.	Variablenzeiger holen	get FOR/NEXT variable pointer high byte	YES -- "NEXT" WITH NO VARIABLE?
.,A398 D0 0A BNE $A3A4	BNE CMPFOR	keine Variable (NEXT):$A3A4	branch if not null	NO, VARIABLE SPECIFIED
.,A39A BD 02 01 LDA $0102,X	LDA 258,X ;PNTR IS ZERO, SO ASSUME THIS ONE.	Variablenzeiger aus	get FOR variable pointer low byte	YES, SO USE THIS FRAME
.,A39D 85 49 STA $49	STA FORPNT	Stapel nach $49/4A	save FOR/NEXT variable pointer low byte
.,A39F BD 03 01 LDA $0103,X	LDA 259,X	(Variablenzeiger)	get FOR variable pointer high byte
.,A3A2 85 4A STA $4A	STA FORPNT+1	holen	save FOR/NEXT variable pointer high byte
.,A3A4 DD 03 01 CMP $0103,X	CMPFOR: CMP 259,X	Mit Zeiger im Stapel vergl.	compare variable pointer with stacked variable pointer high byte	IS VARIABLE IN THIS FRAME?
.,A3A7 D0 07 BNE $A3B0	BNE ADDFRS ;NOT THIS ONE.	Ungleich: nächste Schleife	branch if no match	NO
.,A3A9 A5 49 LDA $49	LDA FORPNT ;GET DOWN.	Zeiger wieder holen	get FOR/NEXT variable pointer low byte	LOOK AT 2ND BYTE TOO
.,A3AB DD 02 01 CMP $0102,X	CMP 258,X	Mit Zeiger im Stapel vergl.	compare variable pointer with stacked variable pointer low byte	SAME VARIABLE?
.,A3AE F0 07 BEQ $A3B7	BEQ FFRTS ;WE GOT IT! WE GOT IT!	Gleich: Schleife gefunden,RTS	exit if match found	YES
.,A3B0 8A TXA	ADDFRS: TXA	Suchzeiger in Akku	copy index	NO, SO TRY NEXT FRAME (IF ANY)
.,A3B1 18 CLC	CLC ;ADD 16 TO X.	Carry für Addition löschen	clear carry for add	18 BYTES PER FRAME
.,A3B2 69 12 ADC #$12	ADCI FORSIZ	Suchzeiger um 18 erhöhen	add FOR stack use size
.,A3B4 AA TAX	TAX ;RESULT BACK INTO X.	und wieder zurück ins X-Rg.	copy back to index
.,A3B5 D0 D8 BNE $A38F	BNE FFLOOP	nächste Schleife prüfen	loop if not at start of stack	...ALWAYS?
.,A3B7 60 RTS	FFRTS: RTS ;RETURN TO CALLER. ; ; THIS IS THE BLOCK TRANSFER ROUTINE. ; IT MAKES SPACE BY SHOVING EVERYTHING FORWARD. ; ; ON ENTRY: ; [Y,A]=[HIGHDS] (FOR REASON). ; [HIGHDS]= DESTINATION OF [HIGH ADDRESS]. ; [LOWTR]= LOWEST ADDR TO BE TRANSFERRED. ; [HIGHTR]= HIGHEST ADDR TO BE TRANSFERRED. ; ; A CHECK IS MADE TO ASCERTAIN THAT A REASONABLE ; AMOUNT OF SPACE REMAINS BETWEEN THE BOTTOM ; OF THE STRINGS AND THE HIGHEST LOCATION TRANSFERRED INTO. ; ; ON EXIT: ; [LOWTR] ARE UNCHANGED. ; [HIGHTR]=[LOWTR]-200 OCTAL. ; [HIGHDS]=LOWEST ADDR TRANSFERRED INTO MINUS 200 OCTAL. ;	Rücksprung Block-Verschiebe-Routine	open up a space in the memory, set the end of arrays	MOVE BLOCK OF MEMORY UP ON ENTRY: (Y,A) = (HIGHDS) = DESTINATION END+1 (LOWTR) = LOWEST ADDRESS OF SOURCE (HIGHTR) = HIGHEST SOURCE ADDRESS+1		move bytes after check for space
.,A3B8 20 08 A4 JSR $A408	BLTU: JSR REASON ;ASCERTAIN THAT STRING SPACE WON'T ;BE OVERRUN.	prüft auf Platz im Speicher	check available memory, do out of memory error if no room	BE SURE (Y,A) < FRETOP
.,A3BB 85 31 STA $31	STWD STREND	Ende des Arraybereichs	set end of arrays low byte	NEW TOP OF ARRAY STORAGE
.,A3BD 84 32 STY $32		als Beginn für freien Platz	set end of arrays high byte open up a space in the memory, don't set the array end			move bytes routine $5F/$60 source start address $5A/$5B source end address $58/$59 destination end address
.,A3BF 38 SEC	BLTUC: SEC ;PREPARE TO SUBTRACT.	Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	set carry for subtract
.,A3C0 A5 5A LDA $5A	LDA HIGHTR	Startadresse von Endad. des	get block end low byte	COMPUTE # OF BYTES TO BE MOVED
.,A3C2 E5 5F SBC $5F	SBC LOWTR ;COMPUTE NUMBER OF THINGS TO MOVE.	Bereichs abziehen (LOW)	subtract block start low byte	(FROM LOWTR THRU HIGHTR-1)
.,A3C4 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX ;SAVE FOR LATER.	Ergebnis (=Länge) speichern	save MOD(block length/$100) byte	PARTIAL PAGE AMOUNT
.,A3C6 A8 TAY	TAY	Gleiches System für HIGH:	copy MOD(block length/$100) byte to Y
.,A3C7 A5 5B LDA $5B	LDA HIGHTR+1	Altes Blockende (HIGH) und	get block end high byte
.,A3C9 E5 60 SBC $60	SBC LOWTR+1	davon alter Blockanfang sub	subtract block start high byte
.,A3CB AA TAX	TAX ;PUT IT IN A COUNTER REGISTER.	Länge nach X bringen	copy block length high byte to X	# OF WHOLE PAGES IN X-REG
.,A3CC E8 INX	INX ;SO THAT COUNTER ALGORITHM WORKS.	Ist ein Rest ( Länge nicht	+1 to allow for count=0 exit
.,A3CD 98 TYA	TYA ;SEE IF LOW PART OF COUNT IS ZERO.	256 Bytes)?	copy block length low byte to A	# BYTES IN PARTIAL PAGE
.,A3CE F0 23 BEQ $A3F3	BEQ DECBLT ;YES, GO START MOVING BLOCKS.	Nein: dann nur ganze Blöcke	branch if length low byte=0 block is (X-1)*256+Y bytes, do the Y bytes first	NO PARTIAL PAGE
.,A3D0 A5 5A LDA $5A	LDA HIGHTR ;NO, MUST MODIFY BASE ADDR.	Alte Endadresse (LOW) und	get block end low byte	BACK UP HIGHTR # BYTES IN PARTIAL PAGE
.,A3D2 38 SEC	SEC	davon Länge des Restab-	set carry for subtract
.,A3D3 E5 22 SBC $22	SBC INDEX ;BORROW IS OFF SINCE [HIGHTR].GT.[LOWTR].	schnitts subtrahieren ergibt Adresse des	subtract MOD(block length/$100) byte
.,A3D5 85 5A STA $5A	STA HIGHTR ;SAVE MODIFIED BASE ADDR.	Restabschnitts	save corrected old block end low byte
.,A3D7 B0 03 BCS $A3DC	BCS BLT1 ;IF NO BORROW, GO SHOVE IT.	Berechnung für HIGH umgehen	branch if no underflow
.,A3D9 C6 5B DEC $5B	DEC HIGHTR+1 ;BORROW IMPLIES SUB 1 FROM HIGH ORDER.	Dasselbe System für HIGH	else decrement block end high byte
.,A3DB 38 SEC	SEC	Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	set carry for subtract
.,A3DC A5 58 LDA $58	BLT1: LDA HIGHDS ;MOD BASE OF DEST ADDR.	Alte Endadresse (HIGH) und	get destination end low byte	BACK UP HIGHDS # BYTES IN PARTIAL PAGE
.,A3DE E5 22 SBC $22	SBC INDEX	davon Länge des Rests sub-	subtract MOD(block length/$100) byte
.,A3E0 85 58 STA $58	STA HIGHDS	trahieren ergibt neue Adresse	save modified new block end low byte
.,A3E2 B0 08 BCS $A3EC	BCS MOREN1 ;NO BORROW.	Unbedingter Sprung zur	branch if no underflow
.,A3E4 C6 59 DEC $59	DEC HIGHDS+1 ;DECREMENT HIGH ORDER BYTE.	Kopierroutine für ganze	else decrement block end high byte
.,A3E6 90 04 BCC $A3EC	BCC MOREN1 ;ALWAYS SKIP.	Blöcke	branch always	...ALWAYS
.,A3E8 B1 5A LDA ($5A),Y	BLTLP: LDADY HIGHTR ;FETCH BYTE TO MOVE	Kopierroutine für Rest-	get byte from source	MOVE THE BYTES
.,A3EA 91 58 STA ($58),Y	STADY HIGHDS ;MOVE IT IN, MOVE IT OUT.	abschnitt	copy byte to destination
.,A3EC 88 DEY	MOREN1: DEY	Zähler vermindern	decrement index
.,A3ED D0 F9 BNE $A3E8	BNE BLTLP	Alles? wenn nicht: weiter	loop until Y=0 now do Y=0 indexed byte	LOOP TO END OF THIS 256 BYTES
.,A3EF B1 5A LDA ($5A),Y	LDADY HIGHTR ;MOVE LAST OF THE BLOCK.	Kopierroutine für ganze	get byte from source	MOVE ONE MORE BYTE
.,A3F1 91 58 STA ($58),Y	STADY HIGHDS	Blöcke	save byte to destination
.,A3F3 C6 5B DEC $5B	DECBLT: DEC HIGHTR+1	Adresszähler vermindern	decrement source pointer high byte	DOWN TO NEXT BLOCK OF 256
.,A3F5 C6 59 DEC $59	DEC HIGHDS+1 ;START ON NEW BLOCKS.	Adresszähler vermindern	decrement destination pointer high byte
.,A3F7 CA DEX	DEX	Zähler vermindern	decrement block count	ANOTHER BLOCK OF 256 TO MOVE?
.,A3F8 D0 F2 BNE $A3EC	BNE MOREN1	Alles? Wenn nicht: weiter	loop until count = $0	YES
.,A3FA 60 RTS	RTS ;RETURN TO CALLER. ; ; THIS ROUTINE IS USED TO ASCERTAIN THAT A GIVEN ; NUMBER OF LOCS REMAIN AVAILABLE FOR THE STACK. ; THE CALL IS: ; LDAI NUMBER OF 2-BYTE ENTRIES NEEDED. ; JSR GETSTK ; ; THIS ROUTINE MUST BE CALLED BY ANY ROUTINE WHICH PUTS ; AN ARBITRARY AMOUNT OF STUFF ON THE STACK, ; I.E., ANY RECURSIVE ROUTINE LIKE "FRMEVL". ; IT IS ALSO CALLED BY ROUTINES SUCH AS "GOSUB" AND "FOR" ; WHICH MAKE PERMANENT ENTRIES ON THE STACK. ; ; ROUTINES WHICH MERELY USE AND FREE UP THE GUARANTEED ; NUMLEV LOCATIONS NEED NOT CALL THIS. ; ; ; ON EXIT: ; [A] AND [X] HAVE BEEN MODIFIED. ;	sonst Rücksprung Prüfung auf Platz im Stapel	check room on stack for A bytes if stack too deep do out of memory error	NO, FINISHED CHECK IF ENOUGH ROOM LEFT ON STACK FOR "FOR", "GOSUB", OR EXPRESSION EVALUATION		test for 2 * A bytes free on stack
.,A3FB 0A ASL	GETSTK: ASL A, ;MULT [A] BY 2. NB, CLEARS C BIT.	Akku muß die halbe Zahl an	*2
.,A3FC 69 3E ADC #$3E	ADCI 2NUMLEV+<3ADDPRC>+13 ;MAKE SURE 2NUMLEV+13 LOCS ;(13 BECAUSE OF FBUFFR)*	erforderlichem Platz haben	need at least $3E bytes free
.,A3FE B0 35 BCS $A435	BCS OMERR ;WILL REMAIN IN STACK.	gibt 'OUT OF MEMORY'	if overflow go do out of memory error then warm start	...MEM FULL ERR
.,A400 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX	Wert merken	save result in temp byte
.,A402 BA TSX	TSX ;GET STACKED.	Ist Stapelzeiger kleiner	copy stack
.,A403 E4 22 CPX $22	CPX INDEX ;COMPARE.	(2 * Akku + 62)?	compare new limit with stack
.,A405 90 2E BCC $A435	BCC OMERR ;IF STACK.LE.INDEX1, OM.	Wenn ja, dann OUT OF MEMORY	if stack < limit do out of memory error then warm start	...MEM FULL ERR
.,A407 60 RTS	RTS ; ; [Y,A] IS A CERTAIN ADDRESS. "REASON" MAKES SURE ; IT IS LESS THAN [FRETOP]. ;	Rücksprung Schafft Platz im Speicher	check available memory, do out of memory error if no room	CHECK IF ENOUGH ROOM BETWEEN ARRAYS AND STRINGS (Y,A) = ADDR ARRAYS NEED TO GROW TO		array area overflow check
.,A408 C4 34 CPY $34	REASON: CPY FRETOP+1	für Zeileneinfügung	compare with bottom of string space high byte	HIGH BYTE
.,A40A 90 28 BCC $A434	BCC REARTS	und Variablen	if less then exit (is ok)	PLENTY OF ROOM
.,A40C D0 04 BNE $A412	BNE TRYMOR ;GO GARB COLLECT.	A/Y = Adresse, bis zu der	skip next test if greater (tested <) high byte was =, now do low byte	NOT ENOUGH, TRY GARBAGE COLLECTION
.,A40E C5 33 CMP $33	CMP FRETOP	Platz benötigt wird.	compare with bottom of string space low byte	LOW BYTE
.,A410 90 22 BCC $A434	BCC REARTS	Kleiner als Stringzeiger	if less then exit (is ok) address is > string storage ptr (oops!)	ENOUGH ROOM
.,A412 48 PHA	TRYMOR: PHA	Akku Zwischenspeichern	push address low byte	SAVE (Y,A), TEMP1, AND TEMP2
.,A413 A2 09 LDX #$09	LDXI 8+ADDPRC ;IF TEMPF2 HAS ZERO IN BETWEEN.	Zähler setzen	set index to save $57 to $60 inclusive
.,A415 98 TYA	TYA	Y-Register auf	copy address high byte (to push on stack) save misc numeric work area
.,A416 48 PHA	REASAV: PHA	Stapel retten	push byte
.,A417 B5 57 LDA $57,X	LDA HIGHDS-1,X ;SAVE HIGHDS ON STACK.	Ab $57 Zwischenspeichern	get byte from $57 to $60
.,A419 CA DEX	DEX	Zähler vermindern	decrement index
.,A41A 10 FA BPL $A416	BPL REASAV ;PUT 8 OF THEM ON STK.	Alle? sonst weiter	loop until all done
.,A41C 20 26 B5 JSR $B526	JSR GARBA2 ;GO GARB COLLECT.	Garbage Collection	do garbage collection routine restore misc numeric work area	MAKE AS MUCH ROOM AS POSSIBLE
.,A41F A2 F7 LDX #$F7	LDXI 256-8-ADDPRC	Zähler setzen, um	set index to restore bytes	RESTORE TEMP1 AND TEMP2
.,A421 68 PLA	REASTO: PLA	Akku, Y-Register und andere	pop byte	AND (Y,A)
.,A422 95 61 STA $61,X	STA HIGHDS+8+ADDPRC,X ;RESTORE AFTER GARB COLLECT.	Register zurückholen	save byte to $57 to $60
.,A424 E8 INX	INX	Zähler vermindern	increment index
.,A425 30 FA BMI $A421	BMI REASTO	Fertig? Nein, dann weiter	loop while -ve
.,A427 68 PLA	PLA	Y-Register von Stapel	pop address high byte
.,A428 A8 TAY	TAY	zurückholen	copy back to Y
.,A429 68 PLA	PLA ;RESTORE A AND Y.	Akku holen	pop address low byte	DID WE FIND ENOUGH ROOM?
.,A42A C4 34 CPY $34	CPY FRETOP+1 ;COMPARE HIGHS	Ist jetzt genügend Platz?	compare with bottom of string space high byte	HIGH BYTE
.,A42C 90 06 BCC $A434	BCC REARTS	Ja, dann Rücksprung	if less then exit (is ok)	YES, AT LEAST A PAGE
.,A42E D0 05 BNE $A435	BNE OMERR ;HIGHER IS BAD.	kein Platz, dann Fehler-	if greater do out of memory error then warm start high byte was =, now do low byte	NO, MEM FULL ERR
.,A430 C5 33 CMP $33	CMP FRETOP ;AND THE LOWS.	meldung 1 out of memory 1	compare with bottom of string space low byte	LOW BYTE
.,A432 B0 01 BCS $A435	BCS OMERR	ausgeben	if >= do out of memory error then warm start ok exit, carry clear	NO, MEM FULL ERR
.,A434 60 RTS	REARTS: RTS PAGE ERROR HANDLER, READY, TERMINAL INPUT, COMPACTIFY, NEW, REINIT.	Rücksprung	do out of memory error then warm start	YES, RETURN		out of memory error
.,A435 A2 10 LDX #$10	OMERR: LDXI ERROM	Fehlernummer 'out of memory' Fehlereinsprung	error code $10, out of memory error do error #X then warm start	HANDLE AN ERROR (X)=OFFSET IN ERROR MESSAGE TABLE (ERRFLG) > 128 IF "ON ERR" TURNED ON (CURLIN+1) = $FF IF IN DIRECT MODE WARM RESTART ENTRY COME HERE FROM MONITOR BY CTL-C, 0G, 3D0G, OR E003G		error number handle error messages
.,A437 6C 00 03 JMP ($0300)	ERROR:	Zum BASIC-Warmstart ($E38B) Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error message do error #X then warm start, the error message vector is initialised to point here			normally A43A standard error message handler
.,A43A 8A TXA	IFN REALIO,<	Fehlernummer im X-Register	copy error number
.,A43B 0A ASL	LSR CNTWFL> ;FORCE OUTPUT.	Akku * 2	*2
.,A43C AA TAX	IFN EXTIO,<	Akku als Zeiger nach X	copy to index
.,A43D BD 26 A3 LDA $A326,X	LDA CHANNL ;CLOSE NON-TERMINAL CHANNEL.	und Adresse der	get error message pointer low byte
.,A440 85 22 STA $22	BEQ ERRCRD	Fehlernummer aus Tabelle	save it
.,A442 BD 27 A3 LDA $A327,X	JSR CQCCHN ;CLOSE IT.	holen und	get error message pointer high byte
.,A445 85 23 STA $23	LDAI 0	abspeichern	save it
.,A447 20 CC FF JSR $FFCC	STA CHANNL>	I/O Kanäle zurücksetzen	close input and output channels
.,A44A A9 00 LDA #$00		und Eingabekanal auf	clear A
.,A44C 85 13 STA $13		Tastatur setzen	clear current I/O channel, flag default
.,A44E 20 D7 AA JSR $AAD7	ERRCRD: JSR CRDO ;OUTPUT CRLF.	(CR) und (LF) ausgeben	print CR/LF
.,A451 20 45 AB JSR $AB45	JSR OUTQST ;PRINT A QUESTION MARK IFE LNGERR,< LDA ERRTAB,X, ;GET FIRST CHR OF ERR MSG. JSR OUTDO ;OUTPUT IT. LDA ERRTAB+1,X, ;GET SECOND CHR. JSR OUTDO> ;OUTPUT IT.	'?' ausgeben	print "?"
.,A454 A0 00 LDY #$00	IFN LNGERR,<	Zeiger setzen	clear index
.,A456 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	GETERR: LDA ERRTAB,X	Fehlermeldungstext holen	get byte from message
.,A458 48 PHA	PHA	Akku retten	save status
.,A459 29 7F AND #$7F	ANDI 127 ;GET RID OF HIGH BIT.	Bit 7 löschen und	mask 0xxx xxxx, clear b7
.,A45B 20 47 AB JSR $AB47	JSR OUTDO ;OUTPUT IT.	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	output character
.,A45E C8 INY	INX	Zähler vermindern	increment index
.,A45F 68 PLA	PLA ;LAST CHAR OF MESSAGE?	Akku zurückholen	restore status
.,A460 10 F4 BPL $A456	BPL GETERR> ;NO. GO GET NEXT AND OUTPUT IT.	Fertig? Nein, dann weiter	loop if character was not end marker
.,A462 20 7A A6 JSR $A67A	TYPERR: JSR STKINI ;RESET THE STACK AND FLAGS.	BASIC-Zeiger initialisieren	flush BASIC stack and clear continue pointer
.,A465 A9 69 LDA #$69	LDWDI ERR ;GET PNTR TO " ERROR".	Zeiger A/Y auf Error-	set " ERROR" pointer low byte			low A369
.,A467 A0 A3 LDY #$A3		meldung stellen	set " ERROR" pointer high byte print string and do warm start, break entry			high A369
.,A469 20 1E AB JSR $AB1E	ERRFIN: JSR STROUT ;OUTPUT IT.	String ausgeben	print null terminated string
.,A46C A4 3A LDY $3A	LDY CURLIN+1	Auf Programmodus	get current line number high byte
.,A46E C8 INY	INY ;WAS NUMBER 64000?	(prog/direkt) prüfen	increment it
.,A46F F0 03 BEQ $A474	BEQ READY ;YES, DON'T TYPE LINE NUMBER.	Direkt: dann ausgeben	branch if was in immediate mode
.,A471 20 C2 BD JSR $BDC2	JSR INPRT READY: IFN REALIO,< LSR CNTWFL> ;TURN OUTPUT BACK ON IF SUPRESSED	'in Zeilennummer' ausgeben	do " IN " line number message do warm start
.,A474 A9 76 LDA #$76	LDWDI REDDY ;SAY "OK".	Zeiger auf Ready-Modus	set "READY." pointer low byte			low A376
.,A476 A0 A3 LDY #$A3	IFN REALIO-3,< JSR RDYJSR> ;OR GO TO INIT IF INIT ERROR. IFE REALIO-3,<	setzen und	set "READY." pointer high byte			low A376
.,A478 20 1E AB JSR $AB1E	JSR STROUT> ;NO INIT ERRORS POSSIBLE.	String ausgeben	print null terminated string
.,A47B A9 80 LDA #$80		Wert für Direktmodus laden	set for control messages only
.,A47D 20 90 FF JSR $FF90		und Flag setzen Eingabe-Warteschleife	control kernal messages
.,A480 6C 02 03 JMP ($0302)		JMP $A483	do BASIC warm start BASIC warm start, the warm start vector is initialised to point here			normally A483 standard warm start routine
.,A483 20 60 A5 JSR $A560	MAIN: JSR INLIN ;GET A LINE FROM TERMINAL.	BASIC-Zeile nach Eingabepuffer	call for BASIC input	READ A LINE
.,A486 86 7A STX $7A	STXY TXTPTR	CHRGET Zeiger auf	save BASIC execute pointer low byte	SET UP CHRGET TO SCAN THE LINE
.,A488 84 7B STY $7B		Eingabepuffer	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A48A 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET	nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory
.,A48D AA TAX	TAX ;SET ZERO FLAG BASED ON [A] ;THIS DISTINGUISHES ":" AND 0	Puffer leer?	copy byte to set flags
.,A48E F0 F0 BEQ $A480	BEQ MAIN ;IF BLANK LINE, GET ANOTHER.	Ja: dann weiter warten	loop if no input got to interpret the input line now ....	EMPTY LINE
.,A490 A2 FF LDX #$FF	LDXI 255 ;SET DIRECT LINE NUMBER.	Wert für	current line high byte to -1, indicates immediate mode	$FF IN HI-BYTE OF CURLIN MEANS
.,A492 86 3A STX $3A	STX CURLIN+1	Kennzeichen für Direktmodus	set current line number high byte	WE ARE IN DIRECT MODE
.,A494 90 06 BCC $A49C	BCC MAIN1 ;IS A LINE NUMBER. NOT DIRECT.	Ziffer? als Zeile einfügen	if numeric character go handle new BASIC line no line number .. immediate mode	CHRGET SAW DIGIT, NUMBERED LINE
.,A496 20 79 A5 JSR $A579	JSR CRUNCH ;COMPACTIFY.	BASIC-Zeile in Code wandeln	crunch keywords into BASIC tokens	NO NUMBER, SO PARSE IT
.,A499 4C E1 A7 JMP $A7E1	JMP GONE ;EXECUTE IT.	Befehl ausführen Löschen und Einfügen von Programmzeilen	go scan and interpret code handle new BASIC line	AND TRY EXECUTING IT HANDLE NUMBERED LINE		handle insert/delete basic lines
.,A49C 20 6B A9 JSR $A96B	MAIN1: JSR LINGET ;READ LINE NUMBER INTO "LINNUM".	Zeilenr. nach Adressformat	get fixed-point number into temporary integer
.,A49F 20 79 A5 JSR $A579	JSR CRUNCH	BASIC-Zeile in Code wandeln	crunch keywords into BASIC tokens
.,A4A2 84 0B STY $0B	STY COUNT ;RETAIN CHARACTER COUNT.	Zeiger in Eingabepuffer	save index pointer to end of crunched line	SAVE INDEX TO INPUT BUFFER
.,A4A4 20 13 A6 JSR $A613	JSR FNDLIN	Zeilenadresse berechnen	search BASIC for temporary integer line number	IS THIS LINE # ALREADY IN PROGRAM?
.,A4A7 90 44 BCC $A4ED	BCC NODEL ;NO MATCH, SO DON'T DELETE.	Vorhanden? Ja: löschen Programmzeile löschen	if not found skip the line delete line # already exists so delete it	NO		delete old line
.,A4A9 A0 01 LDY #$01	LDYI 1	Zeiger setzen	set index to next line pointer high byte	YES, SO DELETE IT
.,A4AB B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR	Startadresse der nächsten	get next line pointer high byte	LOWTR POINTS AT LINE
.,A4AD 85 23 STA $23	STA INDEX1+1	Zeile (HIGH) setzen	save it	GET HIGH BYTE OF FORWARD PNTR
.,A4AF A5 2D LDA $2D	LDA VARTAB	Variablenanfangszeiger	get start of variables low byte
.,A4B1 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX1	(LOW) setzen	save it
.,A4B3 A5 60 LDA $60	LDA LOWTR+1 ;SET TRANSFER TO.	Startadresse der zu	get found line pointer high byte
.,A4B5 85 25 STA $25	STA INDEX2+1	löschenden Zeile (HIGH)	save it
.,A4B7 A5 5F LDA $5F	LDA LOWTR	Startadresse der zu	get found line pointer low byte
.,A4B9 88 DEY	DEY	löschenden Zeile (LOW)	decrement index
.,A4BA F1 5F SBC ($5F),Y	SBCDY LOWTR ;COMPUTE NEGATIVE LENGTH.	Startadresse der nächsten	subtract next line pointer low byte
.,A4BC 18 CLC	CLC	Zeile (LOW)	clear carry for add
.,A4BD 65 2D ADC $2D	ADC VARTAB ;COMPUTE NEW VARTAB.	Variablenanfangszeiger (LOW)	add start of variables low byte
.,A4BF 85 2D STA $2D	STA VARTAB	ergibt neuen Variablenan-	set start of variables low byte
.,A4C1 85 24 STA $24	STA INDEX2 ;SET LOW OF TRANS TO.	fangszeiger (LOW)	save destination pointer low byte
.,A4C3 A5 2E LDA $2E	LDA VARTAB+1	Gleiches System für	get start of variables high byte
.,A4C5 69 FF ADC #$FF	ADCI 255	HIGH-Byte des Variablenan-	-1 + carry
.,A4C7 85 2E STA $2E	STA VARTAB+1 ;COMPUTE HIGH OF VARTAB.	fangszeigers	set start of variables high byte
.,A4C9 E5 60 SBC $60	SBC LOWTR+1 ;COMPUTE NUMBER OF BLOCKS TO MOVE.	minus Startadresse der zu	subtract found line pointer high byte
.,A4CB AA TAX	TAX	löschenden Zeile (LOW) ergibt	copy to block count
.,A4CC 38 SEC	SEC	die zu verschiebenden Blöcke	set carry for subtract
.,A4CD A5 5F LDA $5F	LDA LOWTR	Startadresse (LOW) minus	get found line pointer low byte
.,A4CF E5 2D SBC $2D	SBC VARTAB ;COMPUTE OFFSET.	Variablenanfangszeiger (LOW)	subtract start of variables low byte
.,A4D1 A8 TAY	TAY	ergibt Länge des Restabschn.	copy to bytes in first block count
.,A4D2 B0 03 BCS $A4D7	BCS QDECT1 ;IF VARTAB.LE.LOWTR,	Größer als 255? Nein: $A4D7	branch if no underflow
.,A4D4 E8 INX	INX ;DECR DUE TO CARRY, AND	Zähler für Blöcke erhöhen	increment block count, correct for = 0 loop exit
.,A4D5 C6 25 DEC $25	DEC INDEX2+1 ;DECREMENT STORE SO CARRY WORKS.	Transportzeiger vermindern	decrement destination high byte
.,A4D7 18 CLC	QDECT1: CLC	Carry löschen	clear carry for add
.,A4D8 65 22 ADC $22	ADC INDEX1	Anfangszeiger (LOW)	add source pointer low byte
.,A4DA 90 03 BCC $A4DF	BCC MLOOP	Verminderung überspringen	branch if no overflow
.,A4DC C6 23 DEC $23	DEC INDEX1+1	Zeiger um 1 vermindern	else decrement source pointer high byte
.,A4DE 18 CLC	CLC ;FOR LATER ADCQ	Carry löschen	clear carry close up memory to delete old line
.,A4DF B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	MLOOP: LDADY INDEX1	Verschiebeschleife	get byte from source	MOVE HIGHER LINES OF PROGRAM
.,A4E1 91 24 STA ($24),Y	STADY INDEX2	Wert abspeichern	copy to destination	DOWN OVER THE DELETED LINE.
.,A4E3 C8 INY	INY	Zähler um 1 erhöhen	increment index
.,A4E4 D0 F9 BNE $A4DF	BNE MLOOP ;BLOCK DONE?	Block fertig? Nein: weiter	while <> 0 do this block
.,A4E6 E6 23 INC $23	INC INDEX1+1	1.Adreßzeiger erhöhen (LOW)	increment source pointer high byte
.,A4E8 E6 25 INC $25	INC INDEX2+1	2.Adreßzeiger erhöhen (LOW)	increment destination pointer high byte
.,A4EA CA DEX	DEX	Blockzähter um 1 vermindern	decrement block count
.,A4EB D0 F2 BNE $A4DF	BNE MLOOP ;DO ANOTHER BLOCK. ALWAYS.	Alle Blöcke? Nein: weiter Programmzeile einfügen	loop until all done got new line in buffer and no existing same #			insert new line
.,A4ED 20 59 A6 JSR $A659	NODEL: JSR RUNC ;RESET ALL VARIABLE INFO SO GARBAGE ;COLLECTION CAUSED BY REASON WILL WORK	CLR-Befehl	reset execution to start, clear variables, flush stack and return
.,A4F0 20 33 A5 JSR $A533	JSR LNKPRG ;FIX UP THE LINKS	Programmzeilen neu binden	rebuild BASIC line chaining
.,A4F3 AD 00 02 LDA $0200	LDA BUF ;SEE IF ANYTHNG THERE	Zeichen im Puffer ?	get first byte from buffer	ANY CHARACTERS AFTER LINE #?
.,A4F6 F0 88 BEQ $A480	BEQ MAIN	nein, dann zur Warteschleife	if no line go do BASIC warm start else insert line into memory	NO, SO NOTHING TO INSERT.
.,A4F8 18 CLC	CLC	Carry löschen	clear carry for add
.,A4F9 A5 2D LDA $2D	LDA VARTAB	Variablenanfangszeiger (LOW)	get start of variables low byte	SET UP BLTU SUBROUTINE
.,A4FB 85 5A STA $5A	STA HIGHTR ;SETUP HIGHTR.	als Endadresse (Quellbereich)	save as source end pointer low byte	INSERT NEW LINE.
.,A4FD 65 0B ADC $0B	ADC COUNT ;ADD LENGTH OF LINE TO INSERT.	+ Länge der Zeile als End-	add index pointer to end of crunched line
.,A4FF 85 58 STA $58	STA HIGHDS ;THIS GIVES DEST ADDR.	adresse des Zielbereichs LOW	save as destination end pointer low byte
.,A501 A4 2E LDY $2E	LDY VARTAB+1	Variablenanfangszeiger als	get start of variables high byte
.,A503 84 5B STY $5B	STY HIGHTR+1 ;SAME FOR HIGH ORDERS.	Endadr. des Quellbereichs LOW	save as source end pointer high byte
.,A505 90 01 BCC $A508	BCC NODELC	Kein Übertrag? dann $A508	branch if no carry to high byte
.,A507 C8 INY	INY	Übertrag addieren	else increment high byte
.,A508 84 59 STY $59	NODELC: STY HIGHDS+1	Als Endadresse des Zielbereichs	save as destination end pointer high byte
.,A50A 20 B8 A3 JSR $A3B8	JSR BLTU IFN BUFPAG,<	BASIC-Zeilen verschieben	open up space in memory most of what remains to do is copy the crunched line into the space opened up in memory, however, before the crunched line comes the next line pointer and the line number. the line number is retrieved from the temporary integer and stored in memory, this overwrites the bottom two bytes on the stack. next the line is copied and the next line pointer is filled with whatever was in two bytes above the line number in the stack. this is ok because the line pointer gets fixed in the line chain re-build.	MAKE ROOM FOR THE LINE
.,A50D A5 14 LDA $14	LDWD LINNUM ;POSITION THE BINARY LINE NUMBER	Zeilennummer aus	get line number low byte	PUT LINE NUMBER IN LINE IMAGE
.,A50F A4 15 LDY $15		$14/15 vor	get line number high byte
.,A511 8D FE 01 STA $01FE	STWD BUF-2> ;IN FRONT OF BUF	BASIC-Eingabepuffer setzen	save line number low byte before crunched line
.,A514 8C FF 01 STY $01FF		(ab $0200)	save line number high byte before crunched line
.,A517 A5 31 LDA $31	LDWD STREND	Neuer Variablen-	get end of arrays low byte
.,A519 A4 32 LDY $32		endzeiger	get end of arrays high byte
.,A51B 85 2D STA $2D	STWD VARTAB	als Zeiger auf Programm-	set start of variables low byte
.,A51D 84 2E STY $2E		ende speichern	set start of variables high byte
.,A51F A4 0B LDY $0B	LDY COUNT	Zeilenlänge holen	get index to end of crunched line
.,A521 88 DEY	DEY	und um 1 vermindern	-1	COPY LINE INTO PROGRAM
.,A522 B9 FC 01 LDA $01FC,Y	STOLOP: LDA BUF-4,Y	Zeile aus Eingabepuffer	get byte from crunched line
.,A525 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR	ins Programm kopieren	save byte to memory
.,A527 88 DEY	DEY	Schon alle Zeichen?	decrement index
.,A528 10 F8 BPL $A522	BPL STOLOP	Nein: dann weiterkopieren	loop while more to do reset execution, clear variables, flush stack, rebuild BASIC chain and do warm start	CLEAR ALL VARIABLES RE-ESTABLISH ALL FORWARD LINKS
.,A52A 20 59 A6 JSR $A659	FINI: JSR RUNC ;DO CLEAR & SET UP STACK. ;AND SET [TXTPTR] TO [TXTTAB]-1.	CLR-Befehl	reset execution to start, clear variables and flush stack	CLEAR ALL VARIABLES
.,A52D 20 33 A5 JSR $A533	JSR LNKPRG ;FIX UP PROGRAM LINKS	Programmzeilen neu binden	rebuild BASIC line chaining
.,A530 4C 80 A4 JMP $A480	JMP MAIN	zur Eingabe-Warteschleife BASIC-Zeilen neu binden	go do BASIC warm start rebuild BASIC line chaining			relink basic program
.,A533 A5 2B LDA $2B	LNKPRG: LDWD TXTTAB ;SET [INDEX] TO [TXTTAB].	Zeiger auf BASIC-Programm-	get start of memory low byte	POINT INDEX AT START OF PROGRAM
.,A535 A4 2C LDY $2C		start holen und	get start of memory high byte
.,A537 85 22 STA $22	STWD INDEX	und als Suchzeiger nach	set line start pointer low byte
.,A539 84 23 STY $23		$22/23 speichern	set line start pointer high byte
.,A53B 18 CLC	CLC ; ; CHEAD GOES THROUGH PROGRAM STORAGE AND FIXES ; UP ALL THE LINKS. THE END OF EACH LINE IS FOUND ; BY SEARCHING FOR THE ZERO AT THE END. ; THE DOUBLE ZERO LINK IS USED TO DETECT THE END OF THE PROGRAM. ;	Carry löschen	clear carry for add
.,A53C A0 01 LDY #$01	CHEAD: LDYI 1	Zeiger laden	set index to pointer to next line high byte	HI-BYTE OF NEXT FORWARD PNTR
.,A53E B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX ;ARRIVED AT DOUBLE ZEROES?	Zeilenadresse holen	get pointer to next line high byte	END OF PROGRAM YET?
.,A540 F0 1D BEQ $A55F	BEQ LNKRTS	=0? Ja: dann RTS	exit if null, [EOT]
.,A542 A0 04 LDY #$04	LDYI 4	Zeiger auf erstes BASIC-	point to first code byte of line there is always 1 byte + [EOL] as null entries are deleted	FIND END OF THIS LINE
.,A544 C8 INY	CZLOOP: INY ;THERE IS AT LEAST ONE BYTE.	zeichen setzen	next code byte	(NOTE MAXIMUM LENGTH < 256)
.,A545 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX	Zeichen holen	get byte
.,A547 D0 FB BNE $A544	BNE CZLOOP ;NO, CONTINUE SEARCHING.	=0? (Zeilenende) nein: weiter	loop if not [EOL]
.,A549 C8 INY	INY ;GO ONE BEYOND.	Zeilenlänge nach	point to byte past [EOL], start of next line	COMPUTE ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE
.,A54A 98 TYA	TYA	Akku schieben	copy it
.,A54B 65 22 ADC $22	ADC INDEX	+ Zeiger auf aktuelle Zeile	add line start pointer low byte
.,A54D AA TAX	TAX	(LOW) ins X-Register	copy to X
.,A54E A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zeiger laden	clear index, point to this line's next line pointer	STORE FORWARD PNTR IN THIS LINE
.,A550 91 22 STA ($22),Y	STADY INDEX	Akku als Adr.zeiger (LOW)	set next line pointer low byte
.,A552 A5 23 LDA $23	LDA INDEX+1	Zeiger auf aktuelle Zeile (HIGH)	get line start pointer high byte
.,A554 69 00 ADC #$00	ADCI 0	Übertrag addieren	add any overflow	(NOTE: THIS CLEARS CARRY)
.,A556 C8 INY	INY	Zähler um 1 erhöhen	increment index to high byte
.,A557 91 22 STA ($22),Y	STADY INDEX	Adresszeiger (HIGH) speichern	set next line pointer high byte
.,A559 86 22 STX $22	STX INDEX	Startadresse der nächsten	set line start pointer low byte
.,A55B 85 23 STA $23	STA INDEX+1	Zeile abspeichern	set line start pointer high byte
.,A55D 90 DD BCC $A53C	BCCA CHEAD ;ALWAYS BRANCHES.	Zum Zeilenanfang	go do next line, branch always	...ALWAYS
.,A55F 60 RTS	LNKRTS: RTS ; ; THIS IS THE LINE INPUT ROUTINE. ; IT READS CHARACTERS INTO BUF USING BACKARROW (UNDERSCORE, OR ; SHIFT O) AS THE DELETE CHARACTER AND @ AS THE ; LINE DELETE CHARACTER. IF MORE THAN BUFLEN CHARACTERS ; ARE TYPED, NO ECHOING IS DONE UNTIL A BACKARROW OR @ OR CR ; IS TYPED. CONTROL-G WILL BE TYPED FOR EACH EXTRA CHARACTER. ; THE ROUTINE IS ENTERED AT INLIN. ; IFE REALIO-4,< INLIN: LDXI 128 ;NO PROMPT CHARACTER STX CQPRMP JSR CQINLN ;GET A LINE ONTO PAGE 2 CPXI BUFLEN-1 BCS GDBUFS ;NOT TOO MANY CHARACTERS LDXI BUFLEN-1 GDBUFS: LDAI 0 ;PUT A ZERO AT THE END STA BUF,X TXA BEQ NOCHR LOPBHT: LDA BUF-1,X ANDI 127 STA BUF-1,X DEX BNE LOPBHT NOCHR: LDAI 0 LDXYI <BUF-1> ;POINT AT THE BEGINNING RTS> IFN REALIO-4,< IFN REALIO-3,< LINLIN: IFE REALIO-2,< JSR OUTDO> ;ECHO IT. DEX ;BACKARROW SO BACKUP PNTR AND BPL INLINC ;GET ANOTHER IF COUNT IS POSITIVE. INLINN: IFE REALIO-2,< JSR OUTDO> ;PRINT THE @ OR A SECOND BACKARROW ;IF THERE WERE TOO MANY. JSR CRDO>	Rücksprung Eingabe einer Zeile	call for BASIC input			get statement into buffer
.,A560 A2 00 LDX #$00	INLIN: LDXI 0	Zeiger setzen	set channel $00, keyboard
.,A562 20 12 E1 JSR $E112	INLINC: JSR INCHR ;GET A CHARACTER. IFN REALIO-3,< CMPI 7 ;IS IT BOB ALBRECHT RINGING THE BELL ;FOR SCHOOL KIDS? BEQ GOODCH>	ein Zeichen holen	input character from channel with error check
.,A565 C9 0D CMP #$0D	CMPI 13 ;CARRIAGE RETURN?	RETURN-Taste ?	compare with [CR]
.,A567 F0 0D BEQ $A576	BEQ FININ1 ;YES, FINISH UP. IFN REALIO-3,< CMPI 32 ;CHECK FOR FUNNY CHARACTERS. BCC INLINC CMPI 125 ;IS IT TILDA OR DELETE? BCS INLINC ;BIG BAD ONES TOO. CMPI "@" ;LINE DELETE? BEQ INLINN ;YES. CMPI "_" ;CHARACTER DELETE? BEQ LINLIN> ;YES. GOODCH: IFN REALIO-3,< CPXI BUFLEN-1 ;LEAVE ROOM FOR NULL. ;COMMO ASSURES US NEVER MORE THAN BUFLEN. BCS OUTBEL>	ja, dann Eingabe beenden	if [CR] set XY to $200 - 1, print [CR] and exit character was not [CR]
.,A569 9D 00 02 STA $0200,X	STA BUF,X	Zeichen nach Eingabepuffer	save character to buffer
.,A56C E8 INX	INX	Zeiger um 1 erhöhen	increment buffer index
.,A56D E0 59 CPX #$59	IFE REALIO-2,<SKIP2>	89. Zeichen ?	compare with max+1
.,A56F 90 F1 BCC $A562	IFN REALIO-2,<BNE INLINC>	nein, weitere Zeichen holen	branch if < max+1
.,A571 A2 17 LDX #$17	IFN REALIO-3,<	Nummer für 'string too long'	error $17, string too long error			error number
.,A573 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	OUTBEL: LDAI 7	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start
.,A576 4C CA AA JMP $AACA	IFN REALIO,<	Puffer mit $0 abschließen, CR Umwandlung einer Zeile in den Interpreter-Code	set XY to $200 - 1 and print [CR] crunch BASIC tokens vector			goto end of line crunch tokens
.,A579 6C 04 03 JMP ($0304)	JSR OUTDO> ;ECHO IT. BNE INLINC> ;CYCLE ALWAYS. FININ1: JMP FININL> ;GO TO FININL FAR, FAR AWAY. INCHR: IFE REALIO-3,< JSR CQINCH> ;FOR COMMODORE. IFE REALIO-2,< INCHRL: LDA ^O176000 REPEAT 4,<NOP> LSR A, BCC INCHRL LDA ^O176001 ;GET THE CHARACTER. REPEAT 4,<NOP> ANDI 127> IFE REALIO-1,< JSR ^O17132> ;1E5A FOR MOS TECH. IFE REALIO-4,< JSR CQINCH ;FD0C FOR APPLE COMPUTER. ANDI 127> IFE REALIO,< TJSR INSIM##> ;GET A CHARACTER FROM SIMULATOR IFN REALIO,< IFN EXTIO,< LDY CHANNL ;CNT-O HAS NO EFFECT IF NOT FROM TERM. BNE INCRTS> CMPI CONTW ;SUPPRESS OUTPUT CHARACTER (^W). BNE INCRTS ;NO, RETURN. PHA COM CNTWFL ;COMPLEMENT ITS STATE. PLA> INCRTS: RTS ;END OF INCHR. ; ; ALL "RESERVED" WORDS ARE TRANSLATED INTO SINGLE ; BYTES WITH THE MSB ON. THIS SAVES SPACE AND TIME ; BY ALLOWING FOR TABLE DISPATCH DURING EXECUTION. ; THEREFORE ALL STATEMENTS APPEAR TOGETHER IN THE ; RESERVED WORD LIST IN THE SAME ORDER THEY ; APPEAR IN STMDSP. ; BUFOFS=0 ;THE AMOUNT TO OFFSET THE LOW BYTE ;OF THE TEXT POINTER TO GET TO BUF ;AFTER TXTPTR HAS BEEN SETUP TO POINT INTO BUF IFN BUFPAG,< BUFOFS=<BUF/256>*256>	JMP $A57C	do crunch BASIC tokens crunch BASIC tokens, the crunch BASIC tokens vector is initialised to point here	TOKENIZE THE INPUT LINE		normally A57C standard token cruncher
.,A57C A6 7A LDX $7A	CRUNCH: LDX TXTPTR ;SET SOURCE POINTER.	Zeiger setzen, erstes Zeichen	get BASIC execute pointer low byte	INDEX INTO UNPARSED LINE
.,A57E A0 04 LDY #$04	LDYI 4 ;SET DESTINATION OFFSET.	Wert für codierte Zeile	set save index	INDEX TO PARSED OUTPUT LINE
.,A580 84 0F STY $0F	STY DORES ;ALLOW CRUNCHING.	Flag für Hochkomma	clear open quote/DATA flag	CLEAR SIGN-BIT OF DATAFLG
.,A582 BD 00 02 LDA $0200,X	KLOOP: LDA BUFOFS,X IFE REALIO-3,<	Zeichen aus Puffer holen	get a byte from the input buffer
.,A585 10 07 BPL $A58E	BPL CMPSPC ;GO LOOK AT SPACES.	kein BASIC-Code ? kleiner 128	if b7 clear go do crunching
.,A587 C9 FF CMP #$FF	CMPI PI ;PI??	Code für Pi ?	compare with the token for PI, this toke is input directly from the keyboard as the PI character			PI
.,A589 F0 3E BEQ $A5C9	BEQ STUFFH ;GO SAVE IT.	Ja: dann speichern	if PI save byte then continue crunching this is the bit of code that stops you being able to enter some keywords as just single shifted characters. If this dropped through you would be able to enter GOTO as just [SHIFT]G
.,A58B E8 INX	INX ;SKIP NO PRINTING.	Zeiger erhöhen	increment read index
.,A58C D0 F4 BNE $A582	BNE KLOOP> ;ALWAYS GOES.	nächstes Zeichen überprüfen	loop if more to do, branch always
.,A58E C9 20 CMP #$20	CMPSPC: CMPI " " ;IS IT A SPACE TO SAVE?	' ' Leerzeichen?	compare with [SPACE]	IGNORE BLANKS		space
.,A590 F0 37 BEQ $A5C9	BEQ STUFFH ;YES, GO SAVE IT.	Ja: dann speichern	if [SPACE] save byte then continue crunching
.,A592 85 08 STA $08	STA ENDCHR ;IF IT'S A QUOTE, THIS WILL ;STOP LOOP WHEN OTHER QUOTE APPEARS.	in Hochkomma-Flag speichern	save buffer byte as search character
.,A594 C9 22 CMP #$22	CMPI 34 ;QUOTE SIGN?	"'" Hochkomma?	compare with quote character	START OF QUOTATION?		quote mark
.,A596 F0 56 BEQ $A5EE	BEQ STRNG ;YES, DO SPECIAL STRING HANDLING.	Ja: dann speichern	if quote go copy quoted string
.,A598 24 0F BIT $0F	BIT DORES ;TEST FLAG.	Überprüft auf Bit 6	get open quote/DATA token flag
.,A59A 70 2D BVS $A5C9	BVS STUFFH ;NO CRUNCH, JUST STORE.	gesetzt: ASCII speichern	branch if b6 of Oquote set, was DATA go save byte then continue crunching	BRANCH IF IN "DATA" STATEMENT
.,A59C C9 3F CMP #$3F	CMPI "?" ;A QMARK?	'?' Fragezeichen?	compare with "?" character	SHORTHAND FOR "PRINT"?		question mark
.,A59E D0 04 BNE $A5A4	BNE KLOOP1	Nein: dann weiter prüfen	if not "?" continue crunching	NO
.,A5A0 A9 99 LDA #$99	LDAI PRINTK ;YES, STUFF A "PRINT" TOKEN.	PRINT-Code für ? laden	else the keyword token is $99, PRINT	YES, REPLACE WITH "PRINT" TOKEN		PRINT code
.,A5A2 D0 25 BNE $A5C9	BNE STUFFH ;ALWAYS GO TO STUFFH.	und abspeichern	go save byte then continue crunching, branch always	...ALWAYS
.,A5A4 C9 30 CMP #$30	KLOOP1: CMPI "0" ;SKIP NUMERICS.	Kleiner $30 ? (Code für 0)	compare with "0"	IS IT A DIGIT, COLON, OR SEMI-COLON?		0
.,A5A6 90 04 BCC $A5AC	BCC MUSTCR	Ja: dann $A5AC	branch if <, continue crunching	NO, PUNCTUATION !"#$%&'()*+,-./
.,A5A8 C9 3C CMP #$3C	CMPI 60 ;":" AND ";" ARE ENTERED STRAIGHTAWAY.	Mit $3C vergleichen	compare with "<"
.,A5AA 90 1D BCC $A5C9	BCC STUFFH	wenn größer, dann $A5C9	if <, 0123456789:; go save byte then continue crunching gets here with next character not numeric, ";" or ":"	YES, NOT A TOKEN SEARCH TOKEN NAME TABLE FOR MATCH STARTING WITH CURRENT CHAR FROM INPUT LINE
.,A5AC 84 71 STY $71	MUSTCR: STY BUFPTR ;SAVE BUFFER POINTER.	Zeiger Zwischenspeichern	copy save index	SAVE INDEX TO OUTPUT LINE
.,A5AE A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;LOAD RESLST POINTER.	Zähler für Tokentabelle	clear table pointer	USE Y-REG WITH (FAC) TO ADDRESS TABLE
.,A5B0 84 0B STY $0B	STY COUNT ;ALSO CLEAR COUNT.	initialisieren	clear word index	HOLDS CURRENT TOKEN-$80
.,A5B2 88 DEY	DEY		adjust for pre increment loop	PREPARE FOR "INY" A FEW LINES DOWN
.,A5B3 86 7A STX $7A	STX TXTPTR ;SAVE TEXT POINTER FOR LATER USE.	Zeiger auf Eingabepuffer	save BASIC execute pointer low byte, buffer index	SAVE POSITION IN INPUT LINE
.,A5B5 CA DEX	DEX	zwischenspeichern	adjust for pre increment loop	PREPARE FOR "INX" A FEW LINES DOWN
.,A5B6 C8 INY	RESER: INY	X- und Y-Register	next table byte	ADVANCE POINTER TO TOKEN TABLE
.,A5B7 E8 INX	RESPUL: INX	um 1 erhöhen	next buffer byte
.,A5B8 BD 00 02 LDA $0200,X	RESCON: LDA BUFOFS,X	Zeichen aus Puffer laden	get byte from input buffer	NEXT CHAR FROM INPUT LINE
.,A5BB 38 SEC	SEC ;PREPARE TO SUBSTARCT.	Carry für Subtr. löschen	set carry for subtract	NO, COMPARE TO CHAR IN TABLE
.,A5BC F9 9E A0 SBC $A09E,Y	SBC RESLST,Y ;CHARACTERS EQUAL?	Zeichen mit Befehlswort vergleichen	subtract table byte	SAME AS NEXT CHAR OF TOKEN NAME?
.,A5BF F0 F5 BEQ $A5B6	BEQ RESER ;YES, CONTINUE SEARCH.	Gefunden? Ja: nächstes Zeich.	go compare next if match	YES, CONTINUE MATCHING
.,A5C1 C9 80 CMP #$80	CMPI 128 ;NO BUT MAYBE THE END IS HERE.	mit $80 (128) vergleichen	was it end marker match ?	MAYBE; WAS IT SAME EXCEPT FOR BIT 7?
.,A5C3 D0 30 BNE $A5F5	BNE NTHIS ;NO, TRULY UNEQUAL.	Befehl nicht gefunden: $A5F5	branch if not, not found keyword actually this works even if the input buffer byte is the end marker, i.e. a shifted character. As you can't enter any keywords as a single shifted character, see above, you can enter keywords in shorthand by shifting any character after the first. so RETURN can be entered as R[SHIFT]E, RE[SHIFT]T, RET[SHIFT]U or RETU[SHIFT]R. RETUR[SHIFT]N however will not work because the [SHIFT]N will match the RETURN end marker so the routine will try to match the next character. else found keyword	NO, SKIP TO NEXT TOKEN
.,A5C5 05 0B ORA $0B	ORA COUNT	BASIC-Code gleich Zähler +$80	OR with word index, +$80 in A makes token	YES, END OF TOKEN; GET TOKEN #
.,A5C7 A4 71 LDY $71	GETBPT: LDY BUFPTR ;GET BUFFER PNTR.	Zeiger auf cod. Zeile holen	restore save index save byte then continue crunching	GET INDEX TO OUTPUT LINE IN Y-REG
.,A5C9 E8 INX	STUFFH: INX		increment buffer read index	ADVANCE INPUT INDEX
.,A5CA C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment save index	ADVANCE OUTPUT INDEX
.,A5CB 99 FB 01 STA $01FB,Y	STA BUF-5,Y	BASIC-Code speichern	save byte to output	STORE CHAR OR TOKEN
.,A5CE B9 FB 01 LDA $01FB,Y	LDA BUF-5,Y	und Statusregister setzen	get byte from output, set flags	TEST FOR EOL OR EOS
.,A5D1 F0 36 BEQ $A609	BEQ CRDONE ;NULL IMPLIES END OF LINE.	=0 (Ende): dann fertig	branch if was null [EOL] A holds the token here	END OF LINE
.,A5D3 38 SEC	SEC ;PREPARE TO SUBSTARCT.	Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	set carry for subtract
.,A5D4 E9 3A SBC #$3A	SBCI ":" ;IS IT A ":"?	':' Trennzeichen?	subtract ":"	END OF STATEMENT?		colon
.,A5D6 F0 04 BEQ $A5DC	BEQ COLIS ;YES, ALLOW CRUNCHING AGAIN.	Ja: dann $A5DC	branch if it was (is now $00) A now holds token-':'	YES, CLEAR DATAFLG
.,A5D8 C9 49 CMP #$49	CMPI DATATK-":" ;IS IT A DATATK?	DATA-Code ?	compare with the token for DATA-':'	"DATA" TOKEN?		DATA code
.,A5DA D0 02 BNE $A5DE	BNE NODATT ;NO, SEE IF IT IS REM TOKEN.	Nein: Speichern überspringen	if not DATA go try REM token was : or DATA	NO, LEAVE DATAFLG ALONE
.,A5DC 85 0F STA $0F	COLIS: STA DORES ;SETUP FLAG.	nach Hochkomma-Flag speichern	save the token-$3A	DATAFLG = 0 OR $83-$3A = $49
.,A5DE 38 SEC	NODATT: SEC ;PREP TO SBCQ	Carry setzen	set carry for subtract	IS IT A "REM" TOKEN?
.,A5DF E9 55 SBC #$55	SBCI REMTK-":" ;REM ONLY STOPS ON NULL.	REM-Code ?	subtract the token for REM-':'			REM code
.,A5E1 D0 9F BNE $A582	BNE KLOOP ;NO, CONTINUE CRUNCHING.	Nein: zum Schleifenanfang	if wasn't REM crunch next bit of line	NO, CONTINUE PARSING LINE
.,A5E3 85 08 STA $08	STA ENDCHR ;REM STOPS ONLY ON NULL, NOT : OR ".	0 in Hochkomma-Flag	else was REM so set search for [EOL] loop for "..." etc.	YES, CLEAR LITERAL FLAG HANDLE LITERAL (BETWEEN QUOTES) OR REMARK, BY COPYING CHARS UP TO ENDCHR.
.,A5E5 BD 00 02 LDA $0200,X	STR1: LDA BUFOFS,X	nächstes Zeichen holen	get byte from input buffer
.,A5E8 F0 DF BEQ $A5C9	BEQ STUFFH ;YES, END OF LINE, SO DONE.	=0 (Ende)? Ja: dann $A5C9	if null [EOL] save byte then continue crunching	END OF LINE
.,A5EA C5 08 CMP $08	CMP ENDCHR ;END OF GOBBLE?	Als ASCII speichern?	compare with stored character
.,A5EC F0 DB BEQ $A5C9	BEQ STUFFH ;YES, DONE WITH STRING.	Nein: dann $A5C9	if match save byte then continue crunching	FOUND ENDCHR
.,A5EE C8 INY	STRNG: INY ;INCREMENT BUFFER POINTER.	Zeiger erhöhen	increment save index	NEXT OUTPUT CHAR
.,A5EF 99 FB 01 STA $01FB,Y	STA BUF-5,Y	Code abspeichern	save byte to output
.,A5F2 E8 INX	INX	Zeiger erhöhen	increment buffer index	NEXT INPUT CHAR
.,A5F3 D0 F0 BNE $A5E5	BNE STR1 ;PROCESS NEXT CHARACTER.	Zum Schleifenanfang	loop while <> 0, should never reach 0 not found keyword this go	...ALWAYS ADVANCE POINTER TO NEXT TOKEN NAME
.,A5F5 A6 7A LDX $7A	NTHIS: LDX TXTPTR ;RESTORE TEXT POINTER.	Zeiger wieder auf Eingabep.	restore BASIC execute pointer low byte	GET POINTER TO INPUT LINE IN X-REG
.,A5F7 E6 0B INC $0B	INC COUNT ;INCREMENT RES WORD COUNT.	Suchzähler erhöhen	increment word index (next word) now find end of this word in the table	BUMP (TOKEN # - $80)
.,A5F9 C8 INY	NTHIS1: INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment table index	NEXT TOKEN ONE BEYOND THAT
.,A5FA B9 9D A0 LDA $A09D,Y	LDA RESLST-1,Y, ;GET RES CHARACTER.	nächsten Befehl suchen	get table byte	YES, AT NEXT NAME. END OF TABLE?
.,A5FD 10 FA BPL $A5F9	BPL NTHIS1 ;END OF ENTRY?	Gefunden? Nein: weitersuchen	loop if not end of word yet
.,A5FF B9 9E A0 LDA $A09E,Y	LDA RESLST,Y, ;YES. IS IT THE END?	Ende der Tabelle?	get byte from keyword table
.,A602 D0 B4 BNE $A5B8	BNE RESCON ;NO, TRY THE NEXT WORD.	Nein: dann weiter	go test next word if not zero byte, end of table reached end of table with no match	NO, NOT END OF TABLE
.,A604 BD 00 02 LDA $0200,X	LDA BUFOFS,X ;YES, END OF TABLE. GET 1ST CHR.	nächstes Zeichen holen	restore byte from input buffer	YES, SO NOT A KEYWORD
.,A607 10 BE BPL $A5C7	BPL GETBPT ;STORE IT AWAY (ALWAYS BRANCHES).	kleiner $80? Ja: $A5C7	branch always, all unmatched bytes in the buffer are $00 to $7F, go save byte in output and continue crunching reached [EOL]	...ALWAYS, COPY CHAR AS IS END OF LINE
.,A609 99 FD 01 STA $01FD,Y	CRDONE: STA BUF-3,Y, ;SO THAT IF THIS IS A DIR STATEMENT ;ITS END WILL LOOK LIKE END OF PROGRAM. IFN <<BUF+BUFLEN>/256>-<<BUF-1>/256>,<	im Eingabepuffer speichern	save [EOL]	STORE ANOTHER 00 ON END
.,A60C C6 7B DEC $7B	DEC TXTPTR+1>	CHRGET-Zeiger zurücksetzen	decrement BASIC execute pointer high byte	SET TXTPTR = INPUT.BUFFER-1
.,A60E A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDAI <BUF&255>-1 ;MAKE TXTPTR POINT TO	Zeiger auf Eingabepuffer -1	point to start of buffer-1
.,A610 85 7A STA $7A	STA TXTPTR ;CRUNCHED LINE.	setzen (LOW)	set BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A612 60 RTS	LISTRT: RTS ;RETURN TO CALLER. ; ; FNDLIN SEARCHES THE PROGRAM TEXT FOR THE LINE ; WHOSE NUMBER IS PASSED IN "LINNUM". ; THERE ARE TWO POSSIBLE RETURNS: ; ; 1) CARRY SET. ; LOWTR POINTS TO THE LINK FIELD IN THE LINE ; WHICH IS THE ONE SEARCHED FOR. ; ; 2) CARRY NOT SET. ; LINE NOT FOUND. [LOWTR] POINTS TO THE LINE IN THE ; PROGRAM GREATER THAN THE ONE SOUGHT AFTER. ;	Rücksprung Startadresse einer Programmzeile berechnen	search BASIC for temporary integer line number	SEARCH FOR LINE (LINNUM) = LINE # TO FIND IF NOT FOUND: CARRY = 0 LOWTR POINTS AT NEXT LINE IF FOUND: CARRY = 1 LOWTR POINTS AT LINE		search for a line in a program
.,A613 A5 2B LDA $2B	FNDLIN: LDWX TXTTAB ;LOAD [X,A] WITH [TXTTAB]	Zeiger auf BASIC-	get start of memory low byte	SEARCH FROM BEGINNING OF PROGRAM
.,A615 A6 2C LDX $2C		Programmstart laden	get start of memory high byte search Basic for temp integer line number from AX returns carry set if found
.,A617 A0 01 LDY #$01	FNDLNC: LDYI 1	Zähler setzen	set index to next line pointer high byte	SEARCH FROM (X,A)
.,A619 85 5F STA $5F	STWX LOWTR ;STORE [X,A] INTO LOWTR	BASIC-Programmstart als	save low byte as current
.,A61B 86 60 STX $60		Zeiger nach $5F/60	save high byte as current
.,A61D B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR ;SEE IF LINK IS 0	Link-Adresse holen (HIGH)	get next line pointer high byte from address
.,A61F F0 1F BEQ $A640	BEQ FLINRT	gleich null: dann Ende	pointer was zero so done, exit	END OF PROGRAM, AND NOT FOUND
.,A621 C8 INY	INY	Zähler 2 mal erhöhen ( LOW-	increment index ...
.,A622 C8 INY	INY	Byte übergehen)	... to line # high byte
.,A623 A5 15 LDA $15	LDA LINNUM+1 ;COMP HIGH ORDERS OF LINE NUMBERS.	gesuchte Zeilennummer (HIGH)	get temporary integer high byte
.,A625 D1 5F CMP ($5F),Y	CMPDY LOWTR	mit aktueller vergleichen	compare with line # high byte
.,A627 90 18 BCC $A641	BCC FLNRTS ;NO SUCH LINE NUMBER.	kleiner: dann nicht gefunden	exit if temp < this line, target line passed	IF NOT FOUND
.,A629 F0 03 BEQ $A62E	BEQ FNDLO1	gleich: Nummer LOW prüfen	go check low byte if =
.,A62B 88 DEY	DEY	Zähler um 1 vermindern	else decrement index
.,A62C D0 09 BNE $A637	BNE AFFRTS ;ALWAYS BRANCH.	unbedingter Sprung	branch always
.,A62E A5 14 LDA $14	FNDLO1: LDA LINNUM	gesuchte Zeilennummer (LOW)	get temporary integer low byte
.,A630 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger um 1 vermindern	decrement index to line # low byte
.,A631 D1 5F CMP ($5F),Y	CMPDY LOWTR ;COMPARE LOW ORDERS.	Zeilennummer LOW vergleichen	compare with line # low byte
.,A633 90 0C BCC $A641	BCC FLNRTS ;NO SUCH NUMBER.	kleiner: Zeile nicht gefunden	exit if temp < this line, target line passed	PAST LINE, NOT FOUND
.,A635 F0 0A BEQ $A641	BEQ FLNRTS ;GO TIT.	oder gleich: C=1 und RTS	exit if temp = (found line#) not quite there yet	IF FOUND
.,A637 88 DEY	AFFRTS: DEY	Y-Register auf 1 setzen	decrement index to next line pointer high byte
.,A638 B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR ;FETCH LINK.	Adresse der nächsten Zeile	get next line pointer high byte
.,A63A AA TAX	TAX	in das X-Register laden	copy to X
.,A63B 88 DEY	DEY	Register vermindern (auf 0)	decrement index to next line pointer low byte
.,A63C B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR	Link-Adresse holen (LOW)	get next line pointer low byte
.,A63E B0 D7 BCS $A617	BCS FNDLNC ;ALWAYS BRANCHES.	weiter suchen	go search for line # in temporary integer from AX, carry always set	ALWAYS
.,A640 18 CLC	FLINRT: CLC ;C MAY BE HIGH.	Carry löschen	clear found flag	RETURN CARRY = 0
.,A641 60 RTS	FLNRTS: RTS ;RETURN TO CALLER. ; ; THE "NEW" COMMAND CLEARS THE PROGRAM TEXT AS WELL ; AS VARIABLE SPACE. ;	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl NEW	perform NEW	"NEW" STATEMENT		NEW command
.,A642 D0 FD BNE $A641	SCRATH: BNE FLNRTS ;MAKE SURE THERE IS A TERMINATOR.	Kein Trennzeichen: SYNTAX ERROR	exit if following byte to allow syntax error	IGNORE IF MORE TO THE STATEMENT
.,A644 A9 00 LDA #$00	SCRTCH: LDAI 0 ;GET A CLEARER.	Nullcode laden	clear A
.,A646 A8 TAY	TAY ;SET UP INDEX.	und als Zähler ins Y-Reg.	clear index
.,A647 91 2B STA ($2B),Y	STADY TXTTAB ;CLEAR FIRST LINK.	Nullcode an Programmanfang	clear pointer to next line low byte
.,A649 C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,A64A 91 2B STA ($2B),Y	STADY TXTTAB	noch einen Nullcode dahinter	clear pointer to next line high byte, erase program
.,A64C A5 2B LDA $2B	LDA TXTTAB	Zeiger auf Programmst. (LOW)	get start of memory low byte
.,A64E 18 CLC	CLC	Carry löschen	clear carry for add
.,A64F 69 02 ADC #$02	ADCI 2	Programmstart + 2 ergibt	add null program length
.,A651 85 2D STA $2D	STA VARTAB ;SETUP [VARTAB].	neuen Variablenstart (LOW)	set start of variables low byte
.,A653 A5 2C LDA $2C	LDA TXTTAB+1	Zeiger auf Programmst. (HIGH)	get start of memory high byte
.,A655 69 00 ADC #$00	ADCI 0	+ Übertrag ergibt neuen	add carry
.,A657 85 2E STA $2E	STA VARTAB+1	Variablenstart (HIGH)	set start of variables high byte reset execute pointer and do CLR
.,A659 20 8E A6 JSR $A68E	RUNC: JSR STXTPT	CHRGET, Routine neu setzen	set BASIC execute pointer to start of memory - 1	SET TXTPTR TO TXTTAB - 1
.,A65C A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0 ;SET ZERO FLAG ; ; THIS CODE IS FOR THE CLEAR COMMAND. ;	Zero-Flag für CLR = 1 setzen BASIC-Befehl CLR	set Zb for CLR entry perform CLR	(THIS COULD HAVE BEEN ".HS 2C") "CLEAR" STATEMENT		CLR command
.,A65E D0 2D BNE $A68D	CLEAR: BNE STKRTS ;SYNTAX ERROR IF NO TERMINATOR. ; ; CLEAR INITIALIZES THE VARIABLE AND ; ARRAY SPACE BY RESETING ARYTAB (THE END OF SIMPLE VARIABLE SPACE) ; AND STREND (THE END OF ARRAY STORAGE). IT FALLS INTO "STKINI" ; WHICH RESETS THE STACK.	Kein Trennzeichen: SYNTAX ERROR	exit if following byte to allow syntax error	IGNORE IF NOT AT END OF STATEMENT
.,A660 20 E7 FF JSR $FFE7	;	alle I/O Kanäle zurücksetzen	close all channels and files
.,A663 A5 37 LDA $37	CLEARC: LDWD MEMSIZ ;FREE UP STRING SPACE.	Zeiger auf BASIC-RAM-Ende	get end of memory low byte	CLEAR STRING AREA
.,A665 A4 38 LDY $38		(LOW/HIGH) laden	get end of memory high byte
.,A667 85 33 STA $33	STWD FRETOP	String-Start auf BASIC-	set bottom of string space low byte, clear strings
.,A669 84 34 STY $34	IFN EXTIO,< JSR CQCALL> ;CLOSE ALL OPEN FILES.	RAM-Ende setzen	set bottom of string space high byte
.,A66B A5 2D LDA $2D	LDWD VARTAB ;LIBERATE THE	Zeiger auf Variablen-	get start of variables low byte	CLEAR ARRAY AREA
.,A66D A4 2E LDY $2E		start laden	get start of variables high byte
.,A66F 85 2F STA $2F	STWD ARYTAB ;VARIABLES AND	und in Array-Anfangs-	set end of variables low byte, clear variables
.,A671 84 30 STY $30		zeiger setzen	set end of variables high byte
.,A673 85 31 STA $31	STWD STREND ;ARRAYS.	und in Zeiger auf Array-	set end of arrays low byte, clear arrays	LOW END OF FREE SPACE
.,A675 84 32 STY $32		Ende speichern	set end of arrays high byte do RESTORE and clear stack
.,A677 20 1D A8 JSR $A81D	FLOAD: JSR RESTOR ;RESTORE DATA. ; ; STKINI RESETS THE STACK POINTER ELIMINATING ; GOSUB AND FOR CONTEXT. STRING TEMPORARIES ARE FREED ; UP, SUBFLG IS RESET. CONTINUING IS PROHIBITED. ; AND A DUMMY ENTRY IS LEFT AT THE BOTTOM OF THE STACK SO "FNDFOR" WILL ALWAYS ; FIND A NON-"FOR" ENTRY AT THE BOTTOM OF THE STACK. ;	RESTORE-Befehl	perform RESTORE flush BASIC stack and clear the continue pointer	SET "DATA" POINTER TO BEGINNING		reset stack and program pointers
.,A67A A2 19 LDX #$19	STKINI: LDXI TEMPST ;INITIALIZE STRING TEMPORARIES.	Wert laden und String-	get the descriptor stack start
.,A67C 86 16 STX $16	STX TEMPPT	Descriptor-Index zurücksetzen	set the descriptor stack pointer
.,A67E 68 PLA	PLA ;SETUP RETURN ADDRESS.	2 Bytes vom Stapel in das	pull the return address low byte	SAVE RETURN ADDRESS
.,A67F A8 TAY	TAY	Y-Register und den	copy it
.,A680 68 PLA	PLA	Akku holen	pull the return address high byte
.,A681 A2 FA LDX #$FA	LDXI STKEND-257	Wert laden und damit	set the cleared stack pointer	START STACK AT $F8,
.,A683 9A TXS	TXS	Stapelzeiger initialisieren	set the stack	LEAVING ROOM FOR PARSING LINES
.,A684 48 PHA	PHA	2 Bytes aus dem Y-Register	push the return address high byte	RESTORE RETURN ADDRESS
.,A685 98 TYA	TYA	und dem Akku wieder auf	restore the return address low byte
.,A686 48 PHA	PHA	den Stapel schieben	push the return address low byte
.,A687 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0	Wert laden und damit	clear A
.,A689 85 3E STA $3E	STA OLDTXT+1 ;DISALLOWING CONTINUING	CONT sperren	clear the continue pointer high byte
.,A68B 85 10 STA $10	STA SUBFLG ;ALLOW SUBSCRIPTS.	und in FN-Flag speichern	clear the subscript/FNX flag
.,A68D 60 RTS	STKRTS: RTS	Rücksprung Programmzeiger auf BASIC-Start	set BASIC execute pointer to start of memory - 1	SET TXTPTR TO BEGINNING OF PROGRAM		set current character pointer to start of basic - 1
.,A68E 18 CLC	STXTPT: CLC	Carry löschen (Addition)	clear carry for add	TXTPTR = TXTTAB - 1
.,A68F A5 2B LDA $2B	LDA TXTTAB	Zeiger auf Programmstart (LOW)	get start of memory low byte
.,A691 69 FF ADC #$FF	ADCI 255	minus 1 ergibt	add -1 low byte
.,A693 85 7A STA $7A	STA TXTPTR	neuen CHRGET-Zeiger (LOW)	set BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A695 A5 2C LDA $2C	LDA TXTTAB+1	Programmstart (HIGH)	get start of memory high byte
.,A697 69 FF ADC #$FF	ADCI 255	minus 1 ergibt	add -1 high byte
.,A699 85 7B STA $7B	STA TXTPTR+1 ;SETUP TEXT POINTER.	CHRGET-Zeiger (HIGH)	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A69B 60 RTS	RTS PAGE THE "LIST" COMMAND.	Rücksprung BASIC Befehl LIST	perform LIST	"LIST" STATEMENT		LIST command
.,A69C 90 06 BCC $A6A4	LIST: BCC GOLST ;IT IS A DIGIT.	Ziffer ? (Zeilennummer)	branch if next character not token (LIST n...)	NO LINE # SPECIFIED
.,A69E F0 04 BEQ $A6A4	BEQ GOLST ;IT IS A TERMINATOR.	nur LIST ?	branch if next character [NULL] (LIST)	---DITTO---
.,A6A0 C9 AB CMP #$AB	CMPI MINUTK ;DASH PRECEDING?	Code für '-'?	compare with token for -	IF DASH OR COMMA, START AT LINE 0
.,A6A2 D0 E9 BNE $A68D	BNE STKRTS ;NO, SO SYNTAX ERROR.	anderer Code, dann SYNTAX ERR	exit if not - (LIST -m) LIST [[n][-m]] this bit sets the n , if present, as the start and end	NO, ERROR
.,A6A4 20 6B A9 JSR $A96B	GOLST: JSR LINGET ;GET LINE NUMBER INTO NUMLIN.	Zeilennummer holen	get fixed-point number into temporary integer	CONVERT LINE NUMBER IF ANY
.,A6A7 20 13 A6 JSR $A613	JSR FNDLIN ;FIND LINE .GE. [NUMLIN].	Startadresse berechnen	search BASIC for temporary integer line number	POINT LOWTR TO 1ST LINE
.,A6AA 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;GET LAST CHARACTER.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	RANGE SPECIFIED?
.,A6AD F0 0C BEQ $A6BB	BEQ LSTEND ;IF END OF LINE, # IS THE END.	keine Zeilennummer	branch if no more chrs this bit checks the - is present	NO
.,A6AF C9 AB CMP #$AB	CMPI MINUTK ;DASH?	Code für '-'?	compare with token for -
.,A6B1 D0 8E BNE $A641	BNE FLNRTS ;IF NOT, SYNTAX ERROR.	nein: SYNTAX ERROR	return if not "-" (will be SN error) LIST [n]-m the - was there so set m as the end value
.,A6B3 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET ;GET NEXT CHAR.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	GET NEXT CHAR
.,A6B6 20 6B A9 JSR $A96B	JSR LINGET ;GET END #.	Zeilennummer holen	get fixed-point number into temporary integer	CONVERT SECOND LINE #
.,A6B9 D0 86 BNE $A641	BNE FLNRTS ;IF NOT TERMINATOR, ERROR.	kein Trennzeichen: SYNTAX ERR	exit if not ok	BRANCH IF SYNTAX ERR
.,A6BB 68 PLA	LSTEND: PLA	2 Bytes von Stapel holen	dump return address low byte, exit via warm start	POP RETURN ADRESS
.,A6BC 68 PLA	PLA ;GET RID OF "NEWSTT" RTS ADDR.	(Rücksprungadresse übergehen)	dump return address high byte	(GET BACK BY "JMP NEWSTT")
.,A6BD A5 14 LDA $14	LDA LINNUM ;SEE IF IT WAS EXISTENT.	zweite Zeilennummer laden	get temporary integer low byte	IF NO SECOND NUMBER, USE $FFFF
.,A6BF 05 15 ORA $15	ORA LINNUM+1	gleich null ?	OR temporary integer high byte
.,A6C1 D0 06 BNE $A6C9	BNE LIST4 ;IT WAS TYPED.	Nein: $A6C9	branch if start set	THERE WAS A SECOND NUMBER
.,A6C3 A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDAI 255	Wert laden und	set for -1	MAX END RANGE
.,A6C5 85 14 STA $14	STA LINNUM	zweite Zeilennummer Maximal-	set temporary integer low byte
.,A6C7 85 15 STA $15	STA LINNUM+1 ;MAKE IT HUGE.	wert $FFFF (65535)	set temporary integer high byte			list lines from $5F/$60 to $14/$15
.,A6C9 A0 01 LDY #$01	LIST4: LDYI 1 IFE REALIO-3,<	Zeiger setzen	set index for line
.,A6CB 84 0F STY $0F	STY DORES>	und Quote Modus abschalten	clear open quote flag
.,A6CD B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR ;IS LINK ZERO?	Linkadresse HIGH holen	get next line pointer high byte	HIGH BYTE OF LINK
.,A6CF F0 43 BEQ $A714	BEQ GRODY ;YES, GO TO READY. IFN REALIO,<	Ja: dann fertig	if null all done so exit	END OF PROGRAM
.,A6D1 20 2C A8 JSR $A82C	JSR ISCNTC> ;LISTEN FOR CONT-C.	prüft auf Stop-Taste	do CRTL-C check vector	CHECK IF CONTROL-C HAS BEEN TYPED
.,A6D4 20 D7 AA JSR $AAD7	JSR CRDO ;PRINT CRLF TO START WITH.	"CR" ausgeben, neue Zeile	print CR/LF	NO, PRINT <RETURN>
.,A6D7 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index for line
.,A6D8 B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR	Zeilenadresse holen (LOW)	get line number low byte	GET LINE #, COMPARE WITH END RANGE
.,A6DA AA TAX	TAX	und in das X-Reg. schieben	copy to X
.,A6DB C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,A6DC B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR ;GET LINE NUMBER.	Zeilenadresse holen (HIGH)	get line number high byte
.,A6DE C5 15 CMP $15	CMP LINNUM+1 ;SEE IF BEYOND LAST.	mit Endnummer vergleichen	compare with temporary integer high byte
.,A6E0 D0 04 BNE $A6E6	BNE TSTDUN ;GO DETERMINE RELATION.	Gleich? Nein: $A6E6	branch if no high byte match
.,A6E2 E4 14 CPX $14	CPX LINNUM ;WAS EQUAL SO TEST LOW ORDER.	LOW-Nummer vergleichen	compare with temporary integer low byte
.,A6E4 F0 02 BEQ $A6E8	BEQ TYPLIN ;EQUAL, SO LIST IT.	Gleich? Ja: $A6E8	branch if = last line to do, < will pass next branch else	ON LAST LINE OF RANGE
.,A6E6 B0 2C BCS $A714	TSTDUN: BCS GRODY ;IF LINE IS GR THAN LAST, THEN DUNE.	Größer: dann fertig	if greater all done so exit	FINISHED THE RANGE LIST ONE LINE
.,A6E8 84 49 STY $49	TYPLIN: STY LSTPNT	Y-Reg. Zwischenspeichern	save index for line
.,A6EA 20 CD BD JSR $BDCD	JSR LINPRT ;PRINT AS INT WITHOUT LEADING SPACE.	Zeilennnummer ausgeben	print XA as unsigned integer	PRINT LINE # FROM X,A
.,A6ED A9 20 LDA #$20	LDAI " " ;ALWAYS PRINT SPACE AFTER NUMBER.	' ' Leerzeichen	space is the next character	PRINT SPACE AFTER LINE #
.,A6EF A4 49 LDY $49	PRIT4: LDY LSTPNT ;GET POINTER TO LINE BACK.	Y-Reg. wiederholen	get index for line
.,A6F1 29 7F AND #$7F	ANDI 127	Bit 7 löschen	mask top out bit of character
.,A6F3 20 47 AB JSR $AB47	PLOOP: JSR OUTDO ;PRINT CHAR. IFE REALIO-3,<	Zeichen ausgeben	go print the character
.,A6F6 C9 22 CMP #$22	CMPI 34	'"' Hochkomma ?	was it " character
.,A6F8 D0 06 BNE $A700	BNE PLOOP1	Nein: $A700	if not skip the quote handle we are either entering or leaving a pair of quotes
.,A6FA A5 0F LDA $0F	COM DORES> ;IF QUOTE, COMPLEMENT FLAG.	Hochkomma-Flag laden,	get open quote flag
.,A6FC 49 FF EOR #$FF		umdrehen (NOT)	toggle it
.,A6FE 85 0F STA $0F		und wieder abspeichern	save it back
.,A700 C8 INY	PLOOP1: INY	Zeilenende nach 255 Zeichen ?	increment index
.,A701 F0 11 BEQ $A714	BEQ GRODY ;IF WE HAVE PRINTED 256 CHARACTERS ;THE PROGRAM MUST BE MISFORMATED IN ;MEMORY DUE TO A BAD LOAD OR BAD ;HARDWARE. LET THE GUY RECOVER	Nein: dann aufhören	line too long so just bail out and do a warm start
.,A703 B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR ;GET NEXT CHAR. IS IT ZERO?	Zeichen holen	get next byte
.,A705 D0 10 BNE $A717	BNE QPLOP ;YES. END OF LINE.	kein Zeilenende, dann listen	if not [EOL] (go print character) was [EOL]	NOT END OF LINE YET
.,A707 A8 TAY	TAY	Akku als Zeiger nach Y	else clear index	END OF LINE
.,A708 B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR	Startadresse der nächsten	get next line pointer low byte	GET LINK TO NEXT LINE
.,A70A AA TAX	TAX	Zeile holen (LOW) und nach X	copy to X
.,A70B C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,A70C B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR	Adresse der Zeile (HIGH)	get next line pointer high byte
.,A70E 86 5F STX $5F	STX LOWTR	als Zeiger merken	set pointer to line low byte	POINT TO NEXT LINE
.,A710 85 60 STA $60	STA LOWTR+1	(speichern nach $5F/60) und	set pointer to line high byte
.,A712 D0 B5 BNE $A6C9	BNE LIST4 ;BRANCH IF SOMETHING TO LIST.	weitermachen	go do next line if not [EOT] else ...	BRANCH IF NOT END OF PROGRAM
.,A714 4C 86 E3 JMP $E386	GRODY: JMP READY	zum BASIC-Warmstart BASIC Code in Klartext umwandlen	do warm start	TO NEXT STATEMENT		print tokens routine
.,A717 6C 06 03 JMP ($0306)	;IS IT A TOKEN?	JMP $A71A	do uncrunch BASIC tokens uncrunch BASIC tokens, the uncrunch BASIC tokens vector is initialised to point here			normally A71A standard token printer
.,A71A 10 D7 BPL $A6F3	QPLOP: BPL PLOOP ;NO, HEAD FOR PRINTER. IFE REALIO-3,<	kein Interpretercode:ausgeben	just go print it if not token byte else was token byte so uncrunch it	BRANCH IF NOT A TOKEN
.,A71C C9 FF CMP #$FF	CMPI PI	Code für Pi?	compare with the token for PI. in this case the token is the same as the PI character so it just needs printing
.,A71E F0 D3 BEQ $A6F3	BEQ PLOOP	Ja: so ausgeben	just print it if so
.,A720 24 0F BIT $0F	BIT DORES ;INSIDE QUOTE MARKS?	Hochkommamodus ?	test the open quote flag
.,A722 30 CF BMI $A6F3	BMI PLOOP> ;YES, JUST TYPE THE CHARACTER.	dann Zeichen so ausgeben	just go print character if open quote set
.,A724 38 SEC	SEC	Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	else set carry for subtract
.,A725 E9 7F SBC #$7F	SBCI 127 ;GET RID OF SIGN BIT AND ADD 1.	Offset abziehen	reduce token range to 1 to whatever	CONVERT TOKEN TO INDEX
.,A727 AA TAX	TAX ;MAKE IT A COUNTER.	Code nach X	copy token # to X
.,A728 84 49 STY $49	STY LSTPNT ;SAVE POINTER TO LINE.	Zeichenzeiger merken	save index for line	SAVE LINE POINTER
.,A72A A0 FF LDY #$FF	LDYI 255 ;LOOK AT RES'D WORD LIST.	Zeiger auf Befehlstabelle	start from -1, adjust for pre increment
.,A72C CA DEX	RESRCH: DEX ;IS THIS THE RES'D WORD?	erstes Befehlswort?	decrement token #	SKIP KEYWORDS UNTIL REACH THIS ONE
.,A72D F0 08 BEQ $A737	BEQ PRIT3 ;YES, GO TOSS IT UP..	Ja: ausgeben	if now found go do printing
.,A72F C8 INY	RESCR1: INY	Zeiger erhöhen	else increment index
.,A730 B9 9E A0 LDA $A09E,Y	LDA RESLST,Y, ;END OF ENTRY?	Offset für X-tes Befehlswort	get byte from keyword table
.,A733 10 FA BPL $A72F	BPL RESCR1 ;NO, CONTINUE PASSING.	alle Zeichen bis zum letzen	loop until keyword end marker	NOT AT END OF KEYWORD YET
.,A735 30 F5 BMI $A72C	BMI RESRCH	überlesen (Bit 7 gesetzt)	go test if this is required keyword, branch always found keyword, it's the next one	END OF KEYWORD, ALWAYS BRANCHES		print keyword
.,A737 C8 INY	PRIT3: INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment keyword table index
.,A738 B9 9E A0 LDA $A09E,Y	LDA RESLST,Y	Befehlswort aus Tabelle holen	get byte from table
.,A73B 30 B2 BMI $A6EF	BMI PRIT4 ;END OF RESERVED WORD.	letzter Buchstabe: fertig	go restore index, mask byte and print if byte was end marker	LAST CHAR OF KEYWORD
.,A73D 20 47 AB JSR $AB47	JSR OUTDO ;PRINT IT.	Zeichen ausgeben	else go print the character
.,A740 D0 F5 BNE $A737	BNE PRIT3 ;END OF ENTRY? NO, TYPE REST. PAGE THE "FOR" STATEMENT. ; ; A "FOR" ENTRY ON THE STACK HAS THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: ; ; LOW ADDRESS ; TOKEN (FORTK) 1 BYTE ; A POINTER TO THE LOOP VARIABLE 2 BYTES ; THE STEP 4+ADDPRC BYTES ; A BYTE REFLECTING THE SIGN OF THE INCREMENT 1 BYTE ; THE UPPER VALUE 4+ADDPRC BYTES ; THE LINE NUMBER OF THE "FOR" STATEMENT 2 BYTES ; A TEXT POINTER INTO THE "FOR" STATEMENT 2 BYTES ; HIGH ADDRESS ; *; TOTAL 16+2ADDPRC BYTES.** ;	nächsten Buchstaben ausgeben BASIC-Befehl FOR	go get next character, branch always perform FOR	...ALWAYS "FOR" STATEMENT FOR PUSHES 18 BYTES ON THE STACK: 2 -- TXTPTR 2 -- LINE NUMBER 5 -- INITIAL (CURRENT) FOR VARIABLE VALUE 1 -- STEP SIGN 5 -- STEP VALUE 2 -- ADDRESS OF FOR VARIABLE IN VARTAB 1 -- FOR TOKEN ($81)		FOR command
.,A742 A9 80 LDA #$80	FOR: LDAI 128 ;DON'T RECOGNIZE	Wert laden und	set FNX
.,A744 85 10 STA $10	STA SUBFLG ;SUBSCRIPTED VARIABLES.	Integer sperren	set subscript/FNX flag	SUBSCRIPTS NOT ALLOWED
.,A746 20 A5 A9 JSR $A9A5	JSR LET ;READ THE VARIABLE AND ASSIGN IT ;THE CORRECT INITIAL VALUE AND STORE ;A POINTER TO THE VARIABLE IN VARPNT.	LET, setzt FOR-Variable	perform LET	DO <VAR> = <EXP>, STORE ADDR IN FORPNT
.,A749 20 8A A3 JSR $A38A	JSR FNDFOR ;PNTR IS IN VARPNT, AND FORPNT.	sucht offene FOR-NEXT-Schlei.	search the stack for FOR or GOSUB activity	IS THIS FOR VARIABLE ACTIVE?
.,A74C D0 05 BNE $A753	BNE NOTOL ;IF NO MATCH, DON'T ELIMINATE ANYTHING.	nicht gefunden: $A753	branch if FOR, this variable, not found FOR, this variable, was found so first we dump the old one	NO
.,A74E 8A TXA	TXA ;MAKE IT ARITHMETICAL.	X-Reg. nach Akku	copy index	YES, CANCEL IT AND ENCLOSED LOOPS
.,A74F 69 0F ADC #$0F	ADCI FORSIZ-3 ;ELIMINATE ALMOST ALL.	Stapelzejger erhöhen	add FOR structure size-2	CARRY=1, THIS ADDS 16
.,A751 AA TAX	TAX ;NOTE C=1, THEN PLA, PLA.	Akku zurück nach X-Reg. und	copy to index	X WAS ALREADY S+2
.,A752 9A TXS	TXS ;MANIFEST.	in den Stapelzeiger	set stack (dump FOR structure (-2 bytes))
.,A753 68 PLA	NOTOL: PLA ;GET RID OF NEWSTT RETURN ADDRESS	Rücksprungadresse vom Stapel	pull return address	POP RETURN ADDRESS TOO
.,A754 68 PLA	PLA ;IN CASE THIS IS A TOTALLY NEW ENTRY.	holen (LOW und HIGH)	pull return address
.,A755 A9 09 LDA #$09	LDAI 8+ADDPRC	Wert für Prüfung laden	we need 18d bytes !	BE CERTAIN ENOUGH ROOM IN STACK
.,A757 20 FB A3 JSR $A3FB	JSR GETSTK ;MAKE SURE 16 BYTES ARE AVAILABLE.	prüft auf Platz im Stapel	check room on stack for 2*A bytes
.,A75A 20 06 A9 JSR $A906	JSR DATAN ;GET A COUNT IN [Y] OF THE NUMBER OF ;CHACRACTERS LEFT IN THE "FOR" STATEMENT ;[TXTPTR] IS UNAFFECTED.	sucht nächstes BAS.-Statement	scan for next BASIC statement ([:] or [EOL])	SCAN AHEAD TO NEXT STATEMENT
.,A75D 18 CLC	CLC ;PREP TO ADD.	Carry löschen (Addition)	clear carry for add	PUSH STATEMENT ADDRESS ON STACK
.,A75E 98 TYA	TYA ;SAVE IT FOR PUSHING.	CHRGET-Zeiger und Offset	copy index to A
.,A75F 65 7A ADC $7A	ADC TXTPTR	= Startadresse der Schleife	add BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A761 48 PHA	PHA	auf Stapel speichern	push onto stack
.,A762 A5 7B LDA $7B	LDA TXTPTR+1	HIGH-Byte holen und	get BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A764 69 00 ADC #$00	ADCI 0	Übertrag addieren und	add carry
.,A766 48 PHA	PHA	auf den Stapel legen	push onto stack
.,A767 A5 3A LDA $3A	PSHWD CURLIN ;PUT LINE NUMBER ON STACK.	Aktuelle	get current line number high byte	PUSH LINE NUMBER ON STACK
.,A769 48 PHA		Zeilennummer laden und auf	push onto stack
.,A76A A5 39 LDA $39		den Stapel schieben	get current line number low byte
.,A76C 48 PHA		(LOW und HIGH-Byte)	push onto stack
.,A76D A9 A4 LDA #$A4	SYNCHK TOTK ;"TO" IS NECESSARY.	'TO' - Code	set "TO" token
.,A76F 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf Code	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start	REQUIRE "TO"
.,A772 20 8D AD JSR $AD8D	JSR CHKNUM ;VALUE MUST BE A NUMBER.	prüft ob numerische Variable	check if source is numeric, else do type mismatch	<VAR> = <EXP> MUST BE NUMERIC
.,A775 20 8A AD JSR $AD8A	JSR FRMNUM ;GET UPPER VALUE INTO FAC.	numerischer Ausdruck nach FAC	evaluate expression and check is numeric, else do type mismatch	GET FINAL VALUE, MUST BE NUMERIC
.,A778 A5 66 LDA $66	LDA FACSGN ;PACK FAC.	Vorzeichenbyte von FAC holen	get FAC1 sign (b7)	PUT SIGN INTO VALUE IN FAC
.,A77A 09 7F ORA #$7F	ORAI 127	Bit 0 bis 6 setzen	set all non sign bits
.,A77C 25 62 AND $62	AND FACHO	mit $62 angleichen	and FAC1 mantissa 1
.,A77E 85 62 STA $62	STA FACHO ;SET PACKED SIGN BIT.	und abspeichern	save FAC1 mantissa 1
.,A780 A9 8B LDA #$8B	LDWDI LDFONE	Rücksprungadresse laden	set return address low byte	SET UP FOR RETURN		low A78B
.,A782 A0 A7 LDY #$A7		(LOW und HIGH)	set return address high byte	TO STEP		high A78B
.,A784 85 22 STA $22	STWD INDEX1	und Zwischenspeichern	save return address low byte
.,A786 84 23 STY $23		(LOW und HIGH)	save return address high byte
.,A788 4C 43 AE JMP $AE43	JMP FORPSH ;PUT FAC ONTO STACK, PACKED.	Schleifenendwert auf Stapel	round FAC1 and put on stack, returns to next instruction	RETURNS BY "JMP (INDEX)" "STEP" PHRASE OF "FOR" STATEMENT
.,A78B A9 BC LDA #$BC	LDFONE: LDWDI FONE ;PUT 1.0 INTO FAC.	Zeiger auf Konstante 1 setzen	set 1 pointer low address, default step size	STEP DEFAULT=1		low B9BC
.,A78D A0 B9 LDY #$B9		(Ersatzwert für STEP)	set 1 pointer high address			high B9BC
.,A78F 20 A2 BB JSR $BBA2	JSR MOVFM	als Default-STEP-Wert in FAC	unpack memory (AY) into FAC1
.,A792 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT	CHRGOT: letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory
.,A795 C9 A9 CMP #$A9	CMPI STEPTK ;A STEP IS GIVEN?	'STEP' - Code?	compare with STEP token
.,A797 D0 06 BNE $A79F	BNE ONEON ;NO. ASSUME 1.0.	kein STEP-Wert: $A79F	if not "STEP" continue was step so ....	USE DEFAULT VALUE OF 1.0
.,A799 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET ;YES. ADVANCE POINTER.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	STEP SPECIFIED, GET IT
.,A79C 20 8A AD JSR $AD8A	JSR FRMNUM ;READ THE STEP.	numerischer Ausdruck nach FAC	evaluate expression and check is numeric, else do type mismatch
.,A79F 20 2B BC JSR $BC2B	ONEON: JSR SIGN ;GET SIGN IN ACCA.	holt Vorzeichenbyte	get FAC1 sign, return A = $FF -ve, A = $01 +ve
.,A7A2 20 38 AE JSR $AE38	JSR PUSHF ;PUSH FAC ONTO STACK (THRU A).	Vorz. und STEP-Wert auf Stack	push sign, round FAC1 and put on stack
.,A7A5 A5 4A LDA $4A	PSHWD FORPNT ;PUT PNTR TO VARIABLE ON STACK.	Zeiger auf Variablenwert	get FOR/NEXT variable pointer high byte
.,A7A7 48 PHA		(LOW) auf den Stapel	push on stack
.,A7A8 A5 49 LDA $49		Zeiger (HIGH)	get FOR/NEXT variable pointer low byte
.,A7AA 48 PHA		auf den Stapel	push on stack
.,A7AB A9 81 LDA #$81	NXTCON: LDAI FORTK ;PUT A FORTK ONTO STACK.	und FOR-Code	get FOR token			FOR block code
.,A7AD 48 PHA	PHA ; BNEA NEWSTT ;SIMULATE BNE TO NEWSTT. JUST FALL IN. PAGE NEW STATEMENT FETCHER. ; ; BACK HERE FOR NEW STATEMENT. CHARACTER POINTED TO BY TXTPTR ; IS ":" OR END-OF-LINE. THE ADDRESS OF THIS LOC IS LEFT ; ON THE STACK WHEN A STATEMENT IS EXECUTED SO THAT ; IT CAN MERELY DO A RTS WHEN IT IS DONE. ; NEWSTT: IFN REALIO,<	auf den Stapel legen Interpreterschleife	push on stack interpreter inner loop	PERFORM NEXT STATEMENT		execute next statement
.,A7AE 20 2C A8 JSR $A82C	JSR ISCNTC> ;LISTEN FOR CONTROL-C.	prüft auf Stop-Taste	do CRTL-C check vector	SEE IF CONTROL-C HAS BEEN TYPED
.,A7B1 A5 7A LDA $7A	LDWD TXTPTR ;LOOK AT CURRENT CHARACTER.	CHRGET Zeiger (LOW und HIGH)	get the BASIC execute pointer low byte	NO, KEEP EXECUTING
.,A7B3 A4 7B LDY $7B	IFN BUFPAG,<	laden	get the BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A7B5 C0 02 CPY #$02	CPYI BUFPAG> ;SEE IF IT WAS DIRECT BY CHECK FOR BUF'S PAGE NUMBER	Direkt-Modus?	compare the high byte with $02xx
.,A7B7 EA NOP		No OPeration	unused byte
.,A7B8 F0 04 BEQ $A7BE	BEQ DIRCON	ja: $A7BE	if immediate mode skip the continue pointer save	IN DIRECT MODE
.,A7BA 85 3D STA $3D	STWD OLDTXT ;SAVE IN CASE OF RESTART BY INPUT.	als Zeiger für CONT	save the continue pointer low byte	IN RUNNING MODE
.,A7BC 84 3E STY $3E	IFN BUFPAG,<DIRCON:>	merken	save the continue pointer high byte
.,A7BE A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 IFE BUFPAG,<DIRCON:>	Zeiger setzen	clear the index
.,A7C0 B1 7A LDA ($7A),Y	LDADY TXTPTR	laufendes Zeichen holen	get a BASIC byte	END OF LINE YET?
.,A7C2 D0 43 BNE $A807	BNE MORSTS ;NOT NULL -- CHECK WHAT IT IS	nicht Zeilenende?	if not [EOL] go test for ":"	NO
.,A7C4 A0 02 LDY #$02	LDYI 2 ;LOOK AT LINK.	Zeiger neu setzen	else set the index	YES, SEE IF END OF PROGRAM
.,A7C6 B1 7A LDA ($7A),Y	LDADY TXTPTR ;IS LINK 0?	Programmende?	get next line pointer high byte
.,A7C8 18 CLC	CLC ;CLEAR CARRY FOR ENDCON AND MATH THAT FOLLOWS	Flag für END setzen	clear carry for no "BREAK" message
.,A7C9 D0 03 BNE $A7CE	JEQ ENDCON ;YES - RAN OFF THE END.	Kein Programmende: $A7CE	branch if not end of program
.,A7CB 4C 4B A8 JMP $A84B		ja: dann END ausführen	else go to immediate mode,was immediate or [EOT] marker	YES, END OF PROGRAM
.,A7CE C8 INY	INY ;PUT LINE NUMBER IN CURLIN.	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,A7CF B1 7A LDA ($7A),Y	LDADY TXTPTR	laufende Zeilennummer	get line number low byte	GET LINE # OF NEXT LINE
.,A7D1 85 39 STA $39	STA CURLIN	(LOW) nach $39	save current line number low byte
.,A7D3 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger auf nächstes Byte	increment index
.,A7D4 B1 7A LDA ($7A),Y	LDADY TXTPTR	laufende Zeilennummer	get line # high byte
.,A7D6 85 3A STA $3A	STA CURLIN+1	(HIGH) nach $3A	save current line number high byte
.,A7D8 98 TYA	TYA	Zeiger nach Akku	A now = 4	ADJUST TXTPTR TO START
.,A7D9 65 7A ADC $7A	ADC TXTPTR	Programmzeiger auf	add BASIC execute pointer low byte, now points to code	OF NEW LINE
.,A7DB 85 7A STA $7A	STA TXTPTR	Programmzeile setzen	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A7DD 90 02 BCC $A7E1	BCC GONE	C=0: Erhöhung umgehen	branch if no overflow
.,A7DF E6 7B INC $7B	INC TXTPTR+1	Programmzeiger (HIGH) erhöhen	else increment BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A7E1 6C 08 03 JMP ($0308)		Statement ausführen	do start new BASIC code start new BASIC code, the start new BASIC code vector is initialised to point here			normally A7E4 execute a statement
.,A7E4 20 73 00 JSR $0073	GONE: JSR CHRGET ;GET THE STATEMENT TYPE.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	GET FIRST CHR OF STATEMENT
.,A7E7 20 ED A7 JSR $A7ED	JSR GONE3	Statement ausführen	go interpret BASIC code from BASIC execute pointer	AND START PROCESSING
.,A7EA 4C AE A7 JMP $A7AE	JMP NEWSTT	zurück zur Interpreterschlei. BASIC-Statement ausführen	loop go interpret BASIC code from BASIC execute pointer	BACK FOR MORE EXECUTE A STATEMENT (A) IS FIRST CHAR OF STATEMENT CARRY IS SET		execute command in A
.,A7ED F0 3C BEQ $A82B	GONE3: BEQ ISCRTS ;IF TERMINATOR, TRY AGAIN. ;NO NEED TO SET UP CARRY SINCE IT WILL ;BE ON IF NON-NUMERIC AND NUMERICS ;WILL CAUSE A SYNTAX ERROR LIKE THEY SHOULD	Zeilenende, dann fertig	if the first byte is null just exit	END OF LINE, NULL STATEMENT
.,A7EF E9 80 SBC #$80	GONE2: SBCI ENDTK ;" ON ... GOTO AND GOSUB" COME HERE.	Token?	normalise the token	FIRST CHAR A TOKEN?
.,A7F1 90 11 BCC $A804	BCC GLET	nein: dann zum LET-Befehl	if wasn't token go do LET	NOT TOKEN, MUST BE "LET"
.,A7F3 C9 23 CMP #$23	CMPI SCRATK-ENDTK+1	NEW?	compare with token for TAB(-$80	STATEMENT-TYPE TOKEN?
.,A7F5 B0 17 BCS $A80E	BCS SNERRX ;SOME RES'D WORD BUT NOT ;A STATEMENT RES'D WORD.	Funktions-Token oder GO TO	branch if >= TAB(	NO, SYNTAX ERROR
.,A7F7 0A ASL	ASL A, ;MULTIPLY BY TWO.	BASIC-Befehl, Code mal 2	*2 bytes per vector	DOUBLE TO GET INDEX
.,A7F8 A8 TAY	TAY ;MAKE AN INDEX.	als Zeiger ins Y-Reg.	copy to index	INTO ADDRESS TABLE
.,A7F9 B9 0D A0 LDA $A00D,Y	LDA STMDSP+1,Y	Befehlsadresse (LOW und	get vector high byte
.,A7FC 48 PHA	PHA	HIGH) aus Tabelle	push on stack	PUT ADDRESS ON STACK
.,A7FD B9 0C A0 LDA $A00C,Y	LDA STMDSP,Y	holen und als	get vector low byte
.,A800 48 PHA	PHA ;PUT DISP ADDR ONTO STACK.	Rücksprungadresse auf Stapel	push on stack
.,A801 4C 73 00 JMP $0073	JMP CHRGET	Zeichen und Befehl ausführen	increment and scan memory and return. the return in this case calls the command code, the return from that will eventually return to the interpreter inner loop above	GET NEXT CHR & RTS TO ROUTINE
.,A804 4C A5 A9 JMP $A9A5	GLET: JMP LET ;MUST BE A LET	zum LET-Befehl	perform LET was not [EOL]	MUST BE <VAR> = <EXP>
.,A807 C9 3A CMP #$3A	MORSTS: CMPI ":"	':' ist es Doppelpunkt?	comapre with ":"			colon
.,A809 F0 D6 BEQ $A7E1	BEQ GONE ;IF A ":" CONTINUE STATEMENT	ja: $A7E1	if ":" go execute new code else ...
.,A80B 4C 08 AF JMP $AF08	SNERR1: JMP SNERR ;NEITHER 0 OR ":" SO SYNTAX ERROR	sonst 'SYNTAX ERROR' prüft auf 'GO' 'TO' Code	do syntax error then warm start token was >= TAB(
.,A80E C9 4B CMP #$4B	SNERRX: CMPI GOTK-ENDTK	'GO' (minus $80)	compare with the token for GO			GO code
.,A810 D0 F9 BNE $A80B	BNE SNERR1	nein: 'SYNTAX ERROR'	if not "GO" do syntax error then warm start else was "GO"
.,A812 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET ;READ IN THE CHARACTER AFTER "GO "	nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory
.,A815 A9 A4 LDA #$A4	SYNCHK TOTK	'TO'	set "TO" token			TO code
.,A817 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf Code	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start
.,A81A 4C A0 A8 JMP $A8A0	JMP GOTO PAGE RESTORE,STOP,END,CONTINUE,NULL,CLEAR.	zum GOTO-Befehl BASIC-Befehl RESTORE	perform GOTO perform RESTORE	"RESTORE" STATEMENT		do GOTO RESTORE command
.,A81D 38 SEC	RESTOR: SEC	Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	set carry for subtract	SET DATPTR TO BEGINNING OF PROGRAM
.,A81E A5 2B LDA $2B	LDA TXTTAB	Programmstartzeiger (LOW)	get start of memory low byte
.,A820 E9 01 SBC #$01	SBCI 1	laden und davon 1 abziehen	-1
.,A822 A4 2C LDY $2C	LDY TXTTAB+1	und HIGH-Byte holen	get start of memory high byte
.,A824 B0 01 BCS $A827	BCS RESFIN		branch if no rollunder
.,A826 88 DEY	DEY	LOW-Byte -1	else decrement high byte	SET DATPTR TO Y,A
.,A827 85 41 STA $41	RESFIN: STWD DATPTR ;READ FINISHES COME TO "RESFIN".	als DATA-Zeiger	set DATA pointer low byte
.,A829 84 42 STY $42		abspeichern	set DATA pointer high byte
.,A82B 60 RTS	ISCRTS: RTS IFE REALIO-1,< ISCNTC: LDAI 1 BIT ^O13500 BMI ISCRTS LDXI 8 LDAI 3 CMPI 3> IFE REALIO-2,< ISCNTC: LDA ^O176000 REPEAT 4,<NOP> LSR A, BCC ISCRTS JSR INCHR ;EAT CHAR THAT WAS TYPED CMPI 3> ;WAS IT A CONTROL-C?? IFE REALIO-4,< ISCNTC: LDA ^O140000 ;CHECK THE CHARACTER CMPI ^O203 BEQ ISCCAP RTS ISCCAP: JSR INCHR	Rücksprung prüft auf Stop-Taste	do CRTL-C check vector	SEE IF CONTROL-C TYPED
.,A82C 20 E1 FF JSR $FFE1	CMPI ^O203>	Stop-Taste abfragen BASIC-Befehl STOP	scan stop key perform STOP	"STOP" STATEMENT		test stop key STOP command
.,A82F B0 01 BCS $A832	STOP: BCS STOPC ;MAKE [C] NONZERO AS A FLAG.	C=1: Flag für STOP BASIC-Befehl END	if carry set do BREAK instead of just END perform END	CARRY=1 TO FORCE PRINTING "BREAK AT.." "END" STATEMENT		END command
.,A831 18 CLC	END: CLC	C=0 Flag für END	clear carry	CARRY=0 TO AVOID PRINTING MESSAGE
.,A832 D0 3C BNE $A870	STOPC: BNE CONTRT ;RETURN IF NOT CONT-C OR ;IF NO TERMINATOR FOR STOP OR END. ;[C]=0 SO WILL NOT PRINT "BREAK".	RUN/STOP nicht gedrückt: RTS	return if wasn't CTRL-C	IF NOT END OF STATEMENT, DO NOTHING
.,A834 A5 7A LDA $7A	LDWD TXTPTR	Programmzeiger laden	get BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A836 A4 7B LDY $7B	IFN BUFPAG,<	(LOW und HIGH-Byte)	get BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A838 A6 3A LDX $3A	LDX CURLIN+1	Direkt-Modus?	get current line number high byte
.,A83A E8 INX	INX>	(Zeilennummer -1)	increment it	RUNNING?
.,A83B F0 0C BEQ $A849	BEQ DIRIS	ja: $A849	branch if was immediate mode	NO, DIRECT MODE
.,A83D 85 3D STA $3D	STWD OLDTXT	als Zeiger für CONT setzen	save continue pointer low byte
.,A83F 84 3E STY $3E		(LOW und HIGH)	save continue pointer high byte
.,A841 A5 39 LDA $39	STPEND: LDWD CURLIN	Nummer der laufenden Zeile	get current line number low byte
.,A843 A4 3A LDY $3A		holen (LOW und HIGH)	get current line number high byte
.,A845 85 3B STA $3B	STWD OLDLIN	und als Zeilennummer für	save break line number low byte
.,A847 84 3C STY $3C		CONT merken	save break line number high byte
.,A849 68 PLA	DIRIS: PLA ;POP OFF NEWSTT ADDR.	Rücksprungadresse	dump return address low byte
.,A84A 68 PLA	PLA	vom Stapel entfernen	dump return address high byte
.,A84B A9 81 LDA #$81	ENDCON: LDWDI BRKTXT	Zeiger auf Startadresse	set [CR][LF]"BREAK" pointer low byte	" BREAK" AND BELL		low A381
.,A84D A0 A3 LDY #$A3	IFN REALIO,< LDXI 0 STX CNTWFL>	BREAK setzen	set [CR][LF]"BREAK" pointer high byte			high A381
.,A84F 90 03 BCC $A854	BCC GORDY ;CARRY CLEAR SO DON'T PRINT "BREAK".	END Flag?	if was program end skip the print string
.,A851 4C 69 A4 JMP $A469	JMP ERRFIN	nein: 'BREAK IN XXX' ausgeben	print string and do warm start
.,A854 4C 86 E3 JMP $E386	GORDY: JMP READY ;TYPE "READY". IFE REALIO,< DDT: PLA ;GET RID OF NEWSTT RETURN. PLA HRRZ 14,.JBDDT## JRST 0(14)>	zum BASIC-Warmstart BASIC-Befehl CONT	do warm start perform CONT	"CONT" COMMAND		CONT command
.,A857 D0 17 BNE $A870	CONT: BNE CONTRT ;MAKE SURE THERE IS A TERMINATOR.	Kein Trennzeichen: SYNTAX ERR	exit if following byte to allow syntax error	IF NOT END OF STATEMENT, DO NOTHING
.,A859 A2 1A LDX #$1A	LDXI ERRCN ;CONTINUE ERROR.	Fehlernr. für 'CAN'T CONTINUE	error code $1A, can't continue error			error number
.,A85B A4 3E LDY $3E	LDY OLDTXT+1 ;A STORED TXTPTR OF ZERO IS SETUP ;BY STKINI AND INDICATES THERE IS ;NOTHING TO CONTINUE.	CONT gesperrt?	get continue pointer high byte	MEANINGFUL RE-ENTRY?
.,A85D D0 03 BNE $A862	JEQ ERROR ;"STOP", "END", TYPING CRLF TO	nein: $A862	go do continue if we can	YES
.,A85F 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	;"INPUT" AND ^C SETUP OLDTXT.	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	else do error #X then warm start we can continue so ...	NO
.,A862 A5 3D LDA $3D	LDA OLDTXT	CONT-Zeiger (LOW) laden	get continue pointer low byte	RESTORE TXTPTR
.,A864 85 7A STA $7A	STWD TXTPTR	und CONT-Zeiger als Programm-	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A866 84 7B STY $7B		zeiger abspeichern	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A868 A5 3B LDA $3B	LDWD OLDLIN	und	get break line low byte	RESTORE LINE NUMBER
.,A86A A4 3C LDY $3C		Zeilennummer wieder	get break line high byte
.,A86C 85 39 STA $39	STWD CURLIN	setzen	set current line number low byte
.,A86E 84 3A STY $3A		(LOW- und HIGH-Byte)	set current line number high byte
.,A870 60 RTS	CONTRT: RTS ;RETURN TO CALLER. IFN NULCMD,< NULL: JSR GETBYT BNE CONTRT ;MAKE SURE THERE IS TERMINATOR. INX CPXI 240 ;IS THE NUMBER REASONABLE? BCS FCERR1 ;"FUNCTION CALL" ERROR. DEX ;BACK -1 STX NULCNT RTS FCERR1: JMP FCERR> PAGE LOAD AND SAVE SUBROUTINES. IFE REALIO-1,< ;KIM CASSETTE I/O SAVE: TSX ;SAVE STACK POINTER STX INPFLG LDAI STKEND-256-200 STA ^O362 ;SETUP DUMMY STACK FOR KIM MONITOR LDAI 254 ;MAKE ID BYTE EQUAL TO FF HEX STA ^O13771 ;STORE INTO KIM ID LDWD TXTTAB ;START DUMPING FROM TXTTAB STWD ^O13765 ;SETUP SAL,SAH LDWD VARTAB ;STOP AT VARTAB STWD ^O13767 ;SETUP EAL,EAH JMP ^O14000 RETSAV: LDX INPFLG ;RESORE THE REAL STACK POINTER TXS LDWDI TAPMES ;SAY IT WAS DONE JMP STROUT GLOAD: DT"LOADED" 0 TAPMES: DT"SAVED" ACRLF 0 PATSAV: BLOCK 20 LOAD: LDWD TXTTAB ;START DUMPING IN AT TXTTAB STWD ^O13765 ;SETUP SAL,SAH LDAI 255 STA ^O13771 LDWDI RTLOAD STWD ^O1 ;SET UP RETURN ADDRESS FOR LOAD JMP ^O14163 ;GO READ THE DATA IN RTLOAD: LDXI STKEND-256 ;RESET THE STACK TXS LDWDI READY STWD ^O1 LDWDI GLOAD ;TELL HIM IT WORKED JSR STROUT LDXY ^O13755 ;GET LAST LOCATION TXA ;ITS ONE TOO BIG BNE DECVRT ;DECREMENT [X,Y] NOP DECVRT: NOP STXY VARTAB ;SETUP NEW VARIABLE LOCATION JMP FINI> ;RELINK THE PROGRAM IFE REALIO-4,< SAVE: SEC ;CALCLUATE PROGRAM SIZE IN POKER LDA VARTAB SBC TXTTAB STA POKER LDA VARTAB+1 SBC TXTTAB+1 STA POKER+1 JSR VARTIO JSR CQCOUT ;WRITE PROGRAM SIZE [POKER] JSR PROGIO JMP CQCOUT ;WRITE PROGRAM. LOAD: JSR VARTIO JSR CQCSIN ;READ SIZE OF PROGRAM INTO POKER CLC LDA TXTTAB ;CALCULATE VARTAB FROM SIZE AND ADC POKER ;TXTTAB STA VARTAB LDA TXTTAB+1 ADC POKER+1 STA VARTAB+1 JSR PROGIO JSR CQCSIN ;READ PROGRAM. LDWDI TPDONE JSR STROUT JMP FINI TPDONE: DT"LOADED" 0 VARTIO: LDWDI POKER STWD ^O74 LDAI POKER+2 STWD ^O76 RTS PROGIO: LDWD TXTTAB STWD ^O74 LDWD VARTAB STWD ^O76 RTS> PAGE RUN,GOTO,GOSUB,RETURN.	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl RUN	perform RUN	"RUN" COMMAND		RUN command
.,A871 08 PHP		Statusregister retten	save status	SAVE STATUS WHILE SUBTRACTING
.,A872 A9 00 LDA #$00		Wert laden und	no control or kernal messages
.,A874 20 90 FF JSR $FF90		Flag für Programmodus setzen	control kernal messages
.,A877 28 PLP		Statusregister zurückholen	restore status	GET STATUS AGAIN (FROM CHRGET)
.,A878 D0 03 BNE $A87D	RUN: JEQ RUNC ;IF NO LINE # ARGUMENT.	weitere Zeichen (Zeilennr.)?	branch if RUN n	PROBABLY A LINE NUMBER
.,A87A 4C 59 A6 JMP $A659		Programmzeiger setzen, CLR	reset execution to start, clear variables, flush stack and return	START AT BEGINNING OF PROGRAM
.,A87D 20 60 A6 JSR $A660	JSR CLEARC ;CLEAN UP -- RESET THE STACK.	CLR-Befehl	go do "CLEAR"	CLEAR VARIABLES		do CLR
.,A880 4C 97 A8 JMP $A897	JMP RUNC2 ;MUST REPLACE RTS ADDR. ; ; A GOSUB ENTRY ON THE STACK HAS THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: ; ; LOW ADDRESS: ; THE GOSUTK ONE BYTE ; THE LINE NUMBER OF THE GOSUB STATEMENT TWO BYTES ; A POINTER INTO THE TEXT OF THE GOSUB TWO BYTES ; ; HIGH ADDRESS. ; ; TOTAL FIVE BYTES. ;	GOTO-Befehl BASIC-Befehl GOSUB	get n and do GOTO n perform GOSUB	JOIN GOSUB STATEMENT "GOSUB" STATEMENT LEAVES 7 BYTES ON STACK: 2 -- RETURN ADDRESS (NEWSTT) 2 -- TXTPTR 2 -- LINE # 1 -- GOSUB TOKEN ($B0)		do GOTO GOSUB command
.,A883 A9 03 LDA #$03	GOSUB: LDAI 3	Wert für Prüfung	need 6 bytes for GOSUB	BE SURE ENOUGH ROOM ON STACK
.,A885 20 FB A3 JSR $A3FB	JSR GETSTK ;MAKE SURE THERE IS ROOM.	prüft auf Platz im Stapel	check room on stack for 2*A bytes
.,A888 A5 7B LDA $7B	PSHWD TXTPTR ;PUSH ON THE TEXT POINTER.	Programmzeiger (LOW-	get BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A88A 48 PHA		und HIGH-Byte) laden	save it
.,A88B A5 7A LDA $7A		und auf den	get BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A88D 48 PHA		Stapel retten	save it
.,A88E A5 3A LDA $3A	PSHWD CURLIN ;PUSH ON THE CURRENT LINE NUMBER.	Zeilennummer laden (HIGH)	get current line number high byte
.,A890 48 PHA		und auf den Stapel legen	save it
.,A891 A5 39 LDA $39		Zeilennummer LOW laden	get current line number low byte
.,A893 48 PHA		und auf den Stapel legen	save it
.,A894 A9 8D LDA #$8D	LDAI GOSUTK	'GOSUB'-Code laden	token for GOSUB
.,A896 48 PHA	PHA ;PUSH ON A GOSUB TOKEN.	und auf den Stapel legen	save it
.,A897 20 79 00 JSR $0079	RUNC2: JSR CHRGOT ;GET CHARACTER AND SET CODES FOR LINGET.	CHRGOT: letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory
.,A89A 20 A0 A8 JSR $A8A0	JSR GOTO ;USE RTS SCHEME TO "NEWSTT".	GOTO-Befehl	perform GOTO
.,A89D 4C AE A7 JMP $A7AE	JMP NEWSTT	zur Interpreterschleife BASIC-Befehl GOTO	go do interpreter inner loop perform GOTO	"GOTO" STATEMENT ALSO USED BY "RUN" AND "GOSUB"		GOTO command
.,A8A0 20 6B A9 JSR $A96B	GOTO: JSR LINGET ;PICK UP THE LINE NUMBER IN "LINNUM".	Zeilennummer nach $14/$15	get fixed-point number into temporary integer	GET GOTO LINE
.,A8A3 20 09 A9 JSR $A909	JSR REMN ;SKIP TO END OF LINE.	nächsten Zeilenanfang suchen	scan for next BASIC line	POINT Y TO EOL
.,A8A6 38 SEC		Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	set carry for subtract
.,A8A7 A5 39 LDA $39		aktuelle Zeilennummer (LOW)	get current line number low byte
.,A8A9 E5 14 SBC $14		kleiner als laufende Zeile?	subtract temporary integer low byte
.,A8AB A5 3A LDA $3A	LDA CURLIN+1	aktuelle Zeilennummer (HIGH)	get current line number high byte	IS CURRENT PAGE < GOTO PAGE?
.,A8AD E5 15 SBC $15	CMP LINNUM+1	kleiner als laufende Zeile?	subtract temporary integer high byte
.,A8AF B0 0B BCS $A8BC	BCS LUK4IT	nein: $A8BC	if current line number >= temporary integer, go search from the start of memory	SEARCH FROM PROG START IF NOT
.,A8B1 98 TYA	TYA	Differenz in Akku	else copy line index to A	OTHERWISE SEARCH FROM NEXT LINE
.,A8B2 38 SEC	SEC	Carry setzen (Addition)	set carry (+1)
.,A8B3 65 7A ADC $7A	ADC TXTPTR	Programmzeiger addieren	add BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A8B5 A6 7B LDX $7B	LDX TXTPTR+1	sucht ab laufender Zeile	get BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A8B7 90 07 BCC $A8C0	BCC LUKALL	unbedingter	branch if no overflow to high byte
.,A8B9 E8 INX	INX	Sprung	increment high byte
.,A8BA B0 04 BCS $A8C0	BCSA LUKALL ;ALWAYS GOES.	zu $A8C0	branch always (can never be carry) search for line number in temporary integer from start of memory pointer
.,A8BC A5 2B LDA $2B	LUK4IT: LDWX TXTTAB	sucht ab Programmstart	get start of memory low byte	GET PROGRAM BEGINNING
.,A8BE A6 2C LDX $2C			get start of memory high byte search for line # in temporary integer from (AX)
.,A8C0 20 17 A6 JSR $A617	LUKALL: JSR FNDLNC ;[X,A] ARE ALL SET UP.	sucht Programmzeile	search Basic for temp integer line number from AX	SEARCH FOR GOTO LINE
.,A8C3 90 1E BCC $A8E3	QFOUND: BCC USERR ;GOTO LINE IS NONEXISTANT.	nicht gefunden: 'undef'd st.'	if carry clear go do unsdefined statement error carry all ready set for subtract	ERROR IF NOT THERE
.,A8C5 A5 5F LDA $5F	LDA LOWTR	von der Startadresse (Zeile)	get pointer low byte	TXTPTR = START OF THE DESTINATION LINE
.,A8C7 E9 01 SBC #$01	SBCI 1	eins subtrahieren und als	-1
.,A8C9 85 7A STA $7A	STA TXTPTR	Programmzeiger (LOW)	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A8CB A5 60 LDA $60	LDA LOWTR+1	HIGH-Byte der Zeile laden	get pointer high byte
.,A8CD E9 00 SBC #$00	SBCI 0	Übertrag berücksichtigen	subtract carry
.,A8CF 85 7B STA $7B	STA TXTPTR+1	und als Programmzeiger	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A8D1 60 RTS	GORTS: RTS ;PROCESS THE STATEMENT. ; ; "RETURN" RESTORES THE LINE NUMBER AND TEXT PNTR FROM THE STACK ; AND ELIMINATES ALL THE "FOR" ENTRIES IN FRONT OF THE "GOSUB" ENTRY. ;	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl RETURN	perform RETURN	RETURN TO NEWSTT OR GOSUB "POP" AND "RETURN" STATEMENTS		RETURN command
.,A8D2 D0 FD BNE $A8D1	RETURN: BNE GORTS ;NO TERMINATOR=BLOW HIM UP.	Kein Trennzeichen: SYNTAX ERR	exit if following token to allow syntax error
.,A8D4 A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDAI 255	Wert laden und	set byte so no match possible
.,A8D6 85 4A STA $4A	STA FORPNT+1 ;MAKE SURE THE VARIABLE'S PNTR ;NEVER GETS MATCHED.	FOR-NEXT-ZEIGER neu setzen	save FOR/NEXT variable pointer high byte
.,A8D8 20 8A A3 JSR $A38A	JSR FNDFOR ;GO PAST ALL THE "FOR" ENTRIES.	GOSUB-Datensatz suchen	search the stack for FOR or GOSUB activity, get token off stack	TO CANCEL FOR/NEXT IN SUB
.,A8DB 9A TXS	TXS		correct the stack
.,A8DC C9 8D CMP #$8D	CMPI GOSUTK ;RETURN WITHOUT GOSUB?	'GOSUB'-Code?	compare with GOSUB token	LAST GOSUB FOUND?
.,A8DE F0 0B BEQ $A8EB	BEQ RETU1	ja: $A8E8	if matching GOSUB go continue RETURN
.,A8E0 A2 0C LDX #$0C	LDXI ERRRG	Nr für 'return without gosub’	else error code $04, return without gosub error
.:A8E2 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2	BIT-Befehl um folgenden Befehl auszulassen	makes next line BIT $11A2	FAKE
.,A8E3 A2 11 LDX #$02	USERR: LDXI ERRUS ;NO MATCH SO "US" ERROR.	Nr für 'undef'd statement'	error code $11, undefined statement error
.,A8E5 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	JMP ERROR ;YES.	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start
.,A8E8 4C 08 AF JMP $AF08	SNERR2: JMP SNERR	'syntax error' ausgeben	do syntax error then warm start was matching GOSUB token			remove GOSUB block from stack
.,A8EB 68 PLA	RETU1: PLA ;REMOVE GOSUTK.	GOSUB-Code vom Stapel holen	dump token byte	DISCARD GOSUB TOKEN
.,A8EC 68 PLA	PULWD CURLIN ;GET LINE NUMBER "GOSUB" WAS FROM.	Zeilennummer (LOW) wieder-	pull return line low byte
.,A8ED 85 39 STA $39		holen und abspeichern	save current line number low byte	PULL LINE #
.,A8EF 68 PLA		Zeilennummer (HIGH) holen	pull return line high byte
.,A8F0 85 3A STA $3A		und abspeichern	save current line number high byte
.,A8F2 68 PLA	PULWD TXTPTR ;GET TEXT PNTR FROM "GOSUB".	Programmzeiger (LOW) wieder-	pull return address low byte
.,A8F3 85 7A STA $7A		holen und abspeichern	save BASIC execute pointer low byte	PULL TXTPTR
.,A8F5 68 PLA		Programmzeiger (HIGH) holen	pull return address high byte
.,A8F6 85 7B STA $7B		abspeichern BASIC-Befehl DATA	save BASIC execute pointer high byte perform DATA	"DATA" STATEMENT EXECUTED BY SKIPPING TO NEXT COLON OR EOL		DATA command
.,A8F8 20 06 A9 JSR $A906	DATA: JSR DATAN ;SKIP TO END OF STATEMENT, ;SINCE WHEN "GOSUB" STUCK THE TEXT PNTR ;ONTO THE STACK, THE LINE NUMBER ARG ;HADN'T BEEN READ YET.	nächstes Statement suchen	scan for next BASIC statement ([:] or [EOL]) add Y to the BASIC execute pointer	MOVE TO NEXT STATEMENT ADD (Y) TO TXTPTR
.,A8FB 98 TYA	ADDON: TYA	Offset	copy index to A
.,A8FC 18 CLC	CLC	Carry löschen (Addition)	clear carry for add
.,A8FD 65 7A ADC $7A	ADC TXTPTR	Programmzeiger addieren	add BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A8FF 85 7A STA $7A	STA TXTPTR	und wieder abspeichern	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,A901 90 02 BCC $A905	BCC REMRTS	Verminderung übergehen	skip increment if no carry
.,A903 E6 7B INC $7B	INC TXTPTR+1	Programmzeiger vermindern	else increment BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,A905 60 RTS	REMRTS: RTS ;"NEWSTT" RTS ADDR IS STILL THERE.	Rücksprung Offset des nächsten Trennzeichens finden	scan for next BASIC statement ([:] or [EOL]) returns Y as index to [:] or [EOL]	SCAN AHEAD TO NEXT ":" OR EOL		get end of statement
.,A906 A2 3A LDX #$3A	DATAN: LDXI ":" ;"DATA" TERMINATES ON ":" AND NULL.	':' Doppelpunkt	set look for character = ":"	GET OFFSET IN Y TO EOL OR ":"		colon
.:A908 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2		makes next line BIT $00A2 scan for next BASIC line returns Y as index to [EOL]	FAKE		get end of line
.,A909 A2 00 LDX #$00	REMN: LDXI 0 ;THE ONLY TERMINATOR IS NULL.	$0 Zeilenende	set alternate search character = [EOL]	TO EOL ONLY
.,A90B 86 07 STX $07	STX CHARAC ;PRESERVE IT.	als Suchzeichen	store alternate search character
.,A90D A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;THIS MAKES CHARAC=0 AFTER SWAP.	Zähler	set search character = [EOL]
.,A90F 84 08 STY $08	STY ENDCHR	initialisieren	save the search character
.,A911 A5 08 LDA $08	EXCHQT: LDA ENDCHR	Speicherzelle $7	get search character	TRICK TO COUNT QUOTE PARITY
.,A913 A6 07 LDX $07	LDX CHARAC	gesuchtes Zeichen	get alternate search character
.,A915 85 07 STA $07	STA CHARAC	mit $8	make search character = alternate search character
.,A917 86 08 STX $08	STX ENDCHR	vertauschen	make alternate search character = search character
.,A919 B1 7A LDA ($7A),Y	REMER: LDADY TXTPTR	Zeichen holen	get BASIC byte
.,A91B F0 E8 BEQ $A905	BEQ REMRTS ;NULL ALWAYS TERMINATES.	Zeilenende, dann fertig	exit if null [EOL]	END OF LINE
.,A91D C5 08 CMP $08	CMP ENDCHR ;IS IT THE OTHER TERMINATOR?	= Suchzeichen?	compare with search character
.,A91F F0 E4 BEQ $A905	BEQ REMRTS ;YES, IT'S FINISHED.	ja: $A905	exit if found	COLON IF LOOKING FOR COLONS
.,A921 C8 INY	INY ;PROGRESS TO NEXT CHARACTER.	Zeiger erhöhen	else increment index
.,A922 C9 22 CMP #$22	CMPI 34 ;IS IT A QUOTE?	"" Hochkomma?	compare current character with open quote			quote mark
.,A924 D0 F3 BNE $A919	BNE REMER ;NO, JUST CONTINUE.	nein: $A919	if found go swap search character for alternate search character
.,A926 F0 E9 BEQ $A911	BEQA EXCHQT ;YES, TIME TO TRADE. PAGE "IF ... THEN" CODE.	sonst $7 und $8 vertauschen BASIC-Befehl IF	loop for next character, branch always perform IF	...ALWAYS "IF" STATEMENT		IF command
.,A928 20 9E AD JSR $AD9E	IF: JSR FRMEVL ;EVALUATE A FORMULA.	FRMEVL Ausdruck berechnen	evaluate expression
.,A92B 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;GET CURRENT CHARACTER.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen	scan memory
.,A92E C9 89 CMP #$89	CMPI GOTOTK ;IS TERMINATING CHARACTER A GOTOTK?	'GOTO'-Code?	compare with "GOTO" token
.,A930 F0 05 BEQ $A937	BEQ OKGOTO ;YES.	ja: $A937	if it was the token for GOTO go do IF ... GOTO wasn't IF ... GOTO so must be IF ... THEN
.,A932 A9 A7 LDA #$A7	SYNCHK THENTK ;NO, IT MUST BE "THEN".	'THEN'-Code	set "THEN" token
.,A934 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf Code	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start
.,A937 A5 61 LDA $61	OKGOTO: LDA FACEXP ;0=FALSE. ALL OTHERS TRUE.	Ergebnis des IF-Ausdrucks	get FAC1 exponent	CONDITION TRUE OR FALSE?
.,A939 D0 05 BNE $A940	BNE DOCOND ;TRUE !	Ausdruck wahr? BASIC-Befehl REM	if result was non zero continue execution else REM rest of line perform REM	BRANCH IF TRUE "REM" STATEMENT, OR FALSE "IF" STATEMENT		REM command
.,A93B 20 09 A9 JSR $A909	REM: JSR REMN ;SKIP REST OF STATEMENT.	nein, Zeilenanfang suchen	scan for next BASIC line	SKIP REST OF LINE
.,A93E F0 BB BEQ $A8FB	BEQA ADDON ;WILL ALWAYS BRANCH.	Programmz. auf nächste Zeile	add Y to the BASIC execute pointer and return, branch always result was non zero so do rest of line	...ALWAYS		THEN part of IF
.,A940 20 79 00 JSR $0079	DOCOND: JSR CHRGOT ;TEST CURRENT CHARACTER.	CHRGOT: letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	COMMAND OR NUMBER?
.,A943 B0 03 BCS $A948	BCS DOCO ;IF A NUMBER, GOTO IT.	keine Ziffer?	branch if not numeric character, is variable or keyword	COMMAND
.,A945 4C A0 A8 JMP $A8A0	JMP GOTO	zum GOTO-Befehl	else perform GOTO n is variable or keyword	NUMBER		do GOTO
.,A948 4C ED A7 JMP $A7ED	DOCO: JMP GONE3 ;INTERPRET NEW STATEMENT. PAGE "ON ... GO TO ..." CODE.	Befehl dekodieren, ausführen BASIC-Befehl ON	interpret BASIC code from BASIC execute pointer perform ON	"ON" STATEMENT ON <EXP> GOTO <LIST> ON <EXP> GOSUB <LIST>		ON command
.,A94B 20 9E B7 JSR $B79E	ONGOTO: JSR GETBYT ;GET VALUE IN FACLO.	Byte-Wert (0 bis 255) holen	get byte parameter	EVALUATE <EXP>, AS BYTE IN FAC+4
.,A94E 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE FOR LATER.	Code merken	push next character	SAVE NEXT CHAR ON STACK
.,A94F C9 8D CMP #$8D	CMPI GOSUTK ;AN "ON ... GOSUB" PERHAPS?	'GOSUB'-Code?	compare with GOSUB token			GOSUB code
.,A951 F0 04 BEQ $A957	BEQ ONGLOP ;YES.	ja: $A957	if GOSUB go see if it should be executed
.,A953 C9 89 CMP #$89	SNERR3: CMPI GOTOTK ;MUST BE "GOTOTK".	'GOTO'-Code?	compare with GOTO token			GOTO code
.,A955 D0 91 BNE $A8E8	BNE SNERR2	nein: dann 'SYNTAX ERROR'	if not GOTO do syntax error then warm start next character was GOTO or GOSUB, see if it should be executed
.,A957 C6 65 DEC $65	ONGLOP: DEC FACLO	Zähler vermindern	decrement the byte value	COUNTED TO RIGHT ONE YET?
.,A959 D0 04 BNE $A95F	BNE ONGLP1 ;SKIP ANOTHER LINE NUMBER.	noch nicht null?	if not zero go see if another line number exists	NO, KEEP LOOKING
.,A95B 68 PLA	PLA ;GET DISPATCH CHARACTER.	ja: Code zurückholen	pull keyword token	YES, RETRIEVE CMD
.,A95C 4C EF A7 JMP $A7EF	JMP GONE2	und Befehl ausführen	go execute it	AND GO.
.,A95F 20 73 00 JSR $0073	ONGLP1: JSR CHRGET ;ADVANCE AND SET CODES.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	PRIME CONVERT SUBROUTINE
.,A962 20 6B A9 JSR $A96B	JSR LINGET	Zeilennummer holen	get fixed-point number into temporary integer skip this n	CONVERT LINE #
.,A965 C9 2C CMP #$2C	CMPI 44 ;IS IT A COMMA?	',' Komma?	compare next character with ","	TERMINATE WITH COMMA?		comma
.,A967 F0 EE BEQ $A957	BEQ ONGLOP	ja: dann weiter	loop if ","	YES
.,A969 68 PLA	PLA ;REMOVE STACK ENTRY (TOKEN).	kein Sprung: Code zurückholen	else pull keyword token, ran out of options	NO, END OF LIST, SO IGNORE
.,A96A 60 RTS	ONGRTS: RTS ;EITHER END-OF-LINE OR SYNTAX ERROR. PAGE LINGET -- READ A LINE NUMBER INTO LINNUM ; ; "LINGET" READS A LINE NUMBER FROM THE CURRENT TEXT POSITION. ; ; LINE NUMBERS RANGE FROM 0 TO 64000-1. ; ; THE ANSWER IS RETURNED IN "LINNUM". ; "TXTPTR" IS UPDATED TO POINT TO THE TERMINATING CHARCTER ; AND [A] = THE TERMINATING CHARACTER WITH CONDITION ; CODES SET UP TO REFLECT ITS VALUE. ;	Rücksprung Zeilennummer nach $14/$15	get fixed-point number into temporary integer	CONVERT LINE NUMBER		get decimal number into $14/$15
.,A96B A2 00 LDX #$00	LINGET: LDXI 0	Wert Laden und	clear X	ASC # TO HEX ADDRESS
.,A96D 86 14 STX $14	STX LINNUM ;INITIALIZE LINE NUMBER TO ZERO.	Vorsetzen	clear temporary integer low byte	IN LINNUM.
.,A96F 86 15 STX $15	STX LINNUM+1	(für Zeilennummer gleich 0)	clear temporary integer high byte
.,A971 B0 F7 BCS $A96A	MORLIN: BCS ONGRTS ;IT IS NOT A DIGIT.	keine Ziffer, dann fertig	return if carry set, end of scan, character was not 0-9	NOT A DIGIT
.,A973 E9 2F SBC #$2F	SBCI "0"-1 ;-1 SINCE C=0.	'0'-1 abziehen, gibt Hexwert	subtract $30, $2F+carry, from byte	CONVERT DIGIT TO BINARY
.,A975 85 07 STA $07	STA CHARAC ;SAVE CHARACTER.	merken	store #	SAVE THE DIGIT
.,A977 A5 15 LDA $15	LDA LINNUM+1	HIGH-Byte holen	get temporary integer high byte	CHECK RANGE
.,A979 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX	Zwischenspeichern	save it for now
.,A97B C9 19 CMP #$19	CMPI 25 ;LINE NUMBER WILL BE .LT. 64000?	Zahl bereits größer 6400?	compare with $19	LINE # TOO LARGE?
.,A97D B0 D4 BCS $A953	BCS SNERR3	dann 'SYNTAX ERROR'	branch if >= this makes the maximum line number 63999 because the next bit does $1900 * $0A = $FA00 = 64000 decimal. the branch target is really the SYNTAX error at $A8E8 but that is too far so an intermediate compare and branch to that location is used. the problem with this is that line number that gives a partial result from $8900 to $89FF, 35072x to 35327x, will pass the new target compare and will try to execute the remainder of the ON n GOTO/GOSUB. a solution to this is to copy the byte in A before the branch to X and then branch to $A955 skipping the second compare	YES, > 63999, GO INDIRECTLY TO "SYNTAX ERROR". <<<<<DANGEROUS CODE>>>>> NOTE THAT IF (A) = $AB ON THE LINE ABOVE, ON.1 WILL COMPARE = AND CAUSE A CATASTROPHIC JUMP TO $22D9 (FOR GOTO), OR OTHER LOCATIONS FOR OTHER CALLS TO LINGET. YOU CAN SEE THIS IS YOU FIRST PUT "BRK" IN $22D9, THEN TYPE "GO TO 437761". ANY VALUE FROM 437760 THROUGH 440319 WILL CAUSE THE PROBLEM. ($AB00 - $ABFF) <<<<<DANGEROUS CODE>>>>>
.,A97F A5 14 LDA $14	LDA LINNUM	Zahl * 10 (= 22+Zahl*2)	get temporary integer low byte	MULTIPLY BY TEN
.,A981 0A ASL	ASL A, ;MULTIPLY BY 10.	Wert und Zwischenwert je	*2 low byte			times 2
.,A982 26 22 ROL $22	ROL INDEX	2 mal um 1 Bit nach	*2 high byte
.,A984 0A ASL	ASL A	links rollen	*2 low byte			times 2
.,A985 26 22 ROL $22	ROL INDEX	(entspricht 2 * 2)	2 high byte (4)
.,A987 65 14 ADC $14	ADC LINNUM	plus ursprünglicher Wert	+ low byte (*5)			add original
.,A989 85 14 STA $14	STA LINNUM	und abspeichern	save it
.,A98B A5 22 LDA $22	LDA INDEX	Zwischenwert zu	get high byte temp
.,A98D 65 15 ADC $15	ADC LINNUM+1	zweitem Wert addieren	+ high byte (*5)
.,A98F 85 15 STA $15	STA LINNUM+1	und wieder abspeichern	save it
.,A991 06 14 ASL $14	ASL LINNUM	Speicherzelle $14 und	2 low byte (10d)			times 2
.,A993 26 15 ROL $15	ROL LINNUM+1	$15 verdoppeln	2 high byte (10d)			= times 10 overall
.,A995 A5 14 LDA $14	LDA LINNUM	Wert wieder laden	get low byte
.,A997 65 07 ADC $07	ADC CHARAC ;ADD IN DIGIT.	und Einerziffer addieren	add #	ADD DIGIT
.,A999 85 14 STA $14	STA LINNUM	wieder speichern	save low byte
.,A99B 90 02 BCC $A99F	BCC NXTLGC	Carry gesetzt? (Übertrag)	branch if no overflow to high byte
.,A99D E6 15 INC $15	INC LINNUM+1	Übertrag addieren	else increment high byte
.,A99F 20 73 00 JSR $0073	NXTLGC: JSR CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	GET NEXT CHAR
.,A9A2 4C 71 A9 JMP $A971	JMP MORLIN PAGE "LET" CODE.	und weiter machen BASIC-Befehl LET	loop for next character perform LET	MORE CONVERTING "LET" STATEMENT LET <VAR> = <EXP> <VAR> = <EXP>		LET command
.,A9A5 20 8B B0 JSR $B08B	LET: JSR PTRGET ;GET PNTR TO VARIABLE INTO "VARPNT".	sucht Variable hinter LET	get variable address	GET <VAR>
.,A9A8 85 49 STA $49	STWD FORPNT ;PRESERVE POINTER.	und Variablenadresse	save variable address low byte
.,A9AA 84 4A STY $4A		merken (LOW- und HIGH-Byte)	save variable address high byte
.,A9AC A9 B2 LDA #$B2	SYNCHK EQULTK ;"=" IS NECESSARY.	'=' - Code	$B2 is "=" token			equals code
.,A9AE 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF	IFN INTPRC,<	prüft auf Code	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start
.,A9B1 A5 0E LDA $0E	LDA INTFLG ;SAVE FOR LATER.	Integer-Flag	get data type flag, $80 = integer, $00 = float	SAVE VARIABLE TYPE
.,A9B3 48 PHA	PHA>	auf Stapel retten	push data type flag
.,A9B4 A5 0D LDA $0D	LDA VALTYP ;RETAIN THE VARIABLE'S VALUE TYPE.	und Typ-Flag	get data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,A9B6 48 PHA	PHA	(String/numerisch) retten	push data type flag
.,A9B7 20 9E AD JSR $AD9E	JSR FRMEVL ;GET VALUE OF FORMULA INTO "FAC".	FRMEVL: Ausdruck holen	evaluate expression	EVALUATE <EXP>
.,A9BA 68 PLA	PLA	Typ-Flag wiederholen	pop data type flag
.,A9BB 2A ROL	ROL A, ;CARRY SET FOR STRING, OFF FOR ;NUMERIC.	und Bit 7 ins Carry schieben	string bit into carry
.,A9BC 20 90 AD JSR $AD90	JSR CHKVAL ;MAKE SURE "VALTYP" MATCHES CARRY. ;AND SET ZERO FLAG FOR NUMERIC.	auf richtigen Typ prüfen	do type match check
.,A9BF D0 18 BNE $A9D9	BNE COPSTR ;IF NUMERIC, COPY IT. COPNUM: IFN INTPRC,<	String? ja: $A9D9	branch if string
.,A9C1 68 PLA	PLA ;GET NUMBER TYPE.	Integer-Flag zurückholen	pop integer/float data type flag assign value to numeric variable
.,A9C2 10 12 BPL $A9D6	QINTGR: BPL COPFLT ;STORE A FLTING NUMBER.	INTEGER? ja: $A9D6 Wertzuweisung INTEGER	branch if float expression is numeric integer	REAL VARIABLE		assign to integer
.,A9C4 20 1B BC JSR $BC1B	JSR ROUND ;ROUND INTEGER.	FAC runden	round FAC1	INTEGER VAR: ROUND TO 32 BITS
.,A9C7 20 BF B1 JSR $B1BF	JSR AYINT ;MAKE 2-BYTE NUMBER.	und nach INTEGER wandlen	evaluate integer expression, no sign check	TRUNCATE TO 16-BITS
.,A9CA A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zeiger setzen	clear index
.,A9CC A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO ;GET HIGH.	HIGH-Byte holen und	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,A9CE 91 49 STA ($49),Y	STADY FORPNT ;STORE IT.	Wert in Variable bringen	save as integer variable low byte
.,A9D0 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,A9D1 A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO ;GET LOW.	LOW-Byte holen und	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,A9D3 91 49 STA ($49),Y	STADY FORPNT	Wert in Variable bringen	save as integer variable high byte
.,A9D5 60 RTS	RTS>	Rücksprung Wertzuweisung REAL		REAL VARIABLE = EXPRESSION		assign to float
.,A9D6 4C D0 BB JMP $BBD0	COPFLT: JMP MOVVF ;PUT NUMBER @FORPNT. COPSTR:	FAC nach Variable bringen Wertzuweisung String	pack FAC1 into variable pointer and return assign value to numeric variable			assign to string
.,A9D9 68 PLA	IFN INTPRC,<PLA> ;IF STRING, NO INTFLG. INPCOM: IFN TIME,<	Akku vom Stapel holen	dump integer/float data type flag	INSTALL STRING, DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS IS AT FAC+3,4
.,A9DA A4 4A LDY $4A	LDY FORPNT+1 ;TI$?	Variablenadresse (HIGH) holen	get variable pointer high byte	STRING DATA ALREADY IN STRING AREA?
.,A9DC C0 BF CPY #$BF	CPYI ZERO/256 ;ONLY TI$ CAN BE THIS ON ASSIG.	ist Variable TI$?	was it TI$ pointer
.,A9DE D0 4C BNE $AA2C	BNE GETSPT ; WAS NOT TI$.	nein: $AA2C	branch if not else it's TI$ = <expr$>			assign to TI$
.,A9E0 20 A6 B6 JSR $B6A6	JSR FREFAC ;WE WONT NEEDIT.	FRESTR	pop string off descriptor stack, or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte
.,A9E3 C9 06 CMP #$06	CMPI 6 ;LENGTH CORRECT?	Stringlänge gleich 6	compare length with 6			length 6
.,A9E5 D0 3D BNE $AA24	BNE FCERR2	nein: 'illegal quantity'	if length not 6 do illegal quantity error then warm start
.,A9E7 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;YES. DO SETUP.	Wert holen	clear index
.,A9E9 84 61 STY $61	STY FACEXP ;ZERO FAC TO START WITH.	und damit FAC	clear FAC1 exponent
.,A9EB 84 66 STY $66	STY FACSGN	initialisieren	clear FAC1 sign (b7)
.,A9ED 84 71 STY $71	TIMELP: STY FBUFPT ;SAVE POSOTION.	(Akku, Vorzeichen und Zeiger)	save index
.,A9EF 20 1D AA JSR $AA1D	JSR TIMNUM ;GET A DIGIT.	prüft nächstes Z. auf Ziffer	check and evaluate numeric digit
.,A9F2 20 E2 BA JSR $BAE2	JSR MUL10 ;WHOLE QTY BY 10.	FAC = FAC * 10	multiply FAC1 by 10
.,A9F5 E6 71 INC $71	INC FBUFPT	Stellenzähler erhöhen	increment index
.,A9F7 A4 71 LDY $71	LDY FBUFPT	und ins Y-Reg. bringen	restore index
.,A9F9 20 1D AA JSR $AA1D	JSR TIMNUM	prüft nächstes Z. auf Ziffer	check and evaluate numeric digit
.,A9FC 20 0C BC JSR $BC0C	JSR MOVAF	FAC nach ARG kopieren	round and copy FAC1 to FAC2
.,A9FF AA TAX	TAX ;IF NUM=0 THEN NO MULT.	FAC gleich 0?	copy FAC1 exponent
.,AA00 F0 05 BEQ $AA07	BEQ NOML6 ;IF =0, GO TIT.	ja: $AA07	branch if FAC1 zero
.,AA02 E8 INX	INX ;MULT BY TWO.	Exponent von FAC erhöhen	increment index, * 2
.,AA03 8A TXA	TXA	(FAC *2) und in den Akku	copy back to A
.,AA04 20 ED BA JSR $BAED	JSR FINML6 ;ADD IN AND MULT BY 2 GIVES *6.	FAC = FAC + ARG	FAC1 = (FAC1 + (FAC2 * 2)) * 2 = FAC1 * 6
.,AA07 A4 71 LDY $71	NOML6: LDY FBUFPT	Stellenzähler	get index
.,AA09 C8 INY	INY	erhöhen	increment index
.,AA0A C0 06 CPY #$06	CPYI 6 ;DONE ALL SIX?	schon 6 Stellen?	compare index with 6
.,AA0C D0 DF BNE $A9ED	BNE TIMELP	nein: nächstes Zeichen	loop if not 6
.,AA0E 20 E2 BA JSR $BAE2	JSR MUL10 ;ONE LAST TIME.	FAC = FAC * 10	multiply FAC1 by 10
.,AA11 20 9B BC JSR $BC9B	JSR QINT ;SHIFT IT OVER TO THE RIGHT.	FAC rechtsbündig machen	convert FAC1 floating to fixed
.,AA14 A6 64 LDX $64	LDXI 2	Werte für	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,AA16 A4 63 LDY $63	SEI ;DISALLOW INTERRUPTS.	eingegebene Uhrzeit	get FAC1 mantissa 2
.,AA18 A5 65 LDA $65	TIMEST: LDA FACMOH,X	holen und	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,AA1A 4C DB FF JMP $FFDB	STA CQTIMR,X DEX BPL TIMEST ;LOOP 3 TIMES. CLI ;TURN ON INTS AGAIN. RTS	Time setzen Zeichen auf Ziffer prüfen	set real time clock and return check and evaluate numeric digit			add next digit to float accum
.,AA1D B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	TIMNUM: LDADY INDEX ;INDEX SET UP BY FREFAC.	Zeichen holen (aus String)	get byte from string
.,AA1F 20 80 00 JSR $0080	JSR QNUM	auf Ziffer prüfen	clear Cb if numeric. this call should be to $84 as the code from $80 first comapres the byte with [SPACE] and does a BASIC increment and get if it is
.,AA22 90 03 BCC $AA27	BCC GOTNUM	Ziffer: $AA27	branch if numeric
.,AA24 4C 48 B2 JMP $B248	FCERR2: JMP FCERR ;MUST BE NUMERIC STRING.	sonst: 'illegal quantity'	do illegal quantity error then warm start
.,AA27 E9 2F SBC #$2F	GOTNUM: SBCI "0"-1 ;C IS OFF.	von ASCII nach HEX umwandeln	subtract $2F + carry to convert ASCII to binary
.,AA29 4C 7E BD JMP $BD7E	JMP FINLOG> ;ADD IN DIGIT TO FAC.	in FAC und ARG übertragen Wertzuweisung an normalen String	evaluate new ASCII digit and return assign value to numeric variable, but not TI$			assign to string variable
.,AA2C A0 02 LDY #$02	GETSPT: LDYI 2 ;GET PNTR TO DESCRIPTOR.	Zeiger setzen	index to string pointer high byte
.,AA2E B1 64 LDA ($64),Y	LDADY FACMO	Stringadresse HIGH mit	get string pointer high byte	(STRING AREA IS BTWN FRETOP
.,AA30 C5 34 CMP $34	CMP FRETOP+1 ;SEE IF IT POINTS INTO STRING SPACE.	Stringanfangsadr. vergleichen	compare with bottom of string space high byte	HIMEM)
.,AA32 90 17 BCC $AA4B	BCC DNTCPY ;IF [FRETOP],GT.[2&3,FACMO], DON'T COPY.	kleiner: String im Programm	branch if string pointer high byte is less than bottom of string space high byte	YES, DATA ALREADY UP THERE
.,AA34 D0 07 BNE $AA3D	BNE QVARIA ;IT IS LESS.	größer: $AA3D	branch if string pointer high byte is greater than bottom of string space high byte else high bytes were equal	NO
.,AA36 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger vermindern	decrement index to string pointer low byte	MAYBE, TEST LOW BYTE OF POINTER
.,AA37 B1 64 LDA ($64),Y	LDADY FACMO	Stringadresse (LOW) holen	get string pointer low byte
.,AA39 C5 33 CMP $33	CMP FRETOP ;COMPARE LOW ORDERS.	und vergleichen	compare with bottom of string space low byte
.,AA3B 90 0E BCC $AA4B	BCC DNTCPY	kleiner: String im Programm	branch if string pointer low byte is less than bottom of string space low byte	YES, ALREADY THERE
.,AA3D A4 65 LDY $65	QVARIA: LDY FACLO	Zeiger auf Stringdescriptor	get descriptor pointer high byte	NO. DESCRIPTOR ALREADY AMONG VARIABLES?
.,AA3F C4 2E CPY $2E	CPY VARTAB+1 ;IF [VARTAB].GT.[FACMO], DON'T COPY.	mit Variablenstart vergl.	compare with start of variables high byte
.,AA41 90 08 BCC $AA4B	BCC DNTCPY	kleiner: $AA4B	branch if less, is on string stack	NO
.,AA43 D0 0D BNE $AA52	BNE COPY ;IT IS LESS.	größer: $AA52	if greater make space and copy string else high bytes were equal	YES
.,AA45 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO	Stringdiscriptorzeiger (LOW)	get descriptor pointer low byte	MAYBE, COMPARE LO-BYTE
.,AA47 C5 2D CMP $2D	CMP VARTAB ;COMPARE LOW ORDERS.	mit Variablenstart vergl.	compare with start of variables low byte
.,AA49 B0 07 BCS $AA52	BCS COPY	größer: $AA52	if greater or equal make space and copy string	YES, DESCRIPTOR IS AMONG VARIABLES
.,AA4B A5 64 LDA $64	DNTCPY: LDWD FACMO	Zeiger in Akku und Y-Reg.	get descriptor pointer low byte	EITHER STRING ALREADY ON TOP, OR
.,AA4D A4 65 LDY $65		auf Stringdescriptor setzen	get descriptor pointer high byte	DESCRIPTOR IS NOT A VARIABLE
.,AA4F 4C 68 AA JMP $AA68	JMP COPYZC	bis $AA68 überspringen	go copy descriptor to variable	SO JUST STORE THE DESCRIPTOR STRING NOT YET IN STRING AREA, AND DESCRIPTOR IS A VARIABLE
.,AA52 A0 00 LDY #$00	COPY: LDYI 0	Zeiger setzen	clear index	POINT AT LENGTH IN DESCRIPTOR
.,AA54 B1 64 LDA ($64),Y	LDADY FACMO	Länge des Strings holen	get string length	GET LENGTH
.,AA56 20 75 B4 JSR $B475	JSR STRINI ;GET ROOM TO COPY STRING INTO.	prüft Platz, setzt Stringz.	copy descriptor pointer and make string space A bytes long	MAKE A STRING THAT LONG UP ABOVE
.,AA59 A5 50 LDA $50	LDWD DSCPNT ;GET POINTER TO OLD DESCRIPTOR, SO	Zeiger auf Stringdescriptor	copy old descriptor pointer low byte	SET UP SOURCE PNTR FOR MONINS
.,AA5B A4 51 LDY $51		holen (LOW- und HIGH-Byte)	copy old descriptor pointer high byte
.,AA5D 85 6F STA $6F	STWD STRNG1 ;MOVINS CAN FIND STRING.	und	save old descriptor pointer low byte
.,AA5F 84 70 STY $70		speichern	save old descriptor pointer high byte
.,AA61 20 7A B6 JSR $B67A	JSR MOVINS ;COPY IT.	String in Bereich übertragen	copy string from descriptor to utility pointer	MOVE STRING DATA TO NEW AREA
.,AA64 A9 61 LDA #$61	LDWDI DSCTMP ;GET POINTER TO OLD DESCRIPTOR.	Werte laden	get descriptor pointer low byte	ADDRESS OF DESCRIPTOR IS IN FAC		low 0061
.,AA66 A0 00 LDY #$00		und damit	get descriptor pointer high byte			high 0061 move descriptor into variable
.,AA68 85 50 STA $50	COPYZC: STWD DSCPNT ;REMEMBER POINTER TO DESCRIPTOR.	Stringdiscriptor	save descriptor pointer low byte
.,AA6A 84 51 STY $51		neu setzen	save descriptor pointer high byte
.,AA6C 20 DB B6 JSR $B6DB	JSR FRETMS ;FREE UP THE TEMPORARY WITHOUT ;FREEING UP ANY STRING SPACE.	Descriptor löschen	clean descriptor stack, YA = pointer	DISCARD DESCRIPTOR IF 'TWAS TEMPORARY
.,AA6F A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zeiger setzen	clear index	COPY STRING DESCRIPTOR
.,AA71 B1 50 LDA ($50),Y	LDADY DSCPNT	Länge des Descriptors holen	get string length from new descriptor
.,AA73 91 49 STA ($49),Y	STADY FORPNT	und abspeichern	copy string length to variable
.,AA75 C8 INY	INY ;POINT TO STRING PNTR.	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,AA76 B1 50 LDA ($50),Y	LDADY DSCPNT	Adresse (LOW) holen	get string pointer low byte from new descriptor
.,AA78 91 49 STA ($49),Y	STADY FORPNT	und speichern	copy string pointer low byte to variable
.,AA7A C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,AA7B B1 50 LDA ($50),Y	LDADY DSCPNT	und Adresse (HIGH)	get string pointer high byte from new descriptor
.,AA7D 91 49 STA ($49),Y	STADY FORPNT	in Variable bringen	copy string pointer high byte to variable
.,AA7F 60 RTS	RTS PAGE PRINT CODE. IFN EXTIO,<	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl PRINT#	perform PRINT#			PRINT# comand
.,AA80 20 86 AA JSR $AA86	PRINTN: JSR CMD ;DOCMD	CMD-Befehl	perform CMD
.,AA83 4C B5 AB JMP $ABB5	JMP IODONE ;RELEASE CHANNEL.	und CLRCH BASIC-Befehl CMD	close input and output channels and return perform CMD			CMD command
.,AA86 20 9E B7 JSR $B79E	CMD: JSR GETBYT	holt Byte-Ausdruck	get byte parameter
.,AA89 F0 05 BEQ $AA90	BEQ SAVEIT	Trennzeichen: $AA90	branch if following byte is ":" or [EOT]
.,AA8B A9 2C LDA #$2C	SYNCHK 44 ;COMMA?	',', Wert laden	set ","			comma
.,AA8D 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf Komma	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start
.,AA90 08 PHP	SAVEIT: PHP	Statusregister merken	save status
.,AA91 86 13 STX $13	JSR CQOOUT ;CHECK AND OPEN OUTPUT CHANNL.	Nr. des Ausgabegeräts merken	set current I/O channel
.,AA93 20 18 E1 JSR $E118	STX CHANNL ;CHANNL TO OUTPUT ON.	CKOUT, Ausgabegerät setzen	open channel for output with error check
.,AA96 28 PLP	PLP ;GET STATUS BACK.	Statusregister wiederholen	restore status
.,AA97 4C A0 AA JMP $AAA0	JMP PRINT>	zum PRINT-Befehl	perform PRINT			do PRINT
.,AA9A 20 21 AB JSR $AB21	STRDON: JSR STRPRT	String drucken	print string from utility pointer
.,AA9D 20 79 00 JSR $0079	NEWCHR: JSR CHRGOT ;REGET LAST CHARACTER.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen BASIC-Befehl PRINT	scan memory perform PRINT	"PRINT" STATEMENT		PRINT command
.,AAA0 F0 35 BEQ $AAD7	PRINT: BEQ CRDO ;TERMINATOR SO TYPE CRLF.	Trennzeichen: $AAD7	if nothing following just print CR/LF	NO MORE LIST, PRINT <RETURN>
.,AAA2 F0 43 BEQ $AAE7	PRINTC: BEQ PRTRTS ;HERE AFTER SEEING TAB(X) OR , OR ; ;IN WHICH CASE A TERMINATOR DOES NOT ;MEAN TYPE A CRLF BUT JUST RTS.	Trennz. (TAB, SPC): RTS	exit if nothing following, end of PRINT branch	NO MORE LIST, DON'T PRINT <RETURN>
.,AAA4 C9 A3 CMP #$A3	CMPI TABTK ;TAB FUNCTION?	'TAB('-Code?	compare with token for TAB(			TAB( code
.,AAA6 F0 50 BEQ $AAF8	BEQ TABER ;YES.	ja: $AAF8	if TAB( go handle it	C=1 FOR TAB(
.,AAA8 C9 A6 CMP #$A6	CMPI SPCTK ;SPACE FUNCTION?	'SPC('-Code?	compare with token for SPC(			SPC( code
.,AAAA 18 CLC	CLC	Flag für SPC setzen	flag SPC(
.,AAAB F0 4B BEQ $AAF8	BEQ TABER	SPC-Code: $AAF8	if SPC( go handle it	C=0 FOR SPC(
.,AAAD C9 2C CMP #$2C	CMPI 44 ;A COMMA?	','-Code? (Komma)	compare with ","			comma
.,AAAF F0 37 BEQ $AAE8	BEQ COMPRT ;YES.	ja: $AAE8	if "," go skip to the next TAB position
.,AAB1 C9 3B CMP #$3B	CMPI 59 ;A SEMICOLON?	';'-Code? (Semikolon)	compare with ";"			semi-colon
.,AAB3 F0 5E BEQ $AB13	BEQ NOTABR ;YES.	ja: nächstes Zeichen, weiter	if ";" go continue the print loop
.,AAB5 20 9E AD JSR $AD9E	JSR FRMEVL ;EVALUATE THE FORMULA.	FRMEVL: Term holen	evaluate expression	EVALUATE EXPRESSION
.,AAB8 24 0D BIT $0D	BIT VALTYP ;A STRING?	Typflag	test data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric	STRING OR FP VALUE?
.,AABA 30 DE BMI $AA9A	BMI STRDON ;YES.	String?	if string go print string, scan memory and continue PRINT	STRING
.,AABC 20 DD BD JSR $BDDD	JSR FOUT	FAC in ASCII-String wandeln	convert FAC1 to ASCII string result in (AY)	FP: CONVERT INTO BUFFER
.,AABF 20 87 B4 JSR $B487	JSR STRLIT ;BUILD DESCRIPTOR. IFN REALIO-3,< LDYI 0 ;GET THE POINTER. LDADY FACMO CLC ADC TRMPOS ;MAKE SURE LEN+POS.LT.WIDTH. CMP LINWID ;GREATER THAN LINE LENGTH? ;REMEMBER SPACE PRINTED AFTER NUMBER. BCC LINCHK ;GO TYPE. JSR CRDO> ;YES, TYPE CRLF FIRST.	Stringparameter holen	print " terminated string to utility pointer	MAKE BUFFER INTO STRING
.,AAC2 20 21 AB JSR $AB21	LINCHK: JSR STRPRT ;PRINT THE NUMBER.	String drucken	print string from utility pointer
.,AAC5 20 3B AB JSR $AB3B	JSR OUTSPC ;PRINT A SPACE	Cursor right bzw. Leerzeichen	print [SPACE] or [CURSOR RIGHT]
.,AAC8 D0 D3 BNE $AA9D	BNEA NEWCHR ;ALWAYS GOES. IFN REALIO-4,< IFN BUFPAG,<	weiter machen	go scan memory and continue PRINT, branch always set XY to $0200 - 1 and print [CR]	PRINT THE STRING		end statement in buffer and screen
.,AACA A9 00 LDA #$00	FININL: LDAI 0	Eingabepuffer	clear A
.,AACC 9D 00 02 STA $0200,X	STA BUF,X	mit $0 abschließen	clear first byte of input buffer
.,AACF A2 FF LDX #$FF	LDXYI BUF-1>	Zeiger auf	$0200 - 1 low byte
.,AAD1 A0 01 LDY #$01	IFE BUFPAG,< FININL: LDYI 0 ;PUT A ZERO AT END OF BUF. STY BUF,X LDXI BUF-1> ;SETUP POINTER. IFN EXTIO,<	Eingabepuffer ab $0200 setzen	$0200 - 1 high byte
.,AAD3 A5 13 LDA $13	LDA CHANNL ;NO CRDO IF NOT TERMINAL.	Nummer des Ausgabegeräts	get current I/O channel
.,AAD5 D0 10 BNE $AAE7	BNE PRTRTS>> CRDO: IFE EXTIO,< LDAI 13 ;MAKE TRMPOS LESS THAN LINE LENGTH. STA TRMPOS> IFN EXTIO,< IFN REALIO-3,< LDA CHANNL BNE GOCR STA TRMPOS>	Tastatur? nein: RTS	exit if not default channel print CR/LF			end line on CMD output file
.,AAD7 A9 0D LDA #$0D	GOCR: LDAI 13> ;X AND Y MUST BE PRESERVED.	'CR' carriage return	set [CR]	PRINT <RETURN>
.,AAD9 20 47 AB JSR $AB47	JSR OUTDO	ausgeben	print the character
.,AADC 24 13 BIT $13	LDAI 10	logische Filenummer	test current I/O channel
.,AADE 10 05 BPL $AAE5	JSR OUTDO	kleiner 128?	if ?? toggle A, EOR #$FF and return
.,AAE0 A9 0A LDA #$0A	CRFIN:	'LF' line feed	set [LF]
.,AAE2 20 47 AB JSR $AB47	IFN EXTIO,<	ausgeben	print the character toggle A
.,AAE5 49 FF EOR #$FF	IFN REALIO-3,<	NOT	invert A	<<< WHY??? >>>
.,AAE7 60 RTS	LDA CHANNL BNE PRTRTS>> IFE NULCMD,< IFN REALIO-3,< LDAI 0 STA TRMPOS> EORI 255> IFN NULCMD,< TXA ;PRESERVE [ACCX]. SOME NEED IT. PHA LDX NULCNT ;GET NUMBER OF NULLS. BEQ CLRPOS LDAI 0 PRTNUL: JSR OUTDO DEX ;DONE WITH NULLS? BNE PRTNUL CLRPOS: STX TRMPOS PLA TAX> PRTRTS: RTS COMPRT: LDA TRMPOS NCMPOS==<<<LINLEN/CLMWID>-1>CLMWID> ;CLMWID BEYOND WHICH THERE ARE IFN REALIO-3,< ;NO MORE COMMA FIELDS.* CMP NCMWID ;SO ALL COMMA DOES IS "CRDO".	Rücksprung	was ","			routine for printing TAB( and SPC(
.,AAE8 38 SEC	BCC MORCOM	Zehner-Tabulator mit Komma	set Cb for read cursor position
.,AAE9 20 F0 FF JSR $FFF0	JSR CRDO ;TYPE CRLF.	Cursorposition holen	read/set X,Y cursor position
.,AAEC 98 TYA	JMP NOTABR> ;AND QUIT IF BEYOND LAST FIELD.	Spalte ins Y-Reg.	copy cursor Y
.,AAED 38 SEC	MORCOM: SEC	Carry setzen (Subtr.)	set carry for subtract
.,AAEE E9 0A SBC #$0A	MORCO1: SBCI CLMWID ;GET [A] MODULUS CLMWID.	10 abziehen	subtract one TAB length
.,AAF0 B0 FC BCS $AAEE	BCS MORCO1	nicht negativ?	loop if result was +ve
.,AAF2 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 255 ;FILL PRINT POS OUT TO EVEN CLMWID SO	invertieren	complement it
.,AAF4 69 01 ADC #$01	ADCI 1	+1 (Zweierkomplement)	+1, twos complement
.,AAF6 D0 16 BNE $AB0E	BNE ASPAC ;PRINT [A] SPACES.	unbedingter Sprung TAB( (C=1) und SPC( (C=0)	always print A spaces, result is never $00
.,AAF8 08 PHP	TABER: PHP ;REMEMBER IF SPC OR TAB FUNCTION.	Flags merken	save TAB( or SPC( status	C=0 FOR SPC(, C=1 FOR TAB(
.,AAF9 38 SEC	JSR GTBYTC ;GET VALUE INTO ACCX.	Carry setzen	set Cb for read cursor position
.,AAFA 20 F0 FF JSR $FFF0		Cursorposition holen	read/set X,Y cursor position
.,AAFD 84 09 STY $09		und Spalte merken	save current cursor position
.,AAFF 20 9B B7 JSR $B79B		Byte-Wert holen	scan and get byte parameter	GET VALUE
.,AB02 C9 29 CMP #$29	CMPI 41	')' Klammer zu?	compare with ")"	TRAILING PARENTHESIS		)
.,AB04 D0 59 BNE $AB5F	BNE SNERR4	nein: 'SYNTAX ERROR'	if not ")" do syntax error	NO, SYNTAX ERROR
.,AB06 28 PLP	PLP	Flags wiederherstellen	restore TAB( or SPC( status	TAB( OR SPC(
.,AB07 90 06 BCC $AB0F	BCC XSPAC ;PRINT [X] SPACES.	zu SPC(	branch if was SPC( else was TAB(	SPC(
.,AB09 8A TXA	TXA	TAB-Wert in Akku	copy TAB() byte to A	CALCULATE SPACES NEEDED FOR TAB(
.,AB0A E5 09 SBC $09	SBC TRMPOS	mit Cursorspalte vergleichen	subtract current cursor position
.,AB0C 90 05 BCC $AB13	BCC NOTABR ;NEGATIVE, DON'T PRINT ANY.	kleiner Cursor-Position: RTS	go loop for next if already past requited position	ALREADY PAST THAT COLUMN
.,AB0E AA TAX	ASPAC: TAX	Schritte bis zum Tabulator	copy [SPACE] count to X	NOW DO A SPC( TO THE SPECIFIED COLUMN
.,AB0F E8 INX	XSPAC: INX	aus Zähler initialisieren	increment count
.,AB10 CA DEX	XSPAC2: DEX ;DECREMENT THE COUNT.	um 1 vermindern	decrement count
.,AB11 D0 06 BNE $AB19	BNE XSPAC1	=0? nein: Cursor right	branch if count was not zero was ";" or [SPACES] printed	MORE SPACES TO PRINT
.,AB13 20 73 00 JSR $0073	NOTABR: JSR CHRGET ;REGET LAST CHARACTER.	nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory
.,AB16 4C A2 AA JMP $AAA2	JMP PRINTC ;DON'T CALL CRDO.	und weitermachen	continue print loop	CONTINUE PARSING PRINT LIST
.,AB19 20 3B AB JSR $AB3B	XSPAC1: JSR OUTSPC	Cursor right bzw. Leerzeichen	print [SPACE] or [CURSOR RIGHT]
.,AB1C D0 F2 BNE $AB10	BNEA XSPAC2 ; ; PRINT THE STRING POINTED TO BY [Y,A] WHICH ENDS WITH A ZERO. ; IF THE STRING IS BELOW DSCTMP IT WILL BE COPIED INTO STRING SPACE. ;	zum Schleifenanfang String ausgeben	loop, branch always print null terminated string	...ALWAYS PRINT STRING AT (Y,A)		print string form AY
.,AB1E 20 87 B4 JSR $B487	STROUT: JSR STRLIT ;GET A STRING LITERAL. ; ; PRINT THE STRING WHOSE DESCRIPTOR IS POINTED TO BY FACMO. ;	Stringparameter holen	print " terminated string to utility pointer print string from utility pointer	MAKE (Y,A) PRINTABLE PRINT STRING AT (FACMO,FACLO)		print string from $22/$23
.,AB21 20 A6 B6 JSR $B6A6	STRPRT: JSR FREFAC ;RETURN TEMP POINTER.	FRESTR	pop string off descriptor stack, or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte	GET ADDRESS INTO INDEX, (A)=LENGTH
.,AB24 AA TAX	TAX ;PUT COUNT INTO COUNTER.	Stringlänge	copy length	USE X-REG FOR COUNTER
.,AB25 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zeiger für Stringausgabe	clear index	USE Y-REG FOR SCANNER
.,AB27 E8 INX	INX ;MOVE ONE AHEAD.	erhöhen	increment length, for pre decrement loop
.,AB28 CA DEX	STRPR2: DEX	vermindern	decrement length
.,AB29 F0 BC BEQ $AAE7	BEQ PRTRTS ;ALL DONE.	String zu Ende?	exit if done	FINISHED
.,AB2B B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX ;PNTR TO ACT STRNG SET BY FREFAC.	Zeichen des Strings	get byte from string	NEXT CHAR FROM STRING
.,AB2D 20 47 AB JSR $AB47	JSR OUTDO	ausgeben	print the character	PRINT THE CHAR
.,AB30 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index	<<< NEXT THREE LINES ARE USELESS >>>
.,AB31 C9 0D CMP #$0D	CMPI 13	'CR' carriage return?	compare byte with [CR]	WAS IT <RETURN>?
.,AB33 D0 F3 BNE $AB28	BNE STRPR2	nein: weiter	loop if not [CR]	NO
.,AB35 20 E5 AA JSR $AAE5	JSR CRFIN ;TYPE REST OF CARRIAGE RETURN.	Fehler ! Test auf LF-Ausgabe	toggle A, EOR #$FF. what is the point of this ??	EOR #$FF WOULD DO IT, BUT WHY? <<< ABOVE THREE LINES ARE USELESS >>>
.,AB38 4C 28 AB JMP $AB28	JMP STRPR2 ;AND ON AND ON. ; ; OUTDO OUTPUTS THE CHARACTER IN ACCA, USING CNTWFL ; (SUPPRESS OR NOT), TRMPOS (PRINT HEAD POSITION), ; TIMING, ETCQ. NO REGISTERS ARE CHANGED. ; OUTSPC: IFN REALIO-3,< LDAI " "> IFE REALIO-3,<	und weitermachen Ausgabe eines Leerzeichens bzw. Cursor right	loop print [SPACE] or [CURSOR RIGHT]			print character on CMD output file
.,AB3B A5 13 LDA $13	LDA CHANNL	Ausgabe in File?	get current I/O channel
.,AB3D F0 03 BEQ $AB42	BEQ CRTSKP	Bildschirm: dann Cursor right	if default channel go output [CURSOR RIGHT]
.,AB3F A9 20 LDA #$20	LDAI " "	' ' Leerzeichencode laden	else output [SPACE]	PRINT A SPACE		space
.:AB41 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2		makes next line BIT $1DA9	SKIP OVER NEXT LINE
.,AB42 A9 1D LDA #$1D	CRTSKP: LDAI 29> ;COMMODORE'S SKIP CHARACTER.	Cursor right Code laden	set [CURSOR RIGHT]			csr right
.:AB44 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2		makes next line BIT $3FA9 print "?"	SKIP OVER NEXT LINE
.,AB45 A9 3F LDA #$3F	OUTQST: LDAI "?" OUTDO: IFN REALIO,< BIT CNTWFL ;SHOULDN'T AFFECT CHANNEL I/O! BMI OUTRTS> IFN REALIO-3,< PHA CMPI 32 ;IS THIS A PRINTING CHAR? BCC TRYOUT ;NO, DON'T INCLUDE IT IN TRMPOS. LDA TRMPOS CMP LINWID ;LENGTH = TERMINAL WIDTH? BNE OUTDO1 JSR CRDO ;YES, TYPE CRLF OUTDO1: IFN EXTIO,< LDA CHANNL BNE TRYOUT> INCTRM: INC TRMPOS ;INCREMENT COUNT. TRYOUT: PLA> ;RESTORE THE A REGISTER IFE REALIO-1,< STY KIMY> ;PRESERVE Y. IFE REALIO-4,<ORAI ^O200> ;TURN ON B7 FOR APPLE. IFN REALIO,<	'?' Fragezeichencode laden	set "?" print character	PRINT QUESTION MARK		question mark
.,AB47 20 0C E1 JSR $E10C	OUTLOC: JSR OUTCH> ;OUTPUT THE CHARACTER. IFE REALIO-1,< LDY KIMY> ;GET Y BACK. IFE REALIO-2,<REPEAT 4,<NOP>> IFE REALIO-4,<ANDI ^O177> ;GET [A] BACK FROM APPLE. IFE REALIO,< TJSR OUTSIM##> ;CALL SIMULATOR OUTPUT ROUTINE	Code ausgeben	output character to channel with error check
.,AB4A 29 FF AND #$FF	OUTRTS: ANDI 255 ;SET Z=0.	Flags setzen	set the flags on A	PRINT CHAR FROM (A) NOTE: POKE 243,32 ($20 IN $F3) WILL CONVERT OUTPUT TO LOWER CASE. THIS CAN BE CANCELLED BY NORMAL, INVERSE, OR FLASH OR POKE 243,0.
.,AB4C 60 RTS	GETRTS: RTS PAGE INPUT AND READ CODE. ; ; HERE WHEN THE DATA THAT WAS TYPED IN OR IN "DATA" STATEMENTS ; IS IMPROPERLY FORMATTED. FOR "INPUT" WE START AGAIN. ; FOR "READ" WE GIVE A SYNTAX ERROR AT THE DATA LINE. ;	Rücksprung Fehlerbehandlung bei Eingabe	bad input routine	INPUT CONVERSION ERROR ILLEGAL CHARACTER IN NUMERIC FIELD. MUST DISTINGUISH BETWEEN INPUT, READ, AND GET		read errors
.,AB4D A5 11 LDA $11	TRMNOK: LDA INPFLG	Flag für INPUT / GET / READ	get INPUT mode flag, $00 = INPUT, $40 = GET, $98 = READ
.,AB4F F0 11 BEQ $AB62	BEQ TRMNO1 ;IF INPUT TRY AGAIN. IFN GETCMD,<	INPUT: $AB62	branch if INPUT	TAKEN IF INPUT
.,AB51 30 04 BMI $AB57	BMI GETDTL	READ: $AB57	branch if READ else was GET	TAKEN IF READ
.,AB53 A0 FF LDY #$FF	LDYI 255 ;MAKE IT LOOK DIRECT.	GET:	set current line high byte to -1, indicate immediate mode	FROM A GET
.,AB55 D0 04 BNE $AB5B	BNEA STCURL ;ALWAYS GOES. GETDTL:>	unbedingter Sprung Fehler bei READ	branch always	...ALWAYS
.,AB57 A5 3F LDA $3F	LDWD DATLIN ;GET DATA LINE NUMBER.	DATA-Zeilennummer	get current DATA line number low byte	TELL WHERE THE "DATA" IS, RATHER
.,AB59 A4 40 LDY $40		holen (LOW- und HIGH-Byte) Fehler bei GET	get current DATA line number high byte	THAN THE "READ"
.,AB5B 85 39 STA $39	STCURL: STWD CURLIN ;MAKE IT CURRENT LINE.	gleiche Zeilennummer	set current line number low byte
.,AB5D 84 3A STY $3A		des Fehlers	set current line number high byte
.,AB5F 4C 08 AF JMP $AF08	SNERR4: JMP SNERR TRMNO1: IFN EXTIO,<	'SYNTAX ERROR' Fehler bei INPUT	do syntax error then warm start was INPUT
.,AB62 A5 13 LDA $13	LDA CHANNL ;IF NOT TERMINAL, GIVE BAD DATA.	Nummer des Eingabegeräts	get current I/O channel
.,AB64 F0 05 BEQ $AB6B	BEQ DOAGIN	Tastatur: 'REDO FROM START'	branch if default channel
.,AB66 A2 18 LDX #$18	LDXI ERRBD	Nummer für 'FILE DATA'	else error $18, file data error	ERROR CODE = 254
.,AB68 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	JMP ERROR>	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start
.,AB6B A9 0C LDA #$0C	DOAGIN: LDWDI TRYAGN	Zeiger in Akku und Y-Reg.	set "?REDO FROM START" pointer low byte	"?REENTER"		low AD0C
.,AB6D A0 AD LDY #$AD		auf '?REDO FROM START'	set "?REDO FROM START" pointer high byte			high AD0C
.,AB6F 20 1E AB JSR $AB1E	JSR STROUT ;PRINT "?REDO FROM START".	String ausgeben	print null terminated string
.,AB72 A5 3D LDA $3D	LDWD OLDTXT ;POINT AT START	Werte holen und	get continue pointer low byte	RE-EXECUTE THE WHOLE INPUT STATEMENT
.,AB74 A4 3E LDY $3E		Programmzeiger	get continue pointer high byte
.,AB76 85 7A STA $7A	STWD TXTPTR ;OF THIS CURRENT LINE.	zurücksetzen	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,AB78 84 7B STY $7B		auf INPUT-Befehl	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,AB7A 60 RTS	RTS ;GO TO "NEWSTT". IFN GETCMD,<	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl GET	perform GET	"GET" STATEMENT		GET command
.,AB7B 20 A6 B3 JSR $B3A6	GET: JSR ERRDIR ;DIRECT IS NOT OK. IFN EXTIO,<	Testet auf Direkt-Modus	check not Direct, back here if ok	ILLEGAL IF IN DIRECT MODE
.,AB7E C9 23 CMP #$23	CMPI "#" ;SEE IF "GET#".	folgt '#’?	compare with "#"			#
.,AB80 D0 10 BNE $AB92	BNE GETTTY ;NO, JUST GET TTY INPUT.	nein: $AB92	branch if not GET#
.,AB82 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET ;MOVE UP TO NEXT BYTE.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory
.,AB85 20 9E B7 JSR $B79E	JSR GETBYT ;GET CHANNEL INTO X	Byte-Wert holen	get byte parameter
.,AB88 A9 2C LDA #$2C	SYNCHK 44 ;COMMA?	',' Komma	set ","			comma
.,AB8A 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf Code	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start
.,AB8D 86 13 STX $13	JSR CQOIN ;GET CHANNEL OPEN FOR INPUT.	Filenummer	set current I/O channel
.,AB8F 20 1E E1 JSR $E11E	STX CHANNL>	CHKIN, Eingabe vorbereiten	open channel for input with error check
.,AB92 A2 01 LDX #$01	GETTTY: LDXYI BUF+1 ;POINT TO 0.	Zeiger auf	set pointer low byte	SIMULATE INPUT
.,AB94 A0 02 LDY #$02	IFN BUFPAG,<	Pufferende = $201 ein Zeichen	set pointer high byte
.,AB96 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0 ;TO STUFF AND TO POINT.	Wert laden und	clear A
.,AB98 8D 01 02 STA $0201	STA BUF+1> IFE BUFPAG,< STY BUF+1> ;ZERO IT.	Puffer mit $0 abschließen	ensure null terminator
.,AB9B A9 40 LDA #$40	LDAI 64 ;TURN ON V-BIT.	GET-Flag	input mode = GET	SET UP INPUTFLG		GET code
.,AB9D 20 0F AC JSR $AC0F	JSR INPCO1 ;DO THE GET. IFN EXTIO,<	Wertzuweisung an Variable	perform the GET part of READ
.,ABA0 A6 13 LDX $13	LDX CHANNL	Eingabegerät	get current I/O channel
.,ABA2 D0 13 BNE $ABB7	BNE IORELE> ;RELEASE.	nicht Tastatur, dann CLRCH	if not default channel go do channel close and return
.,ABA4 60 RTS	RTS> IFN EXTIO,<	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl INPUT#	perform INPUT#			INPUT# command
.,ABA5 20 9E B7 JSR $B79E	INPUTN: JSR GETBYT ;GET CHANNEL NUMBER.	holt Byte-Wert	get byte parameter
.,ABA8 A9 2C LDA #$2C	SYNCHK 44 ;A COMMA?	',' Code für Komma	set ","			comma
.,ABAA 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf Komma	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start
.,ABAD 86 13 STX $13	JSR CQOIN ;GO WHERE COMMODORE CHECKS IN OPEN.	Eingabegerät	set current I/O channel
.,ABAF 20 1E E1 JSR $E11E	STX CHANNL	CHKIN, Eingabe vorbereiten	open channel for input with error check
.,ABB2 20 CE AB JSR $ABCE	JSR NOTQTI ;DO INPUT TO VARIABLES.	INPUT ohne Dialogstring	perform INPUT with no prompt string close input and output channels
.,ABB5 A5 13 LDA $13	IODONE: LDA CHANNL ;RELEASE CHANNEL.	Eingabegerät im Akku	get current I/O channel
.,ABB7 20 CC FF JSR $FFCC	IORELE: JSR CQCCHN	setzt Eingabegerät zurück	close input and output channels
.,ABBA A2 00 LDX #$00	LDXI 0 ;RESET CHANNEL TO TERMINAL.	Wert laden und	clear X
.,ABBC 86 13 STX $13	STX CHANNL	Eingabegerät wieder Tastatur	clear current I/O channel, flag default
.,ABBE 60 RTS	RTS> INPUT: IFN REALIO,< LSR CNTWFL> ;BE TALKATIVE.	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl INPUT	perform INPUT	"INPUT" STATEMENT		INPUT command
.,ABBF C9 22 CMP #$22	CMPI 34 ;A QUOTE?	'"' Hochkomma?	compare next byte with open quote	CHECK FOR OPTIONAL PROMPT STRING		quote mark
.,ABC1 D0 0B BNE $ABCE	BNE NOTQTI ;NO MESSAGE.	nein: $ABDE	if no prompt string just do INPUT	NO, PRINT "?" PROMPT
.,ABC3 20 BD AE JSR $AEBD	JSR STRTXT ;LITERALIZE THE STRING IN TEXT	Dialogstring holen	print "..." string	MAKE A PRINTABLE STRING OUT OF IT
.,ABC6 A9 3B LDA #$3B	SYNCHK 59 ;MUST END WITH SEMICOLON.	';' Semikolon	load A with ";"	MUST HAVE ; NOW		semi-colon
.,ABC8 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf Code	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start
.,ABCB 20 21 AB JSR $AB21	JSR STRPRT ;PRINT IT OUT.	String ausgeben	print string from utility pointer done with prompt, now get data	PRINT THE STRING
.,ABCE 20 A6 B3 JSR $B3A6	NOTQTI: JSR ERRDIR ;USE COMMON ROUTINE SINCE DEF DIRECT	prüft auf Direkt-Modus	check not Direct, back here if ok	ILLEGAL IF IN DIRECT MODE
.,ABD1 A9 2C LDA #$2C	LDAI 44 ;GET COMMA.	',' Komma	set ","	PRIME THE BUFFER		comma
.,ABD3 8D FF 01 STA $01FF	STA BUF-1 ;IS ALSO ILLEGAL.	an Pufferstart	save to start of buffer - 1
.,ABD6 20 F9 AB JSR $ABF9	GETAGN: JSR QINLIN ;TYPE "?" AND INPUT A LINE OF TEXT. IFN EXTIO,<	Fragezeichen ausgeben	print "? " and get BASIC input	NO STRING, PRINT "?"
.,ABD9 A5 13 LDA $13	LDA CHANNL	Nummer des Eingabegeräts	get current I/O channel
.,ABDB F0 0D BEQ $ABEA	BEQ BUFFUL	Tastatur? ja: $ABEA	branch if default I/O channel
.,ABDD 20 B7 FF JSR $FFB7	LDA CQSTAT ;GET STATUS BYTE.	Status holen	read I/O status word
.,ABE0 29 02 AND #$02	ANDI 2	Bit 1 isolieren (Tineout R.)	mask no DSR/timeout
.,ABE2 F0 06 BEQ $ABEA	BEQ BUFFUL ;A-OK.	Time-out?	branch if not error
.,ABE4 20 B5 AB JSR $ABB5	JSR IODONE ;BAD. CLOSE CHANNEL.	ja: CLRCH,Tastatur aktivieren	close input and output channels
.,ABE7 4C F8 A8 JMP $A8F8	JMP DATA ;SKIP REST OF INPUT. BUFFUL:>	nächstes Statement ausführen	perform DATA			do DATA
.,ABEA AD 00 02 LDA $0200	LDA BUF ;ANYTHING INPUT?	erstes Zeichen holen	get first byte in input buffer
.,ABED D0 1E BNE $AC0D	BNE INPCON ;YES, CONTINUE. IFN EXTIO,<	Ende?	branch if not null else ..
.,ABEF A5 13 LDA $13	LDA CHANNL ;BLANK LINE MEANS GET ANOTHER.	ja: Eingabegerät	get current I/O channel
.,ABF1 D0 E3 BNE $ABD6	BNE GETAGN> ;IF NOT TERMINAL.	nicht Tastatur: $ABD6	if not default channel go get BASIC input
.,ABF3 20 06 A9 JSR $A906	CLC ;MAKE SURE DONT PRINT BREAK	Offset (Statement) suchen	scan for next BASIC statement ([:] or [EOL])
.,ABF6 4C FB A8 JMP $A8FB	JMP STPEND ;NO, STOP. QINLIN: IFN EXTIO,<	Programmzeiger auf Statement	add Y to the BASIC execute pointer and return print "? " and get BASIC input			get line into input buffer
.,ABF9 A5 13 LDA $13	LDA CHANNL	Eingabegerät holen	get current I/O channel
.,ABFB D0 06 BNE $AC03	BNE GINLIN>	nicht Tastatur: $AC03	skip "?" prompt if not default channel
.,ABFD 20 45 AB JSR $AB45	JSR OUTQST	'?' ausgeben	print "?"
.,AC00 20 3B AB JSR $AB3B	JSR OUTSPC	' ' Leerzeichen ausgeben	print [SPACE] or [CURSOR RIGHT]
.,AC03 4C 60 A5 JMP $A560	GINLIN: JMP INLIN	Eingabezeile holen BASIC-Befehl READ	call for BASIC input and return perform READ	"READ" STATEMENT		READ command
.,AC06 A6 41 LDX $41	READ: LDXY DATPTR ;GET LAST DATA LOCATION.	DATA-Zeiger nach	get DATA pointer low byte	Y,X POINTS AT NEXT DATA STATEMENT
.,AC08 A4 42 LDY $42		$41/42 holen	get DATA pointer high byte
.,AC0A A9 98 LDA #$98	XWD ^O1000,^O251 ;LDAI TYA TO MAKE IT NONZERO. IFE BUFPAG,< INPCON: > TYA IFN BUFPAG,<	READ-Flag	set input mode = READ	SET INPUTFLG = $98		READ code
.:AC0C 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2		makes next line BIT $00A9
.,AC0D A9 00 LDA #$00	INPCON: LDAI 0> ;SET FLAG THAT THIS IS INPUT	Flagwert laden	set input mode = INPUT perform GET	SET INPUTFLG = $00 PROCESS INPUT LIST (Y,X) IS ADDRESS OF INPUT DATA STRING (A) = VALUE FOR INPUTFLG: $00 FOR INPUT $40 FOR GET $98 FOR READ
.,AC0F 85 11 STA $11	INPCO1: STA INPFLG ;STORE THE FLAG. ; ; IN THE PROCESSING OF DATA AND READ STATEMENTS: ; ONE POINTER POINTS TO THE DATA (IE, THE NUMBERS BEING FETCHED) ; AND ANOTHER POINTS TO THE LIST OF VARIABLES. ; ; THE POINTER INTO THE DATA ALWAYS STARTS POINTING TO A ; TERMINATOR -- A , : OR END-OF-LINE. ; ; AT THIS POINT TXTPTR POINTS TO LIST OF VARIABLES AND ; [Y,X] POINTS TO DATA OR INPUT LINE. ;	und INPUT-Zeiger setzen	set input mode flag, $00 = INPUT, $40 = GET, $98 = READ
.,AC11 86 43 STX $43	STXY INPPTR	INPUT-Zeiger auf	save READ pointer low byte	ADDRESS OF INPUT STRING
.,AC13 84 44 STY $44		Eingabequelle setzen	save READ pointer high byte READ, GET or INPUT next variable from list
.,AC15 20 8B B0 JSR $B08B	INLOOP: JSR PTRGET ;READ VARIABLE LIST.	sucht Variable	get variable address	GET ADDRESS OF VARIABLE
.,AC18 85 49 STA $49	STWD FORPNT ;SAVE POINTER FOR "LET" STRING STUFFING.	Variablenadresse	save address low byte
.,AC1A 84 4A STY $4A	;RETURNS PNTR TOP VAR IN VARPNT.	speichern	save address high byte
.,AC1C A5 7A LDA $7A	LDWD TXTPTR ;SAVE TEXT PNTR.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	get BASIC execute pointer low byte	SAVE CURRENT TXTPTR,
.,AC1E A4 7B LDY $7B		Programmzeigers	get BASIC execute pointer high byte	WHICH POINTS INTO PROGRAM
.,AC20 85 4B STA $4B	STWD VARTXT	in $4B/$4C	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,AC22 84 4C STY $4C		Zwischenspeichern	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,AC24 A6 43 LDX $43	LDXY INPPTR	INPUT-Zeiger	get READ pointer low byte	SET TXTPTR TO POINT AT INPUT BUFFER
.,AC26 A4 44 LDY $44		(LOW und HIGH)	get READ pointer high byte	OR "DATA" LINE
.,AC28 86 7A STX $7A	STXY TXTPTR	als Programmzeiger	save as BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,AC2A 84 7B STY $7B		abspeichern	save as BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,AC2C 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;GET IT AND SET Z IF TERM.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	GET CHAR AT PNTR
.,AC2F D0 20 BNE $AC51	BNE DATBK1	Endzeichen? nein: $AC51	branch if not null pointer was to null entry	NOT END OF LINE OR COLON
.,AC31 24 11 BIT $11	BIT INPFLG IFN GETCMD,<	Eingabeflag	test input mode flag, $00 = INPUT, $40 = GET, $98 = READ	DOING A "GET"?
.,AC33 50 0C BVC $AC41	BVC QDATA	kein GET: $AC41	branch if not GET else was GET	NO
.,AC35 20 24 E1 JSR $E124	JSR CZGETL ;DON'T WANT INCHR. JUST ONE. IFE REALIO-4,< ANDI 127>	GETIN	get character from input device with error check	YES, GET CHAR
.,AC38 8D 00 02 STA $0200	STA BUF ;MAKE IT FIRST CHARACTER.	Zeichen in Puffer schreiben	save to buffer
.,AC3B A2 FF LDX #$FF	LDXYI <BUF-1> ;POINT JUST BEFORE IT.	Zeiger auf	set pointer low byte
.,AC3D A0 01 LDY #$01	IFE BUFPAG,<	Puffer setzen	set pointer high byte
.,AC3F D0 0C BNE $AC4D	BEQA DATBK>	unbedingter Sprung	go interpret single character	...ALWAYS
.,AC41 30 75 BMI $ACB8	IFN BUFPAG,< BNEA DATBK>> ;GO PROCESS. QDATA: BMI DATLOP ;SEARCH FOR ANOTHER DATA STATEMENT. IFN EXTIO,<	READ: $ACB8	branch if READ else was INPUT	DOING A "READ"
.,AC43 A5 13 LDA $13	LDA CHANNL	Eingabegerät holen	get current I/O channel
.,AC45 D0 03 BNE $AC4A	BNE GETNTH>	nicht Tastatur: $AC4A	skip "?" prompt if not default channel
.,AC47 20 45 AB JSR $AB45	JSR OUTQST	Fragezeichen ausgeben	print "?"	DOING AN "INPUT", PRINT "?"
.,AC4A 20 F9 AB JSR $ABF9	GETNTH: JSR QINLIN ;GET ANOTHER LINE.	zweites Fragezeichen ausgeben	print "? " and get BASIC input	PRINT ANOTHER "?", AND INPUT A LINE
.,AC4D 86 7A STX $7A	DATBK: STXY TXTPTR ;SET FOR "CHRGET".	Programmzeiger setzen	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,AC4F 84 7B STY $7B		(LOW und HIGH)	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,AC51 20 73 00 JSR $0073	DATBK1: JSR CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory, execute pointer now points to start of next data or null terminator	GET NEXT INPUT CHAR
.,AC54 24 0D BIT $0D	BIT VALTYP ;GET VALUE TYPE.	Typ-Flag	test data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric	STRING OR NUMERIC?
.,AC56 10 31 BPL $AC89	BPL NUMINS ;INPUT A NUMBER IF NUMERIC. IFN GETCMD,<	kein String: $AC89	branch if numeric type is string	NUMERIC
.,AC58 24 11 BIT $11	BIT INPFLG ;GET?	Eingabeflag	test INPUT mode flag, $00 = INPUT, $40 = GET, $98 = READ	STRING -- NOW WHAT INPUT TYPE?
.,AC5A 50 09 BVC $AC65	BVC SETQUT ;NO, GO SET QUOTE.	kein GET: $AC65	branch if not GET else do string GET	NOT A "GET"
.,AC5C E8 INX	INX	Programmzeiger erhöhen	clear X ??	"GET"
.,AC5D 86 7A STX $7A	STX TXTPTR	und neu setzen ($0200)	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,AC5F A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0 ;ZERO TERMINATORS.	Wert laden und	clear A
.,AC61 85 07 STA $07	STA CHARAC	Trennzeichen setzen	clear search character	NO OTHER TERMINATORS THAN $00
.,AC63 F0 0C BEQ $AC71	BEQA RESETC>	unbedingter Sprung	branch always is string INPUT or string READ	...ALWAYS
.,AC65 85 07 STA $07	SETQUT: STA CHARAC ;ASSUME QUOTED STRING.	nächstes Zeichen	save search character
.,AC67 C9 22 CMP #$22	CMPI 34 ;TERMINATORS OK?	'"' Hochkomma?	compare with "	TERMINATE ON $00 OR QUOTE		quote mark
.,AC69 F0 07 BEQ $AC72	BEQ NOWGET ;YES.	ja: $AC72	branch if quote string is not in quotes so ":", "," or $00 are the termination characters
.,AC6B A9 3A LDA #$3A	LDAI ":" ;SET TERMINATORS TO ":" AND	':' Doppelpunktcode laden	set ":"	TERMINATE ON $00, COLON, OR COMMA		colon
.,AC6D 85 07 STA $07	STA CHARAC	und abspeichern	set search character
.,AC6F A9 2C LDA #$2C	LDAI 44 ;COMMA.	',' Kommacode (Endzeichen	set ","			comma
.,AC71 18 CLC	RESETC: CLC	für Stringübertragung)	clear carry for add
.,AC72 85 08 STA $08	NOWGET: STA ENDCHR	abspeichern	set scan quotes flag
.,AC74 A5 7A LDA $7A	LDWD TXTPTR	Programmzeiger laden	get BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,AC76 A4 7B LDY $7B		(LOW und HIGH)	get BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,AC78 69 00 ADC #$00	ADCI 0 ;C IS SET PROPERLY ABOVE.	und Übertrag addieren	add to pointer low byte. this add increments the pointer if the mode is INPUT or READ and the data is a "..." string	SKIP OVER QUOTATION MARK, IF
.,AC7A 90 01 BCC $AC7D	BCC NOWGE1	C = 0: $AC7D	branch if no rollover	THERE WAS ONE
.,AC7C C8 INY	INY	bei "'" um 1 erhöhen	else increment pointer high byte
.,AC7D 20 8D B4 JSR $B48D	NOWGE1: JSR STRLT2 ;MAKE A STRING DESCRIPTOR FOR THE VALUE ;AND COPY IF NECESSARY.	String übernehmen	print string to utility pointer	BUILD STRING STARTING AT (Y,A) TERMINATED BY $00, (CHARAC), OR (ENDCHR)
.,AC80 20 E2 B7 JSR $B7E2	JSR ST2TXT ;SET TEXT POINTER.	Programmzeiger hinter String	restore BASIC execute pointer from temp	SET TXTPTR TO POINT AT STRING
.,AC83 20 DA A9 JSR $A9DA	JSR INPCOM ;DO ASSIGNMENT.	String an Variable zuweisen	perform string LET	STORE STRING IN VARIABLE
.,AC86 4C 91 AC JMP $AC91	JMP STRDN2	weiter machen	continue processing command GET, INPUT or READ is numeric
.,AC89 20 F3 BC JSR $BCF3	NUMINS: JSR FIN IFE INTPRC,< JSR MOVVF> IFN INTPRC,<	Ziffernstring in FAC holen	get FAC1 from string	GET FP NUMBER AT TXTPTR
.,AC8C A5 0E LDA $0E	LDA INTFLG ;SET CODES ON FLAG.	INTEGER/REAL-Flag	get data type flag, $80 = integer, $00 = float
.,AC8E 20 C2 A9 JSR $A9C2	JSR QINTGR> ;GO DECIDE ON FLOAT.	FAC an numerische Variable	assign value to numeric variable	STORE RESULT IN VARIABLE
.,AC91 20 79 00 JSR $0079	STRDN2: JSR CHRGOT ;READ LAST CHARACTER.	CHRGOT: letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory
.,AC94 F0 07 BEQ $AC9D	BEQ TRMOK ;":" OR EOL IS OK.	Ende?	branch if ":" or [EOL]	END OF LINE OR COLON
.,AC96 C9 2C CMP #$2C	CMPI 44 ;A COMMA?	',' Code?	comparte with ","	COMMA IN INPUT?		comma
.,AC98 F0 03 BEQ $AC9D	JNE TRMNOK	ja: $AC9D	branch if ","	YES
.,AC9A 4C 4D AB JMP $AB4D		zur Fehlerbehandlung	else go do bad input routine string terminated with ":", "," or $00	NOTHING ELSE WILL DO
.,AC9D A5 7A LDA $7A	TRMOK: LDWD TXTPTR	Programmzeiger	get BASIC execute pointer low byte	SAVE POSITION IN INPUT BUFFER
.,AC9F A4 7B LDY $7B		holen und	get BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,ACA1 85 43 STA $43	STWD INPPTR ;SAVE FOR MORE READS.	in DATA-Zeiger	save READ pointer low byte
.,ACA3 84 44 STY $44		abspeichern	save READ pointer high byte
.,ACA5 A5 4B LDA $4B	LDWD VARTXT	ursprüngliche	get saved BASIC execute pointer low byte	RESTORE PROGRAM POINTER
.,ACA7 A4 4C LDY $4C		Programmzeiger	get saved BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,ACA9 85 7A STA $7A	STWD TXTPTR ;POINT TO VARIABLE LIST.	wieder zurückholen	restore BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,ACAB 84 7B STY $7B		und speichern	restore BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,ACAD 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;LOOK AT LAST VARIABLE LIST CHARACTER.	CHRGOT: letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	NEXT CHAR FROM PROGRAM
.,ACB0 F0 2D BEQ $ACDF	BEQ VAREND ;THAT'S THE END OF THE LIST.	Trennzeichen: $ACDF	branch if ":" or [EOL]	END OF STATEMENT
.,ACB2 20 FD AE JSR $AEFD	JSR CHKCOM ;NOT END. CHECK FOR COMMA.	CKCOM: prüft auf Komma	scan for ",", else do syntax error then warm start	BETTER BE A COMMA THEN
.,ACB5 4C 15 AC JMP $AC15	JMP INLOOP ; ; SUBROUTINE TO FIND DATA ; THE SEARCH IS MADE BY USING THE EXECUTION CODE FOR DATA TO ; SKIP OVER STATEMENTS. THE START WORD OF EACH STATEMENT ; IS COMPARED WITH "DATATK". EACH NEW LINE NUMBER ; IS STORED IN "DATLIN" SO THAT IF AN ERROR OCCURS ; WHILE READING DATA THE ERROR MESSAGE CAN GIVE THE LINE ; NUMBER OF THE ILL-FORMATTED DATA. ;	weiter	go READ or INPUT next variable from list was READ
.,ACB8 20 06 A9 JSR $A906	DATLOP: JSR DATAN ;SKIP SOME TEXT.	nächstes Statement suchen	scan for next BASIC statement ([:] or [EOL])	GET OFFSET TO NEXT COLON OR EOL
.,ACBB C8 INY	INY	Offset erhöhen	increment index to next byte	TO FIRST CHAR OF NEXT LINE
.,ACBC AA TAX	TAX ;END OF LINE?	Zeilenende?	copy byte to X	WHICH: EOL OR COLON?
.,ACBD D0 12 BNE $ACD1	BNE NOWLIN ;SHO AIN'T.	nein: $ACD1	branch if ":"	COLON
.,ACBF A2 0D LDX #$0D	LDXI ERROD ;YES = "NO DATA" ERROR.	'OUT OF DATA' Code	else set error $0D, out of data error	EOL: MIGHT BE OUT OF DATA		error number
.,ACC1 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index to next line pointer high byte	CHECK HI-BYTE OF FORWARD PNTR
.,ACC2 B1 7A LDA ($7A),Y	LDADY TXTPTR	Programmende?	get next line pointer high byte	END OF PROGRAM?
.,ACC4 F0 6C BEQ $AD32	BEQ ERRGO5	ja: 'OUT OF DATA', X = 0	branch if program end, eventually does error X	YES, WE ARE OUT OF DATA
.,ACC6 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index	PICK UP THE LINE #
.,ACC7 B1 7A LDA ($7A),Y	LDADY TXTPTR ;GET HIGH BYTE OF LINE NUMBER.	Zeilennummer (LOW) holen	get next line # low byte
.,ACC9 85 3F STA $3F	STA DATLIN	und abspeichern	save current DATA line low byte
.,ACCB C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,ACCC B1 7A LDA ($7A),Y	LDADY TXTPTR ;GET LOW BYTE.	Zeilenummer (HIGH)	get next line # high byte
.,ACCE C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index	POINT AT FIRST TEXT CHAR IN LINE
.,ACCF 85 40 STA $40	STA DATLIN+1	Zeilennummer speichern	save current DATA line high byte
.,ACD1 20 FB A8 JSR $A8FB	NOWLIN: LDADY TXTPTR ;HOW IS IT?	Programmz. auf Statement	add Y to the BASIC execute pointer	GET 1ST TOKEN OF STATEMENT
.,ACD4 20 79 00 JSR $0079	TAX	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory
.,ACD7 AA TAX	JSR ADDON ;ADD [Y] TO [TXTPTR].	und ins X-Reg.	copy the byte	SAVE TOKEN IN X-REG
.,ACD8 E0 83 CPX #$83	CPXI DATATK ;IS IT A "DATA" STATEMENT.	'DATA' Code?	compare it with token for DATA	DID WE FIND A "DATA" STATEMENT?		DATA code
.,ACDA D0 DC BNE $ACB8	BNE DATLOP ;NOT QUITE RIGHT. KEEP LOOKING.	nein: weitersuchen	loop if not DATA	NOT YET
.,ACDC 4C 51 AC JMP $AC51	JMP DATBK1 ;THIS IS THE ONE !	Daten lesen	continue evaluating READ	YES, READ IT NO MORE INPUT REQUESTED
.,ACDF A5 43 LDA $43	VAREND: LDWD INPPTR ;PUT AWAY A NEW DATA PNTR MAYBE.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	get READ pointer low byte	GET POINTER IN CASE IT WAS "READ"
.,ACE1 A4 44 LDY $44		Input-Zeigers	get READ pointer high byte
.,ACE3 A6 11 LDX $11	LDX INPFLG	Eingabe-Flag	get INPUT mode flag, $00 = INPUT, $40 = GET, $98 = READ	"READ" OR "INPUT"?
.,ACE5 10 03 BPL $ACEA	BPL VARY0	kein DATA: $ACEA	branch if INPUT or GET	"INPUT"
.,ACE7 4C 27 A8 JMP $A827	JMP RESFIN	DATA-Zeiger setzen	else set data pointer and exit	"DATA", SO STORE (Y,X) AT DATPTR
.,ACEA A0 00 LDY #$00	VARY0: LDYI 0	Zeiger setzen	clear index	"INPUT": ANY MORE CHARS ON LINE?
.,ACEC B1 43 LDA ($43),Y	LDADY INPPTR ;LAST DATA CHR COULD HAVE BEEN ;COMMA OR COLON BUT SHOULD BE NULL.	nächstes Zeichen holen	get READ byte
.,ACEE F0 0B BEQ $ACFB	BEQ INPRTS ;IT IS NULL. IFN EXTIO,<	Endzeichen: $ACFB	exit if [EOL]	NO, ALL IS WELL
.,ACF0 A5 13 LDA $13	LDA CHANNL ;IF NOT TERMINAL, NO TYPE.	Eingabe über Tastatur?	get current I/O channel	YES, ERROR
.,ACF2 D0 07 BNE $ACFB	BNE INPRTS>	nein: $ACFB	exit if not default channel
.,ACF4 A9 FC LDA #$FC	LDWDI EXIGNT	Zeiger auf	set "?EXTRA IGNORED" pointer low byte			low ACFC
.,ACF6 A0 AC LDY #$AC		'?extra ignored' setzen	set "?EXTRA IGNORED" pointer high byte	"EXTRA IGNORED"		high ACFC
.,ACF8 4C 1E AB JMP $AB1E	JMP STROUT ;TYPE "?EXTRA IGNORED"	String ausgeben	print null terminated string
.,ACFB 60 RTS	INPRTS: RTS ;DO NEXT STATEMENT.	Rücksprung	input error messages			messages used dring READ
.:ACFC 3F 45 58 54 52 41 20 49	EXIGNT: DT"?EXTRA IGNORED"	'?extra ignored'	'?extra ignored'	'?extra ignored'		?EXTRA IGNORED
.:AD04 47 4E 4F 52 45 44 0D 00	ACRLF
.:AD0C 3F 52 45 44 4F 20 46 52	0	'?redo from start'	'?redo from start'	'?redo from start'		?REDO FROM START
.:AD14 4F 4D 20 53 54 41 52 54	TRYAGN: DT"?REDO FROM START"
.:AD1C 0D 00	ACRLF 0 PAGE THE NEXT CODE IS THE "NEXT CODE" ; ; A "FOR" ENTRY ON THE STACK HAS THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: ; ; LOW ADDRESS ; TOKEN (FORTK) 1 BYTE ; A POINTER TO THE LOOP VARIABLE 2 BYTES ; THE STEP 4+ADDPRC BYTES ; A BYTE REFLECTING THE SIGN OF THE INCREMENT 1 BYTE ; THE UPPER VALUE (PACKED) 4+ADDPRC BYTES ; THE LINE NUMBER OF THE "FOR" STATEMENT 2 BYTES ; A TEXT POINTER INTO THE "FOR" STATEMENT 2 BYTES ; HIGH ADDRESS ; *; TOTAL 16+2ADDPRC BYTES.** ;	BASIC-Befehl NEXT	perform NEXT	"NEXT" STATEMENT		NEXT command
.,AD1E D0 04 BNE $AD24	NEXT: BNE GETFOR	folgt Variablenname? ja:$AD24	branch if NEXT variable	VARIABLE AFTER "NEXT"
.,AD20 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;WITHOUT ARG CALL "FNDFOR" WITH	Variablenzeiger = 0	else clear Y	FLAG BY SETTING FORPNT+1 = 0
.,AD22 F0 03 BEQ $AD27	BEQA STXFOR ;[FORPNT]=0.	unbedingter Sprung	branch always NEXT variable	...ALWAYS
.,AD24 20 8B B0 JSR $B08B	GETFOR: JSR PTRGET ;GET A POINTER TO LOOP VARIABLE	sucht Variable	get variable address	GET PNTR TO VARIABLE IN (Y,A)
.,AD27 85 49 STA $49	STXFOR: STWD FORPNT ;INTO "FORPNT".	Adresse der	save FOR/NEXT variable pointer low byte
.,AD29 84 4A STY $4A		Variablen speichern	save FOR/NEXT variable pointer high byte (high byte cleared if no variable defined)
.,AD2B 20 8A A3 JSR $A38A	JSR FNDFOR ;FIND THE MATCHING ENTRY IF ANY.	sucht FOR-NEXT-Schleife	search the stack for FOR or GOSUB activity	FIND FOR-FRAME FOR THIS VARIABLE
.,AD2E F0 05 BEQ $AD35	BEQ HAVFOR	gefunden: $AD35	branch if FOR, this variable, found	FOUND IT
.,AD30 A2 0A LDX #$0A	LDXI ERRNF ;"NEXT WITHOUT FOR".	Nummer für 'next without for'	else set error $0A, next without for error	NOT THERE, ABORT		error number
.,AD32 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	ERRGO5: BEQ ERRGO4	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start found this FOR variable	...ALWAYS
.,AD35 9A TXS	HAVFOR: TXS ;SETUP STACK. CHOP FIRST.	X-Reg. retten	update stack pointer	SET STACK PTR TO POINT TO THIS FRAME,
.,AD36 8A TXA	TXA	X-Register nach Akku	copy stack pointer
.,AD37 18 CLC	CLC	Carry löschen (Addition)	clear carry for add
.,AD38 69 04 ADC #$04	ADCI 4 ;POINT TO INCREMENT	Zeiger auf Exponenten des	point to STEP value
.,AD3A 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE THIS POINTER TO RESTORE TO [A]	STEP-Wert + 4 und retten	save it
.,AD3B 69 06 ADC #$06	ADCI 5+ADDPRC ;POINT TO UPPER LIMIT	Zeiger auf Exponent des TO-	point to TO value
.,AD3D 85 24 STA $24	STA INDEX2 ;SAVE AS INDEX	Wert und retten	save pointer to TO variable for compare
.,AD3F 68 PLA	PLA ;RESTORE POINTER TO INCREMENT	Akku wieder vom Stapel holen	restore pointer to STEP value
.,AD40 A0 01 LDY #$01	LDYI 1 ;SET HI ADDR OF THING TO MOVE.	Zeiger für Konstante setzen	point to stack page	(Y,A) IS ADDRESS OF STEP VALUE
.,AD42 20 A2 BB JSR $BBA2	JSR MOVFM ;GET QUANTITY INTO THE FAC.	Variable vom Stapel nach FAC	unpack memory (AY) into FAC1	STEP TO FAC
.,AD45 BA TSX	TSX	Stapelzeiger als Zeiger h.	get stack pointer back
.,AD46 BD 09 01 LDA $0109,X	LDA 257+7+ADDPRC,X, ;SET SIGN CORRECTLY.	Vorzeichenbyte holen und	get step sign
.,AD49 85 66 STA $66	STA FACSGN	für FAC speichern	save FAC1 sign (b7)
.,AD4B A5 49 LDA $49	LDWD FORPNT	Variablenadresse für	get FOR/NEXT variable pointer low byte
.,AD4D A4 4A LDY $4A		FOR-NEXT holen	get FOR/NEXT variable pointer high byte
.,AD4F 20 67 B8 JSR $B867	JSR FADD ;ADD INC TO LOOP VARIABLE.	addiert STEP-Wert zu FAC	add FOR variable to FAC1	ADD TO FOR VALUE
.,AD52 20 D0 BB JSR $BBD0	JSR MOVVF ;PACK THE FAC INTO MEMORY.	FAC nach Variable bringen	pack FAC1 into FOR variable	PUT NEW VALUE BACK
.,AD55 A0 01 LDY #$01	LDYI 1	Zeiger auf Konstante setzen	point to stack page	(Y,A) IS ADDRESS OF END VALUE
.,AD57 20 5D BC JSR $BC5D	JSR FCOMPN ;COMPARE FAC WITH UPPER VALUE.	FAC mit Schleifenendwert vergleichen	compare FAC1 with TO value	COMPARE TO END VALUE
.,AD5A BA TSX	TSX	Stapelzeiger als Zeiger h.	get stack pointer back
.,AD5B 38 SEC	SEC	Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	set carry for subtract
.,AD5C FD 09 01 SBC $0109,X	SBC 257+7+ADDPRC,X, ;SUBTRACT SIGN OF INC FROM SIGN OF ;OF (CURRENT VALUE-FINAL VALUE).	Stapelwert größer?	subtract step sign	SIGN OF STEP
.,AD5F F0 17 BEQ $AD78	BEQ LOOPDN ;IF SIGN (FINAL-CURRENT)-SIGN STEP=0 ;THEN LOOP IS DONE.	ja: Schleife verlassen	branch if =, loop complete loop back and do it all again	BRANCH IF FOR COMPLETE
.,AD61 BD 0F 01 LDA $010F,X	LDA 2*ADDPRC+12+257,X	Zeilennummer des Schleifen-	get FOR line low byte	OTHERWISE SET UP
.,AD64 85 39 STA $39	STA CURLIN ;STORE LINE NUMBER OF "FOR" STATEMENT.	anfangs holen (LOW- und	save current line number low byte	FOR LINE #
.,AD66 BD 10 01 LDA $0110,X	LDA 257+13+<2*ADDPRC>,X	HIGH-Byte) und als aktuelle	get FOR line high byte
.,AD69 85 3A STA $3A	STA CURLIN+1	BASIC-Zeilennummer speichern	save current line number high byte
.,AD6B BD 12 01 LDA $0112,X	LDA 2*ADDPRC+15+257,X	Schleifenanfang holen (LOW-	get BASIC execute pointer low byte	AND SET TXTPTR TO JUST
.,AD6E 85 7A STA $7A	STA TXTPTR ;STORE TEXT PNTR INTO "FOR" STATEMENT.	und HIGH-Byte) und	save BASIC execute pointer low byte	AFTER FOR STATEMENT
.,AD70 BD 11 01 LDA $0111,X	LDA 2*ADDPRC+14+257,X	als neuen Programmzeiger	get BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,AD73 85 7B STA $7B	STA TXTPTR+1	abspeichern	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,AD75 4C AE A7 JMP $A7AE	NEWSGO: JMP NEWSTT ;PROCESS NEXT STATEMENT.	zur Interpreterschleife	go do interpreter inner loop NEXT loop comlete
.,AD78 8A TXA	LOOPDN: TXA	Zeiger in Akku holen	stack copy to A	POP OFF FOR-FRAME, LOOP IS DONE
.,AD79 69 11 ADC #$11	ADCI 2*ADDPRC+15 ;ADDS 16 WITH CARRY.	(Werte der Schleife aus	add $12, $11 + carry, to dump FOR structure	CARRY IS SET, SO ADDS 18
.,AD7B AA TAX	TAX	Stapel entfernen)	copy back to index
.,AD7C 9A TXS	TXS ;NEW STACK PNTR.	neuen Stapelzeiger setzen	copy to stack pointer
.,AD7D 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	CHAR AFTER VARIABLE
.,AD80 C9 2C CMP #$2C	CMPI 44 ;COMMA AT END?	',' Komma?	compare with ","	ANOTHER VARIABLE IN NEXT?		comma
.,AD82 D0 F1 BNE $AD75	BNE NEWSGO	nein: dann fertig	if not "," go do interpreter inner loop was "," so another NEXT variable to do	NO, GO TO NEXT STATEMENT
.,AD84 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	YES, PRIME FOR NEXT VARIABLE
.,AD87 20 24 AD JSR $AD24	JSR GETFOR ;DO NEXT BUT DON'T ALLOW BLANK VARIABLE ;PNTR. [VARPNT] IS THE STK PNTR WHICH ;NEVER MATCHES ANY POINTER. ;JSR TO PUT ON DUMMY NEWSTT ADDR. FORMULA EVALUATION CODE. ; ; THESE ROUTINES CHECK FOR CERTAIN "VALTYP". ; [C] IS NOT PRESERVED. ;	nächste NEXT-Variable FRMNUM Ausdruck holen und auf numerisch prüfen	do NEXT variable evaluate expression and check type mismatch	(DOES NOT RETURN) EVALUATE EXPRESSION, MAKE SURE IT IS NUMERIC		get next non-string value
.,AD8A 20 9E AD JSR $AD9E	FRMNUM: JSR FRMEVL	FRMEVL Term holen prüft auf numerisch	evaluate expression check if source and destination are numeric	MAKE SURE (FAC) IS NUMERIC
.,AD8D 18 CLC	CHKNUM: CLC	Flag für Test auf numerisch
.:AD8E 24 .BYTE $24	SKIP1	BIT-Befehl um folgenden Befehl auszulassen prüft auf String	makes next line BIT $38 check if source and destination are string	DUMMY FOR SKIP MAKE SURE (FAC) IS STRING		check value to be string
.,AD8F 38 SEC	CHKSTR: SEC ;SET CARRY.	Flag für Test auf String	destination is string type match check, set C for string, clear C for numeric	MAKE SURE (FAC) IS CORRECT TYPE IF C=0, TYPE MUST BE NUMERIC IF C=1, TYPE MUST BE STRING		check value according to C flag
.,AD90 24 0D BIT $0D	CHKVAL: BIT VALTYP ;WILL NOT F UP "VALTYP".	Typflag testen	test data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric	$00 IF NUMERIC, $FF IF STRING
.,AD92 30 03 BMI $AD97	BMI DOCSTR	gesetzt: $AD97	branch if string	TYPE IS STRING
.,AD94 B0 03 BCS $AD99	BCS CHKERR	C=1: 'TYPE MISMATCH'	if destiantion is numeric do type missmatch error	NOT STRING, BUT WE NEED STRING
.,AD96 60 RTS	CHKOK: RTS	Rücksprung		TYPE IS CORRECT
.,AD97 B0 FD BCS $AD96	DOCSTR: BCS CHKOK	C=1: RTS	exit if destination is string do type missmatch error	IS STRING AND WE WANTED STRING
.,AD99 A2 16 LDX #$16	CHKERR: LDXI ERRTM	Nummer für 'TYPE MISMATCH'	error code $16, type missmatch error	TYPE MISMATCH
.,AD9B 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	ERRGO4: JMP ERROR ; ; THE FORMULA EVALUATOR STARTS WITH ; [TXTPTR] POINTING TO THE FIRST CHARACTER OF THE FORMULA. ; AT THE END [TXTPTR] POINTS TO THE TERMINATOR. ; THE RESULT IS LEFT IN THE FAC. ; ON RETURN [A] DOES NOT REFLECT THE TERMINATOR. ; ; THE FORMULA EVALUATOR USES THE OPERATOR LIST (OPTAB) ; TO DETERMINE PRECEDENCE AND DISPATCH ADDRESSES FOR ; EACH OPERATOR. ; A TEMPORARY RESULT ON THE STACK HAS THE FOLLOWING FORMAT. ; THE ADDRESS OF THE OPERATOR ROUTINE. ; THE FLOATING POINT TEMPORARY RESULT. ; THE PRECEDENCE OF THE OPERATOR. ;	Fehlermeldung ausgeben FRMEVL auswerten eines beliebigen Ausdrucks	do error #X then warm start evaluate expression	EVALUATE THE EXPRESSION AT TXTPTR, LEAVING THE RESULT IN FAC. WORKS FOR BOTH STRING AND NUMERIC EXPRESSIONS.		evaluate expression
.,AD9E A6 7A LDX $7A	FRMEVL: LDX TXTPTR	Programmzeiger (LOW) = 0?	get BASIC execute pointer low byte	DECREMENT TXTPTR
.,ADA0 D0 02 BNE $ADA4	BNE FRMEV1	ja: HIGH-B. nicht vermindern	skip next if not zero
.,ADA2 C6 7B DEC $7B	DEC TXTPTR+1	HIGH-Byte vermindern	else decrement BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,ADA4 C6 7A DEC $7A	FRMEV1: DEC TXTPTR	LOW-Byte vermindern	decrement BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,ADA6 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDXI 0 ;INITIAL DUMMY PRECEDENCE IS 0.	Prioritätswert laden	set null precedence, flag done	START WITH PRECEDENCE = 0
.:ADA8 24 .BYTE $24	SKIP1		makes next line BIT $48	TRICK TO SKIP FOLLOWING "PHA"
.,ADA9 48 PHA	LPOPER: PHA ;SAVE LOW PRECEDENCE. (MASK.)	Operatormaske retten	push compare evaluation byte if branch to here	PUSH RELOPS FLAGS
.,ADAA 8A TXA	TXA	Prioritätswert in Akku	copy precedence byte
.,ADAB 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE HIGH PRECEDENCE.	schieben und retten	push precedence byte	SAVE LAST PRECEDENCE
.,ADAC A9 01 LDA #$01	LDAI 1	2 Bytes	2 bytes
.,ADAE 20 FB A3 JSR $A3FB	JSR GETSTK ;MAKE SURE THERE IS ROOM FOR ;RECURSIVE CALLS.	prüft auf Platz im Stapel	check room on stack for A*2 bytes	CHECK IF ENOUGH ROOM ON STACK
.,ADB1 20 83 AE JSR $AE83	JSR EVAL ;EVALUATE SOMETHING.	Nächstes Element holen	get value from line	GET AN ELEMENT
.,ADB4 A9 00 LDA #$00	CLR OPMASK ;PREPARE TO BUILD MASK MAYBE.	Wert laden und	clear A
.,ADB6 85 4D STA $4D		Maske für Vergleichsoperator	clear comparrison evaluation flag	CLEAR COMPARISON OPERATOR FLAGS
.,ADB8 20 79 00 JSR $0079	TSTOP: JSR CHRGOT ;REGET LAST CHARACTER.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	CHECK FOR RELATIONAL OPERATORS
.,ADBB 38 SEC	LOPREL: SEC ;PREP TO SUBTRACT.	Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	set carry for subtract	> IS $CF, = IS $D0, < IS $D1
.,ADBC E9 B1 SBC #$B1	SBCI GREATK ;IS CURRENT CHARACTER A RELATION?	$B1 von Operatorcode subtr.	subtract the token for ">"	> IS 0, = IS 1, < IS 2		code for greater than
.,ADBE 90 17 BCC $ADD7	BCC ENDREL ;NO. RELATIONS ALL THROUGH.	C=0: $ADD7	branch if < ">"	NOT RELATIONAL OPERATOR
.,ADC0 C9 03 CMP #$03	CMPI LESSTK-GREATK+1 ;REALLY RELATIONAL?	mit $3 vergleichen	compare with ">" to +3
.,ADC2 B0 13 BCS $ADD7	BCS ENDREL ;NO -- JUST BIG.	=3: $ADD7	branch if >= 3 was token for ">" "=" or "<"	NOT RELATIONAL OPERATOR
.,ADC4 C9 01 CMP #$01	CMPI 1 ;RESET CARRY FOR ZERO ONLY.		compare with token for =	SET CARRY IF "=" OR "<"
.,ADC6 2A ROL	ROL A, ;0 TO 1, 1 TO 2, 2 TO 4.	Maske für kleiner	*2, b0 = carry (=1 if token was = or <)	NOW > IS 0, = IS 3, < IS 5
.,ADC7 49 01 EOR #$01	EORI 1	gleich und größer	toggle b0	NOW > IS 1, = IS 2, < IS 4
.,ADC9 45 4D EOR $4D	EOR OPMASK ;BRING IN THE OLD BITS.	für Bits 0,1 und 2	EOR with comparrison evaluation flag	SET BITS OF CPRTYP: 00000<=>
.,ADCB C5 4D CMP $4D	CMP OPMASK ;MAKE SURE THE NEW MASK IS BIGGER.	in $40 erstellen	compare with comparrison evaluation flag	CHECK FOR ILLEGAL COMBINATIONS
.,ADCD 90 61 BCC $AE30	BCC SNERR5 ;SYNTAX ERROR. BECAUSE TWO OF THE SAME.	(Wenn Codes von 177	if < saved flag do syntax error then warm start	IF LESS THAN, A RELOP WAS REPEATED
.,ADCF 85 4D STA $4D	STA OPMASK ;SAVE MASK.	bis 179 folgen)	save new comparrison evaluation flag
.,ADD1 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	ANOTHER OPERATOR?
.,ADD4 4C BB AD JMP $ADBB	JMP LOPREL ;GET THE NEXT CANDIDATE.	nächstes Zeichen auswerten	go do next character	CHECK FOR <,=,> AGAIN
.,ADD7 A6 4D LDX $4D	ENDREL: LDX OPMASK ;WERE THERE ANY?	Operatormaske holen	get comparrison evaluation flag	DID WE FIND A RELATIONAL OPERATOR?
.,ADD9 D0 2C BNE $AE07	BNE FINREL ;YES, HANDLE AS SPECIAL OP.	gleich 0? nein: $AE07	branch if compare function	YES
.,ADDB B0 7B BCS $AE58	BCS QOP ;NOT AN OPERATOR.	Code größer oder gleich 180?	go do functions else was < TK_GT so is operator or lower	NO, AND NEXT TOKEN IS > $D1
.,ADDD 69 07 ADC #$07	ADCI GREATK-PLUSTK	Code kleiner 170?	add # of operators (+, -, *, /, ^, AND or OR)	NO, AND NEXT TOKEN < $CF
.,ADDF 90 77 BCC $AE58	BCC QOP ;NOT AN OPERATOR.	ja: $AE58	branch if < + operator carry was set so token was +, -, *, /, ^, AND or OR	IF NEXT TOKEN < "+"
.,ADE1 65 0D ADC $0D	ADC VALTYP ;[C]=1.	Stringaddition?	add data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric	+ AND LAST RESULT A STRING?
.,ADE3 D0 03 BNE $ADE8	JEQ CAT ;ONLY IF [A]=0 AND [VALTYP]=-1 (A STR).	nein: Verkettung umgehen	branch if not string or not + token will only be $00 if type is string and token was +	BRANCH IF NOT
.,ADE5 4C 3D B6 JMP $B63D		Stringverkettung	add strings, string 1 is in the descriptor, string 2 is in line, and return	CONCATENATE IF SO.
.,ADE8 69 FF ADC #$FF	ADCI ^O377 ;GET BACK ORIGINAL [A].	Code-$AA (wiederherstellen)	-1 (corrects for carry add)	+-*/ IS 0123
.,ADEA 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX1	und speichern	save it
.,ADEC 0A ASL	ASL A, ;MULTIPLY BY 2.	verdoppeln	*2	MULTIPLY BY 3
.,ADED 65 22 ADC $22	ADC INDEX1 ;BY THREE.	+ Wert (also mal 3)	*3	+-*/ IS 0,3,6,9
.,ADEF A8 TAY	TAY ;SET UP FOR LATER.	als Zeiger ins Y-Register	copy to index
.,ADF0 68 PLA	QPREC: PLA ;GET PREVIOUS PRECEDENCE.	bisheriger Prioritätswert	pull previous precedence	GET LAST PRECEDENCE
.,ADF1 D9 80 A0 CMP $A080,Y	CMP OPTAB,Y ;IS OLD PRECEDENCE GREATER OR EQUAL?	mit Prioritätsw. vergleichen	compare with precedence byte
.,ADF4 B0 67 BCS $AE5D	BCS QCHNUM ;YES, GO OPERATE.	größer: $AE5D	branch if A >=	DO NOW IF HIGHER PRECEDENCE
.,ADF6 20 8D AD JSR $AD8D	JSR CHKNUM ;CAN'T BE STRING HERE.	prüft auf numerisch	check if source is numeric, else do type mismatch	WAS LAST RESULT A #?
.,ADF9 48 PHA	DOPREC: PHA ;SAVE OLD PRECEDENCE.	Prioritätswert retten	save precedence	YES, SAVE PRECEDENCE ON STACK
.,ADFA 20 20 AE JSR $AE20	NEGPRC: JSR DOPRE1 ;SET A RETURN ADDRESS FOR OP.	Operatoradr. und Operanden r.	get vector, execute function then continue evaluation	SAVE REST, CALL FRMEVL RECURSIVELY
.,ADFD 68 PLA	PLA ;PULL OFF PREVIOUS PRECEDENCE.		restore precedence
.,ADFE A4 4B LDY $4B	LDY OPPTR ;GET POINTER TO OP.	Operator?	get precedence stacked flag
.,AE00 10 17 BPL $AE19	BPL QPREC1 ;THAT'S A REAL OPERATOR.	ja: $AE19	branch if stacked values
.,AE02 AA TAX	TAX ;DONE ?	weitere Operation?	copy precedence, set flags
.,AE03 F0 56 BEQ $AE5B	BEQ QOPGO ;DONE !	nein: RTS	exit if done	EXIT IF NO MATH IN EXPRESSION
.,AE05 D0 5F BNE $AE66	BNE PULSTK	ARG vom Stapel holen	else pop FAC2 and return, branch always	...ALWAYS FOUND ONE OR MORE RELATIONAL OPERATORS <,=,>
.,AE07 46 0D LSR $0D	FINREL: LSR VALTYP ;GET VALUE TYPE INTO "C".	Stringflag löschen	clear data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric	(VALTYP) = 0 (NUMERIC), = $FF (STRING)
.,AE09 8A TXA	TXA	Operatormaske nach	copy compare function flag	SET CPRTYP TO 0000<=>C
.,AE0A 2A ROL	ROL A, ;PUT VALTYP INTO LOW ORDER BIT OF MASK.	links schieben	<<1, shift data type flag into b0, 1 = string, 0 = num	WHERE C=0 IF #, C=1 IF STRING
.,AE0B A6 7A LDX $7A	LDX TXTPTR ;DECREMENT TEXT POINTER.	Programmzeiger holen (LOW)	get BASIC execute pointer low byte	BACK UP TXTPTR
.,AE0D D0 02 BNE $AE11	BNE FINRE2	=0: HIGH-Byte vermindern	branch if no underflow
.,AE0F C6 7B DEC $7B	DEC TXTPTR+1	HIGH-Byte vermindern	else decrement BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,AE11 C6 7A DEC $7A	FINRE2: DEC TXTPTR	LOW-Byte vermindern	decrement BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,AE13 A0 1B LDY #$1B	LDYI PTDORL-OPTAB ;MAKE [YREG] POINT AT OPERATOR ENTRY.	Offset des Hierarchieflags	set offset to = operator precedence entry	POINT AT RELOPS ENTRY
.,AE15 85 4D STA $4D	STA OPMASK ;SAVE THE OPERATION MASK.	Flag setzen	save new comparrison evaluation flag
.,AE17 D0 D7 BNE $ADF0	BNE QPREC ;SAVE IT ALL. BR ALWAYS. ;NOTE B7(VALTYP)=0 SO CHKNUM CALL IS OK.	unbedingter Sprung	branch always	...ALWAYS
.,AE19 D9 80 A0 CMP $A080,Y	QPREC1: CMP OPTAB,Y ;LAST PRECEDENCE IS GREATER?	mit Hierarchieflag vergl.	compare with stacked function precedence
.,AE1C B0 48 BCS $AE66	BCS PULSTK ;YES, GO OPERATE.	größer: $AE66	if A >=, pop FAC2 and return	DO NOW IF HIGHER PRECEDENCE
.,AE1E 90 D9 BCC $ADF9	BCC DOPREC ;NO SAVE ARGUMENT AND GET OTHER OPERAND.	sonst weiter	else go stack this one and continue, branch always get vector, execute function then continue evaluation	...ALWAYS STACK THIS OPERATION AND CALL FRMEVL FOR ANOTHER ONE		recursive entry for evaluation of expressions
.,AE20 B9 82 A0 LDA $A082,Y	DOPRE1: LDA OPTAB+2,Y	Operationsadresse (HIGH)	get function vector high byte
.,AE23 48 PHA	PHA ;DISP ADDR GOES ONTO STACK.	auf Stapel retten	onto stack	PUSH ADDRESS OF OPERATION PERFORMER
.,AE24 B9 81 A0 LDA $A081,Y	LDA OPTAB+1,Y	Operationsadresse (LOW)	get function vector low byte
.,AE27 48 PHA	PHA	auf Stapel retten	onto stack now push sign, round FAC1 and put on stack
.,AE28 20 33 AE JSR $AE33	JSR PUSHF1 ;SAVE FAC ON STACK UNPACKED.	Operanden auf Stapel retten	function will return here, then the next RTS will call the function	STACK FAC.SIGN AND FAC
.,AE2B A5 4D LDA $4D	LDA OPMASK ;[ACCA] MAY BE MASK FOR REL.	Operatormaske laden	get comparrison evaluation flag	A=RELOP FLAGS, X=PRECEDENCE BYTE
.,AE2D 4C A9 AD JMP $ADA9	JMP LPOPER	zum Schleifenanfang	continue evaluating expression	RECURSIVELY CALL FRMEVL
.,AE30 4C 08 AF JMP $AF08	SNERR5: JMP SNERR ;GO TO AN ERROR.	gibt 'SYNTAX ERROR'	do syntax error then warm start	STACK (FAC) THREE ENTRY POINTS: .1, FROM FRMEVL .2, FROM "STEP" .3, FROM "FOR"		save rounded value of left operand
.,AE33 A5 66 LDA $66	PUSHF1: LDA FACSGN	Vorzeichen von FAC	get FAC1 sign (b7)	GET FAC.SIGN TO PUSH IT
.,AE35 BE 80 A0 LDX $A080,Y	LDX OPTAB,Y, ;GET HIGH PRECEDENCE.	Hierarchieflag	get precedence byte push sign, round FAC1 and put on stack	PRECEDENCE BYTE FROM MATHTBL ENTER HERE FROM "STEP", TO PUSH STEP SIGN AND VALUE
.,AE38 A8 TAY	PUSHF: TAY ;GET POINTER INTO STACK.	Vorzeichen ins Y-Reg.	copy sign	FAC.SIGN OR SGN(STEP VALUE)
.,AE39 68 PLA	PLA	Rücksprungadresse holen	get return address low byte	PULL RETURN ADDRESS AND ADD 1		pull return address
.,AE3A 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX1	und merken	save it	<<< ASSUMES NOT ON PAGE BOUNDARY! >>>
.,AE3C E6 22 INC $22	INC INDEX1	Rücksprungadresse erhöhen	increment it as return-1 is pushed note, no check is made on the high byte so if the calling routine ever assembles to a page edge then this all goes horribly wrong!	PLACE BUMPED RETURN ADDRESS IN
.,AE3E 68 PLA	PLA	nächstes Adressbyte holen	get return address high byte	INDEX,INDEX+1		and store in $22/$23
.,AE3F 85 23 STA $23	STA INDEX1+1	und speichern	save it
.,AE41 98 TYA	TYA ;STORE FAC ON STACK UNPACKED.	Vorzeichen wieder in Akku	restore sign	FAC.SIGN OR SGN(STEP VALUE)
.,AE42 48 PHA	PHA ;START WITH SIGN SET UP.	und auf Stapel legen	push sign round FAC1 and put on stack	PUSH FAC.SIGN OR SGN(STEP VALUE) ENTER HERE FROM "FOR", WITH (INDEX) = STEP, TO PUSH INITIAL VALUE OF "FOR" VARIABLE
.,AE43 20 1B BC JSR $BC1B	FORPSH: JSR ROUND ;PUT ROUNDED FAC ON STACK.	FAC runden	round FAC1	ROUND TO 32 BITS
.,AE46 A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO ;ENTRY POINT TO SKIP STORING SIGN.	FAC auf Stapel legen	get FAC1 mantissa 4	PUSH (FAC)
.,AE48 48 PHA	PHA	1. Byte retten	save it
.,AE49 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO	2. Byte holen	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,AE4B 48 PHA	PHA IFN ADDPRC,<	und retten	save it
.,AE4C A5 63 LDA $63	LDA FACMOH	3. Byte holen	get FAC1 mantissa 2
.,AE4E 48 PHA	PHA>	und retten	save it
.,AE4F A5 62 LDA $62	LDA FACHO	4. Byte holen	get FAC1 mantissa 1
.,AE51 48 PHA	PHA	und retten	save it
.,AE52 A5 61 LDA $61	LDA FACEXP	5. Byte holen	get FAC1 exponent
.,AE54 48 PHA	PHA	und retten	save it
.,AE55 6C 22 00 JMP ($0022)	JMPD INDEX1 ;RETURN.	Sprung auf Operation	return, sort of do functions	DO RTS FUNNY WAY		return to caller apply operator
.,AE58 A0 FF LDY #$FF	QOP: LDYI 255	Flagwert für Operator	flag function	SET UP TO EXIT ROUTINE
.,AE5A 68 PLA	PLA ;GET HIGH PRECEDENCE OF LAST OP.	Prioritätsflag retten	pull precedence byte
.,AE5B F0 23 BEQ $AE80	QOPGO: BEQ QOPRTS ;DONE !	=0? ja: $AE80	exit if done	EXIT IF NO MATH TO DO PERFORM STACKED OPERATION (A) = PRECEDENCE BYTE STACK: 1 -- CPRMASK 5 -- (ARG) 2 -- ADDR OF PERFORMER
.,AE5D C9 64 CMP #$64	QCHNUM: CMPI 100 ;RELATIONAL OPERATOR?	=$64?	compare previous precedence with $64	WAS IT RELATIONAL OPERATOR?
.,AE5F F0 03 BEQ $AE64	BEQ UNPSTK ;YES, DON'T CHECK OPERAND.	ja: $AE64	branch if was $64 (< function)	YES, ALLOW STRING COMPARE
.,AE61 20 8D AD JSR $AD8D	JSR CHKNUM ;MUST BE NUMBER.	prüft auf numerisch	check if source is numeric, else do type mismatch	MUST BE NUMERIC VALUE
.,AE64 84 4B STY $4B	UNPSTK: STY OPPTR ;SAVE OPERATOR'S POINTER FOR NEXT TIME.	flag fur Operator	save precedence stacked flag pop FAC2 and return
.,AE66 68 PLA	PULSTK: PLA ;GET MASK FOR REL OP IF IT IS ONE.	Akku vom Stapel holen	pop byte	GET 0000<=>C FROM STACK
.,AE67 4A LSR	LSR A, ;SETUP [C] FOR DOREL'S "CHKVAL".	halbieren	shift out comparison evaluation lowest bit	SHIFT TO 00000<=> FORM
.,AE68 85 12 STA $12	STA DOMASK ;SAVE FOR "DOCMP".	und abspeichern	save the comparison evaluation flag	00000<=>
.,AE6A 68 PLA	PLA ;UNPACK STACK INTO ARG.	ARG von Stapel holen	pop exponent
.,AE6B 85 69 STA $69	STA ARGEXP	1. Byte speichern	save FAC2 exponent	GET FLOATING POINT VALUE OFF STACK,
.,AE6D 68 PLA	PLA	2. Byte holen	pop mantissa 1	AND PUT IT IN ARG
.,AE6E 85 6A STA $6A	STA ARGHO IFN ADDPRC,<	und speichern	save FAC2 mantissa 1
.,AE70 68 PLA	PLA	3. Byte holen	pop mantissa 2
.,AE71 85 6B STA $6B	STA ARGMOH>	und speichern	save FAC2 mantissa 2
.,AE73 68 PLA	PLA	4. Byte holen	pop mantissa 3
.,AE74 85 6C STA $6C	STA ARGMO	und speichern	save FAC2 mantissa 3
.,AE76 68 PLA	PLA	5. Byte holen	pop mantissa 4
.,AE77 85 6D STA $6D	STA ARGLO	und speichern	save FAC2 mantissa 4
.,AE79 68 PLA	PLA	6. Byte (Vorzeichen holen	pop sign
.,AE7A 85 6E STA $6E	STA ARGSGN	und speichern	save FAC2 sign (b7)
.,AE7C 45 66 EOR $66	EOR FACSGN ;GET PROBABLE RESULT SIGN.	Vorzeichen von ARG und FAC	EOR FAC1 sign (b7)	SAVE EOR OF SIGNS OF THE OPERANDS,
.,AE7E 85 6F STA $6F	STA ARISGN ;ARITHMETIC SIGN. USED BY ;ADD, SUB, MULT, DIV.	verknüpfen und speichern	save sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)	IN CASE OF MULTIPLY OR DIVIDE
.,AE80 A5 61 LDA $61	QOPRTS: LDA FACEXP ;GET IT AND SET CODES.	Exponentbyte von FAC laden	get FAC1 exponent	FAC EXPONENT IN A-REG
.,AE82 60 RTS	UNPRTS: RTS ;RETURN.	Rücksprung Nächstes Element eines Ausdrucks holen	get value from line	STATUS .EQ. IF (FAC)=0 RTS GOES TO PERFORM OPERATION GET ELEMENT IN EXPRESSION GET VALUE OF VARIABLE OR NUMBER AT TXTPNT, OR POINT TO STRING DESCRIPTOR IF A STRING, AND PUT IN FAC.		get arithmetic element routine
.,AE83 6C 0A 03 JMP ($030A)		JMP $AE86	get arithmetic element get arithmetic element, the get arithmetic element vector is initialised to point here			normally AE86 standard arithmetic element
.,AE86 A9 00 LDA #$00	EVAL: CLR VALTYP ;ASSUME VALUE WILL BE NUMERIC.	Wert laden und damit	clear byte	ASSUME NUMERIC
.,AE88 85 0D STA $0D		Typflag auf numerisch setzen	clear data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,AE8A 20 73 00 JSR $0073	EVAL0: JSR CHRGET ;GET A CHARACTER.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory
.,AE8D B0 03 BCS $AE92	BCS EVAL2	Ziffer? nein: $AE92	branch if not numeric character else numeric string found (e.g. 123)	NOT A DIGIT
.,AE8F 4C F3 BC JMP $BCF3	EVAL1: JMP FIN ;IT IS A NUMBER.	Variable nach FAC holen	get FAC1 from string and return get value from line .. continued wasn't a number so ...	NUMERIC CONSTANT
.,AE92 20 13 B1 JSR $B113	EVAL2: JSR ISLETC ;VARIABLE NAME?	Buchstabe?	check byte, return Cb = 0 if<"A" or >"Z"	VARIABLE NAME?
.,AE95 90 03 BCC $AE9A	BCS ISVAR ;YES.	nein: JMP umgehen	branch if not variable name
.,AE97 4C 28 AF JMP $AF28	IFE REALIO-3,<	Variable holen	variable name set-up and return	YES
.,AE9A C9 FF CMP #$FF	CMPI PI	BASIC-Code für Pi?	compare with token for PI			PI
.,AE9C D0 0F BNE $AEAD	BNE QDOT	nein: $AEAD	branch if not PI
.,AE9E A9 A8 LDA #$A8	LDWDI PIVAL	Zeiger auf Konstante Pi	get PI pointer low byte			low AEA8
.,AEA0 A0 AE LDY #$AE		(LOW und HIGH-Byte)	get PI pointer high byte			high AEA8
.,AEA2 20 A2 BB JSR $BBA2	JSR MOVFM ;PUT VALUE IN FOR PI.	Konstante in FAC holen	unpack memory (AY) into FAC1
.,AEA5 4C 73 00 JMP $0073	JMP CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory and return PI as floating number			float value of PI
.:AEA8 82 49 0F DA A1	PIVAL: ^O202 ^O111 ^O017 ^O332 ^O241>	Konstante Pi 3.14159265	3.141592653 get value from line .. continued wasn't variable name so ...
.,AEAD C9 2E CMP #$2E	QDOT: CMPI "." ;LEADING CHARACTER OF CONSTANT?	'.' Dezimalpunkt?	compare with "."	DECIMAL POINT		decimal point
.,AEAF F0 DE BEQ $AE8F	BEQ EVAL1	ja: $AE8F	if so get FAC1 from string and return, e.g. was .123 wasn't .123 so ...	YES, NUMERIC CONSTANT
.,AEB1 C9 AB CMP #$AB	CMPI MINUTK ;NEGATION?	'-'?	compare with token for -	UNARY MINUS?		plus code
.,AEB3 F0 58 BEQ $AF0D	BEQ DOMIN ;SHO IS.	zum Vorzeichenwechsel	branch if - token, do set-up for functions wasn't -123 so ...	YES
.,AEB5 C9 AA CMP #$AA	CMPI PLUSTK	'+'?	compare with token for +	UNARY PLUS		times code
.,AEB7 F0 D1 BEQ $AE8A	BEQ EVAL0	ja: $Ae8A	branch if + token, +1 = 1 so ignore leading + it wasn't any sort of number so ...	YES
.,AEB9 C9 22 CMP #$22	CMPI 34 ;A QUOTE? A STRING?	'"'?	compare with "	STRING CONSTANT?		quote mark
.,AEBB D0 0F BNE $AECC	BNE EVAL3	nein: $AECC	branch if not open quote was open quote so get the enclosed string print "..." string to string utility area	NO STRING CONSTANT ELEMENT SET Y,A = (TXTPTR)+CARRY
.,AEBD A5 7A LDA $7A	STRTXT: LDWD TXTPTR	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	get BASIC execute pointer low byte	ADD (CARRY) TO GET ADDRESS OF 1ST CHAR
.,AEBF A4 7B LDY $7B		Programmzeigers holen	get BASIC execute pointer high byte	OF STRING IN Y,A
.,AEC1 69 00 ADC #$00	ADCI 0 ;TO INC, ADD C=1.	und Übertrag addieren	add carry to low byte
.,AEC3 90 01 BCC $AEC6	BCC STRTX2	C=0: $AEC6	branch if no overflow
.,AEC5 C8 INY	INY	HIGH-Byte erhöhen	increment high byte
.,AEC6 20 87 B4 JSR $B487	STRTX2: JSR STRLIT ;YES. GO PROCESS IT.	String übertragen	print " terminated string to utility pointer	BUILD DESCRIPTOR TO STRING GET ADDRESS OF DESCRIPTOR IN FAC
.,AEC9 4C E2 B7 JMP $B7E2	JMP ST2TXT	Programmz. auf Stringende +1	restore BASIC execute pointer from temp and return get value from line .. continued wasn't a string so ...	POINT TXTPTR AFTER TRAILING QUOTE
.,AECC C9 A8 CMP #$A8	EVAL3: CMPI NOTTK ;CHECK FOR "NOT" OPERATOR.	'NOT'-Code?	compare with token for NOT			NOT code
.,AECE D0 13 BNE $AEE3	BNE EVAL4	nein: $AEE3	branch if not token for NOT was NOT token	NOT "NOT", TRY "FN"
.,AED0 A0 18 LDY #$18	LDYI NOTTAB-OPTAB ;"NOT" HAS PRECEDENCE 90.	Offset des H.Flags in Tabelle	offset to NOT function	POINT AT = COMPARISON
.,AED2 D0 3B BNE $AF0F	BNE GONPRC ;GO DO ITS EVALUATION.	unbedingter Sprung BASIC-Befehl NOT	do set-up for function then execute, branch always do = compare	...ALWAYS "NOT" FUNCTION IF FAC=0, RETURN FAC=1 IF FAC<>0, RETURN FAC=0		NOT operator
.,AED4 20 BF B1 JSR $B1BF	NOTOP: JSR AYINT ;INTEGERIZE.	FAC nach INTEGER wandeln	evaluate integer expression, no sign check
.,AED7 A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO ;GET THE ARGUMENT.	HIGH-Byte holen	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,AED9 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 255	alle Bits umdrehen	invert it
.,AEDB A8 TAY	TAY	und ins Y-Reg.	copy it
.,AEDC A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO	LOW-Byte holen	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,AEDE 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 255	alle Bits invertieren	invert it
.,AEE0 4C 91 B3 JMP $B391	JMP GIVAYF ;FLOAT [Y,A] AS RESULT IN FAC. ;AND RETURN.	nach Fließkomma wandeln	convert fixed integer AY to float FAC1 and return get value from line .. continued wasn't a string or NOT so ...	COMPARISON FOR EQUALITY (= OPERATOR) ALSO USED TO EVALUATE "NOT" FUNCTION		GET operand
.,AEE3 C9 A5 CMP #$A5	EVAL4: CMPI FNTK ;USER-DEFINED FUNCTION?	'FN'-Code?	compare with token for FN
.,AEE5 D0 03 BNE $AEEA	JEQ FNDOER	nein: $AEEA	branch if not token for FN
.,AEE7 4C F4 B3 JMP $B3F4		FN ausführen	else go evaluate FNx get value from line .. continued wasn't a string, NOT or FN so ...
.,AEEA C9 B4 CMP #$B4	CMPI ONEFUN ;A FUNCTION NAME?	'SGN'-Code	compare with token for SGN			SGN code or higher
.,AEEC 90 03 BCC $AEF1	BCC PARCHK ;FUNCTIONS ARE THE HIGHEST NUMBERED	kleiner (keine Stringfunkt.)?	if less than SGN token evaluate expression in parentheses else was a function token
.,AEEE 4C A7 AF JMP $AFA7	JMP ISFUN ;CHARACTERS SO NO NEED TO CHECK ;AN UPPER-BOUND.	holt String ,ersten Parameter holt Term in Klammern	go set up function references, branch always get value from line .. continued if here it can only be something in brackets so .... evaluate expression within parentheses	EVALUATE "(EXPRESSION)"
.,AEF1 20 FA AE JSR $AEFA	PARCHK: JSR CHKOPN ;ONLY POSSIBILITY LEFT IS	prüft auf Klammer auf	scan for "(", else do syntax error then warm start	IS THERE A '(' AT TXTPTR?
.,AEF4 20 9E AD JSR $AD9E	JSR FRMEVL ;A FORMULA IN PARENTHESIS. ;RECURSIVELY EVALUATE THE FORMULA.	FRMEVL holt Term prüft auf Zeichen im B.-Text	evaluate expression all the 'scan for' routines return the character after the sought character scan for ")", else do syntax error then warm start	YES, EVALUATE EXPRESSION		check and skip characters
.,AEF7 A9 29 LDA #$29	CHKCLS: LDAI 41 ;CHECK FOR A RIGHT PARENTHESE	')' Klammer zu	load A with ")"	CHECK FOR ')'		)
.:AEF9 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2		makes next line BIT $28A9 scan for "(", else do syntax error then warm start	TRICK
.,AEFA A9 28 LDA #$28	CHKOPN: LDAI 40	'(' Klammer auf	load A with "("			(
.:AEFC 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2		makes next line BIT $2CA9 scan for ",", else do syntax error then warm start	TRICK
.,AEFD A9 2C LDA #$2C	CHKCOM: LDAI 44 ; ; "SYNCHK" LOOKS AT THE CURRENT CHARACTER TO MAKE SURE IT ; IS THE SPECIFIC THING LOADED INTO ACCA JUST BEFORE THE CALL TO ; "SYNCHK". IF NOT, IT CALLS THE "SYNTAX ERROR" ROUTINE. ; OTHERWISE IT GOBBLES THE NEXT CHAR AND RETURNS, ; ; [A]=NEW CHAR AND TXTPTR IS ADVANCED BY "CHRGET". ;	',' Komma	load A with "," scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start	COMMA AT TXTPTR? UNLESS CHAR AT TXTPTR = (A), SYNTAX ERROR		comma
.,AEFF A0 00 LDY #$00	SYNCHR: LDYI 0	Zeiger setzen	clear index
.,AF01 D1 7A CMP ($7A),Y	CMPDY TXTPTR ;CHARACTERS EQUAL?	mit laufendem Zeichen vergl.	compare with BASIC byte
.,AF03 D0 03 BNE $AF08	BNE SNERR	keine Übereinstimmung?	if not expected byte do syntax error then warm start
.,AF05 4C 73 00 JMP $0073	CHRGO5: JMP CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	else increment and scan memory and return syntax error then warm start	MATCH, GET NEXT CHAR & RETURN
.,AF08 A2 0B LDX #$0B	SNERR: LDXI ERRSN ;"SYNTAX ERROR"	Nummer für 'SYNTAX ERROR'	error code $0B, syntax error			error number
.,AF0A 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	JMP ERROR	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start			recursive geet value
.,AF0D A0 15 LDY #$15	DOMIN: LDYI NEGTAB-OPTAB ;A PRECEDENCE BELOW "^".	Offset Hierachie-Code für VZW	set offset from base to > operator	POINT AT UNARY MINUS
.,AF0F 68 PLA	GONPRC: PLA ;GET RID OF RTS ADDR.	nächsten 2 Bytes vom	dump return address low byte
.,AF10 68 PLA	PLA	Stapel entfernen	dump return address high byte
.,AF11 4C FA AD JMP $ADFA	JMP NEGPRC ;EVALUTE FOR NEGATION.	zur Auswertung prüft auf Variable	execute function then continue evaluation check address range, return Cb = 1 if address in BASIC ROM			check variable pointer range
.,AF14 38 SEC		innerhalb des BASICs	set carry for subtract
.,AF15 A5 64 LDA $64		Carry setzen (Subtr.)	get variable address low byte
.,AF17 E9 00 SBC #$00		Descriptor holen	subtract $A000 low byte
.,AF19 A5 65 LDA $65		liegt Descriptor ($64/$65)	get variable address high byte
.,AF1B E9 A0 SBC #$A0		zwischen $A000 und $E32A?	subtract $A000 high byte
.,AF1D 90 08 BCC $AF27		ja: dann C=1, sonst RTS	exit if address < $A000
.,AF1F A9 A2 LDA #$A2		1. Wert laden	get end of BASIC marker low byte
.,AF21 E5 64 SBC $64		1. Descriptorbyte abziehen	subtract variable address low byte
.,AF23 A9 E3 LDA #$E3		2. Wert laden	get end of BASIC marker high byte
.,AF25 E5 65 SBC $65		und Descriptorwert abziehen	subtract variable address high byte
.,AF27 60 RTS		Rücksprung Variable holen	variable name set-up			get value of variable
.,AF28 20 8B B0 JSR $B08B	ISVAR: JSR PTRGET ;GET A PNTR TO VARIABLE.	Variable suchen	get variable address
.,AF2B 85 64 STA $64	ISVRET: STWD FACMO	Zeiger auf Variable	save variable pointer low byte	ADDRESS OF VARIABLE
.,AF2D 84 65 STY $65	IFN TIME!EXTIO,<	bzw. Stringdescriptor	save variable pointer high byte
.,AF2F A6 45 LDX $45	LDWD VARNAM> ;CHECK TIME,TIME$,STATUS.	als	get current variable name first character	NUMERIC OR STRING?
.,AF31 A4 46 LDY $46	LDX VALTYP	Variablenname speichern	get current variable name second character
.,AF33 A5 0D LDA $0D		Typflag holen	get data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,AF35 F0 26 BEQ $AF5D	BEQ GOOO ;THE STRING IS SET UP.	numerisch?	branch if numeric variable is string	NUMERIC
.,AF37 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDXI 0	Wert laden und	else clear A
.,AF39 85 70 STA $70	STX FACOV IFN TIME,<	in Rundungsbyte fur FAC	clear FAC1 rounding byte
.,AF3B 20 14 AF JSR $AF14	BIT FACLO ;AN ARRAY?	Descriptor im Interpreter?	check address range
.,AF3E 90 1C BCC $AF5C	BPL STRRTS ;YES.	nein	exit if not in BASIC ROM
.,AF40 E0 54 CPX #$54	CMPI "T" ;TI$?	'T'? (von TI$)	compare variable name first character with "T"			T
.,AF42 D0 18 BNE $AF5C	BNE STRRTS	nein: $AF5C	exit if not "T"
.,AF44 C0 C9 CPY #$C9	CPYI "I"+128	'I$'? (von TI$)	compare variable name second character with "I$"			I$
.,AF46 D0 14 BNE $AF5C	BNE STRRTS	nein: $AF5C	exit if not "I$" variable name was "TI$"
.,AF48 20 84 AF JSR $AF84	JSR GETTIM ;YES. PUT TIME IN FACMOH-LO.	Zeit nach FAC holen	read real time clock into FAC1 mantissa, 0HML
.,AF4B 84 5E STY $5E	STY TENEXP ;Y=0.	Flag für Exponentialdarst. =0	clear exponent count adjust
.,AF4D 88 DEY	DEY	vermindern (=$FF)	Y = $FF
.,AF4E 84 71 STY $71	STY FBUFPT	Zeiger für Stringstartadresse	set output string index, -1 to allow for pre increment
.,AF50 A0 06 LDY #$06	LDYI 6 ;SIX DIGITS TO PRINT.	Länge 6 für TI$	HH:MM:SS is six digits
.,AF52 84 5D STY $5D	STY DECCNT	speichern	set number of characters before the decimal point
.,AF54 A0 24 LDY #$24	LDYI FDCEND-FOUTBL	Zeiger auf Stellenwert	index to jiffy conversion table
.,AF56 20 68 BE JSR $BE68	JSR FOUTIM ;CONVERT TO ASCII.	erzeugt String TI$	convert jiffy count to string
.,AF59 4C 6F B4 JMP $B46F	JMP TIMSTR>	bringt String in Str.bereich	exit via STR$() code tail
.,AF5C 60 RTS	STRRTS: RTS GOOO: IFN INTPRC,<	Rücksprung	variable name set-up, variable is numeric
.,AF5D 24 0E BIT $0E	LDX INTFLG	INTEGER/ REAL Flag	test data type flag, $80 = integer, $00 = float
.,AF5F 10 0D BPL $AF6E	BPL GOOOOO	REAL? ja: $AF6E Integervariable holen	branch if float	FLOATING POINT
.,AF61 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zeiger setzen	clear index	INTEGER
.,AF63 B1 64 LDA ($64),Y	LDADY FACMO ;FETCH HIGH.	Intgerzahl holen (1. Byte)	get integer variable low byte
.,AF65 AA TAX	TAX	ins X-Reg.	copy to X	GET VALUE IN A,Y
.,AF66 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,AF67 B1 64 LDA ($64),Y	LDADY FACMO	2. Byte holen	get integer variable high byte
.,AF69 A8 TAY	TAY ;PUT LOW IN Y.	ins Y-Register	copy to Y
.,AF6A 8A TXA	TXA ;GET HIGH IN A.	1. Byte in Akku holen	copy loa byte to A
.,AF6B 4C 91 B3 JMP $B391	JMP GIVAYF> ;FLOAT AND RETURN. GOOOOO: IFN TIME,<	und nach Fließkomma wandeln REAL-Variable holen	convert fixed integer AY to float FAC1 and return variable name set-up, variable is float	CONVERT A,Y TO FLOATING POINT
.,AF6E 20 14 AF JSR $AF14	BIT FACLO ;AN ARRAY?	Descriptor im Interpreter?	check address range
.,AF71 90 2D BCC $AFA0	BPL GOMOVF ;YES.	nein	if not in BASIC ROM get pointer and unpack into FAC1
.,AF73 E0 54 CPX #$54	CMPI "T"	'T'? (von TI)	compare variable name first character with "T"			T
.,AF75 D0 1B BNE $AF92	BNE QSTATV	nein: $AF92	branch if not "T"
.,AF77 C0 49 CPY #$49	CPYI "I"	'I'? (von TI)	compare variable name second character with "I"			I
.,AF79 D0 25 BNE $AFA0	BNE GOMOVF	nein: $AFA0	branch if not "I" variable name was "TI"
.,AF7B 20 84 AF JSR $AF84	JSR GETTIM	TIME in FAC holen	read real time clock into FAC1 mantissa, 0HML
.,AF7E 98 TYA	TYA ;FOR FLOATB.	Akku =0 setzen	clear A
.,AF7F A2 A0 LDX #$A0	LDXI 160 ;SET EXPONNENT.	Exponentbyte für FAC	set exponent to 32 bit value
.,AF81 4C 4F BC JMP $BC4F	JMP FLOATB	FAC linksbündig machen Zeit holen	set exponent = X and normalise FAC1 read real time clock into FAC1 mantissa, 0HML			get time in float accu
.,AF84 20 DE FF JSR $FFDE	GETTIM: LDWDI <CQTIMR-2>	TIME holen	read real time clock
.,AF87 86 64 STX $64	SEI ;TURN OF INT SYS.	1. Byte nach FAC	save jiffy clock mid byte as FAC1 mantissa 3
.,AF89 84 63 STY $63	JSR MOVFM	2. Byte nach FAC	save jiffy clock high byte as FAC1 mantissa 2
.,AF8B 85 65 STA $65	CLI ;BACK ON.	3. Byte nach FAC	save jiffy clock low byte as FAC1 mantissa 4
.,AF8D A0 00 LDY #$00		Wert laden (0) und	clear Y
.,AF8F 84 62 STY $62	STY FACHO ;ZERO HIGHEST.	als 4. Byte nach FAC	clear FAC1 mantissa 1
.,AF91 60 RTS	RTS> QSTATV: IFN EXTIO,<	Rücksprung	variable name set-up, variable is float and not "Tx"			continue of get value of variable
.,AF92 E0 53 CPX #$53	CMPI "S"	'S'?	compare variable name first character with "S"			S
.,AF94 D0 0A BNE $AFA0	BNE GOMOVF	nein: $AFA0	if not "S" go do normal floating variable
.,AF96 C0 54 CPY #$54	CPYI "T"	'T'?	compare variable name second character with "			T
.,AF98 D0 06 BNE $AFA0	BNE GOMOVF	nein: $AFA0	if not "T" go do normal floating variable variable name was "ST"
.,AF9A 20 B7 FF JSR $FFB7	LDA CQSTAT	Status holen	read I/O status word
.,AF9D 4C 3C BC JMP $BC3C	JMP FLOAT GOMOVF:> IFN TIME!EXTIO,<	Byte in Fließkommaformat REAL-Variable holen	save A as integer byte and return variable is float
.,AFA0 A5 64 LDA $64	LDWD FACMO>	LOW- und HIGH-Byte der	get variable pointer low byte
.,AFA2 A4 65 LDY $65		Variablenadresse	get variable pointer high byte
.,AFA4 4C A2 BB JMP $BBA2	JMP MOVFM ;MOVE ACTUAL VALUE IN. ;AND RETURN.	Variable in FAC holen Funktionsberechnung	unpack memory (AY) into FAC1 get value from line continued only functions left so .. set up function references	PROCESS UNARY OPERATORS (FUNCTIONS)		apply function
.,AFA7 0A ASL	ISFUN: ASL A, ;MULTIPLY BY TWO.	Funktionscode mal 2	*2 (2 bytes per function address)	DOUBLE TOKEN TO GET INDEX
.,AFA8 48 PHA	PHA	auf den Stapel retten	save function offset
.,AFA9 AA TAX	TAX	und ins X-Register	copy function offset
.,AFAA 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET ;SET UP FOR SYNCHK.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen	increment and scan memory
.,AFAD E0 8F CPX #$8F	CPXI 2*LASNUM-256+1 ;IS IT PAST "LASNUM"?	numerische Funktion?	compare function offset to CHR$ token offset+1	LEFT$, RIGHT$, AND MID$
.,AFAF 90 20 BCC $AFD1	BCC OKNORM ;NO, MUST BE NORMAL FUNCTION. ; ; MOST FUNCTIONS TAKE A SINGLE ARGUMENT. ; THE RETURN ADDRESS OF THESE FUNCTIONS IS "CHKNUM" ; WHICH ASCERTAINS THAT [VALTYP]=0 (NUMERIC). ; NORMAL FUNCTIONS THAT RETURN STRING RESULTS ; (E.G., CHR$) MUST POP OFF THAT RETURN ADDR AND ; RETURN DIRECTLY TO "FRMEVL". ; ; THE SO-CALLED "FUNNY" FUNCTIONS CAN TAKE MORE THAN ONE ARGUMENT, ; THE FIRST OF WHICH MUST BE STRING AND THE SECOND OF WHICH ; MUST BE A NUMBER BETWEEN 0 AND 255. ; THE CLOSED PARENTHESIS MUST BE CHECKED AND RETURN IS DIRECTLY ; TO "FRMEVL" WITH THE TEXT PNTR POINTING BEYOND THE ")". ; THE POINTER TO THE DESCRIPTOR OF THE STRING ARGUMENT ; IS STORED ON THE STACK UNDERNEATH THE VALUE OF THE ; INTEGER ARGUMENT. ;	ja: $AFD1 Stringfunktion, String und ersten Parameter	branch if < LEFT$ (can not be =) get value from line .. continued was LEFT$, RIGHT$ or MID$ so..	NOT ONE OF THE STRING FUNCTIONS
.,AFB1 20 FA AE JSR $AEFA	JSR CHKOPN ;CHECK FOR AN OPEN PARENTHESE	prüft auf Klammer auf	scan for "(", else do syntax error then warm start	STRING FUNCTION, NEED "("
.,AFB4 20 9E AD JSR $AD9E	JSR FRMEVL ;EAT OPEN PAREN AND FIRST ARG.	FRMEVL holen beliebigen Term	evaluate, should be string, expression	EVALUATE EXPRESSION FOR STRING
.,AFB7 20 FD AE JSR $AEFD	JSR CHKCOM ;TWO ARGS SO COMMA MUST DELIMIT.	prüft auf Komma	scan for ",", else do syntax error then warm start	REQUIRE A COMMA
.,AFBA 20 8F AD JSR $AD8F	JSR CHKSTR ;MAKE SURE FIRST WAS STRING.	prüft auf String	check if source is string, else do type mismatch	MAKE SURE EXPRESSION IS A STRING
.,AFBD 68 PLA	PLA ;GET FUNCTION NUMBER.	Funktionstoken left$, r$, m$	restore function offset
.,AFBE AA TAX	TAX	Akku nach X holen	copy it	RETRIEVE ROUTINE POINTER
.,AFBF A5 65 LDA $65	PSHWD FACMO ;SAVE POINTER AT STRING DESCRIPTOR	Adresse des	get descriptor pointer high byte	STACK ADDRESS OF STRING
.,AFC1 48 PHA		Stringdescriptors	push string pointer high byte
.,AFC2 A5 64 LDA $64		holen und auf den Stapel	get descriptor pointer low byte
.,AFC4 48 PHA		retten (LOW und HIGH)	push string pointer low byte
.,AFC5 8A TXA	TXA	Akku wiederholen	restore function offset
.,AFC6 48 PHA	PHA ;RESAVE FUNCTION NUMBER. ;THIS MUST BE ON STACK SINCE RECURSIVE.	Token auf den Stapel retten	save function offset	STACK DOUBLED TOKEN
.,AFC7 20 9E B7 JSR $B79E	JSR GETBYT ;[X]=VALUE OF FORMULA.	holt Byte-Wert (2. Parameter)	get byte parameter	CONVERT NEXT EXPRESSION TO BYTE IN X-REG
.,AFCA 68 PLA	PLA ;GET FUNCTION NUMBER.	Token zurückholen	restore function offset	GET DOUBLED TOKEN OFF STACK
.,AFCB A8 TAY	TAY	und ins Y-Reg.	copy function offset	USE AS INDEX TO BRANCH
.,AFCC 8A TXA	TXA	2. Bytewert in den Akku laden	copy byte parameter to A	VALUE OF SECOND PARAMETER
.,AFCD 48 PHA	PHA	und auf den Stapel retten	push byte parameter	PUSH 2ND PARAM
.,AFCE 4C D6 AF JMP $AFD6	JMP FINGO ;DISPATCH TO FUNCTION.	Routine ausführen numerische Funktion auswerten	go call function get value from line .. continued was SGN() to CHR$() so..	JOIN UNARY FUNCTIONS
.,AFD1 20 F1 AE JSR $AEF1	OKNORM: JSR PARCHK ;READ A FORMULA SURROUNDED BY PARENS.	holt Term in Klammern	evaluate expression within parentheses	REQUIRE "(EXPRESSION)"
.,AFD4 68 PLA	PLA ;GET DISPATCH FUNCTION.	BASIC-Code für Funktion holen	restore function offset
.,AFD5 A8 TAY	TAY	und als Zeiger ins Y-Reg.	copy to index	INDEX INTO FUNCTION ADDRESS TABLE
.,AFD6 B9 EA 9F LDA $9FEA,Y	FINGO: LDA FUNDSP-2*ONEFUN+256,Y, ;MODIFY DISPATCH ADDRESS.	Vektor für Funktionsbe-	get function jump vector low byte
.,AFD9 85 55 STA $55	STA JMPER+1	rechnung holen und speichern	save functions jump vector low byte	PREPARE TO JSR TO ADDRESS
.,AFDB B9 EB 9F LDA $9FEB,Y	LDA FUNDSP-2*ONEFUN+257,Y	2.Byte holen	get function jump vector high byte
.,AFDE 85 56 STA $56	STA JMPER+2	und speichern	save functions jump vector high byte
.,AFE0 20 54 00 JSR $0054	JSR JMPER ;DISPATCH! ;STRING FUNCTIONS REMOVE THIS RET ADDR.	Funktion ausführen	do function call	DOES NOT RETURN FOR CHR$, LEFT$, RIGHT$, OR MID$
.,AFE3 4C 8D AD JMP $AD8D	JMP CHKNUM ;CHECK IT FOR NUMERICNESS AND RETURN.	prüft auf numerisch BASIC-Befehl OR	check if source is numeric and RTS, else do type mismatch string functions avoid this by dumping the return address perform OR this works because NOT(NOT(x) AND NOT(y)) = x OR y	REQUIRE NUMERIC RESULT		OR operator
.,AFE6 A0 FF LDY #$FF	OROP: LDYI 255 ;MUST ALWAYS COMPLEMENT..	Flag für OR	set Y for OR
.:AFE8 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2	BASIC-Befehl AND	makes next line BIT $00A0 perform AND			AND operator
.,AFE9 A0 00 LDY #$00	ANDOP: LDYI 0	Flag fur AND	clear Y for AND
.,AFEB 84 0B STY $0B	STY COUNT ;OPERATOR.	Flag setzen	set AND/OR invert value
.,AFED 20 BF B1 JSR $B1BF	JSR AYINT ;[FACMO&LO]=INT VALUE AND CHECK SIZE.	FAC nach INTEGER wandeln	evaluate integer expression, no sign check
.,AFF0 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO ;USE DEMORGAN'S LAW ON HIGH	ersten Wert holen	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,AFF2 45 0B EOR $0B	EOR COUNT	mit Flag verknüpfen	EOR low byte
.,AFF4 85 07 STA $07	STA INTEGR	und speichern	save it
.,AFF6 A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO ;AND LOW.	zweiten Wert holen	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,AFF8 45 0B EOR $0B	EOR COUNT	mit Flag verknüpfen	EOR high byte
.,AFFA 85 08 STA $08	STA INTEGR+1	und speichern	save it
.,AFFC 20 FC BB JSR $BBFC	JSR MOVFA	ARG nach FAC	copy FAC2 to FAC1, get 2nd value in expression
.,AFFF 20 BF B1 JSR $B1BF	JSR AYINT ;[FACMO&LO]=INT OF ARG.	FAC nach Integer	evaluate integer expression, no sign check
.,B002 A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO	zweites Byte holen	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B004 45 0B EOR $0B	EOR COUNT	mit Flag verknüpfen	EOR high byte
.,B006 25 08 AND $08	AND INTEGR+1	logische AND-Verknüpfung	AND with expression 1 high byte
.,B008 45 0B EOR $0B	EOR COUNT ;FINISH OUT DEMORGAN.	mit Flag verknüpfen	EOR result high byte
.,B00A A8 TAY	TAY ;SAVE HIGH.	ins Y-Reg. retten	save in Y
.,B00B A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO	erstes Byte holen	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B00D 45 0B EOR $0B	EOR COUNT	mit Flag verknüpfen	EOR low byte
.,B00F 25 07 AND $07	AND INTEGR	logische AND-Verknüpfung	AND with expression 1 low byte
.,B011 45 0B EOR $0B	EOR COUNT	mit Flag verknüpfen	EOR result low byte
.,B013 4C 91 B3 JMP $B391	JMP GIVAYF ;FLOAT [A.Y] AND RET TO USER. ; ; TIME TO PERFORM A RELATIONAL OPERATOR. ; [DOMASK] CONTAINS THE BITS AS TO WHICH RELATIONAL ; OPERATOR IT WAS. CARRY BIT ON=STRING COMPARE. ;	wieder in Fließkomma wandeln Vergleich	convert fixed integer AY to float FAC1 and return perform comparisons do < compare	PERFORM RELATIONAL OPERATIONS		greater/equal/less operator
.,B016 20 90 AD JSR $AD90	DOREL: JSR CHKVAL ;CHECK FOR MATCH.	prüft auf identischen Typ	type match check, set C for string	MAKE SURE FAC IS CORRECT TYPE
.,B019 B0 13 BCS $B02E	BCS STRCMP ;IT IS A STRING.	String: dann weiter	branch if string do numeric < compare	TYPE MATCHES, BRANCH IF STRINGS
.,B01B A5 6E LDA $6E	LDA ARGSGN ;PACK ARG FOR FCOMP.	Wert holen	get FAC2 sign (b7)	NUMERIC COMPARISON
.,B01D 09 7F ORA #$7F	ORAI 127	ARG in Speicherformat	set all non sign bits	RE-PACK VALUE IN ARG FOR FCOMP
.,B01F 25 6A AND $6A	AND ARGHO	wandeln und	and FAC2 mantissa 1 (AND in sign bit)
.,B021 85 6A STA $6A	STA ARGHO	wieder abspeichern	save FAC2 mantissa 1
.,B023 A9 69 LDA #$69	LDWDI ARGEXP	Adresse von ARG	set pointer low byte to FAC2
.,B025 A0 00 LDY #$00		(LOW- und HIGH-Byte)	set pointer high byte to FAC2
.,B027 20 5B BC JSR $BC5B	JSR FCOMP	Vergleich ARG mit FAC	compare FAC1 with (AY)	RETURN A-REG = -1,0,1
.,B02A AA TAX	TAX		copy the result	AS ARG <,=,> FAC
.,B02B 4C 61 B0 JMP $B061	JMP QCOMP	Ergebnis in FAC holen Stringvergleich	go evaluate result do string < compare	STRING COMPARISON
.,B02E A9 00 LDA #$00	STRCMP: CLR VALTYP ;RESULT WILL BE NUMERIC.	Wert laden und damit	clear byte	SET RESULT TYPE TO NUMERIC
.,B030 85 0D STA $0D		Stringflag löschen	clear data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,B032 C6 4D DEC $4D	DEC OPMASK ;TURN OFF VALTYP WHICH WAS STRING.	Operatormaske - 1	clear < bit in comparrison evaluation flag	MAKE CPRTYP 0000<=>0
.,B034 20 A6 B6 JSR $B6A6	JSR FREFAC ;FREE THE FACLO STRING.	FRLSTR	pop string off descriptor stack, or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte
.,B037 85 61 STA $61	STA DSCTMP ;SAVE FOR LATER.	Stringlänge holen	save length	STRING LENGTH
.,B039 86 62 STX $62	STXY DSCTMP+1	LOW- und HIGH-Byte der	save string pointer low byte
.,B03B 84 63 STY $63		Stringadresse speichern	save string pointer high byte
.,B03D A5 6C LDA $6C	LDWD ARGMO ;GET POINTER TO OTHER STRING.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	get descriptor pointer low byte
.,B03F A4 6D LDY $6D		Zeigers auf zweiten String	get descriptor pointer high byte
.,B041 20 AA B6 JSR $B6AA	JSR FRETMP ;FREES FIRST DESC POINTER.	FRESTR	pop (YA) descriptor off stack or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte
.,B044 86 6C STX $6C	STXY ARGMO	Adresse des	save string pointer low byte
.,B046 84 6D STY $6D		2. Strings	save string pointer high byte
.,B048 AA TAX	TAX ;COPY COUNT INTO X.	Länge des 2.Strings merken	copy length	LEN (ARG) STRING
.,B049 38 SEC	SEC	Carry setzen (Subtraktion)	set carry for subtract
.,B04A E5 61 SBC $61	SBC DSCTMP ;WHICH IS GREATER. IF 0, ALL SET UP.	Längen vergleichen	subtract string 1 length	SET X TO SMALLER LEN
.,B04C F0 08 BEQ $B056	BEQ STASGN ;JUST PUT SIGN OF DIFFERENCE AWAY.	gleich: $B056	branch if str 1 length = string 2 length
.,B04E A9 01 LDA #$01	LDAI 1	Wert für: 1.String länger	set str 1 length > string 2 length
.,B050 90 04 BCC $B056	BCC STASGN ;SIGN IS POSITIVE.	2.String kürzer	branch if so
.,B052 A6 61 LDX $61	LDX DSCTMP ;LENGTH OF FAC IS SHORTER.	Länge des 1.Strings	get string 1 length
.,B054 A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDAI ^O377 ;GET A MINUS 1 FOR NEGATIVES.	Wert für: 1.String kürzer	set str 1 length < string 2 length
.,B056 85 66 STA $66	STASGN: STA FACSGN ;KEEP FOR LATER.	Flag für gleichen String,	save length compare	FLAG WHICH SHORTER
.,B058 A0 FF LDY #$FF	LDYI 255 ;SET POINTER TO FIRST STRING. (ARG.)	wenn beide Strings identisch aber	set index
.,B05A E8 INX	INX ;TO LOOP PROPERLY.	ungleich lang sind	adjust for loop
.,B05B C8 INY	NXTCMP: INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B05C CA DEX	DEX ;ANY CHARACTERS LEFT TO COMPARE?	Stringende?	decrement count
.,B05D D0 07 BNE $B066	BNE GETCMP ;NOT DONE YET.	nein: weiter	branch if still bytes to do	MORE CHARS IN BOTH STRINGS
.,B05F A6 66 LDX $66	LDX FACSGN ;USE SIGN OF LENGTH DIFFERENCE ;SINCE ALL CHARACTERS ARE THE SAME.	Vorzeichenbyte holen	get length compare back	IF = SO FAR, DECIDE BY LENGTH
.,B061 30 0F BMI $B072	QCOMP: BMI DOCMP ;C IS ALWAYS SET THEN.	negativ: $B072	branch if str 1 < str 2
.,B063 18 CLC	CLC	Carry löschen	flag str 1 <= str 2
.,B064 90 0C BCC $B072	BCC DOCMP ;ALWAYS BRANCH.	unbedingter Sprung	go evaluate result	...ALWAYS
.,B066 B1 6C LDA ($6C),Y	GETCMP: LDADY ARGMO ;GET NEXT CHAR TO COMPARE.	Vergleich der Strings	get string 2 byte
.,B068 D1 62 CMP ($62),Y	CMPDY DSCTMP+1 ;SAME?	zeichenweise	compare with string 1 byte
.,B06A F0 EF BEQ $B05B	BEQ NXTCMP ;YEP. TRY FURTHER.	gleiche Zeichen: weiter	loop if bytes =	SAME, KEEP COMPARING
.,B06C A2 FF LDX #$FF	LDXI ^O377 ;SET A POSITIVE DIFFERENCE.	Wert laden	set str 1 < string 2	IN CASE ARG GREATER
.,B06E B0 02 BCS $B072	BCS DOCMP ;PUT STACK BACK TOGETHER.	und Vergleich beenden	branch if so	IT IS
.,B070 A2 01 LDX #$01	LDXI 1 ;SET A NEGATIVE DIFFERENCE.	Wert laden	set str 1 > string 2	FAC GREATER
.,B072 E8 INX	DOCMP: INX ;-1 TO 1, 0 TO 2, 1 TO 4.	und um 1 erhöhen	x = 0, 1 or 2	CONVERT FF,0,1 TO 0,1,2
.,B073 8A TXA	TXA	Wert in den Akku	copy to A
.,B074 2A ROL	ROL A	linksverschieben, Bit 1, 2=$1	* 2 (1, 2 or 4)	AND TO 0,2,4 IF C=0, ELSE 1,2,5
.,B075 25 12 AND $12	AND DOMASK	mit Vorzeichen verknüpfen	AND with the comparison evaluation flag	00000<=>
.,B077 F0 02 BEQ $B07B	BEQ GOFLOT	=0: $B07B	branch if 0 (compare is false)	IF NO MATCH: FALSE
.,B079 A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDAI ^O377 ;MAP 0 TO 0. ALL OTHERS TO -1.		else set result true	AT LEAST ONE MATCH: TRUE
.,B07B 4C 3C BC JMP $BC3C	GOFLOT: JMP FLOAT ;FLOAT THE ONE-BYTE RESULT INTO FAC. PAGE DIMENSION AND VARIABLE SEARCHING. ; ; THE "DIM" CODE SETS [DIMFLG] AND THEN FALLS INTO THE VARIABLE SEARCH ; ROUTINE, WHICH LOOKS AT DIMFLG AT THREE DIFFERENT POINTS. ; 1) IF AN ENTRY IS FOUND, "DIMFLG" BEING ON INDICATES ; A "DOUBLY" DIMENSIONED VARIABLE. ; 2) WHEN A NEW ENTRY IS BEING BUILT "DIMFLG" BEING ON ; INDICTAES THE INDICES SHOULD BE USED FOR THE ; SIZE OF EACH INDEX. OTHERWISE THE DEFAULT OF TEN ; IS USED. ; 3) WHEN THE BUILD ENTRY CODE FINISHES, ONLY IF "DIMFLG" IS OFF ; WILL INDEXING BE DONE. ;	Ergebnis nach FAC holen	save A as integer byte and return	"DIM" STATEMENT		DIM command
.,B07E 20 FD AE JSR $AEFD	DIM3: JSR CHKCOM ;MUST BE A COMMA	CHKCOM prüft auf Komma BASIC-Befehl DIM	scan for ",", else do syntax error then warm start perform DIM	SEPARATED BY COMMAS
.,B081 AA TAX	DIM: TAX ;SET [ACCX] NONZERO. ;[ACCA] MUST BE NONZERO TO WORK RIGHT.	nächstes Zeichen	copy "DIM" flag to X	NON-ZERO, FLAGS PTRGET DIM CALLED
.,B082 20 90 B0 JSR $B090	DIM1: JSR PTRGT1	Variable dimensionieren	search for variable	ALLOCATE THE ARRAY
.,B085 20 79 00 JSR $0079	DIMCON: JSR CHRGOT ;GET LAST CHARACTER.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	NEXT CHAR
.,B088 D0 F4 BNE $B07E	BNE DIM3	nicht Ende: zur nächsten Var.	scan for "," and loop if not null	NOT END OF STATEMENT
.,B08A 60 RTS	RTS ; ; ROUTINE TO READ THE VARIABLE NAME AT THE CURRENT TEXT POSITION ; AND PUT A POINTER TO ITS VALUE IN VARPNT. [TXTPTR] ; POINTS TO THE TERMINATING CHARCTER.. NOT THAT EVALUATING SUBSCRIPTS ; IN A VARIABLE NAME CAN CAUSE RECURSIVE CALLS TO "PTRGET" SO AT ; THAT POINT ALL VALUES MUST BE STORED ON THE STACK. ;	Rücksprung Variable holen	search for variable	PTRGET -- GENERAL VARIABLE SCAN SCANS VARIABLE NAME AT TXTPTR, AND SEARCHES THE VARTAB AND ARYTAB FOR THE NAME. IF NOT FOUND, CREATE VARIABLE OF APPROPRIATE TYPE. RETURN WITH ADDRESS IN VARPNT AND Y,A ACTUAL ACTIVITY CONTROLLED SOMEWHAT BY TWO FLAGS: DIMFLG -- NONZERO IF CALLED FROM "DIM" ELSE = 0 SUBFLG -- = $00 = $40 IF CALLED FROM "GETARYPT" = $80 IF CALLED FROM "DEF FN" = $C1-DA IF CALLED FROM "FN"		get name and pointer to a variable
.,B08B A2 00 LDX #$00	PTRGET: LDXI 0 ;MAKE [ACCX]=0.	Flag für nicht dimensionieren	set DIM flag = $00
.,B08D 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;RETRIEVE LAST CHARACTER.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory, 1st character	GET FIRST CHAR OF VARIABLE NAME
.,B090 86 0C STX $0C	PTRGT1: STX DIMFLG ;STORE FLAG AWAY.	DIM-Flag setzen	save DIM flag	X IS NONZERO IF FROM DIM
.,B092 85 45 STA $45	PTRGT2: STA VARNAM	Variablenname	save 1st character
.,B094 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;GET CURRENT CHARACTER ;MAYBE WITH FUNCTION BIT OFF.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory
.,B097 20 13 B1 JSR $B113	JSR ISLETC ;CHECK FOR LETTER.	prüft auf Buchstabe	check byte, return Cb = 0 if<"A" or >"Z"	IS IT A LETTER?
.,B09A B0 03 BCS $B09F	BCS PTRGT3 ;MUST HAVE A LETTER.	ja: $B09F	branch if ok	YES, OKAY SO FAR
.,B09C 4C 08 AF JMP $AF08	INTERR: JMP SNERR	'SYNTAX ERROR'	else syntax error then warm start was variable name so ...	NO, SYNTAX ERROR
.,B09F A2 00 LDX #$00	PTRGT3: LDXI 0 ;ASSUME NO SECOND CHARACTER.	Wert laden und damit	clear 2nd character temp
.,B0A1 86 0D STX $0D	STX VALTYP ;DEFAULT IS NUMERIC. IFN INTPRC,<	Stringflag löschen	clear data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,B0A3 86 0E STX $0E	STX INTFLG> ;ASSUME FLOATING.	Integerflag löschen	clear data type flag, $80 = integer, $00 = float
.,B0A5 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET ;GET FOLLOWING CHARACTER.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory, 2nd character	SECOND CHAR OF VARIABLE NAME
.,B0A8 90 05 BCC $B0AF	BCC ISSEC ;CARRY RESET BY CHRGET IF NUMERIC.	Ziffer?	if character = "0"-"9" (ok) go save 2nd character 2nd character wasn't "0" to "9" so ...	NUMERIC
.,B0AA 20 13 B1 JSR $B113	JSR ISLETC ;SET CARRY IF NOT ALPHABETIC.	prüft auf Buchstabe	check byte, return Cb = 0 if<"A" or >"Z"	LETTER?
.,B0AD 90 0B BCC $B0BA	BCC NOSEC ;ALLOW ALPHABETICS.	nein: $B0BA	branch if <"A" or >"Z" (go check if string)	NO, END OF NAME
.,B0AF AA TAX	ISSEC: TAX ;IT IS A NUMBER -- SAVE IN ACCX.	zweiter Buchstabe des Names	copy 2nd character ignore further (valid) characters in the variable name	SAVE SECOND CHAR OF NAME IN X
.,B0B0 20 73 00 JSR $0073	EATEM: JSR CHRGET ;LOOK AT NEXT CHARACTER.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory, 3rd character	SCAN TO END OF VARIABLE NAME
.,B0B3 90 FB BCC $B0B0	BCC EATEM ;SKIP NUMERICS.	Ziffer?	loop if character = "0"-"9" (ignore)	NUMERIC
.,B0B5 20 13 B1 JSR $B113	JSR ISLETC	prüft auf Buchstabe	check byte, return Cb = 0 if<"A" or >"Z"
.,B0B8 B0 F6 BCS $B0B0	BCS EATEM ;SKIP ALPHABETICS.	ja: weitere Zeichen überlesen	loop if character = "A"-"Z" (ignore) check if string variable	ALPHA
.,B0BA C9 24 CMP #$24	NOSEC: CMPI "$" ;IS IT A STRING?	'$' Code?	compare with "$"	STRING?		$
.,B0BC D0 06 BNE $B0C4	BNE NOTSTR ;IF NOT, [VALTYP]=0.	nein: $B0C4	branch if not string type is string	NO
.,B0BE A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDAI ^O377 ;SET [VALTYP]=255 (STRING !).	Wert laden und	set data type = string
.,B0C0 85 0D STA $0D	STA VALTYP IFN INTPRC,<	Stringflag setzen	set data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,B0C2 D0 10 BNE $B0D4	BNEA TURNON ;ALWAYS GOES.	Sprung	branch always	...ALWAYS
.,B0C4 C9 25 CMP #$25	NOTSTR: CMPI "%" ;INTEGER VARIABLE?	'%' Code?	compare with "%"	INTEGER?		%
.,B0C6 D0 13 BNE $B0DB	BNE STRNAM ;NO.	nein: $B0DB	branch if not integer	NO
.,B0C8 A5 10 LDA $10	LDA SUBFLG	Integer erlaubt?	get subscript/FNX flag	YES; INTEGER VARIABLE ALLOWED?
.,B0CA D0 D0 BNE $B09C	BNE INTERR	nein: 'SYNTAX ERROR'	if ?? do syntax error then warm start	NO, SYNTAX ERROR
.,B0CC A9 80 LDA #$80	LDAI 128	Wert für Integer laden	set integer type	YES
.,B0CE 85 0E STA $0E	STA INTFLG ;SET FLAG.	und Integerflag setzen	set data type = integer	FLAG INTEGER MODE
.,B0D0 05 45 ORA $45	ORA VARNAM ;TURN ON BOTH HIGH BITS.	Bit 7 im 1.Zeichen setzen und	OR current variable name first byte
.,B0D2 85 45 STA $45	STA VARNAM>	speichern (Bit7=1: Integer)	save current variable name first byte	SET SIGN BIT ON VARNAME
.,B0D4 8A TXA	TURNON: TXA	X nach Akku speichern	get 2nd character back	SECOND CHAR OF NAME
.,B0D5 09 80 ORA #$80	ORAI 128 ;TURN ON MSB OF SECOND CHARACTER.	Bit 7 im 2.Buchstaben setzen	set top bit, indicate string or integer variable	SET SIGN
.,B0D7 AA TAX	TAX	X-Reg. zurückholen	copy back to 2nd character temp
.,B0D8 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET ;GET CHARACTER AFTER $. IFE INTPRC,< NOTSTR:>	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	GET TERMINATING CHAR
.,B0DB 86 46 STX $46	STRNAM: STX VARNAM+1 ;STORE AWAY SECOND CHARACTER.	zweiten Buchstaben speichern	save 2nd character	STORE SECOND CHAR OF NAME
.,B0DD 38 SEC	SEC	Feldvariablen erlaubt?	set carry for subtract
.,B0DE 05 10 ORA $10	ORA SUBFLG ;ADD FLAG WHETHER TO ALLOW ARRAYS.	wenn nicht, Bit7 setzen	or with subscript/FNX flag - or FN name	$00 OR $40 IF SUBSCRIPTS OK, ELSE $80
.,B0E0 E9 28 SBC #$28	SBCI 40 ;(CHECK FOR "(") WON'T MATCH IF SUBFLG SET.	'('-Wert abziehen	subtract "("	IF SUBFLG=$00 AND CHAR="("...		(
.,B0E2 D0 03 BNE $B0E7	JEQ ISARY ;IT IS!	nicht Klammer auf?	branch if not "("	NOPE
.,B0E4 4C D1 B1 JMP $B1D1		dimensionierte Variable holen	go find, or make, array either find or create variable variable name wasn't xx(.... so look for plain variable	YES
.,B0E7 A0 00 LDY #$00	CLR SUBFLG ;ALLOW SUBSCRIPTS AGAIN.	Wert laden und	clear A
.,B0E9 84 10 STY $10		FN-Flag = 0 setzen	clear subscript/FNX flag
.,B0EB A5 2D LDA $2D	LDA VARTAB ;PLACE TO START SEARCH.	Zeiger auf Variablenanfang	get start of variables low byte	START LOWTR AT SIMPLE VARIABLE TABLE
.,B0ED A6 2E LDX $2E	LDX VARTAB+1 LDYI 0	holen (LOW und HIGH)	get start of variables high byte
.,B0EF 86 60 STX $60	STXFND: STX LOWTR+1	und zum	save search address high byte
.,B0F1 85 5F STA $5F	LOPFND: STA LOWTR	Suchen merken	save search address low byte
.,B0F3 E4 30 CPX $30	CPX ARYTAB+1 ;AT END OF TABLE YET?	Suchzeiger = Variablenanfang	compare with end of variables high byte	END OF SIMPLE VARIABLES?
.,B0F5 D0 04 BNE $B0FB	BNE LOPFN	nein: $B0FB	skip next compare if <> high addresses were = so compare low addresses	NO, GO ON
.,B0F7 C5 2F CMP $2F	CMP ARYTAB	Ende der Variablen erreicht?	compare low address with end of variables low byte	YES; END OF ARRAYS?
.,B0F9 F0 22 BEQ $B11D	BEQ NOTFNS ;YES. WE COULDN'T FIND IT.	ja: nicht gefunden, anlegen	if not found go make new variable	YES, MAKE ONE
.,B0FB A5 45 LDA $45	LOPFN: LDA VARNAM	ersten Buchstaben des Namens	get 1st character of variable to find	SAME FIRST LETTER?
.,B0FD D1 5F CMP ($5F),Y	CMPDY LOWTR ;COMPARE HIGH ORDERS.	mit Tabelle vergleichen	compare with variable name 1st character
.,B0FF D0 08 BNE $B109	BNE NOTIT ;NO COMPARISON.	nein: weitersuchen	branch if no match 1st characters match so compare 2nd character	NOT SAME FIRST LETTER
.,B101 A5 46 LDA $46	LDA VARNAM+1	zweiten Buchstaben	get 2nd character of variable to find	SAME SECOND LETTER?
.,B103 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	index to point to variable name 2nd character
.,B104 D1 5F CMP ($5F),Y	CMPDY LOWTR ;AND THE LOW PART?	vergleichen	compare with variable name 2nd character
.,B106 F0 7D BEQ $B185	BEQ FINPTR ;THAT'S IT ! THAT'S IT !	gleich: gefunden	branch if match (found variable)	YES, SAME VARIABLE NAME
.,B108 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger vermindern	else decrement index (now = $00)	NO, BUMP TO NEXT NAME
.,B109 18 CLC	NOTIT: CLC	Carry setzen (Addition)	clear carry for add
.,B10A A5 5F LDA $5F	LDA LOWTR	Zeiger um 7	get search address low byte
.,B10C 69 07 ADC #$07	ADCI 6+ADDPRC ;MAKES NO DIF AMONG TYPES.	erhöhen (2+5 Byte REAL Var.)	+7, offset to next variable name
.,B10E 90 E1 BCC $B0F1	BCC LOPFND	(Länge eines V.-Eintrags)	loop if no overflow to high byte
.,B110 E8 INX	INX	Übertrag addieren	else increment high byte
.,B111 D0 DC BNE $B0EF	BNEA STXFND ;ALWAYS BRANCHES. ; ; TEST FOR A LETTER. / CARRY OFF= NOT A LETTER. ; CARRY ON= A LETTER. ;	weiter suchen prüft auf Buchstabe	loop always, RAM doesn't extend to $FFFF check byte, return Cb = 0 if<"A" or >"Z"	...ALWAYS CHECK IF (A) IS ASCII LETTER A-Z RETURN CARRY = 1 IF A-Z = 0 IF NOT <<<NOTE FASTER AND SHORTER CODE: >>> <<< CMP #'Z'+1 COMPARE HI END <<< BCS .1 ABOVE A-Z <<< CMP #'A' COMPARE LO END <<< RTS C=0 IF LO, C=1 IF A-Z <<<.1 CLC C=0 IF HI <<< RTS		check character in A C=1 if alphabetic, C=0 if not
.,B113 C9 41 CMP #$41	ISLETC: CMPI "A"	'A'-Code? (Buchstabencode)	compare with "A"	COMPARE LO END		A
.,B115 90 05 BCC $B11C	BCC ISLRTS ;IF LESS THAN "A", RET.	wenn kleiner: RTS mit C = 0	exit if less carry is set	C=0 IF LOW
.,B117 E9 5B SBC #$5B	SBCI "Z"+1	'Z' + 1	subtract "Z"+1	PREPARE HI END TEST		Z
.,B119 38 SEC	SEC	wenn größer 'Z': C = 0	set carry	TEST HI END, RESTORING (A)
.,B11A E9 A5 SBC #$A5	SBCI 256-"Z"-1 ;RESET CARRY IF [A] .GT. "Z".	sonst: C = 1 = Buchstabe	subtract $A5 (restore byte) carry clear if byte > $5A	C=0 IF LO, C=1 IF A-Z
.,B11C 60 RTS	ISLRTS: RTS ;RETURN TO CALLER.	Rücksprung Variable anlegen	reached end of variable memory without match ... so create new variable	VARIABLE NOT FOUND, SO MAKE ONE		variable not found
.,B11D 68 PLA	NOTFNS: PLA ;CHECK WHO'S CALLING.		pop return address low byte	LOOK AT RETURN ADDRESS ON STACK TO
.,B11E 48 PHA	PHA ;RESTORE IT.	Aufrufadresse prüfen	push return address low byte	SEE IF CALLED FROM FRM.VARIABLE
.,B11F C9 2A CMP #$2A	CMPI ISVRET-1-<ISVRET-1>/256*256 ;IS EVAL CALLING?	Aufruf von FRMEVL?	compare with expected calling routine return low byte
.,B121 D0 05 BNE $B128	BNE NOTEVL ;NO, CARRY ON. IFN REALIO-3,< TSX LDA 258,X CMPI <<ISVRET-1>/256> BNE NOTEVL>	nein: dann neu anlegen	if not get variable go create new variable this will only drop through if the call was from $AF28 and is only called from there if it is searching for a variable from the right hand side of a LET a=b statement, it prevents the creation of variables not assigned a value. value returned by this is either numeric zero, exponent byte is $00, or null string, descriptor length byte is $00. in fact a pointer to any $00 byte would have done. else return dummy null value	NO
.,B123 A9 13 LDA #$13	LDZR: LDWDI ZERO ;SET UP PNTR TO SIMULATED ZERO.	Zeiger auf Konstante 0	set result pointer low byte	YES, CALLED FROM FRM.VARIABLE
.,B125 A0 BF LDY #$BF		(LOW und HIGH)	set result pointer high byte	POINT TO A CONSTANT ZERO
.,B127 60 RTS	RTS ;FOR STRINGS OR NUMERIC. ;AND FOR INTEGERS TOO. NOTEVL: IFN TIME!EXTIO,<	Rücksprung	create new numeric variable	NEW VARIABLE USED IN EXPRESSION = 0 MAKE A NEW SIMPLE VARIABLE MOVE ARRAYS UP 7 BYTES TO MAKE ROOM FOR NEW VARIABLE ENTER 7-BYTE VARIABLE DATA IN THE HOLE
.,B128 A5 45 LDA $45	LDWD VARNAM>	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	get variable name first character
.,B12A A4 46 LDY $46	IFN TIME,<	des Variablennames	get variable name second character
.,B12C C9 54 CMP #$54	CMPI "T"	'T'-Code?	compare first character with "T"			T
.,B12E D0 0B BNE $B13B	BNE QSTAVR	nein: $B13B	branch if not "T"
.,B130 C0 C9 CPY #$C9	CPYI "I"+128	'I$'-Code?	compare second character with "I$"			I$
.,B132 F0 EF BEQ $B123	BEQ LDZR	ja: TI$	if "I$" return null value
.,B134 C0 49 CPY #$49	CPYI "I"	'I'-Code?	compare second character with "I"			I
.,B136 D0 03 BNE $B13B	BNE QSTAVR> IFN EXTIO!TIME,<	nein: $B13B	branch if not "I" if name is "TI" do syntax error
.,B138 4C 08 AF JMP $AF08	GOBADV: JMP SNERR> QSTAVR: IFN EXTIO,<	'SYNTAX ERROR'	do syntax error then warm start
.,B13B C9 53 CMP #$53	CMPI "S"	'S'-Code?	compare first character with "S"			S
.,B13D D0 04 BNE $B143	BNE VAROK	nein: $B143	branch if not "S"
.,B13F C0 54 CPY #$54	CPYI "T"	'T'-Code?	compare second character with "T"			T
.,B141 F0 F5 BEQ $B138	BEQ GOBADV>	ST, dann 'SYNTAX ERROR'	if name is "ST" do syntax error
.,B143 A5 2F LDA $2F	VAROK: LDWD ARYTAB	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	get end of variables low byte	SET UP CALL TO BLTU TO
.,B145 A4 30 LDY $30		Zeigers auf Arraytabelle	get end of variables high byte	TO MOVE FROM ARYTAB THRU STREND-1
.,B147 85 5F STA $5F	STWD LOWTR ;LOWEST THING TO MOVE.	laden und	save old block start low byte	7 BYTES HIGHER
.,B149 84 60 STY $60		merken	save old block start high byte
.,B14B A5 31 LDA $31	LDWD STREND ;GET HIGHEST ADDR TO MOVE.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	get end of arrays low byte
.,B14D A4 32 LDY $32		Zeigers auf Ende der	get end of arrays high byte
.,B14F 85 5A STA $5A	STWD HIGHTR	Arraytabelle	save old block end low byte
.,B151 84 5B STY $5B		merken	save old block end high byte
.,B153 18 CLC	CLC	Carry für Addition setzen	clear carry for add
.,B154 69 07 ADC #$07	ADCI 6+ADDPRC	um 7 verschieben für Anlage	+7, space for one variable
.,B156 90 01 BCC $B159	BCC NOTEVE	einer neuen Variablen	branch if no overflow to high byte
.,B158 C8 INY	INY	Übertrag addieren	else increment high byte
.,B159 85 58 STA $58	NOTEVE: STWD HIGHDS ;PLACE TO STUFF IT.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	set new block end low byte
.,B15B 84 59 STY $59		neuen Blockendes speichern	set new block end high byte
.,B15D 20 B8 A3 JSR $A3B8	JSR BLTU ;MOVE IT ALL. ;NOTE [Y,A] HAS [HIGHDS] FOR REASON.	Block verschieben	open up space in memory	MOVE ARRAY BLOCK UP
.,B160 A5 58 LDA $58	LDWD HIGHDS ;AND SET UP	Werte	get new start low byte	STORE NEW START OF ARRAYS
.,B162 A4 59 LDY $59		wiederholen	get new start high byte (-$100)
.,B164 C8 INY	INY	und damit	correct high byte
.,B165 85 2F STA $2F	STWD ARYTAB ;NEW START OF ARRAY TABLE.	Zeiger auf Arraytabelle	set end of variables low byte
.,B167 84 30 STY $30		neu setzen	set end of variables high byte
.,B169 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;GET ADDR OF VARIABLE ENTRY.	Zeiger setzen	clear index
.,B16B A5 45 LDA $45	LDA VARNAM	erster Buchstabe des Namens	get variable name 1st character	FIRST CHAR OF NAME
.,B16D 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR	und speichern	save variable name 1st character
.,B16F C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen,	increment index
.,B170 A5 46 LDA $46	LDA VARNAM+1	zweiten Buchstaben holen	get variable name 2nd character	SECOND CHAR OF NAME
.,B172 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR ;STORE NAME OF VARIABLE.	und abspeichern	save variable name 2nd character
.,B174 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0	Nullwert laden	clear A	SET FIVE-BYTE VALUE TO 0
.,B176 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B177 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR	nächsten 5 Werte	initialise variable byte
.,B179 C8 INY	INY	der Variable auf 0 setzen	increment index
.,B17A 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR	2. Byte speichern	initialise variable byte
.,B17C C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B17D 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR	3. Byte speichern	initialise variable byte
.,B17F C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B180 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR ;FOURTH ZERO FOR DEF FUNC. IFN ADDPRC,<	4. Byte speichern	initialise variable byte
.,B182 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B183 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR>	5. Byte speichern	initialise variable byte found a match for variable	PUT ADDRESS OF VALUE OF VARIABLE IN VARPNT AND Y,A		variable found
.,B185 A5 5F LDA $5F	FINPTR: LDA LOWTR	Zeiger auf Variablenwert	get variable address low byte	LOWTR POINTS AT NAME OF VARIABLE,
.,B187 18 CLC	CLC	Carry löschen (Addition)	clear carry for add	SO ADD 2 TO GET TO VALUE
.,B188 69 02 ADC #$02	ADCI 2	zwei für Namen addieren	+2, offset past variable name bytes
.,B18A A4 60 LDY $60	LDY LOWTR+1	in Zeiger auf Variable	get variable address high byte
.,B18C 90 01 BCC $B18F	BCC FINNOW	Zeiger auf erstes Byte	branch if no overflow from add
.,B18E C8 INY	INY	High-Byte $48 erhöhen	else increment high byte
.,B18F 85 47 STA $47	FINNOW: STWD VARPNT ;THIS IS IT.	als Variablenzeiger	save current variable pointer low byte	ADDRESS IN VARPNT AND Y,A
.,B191 84 48 STY $48		nach $47/48 speichern	save current variable pointer high byte
.,B193 60 RTS	RTS PAGE MULTIPLE DIMENSION CODE.	Rücksprung berechnet Zeiger auf erstes Arrayelement	set-up array pointer to first element in array	COMPUTE ADDRESS OF FIRST VALUE IN ARRAY ARYPNT = (LOWTR) + #DIMS*2 + 5		compute pointer to array body
.,B194 A5 0B LDA $0B	FMAPTR: LDA COUNT	Anzahl der Dimensionen	get # of dimensions (1, 2 or 3)	GET # OF DIMENSIONS
.,B196 0A ASL	ASL A,	mal 2	*2 (also clears the carry !)	#DIMS*2 (SIZE OF EACH DIM IN 2 BYTES)
.,B197 69 05 ADC #$05	ADCI 5 ;POINT TO ENTRIES. C CLR'D BY ASL.	plus 5	+5 (result is 7, 9 or 11 here)	+ 5 (2 FOR NAME, 2 FOR OFFSET TO NEXT ARRAY, AND 1 FOR #DIMS
.,B199 65 5F ADC $5F	ADC LOWTR	zu $5F und	add array start pointer low byte	ADDRESS OF TH IS ARRAY IN ARYTAB
.,B19B A4 60 LDY $60	LDY LOWTR+1	$60 addieren	get array pointer high byte
.,B19D 90 01 BCC $B1A0	BCC JSRGM	Erhöhung umgehen	branch if no overflow
.,B19F C8 INY	INY	Übertrag addieren	else increment high byte
.,B1A0 85 58 STA $58	JSRGM: STWD ARYPNT	Ergebnis-Zeiger nach	save array data pointer low byte	ADDRESS OF FIRST VALUE IN ARRAY
.,B1A2 84 59 STY $59		$58/59 speichern	save array data pointer high byte
.,B1A4 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung	-32768 as floating value			float number for conversion to integer
.:B1A5 90 80 00 00 00	N32768: EXP 144,128,0,0 ;-32768.	Konstante -32768 Umwandlung FAC nach Integer	-32768 convert float to fixed	-32768 IN FLOATING POINT		routine to convert float to fixed point
.,B1AA 20 BF B1 JSR $B1BF		FAC nach Integer wandeln	evaluate integer expression, no sign check
.,B1AD A5 64 LDA $64		LOW-Byte	get result low byte
.,B1AF A4 65 LDY $65		HIGH-Byte	get result high byte
.,B1B1 60 RTS	; ; INTIDX READS A FORMULA FROM THE CURRENT POSITION AND ; TURNS IT INTO A POSITIVE INTEGER ; LEAVING THE RESULT IN FACMO&LO. NEGATIVE ARGUMENTS ; ARE NOT ALLOWED. ;	Rücksprung Ausdruck holen und nach Integer	evaluate integer expression	EVALUATE NUMERIC FORMULA AT TXTPTR CONVERTING RESULT TO INTEGER 0 <= X <= 32767 IN FAC+3,4		convert value from statement to integer
.,B1B2 20 73 00 JSR $0073	INTIDX: JSR CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory
.,B1B5 20 9E AD JSR $AD9E	JSR FRMEVL ;GET A NUMBER	FRMEVL, Ausdruck auswerten	evaluate expression evaluate integer expression, sign check
.,B1B8 20 8D AD JSR $AD8D	POSINT: JSR CHKNUM	prüft auf numerisch	check if source is numeric, else do type mismatch	CONVERT FAC TO INTEGER MUST BE POSITIVE AND LESS THAN 32768
.,B1BB A5 66 LDA $66	LDA FACSGN	Vorzeichen?	get FAC1 sign (b7)	ERROR IF -
.,B1BD 30 0D BMI $B1CC	BMI NONONO ;IF NEGATIVE, BLOW HIM OUT.	negativ: dann 'ILLEGAL QUANT'	do illegal quantity error if -ve evaluate integer expression, no sign check	CONVERT FAC TO INTEGER MUST BE -32767 <= FAC <= 32767		convert float number to integer
.,B1BF A5 61 LDA $61	AYINT: LDA FACEXP	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	EXPONENT OF VALUE IN FAC
.,B1C1 C9 90 CMP #$90	CMPI 144 ;FAC .GT. 32767?	Betrag größer 32768?	compare with exponent = 2^16 (n>2^15)	ABS(VALUE) < 32768?
.,B1C3 90 09 BCC $B1CE	BCC QINTGO	nein: $B1CE	if n<2^16 go convert FAC1 floating to fixed and return	YES, OK FOR INTEGER
.,B1C5 A9 A5 LDA #$A5	LDWDI N32768 ;GET ADDR OF -32768.	Zeiger auf	set pointer low byte to -32768	NO; NEXT FEW LINES ARE SUPPOSED TO		low B1A5
.,B1C7 A0 B1 LDY #$B1		Konstante -32768 setzen	set pointer high byte to -32768	ALLOW -32768 ($8000)		high B1A5
.,B1C9 20 5B BC JSR $BC5B	JSR FCOMP ;SEE IF FAC=[[Y,A]].	Vergleich FAC mit Konstante	compare FAC1 with (AY)
.,B1CC D0 7A BNE $B248	NONONO: BNE FCERR ;NO, FAC IS TOO BIG.	ungleich: 'ILLEGAL QUANT'	if <> do illegal quantity error then warm start	ILLEGAL QUANTITY
.,B1CE 4C 9B BC JMP $BC9B	QINTGO: JMP QINT ;GO TO QINT AND SHOVE IT. ; ; FORMAT OF ARRAYS IN CORE. ; ; DESCRIPTOR: ; LOWBYTE = FIRST CHARACTER. ; HIGHBYTE = SECOND CHARACTER (200 BIT IS STRING FLAG). ; LENGTH OF ARRAY IN CORE IN BYTES (INCLUDES EVERYTHING). ; NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS. ; FOR EACH DIMENSION STARTING WITH THE FIRST A LIST ; (2 BYTES EACH) OF THE MAX INDICE+1 ; THE VALUES ;	wandelt Fließkomma in Integer dimensionierte Variable holen	convert FAC1 floating to fixed and return find or make array an array is stored as follows array name two bytes with the following patterns for different types 1st char 2nd char b7 b7 type element size -------- -------- ----- ------------ 0 0 floating point 5 0 1 string 3 1 1 integer 2 offset to next array word dimension count byte 1st dimension size word, this is the number of elements including 0 2nd dimension size word, only here if the array has a second dimension 2nd dimension size word, only here if the array has a third dimension note: the dimension size word is in high byte low byte format, not like most 6502 words then for each element the required number of bytes given as the element size above	CONVERT TO INTEGER LOCATE ARRAY ELEMENT OR CREATE AN ARRAY PARSE THE SUBSCRIPT LIST		get pointer to dimensioned variable
.,B1D1 A5 0C LDA $0C	ISARY: LDA DIMFLG IFN INTPRC,<	DIM Flag	get DIM flag	YES
.,B1D3 05 0E ORA $0E	ORA INTFLG>	Integer Flag	OR with data type flag	SET HIGH BIT IF %
.,B1D5 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE [DIMFLG] FOR RECURSION.	auf Stapel retten	push it	SAVE VALTYP AND DIMFLG ON STACK
.,B1D6 A5 0D LDA $0D	LDA VALTYP	String Flag	get data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,B1D8 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE [VALTYP] FOR RECURSION.	auf Stapel retten	push it
.,B1D9 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;SET NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS TO ZERO.	Anzahl der Indizes	clear dimensions count now get the array dimension(s) and stack it (them) before the data type and DIM flag	COUNT # DIMENSIONS IN Y-REG
.,B1DB 98 TYA	INDLOP: TYA ;SAVE NUMBER OF DIMS.	in Akku und	copy dimensions count	SAVE #DIMS ON STACK
.,B1DC 48 PHA	PHA	auf Stapel retten	save it
.,B1DD A5 46 LDA $46	PSHWD VARNAM ;SAVE LOOKS.	2. Buchstabe des Variablenn.	get array name 2nd byte	SAVE VARIABLE NAME ON STACK
.,B1DF 48 PHA		und retten	save it
.,B1E0 A5 45 LDA $45		1. Buchstabe der Variablenn.	get array name 1st byte
.,B1E2 48 PHA		retten	save it
.,B1E3 20 B2 B1 JSR $B1B2	JSR INTIDX ;EVALUATE INDICE INTO FACMO&LO.	Index holen und nach Integer	evaluate integer expression	EVALUATE SUBSCRIPT AS INTEGER
.,B1E6 68 PLA	PULWD VARNAM ;GET BACK ALL... WE'RE HOME.	die zwei	pull array name 1st byte	RESTORE VARIABLE NAME
.,B1E7 85 45 STA $45		Bytes des	restore array name 1st byte
.,B1E9 68 PLA		Variablennamens zurückholen	pull array name 2nd byte
.,B1EA 85 46 STA $46		und wieder abspeichern	restore array name 2nd byte
.,B1EC 68 PLA	PLA ;(# OF DIMS).	Anzahl der Indizes	pull dimensions count	RESTORE # DIMS TO Y-REG
.,B1ED A8 TAY	TAY	holen und ins Y-Reg.	restore it
.,B1EE BA TSX	TSX	Stapelzeiger als Zeiger setzen	copy stack pointer	COPY VALTYP AND DIMFLG ON STACK
.,B1EF BD 02 01 LDA $0102,X	LDA 258,X	Variablenflags	get DIM flag	TO LEAVE ROOM FOR THE SUBSCRIPT
.,B1F2 48 PHA	PHA ;PUSH DIMFLG AND VALTYP FURTHER.	aus dem Stapel kopieren	push it
.,B1F3 BD 01 01 LDA $0101,X	LDA 257,X	und oben auf den	get data type flag
.,B1F6 48 PHA	PHA	Stapel legen	push it
.,B1F7 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA INDICE ;PUT INDICE ONTO STACK.	anstelle der	get this dimension size high byte	GET SUBSCRIPT VALUE AND PLACE IN THE
.,B1F9 9D 02 01 STA $0102,X	STA 258,X, ;UNDER DIMFLG AND VALTYP.	Variablenflags	stack before flag bytes	STACK WHERE VALTYP & DIMFLG WERE
.,B1FC A5 65 LDA $65	LDA INDICE+1	Index LOW und HIGH in	get this dimension size low byte
.,B1FE 9D 01 01 STA $0101,X	STA 257,X	den Stapel kopieren	stack before flag bytes
.,B201 C8 INY	INY ;INCREMENT # OF DIMS.	Anzahl der Indizes erhöhen	increment dimensions count	COUNT THE SUBSCRIPT
.,B202 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;GET TERMINATING CHARACTER.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	NEXT CHAR
.,B205 C9 2C CMP #$2C	CMPI 44 ;A COMMA?	',' Komma?	compare with ","			comma
.,B207 F0 D2 BEQ $B1DB	BEQ INDLOP ;YES.	ja: dann nächsten Index	if found go do next dimension	COMMA, PARSE ANOTHER SUBSCRIPT
.,B209 84 0B STY $0B	STY COUNT ;SAVE COUNT OF DIMS.	Anzahl der Indizes speichern	store dimensions count	NO MORE SUBSCRIPTS, SAVE #
.,B20B 20 F7 AE JSR $AEF7	JSR CHKCLS ;MUST BE CLOSED PAREN.	prüft auf Klammer zu	scan for ")", else do syntax error then warm start	NOW NEED ")"
.,B20E 68 PLA	PLA	Flags vom	pull data type flag	RESTORE VALTYPE AND DIMFLG
.,B20F 85 0D STA $0D	STA VALTYP ;GET VALTYP AND	Stapel	restore data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,B211 68 PLA	PLA IFN INTPRC,<	zurückholen	pull data type flag
.,B212 85 0E STA $0E	STA INTFLG	und abspeichern	restore data type flag, $80 = integer, $00 = float
.,B214 29 7F AND #$7F	ANDI 127>	Integerflag herstellen	mask dim flag	ISOLATE DIMFLG
.,B216 85 0C STA $0C	STA DIMFLG ;DIMFLG OFF STACK.	und abspeichern	restore DIM flag	SEARCH ARRAY TABLE FOR THIS ARRAY NAME
.,B218 A6 2F LDX $2F	LDX ARYTAB ;PLACE TO START SEARCH.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	set end of variables low byte (array memory start low byte)	(A,X) = START OF ARRAY TABLE
.,B21A A5 30 LDA $30	LDA ARYTAB+1	Zeigers auf Arraytabelle	set end of variables high byte (array memory start high byte) now check to see if we are at the end of array memory, we would be if there were no arrays.
.,B21C 86 5F STX $5F	LOPFDA: STX LOWTR	holen und	save as array start pointer low byte	USE LOWTR FOR RUNNING POINTER
.,B21E 85 60 STA $60	STA LOWTR+1	Zeiger merken	save as array start pointer high byte
.,B220 C5 32 CMP $32	CMP STREND+1 ;END OF ARRAYS?	Ende erreicht?	compare with end of arrays high byte	DID WE REACH THE END OF ARRAYS YET?
.,B222 D0 04 BNE $B228	BNE LOPFDV	nein: weiter	branch if not reached array memory end	NO, KEEP SEARCHING
.,B224 E4 31 CPX $31	CPX STREND	mit Tabellenende vergleichen	else compare with end of arrays low byte
.,B226 F0 39 BEQ $B261	BEQ NOTFDD ;A FINE THING! NO ARRAY!.	ja: nicht gefunden, anlegen	go build array if not found search for array	YES, THIS IS A NEW ARRAY NAME
.,B228 A0 00 LDY #$00	LOPFDV: LDYI 0	Zeiger setzen	clear index	POINT AT 1ST CHAR OF ARRAY NAME
.,B22A B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR	Namen aus Tabelle holen	get array name first byte	GET 1ST CHAR OF NAME
.,B22C C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index to second name byte	POINT AT 2ND CHAR
.,B22D C5 45 CMP $45	CMP VARNAM ;COMPARE HIGH ORDERS.	mit ges. Namen vergleichen	compare with this array name first byte	1ST CHAR SAME?
.,B22F D0 06 BNE $B237	BNE NMARY1 ;NO WAY IS IT THIS. GET OUT OF HERE.	ungleich: $B237	branch if no match	NO, MOVE TO NEXT ARRAY
.,B231 A5 46 LDA $46	LDA VARNAM+1	Vergleich mit	else get this array name second byte	YES, TRY 2ND CHAR
.,B233 D1 5F CMP ($5F),Y	CMPDY LOWTR ;LOW ORDERS?	zweitem Buchstaben	compare with array name second byte	SAME?
.,B235 F0 16 BEQ $B24D	BEQ GOTARY ;WELL, HERE IT IS !!	gefunden: $B24D	array found so branch no match	YES, ARRAY FOUND
.,B237 C8 INY	NMARY1: INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index	POINT AT OFFSET TO NEXT ARRAY
.,B238 B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR ;GET LENGTH.	Suchzeiger zur	get array size low byte	ADD OFFSET TO RUNNING POINTER
.,B23A 18 CLC	CLC	Feldlänge	clear carry for add
.,B23B 65 5F ADC $5F	ADC LOWTR	Addieren	add array start pointer low byte
.,B23D AA TAX	TAX	ergibt Zeiger auf	copy low byte to X
.,B23E C8 INY	INY	nächstes Array	increment index
.,B23F B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR	gleiches System	get array size high byte
.,B241 65 60 ADC $60	ADC LOWTR+1	mit zweitem Byte	add array memory pointer high byte
.,B243 90 D7 BCC $B21C	BCC LOPFDA ;ALWAYS BRANCHES.	und weiter suchen	if no overflow go check next array do bad subscript error	...ALWAYS ERROR: BAD SUBSCRIPTS
.,B245 A2 12 LDX #$12	BSERR: LDXI ERRBS ;GET BAD SUB ERROR NUMBER.	Nummer für 'bad subscript'	error $12, bad subscript error			error number
.:B247 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2		makes next line BIT $0EA2 do illegal quantity error	TRICK TO SKIP NEXT LINE ERROR: ILLEGAL QUANTITY
.,B248 A2 0E LDX #$0E	FCERR: LDXI ERRFC ;TOO BIG. "FUNCTION CALL" ERROR.	Nummer für 'illegal quanti.'	error $0E, illegal quantity error			error number
.,B24A 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	ERRGO3: JMP ERROR	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start found the array	FOUND THE ARRAY
.,B24D A2 13 LDX #$13	GOTARY: LDXI ERRDD ;PERHAPS A "RE-DIMENSION" ERROR	Nummer für 'redim'd array'	set error $13, double dimension error	SET UP FOR REDIM'D ARRAY ERROR		error number
.,B24F A5 0C LDA $0C	LDA DIMFLG ;TEST THE DIMFLG	DIM-Flag null?	get DIM flag	CALLED FROM "DIM" STATEMENT?
.,B251 D0 F7 BNE $B24A	BNE ERRGO3	nein: dann Fehlermeldung	if we are trying to dimension it do error #X then warm start found the array and we're not dimensioning it so we must find an element in it	YES, ERROR
.,B253 20 94 B1 JSR $B194	JSR FMAPTR	Zeiger auf 1.Arrayelement	set-up array pointer to first element in array	SET (ARYPNT) = ADDR OF FIRST ELEMENT
.,B256 A5 0B LDA $0B	LDA COUNT ;GET NUMBER OF DIMS INPUT.	Zahl der gefundenen Dimensio.	get dimensions count	COMPARE NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS
.,B258 A0 04 LDY #$04	LDYI 4	Zeiger setzen	set index to array's # of dimensions
.,B25A D1 5F CMP ($5F),Y	CMPDY LOWTR ;# OF DIMS THE SAME?	mit Dimensionen des Arrays vergleichen	compare with no of dimensions
.,B25C D0 E7 BNE $B245	BNE BSERR ;SAME SO GO GET DEFINITION.	ungleich: 'bad subscript'	if wrong do bad subscript error	NOT SAME, SUBSCRIPT ERROR
.,B25E 4C EA B2 JMP $B2EA	JMP GETDEF ; ; HERE WHEN VARIABLE IS NOT FOUND IN THE ARRAY TABLE. ; ; BUILDING AN ENTRY. ; ; PUT DOWN THE DESCRIPTOR. ; SETUP NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS. ; MAKE SURE THERE IS ROOM FOR THE NEW ENTRY. ; REMEMBER "VARPNT". ; TALLY=4. ; SKIP 2 LOCS FOR LATER FILL IN OF SIZE. ; LOOP: GET AN INDICE ; PUT DOWN NUMBER+1 AND INCREMENT VARPTR. *; TALLY=TALLYNUMBER+1. ; DECREMENT NUMBER-DIMS. ; BNE LOOP ; CALL "REASON" WITH [Y,A] REFLECTING LAST LOC OF VARIABLE. ; UPDATE STREND. ; ZERO ALL. ; MAKE TALLY INCLUDE MAXDIMS AND DESCRIPTOR. ; PUT DOWN TALLY. ; IF CALLED BY DIMENSION, RETURN. ; OTHERWISE INDEX INTO THE VARIABLE AS IF IT ; WERE FOUND ON THE INITIAL SEARCH.** ;	sucht gewünschtes Element Arrayvariable anlegen	found array so go get element array not found, so build it	CREATE A NEW ARRAY, UNLESS CALLED FROM GETARYPT		allocate array
.,B261 20 94 B1 JSR $B194	NOTFDD: JSR FMAPTR ;FORM ARYPNT.	Länge des Arraykopfs	set-up array pointer to first element in array	PUT ADDR OF 1ST ELEMENT IN ARYPNT
.,B264 20 08 A4 JSR $A408	JSR REASON	prüft auf genügend Platz	check available memory, do out of memory error if no room	MAKE SURE ENOUGH MEMORY LEFT
.,B267 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDAI 0 TAY	Zeiger für Polynom-	clear Y	POINT Y-REG AT VARIABLE NAME SLOT
.,B269 84 72 STY $72	STA CURTOL+1 IFE ADDPRC,< LDXI 4> IFN ADDPRC,<	auswertung neu setzen	clear array data size high byte	START SIZE COMPUTATION
.,B26B A2 05 LDX #$05	LDXI 5>	Wert für Variablenlänge(REAL)	set default element size	ASSUME 5-BYTES PER ELEMENT
.,B26D A5 45 LDA $45	LDA VARNAM ;THIS CODE ONLY WORKS FOR INTPRC=1	erster Buchstabe des Namens	get variable name 1st byte	STUFF VARIABLE NAME IN ARRAY
.,B26F 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR ;IF ADDPRC=1. IFN ADDPRC,<	in Arraytabelle	save array name 1st byte
.,B271 10 01 BPL $B274	BPL NOTFLT	kein Integer?	branch if not string or floating point array	NOT INTEGER ARRAY
.,B273 CA DEX	DEX>	bei Integerzahl	decrement element size, $04	INTEGER ARRAY, DECR. SIZE TO 4-BYTES
.,B274 C8 INY	NOTFLT: INY	Bytes vermindern	increment index	POINT Y-REG AT NEXT CHAR OF NAME
.,B275 A5 46 LDA $46	LDA VARNAM+1	zweiter Buchstabe	get variable name 2nd byte	REST OF ARRAY NAME
.,B277 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR	in Tabelle schreiben	save array name 2nd byte
.,B279 10 02 BPL $B27D	BPL STOMLT	kein String oder Integer?	branch if not integer or string	REAL ARRAY, STICK WITH SIZE = 5 BYTES
.,B27B CA DEX	DEX IFN ADDPRC,<	entgültige	decrement element size, $03	INTEGER OR STRING ARRAY, ADJUST SIZE
.,B27C CA DEX	DEX>	Variablenlänge herstellen	decrement element size, $02	TO INTEGER=3, STRING=2 BYTES
.,B27D 86 71 STX $71	STOMLT: STX CURTOL	und speichern (2, 3 oder 5)	save element size	STORE LOW-BYTE OF ARRAY ELEMENT SIZE
.,B27F A5 0B LDA $0B	LDA COUNT	Anzahl der Dimensionen holen	get dimensions count	STORE NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS
.,B281 C8 INY	REPEAT 3,<INY>	Zeiger	increment index ..	IN 5TH BYTE OF ARRAY
.,B282 C8 INY		um 3	.. to array ..
.,B283 C8 INY		erhöhen	.. dimension count
.,B284 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR ;SAVE NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS.	im Arrayheader speichern	save array dimension count
.,B286 A2 0B LDX #$0B	LOPPTA: LDXI 11 ;DEFAULT SIZE.	11, Defaultwert für	set default dimension size low byte	DEFAULT DIMENSION = 11 ELEMENTS
.,B288 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0	Dimensionierung	set default dimension size high byte	FOR HI-BYTE OF DIMENSION IF DEFAULT
.,B28A 24 0C BIT $0C	BIT DIMFLG	Aufruf durch DIM-Befehl?	test DIM flag	DIMENSIONED ARRAY?
.,B28C 50 08 BVC $B296	BVC NOTDIM ;NOT IN A DIM STATEMENT.	nein: $B296	branch if default to be used	NO, USE DEFAULT VALUE
.,B28E 68 PLA	PLA ;GET LOW ORDER OF INDICE.	Dimension vom Stapel holen	pull dimension size low byte	GET SPECIFIED DIM IN A,X
.,B28F 18 CLC	CLC	Carry löschen (Addition)	clear carry for add	# ELEMENTS IS 1 LARGER THAN
.,B290 69 01 ADC #$01	ADCI 1	eins addieren	add 1, allow for zeroeth element	DIMENSION VALUE
.,B292 AA TAX	TAX	und ins X-Reg.	copy low byte to X
.,B293 68 PLA	PLA ;GET HIGH PART OF INDICE.	2.Wert holen	pull dimension size high byte
.,B294 69 00 ADC #$00	ADCI 0	Übertrag addieren	add carry to high byte
.,B296 C8 INY	NOTDIM: INY	Zeiger erhöhen	incement index to dimension size high byte	ADD THIS DIMENSION TO ARRAY DESCRIPTOR
.,B297 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR ;STORE HIGH PART OF INDICE.	und speichern	save dimension size high byte
.,B299 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	incement index to dimension size low byte
.,B29A 8A TXA	TXA	1.Wert wieder in den Akku	copy dimension size low byte
.,B29B 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR ;STORE LOW ORDER OF INDICE.	und ebenfalls speichern	save dimension size low byte
.,B29D 20 4C B3 JSR $B34C	JSR UMULT ;[X,A]=[CURTOL]*[LOWTR,Y]	Platz für Dimensionen berech.	compute array size	MULTIPLY THIS DIMENSION BY RUNNING SIZE ((LOWTR)) * (STRNG2) --> A,X
.,B2A0 86 71 STX $71	STX CURTOL ;SAVE NEW TALLY.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	save result low byte	STORE RUNNING SIZE IN STRNG2
.,B2A2 85 72 STA $72	STA CURTOL+1	Variablenende-Zeigers merken	save result high byte
.,B2A4 A4 22 LDY $22	LDY INDEX	Zeiger auf Arrayheader	restore index	RETRIEVE Y SAVED BY MULTIPLY.SUBSCRIPT
.,B2A6 C6 0B DEC $0B	DEC COUNT ;ANY MORE INDICES LEFT?	weitere Dimensionen?	decrement dimensions count	COUNT DOWN # DIMS
.,B2A8 D0 DC BNE $B286	BNE LOPPTA ;YES.	ja: $B286 (Schleifenbeginn)	loop if not all done	LOOP TILL DONE NOW A,X HAS TOTAL # BYTES OF ARRAY ELEMENTS
.,B2AA 65 59 ADC $59	ADC ARYPNT+1	Feldlänge plus Startadresse	add array data pointer high byte	COMPUTE ADDRESS OF END OF THIS ARRAY
.,B2AC B0 5D BCS $B30B	BCS OMERR1 ;OVERFLOW.	Überlauf: 'OUT OF MEMORY'	if overflow do out of memory error then warm start	...TOO LARGE, ERROR
.,B2AE 85 59 STA $59	STA ARYPNT+1 ;COMPUTE WHERE TO ZERO.	Wert wieder speichern	save array data pointer high byte
.,B2B0 A8 TAY	TAY	und ins Y-Reg. bringen	copy array data pointer high byte
.,B2B1 8A TXA	TXA	Variablenendzeiger in Akku	copy array size low byte
.,B2B2 65 58 ADC $58	ADC ARYPNT	2.Zeichen addieren	add array data pointer low byte
.,B2B4 90 03 BCC $B2B9	BCC GREASE	Überlauf: Platz prüfen	branch if no rollover
.,B2B6 C8 INY	INY	Endadresse erhöhen	else increment next array pointer high byte
.,B2B7 F0 52 BEQ $B30B	BEQ OMERR1	Überlauf: 'OUT OF MEMORY'	if rolled over do out of memory error then warm start	...TOO LARGE, ERROR
.,B2B9 20 08 A4 JSR $A408	GREASE: JSR REASON ;GET ROOM.	prüft auf Speicherplatz	check available memory, do out of memory error if no room	MAKE SURE THERE IS ROOM UP TO Y,A
.,B2BC 85 31 STA $31	STWD STREND ;NEW END OF STORAGE.	Zeiger auf Ende	set end of arrays low byte	THERE IS ROOM SO SAVE NEW END OF TABLE
.,B2BE 84 32 STY $32		der Arraytabelle setzen	set end of arrays high byte now the aray is created we need to zero all the elements in it	AND ZERO THE ARRAY
.,B2C0 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0 ;STORING [ACCA] IS FASTER THAN CLEAR.	Array mit Nullen füllen	clear A for array clear
.,B2C2 E6 72 INC $72	INC CURTOL+1	Schleifenzähler high um 1 erhöhen	increment array size high byte, now block count	PREPARE FOR FAST ZEROING LOOP
.,B2C4 A4 71 LDY $71	LDY CURTOL	Schleifenzähler low	get array size low byte, now index to block	# BYTES MOD 256
.,B2C6 F0 05 BEQ $B2CD	BEQ DECCUR	wenn null: $B2CD	branch if $00	FULL PAGE
.,B2C8 88 DEY	ZERITA: DEY	Zeiger vermindern	decrement index, do 0 to n-1	CLEAR PAGE FULL
.,B2C9 91 58 STA ($58),Y	STADY ARYPNT	Nullwert setzen	clear array element byte
.,B2CB D0 FB BNE $B2C8	BNE ZERITA ;NO. CONTINUE.	solang Y <>0: $B2C8	loop until this block done
.,B2CD C6 59 DEC $59	DECCUR: DEC ARYPNT+1	High-Byte STA-Ziel verringern	decrement array pointer high byte	POINT TO NEXT PAGE
.,B2CF C6 72 DEC $72	DEC CURTOL+1	Schleifenzähler high verringern	decrement block count high byte	COUNT THE PAGES
.,B2D1 D0 F5 BNE $B2C8	BNE ZERITA ;DO ANOTHER BLOCK.	solang <>0: $B2C8	loop until all blocks done	STILL MORE TO CLEAR
.,B2D3 E6 59 INC $59	INC ARYPNT+1 ;BUMP BACK UP. WILL USE LATER.	High-Byte STA-Ziel erhöhen	correct for last loop	RECOVER LAST DEC, POINT AT 1ST ELEMENT
.,B2D5 38 SEC	SEC	Carry setzen (Subtr.)	set carry for subtract
.,B2D6 A5 31 LDA $31	LDA STREND ;RESTORE [ACCA].	Zeiger auf Feldende	get end of arrays low byte	COMPUTE OFFSET TO END OF ARRAYS
.,B2D8 E5 5F SBC $5F	SBC LOWTR ;DETERMINE LENGTH.	- Zeiger auf Arrayheader	subtract array start low byte	AND STORE IN ARRAY DESCRIPTOR
.,B2DA A0 02 LDY #$02	LDYI 2	Zeiger setzen	index to array size low byte
.,B2DC 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR ;LOW.	Arraylänge LOW	save array size low byte
.,B2DE A5 32 LDA $32	LDA STREND+1	Zeiger auf Feldende	get end of arrays high byte
.,B2E0 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	index to array size high byte
.,B2E1 E5 60 SBC $60	SBC LOWTR+1	- Zeiger auf Arrayheader	subtract array start high byte
.,B2E3 91 5F STA ($5F),Y	STADY LOWTR ;HIGH.	Arraylänge HIGH	save array size high byte
.,B2E5 A5 0C LDA $0C	LDA DIMFLG	Aufruf vom DIM-Befehl?	get default DIM flag	WAS THIS CALLED FROM "DIM" STATEMENT?
.,B2E7 D0 62 BNE $B34B	BNE DIMRTS ;BYE.	ja: RTS Arrayelement suchen	exit if this was a DIM command else, find element	YES, WE ARE FINISHED
.,B2E9 C8 INY	INY ; ; AT THIS POINT [LOWTR,Y] POINTS BEYOND THE SIZE TO THE NUMBER OF ; DIMENSIONS. STRATEGY: ; NUMDIM=NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS. ; CURTOL=0. ; INLPNM:GET A NEW INDICE. ; MAKE SURE INDICE IS NOT TOO BIG. ; MULTIPLY CURTOL BY CURMAX. ; ADD INDICE TO CURTOL. ; NUMDIM=NUMDIM-1. ; BNE INLPNM. *; USE [CURTOL]4 AS OFFSET.** ;	Zeiger erhöhen	set index to # of dimensions, the dimension indeces are on the stack and will be removed as the position of the array element is calculated	NO, NOW NEED TO FIND THE ELEMENT FIND SPECIFIED ARRAY ELEMENT (LOWTR),Y POINTS AT # OF DIMS IN ARRAY DESCRIPTOR THE SUBSCRIPTS ARE ALL ON THE STACK AS INTEGERS		compute reference to array element
.,B2EA B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	GETDEF: LDADY LOWTR	Zahl der Dimensionen	get array's dimension count	GET # OF DIMENSIONS
.,B2EC 85 0B STA $0B	STA COUNT ;SAVE A COUNTER.	speichern	save it
.,B2EE A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0 ;ZERO [CURTOL].	Nullwert laden und	clear byte	ZERO SUBSCRIPT ACCUMULATOR
.,B2F0 85 71 STA $71	STA CURTOL	Zeiger auf Polynom-	clear array data pointer low byte
.,B2F2 85 72 STA $72	INLPNM: STA CURTOL+1	auswertung löschen	save array data pointer high byte
.,B2F4 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index, point to array bound high byte
.,B2F5 68 PLA	PLA ;GET LOW INDICE.	1. Indexwert vom Stapel	pull array index low byte	PULL NEXT SUBSCRIPT FROM STACK
.,B2F6 AA TAX	TAX	holen und ins X-Reg. bringen	copy to X	SAVE IN FAC+3,4
.,B2F7 85 64 STA $64	STA INDICE	Wert speichern	save index low byte to FAC1 mantissa 3	AND COMPARE WITH DIMENSIONED SIZE
.,B2F9 68 PLA	PLA ;AND THE HIGH PART	2. Indexwert holen	pull array index high byte
.,B2FA 85 65 STA $65	STA INDICE+1	und speichern	save index high byte to FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B2FC D1 5F CMP ($5F),Y	CMPDY LOWTR ;COMPARE WITH MAX INDICE.	mit Wert im Array vergleichen	compare with array bound high byte
.,B2FE 90 0E BCC $B30E	BCC INLPN2	kleiner?	branch if within bounds	SUBSCRIPT NOT TOO LARGE
.,B300 D0 06 BNE $B308	BNE BSERR7 ;IF GREATER, "BAD SUBSCRIPT" ERROR.	größer: 'bad subscript'	if outside bounds do bad subscript error else high byte was = so test low bytes	SUBSCRIPT IS TOO LARGE
.,B302 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	index to array bound low byte	CHECK LOW-BYTE OF SUBSCRIPT
.,B303 8A TXA	TXA	1.Wert zurückholen	get array index low byte
.,B304 D1 5F CMP ($5F),Y	CMPDY LOWTR	LOW-Byte vergleichen	compare with array bound low byte
.,B306 90 07 BCC $B30F	BCC INLPN1	kleiner: dann weiter	branch if within bounds	NOT TOO LARGE
.,B308 4C 45 B2 JMP $B245	BSERR7: JMP BSERR	'bad subscript'	do bad subscript error	BAD SUBSCRIPTS ERROR
.,B30B 4C 35 A4 JMP $A435	OMERR1: JMP OMERR	'out of memory' Berechnung der Adresse eines Arrayelements	do out of memory error then warm start	MEM FULL ERROR
.,B30E C8 INY	INLPN2: INY	Zeiger erhöhen	index to array bound low byte	BUMP POINTER INTO DESCRIPTOR
.,B30F A5 72 LDA $72	INLPN1: LDA CURTOL+1 ;DON'T MULTIPLY IF CURTOL=0.	Zeiger auf Polynomausw.(HIGH)	get array data pointer high byte	BYPASS MULTIPLICATION IF VALUE SO
.,B311 05 71 ORA $71	ORA CURTOL	Zeiger auf Polynomausw.(LOW)	OR with array data pointer low byte	FAR = 0
.,B313 18 CLC	CLC ;PREPARE TO GET INDICE BACK.	Carry löschen	clear carry for either add, carry always clear here ??
.,B314 F0 0A BEQ $B320	BEQ ADDIND ;GET HIGH PART OF INDICE BACK.	Multiplikation umgehen	branch if array data pointer = null, skip multiply	IT IS ZERO SO FAR
.,B316 20 4C B3 JSR $B34C	JSR UMULT ;MULTIPLY [CURTOL] BY [LOWTR,Y,Y+1].	Multiplikation	compute array size	NOT ZERO, SO MULTIPLY
.,B319 8A TXA	TXA	(X/Y)=($71/72)*(($5F/60),Y)	get result low byte	ADD CURRENT SUBSCRIPT
.,B31A 65 64 ADC $64	ADC INDICE ;ADD IN [INDICE].		add index low byte from FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B31C AA TAX	TAX	Akku zurück ins X-Reg.	save result low byte
.,B31D 98 TYA	TYA		get result high byte
.,B31E A4 22 LDY $22	LDY INDEX1	Zeiger in Arrayheader	restore index	RETRIEVE Y SAVED BY MULTIPLY.SUBSCRIPT
.,B320 65 65 ADC $65	ADDIND: ADC INDICE+1		add index high byte from FAC1 mantissa 4	FINISH ADDING CURRENT SUBSCRIPT
.,B322 86 71 STX $71	STX CURTOL		save array data pointer low byte	STORE ACCUMULATED OFFSET
.,B324 C6 0B DEC $0B	DEC COUNT ;ANY MORE?	Anzahl der Dimensionen	decrement dimensions count	LAST SUBSCRIPT YET?
.,B326 D0 CA BNE $B2F2	BNE INLPNM ;YES.	mit nächstem Index weiter	loop if dimensions still to do	NO, LOOP TILL DONE
.,B328 85 72 STA $72	STA CURTOL+1 ;FIX ARRAY BUG **** IFE ADDPRC,< LDXI 4> IFN ADDPRC,<		save array data pointer high byte	YES, NOW MULTIPLY BE ELEMENT SIZE
.,B32A A2 05 LDX #$05	LDXI 5 ;THIS CODE ONLY WORKS FOR INTPRC=1	Variablenlänge (5, REAL)	set default element size	START WITH SIZE = 5
.,B32C A5 45 LDA $45	LDA VARNAM ;IF ADDPRC=1.	erster Buchstabe des Namens	get variable name 1st byte	DETERMINE VARIABLE TYPE
.,B32E 10 01 BPL $B331	BPL NOTFL1	Integer? nein: $B331	branch if not string or floating point array	NOT INTEGER
.,B330 CA DEX	DEX>	Länge vermindern	decrement element size, $04	INTEGER, BACK DOWN SIZE TO 4 BYTES
.,B331 A5 46 LDA $46	NOTFL1: LDA VARNAM+1	zweiter Buchstabe des Namens	get variable name 2nd byte	DISCRIMINATE BETWEEN REAL AND STR
.,B333 10 02 BPL $B337	BPL STOML1	FLP? ja: $B337	branch if not integer or string	IT IS REAL
.,B335 CA DEX	DEX IFN ADDPRC,<	Länge 2 mal	decrement element size, $03	SIZE = 3 IF STRING, =2 IF INTEGER
.,B336 CA DEX	DEX>	vermindern	decrement element size, $02
.,B337 86 28 STX $28	STOML1: STX ADDEND	Länge der Variablen 2,3 oder5	save dimension size low byte	SET UP MULTIPLIER
.,B339 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0	Wert laden und damit	clear dimension size high byte	HI-BYTE OF MULTIPLIER
.,B33B 20 55 B3 JSR $B355	JSR UMULTD ;ON RTS, A&Y=HI . X=LO.	Offset im Array berechnen	compute array size	(STRNG2) BY ELEMENT SIZE
.,B33E 8A TXA	TXA	zur Adresse des ersten	copy array size low byte	ADD ACCUMULATED OFFSET
.,B33F 65 58 ADC $58	ADC ARYPNT	Elements addieren	add array data start pointer low byte	TO ADDRESS OF 1ST ELEMENT
.,B341 85 47 STA $47	STA VARPNT	ergibt Variablenadresse	save as current variable pointer low byte	TO GET ADDRESS OF SPECIFIED ELEMENT
.,B343 98 TYA	TYA	2.Byte in Akku holen	copy array size high byte
.,B344 65 59 ADC $59	ADC ARYPNT+1	addieren, ergibt	add array data start pointer high byte
.,B346 85 48 STA $48	STA VARPNT+1	HIGH-Byte der Adresse	save as current variable pointer high byte
.,B348 A8 TAY	TAY	ins Y-Reg. bringen und	copy high byte to Y	RETURN WITH ADDR IN VARPNT
.,B349 A5 47 LDA $47	LDA VARPNT	1.Byte wieder in Akku holen	get current variable pointer low byte pointer to element is now in AY	AND IN Y,A
.,B34B 60 RTS	DIMRTS: RTS ;RETURN TO CALLER. INTEGER ARITHMETIC ROUTINES. ;TWO BYTE UNSIGNED INTEGER MULTIPLY. ;THIS IS FOR MULTIPLY DIMENSIONED ARRAYS. *; [X,Y]=[X,A]=[CURTOL][LOWTR,Y,Y+1].**	Rücksprung Hilfsroutine für Arrayberechnung	compute array size, result in XY	MULTIPLY (STRNG2) BY ((LOWTR),Y) LEAVING PRODUCT IN A,X. (HI-BYTE ALSO IN Y.) USED ONLY BY ARRAY SUBSCRIPT ROUTINES		XY = XA = length * limit from array data
.,B34C 84 22 STY $22	UMULT: STY INDEX	Register merken	save index	SAVE Y-REG
.,B34E B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR	1. Wert holen	get dimension size low byte	GET MULTIPLIER
.,B350 85 28 STA $28	STA ADDEND ;LOW, THEN HIGH.	und abspeichern	save dimension size low byte	SAVE IN RESULT+2,3
.,B352 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger vermindern	decrement index
.,B353 B1 5F LDA ($5F),Y	LDADY LOWTR ;PUT [LOWTR,Y,Y+1] IN FASTER MEMORY.	2. Wert holen	get dimension size high byte
.,B355 85 29 STA $29	UMULTD: STA ADDEND+1	und abspeichern	save dimension size high byte	LOW BYTE OF MULTIPLIER
.,B357 A9 10 LDA #$10	LDAI 16	Wert laden und damit	count = $10 (16 bit multiply)	MULTIPLY 16 BITS
.,B359 85 5D STA $5D	STA DECCNT	Verschiebezähler setzen	save bit count
.,B35B A2 00 LDX #$00	LDXI 0 ;CLR THE ACCS.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des Er-	clear result low byte	PRODUCT = 0 INITIALLY
.,B35D A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;RESULT INITIALLY ZERO.	gebnisregisters auf 0 setzen	clear result high byte
.,B35F 8A TXA	UMULTC: TXA	LOW-Byte in Akku holen und	get result low byte	DOUBLE PRODUCT
.,B360 0A ASL	ASL A, ;MULTIPLY BY TWO.	um 1 Bit nach links schieben	*2	LOW BYTE
.,B361 AA TAX	TAX	Byte zurück ins X-Reg.	save result low byte
.,B362 98 TYA	TYA	HIGH-Byte in den Akku holen,	get result high byte	HIGH BYTE
.,B363 2A ROL	ROL A,	um 1 Bit nach links rotieren	*2	IF TOO LARGE, SET CARRY
.,B364 A8 TAY	TAY	und zurückbringen	save result high byte
.,B365 B0 A4 BCS $B30B	BCS OMERR1 ;TWO MUCH !	Überlauf: 'out of memory'	if overflow go do "Out of memory" error	TOO LARGE, "MEM FULL ERROR"
.,B367 06 71 ASL $71	ASL CURTOL	nächstes Bit aus	shift element size low byte	NEXT BIT OF MUTLPLICAND
.,B369 26 72 ROL $72	ROL CURTOL+1	$71/72 herausholen	shift element size high byte	INTO CARRY
.,B36B 90 0B BCC $B378	BCC UMLCNT ;NOTHING IN THIS POSITION TO MULTIPLY.	=0? ja: Addition umgehen	skip add if no carry	BIT=0, DON'T NEED TO ADD
.,B36D 18 CLC	CLC	Carry setzen (Addition)	else clear carry for add	BIT=1, ADD INTO PARTIAL PRODUCT
.,B36E 8A TXA	TXA	LOW-Byte holen	get result low byte
.,B36F 65 28 ADC $28	ADC ADDEND	1. Wert addieren	add dimension size low byte
.,B371 AA TAX	TAX	LOW-Byte zurückbringen	save result low byte
.,B372 98 TYA	TYA	HIGH-Byte holen	get result high byte
.,B373 65 29 ADC $29	ADC ADDEND+1	2. Wert addieren	add dimension size high byte
.,B375 A8 TAY	TAY	HIGH-Byte zurückholen	save result high byte
.,B376 B0 93 BCS $B30B	BCS OMERR1 ;MAN, JUST TOO MUCH !	Überlauf: 'out of memory'	if overflow go do "Out of memory" error	TOO LARGE, "MEM FULL ERROR"
.,B378 C6 5D DEC $5D	UMLCNT: DEC DECCNT ;DONE?	nächstes Bit holen	decrement bit count	16-BITS YET?
.,B37A D0 E3 BNE $B35F	BNE UMULTC ;KEEP IT UP.	alle 16 Bits? nein: weiter	loop until all done	NO, KEEP SHUFFLING
.,B37C 60 RTS	UMLRTS: RTS ;YES, ALL DONE. PAGE FRE FUNCTION AND INTEGER TO FLOATING ROUTINES.	Rücksprung BASIC-Funktion FRE	perform FRE()	YES, PRODUCT IN Y,X AND A,X "FRE" FUNCTION COLLECTS GARBAGE AND RETURNS # BYTES OF MEMORY LEFT		FRE function
.,B37D A5 0D LDA $0D	FRE: LDA VALTYP	Typflag	get data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric	LOOK AT VALUE OF ARGUMENT
.,B37F F0 03 BEQ $B384	BEQ NOFREF	kein String	branch if numeric	=0 MEANS REAL, =$FF MEANS STRING
.,B381 20 A6 B6 JSR $B6A6	JSR FREFAC	FRESTR	pop string off descriptor stack, or from top of string space returns with A = length, X=$71=pointer low byte, Y=$72=pointer high byte FRE(n) was numeric so do this	STRING, SO SET IT FREE IS TEMP
.,B384 20 26 B5 JSR $B526	NOFREF: JSR GARBA2	Garbage Collection	go do garbage collection	COLLECT ALL THE GARBAGE IN SIGHT
.,B387 38 SEC	SEC	Carry setzen (Subtr.)	set carry for subtract	COMPUTE SPACE BETWEEN ARRAYS AND
.,B388 A5 33 LDA $33	LDA FRETOP ;WE WANT	Stringanfang (LOW)	get bottom of string space low byte	STRING TEMP AREA
.,B38A E5 31 SBC $31	SBC STREND ;[FRETOP]-[STREND].	- Variablenende (LOW)	subtract end of arrays low byte
.,B38C A8 TAY	TAY	ergibt freien Speicher	copy result to Y
.,B38D A5 34 LDA $34	LDA FRETOP+1	Stringanfang (HIGH)	get bottom of string space high byte
.,B38F E5 32 SBC $32	SBC STREND+1	- Variablenende (HIGH)	subtract end of arrays high byte convert fixed integer AY to float FAC1	FREE SPACE IN Y,A FALL INTO GIVAYF TO FLOAT THE VALUE NOTE THAT VALUES OVER 32767 WILL RETURN AS NEGATIVE FLOAT THE SIGNED INTEGER IN A,Y		routine to convert integer to float
.,B391 A2 00 LDX #$00	GIVAYF: LDXI 0	Wert laden und	set type = numeric	MARK FAC VALUE TYPE REAL
.,B393 86 0D STX $0D	STX VALTYP	Flag auf numerisch setzen	clear data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,B395 85 62 STA $62	STWD FACHO	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	save FAC1 mantissa 1	SAVE VALUE FROM A,Y IN MANTISSA
.,B397 84 63 STY $63		Ergebnisses merken	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B399 A2 90 LDX #$90	LDXI 144 ;SET EXPONENT TO 2^16.	und nach	set exponent=2^16 (integer)	SET EXPONENT TO 2^16
.,B39B 4C 44 BC JMP $BC44	JMP FLOATS ;TURN IT TO A FLOATING PNT #.	Fließkomma wandlen BASIC-Funktion POS	set exp = X, clear FAC1 3 and 4, normalise and return perform POS()	CONVERT TO SIGNED FP "POS" FUNCTION RETURNS CURRENT LINE POSITION FROM MON.CH		POS function
.,B39E 38 SEC	POS: LDY TRMPOS ;GET POSITION.	C=1 Cursorposition holen	set Cb for read cursor position
.,B39F 20 F0 FF JSR $FFF0		Cursorposition holen	read/set X,Y cursor position	FLOAT (Y) INTO FAC, GIVING VALUE 0-255
.,B3A2 A9 00 LDA #$00	SNGFLT: LDAI 0	Z=1	clear high byte	MSB = 0
.,B3A4 F0 EB BEQ $B391	BEQA GIVAYF ;FLOAT IT. PAGE SIMPLE-USER-DEFINED-FUNCTION CODE. ; ; NOTE ONLY SINGLE ARGUMENTS ARE ALLOWED TO FUNCTIONS ; AND FUNCTIONS MUST BE OF THE SINGLE LINE FORM: ; DEF FNA(X)=X^2+X-2 ; NO STRINGS CAN BE INVOLVED WITH THESE FUNCTIONS. ; ; IDEA: CREATE A SIMPLE VARIABLE ENTRY ; WHOSE FIRST CHARACTER HAS THE 200 BIT SET. ; THE VALUE WILL BE: ; ; A TEXT PNTR TO THE FORMULA. ; A PNTR TO THE ARGUMENT VARIABLE. ; ; FUNCTION NAMES CAN BE LIKE "FNA4". ; ; ; SUBROUTINE TO SEE IF WE ARE IN DIRECT MODE. ; AND COMPLAIN IF SO. ;	unbedingter Sprung Test auf Direkt-Modus	convert fixed integer AY to float FAC1, branch always check not Direct, used by DEF and INPUT	...ALWAYS CHECK FOR DIRECT OR RUNNING MODE GIVING ERROR IF DIRECT MODE		check for non-direct mode
.,B3A6 A6 3A LDX $3A	ERRDIR: LDX CURLIN+1 ;DIR MODE HAS [CURLIN]=0,255	Flag laden (Direktm. = $FF)	get current line number high byte	=$FF IF DIRECT MODE
.,B3A8 E8 INX	INX ;SO NOW, IS RESULT ZERO?	testen	increment it	MAKES $FF INTO ZERO
.,B3A9 D0 A0 BNE $B34B	BNE DIMRTS ;YES.	nein: dann RTS	return if not direct mode else do illegal direct error	RETURN IF RUNNING MODE
.,B3AB A2 15 LDX #$15	LDXI ERRID ;INPUT DIRECT ERROR CODE.	Nummer für 'illegal direct'	error $15, illegal direct error	DIRECT MODE, GIVE ERROR		error number
.:B3AD 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2		makes next line BIT $1BA2	TRICK TO SKIP NEXT 2 BYTES
.,B3AE A2 1B LDX #$1B	ERRGUF: LDXI ERRUF ;USER DEFINED FUNCTION NEVER DEFINED	Nummer für 'undef'd function'	error $1B, undefined function error	UNDEFINDED FUNCTION ERROR		error number
.,B3B0 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	ERRGO1: JMP ERROR	Fehlermeldung ausgeben BASIC-Befehl DEF FN	do error #X then warm start perform DEF	"DEF" STATEMENT		DEF command
.,B3B3 20 E1 B3 JSR $B3E1	DEF: JSR GETFNM ;GET A PNTR TO THE FUNCTION.	prüft FN-Syntax	check FNx syntax	PARSE "FN", FUNCTION NAME
.,B3B6 20 A6 B3 JSR $B3A6	JSR ERRDIR	testet auf Direkt-Modus	check not direct, back here if ok	ERROR IF IN DIRECT MODE
.,B3B9 20 FA AE JSR $AEFA	JSR CHKOPN ;MUST HAVE "(".	prüft auf 'Klammer auf	scan for "(", else do syntax error then warm start	NEED "("
.,B3BC A9 80 LDA #$80	LDAI 128	Wert laden	set flag for FNx	FLAG PTRGET THAT CALLED FROM "DEF FN"
.,B3BE 85 10 STA $10	STA SUBFLG ;PROHIBIT SUBSCRIPTED VARIABLES.	sperrt INTEGER-Variable	save subscript/FNx flag	ALLOW ONLY SIMPLE FP VARIABLE FOR ARG
.,B3C0 20 8B B0 JSR $B08B	JSR PTRGET ;GET PNTR TO ARGUMENT.	sucht Variable	get variable address	GET PNTR TO ARGUMENT
.,B3C3 20 8D AD JSR $AD8D	JSR CHKNUM ;IS IT A NUMBER?	prüft auf numerisch	check if source is numeric, else do type mismatch	MUST BE NUMERIC
.,B3C6 20 F7 AE JSR $AEF7	JSR CHKCLS ;MUST HAVE ")"	prüft auf 'Klammer zu'	scan for ")", else do syntax error then warm start	MUST HAVE ")" NOW
.,B3C9 A9 B2 LDA #$B2	SYNCHK EQULTK ;MUST HAVE "=".	'=' BASIC-Code	get = token	NOW NEED "="
.,B3CB 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf '='	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start	OR ELSE SYNTAX ERROR
.,B3CE 48 PHA	IFN ADDPRC,<PHA> ;PUT CRAZY BYTE ON.	erstes Zeichen auf Stapel	push next character	SAVE CHAR AFTER "="
.,B3CF A5 48 LDA $48	PSHWD VARPNT	LOW- und HIGH-Byte der	get current variable pointer high byte	SAVE PNTR TO ARGUMENT
.,B3D1 48 PHA		FN-Variablen-Adresse	push it
.,B3D2 A5 47 LDA $47		auf den Stapel	get current variable pointer low byte
.,B3D4 48 PHA		legen	push it
.,B3D5 A5 7B LDA $7B	PSHWD TXTPTR	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	get BASIC execute pointer high byte	SAVE TXTPTR
.,B3D7 48 PHA		des Programmzeigers	push it
.,B3D8 A5 7A LDA $7A		auf den Stapel	get BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,B3DA 48 PHA		legen	push it
.,B3DB 20 F8 A8 JSR $A8F8	JSR DATA	Programmzeiger auf Statement	perform DATA	SCAN TO NEXT STATEMENT
.,B3DE 4C 4F B4 JMP $B44F	JMP DEFFIN ; ; SUBROUTINE TO GET A PNTR TO A FUNCTION NAME. ;	FN-Variable vom Stapel holen prüft FN-Syntax	put execute pointer and variable pointer into function and return check FNx syntax	STORE ABOVE 5 BYTES IN "VALUE" COMMON ROUTINE FOR "DEFFN" AND "FN", TO PARSE "FN" AND THE FUNCTION NAME		get function name
.,B3E1 A9 A5 LDA #$A5	GETFNM: SYNCHK FNTK ;MUST START WITH FN.	FN-Code	set FN token	MUST NOW SEE "FN" TOKEN
.,B3E3 20 FF AE JSR $AEFF		prüft auf FN-Code	scan for CHR$(A), else do syntax error then warm start	OR ELSE SYNTAX ERROR
.,B3E6 09 80 ORA #$80	ORAI 128 ;PUT FUNCTION BIT ON.	Wert laden	set FN flag bit	SET SIGN BIT ON 1ST CHAR OF NAME,
.,B3E8 85 10 STA $10	STA SUBFLG	sperrt INTEGER-Variable	save FN name	MAKING $C0 < SUBFLG < $DB
.,B3EA 20 92 B0 JSR $B092	JSR PTRGT2 ;GET POINTER TO FUNCTION OR CREATE ANEW.	sucht Variable	search for FN variable	WHICH TELLS PTRGET WHO CALLED
.,B3ED 85 4E STA $4E	STWD DEFPNT	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	save function pointer low byte	FOUND VALID FUNCTION NAME, SO
.,B3EF 84 4F STY $4F		FN-Variablenzeiger setzen	save function pointer high byte	SAVE ADDRESS
.,B3F1 4C 8D AD JMP $AD8D	JMP CHKNUM ;MAKE SURE IT'S NOT A STRING AND RETURN.	prüft auf numerisch BASIC-Funktion FN	check if source is numeric and return, else do type mismatch Evaluate FNx	MUST BE NUMERIC "FN" FUNCTION CALL		expand FN call
.,B3F4 20 E1 B3 JSR $B3E1	FNDOER: JSR GETFNM ;GET THE FUNCTION'S NAME.	prüft FN-Syntax	check FNx syntax	PARSE "FN", FUNCTION NAME
.,B3F7 A5 4F LDA $4F	PSHWD DEFPNT	LOW- und HiGH-Byte des	get function pointer high byte	STACK FUNCTION ADDRESS
.,B3F9 48 PHA		FN-Variablenzeigers	push it	IN CASE OF A NESTED FN CALL
.,B3FA A5 4E LDA $4E		auf den Stapel	get function pointer low byte
.,B3FC 48 PHA		legen	push it
.,B3FD 20 F1 AE JSR $AEF1	JSR PARCHK ;EVALUATE PARAMETER.	holt Term in Klammern	evaluate expression within parentheses	MUST NOW HAVE "(EXPRESSION)"
.,B400 20 8D AD JSR $AD8D	JSR CHKNUM	prüft auf numerisch	check if source is numeric, else do type mismatch	MUST BE NUMERIC EXPRESSION
.,B403 68 PLA	PULWD DEFPNT	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	pop function pointer low byte	GET FUNCTION ADDRESS BACK
.,B404 85 4E STA $4E		des	restore it
.,B406 68 PLA		FN-Variablenzeigers wieder-	pop function pointer high byte
.,B407 85 4F STA $4F		holen und speichern	restore it
.,B409 A0 02 LDY #$02	LDYI 2	Zeiger setzen	index to variable pointer high byte	POINT AT ADD OF ARGUMENT VARIABLE
.,B40B B1 4E LDA ($4E),Y	LDADY DEFPNT ;GET POINTER TO VARIABLE.	Zeiger (LOW) auf FN-Variable	get variable address low byte
.,B40D 85 47 STA $47	STA VARPNT ;SAVE VARIABLE POINTER.	in Variablenadresszeiger	save current variable pointer low byte
.,B40F AA TAX	TAX	und ins X-Reg.	copy address low byte
.,B410 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	index to variable address high byte
.,B411 B1 4E LDA ($4E),Y	LDADY DEFPNT	Zeiger (HIGH) laden	get variable pointer high byte
.,B413 F0 99 BEQ $B3AE	BEQ ERRGUF	gibt 'undef'd function'	branch if high byte zero	UNDEFINED FUNCTION
.,B415 85 48 STA $48	STA VARPNT+1	in Variablenadresse	save current variable pointer high byte
.,B417 C8 INY	IFN ADDPRC,<INY> ;SINCE DEF USES ONLY 4.	Zeiger erhöhen	index to mantissa 3 now stack the function variable value before use	Y=4 NOW
.,B418 B1 47 LDA ($47),Y	DEFSTF: LDADY VARPNT	FN-Variablenwert holen	get byte from variable	SAVE OLD VALUE OF ARGUMENT VARIABLE
.,B41A 48 PHA	PHA ;PUSH IT ALL ON STACK.	und auf Stapel retten	stack it	ON STACK, IN CASE ALSO USED AS
.,B41B 88 DEY	DEY ;SINCE WE ARE RECURSING MAYBE.	Zeiger vermindern	decrement index	A NORMAL VARIABLE!
.,B41C 10 FA BPL $B418	BPL DEFSTF	fertig? nein: nächster Wert	loop until variable stacked
.,B41E A4 48 LDY $48	LDY VARPNT+1		get current variable pointer high byte	(Y,X)= ADDRESS, STORE FAC IN VARIABLE
.,B420 20 D4 BB JSR $BBD4	JSR MOVMF ;PUT CURRENT FAC INTO OUR ARG VARIABLE.	FAC in FN-Variable übertragen	pack FAC1 into (XY)
.,B423 A5 7B LDA $7B	PSHWD TXTPTR ;SAVE TEXT POINTER.	Programmzeiger (LOW)	get BASIC execute pointer high byte	REMEMBER TXTPTR AFTER FN CALL
.,B425 48 PHA		auf Stapel	push it
.,B426 A5 7A LDA $7A		Programmzeiger (HIGH)	get BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,B428 48 PHA		auf Stapel	push it
.,B429 B1 4E LDA ($4E),Y	LDADY DEFPNT ;PNTR TO FUNCTION.	LOW und HIGH-Byte	get function execute pointer low byte	Y=0 FROM MOVMF
.,B42B 85 7A STA $7A	STA TXTPTR	des	save BASIC execute pointer low byte	POINT TO FUNCTION DEF'N
.,B42D C8 INY	INY	Programmzeigers auf	index to high byte
.,B42E B1 4E LDA ($4E),Y	LDADY DEFPNT	FN-Ausdruck	get function execute pointer high byte
.,B430 85 7B STA $7B	STA TXTPTR+1	speichern	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,B432 A5 48 LDA $48	PSHWD VARPNT ;SAVE VARIABLE POINTER.	Zeiger auf FN-Variable	get current variable pointer high byte	SAVE ADDRESS OF ARGUMENT VARIABLE
.,B434 48 PHA		holen und	push it
.,B435 A5 47 LDA $47		auf den Stapel	get current variable pointer low byte
.,B437 48 PHA		retten	push it
.,B438 20 8A AD JSR $AD8A	JSR FRMNUM ;EVALUATE FORMULA AND CHECK NUMERIC.	numerischen Ausdruck holen	evaluate expression and check is numeric, else do type mismatch	EVALUATE THE FUNCTION EXPRESSION
.,B43B 68 PLA	PULWD DEFPNT	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	pull variable address low byte	GET ADDRESS OF ARGUMENT VARIABLE
.,B43C 85 4E STA $4E		des Zeigers auf FN-	save variable address low byte	AND SAVE IT
.,B43E 68 PLA		Variable vom Stapel holen	pull variable address high byte
.,B43F 85 4F STA $4F		und in FN-Zeiger speichern	save variable address high byte
.,B441 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	MUST BE AT ":" OR EOL
.,B444 F0 03 BEQ $B449	JNE SNERR ;IT DIDN'T TERMINATE. HUH?	keine weiteren Zeichen?	branch if null (should be [EOL] marker)	WE ARE
.,B446 4C 08 AF JMP $AF08		gibt 'SYNTAX ERROR'	else syntax error then warm start restore BASIC execute pointer and function variable from stack	WE ARE NOT, SLYNTAX ERROR
.,B449 68 PLA	PULWD TXTPTR ;RESTORE TEXT PNTR.	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	pull BASIC execute pointer low byte	RETRIEVE TXTPTR AFTER "FN" CALL
.,B44A 85 7A STA $7A		des	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,B44C 68 PLA		Programmzeigers	pull BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,B44D 85 7B STA $7B		zurückholen	save BASIC execute pointer high byte put execute pointer and variable pointer into function	STACK NOW HAS 5-BYTE VALUE OF THE ARGUMENT VARIABLE, AND FNCNAM POINTS AT THE VARIABLE STORE FIVE BYTES FROM STACK AT (FNCNAM)
.,B44F A0 00 LDY #$00	DEFFIN: LDYI 0	Zeiger setzen	clear index
.,B451 68 PLA	PLA ;GET OLD ARG VALUE OFF STACK	FN-Variable vom Stapel	pull BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,B452 91 4E STA ($4E),Y	STADY DEFPNT ;AND PUT IT BACK IN VARIABLE.	zurückholen	save to function
.,B454 68 PLA	PLA	und abspeichern	pull BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,B455 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B456 91 4E STA ($4E),Y	STADY DEFPNT	2. Wert abspeichern	save to function
.,B458 68 PLA	PLA	3. Wert vom Stapel holen	pull current variable address low byte
.,B459 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B45A 91 4E STA ($4E),Y	STADY DEFPNT	und abspeichern	save to function
.,B45C 68 PLA	PLA	4. Wert vom Stapel holen	pull current variable address high byte
.,B45D C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B45E 91 4E STA ($4E),Y	STADY DEFPNT IFN ADDPRC,<	und abspeichern	save to function
.,B460 68 PLA	PLA	5. Wert vom Stapel holen	pull ??
.,B461 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,B462 91 4E STA ($4E),Y	STADY DEFPNT>	und abspeichern	save to function
.,B464 60 RTS	DEFRTS: RTS PAGE STRING FUNCTIONS. ; ; THE STR$ FUNCTION TAKES A NUMBER AND GIVES A STRING ; WITH THE CHARACTERS THE OUTPUT OF THE NUMBER ; WOULD HAVE GIVEN. ;	Rücksprung BASIC-Funktion STR$	perform STR$()	"STR$" FUNCTION		STR$ function
.,B465 20 8D AD JSR $AD8D	STR: JSR CHKNUM ;ARG HAS TO BE NUMERIC.	prüft auf numerisch	check if source is numeric, else do type mismatch	EXPRESSION MUST BE NUMERIC
.,B468 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Wert laden und	set string index	START STRING AT STACK-1 ($00FF) SO STRLIT CAN DIFFRENTIATE STR$ CALLS
.,B46A 20 DF BD JSR $BDDF	JSR FOUTC ;DO ITS OUTPUT.	FAC nach ASCII umwandeln	convert FAC1 to string	CONVERT FAC TO STRING
.,B46D 68 PLA	PLA	Rücksprungadresse vom	dump return address (skip type check)	POP RETURN OFF STACK
.,B46E 68 PLA	PLA	Stapel entfernen	dump return address (skip type check)
.,B46F A9 FF LDA #$FF	TIMSTR: LDWDI LOFBUF	LOW-Byte	set result string low pointer	POINT TO STACK-1
.,B471 A0 00 LDY #$00		Startadresse des Strings=$FF	set result string high pointer	(WHICH=0)
.,B473 F0 12 BEQ $B487	BEQA STRLIT ;SCAN IT AND TURN IT INTO A STRING. ; ; "STRINI" GET STRING SPACE FOR THE CREATION OF A STRING AND ; CREATES A DESCRIPTOR FOR IT IN "DSCTMP". ;	Stringzeiger berechnen	print null terminated string to utility pointer do string vector copy descriptor pointer and make string space A bytes long	...ALWAYS, CREATE DESC & MOVE STRING GET SPACE AND MAKE DESCRIPTOR FOR STRING WHOSE ADDRESS IS IN FAC+3,4 AND WHOSE LENGTH IS IN A-REG
.,B475 A6 64 LDX $64	STRINI: LDXY FACMO ;GET FACMO TO STORE IN DSCPNT.	Zeiger in	get descriptor pointer low byte	Y,X = STRING ADDRESS
.,B477 A4 65 LDY $65		$64/65 in	get descriptor pointer high byte
.,B479 86 50 STX $50	STXY DSCPNT ;RETAIN THE DESCRIPTOR POINTER.	Zeiger auf Stringdescriptor	save descriptor pointer low byte
.,B47B 84 51 STY $51		speichern	save descriptor pointer high byte make string space A bytes long	GET SPACE AND MAKE DESCRIPTOR FOR STRING WHOSE ADDRESS IS IN Y,X AND WHOSE LENGTH IS IN A-REG		allocate area according to A
.,B47D 20 F4 B4 JSR $B4F4	STRSPA: JSR GETSPA ;GET STRING SPACE.	Platz für String, Länge in A	make space in string memory for string A long	A HOLDS LENGTH
.,B480 86 62 STX $62	STXY DSCTMP+1 ;SAVE LOCATION.	Adresse LOW	save string pointer low byte	SAVE DESCRIPTOR IN FAC
.,B482 84 63 STY $63		Adresse HIGH	save string pointer high byte	---FAC--- --FAC+1-- --FAC+2--
.,B484 85 61 STA $61	STA DSCTMP ;SAVE LENGTH.	Länge	save length	<LENGTH> <ADDR-LO> <ADDR-HI>
.,B486 60 RTS	RTS ;ALL DONE. ; ; "STRLT2" TAKES THE STRING LITERAL WHOSE FIRST CHARACTER ; IS POINTED TO BY [Y,A] AND BUILDS A DESCRIPTOR FOR IT. ; THE DESCRIPTOR IS INITIALLY BUILT IN "DSCTMP", BUT "PUTNEW" ; TRANSFERS IT INTO A TEMPORARY AND LEAVES A POINTER ; AT THE TEMPORARY IN FACMO&LO. THE CHARACTERS OTHER THAN ; ZERO THAT TERMINATE THE STRING SHOULD BE SET UP IN "CHARAC" ; AND "ENDCHR". IF THE TERMINATOR IS A QUOTE, THE QUOTE IS SKIPPED ; OVER. LEADING QUOTES SHOULD BE SKIPPED BEFORE JSR. ON RETURN ; THE CHARACTER AFTER THE STRING LITERAL IS POINTED TO ; BY [STRNG2]. ;	String holen, Zeiger in A/Y	scan, set up string print " terminated string to utility pointer	BUILD A DESCRIPTOR FOR STRING STARTING AT Y,A AND TERMINATED BY $00 OR QUOTATION MARK RETURN WITH DESCRIPTOR IN A TEMPORARY AND ADDRESS OF DESCRIPTOR IN FAC+3,4		get description of string into float accu
.,B487 A2 22 LDX #$22	STRLIT: LDXI 34 ;ASSUME STRING ENDS ON QUOTE.	'"'-Code	set terminator to "	SET UP LITERAL SCAN TO STOP ON		quote mark
.,B489 86 07 STX $07	STX CHARAC	nach Suchzeichen	set search character, terminator 1	QUOTATION MARK OR $00
.,B48B 86 08 STX $08	STX ENDCHR	und Hochkommaflag	set terminator 2 print search or alternate terminated string to utility pointer source is AY	BUILD A DESCRIPTOR FOR STRING STARTING AT Y,A AND TERMINATED BY $00, (CHARAC), OR (ENDCHR) RETURN WITH DESCRIPTOR IN A TEMPORARY AND ADDRESS OF DESCRIPTOR IN FAC+3,4
.,B48D 85 6F STA $6F	STRLT2: STWD STRNG1 ;SAVE POINTER TO STRING.	Startadresse des Strings	store string start low byte	SAVE ADDRESS OF STRING
.,B48F 84 70 STY $70		nach $6F/70	store string start high byte
.,B491 85 62 STA $62	STWD DSCTMP+1 ;IN CASE NO STRCPY.	und $62/63	save string pointer low byte	...AGAIN
.,B493 84 63 STY $63		speichern	save string pointer high byte
.,B495 A0 FF LDY #$FF	LDYI 255 ;INITIALIZE CHARACTER COUNT.	Zeiger setzen	set length to -1
.,B497 C8 INY	STRGET: INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment length	FIND END OF STRING
.,B498 B1 6F LDA ($6F),Y	LDADY STRNG1 ;GET CHARACTER.	nächstes Zeichen des Strings	get byte from string	NEXT STRING CHAR
.,B49A F0 0C BEQ $B4A8	BEQ STRFI1 ;IF ZERO.	Endekennzeichen?	exit loop if null byte [EOS]	END OF STRING
.,B49C C5 07 CMP $07	CMP CHARAC ;THIS TERMINATOR?	Suchzeichen?	compare with search character, terminator 1	ALTERNATE TERMINATOR # 1?
.,B49E F0 04 BEQ $B4A4	BEQ STRFIN ;YES.	ja: $B4A4	branch if terminator	YES
.,B4A0 C5 08 CMP $08	CMP ENDCHR	= Zeichen in Hochkommaflag	compare with terminator 2	ALTERNATE TERMINATOR # 2?
.,B4A2 D0 F3 BNE $B497	BNE STRGET ;LOOK FURTHER.	nein: $B497	loop if not terminator 2	NO, KEEP SCANNING
.,B4A4 C9 22 CMP #$22	STRFIN: CMPI 34 ;QUOTE?	'"'-Code?	compare with "	IS STRING ENDED WITH QUOTE MARK?		quote mark
.,B4A6 F0 01 BEQ $B4A9	BEQ STRFI2	ja: $B4A9	branch if " (carry set if = !)	YES, C=1 TO INCLUDE " IN STRING
.,B4A8 18 CLC	STRFI1: CLC ;NO, BACK UP.	Carry löschen (Addition)	clear carry for add (only if [EOL] terminated string)
.,B4A9 84 61 STY $61	STRFI2: STY DSCTMP ;RETAIN COUNT.	Länge des Str. speichern und	save length in FAC1 exponent	SAVE LENGTH
.,B4AB 98 TYA	TYA	in Akku holen	copy length to A
.,B4AC 65 6F ADC $6F	ADC STRNG1 ;WISHING TO SET [TXTPTR].	und zur Startadresse addieren	add string start low byte	COMPUTE ADDRESS OF END OF STRING
.,B4AE 85 71 STA $71	STA STRNG2	ergibt Endadresse LOW + 1	save string end low byte	(OF 00 BYTE, OR JUST AFTER ")
.,B4B0 A6 70 LDX $70	LDX STRNG1+1	Übertrag	get string start high byte
.,B4B2 90 01 BCC $B4B5	BCC STRST2	Addition umgehen	branch if no low byte overflow
.,B4B4 E8 INX	INX	Übertrag addieren	else increment high byte
.,B4B5 86 72 STX $72	STRST2: STX STRNG2+1	Endadresse HIGH + 1	save string end high byte
.,B4B7 A5 70 LDA $70	LDA STRNG1+1 ;IF PAGE 0, COPY SINCE IT IS EITHER ;A STRING CONSTANT IN BUF OR A STR$ ;RESULT IN LOFBUF IFN BUFPAG,<	Startadresse HIGH	get string start high byte	WHERE DOES THE STRING START?
.,B4B9 F0 04 BEQ $B4BF	BEQ STRCP	null?	branch if in utility area	PAGE 0, MUST BE FROM STR$ FUNCTION
.,B4BB C9 02 CMP #$02	CMPI BUFPAG>	zwei?	compare with input buffer memory high byte	PAGE 2?
.,B4BD D0 0B BNE $B4CA	BNE PUTNEW	nein: $B4CA	branch if not in input buffer memory string in input buffer or utility area, move to string memory	NO, NOT PAGE 0 OR 2
.,B4BF 98 TYA	STRCP: TYA	Länge in Akku	copy length to A	LENGTH OF STRING
.,B4C0 20 75 B4 JSR $B475	JSR STRINI	Stringzeiger berechnen	copy descriptor pointer and make string space A bytes long	MAKE SPACE FOR STRING
.,B4C3 A6 6F LDX $6F	LDXY STRNG1	LOW- und HIGH-Byte der	get string start low byte
.,B4C5 A4 70 LDY $70		Startadresse holen	get string start high byte
.,B4C7 20 88 B6 JSR $B688	JSR MOVSTR ;MOVE STRING. ; ; SOME STRING FUNCTION IS RETURNING A RESULT IN DSCTMP. ; SETUP A TEMP DESCRIPTOR WITH DSCTMP IN IT. ; PUT A POINTER TO THE DESCRIPTOR IN FACMO&LO AND FLAG THE ; RESULT AS TYPE STRING. ;	String in Bereich kopieren Stringzeiger in Descriptorstapel bringen	store string A bytes long from XY to utility pointer check for space on descriptor stack then ... put string address and length on descriptor stack and update stack pointers	MOVE IT IN STORE DESCRIPTOR IN TEMPORARY DESCRIPTOR STACK THE DESCRIPTOR IS NOW IN FAC, FAC+1, FAC+2 PUT ADDRESS OF TEMP DESCRIPTOR IN FAC+3,4		save descriptor from $61-$63 on stack
.,B4CA A6 16 LDX $16	PUTNEW: LDX TEMPPT ;POINTER TO FIRST FREE TEMP.	Stringdescriptor-Zeiger	get the descriptor stack pointer	POINTER TO NEXT TEMP STRING SLOT
.,B4CC E0 22 CPX #$22	CPXI TEMPST+STRSIZ*NUMTMP	Stringstapel voll?	compare it with the maximum + 1	MAX OF 3 TEMP STRINGS
.,B4CE D0 05 BNE $B4D5	BNE PUTNW1	nein: $B4D5	if there is space on the string stack continue else do string too complex error	ROOM FOR ANOTHER ONE
.,B4D0 A2 19 LDX #$19	LDXI ERRST ;STRING TEMPORARY ERROR.	Nr für 'formula too complex'	error $19, string too complex error	TOO MANY, FORMULA TOO COMPLEX
.,B4D2 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	ERRGO2: JMP ERROR ;GO TELL HIM.	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start put string address and length on descriptor stack and update stack pointers
.,B4D5 A5 61 LDA $61	PUTNW1: LDA DSCTMP	Stringlänge holen und	get the string length	COPY TEMP DESCRIPTOR INTO TEMP STACK
.,B4D7 95 00 STA $00,X	STA 0,X	Stringstapel speichern	put it on the string stack
.,B4D9 A5 62 LDA $62	LDA DSCTMP+1	LOW- und HIGH-Byte der	get the string pointer low byte
.,B4DB 95 01 STA $01,X	STA 1,X	Adresse holen	put it on the string stack
.,B4DD A5 63 LDA $63	LDA DSCTMP+2	und in	get the string pointer high byte
.,B4DF 95 02 STA $02,X	STA 2,X	Stringstapel bringen	put it on the string stack
.,B4E1 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Nullwert laden	clear Y
.,B4E3 86 64 STX $64	STXY FACMO	und Zeiger	save the string descriptor pointer low byte	ADDRESS OF TEMP DESCRIPTOR
.,B4E5 84 65 STY $65		jetzt auf Descriptor setzen	save the string descriptor pointer high byte, always $00	IN Y,X AND FAC+3,4
.,B4E7 84 70 STY $70	STY FACOV	Zeiger für Polynomauswertung	clear FAC1 rounding byte
.,B4E9 88 DEY	DEY	Register vermindern	Y = $FF	Y=$FF
.,B4EA 84 0D STY $0D	STY VALTYP ;TYPE IS "STRING".	Stringflag setzen $FF	save the data type flag, $FF = string	FLAG (FAC ) AS STRING
.,B4EC 86 17 STX $17	STX LASTPT ;SET POINTER TO LAST-USED TEMP.	Index des letzten	save the current descriptor stack item pointer low byte	INDEX OF LAST POINTER
.,B4EE E8 INX	INX	Stringdescriptors	update the stack pointer	UPDATE FOR NEXT TEMP ENTRY
.,B4EF E8 INX	INX	um drei erhöhen	update the stack pointer
.,B4F0 E8 INX	INX ;POINT FURTHER.	und als	update the stack pointer
.,B4F1 86 16 STX $16	STX TEMPPT ;SAVE POINTER TO NEXT TEMP IF ANY.	neuen Index merken	save the new descriptor stack pointer
.,B4F3 60 RTS	RTS ;ALL DONE. ; ; GETSPA - GET SPACE FOR CHARACTER STRING. ; MAY FORCE GARBAGE COLLECTION. ; ; # OF CHARACTERS (BYTES) IN ACCA. ; RETURNS WITH POINTER IN [Y,X]. OTHERWISE (IF CAN'T GET ; SPACE) BLOWS OFF TO "OUT OF STRING SPACE" TYPE ERROR. ; ALSO PRESERVES [ACCA] AND SETS [FRESPC]=[Y,X]=PNTR AT SPACE. ;	Rücksprung Platz für String reservieren, Länge in A	make space in string memory for string A long return X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte	MAKE SPACE FOR STRING AT BOTTOM OF STRING SPACE (A)=# BYTES SPACE TO MAKE RETURN WITH (A) SAME, AND Y,X = ADDRESS OF SPACE ALLOCATED		allocate number of bytes in A
.,B4F4 46 0F LSR $0F	GETSPA: LSR GARBFL ;SIGNAL NO GARBAGE COLLECTION YET.	Flag für Garbage Collection zurücksetzen	clear garbage collected flag (b7) make space for string A long	CLEAR SIGNBIT OF FLAG
.,B4F6 48 PHA	TRYAG2: PHA ;SAVE FOR LATER.	Stringlänge	save string length	A HOLDS LENGTH
.,B4F7 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 255	Alle Bits umdrehen	complement it	GET -LENGTH
.,B4F9 38 SEC	SEC ;ADD ONE TO COMPLETE NEGATION.	mit HIGH-Byte des	set carry for subtract, two's complement add
.,B4FA 65 33 ADC $33	ADC FRETOP	Stringanfangs-Zeigers addieren	add bottom of string space low byte, subtract length	COMPUTE STARTING ADDRESS OF SPACE
.,B4FC A4 34 LDY $34	LDY FRETOP+1	LOW-Byte ins Y-Reg.	get bottom of string space high byte	FOR THE STRING
.,B4FE B0 01 BCS $B501	BCS TRYAG3	Carry gesetzt ? dann weiter	skip decrement if no underflow
.,B500 88 DEY	DEY	ansonsten LOW-Byte erniedrigen	decrement bottom of string space high byte
.,B501 C4 32 CPY $32	TRYAG3: CPY STREND+1 ;COMPARE HIGH ORDERS.	Zu wenig Platz, dann	compare with end of arrays high byte	SEE IF FITS IN REMAINING MEMORY
.,B503 90 11 BCC $B516	BCC GARBAG ;MAKE ROOM FOR MORE.	Garbage Collection durchführen	do out of memory error if less	NO, TRY GARBAGE
.,B505 D0 04 BNE $B50B	BNE STRFRE ;SAVE NEW FRETOP.	alles ok ?	if not = skip next test	YES, IT FITS
.,B507 C5 31 CMP $31	CMP STREND ;COMPARE LOW ORDERS.	Ende der Arrays, dann	compare with end of arrays low byte	HAVE TO CHECK LOWER BYTES
.,B509 90 0B BCC $B516	BCC GARBAG ;CLEAN UP.	Garbage Collect durchführen	do out of memory error if less	NOT ENUF ROOM YET
.,B50B 85 33 STA $33	STRFRE: STWD FRETOP ;SAVE NEW [FRETOP].	ansonsten	save bottom of string space low byte	THERE IS ROOM SO SAVE NEW FRETOP
.,B50D 84 34 STY $34		alle	save bottom of string space high byte
.,B50F 85 35 STA $35	STWD FRESPC ;PUT IT THERE OLD MAN.	Zeiger	save string utility ptr low byte
.,B511 84 36 STY $36		neu	save string utility ptr high byte
.,B513 AA TAX	TAX ;PRESERVE A IN X.	setzen	copy low byte to X	ADDR IN Y,X
.,B514 68 PLA	PLA ;GET COUNT BACK IN ACCA.	Stringlänge zurückholen	get string length back	LENGTH IN A
.,B515 60 RTS	RTS ;ALL DONE.	Rücksprung
.,B516 A2 10 LDX #$10	GARBAG: LDXI ERROM ;"OUT OF STRING SPACE"	Nummer für 'OUT OF MEMORY'	error code $10, out of memory error
.,B518 A5 0F LDA $0F	LDA GARBFL	Flag für Garbage Collection	get garbage collected flag	GARBAGE DONE YET?
.,B51A 30 B6 BMI $B4D2	BMI ERRGO2	durchgeführt? 'OUT OF MEMORY'	if set then do error code X	YES, MEMORY IS REALLY FULL
.,B51C 20 26 B5 JSR $B526	JSR GARBA2	Garbage Collection	else go do garbage collection	NO, TRY COLLECTING NOW
.,B51F A9 80 LDA #$80	LDAI 128	Flag setzen	flag for garbage collected	FLAG THAT COLLECTED GARBAGE ALREADY
.,B521 85 0F STA $0F	STA GARBFL	und speichern	set garbage collected flag
.,B523 68 PLA	PLA ;GET BACK STRING LENGTH.	Stringlänge	pull length	GET STRING LENGTH AGAIN
.,B524 D0 D0 BNE $B4F6	BNE TRYAG2 ;ALWAYS BRANCHES. GARBA2: ;START FROM TOP DOWN. IFE REALIO!DISKO,< LDAI 7 ;TYPE "BELL". JSR OUTDO>	String nochmals einbauen Garbage Collection	go try again (loop always, length should never be = $00) garbage collection routine	...ALWAYS SHOVE ALL REFERENCED STRINGS AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE IN MEMORY (AGAINST HIMEM) FREEING UP SPACE BELOW STRING AREA DOWN TO STREND.		string garbage clean up
.,B526 A6 37 LDX $37	LDX MEMSIZ	LOW-Byte Basic-RAM-Zeiger	get end of memory low byte	COLLECT FROM TOP DOWN
.,B528 A5 38 LDA $38	LDA MEMSIZ+1	HIGH-Byte Basic-RAM-Zeiger	get end of memory high byte re-run routine from last ending
.,B52A 86 33 STX $33	FNDVAR: STX FRETOP ;LIKE SO.	in Stringzeiger	set bottom of string space low byte	ONE PASS THROUGH ALL VARS
.,B52C 85 34 STA $34	STA FRETOP+1	speichern	set bottom of string space high byte	FOR EACH ACTIVE STRING!
.,B52E A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	clear index
.,B530 84 4F STY $4F	STY GRBPNT+1	der FN Zeiger	clear working pointer high byte	FLAG IN CASE NO STRINGS TO COLLECT
.,B532 84 4E STY $4E	STY GRBPNT ;BOTH BYTES SET TO ZERO (FIX BUG)	auf Null setzen	clear working pointer low byte
.,B534 A5 31 LDA $31	LDWX STREND	LOW- und HIGH-Byte der	get end of arrays low byte
.,B536 A6 32 LDX $32		Array-Zeiger laden	get end of arrays high byte
.,B538 85 5F STA $5F	STWX GRBTOP	und in die Arithmetikregister	save as highest uncollected string pointer low byte
.,B53A 86 60 STX $60		speichern	save as highest uncollected string pointer high byte	START BY COLLECTING TEMPORARIES
.,B53C A9 19 LDA #$19	LDWXI TEMPST	Startadresse	set descriptor stack pointer			low 0019
.,B53E A2 00 LDX #$00		der Descriptorentabelle	clear X			high 0019
.,B540 85 22 STA $22	STWX INDEX1	als Suchzeiger nach	save descriptor stack pointer low byte
.,B542 86 23 STX $23		$22 und $23 bringen	save descriptor stack pointer high byte ($00)
.,B544 C5 16 CMP $16	TVAR: CMP TEMPPT ;DONE WITH TEMPS?	identisch mit String-Zeiger?	compare with descriptor stack pointer	FINISHED WITH TEMPS YET?
.,B546 F0 05 BEQ $B54D	BEQ SVARS ;YEP.	wenn ja, dann weiter	branch if =	YES, NOW DO SIMPLE VARIABLES
.,B548 20 C7 B5 JSR $B5C7	JSR DVAR	Stringposition feststellen	check string salvageability	DO A TEMP
.,B54B F0 F7 BEQ $B544	BEQ TVAR ;LOOP.	unbedingter Sprung	loop always done stacked strings, now do string variables	...ALWAYS NOW COLLECT SIMPLE VARIABLES
.,B54D A9 07 LDA #$07	SVARS: LDAI 6+ADDPRC	Schrittweite für die Suche	set step size = $07, collecting variables	LENGTH OF EACH VARIABLE IS 7 BYTES
.,B54F 85 53 STA $53	STA FOUR6	in Variablentabelle	save garbage collection step size
.,B551 A5 2D LDA $2D	LDWX VARTAB ;GET START OF SIMPLE VARIABLES.	Tabellenzeiger	get start of variables low byte	START AT BEGINNING OF VARTAB
.,B553 A6 2E LDX $2E		laden	get start of variables high byte
.,B555 85 22 STA $22	STWX INDEX1	und als Suchzeiger nach	save as pointer low byte
.,B557 86 23 STX $23		$22 und $23 bringen	save as pointer high byte
.,B559 E4 30 CPX $30	SVAR: CPX ARYTAB+1 ;DONE WITH SIMPLE VARIABLES?	Am Ende der Tabelle angelangt	compare end of variables high byte, start of arrays high byte	FINISHED WITH SIMPLE VARIABLES?
.,B55B D0 04 BNE $B561	BNE SVARGO ;NO.	wenn nicht, dann zu $B561	branch if no high byte match	NO
.,B55D C5 2F CMP $2F	CMP ARYTAB	ansonsten Sprung zur	else compare end of variables low byte, start of arrays low byte	MAYBE, CHECK LO-BYTE
.,B55F F0 05 BEQ $B566	BEQ ARYVAR ;YEP.	Array-Behandlung	branch if = variable memory end	YES, NOW DO ARRAYS
.,B561 20 BD B5 JSR $B5BD	SVARGO: JSR DVARS ;DO IT , AGAIN.	Stringposition feststellen	check variable salvageability
.,B564 F0 F3 BEQ $B559	BEQ SVAR ;LOOP.	unbedingter Sprung	loop always done string variables, now do string arrays	...ALWAYS NOW COLLECT ARRAY VARIABLES
.,B566 85 58 STA $58	ARYVAR: STWX ARYPNT ;SAVE FOR ADDITION.	Zeiger in die	save start of arrays low byte as working pointer
.,B568 86 59 STX $59		Array-Tabelle speichern	save start of arrays high byte as working pointer
.,B56A A9 03 LDA #$03	LDAI STRSIZ	Schrittweite für Suche	set step size, collecting descriptors	DESCRIPTORS IN ARRAYS ARE 3-BYTES EACH
.,B56C 85 53 STA $53	STA FOUR6	innerhalb des Arrays festlegen	save step size
.,B56E A5 58 LDA $58	ARYVA2: LDWX ARYPNT ;GET THE POINTER TO VARIABLE.	Am Ende	get pointer low byte	COMPARE TO END OF ARRAYS
.,B570 A6 59 LDX $59		der	get pointer high byte
.,B572 E4 32 CPX $32	ARYVA3: CPX STREND+1 ;DONE WITH ARRAYS?	Arraytabelle angelangt, dann	compare with end of arrays high byte	FINISHED WITH ARRAYS YET?
.,B574 D0 07 BNE $B57D	BNE ARYVGO ;NO.	Sprung zu $B57D	branch if not at end	NOT YET
.,B576 C5 31 CMP $31	CMP STREND	Vergleich mit HIGH-Byte	else compare with end of arrays low byte	MAYBE, CHECK LO-BYTE
.,B578 D0 03 BNE $B57D	JEQ GRBPAS ;YES, GO FINISH UP.	Sprung zu $B57D	branch if not at end	NOT FINISHED YET
.,B57A 4C 06 B6 JMP $B606		ansonsten Transfer	collect string, tidy up and exit if at end ??	FINISHED
.,B57D 85 22 STA $22	ARYVGO: STWX INDEX1	Zeiger auf Array-Header	save pointer low byte	SET UP PNTR TO START OF ARRAY
.,B57F 86 23 STX $23		stellen	save pointer high byte
.,B581 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 1-ADDPRC IFN ADDPRC,<	Zähler auf Null setzen	set index	POINT AT NAME OF ARRAY
.,B583 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	Variablenname erstes Zeichen	get array name first byte
.,B585 AA TAX	TAX	ins X-Reg übertragen	copy it	1ST LETTER OF NAME IN X-REG
.,B586 C8 INY	INY>	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B587 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	Variablenname zweites Zeichen	get array name second byte
.,B589 08 PHP	PHP	Statusregister retten	push the flags	STATUS FROM SECOND LETTER OF NAME
.,B58A C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B58B B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	Die Länge	get array size low byte	OFFSET TO NEXT ARRAY
.,B58D 65 58 ADC $58	ADC ARYPNT	des Arrays	add start of this array low byte	(CARRY ALWAYS CLEAR)
.,B58F 85 58 STA $58	STA ARYPNT ;FORM POINTER TO NEXT ARRAY VAR.	zu	save start of next array low byte	CALCULATE START OF NEXT ARRAY
.,B591 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger	increment index
.,B592 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	auf	get array size high byte	HI-BYTE OF OFFSET
.,B594 65 59 ADC $59	ADC ARYPNT+1	Arraytabelle	add start of this array high byte
.,B596 85 59 STA $59	STA ARYPNT+1	addieren	save start of next array high byte
.,B598 28 PLP	PLP	Statusregister wiederholen	restore the flags	GET STATUS FROM 2ND CHAR OF NAME
.,B599 10 D3 BPL $B56E	BPL ARYVA2 IFN ADDPRC,<	keine Stringvariable ?	skip if not string array was possibly string array so ...	NOT A STRING ARRAY
.,B59B 8A TXA	TXA	dann weitersuchen	get name first byte back	SET STATUS WITH 1ST CHAR OF NAME
.,B59C 30 D0 BMI $B56E	BMI ARYVA2>	Stringvariable, nein, weiter	skip if not string array	NOT A STRING ARRAY
.,B59E C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B59F B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	Dimensionenanzahl holen	get # of dimensions	# OF DIMENSIONS FOR THIS ARRAY
.,B5A1 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;RESET INDEX Y.	Zähler wieder Null	clear index
.,B5A3 0A ASL	ASL A,	mal 2	*2	PREAMBLE SIZE = 2*#DIMS + 5
.,B5A4 69 05 ADC #$05	ADCI 5 ;CARRY IS OFF AND OFF AFTER ADD.	plus 5	+5 (array header size)
.,B5A6 65 22 ADC $22	ADC INDEX1	zum Zeiger addieren	add pointer low byte	MAKE INDEX POINT AT FIRST ELEMENT
.,B5A8 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX1	und speichern	save pointer low byte	IN THE ARRAY
.,B5AA 90 02 BCC $B5AE	BCC ARYGET	wenn ungleich, dann zu $B5AE	branch if no rollover
.,B5AC E6 23 INC $23	INC INDEX1+1	Zeiger erhöhen	else increment pointer hgih byte
.,B5AE A6 23 LDX $23	ARYGET: LDX INDEX1+1	und in Array schieben	get pointer high byte	STEP THRU EACH STRING IN THIS ARRAY
.,B5B0 E4 59 CPX $59	ARYSTR: CPX ARYPNT+1 ;END OF THE ARRAY?	auf nächstes Feld vergleichen	compare pointer high byte with end of this array high byte	ARRAY DONE?
.,B5B2 D0 04 BNE $B5B8	BNE GOGO	wenn ungleich, dann zu $B5B8	branch if not there yet	NO, PROCESS NEXT ELEMENT
.,B5B4 C5 58 CMP $58	CMP ARYPNT	wenn gleich, dann	compare pointer low byte with end of this array low byte	MAYBE, CHECK LO-BYTE
.,B5B6 F0 BA BEQ $B572	BEQ ARYVA3 ;YES.	zu $B572	if at end of this array go check next array	YES, MOVE TO NEXT ARRAY
.,B5B8 20 C7 B5 JSR $B5C7	GOGO: JSR DVAR	Stringposition feststellen	check string salvageability	PROCESS THE ARRAY
.,B5BB F0 F3 BEQ $B5B0	BEQ ARYSTR ;CYCLE. DVARS: IFN INTPRC,<	unbedingter Sprung prüft Beseitigungsmöglichkeit	loop check variable salvageability	...ALWAYS PROCESS A SIMPLE VARIABLE		check string area
.,B5BD B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	Variablenname erstes Zeichen	get variable name first byte	LOOK AT 1ST CHAR OF NAME
.,B5BF 30 35 BMI $B5F6	BMI DVARTS>	Integer o. Funktion ?	add step and exit if not string	NOT A STRING VARIABLE
.,B5C1 C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B5C2 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	Variablenname zweites Zeichen	get variable name second byte	LOOK AT 2ND CHAR OF NAME
.,B5C4 10 30 BPL $B5F6	BPL DVARTS	wenn Real, dann $B5F6	add step and exit if not string	NOT A STRING VARIABLE
.,B5C6 C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index check string salvageability	IF STRING IS NOT EMPTY, CHECK IF IT IS HIGHEST		check string area
.,B5C7 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	DVAR: LDADY INDEX1 ;IS LENGTH=0?	holt Stringlänge	get string length	GET LENGTH OF STRING
.,B5C9 F0 2B BEQ $B5F6	BEQ DVARTS ;YES, RETURN.	wenn Stringlänge=0,dann $B5F6	add step and exit if null string	IGNORE STRING IF LENGTH IS ZERO
.,B5CB C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B5CC B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1 ;GET LOW(ADR).	holt Startadresse des Strings	get string pointer low byte	GET ADDRESS OF STRING
.,B5CE AA TAX	TAX	schiebt ins X-Reg	copy to X
.,B5CF C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B5D0 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	holt Sringzeiger	get string pointer high byte
.,B5D2 C5 34 CMP $34	CMP FRETOP+1 ;COMPARE HIGHS.	Vergleich mit $34	compare string pointer high byte with bottom of string space high byte	CHECK IF ALREADY COLLECTED
.,B5D4 90 06 BCC $B5DC	BCC DVAR2 ;IF THIS STRING'S PNTR .GE. [FRETOP]	wenn gleich, dann $B5DC	if bottom of string space greater go test against highest uncollected string	NO, BELOW FRETOP
.,B5D6 D0 1E BNE $B5F6	BNE DVARTS ;NO NEED TO MESS WITH IT FURTHER.	wenn größer, dann $B5F6	if bottom of string space less string has been collected so go update pointers, step to next and return high bytes were equal so test low bytes	YES, ABOVE FRETOP
.,B5D8 E4 33 CPX $33	CPX FRETOP ;COMPARE LOWS.	mit $33 vergleichen	compare string pointer low byte with bottom of string space low byte	MAYBE, CHECK LO-BYTE
.,B5DA B0 1A BCS $B5F6	BCS DVARTS	wenn gleich, dann $B5F6	if bottom of string space less string has been collected so go update pointers, step to next and return else test string against highest uncollected string so far	YES, ABOVE FRETOP
.,B5DC C5 60 CMP $60	DVAR2: CMP GRBTOP+1	Vergleich mit $60	compare string pointer high byte with highest uncollected string high byte	ABOVE HIGHEST STRING FOUND?
.,B5DE 90 16 BCC $B5F6	BCC DVARTS ;IF THIS STRING IS BELOW PREVIOUS, ;FORGET IT.	wenn gleich, dann $B5F6	if highest uncollected string is greater then go update pointers, step to next and return	NO, IGNORE FOR NOW
.,B5E0 D0 04 BNE $B5E6	BNE DVAR3	wenn größer, dann $B5E6	if highest uncollected string is less then go set this string as highest uncollected so far high bytes were equal so test low bytes	YES, THIS IS THE NEW HIGHEST
.,B5E2 E4 5F CPX $5F	CPX GRBTOP ;COMPARE LOW ORDERS.	Vergleich mit $5F	compare string pointer low byte with highest uncollected string low byte	MAYBE, TRY LO-BYTE
.,B5E4 90 10 BCC $B5F6	BCC DVARTS ;[X,A] .LE. [GRBTOP].	wenn gleich, dann $B5F6	if highest uncollected string is greater then go update pointers, step to next and return else set current string as highest uncollected string	NO, IGNORE FOR NOW
.,B5E6 86 5F STX $5F	DVAR3: STX GRBTOP	Startadresse des	save string pointer low byte as highest uncollected string low byte	MAKE THIS THE HIGHEST STRING
.,B5E8 85 60 STA $60	STA GRBTOP+1	Strings speichern	save string pointer high byte as highest uncollected string high byte
.,B5EA A5 22 LDA $22	LDWX INDEX1	Stringdescriptor	get descriptor pointer low byte	SAVE ADDRESS OF DESCRIPTOR TOO
.,B5EC A6 23 LDX $23		laden	get descriptor pointer high byte
.,B5EE 85 4E STA $4E		und	save working pointer high byte
.,B5F0 86 4F STX $4F	STWX GRBPNT	speichern	save working pointer low byte
.,B5F2 A5 53 LDA $53	LDA FOUR6	Tabellen Schrittweite laden	get step size
.,B5F4 85 55 STA $55	STA SIZE	und speichern	copy step size	ADD (DSCLEN) TO PNTR IN INDEX RETURN WITH Y=0, PNTR ALSO IN X,A
.,B5F6 A5 53 LDA $53	DVARTS: LDA FOUR6	und zum	get step size	BUMP TO NEXT VARIABLE
.,B5F8 18 CLC	CLC	Suchzeiger	clear carry for add
.,B5F9 65 22 ADC $22	ADC INDEX1	addieren	add pointer low byte
.,B5FB 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX1	und wieder	save pointer low byte
.,B5FD 90 02 BCC $B601	BCC GRBRTS	speichern	branch if no rollover
.,B5FF E6 23 INC $23	INC INDEX1+1	Zeiger erhöhen	else increment pointer high byte
.,B601 A6 23 LDX $23	GRBRTS: LDX INDEX1+1	und laden	get pointer high byte
.,B603 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler löschen	flag not moved
.,B605 60 RTS	RTS ;DONE. ; ; HERE WHEN MADE ONE COMPLETE PASS THROUGH STRING VARIABLES. ;	Rücksprung Strings zusammenfügen	collect string	FOUND HIGHEST NON-EMPTY STRING, SO MOVE IT TO TOP AND GO BACK FOR ANOTHER		continuation of garbage clean up
.,B606 A5 4F LDA $4F	GRBPAS: LDA GRBPNT+1 ;VARIABLE POINTER.	String zwischen Tabellenende	get working pointer low byte
.,B608 05 4E ORA $4E	ORA GRBPNT	und dem oberen RAM-Bereich	OR working pointer high byte
.,B60A F0 F5 BEQ $B601	BEQ GRBRTS ;ALL DONE.	gefunden ? nein, dann RTS	exit if nothing to collect
.,B60C A5 55 LDA $55	LDA SIZE	Arraysuchlauf, dann $55=03	get copied step size
.,B60E 29 04 AND #$04	ANDI 4 ;LEAVES C OFF.	ansonsten $55=07	mask step size, $04 for variables, $00 for array or stack
.,B610 4A LSR	LSR A,	wenn Einzelvariable, dann	>> 1
.,B611 A8 TAY	TAY	Y-Reg =2 und 0 bei Array	copy to index
.,B612 85 55 STA $55	STA SIZE	Wert sichern	save offset to descriptor start
.,B614 B1 4E LDA ($4E),Y	LDADY GRBPNT ;NOTE: GRBTOP=LOWTR SO NO NEED TO SET LOWTR.	Stringlänge holen	get string length low byte
.,B616 65 5F ADC $5F	ADC LOWTR	zum LOW-Byte der Stringanfangs-	add string start low byte
.,B618 85 5A STA $5A	STA HIGHTR	adresse Add., =Endadresse +1	set block end low byte
.,B61A A5 60 LDA $60	LDA LOWTR+1	auf gleiche	get string start high byte
.,B61C 69 00 ADC #$00	ADCI 0	Weise das	add carry
.,B61E 85 5B STA $5B	STA HIGHTR+1	HIGH-Byte berechnen	set block end high byte
.,B620 A5 33 LDA $33	LDWX FRETOP	Zielbereich	get bottom of string space low byte
.,B622 A6 34 LDX $34		für den	get bottom of string space high byte
.,B624 85 58 STA $58	STWX HIGHDS ;WHERE IT ALL GOES.	Transfer	save destination end low byte
.,B626 86 59 STX $59		holen	save destination end high byte
.,B628 20 BF A3 JSR $A3BF	JSR BLTUC	Strings verschieben	open up space in memory, don't set array end. this copies the string from where it is to the end of the uncollected string memory
.,B62B A4 55 LDY $55	LDY SIZE	LOW-Byte	restore offset to descriptor start
.,B62D C8 INY	INY	der	increment index to string pointer low byte
.,B62E A5 58 LDA $58	LDA HIGHDS ;GET POSITION OF START OF RESULT.	Anfangsadresse in	get new string pointer low byte
.,B630 91 4E STA ($4E),Y	STADY GRBPNT	Descriptor speichern	save new string pointer low byte
.,B632 AA TAX	TAX	HIGH-Byte	copy string pointer low byte
.,B633 E6 59 INC $59	INC HIGHDS+1	der Anfangsadresse	increment new string pointer high byte
.,B635 A5 59 LDA $59	LDA HIGHDS+1	in	get new string pointer high byte
.,B637 C8 INY	INY	Descriptor	increment index to string pointer high byte
.,B638 91 4E STA ($4E),Y	STADY GRBPNT ;CHANGE ADDR OF STRING IN VAR.	bringen	save new string pointer high byte
.,B63A 4C 2A B5 JMP $B52A	JMP FNDVAR ;GO TO FNDVAR WITH SOMETHING FOR ;[FRETOP]. ; ; THE FOLLOWING ROUTINE CONCATENATES TWO STRINGS. ; THE FAC CONTAINS THE FIRST ONE AT THIS POINT. ; [TXTPTR] POINTS TO THE + SIGN. ;	nicht alles ?, dann weiter Stringverknüpfung '+'	re-run routine from last ending, XA holds new bottom of string memory pointer concatenate add strings, the first string is in the descriptor, the second string is in line	CONCATENATE TWO STRINGS		joining strings
.,B63D A5 65 LDA $65	CAT: LDA FACLO ;PSH HIGH ORDER ONTO STACK.	HIGH-Byte des Descriptors vom	get descriptor pointer high byte	SAVE ADDRESS OF FIRST DESCRIPTOR
.,B63F 48 PHA	PHA	ersten String auf Stack	put on stack
.,B640 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO ;AND THE LOW.	LOW-Byte	get descriptor pointer low byte
.,B642 48 PHA	PHA	in Stack	put on stack
.,B643 20 83 AE JSR $AE83	JSR EVAL ;CAN COME BACK HERE SINCE ;OPERATOR IS KNOWN.	zweiten String holen	get value from line	GET SECOND STRING ELEMENT
.,B646 20 8F AD JSR $AD8F	JSR CHKSTR ;RESULT MUST BE STRING.	prüft auf Stringvariable	check if source is string, else do type mismatch	MUST BE A STRING
.,B649 68 PLA	PLA	Descriptorzeiger des ersten	get descriptor pointer low byte back	RECOVER ADDRES OF 1ST DESCRIPTOR
.,B64A 85 6F STA $6F	STA STRNG1 ;GET HIGH ORDER OF OLD DESC.	Strings wiederholen	set pointer low byte
.,B64C 68 PLA	PLA	und	get descriptor pointer high byte back
.,B64D 85 70 STA $70	STA STRNG1+1	speichern	set pointer high byte
.,B64F A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler auf Null	clear index
.,B651 B1 6F LDA ($6F),Y	LDADY STRNG1 ;GET LENGTH OF OLD STRING.	Länge des ersten Strings	get length of first string from descriptor	ADD LENGTHS, GET CONCATENATED SIZE
.,B653 18 CLC	CLC	plus Länge	clear carry for add
.,B654 71 64 ADC ($64),Y	ADCDY FACMO	des zweiten Strings	add length of second string
.,B656 90 05 BCC $B65D	BCC SIZEOK ;RESULT IS LESS THAN 256.	kleiner als 256	branch if no overflow	OK IF < $100
.,B658 A2 17 LDX #$17	LDXI ERRLS ;ERROR "LONG STRING".	Nummer für 'STRING TOO LONG'	else error $17, string too long error
.,B65A 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	JMP ERROR	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start
.,B65D 20 75 B4 JSR $B475	SIZEOK: JSR STRINI ;INITIALIZE STRING.	Platz für verknüpften String	copy descriptor pointer and make string space A bytes long	GET SPACE FOR CONCATENATED STRINGS
.,B660 20 7A B6 JSR $B67A	JSR MOVINS ;MOVE IT.	ersten String übertragen	copy string from descriptor to utility pointer	MOVE 1ST STRING
.,B663 A5 50 LDA $50	LDWD DSCPNT ;GET POINTER TO SECOND.	Zeiger auf	get descriptor pointer low byte
.,B665 A4 51 LDY $51		zweiten Stringdescriptor	get descriptor pointer high byte
.,B667 20 AA B6 JSR $B6AA	JSR FRETMP ;FREE IT.	FRESTR	pop (YA) descriptor off stack or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte
.,B66A 20 8C B6 JSR $B68C	JSR MOVDO	2. String an 1. anhängen	store string from pointer to utility pointer	MOVE 2ND STRING
.,B66D A5 6F LDA $6F	LDWD STRNG1	Descriptorzeiger des	get descriptor pointer low byte
.,B66F A4 70 LDY $70		zweiten Strings	get descriptor pointer high byte
.,B671 20 AA B6 JSR $B6AA	JSR FRETMP	FRESTR	pop (YA) descriptor off stack or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte
.,B674 20 CA B4 JSR $B4CA	JSR PUTNEW	Descriptor in Stringstack	check space on descriptor stack then put string address and length on descriptor stack and update stack pointers	SET UP DESCRIPTOR
.,B677 4C B8 AD JMP $ADB8	JMP TSTOP ;"CAT" REENTERS FORM EVAL AT TSTOP.	zurück zur Formelauswertung String in reserv. Bereich	continue evaluation copy string from descriptor to utility pointer	FINISH EXPRESSION GET STRING DESCRIPTOR POINTED AT BY (STRNG1) AND MOVE DESCRIBED STRING TO (FRESPC)		move string
.,B67A A0 00 LDY #$00	MOVINS: LDYI 0 ;GET ADDR OF STRING.	Zähler auf Null	clear index
.,B67C B1 6F LDA ($6F),Y	LDADY STRNG1	Stringlänge holen	get string length
.,B67E 48 PHA	PHA	und merken	save it	LENGTH
.,B67F C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B680 B1 6F LDA ($6F),Y	LDADY STRNG1	LOW-Byte der Stringadresse	get string pointer low byte
.,B682 AA TAX	TAX	ins X-Reg	copy to X	PUT STRING POINTER IN X,Y
.,B683 C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B684 B1 6F LDA ($6F),Y	LDADY STRNG1	HIGH-Byte der Stringadresse	get string pointer high byte
.,B686 A8 TAY	TAY	ins Y-Reg und	copy to Y
.,B687 68 PLA	PLA	Stack	get length back	RETRIEVE LENGTH MOVE STRING AT (Y,X) WITH LENGTH (A) TO DESTINATION WHOSE ADDRESS IS IN FRESPC,FRESPC+1		move string with length A, pointer in XY
.,B688 86 22 STX $22	MOVSTR: STXY INDEX	Zeiger auf	save string pointer low byte	PUT POINTER IN INDEX
.,B68A 84 23 STY $23		String speichern	save string pointer high byte store string from pointer to utility pointer
.,B68C A8 TAY	MOVDO: TAY	Länge null ?	copy length as index	LENGTH TO Y-REG
.,B68D F0 0A BEQ $B699	BEQ MVDONE	dann fertig	branch if null string	IF LENGTH IS ZERO, FINISHED
.,B68F 48 PHA	PHA	wieder in Stack	save length	SAVE LENGTH ON STACK
.,B690 88 DEY	MOVLP: DEY	Zähler erniedrigen	decrement length/index	MOVE BYTES FROM (INDEX) TO (FRESPC)
.,B691 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX	String	get byte from string
.,B693 91 35 STA ($35),Y	STADY FRESPC	in den	save byte to destination
.,B695 98 TYA	QMOVE: TYA	Stringbereich	copy length/index	TEST IF ANY LEFT TO MOVE
.,B696 D0 F8 BNE $B690	BNE MOVLP	übertragen	loop if not all done yet	YES, KEEP MOVING
.,B698 68 PLA	PLA	Den	restore length	NO, FINISHED. GET LENGTH
.,B699 18 CLC	MVDONE: CLC	Zeiger	clear carry for add	AND ADD TO FRESPC, SO
.,B69A 65 35 ADC $35	ADC FRESPC	um	add string utility ptr low byte	FRESPC POINTS TO NEXT HIGHER
.,B69C 85 35 STA $35	STA FRESPC	die	save string utility ptr low byte	BYTE. (USED BY CONCATENATION)
.,B69E 90 02 BCC $B6A2	BCC MVSTRT	Stringlänge	branch if no rollover
.,B6A0 E6 36 INC $36	INC FRESPC+1	erhöhen	increment string utility ptr high byte
.,B6A2 60 RTS	MVSTRT: RTS ; ; "FRETMP" IS PASSED A STRING DESCRIPTOR PNTR IN [Y,A]. ; A CHECK IS MADE TO SEE IF THE STRING DESCRIPTOR POINTS TO THE LAST ; TEMPORARY DESCRIPTOR ALLOCATED BY PUTNEW. ; IF SO, THE TEMPORARY IS FREED UP BY THE UPDATING OF [TEMPPT]. ; IF A TEMP IS FREED UP, A FURTHER CHECK SEES IF THE STRING DATA THAT ; THAT STRING TEMP PNT'D TO IS THE LOWEST PART OF STRING SPACE IN USE. ; IF SO, [FRETOP] IS UPDATED TO REFLECT THE FACT THE FACT THAT THE SPACE ; IS NO LONGER IN USE. ; THE ADDR OF THE ACTUAL STRING IS RETURNED IN [Y,X] AND ; ITS LENGTH IN ACCA. ;	Rücksprung Stringverwaltung FRESTR	evaluate string	IF (FAC) IS A TEMPORARY STRING, RELEASE DESCRIPTOR		de-allocate temporary string
.,B6A3 20 8F AD JSR $AD8F	FRESTR: JSR CHKSTR ;MAKE SURE ITS A STRING.	prüft auf Stringvariable	check if source is string, else do type mismatch pop string off descriptor stack, or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte	LAST RESULT A STRING? IF STRING DESCRIPTOR POINTED TO BY FAC+3,4 IS A TEMPORARY STRING, RELEASE IT.
.,B6A6 A5 64 LDA $64	FREFAC: LDWD FACMO ;FREE UP STR PNT'D TO BY FAC.	Zeiger auf	get descriptor pointer low byte	GET DESCRIPTOR POINTER
.,B6A8 A4 65 LDY $65		Stringdescriptor	get descriptor pointer high byte pop (YA) descriptor off stack or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte	IF STRING DESCRIPTOR WHOSE ADDRESS IS IN Y,A IS A TEMPORARY STRING, RELEASE IT.
.,B6AA 85 22 STA $22	FRETMP: STWD INDEX ;GET LENGTH FOR LATER.	nach	save string pointer low byte	SAVE THE ADDRESS OF THE DESCRIPTOR
.,B6AC 84 23 STY $23		$22 und $23 bringen	save string pointer high byte
.,B6AE 20 DB B6 JSR $B6DB	JSR FRETMS ;FREE UP THE TEMPORARY DESC.	Descriptor vom Stringstack	clean descriptor stack, YA = pointer	FREE DESCRIPTOR IF IT IS TEMPORARY
.,B6B1 08 PHP	PHP ;SAVE CODES.	Statusregister retten	save status flags	REMEMBER IF TEMP
.,B6B2 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;PREP TO GET STUFF.	Zähler auf Null	clear index	POINT AT LENGTH OF STRING
.,B6B4 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX ;GET COUNT AND	Stringlänge holen	get length from string descriptor
.,B6B6 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE IT.	und in Stack schieben	put on stack	SAVE LENGTH ON STACK
.,B6B7 C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B6B8 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX	LOW-Byte der Anfangsadresse	get string pointer low byte from descriptor
.,B6BA AA TAX	TAX ;SAVE LOW ORDER.	ins X-Reg schieben	copy to X	GET ADDRESS OF STRING IN Y,X
.,B6BB C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,B6BC B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX	HIGH-Byte der Anfangsadresse	get string pointer high byte from descriptor
.,B6BE A8 TAY	TAY ;SAVE HIGH ORDER.	ins Y-Reg schieben	copy to Y
.,B6BF 68 PLA	PLA	Stringlänge wieder aus Stack	get string length back	LENGTH IN A
.,B6C0 28 PLP	PLP ;RETURN STATUS.	Statusreg. wieder aus Stack	restore status	RETRIEVE STATUS, Z=1 IF TEMP
.,B6C1 D0 13 BNE $B6D6	BNE FRETRT	Neustring=Altstring nein? RTS	branch if pointer <> last_sl,last_sh	NOT A TEMPORARY STRING
.,B6C3 C4 34 CPY $34	CPY FRETOP+1 ;STRING IS LAST ONE IN?	Stringadresse identisch mit	compare with bottom of string space high byte	IS IT THE LOWEST STRING?
.,B6C5 D0 0F BNE $B6D6	BNE FRETRT	Zeiger auf Stringende?	branch if <>	NO
.,B6C7 E4 33 CPX $33	CPX FRETOP	nein, dann	else compare with bottom of string space low byte
.,B6C9 D0 0B BNE $B6D6	BNE FRETRT	zu $B6D6	branch if <>	NO
.,B6CB 48 PHA	PHA	String-Anfangszeiger	save string length	YES, PUSH LENGTH AGAIN
.,B6CC 18 CLC	CLC	auf Länge	clear carry for add	RECOVER THE SPACE USED BY
.,B6CD 65 33 ADC $33	ADC FRETOP	des	add bottom of string space low byte	THE STRING
.,B6CF 85 33 STA $33	STA FRETOP	Strings	set bottom of string space low byte
.,B6D1 90 02 BCC $B6D5	BCC FREPLA	hinaufsetzen	skip increment if no overflow
.,B6D3 E6 34 INC $34	INC FRETOP+1	Stringlänge	increment bottom of string space high byte
.,B6D5 68 PLA	FREPLA: PLA ;GET COUNT BACK.	holen	restore string length	RETRIEVE LENGTH AGAIN
.,B6D6 86 22 STX $22	FRETRT: STXY INDEX ;SAVE FOR LATER USE.	LOW-Byte der Startadresse	save string pointer low byte	ADDRESS OF STRING IN Y,X
.,B6D8 84 23 STY $23		HIGH-Byte der Startadresse	save string pointer high byte	LENGTH OF STRING IN A-REG
.,B6DA 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung Stringzeiger aus Descriptorstack entfernen	clean descriptor stack, YA = pointer checks if AY is on the descriptor stack, if so does a stack discard	RELEASE TEMPORARY DESCRIPTOR IF Y,A = LASTPT		check descriptor stack
.,B6DB C4 18 CPY $18	FRETMS: CPY LASTPT+1 ;LAST ENTRY TO TEMP?	Zeiger auf Stringdescriptor	compare high byte with current descriptor stack item pointer high byte	COMPARE Y,A TO LATEST TEMP
.,B6DD D0 0C BNE $B6EB	BNE FRERTS	identisch mit $18, nicht? RTS	exit if <>	NOT SAME ONE, CANNOT RELEASE
.,B6DF C5 17 CMP $17	CMP LASTPT	identisch mit 17	compare low byte with current descriptor stack item pointer low byte
.,B6E1 D0 08 BNE $B6EB	BNE FRERTS	wenn nicht, dann RTS	exit if <>	NOT SAME ONE, CANNOT RELEASE
.,B6E3 85 16 STA $16	STA TEMPPT	Zeiger nach $16 speichern	set descriptor stack pointer	UPDATE TEMPT FOR NEXT TEMP
.,B6E5 E9 03 SBC #$03	SBCI STRSIZ ;POINT TO LAST ONE.	Von Adresse $17	update last string pointer low byte	BACK OFF LASTPT
.,B6E7 85 17 STA $17	STA LASTPT ;UPDATE TEMP PNTR.	3 abziehen	save current descriptor stack item pointer low byte
.,B6E9 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;ALSO CLEARS ZFLG SO WE DO REST OF FRETMP.	Zähler auf Null	clear high byte	NOW Y,A POINTS TO TOP TEMP
.,B6EB 60 RTS	FRERTS: RTS ;ALL DONE. ; ; CHR$(#) CREATES A STRING WHICH CONTAINS AS ITS ONLY ; CHARACTER THE ASCII EQUIVALENT OF THE INTEGER ARGUMENT (#) ; WHICH MUST BE .LT. 255. ;	Rücksprung BASIC-Funktion CHR$	perform CHR$()	Z=0 IF NOT TEMP, Z=1 IF TEMP "CHR$" FUNCTION		CHR$ function
.,B6EC 20 A1 B7 JSR $B7A1	CHR: JSR CONINT ;GET INTEGER IN RANGE.	holt Byte-Wert (0 bis 255)	evaluate byte expression, result in X	CONVERT ARGUMENT TO BYTE IN X
.,B6EF 8A TXA	TXA	Kode in Akku	copy to A
.,B6F0 48 PHA	PHA	Akkuinhalt in Stack	save character	SAVE IT
.,B6F1 A9 01 LDA #$01	LDAI 1 ;ONE-CHARACTER STRING.	Länge des Strings gleich 1	string is single byte	GET SPACE FOR STRING OF LENGTH 1
.,B6F3 20 7D B4 JSR $B47D	JSR STRSPA ;GET SPACE FOR STRING.	Platz für String freimachen	make string space A bytes long
.,B6F6 68 PLA	PLA	ASCII-Kode zurückholen	get character back	RECALL THE CHARACTER
.,B6F7 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler auf Null	clear index	PUT IN STRING
.,B6F9 91 62 STA ($62),Y	STADY DSCTMP+1	als Stringzeichen speichern	save byte in string - byte IS string!
.,B6FB 68 PLA	PLA ;GET RID OF "CHKNUM" RETURN ADDR.	Rücksprungadresse aus	dump return address (skip type check)	POP RETURN ADDRESS
.,B6FC 68 PLA	PLA	Stack entfernen	dump return address (skip type check)
.,B6FD 4C CA B4 JMP $B4CA	RLZRET: JMP PUTNEW ;SETUP FAC TO POINT TO DESC. ; ; THE FOLLOWING IS THE LEFT$($,#) FUNCTION. ; IT TAKES THE LEFTMOST # CHARACTERS OF THE STRING. ; IF # .GT. THE LEN OF THE STRING, IT RETURNS THE WHOLE STRING. ;	Descriptor in Stringstack BASIC-Funktion LEFT$	check space on descriptor stack then put string address and length on descriptor stack and update stack pointers perform LEFT$()	MAKE IT A TEMPORARY STRING "LEFT$" FUNCTION		LEFT$ function
.,B700 20 61 B7 JSR $B761	LEFT: JSR PREAM ;TEST PARAMETERS.	Stringadresse & Länge aus Stack holen	pull string data and byte parameter from stack return pointer in descriptor, byte in A (and X), Y=0
.,B703 D1 50 CMP ($50),Y	CMPDY DSCPNT	Länge mit LEFT$-Parameter vergleichen	compare byte parameter with string length	COMPARE 1ST PARAMETER TO LENGTH
.,B705 98 TYA	TYA	LEFT$-Parameter	clear A	Y=A=0
.,B706 90 04 BCC $B70C	RLEFT: BCC RLEFT1	kleiner als Stringlänge ?	branch if string length > byte parameter	1ST PARAMETER SMALLER, USE IT
.,B708 B1 50 LDA ($50),Y	LDADY DSCPNT	Stringlänge holen	else make parameter = length	1ST IS LONGER, USE STRING LENGTH
.,B70A AA TAX	TAX ;PUT LENGTH INTO X.	und ins X-Reg schieben	copy to byte parameter copy	IN X-REG
.,B70B 98 TYA	TYA ;ZERO A, THE OFFSET.	Stringlänge und	clear string start offset	Y=A=0 AGAIN
.,B70C 48 PHA	RLEFT1: PHA ;SAVE OFFSET.	Parameter für LEFT$	save string start offset	PUSH LEFT END OF SUBSTRING
.,B70D 8A TXA	RLEFT2: TXA	in Stack	copy byte parameter (or string length if <)
.,B70E 48 PHA	RLEFT3: PHA ;SAVE LENGTH.	schieben	save string length	PUSH LENGTH OF SUBSTRING
.,B70F 20 7D B4 JSR $B47D	JSR STRSPA ;GET SPACE.	Platz für neuen String reservieren	make string space A bytes long	MAKE ROOM FOR STRING OF (A) BYTES
.,B712 A5 50 LDA $50	LDWD DSCPNT	Zeiger auf Stringdescriptor	get descriptor pointer low byte	RELEASE PARAMETER STRING IF TEMP
.,B714 A4 51 LDY $51		laden	get descriptor pointer high byte
.,B716 20 AA B6 JSR $B6AA	JSR FRETMP	FRESTR	pop (YA) descriptor off stack or from top of string space returns with A = length, X = pointer low byte, Y = pointer high byte
.,B719 68 PLA	PLA	Länge des neuen Strings aus	get string length back	GET LENGTH OF SUBSTRING
.,B71A A8 TAY	TAY	Stack holen und ins X-Reg	copy length to Y	IN Y-REG
.,B71B 68 PLA	PLA	alte	get string start offset back	GET LEFT END OF SUBSTRING
.,B71C 18 CLC	CLC	Stringadresse	clear carry for add	ADD TO POINTER TO STRING
.,B71D 65 22 ADC $22	ADC INDEX ;COMPUTE WHERE TO COPY.	entsprechend	add start offset to string start pointer low byte
.,B71F 85 22 STA $22	STA INDEX	erhöhen	save string start pointer low byte
.,B721 90 02 BCC $B725	BCC PULMOR	und speichern	branch if no overflow
.,B723 E6 23 INC $23	INC INDEX+1	HIGH-Byte erhöhen	else increment string start pointer high byte
.,B725 98 TYA	PULMOR: TYA	neue Stringlänge holen	copy length to A	LENGTH
.,B726 20 8C B6 JSR $B68C	JSR MOVDO ;GO MOVE IT.	neuen String in Stringbereich übertragen	store string from pointer to utility pointer	COPY STRING INTO SPACE
.,B729 4C CA B4 JMP $B4CA	JMP PUTNEW	Descriptor in Stringstack bringen BASIC-Funktion RIGHT$	check space on descriptor stack then put string address and length on descriptor stack and update stack pointers perform RIGHT$()	ADD TO TEMPS "RIGHT$" FUNCTION		RIGHT$ function
.,B72C 20 61 B7 JSR $B761	RIGHT: JSR PREAM	Stringparameter und Länge vom Stack holen	pull string data and byte parameter from stack return pointer in descriptor, byte in A (and X), Y=0
.,B72F 18 CLC	CLC ;[LENGTH DES'D]-[LENGTH]-1.	von Stringlänge	clear carry for add-1	COMPUTE LENGTH-WIDTH OF SUBSTRING
.,B730 F1 50 SBC ($50),Y	SBCDY DSCPNT	abziehen	subtract string length	TO GET STARTING POINT IN STRING
.,B732 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 255 ;NEGATE.	Nummer des ersten Elements im alten String	invert it (A=LEN(expression$)-l)
.,B734 4C 06 B7 JMP $B706	JMP RLEFT ; ; MID ($,#) RETURNS STRING WITH CHARS FROM # POSITION ; ONWARD. IF # .GT. LEN ($) THEN RETURN NULL STRING. ; MID ($,#,#) RETURNS STRING WITH CHARACTERS FROM ; # POSITION FOR #2 CHARACTERS. IF #2 GOES PAST END OF STRING ; RETURN AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. ;	weiter wie LEFT$ BASIC-Funktion MID$	go do rest of LEFT$() perform MID$()	JOIN LEFT$ "MID$" FUNCTION		MID$ function
.,B737 A9 FF LDA #$FF	MID: LDAI 255 ;DEFAULT.	Ersatzwert für den zweiten	set default length = 255	FLAG WHETHER 2ND PARAMETER		default 3 parameter
.,B739 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO ;SAVE FOR LATER COMPARE.	Zahlenparameter	save default length
.,B73B 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;GET CURRENT CHARACTER.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	SEE IF ")" YET
.,B73E C9 29 CMP #$29	CMPI 41 ;IS IT A RIGHT PAREN )?	')' Klammer zu	compare with ")"			)
.,B740 F0 06 BEQ $B748	BEQ MID2 ;NO THIRD PARAM.	wenn ja, dann kein zweiter Parameter, weiter bei $B748	branch if = ")" (skip second byte get)	YES, NO 2ND PARAMETER
.,B742 20 FD AE JSR $AEFD	JSR CHKCOM ;MUST HAVE COMMA.	prüft auf Komma	scan for ",", else do syntax error then warm start	NO, MUST HAVE COMMA
.,B745 20 9E B7 JSR $B79E	JSR GETBYT ;GET THE LENGTH INTO "FACLO".	holt Byte-Wert des zweiten Parameters	get byte parameter	GET 2ND PARAM IN X-REG
.,B748 20 61 B7 JSR $B761	MID2: JSR PREAM ;CHECK IT OUT.	Stringparameter und Startposition holen	pull string data and byte parameter from stack return pointer in descriptor, byte in A (and X), Y=0
.,B74B F0 4B BEQ $B798	BEQ GOFUC ;THERE IS NO POSTION 0	1. Parameter null, 'ILLEGAL QUANTITY'	if null do illegal quantity error then warm start
.,B74D CA DEX	DEX ;COMPUTE OFFSET.	erste Elementposition	decrement start index	1ST PARAMETER - 1
.,B74E 8A TXA	TXA	innerhalb	copy to A
.,B74F 48 PHA	PHA ;PRSERVE AWHILE.	des alten Strings	save string start offset
.,B750 18 CLC	CLC	im Stack ablegen	clear carry for sub-1
.,B751 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDXI 0	Zähler setzen	clear output string length
.,B753 F1 50 SBC ($50),Y	SBCDY DSCPNT ;GET LENGTH OF WHAT'S LEFT.	alte Stringlänge kleiner als erster Parameter ?	subtract string length
.,B755 B0 B6 BCS $B70D	BCS RLEFT2 ;GIVE NULL STRING.	wenn ja, dann zu LEFT$	if start>string length go do null string
.,B757 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 255 ;IN SUB C WAS 0 SO JUST COMPLEMENT.	Berechnen der neuen Länge	complement -length
.,B759 C5 65 CMP $65	CMP FACLO ;GREATER THAN WHAT'S DESIRED?	wenn kleiner als zweiter	compare byte parameter	USE SMALLER OF TWO
.,B75B 90 B1 BCC $B70E	BCC RLEFT3 ;NO, COPY THAT MUCH.	Parameter, dann zu LEFT$	if length>remaining string go do RIGHT$
.,B75D A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO ;GET LENGTH OF WHAT'S DESIRED.	Zweitparameter als 'rechte' Stringbegrenzung	get length byte
.,B75F B0 AD BCS $B70E	BCS RLEFT3 ;COPY IT. ; ; USED BY RIGHT$, LEFT$, MID$ FOR PARAMETER CHECKING AND SETUP. ;	unbedingter Sprung Stringparameter numerischer Wert vom Stack holen	go do string copy, branch always pull string data and byte parameter from stack return pointer in descriptor, byte in A (and X), Y=0	...ALWAYS COMMON SETUP ROUTINE FOR LEFT$, RIGHT$, MID$ REQUIRE ")"; POP RETURN ADRS, GET DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS, GET 1ST PARAMETER OF COMMAND		get first 2 parameters for LEFT$, RIGHT$ and MID$
.,B761 20 F7 AE JSR $AEF7	PREAM: JSR CHKCLS ;PARAM LIST SHOULD END.	prüft auf Klammer zu	scan for ")", else do syntax error then warm start	REQUIRE ")"
.,B764 68 PLA	PLA ;GET THE RETURN ADDRESS INTO	LOW-Byte der	pull return address low byte	SAVE RETURN ADDRESS
.,B765 A8 TAY	TAY ;[JMPER+1,Y]	Aufrufadresse merken	save return address low byte	IN Y-REG AND LENGTH
.,B766 68 PLA	PLA	HIGH-Byte der	pull return address high byte
.,B767 85 55 STA $55	STA JMPER+1	Aufrufadresse merken	save return address high byte
.,B769 68 PLA	PLA ;GET RID OF FINGO'S JSR RET ADDR.	LOW-und HIGH-Byte der	dump call to function vector low byte	POP PREVIOUS RETURN ADDRESS
.,B76A 68 PLA	PLA	Aufrufadresse merken	dump call to function vector high byte	(FROM GOROUT).
.,B76B 68 PLA	PLA ;GET LENGTH.	1. Parameter holen	pull byte parameter	RETRIEVE 1ST PARAMETER
.,B76C AA TAX	TAX	und ins X-Reg	copy byte parameter to X
.,B76D 68 PLA	PULWD DSCPNT	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	pull string pointer low byte	GET ADDRESS OF STRING DESCRIPTOR
.,B76E 85 50 STA $50		des	save it
.,B770 68 PLA		Stringdescriptors	pull string pointer high byte
.,B771 85 51 STA $51		nach	save it
.,B773 A5 55 LDA $55	LDA JMPER+1 ;PUT RETURN ADDRESS BACK ON	$51 und $52 speichern	get return address high byte	RESTORE RETURN ADDRESS
.,B775 48 PHA	PHA	Aufrufadresse	back on stack
.,B776 98 TYA	TYA	wieder auf	get return address low byte
.,B777 48 PHA	PHA	Stack	back on stack
.,B778 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler auf Null	clear index
.,B77A 8A TXA	TXA	Länge, zweiter Parameter	copy byte parameter	GET 1ST PARAMETER IN A-REG
.,B77B 60 RTS	RTS ; ; THE FUNCTION LEN($) RETURNS THE LENGTH OF THE STRING ; PASSED AS AN ARGUMENT. ;	Rücksprung BASIC-Funktion LEN	perform LEN()	"LEN" FUNCTION		LEN function
.,B77C 20 82 B7 JSR $B782	LEN: JSR LEN1	FRESTR, Stringlänge holen	evaluate string, get length in A (and Y)	GET LENTGH IN Y-REG, MAKE FAC NUMERIC
.,B77F 4C A2 B3 JMP $B3A2	JMP SNGFLT	Byte-Wert nach Fließkommaformat wandeln Stringparameter holen	convert Y to byte in FAC1 and return evaluate string, get length in Y	FLOAT Y-REG INTO FAC IF LAST RESULT IS A TEMPORARY STRING, FREE IT MAKE VALTYP NUMERIC, RETURN LENGTH IN Y-REG
.,B782 20 A3 B6 JSR $B6A3	LEN1: JSR FRESTR ;FREE UP STRING.	FRESTR, String holen, Länge in A	evaluate string	IF LAST RESULT IS A STRING, FREE IT
.,B785 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDXI 0	Typeflag	set data type = numeric	MAKE VALTYP NUMERIC
.,B787 86 0D STX $0D	STX VALTYP ;FORCE NUMERIC.	auf numerisch setzen	clear data type flag, $FF = string, $00 = numeric
.,B789 A8 TAY	TAY ;SET CODES ON LENGTH.	Länge in Y	copy length to Y	LENGTH OF STRING TO Y-REG
.,B78A 60 RTS	RTS ;DONE. ; ; THE FOLLOWING IS THE ASC($) FUNCTION. IT RETURNS ; AN INTEGER WHICH IS THE DECIMAL ASCII EQUIVALENT. ;	Rücksprung BASIC-Funktion ASC	perform ASC()	"ASC" FUNCTION		ASC function
.,B78B 20 82 B7 JSR $B782	ASC: JSR LEN1	String holen, Zeiger in $22/$23, Länge in Y	evaluate string, get length in A (and Y)	GET STRING, GET LENGTH IN Y-REG
.,B78E F0 08 BEQ $B798	BEQ GOFUC ;NULL STRING, BAD ARG.	Länge gleich null, 'ILLEGAL QUANTITY'	if null do illegal quantity error then warm start	ERROR IF LENGTH 0
.,B790 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler auf Null	set index to first character
.,B792 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1 ;GET CHARACTER.	erstes Zeichen holen	get byte	GET 1ST CHAR OF STRING
.,B794 A8 TAY	TAY	ASCII-Kode	copy to Y
.,B795 4C A2 B3 JMP $B3A2	JMP SNGFLT	nach Fließkomma wandeln	convert Y to byte in FAC1 and return do illegal quantity error then warm start	FLOAT Y-REG INTO FAC
.,B798 4C 48 B2 JMP $B248	GOFUC: JMP FCERR ;YES.	'ILLEGAL QUANTITY' holt Byte-Wert nach X	do illegal quantity error then warm start scan and get byte parameter	ILLEGAL QUANTITY ERROR SCAN TO NEXT CHARACTER AND CONVERT EXPRESSION TO SINGLE BYTE IN X-REG		fetch integer value in X and check range
.,B79B 20 73 00 JSR $0073	GTBYTC: JSR CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory get byte parameter	EVALUATE EXPRESSION AT TXTPTR, AND CONVERT IT TO SINGLE BYTE IN X-REG
.,B79E 20 8A AD JSR $AD8A	GETBYT: JSR FRMNUM ;READ FORMULA INTO FAC.	FRMNUM numerischen Wert nach FAC holen	evaluate expression and check is numeric, else do type mismatch evaluate byte expression, result in X	CONVERT (FAC) TO SINGLE BYTE INTEGER IN X-REG
.,B7A1 20 B8 B1 JSR $B1B8	CONINT: JSR POSINT ;CONVERT THE FAC TO A SINGLE BYTE INT.	prüft auf Bereich und wandelt nach Integer	evaluate integer expression, sign check	CONVERT IF IN RANGE -32767 TO +32767
.,B7A4 A6 64 LDX $64	LDX FACMO	HIGH-Byte	get FAC1 mantissa 3	HI-BYTE MUST BE ZERO
.,B7A6 D0 F0 BNE $B798	BNE GOFUC ;RESULT MUST BE .LE. 255.	ungleich null, dann 'ILLEGAL QUANTITY'	if not null do illegal quantity error then warm start	VALUE > 255, ERROR
.,B7A8 A6 65 LDX $65	LDX FACLO	LOW-Byte des geholten Ausdrucks ins X-Reg	get FAC1 mantissa 4	VALUE IN X-REG
.,B7AA 4C 79 00 JMP $0079	CHRGO2: JMP CHRGOT ;SET CONDITION CODES ON TERMINATOR. ; ; THE "VAL" FUNCTION TAKES A STRING AND TURNS IT INTO ; A NUMBER BY INTERPRETING THE ASCII DIGITS ETCQ ; EXCEPT FOR THE PROBLEM THAT A TERMINATOR MUST BE SUPPLIED ; BY REPLACING THE CHARACTER BEYOND THE STRING, VAL IS MERELY ; A CALL TO FLOATING POINT INPUT ("FIN"). ;	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen BASIC-Funktion VAL	scan memory and return perform VAL()	GET NEXT CHAR IN A-REG "VAL" FUNCTION		VAL function
.,B7AD 20 82 B7 JSR $B782	VAL: JSR LEN1 ;DO SETUP. SET RESULT=NUMERIC.	Stringadresse und Länge holen	evaluate string, get length in A (and Y)	GET POINTER TO STRING IN INDEX
.,B7B0 D0 03 BNE $B7B5	JEQ ZEROFC ;ZERO THE FAC ON A NULL STRING	Stringlänge ungleich Null ?	branch if not null string string was null so set result = $00	LENGTH NON-ZERO
.,B7B2 4C F7 B8 JMP $B8F7		Null in FAC	clear FAC1 exponent and sign and return	RETURN 0 IF LENGTH=0
.,B7B5 A6 7A LDX $7A	LDXY TXTPTR	Programmzeiger	get BASIC execute pointer low byte	SAVE CURRENT TXTPTR
.,B7B7 A4 7B LDY $7B		holen	get BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,B7B9 86 71 STX $71	STXY STRNG2 ;SAVE FOR LATER.	und	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,B7BB 84 72 STY $72		speichern	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,B7BD A6 22 LDX $22	LDX INDEX1	Stringanfangsadresse	get string pointer low byte
.,B7BF 86 7A STX $7A	STX TXTPTR	in Stringzeiger bringen	save BASIC execute pointer low byte	POINT TXTPTR TO START OF STRING
.,B7C1 18 CLC	CLC	LOW-Byte des	clear carry for add
.,B7C2 65 22 ADC $22	ADC INDEX1	ersten Zeichens	add string length	ADD LENGTH
.,B7C4 85 24 STA $24	STA INDEX2	nach dem String speichern	save string end low byte	POINT DEST TO END OF STRING + 1
.,B7C6 A6 23 LDX $23	LDX INDEX1+1	HIGH-Byte	get string pointer high byte
.,B7C8 86 7B STX $7B	STX TXTPTR+1	des ersten	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,B7CA 90 01 BCC $B7CD	BCC VAL2 ;NO CARRY, NO INC.	Zeichens	branch if no high byte increment
.,B7CC E8 INX	INX	nach dem String	increment string end high byte
.,B7CD 86 25 STX $25	VAL2: STX INDEX2+1	speichern	save string end high byte
.,B7CF A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler auf Null	set index to $00	SAVE BYTE THAT FOLLOWS STRING
.,B7D1 B1 24 LDA ($24),Y	LDADY INDEX2 ;PRESERVE CHARACTER.	erstes Byte nach String	get string end byte	ON STACK
.,B7D3 48 PHA	PHA	auf Stack	push it
.,B7D4 98 TYA	LDAI 0 ;SET A TERMINATOR.	speichern	clear A	AND STORE $00 IN ITS PLACE
.,B7D5 91 24 STA ($24),Y	STADY INDEX2	und durch null ersetzen	terminate string with $00	<<< THAT CAUSES A BUG IF HIMEM = $BFFF, >>> <<< BECAUSE STORING $00 AT $C000 IS NO >>> <<< USE; $C000 WILL ALWAYS BE LAST CHAR >>> <<< TYPED, SO FIN WON'T TERMINATE UNTIL >>> <<< IT SEES A ZERO AT $C010! >>>
.,B7D7 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT ;GET CHARACTER PNT'D TO AND SET FLAGS.	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory	PRIME THE PUMP
.,B7DA 20 F3 BC JSR $BCF3	JSR FIN	String in Fließkommazahl umwandeln	get FAC1 from string	EVALUATE STRING
.,B7DD 68 PLA	PLA ;GET PRES'D CHARACTER.	Zeichen nach String	restore string end byte	GET BYTE THAT SHOULD FOLLOW STRING
.,B7DE A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler auf Null	clear index	AND PUT IT BACK
.,B7E0 91 24 STA ($24),Y	STADY INDEX2 ;STUFF IT BACK.	wieder zurücksetzen	put string end byte back restore BASIC execute pointer from temp	RESTORE TXTPTR COPY STRNG2 INTO TXTPTR
.,B7E2 A6 71 LDX $71	ST2TXT: LDXY STRNG2	Die	get BASIC execute pointer low byte back
.,B7E4 A4 72 LDY $72		Programmzeiger	get BASIC execute pointer high byte back
.,B7E6 86 7A STX $7A	STXY TXTPTR	wieder	save BASIC execute pointer low byte
.,B7E8 84 7B STY $7B		zurückholen	save BASIC execute pointer high byte
.,B7EA 60 RTS	VALRTS: RTS ;ALL DONE WITH STRINGS. PAGE PEEK, POKE, AND FNWAIT.	Rücksprung GETADR und GETBYT holt 16-Bit und 8-Bit-Wert	get parameters for POKE/WAIT	EVALUATE "EXP1,EXP2" CONVERT EXP1 TO 16-BIT NUMBER IN LINNUM CONVERT EXP2 TO 8-BIT NUMBER IN X-REG		get address into $14/$15 and integer in X
.,B7EB 20 8A AD JSR $AD8A	GETNUM: JSR FRMNUM ;GET ADDRESS.	FRMNUM holt numerischen Wert	evaluate expression and check is numeric, else do type mismatch
.,B7EE 20 F7 B7 JSR $B7F7	JSR GETADR ;GET THAT LOCATION.	FAC in Adressformat wandlen $14/$15	convert FAC_1 to integer in temporary integer	EVALUATE ",EXPRESSION" CONVERT EXPRESSION TO SINGLE BYTE IN X-REG
.,B7F1 20 FD AE JSR $AEFD	COMBYT: JSR CHKCOM ;CHECK FOR A COMMA.	CHKCOM prüft auf Komma	scan for ",", else do syntax error then warm start	MUST HAVE COMMA FIRST
.,B7F4 4C 9E B7 JMP $B79E	JMP GETBYT ;GET SOMETHING TO STORE AND RETURN.	holt Byte-Wert nach X GETADR FAC in positive 16-Bit-Zahl wandeln	get byte parameter and return convert FAC_1 to integer in temporary integer	CONVERT EXPRESSION TO BYTE IN X-REG CONVERT (FAC) TO A 16-BIT VALUE IN LINNUM		convert float ti integer in $14/$15
.,B7F7 A5 66 LDA $66	GETADR: LDA FACSGN ;EXAMINE SIGN.	Vorzeichen	get FAC1 sign	FAC < 2^16?
.,B7F9 30 9D BMI $B798	BMI GOFUC ;FUNCTION CALL ERROR.	negativ, dann 'ILLEGAL QUANTITY'	if -ve do illegal quantity error then warm start
.,B7FB A5 61 LDA $61	LDA FACEXP ;EXAMINE EXPONENT.	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent
.,B7FD C9 91 CMP #$91	CMPI 145	Zahl mit 65536 vergleichen	compare with exponent = 2^16
.,B7FF B0 97 BCS $B798	BCS GOFUC ;FUNCTION CALL ERROR.	größer, dann	if >= do illegal quantity error then warm start	NO, ILLEGAL QUANTITY
.,B801 20 9B BC JSR $BC9B	JSR QINT ;INTEGERIZE IT.	'ILLEGAL QUANTITY' FAC in Adressformat wandeln	convert FAC1 floating to fixed	CONVERT TO INTEGER
.,B804 A5 64 LDA $64	LDWD FACMO	Wert	get FAC1 mantissa 3	COPY IT INTO LINNUM
.,B806 A4 65 LDY $65		holen	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B808 84 14 STY $14	STY POKER	und nach $14/$15	save temporary integer low byte	TO LINNUM
.,B80A 85 15 STA $15	STA POKER+1	speichern	save temporary integer high byte
.,B80C 60 RTS	RTS ;IT'S DONE !.	Rücksprung BASIC-Funktion PEEK	perform PEEK()	"PEEK" FUNCTION		PEEK function
.,B80D A5 15 LDA $15	PEEK: PSHWD POKER	$14 und $15	get line number high byte	SAVE (LINNUM) ON STACK DURING PEEK
.,B80F 48 PHA		in	save line number high byte
.,B810 A5 14 LDA $14		Stack	get line number low byte
.,B812 48 PHA		sichern	save line number low byte
.,B813 20 F7 B7 JSR $B7F7	JSR GETADR	FAC nach Adressformat wandeln	convert FAC_1 to integer in temporary integer	GET ADDRESS PEEKING AT
.,B816 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 IFE REALIO-3,< CMPI ROMLOC/256 ;IF WITHIN BASIC, BCC GETCON CMPI LASTWR/256 BCC DOSGFL> ;GIVE HIM ZERO FOR AN ANSWER.	Zähler auf Null	clear index
.,B818 B1 14 LDA ($14),Y	GETCON: LDADY POKER ;GET THAT BYTE.	Peek-Wert holen	read byte	TAKE A QUICK LOOK
.,B81A A8 TAY	TAY	nach Y-Reg	copy byte to A	VALUE IN Y-REG
.,B81B 68 PLA	DOSGFL: PULWD POKER	$14 und $15	pull byte	RESTORE LINNUM FROM STACK
.,B81C 85 14 STA $14		wieder	restore line number low byte
.,B81E 68 PLA		vom Stack	pull byte
.,B81F 85 15 STA $15		zurückholen	restore line number high byte
.,B821 4C A2 B3 JMP $B3A2	JMP SNGFLT ;FLOAT IT.	Y nach Fließkommaformat BASIC-Befehl POKE	convert Y to byte in FAC_1 and return perform POKE	FLOAT Y-REG INTO FAC "POKE" STATEMENT		POKE command
.,B824 20 EB B7 JSR $B7EB	POKE: JSR GETNUM	Poke-Adrefcse und Wert holen	get parameters for POKE/WAIT	GET THE ADDRESS AND VALUE
.,B827 8A TXA	TXA	Poke-Wert in Akku	copy byte to A	VALUE IN A,
.,B828 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler auf Null	clear index
.,B82A 91 14 STA ($14),Y	STADY POKER ;STORE VALUE AWAY.	und in Speicher schreiben	write byte	STORE IT AWAY,
.,B82C 60 RTS	RTS ;SCANNED EVERYTHING. ; THE WAIT LOCATION,MASK1,MASK2 STATEMENT WAITS UNTIL THE CONTENTS ; OF LOCATION IS NONZERO WHEN XORED WITH MASK2 ; AND THEN ANDED WITH MASK1. IF MASK2 IS NOT PRESENT, IT ; IS ASSUMED TO BE ZERO.	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl WAIT	perform WAIT	AND THAT'S ALL FOR TODAY "WAIT" STATEMENT		WAIT command
.,B82D 20 EB B7 JSR $B7EB	FNWAIT: JSR GETNUM	Adresse und Wert holen	get parameters for POKE/WAIT	GET ADDRESS IN LINNUM, MASK IN X
.,B830 86 49 STX $49	STX ANDMSK	zweiter Parameter nach $49	save byte	SAVE MASK
.,B832 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDXI 0	Default für dritten Parameter	clear mask
.,B834 20 79 00 JSR $0079	JSR CHRGOT	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen	scan memory	ANOTHER PARAMETER?
.,B837 F0 03 BEQ $B83C	BEQ ZSTORDO	kein dritter Parameter ?	skip if no third argument	NO, USE $00 FOR EXCLUSIVE-OR
.,B839 20 F1 B7 JSR $B7F1	JSR COMBYT ;GET MASK2.	prüft auf Komma und holt Parameter	scan for "," and get byte, else syntax error then warm start	GET XOR-MASK
.,B83C 86 4A STX $4A	STORDO: STX EORMSK	dritter Parameter nach $4A	save EOR argument	SAVE XOR-MASK HERE
.,B83E A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler auf Null	clear index
.,B840 B1 14 LDA ($14),Y	WAITER: LDADY POKER	Wait-Adresse	get byte via temporary integer (address)	GET BYTE AT ADDRESS
.,B842 45 4A EOR $4A	EOR EORMSK	logisch	EOR with second argument (mask)	INVERT SPECIFIED BITS
.,B844 25 49 AND $49	AND ANDMSK	verknüpfen	AND with first argument (byte)	SELECT SPECIFIED BITS
.,B846 F0 F8 BEQ $B840	BEQ WAITER	weiter warten	loop if result is zero	LOOP TILL NOT 0
.,B848 60 RTS	ZERRTS: RTS ;GOT A NONZERO. FLOATING POINT MATH PACKAGE CONFIGURATION. RADIX 8 ;!!!! ALERT !!!! ;THROUGHOUT THE MATH PACKAGE. COMMENT % THE FLOATING POINT FORMAT IS AS FOLLOWS: THE SIGN IS THE FIRST BIT OF THE MANTISSA. THE MANTISSA IS 24 BITS LONG. THE BINARY POINT IS TO THE LEFT OF THE MSB. NUMBER = MANTISSA * 2 ^ EXPONENT. THE MANTISSA IS POSITIVE WITH A ONE ASSUMED TO BE WHERE THE SIGN BIT IS. THE SIGN OF THE EXPONENT IS THE FIRST BIT OF THE EXPONENT. THE EXPONENT IS STORED IN EXCESS 200, I.E. WITH A BIAS OF +200. SO, THE EXPONENT IS A SIGNED 8-BIT NUMBER WITH 200 ADDED TO IT. AN EXPONENT OF ZERO MEANS THE NUMBER IS ZERO. THE OTHER BYTES MAY NOT BE ASSUMED TO BE ZERO. TO KEEP THE SAME NUMBER IN THE FAC WHILE SHIFTING, TO SHIFT RIGHT, EXP:=EXP+1 TO SHIFT LEFT, EXP:=EXP-1 IN MEMORY THE NUMBER LOOKS LIKE THIS: [THE EXPONENT AS A SIGNED NUMBER +200] [THE SIGN BIT IN 7, BITS 2-8 OF MANTISSA ARE IN BITS 6-0]. (REMEMBER BIT 1 OF MANTISSA IS ALWAYS A ONE.) [BITS 9-16 OF THE MANTISSA] [BITS 17-24] OF THE MANTISSA] ARITHMETIC ROUTINE CALLING CONVENTIONS: FOR ONE ARGUMENT FUNCTIONS: THE ARGUMENT IS IN THE FAC. THE RESULT IS LEFT IN THE FAC. FOR TWO ARGUMENT OPERATIONS: THE FIRST ARGUMENT IS IN ARG (ARGEXP,HO,MO,LO AND ARGSGN). THE SECOND ARGUMENT IS IN THE FAC. THE RESULT IS LEFT IN THE FAC. THE "T" ENTRY POINTS TO THE TWO-ARGUMENT OPERATIONS HAVE BOTH ARGUMENTS SETUP IN THE RESPECTIVE REGISTERS. BEFORE CALLING ARG MAY HAVE BEEN POPPED OFF THE STACK AND INTO ARG, FOR EXAMPLE. THE OTHER ENTRY POINT ASSUMES [Y,A] POINTS TO THE ARGUMENT SOMEWHERE IN MEMORY. IT IS UNPACKED INTO ARG BY "CONUPK". ON THE STACK, THE SGN IS PUSHED ON FIRST, THE LO,MO,HO AND FINALLY EXP. NOTE ALL THINGS ARE KEPT UNPACKED IN ARG, FAC AND ON THE STACK. IT IS ONLY WHEN SOMETHING IS STORED AWAY THAT IT IS PACKED TO FOUR BYTES. THE UNPACKED FORMAT HAS A SGN BYTE REFLECTING THE SIGN OF THE NUMBER (POSITIVE=0, NEGATIVE=-1) A HO,MO AND LO WITH THE HIGH BIT OF THE HO TURNED ON. THE EXP IS THE SAME AS STORED FORMAT. THIS IS DONE FOR SPEED OF OPERATION. % PAGE FLOATING POINT ADDITION AND SUBTRACTION.	Rücksprung Arithmetik-Routinen FAC = FAC + 0.5	add 0.5 to FAC1 (round FAC1)	ADD 0.5 TO FAC		add 0.5 to float accu (rounding)
.,B849 A9 11 LDA #$11	FADDH: LDWDI FHALF ;ENTRY TO ADD 1/2.	Zeiger auf	set 0.5 pointer low byte	FAC+1/2 -> FAC		low BF11
.,B84B A0 BF LDY #$BF		Konstante 0.5	set 0.5 pointer high byte			high BF11
.,B84D 4C 67 B8 JMP $B867	JMP FADD ;UNPACK AND GO ADD IT.	FAC = FAC + Konstante (A/Y) Minus FAC = Konstante (A/Y) - FAC	add (AY) to FAC1 perform subtraction, FAC1 from (AY)	FAC = (Y,A) - FAC		minus operator
.,B850 20 8C BA JSR $BA8C	FSUB: JSR CONUPK ;UNPACK ARGUMENT INTO ARG.	Konstante (A/Y) nach ARG Minus FAC = ARG - FAC	unpack memory (AY) into FAC2 perform subtraction, FAC1 from FAC2	FAC = ARG - FAC
.,B853 A5 66 LDA $66	FSUBT: LDA FACSGN	Die	get FAC1 sign (b7)	COMPLEMENT FAC AND ADD
.,B855 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377 ;COMPLEMENT IT.	Vorzeichen	complement it
.,B857 85 66 STA $66	STA FACSGN	umdrehen	save FAC1 sign (b7)
.,B859 45 6E EOR $6E	EOR ARGSGN ;COMPLEMENT ARISGN.	mit Vorzeichen von FAC	EOR with FAC2 sign (b7)	FIX SGNCPR TOO
.,B85B 85 6F STA $6F	STA ARISGN	verknüpfen	save sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)
.,B85D A5 61 LDA $61	LDA FACEXP ;SET CODES ON FACEXP.	Exponent von FAC	get FAC1 exponent	MAKE STATUS SHOW FAC EXPONENT
.,B85F 4C 6A B8 JMP $B86A	JMP FADDT ;[Y]=ARGEXP.. XLIST .XCREF IFN REALIO-3,<ZSTORDO=STORDO> IFE REALIO-3,< ZSTORD:! LDA POKER CMPI 146 BNE STORDO LDA POKER+1 SBCI 31 BNE STORDO STA POKER TAY LDAI 200 STA POKER+1 MRCHKR: LDXI 12 IF1,< MRCHR: LDA 60000,X,> IF2,< MRCHR: LDA SINCON+36,X,> ANDI 77 STADY POKER INY BNE PKINC INC POKER+1 PKINC: DEX BNE MRCHR DEC ANDMSK BNE MRCHKR RTS IF2,<PURGE ZSTORD>> .CREF LIST	FAC = FAC + ARG	add FAC2 to FAC1 and return	JOIN FADD SHIFT SMALLER ARGUMENT MORE THAN 7 BITS
.,B862 20 99 B9 JSR $B999	FADD5: JSR SHIFTR ;DO A LONG SHIFT.	Exponenten von FAC und ARG	shift FACX A times right (>8 shifts)	ALIGN RADIX BY SHIFTING
.,B865 90 3C BCC $B8A3	BCC FADD4 ;CONTINUE WITH ADDITION.	angleichen Plus FAC = Konstante (A/Y) + FAC	go subtract mantissas add (AY) to FAC1	...ALWAYS FAC = (Y,A) + FAC		add float indexed by AY to float accu
.,B867 20 8C BA JSR $BA8C	FADD: JSR CONUPK	Konstante (A/Y) nach ARG Plus FAC = FAC + ARG	unpack memory (AY) into FAC2 add FAC2 to FAC1	FAC = ARG + FAC		plus operator
.,B86A D0 03 BNE $B86F	FADDT: JEQ MOVFA ;IF FAC=0, RESULT IS IN ARG.	FAC ungleich null ?	branch if FAC1 is not zero	FAC IS NON-ZERO
.,B86C 4C FC BB JMP $BBFC		nein, dann FAC = ARG	FAC1 was zero so copy FAC2 to FAC1 and return FAC1 is non zero	FAC = 0 + ARG
.,B86F A6 70 LDX $70	LDX FACOV	Rundungsbyte für FAC	get FAC1 rounding byte
.,B871 86 56 STX $56	STX OLDOV	in $56 speichern	save as FAC2 rounding byte
.,B873 A2 69 LDX #$69	LDXI ARGEXP ;DEFAULT IS SHIFT ARGUMENT.	Offset-Zeiger für ARG laden	set index to FAC2 exponent address	SET UP TO SHIFT ARG
.,B875 A5 69 LDA $69	LDA ARGEXP ;IF ARG=0, FAC IS RESULT.	Exponent von ARG laden	get FAC2 exponent	EXPONENT
.,B877 A8 TAY	FADDC: TAY ;ALSO COPY ACCA INTO ACCY.	in Y-Reg schieben	copy exponent
.,B878 F0 CE BEQ $B848	BEQ ZERRTS ;RETURN.	wenn ARG=0, dann RTS	exit if zero	IF ARG=0, WE ARE FINISHED
.,B87A 38 SEC	SEC	Exponent von	set carry for subtract
.,B87B E5 61 SBC $61	SBC FACEXP	FAC subtrahieren	subtract FAC1 exponent	GET DIFFNCE OF EXP
.,B87D F0 24 BEQ $B8A3	BEQ FADD4 ;NO SHIFTING.	wenn Exponent gleich, dann zu $B8A3	if equal go add mantissas	GO ADD IF SAME EXP
.,B87F 90 12 BCC $B893	BCC FADDA ;BR IF ARGEXP.LT.FACEXP.	wenn Exponent von FAC größer, dann zu $B893	if FAC2 < FAC1 then go shift FAC2 right else FAC2 > FAC1	ARG HAS SMALLER EXPONENT
.,B881 84 61 STY $61	STY FACEXP ;RESULTING EXPONENT.	FAC-Exponent durch ARG-Vorzeichen ersetzen	save FAC1 exponent	EXP HAS SMALLER EXPONENT
.,B883 A4 6E LDY $6E	LDY ARGSGN ;SINCE ARG IS BIGGER, IT'S	FAC-Vorzeichen durch	get FAC2 sign (b7)
.,B885 84 66 STY $66	STY FACSGN ;SIGN IS SIGN OF RESULT.	ARG-Vorzeichen ersetzen	save FAC1 sign (b7)
.,B887 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377 ;SHIFT A NEGATIVE NUMBER OF PLACES.	Vorzeichen wechseln	complement A	COMPLEMENT SHIFT COUNT
.,B889 69 00 ADC #$00	ADCI 0 ;COMPLETE NEGATION. W/ C=1.	Carry ist schon 1	+1, twos complement, carry is set	CARRY WAS SET
.,B88B A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0 ;ZERO OLDOV.	Rundungsstelle	clear Y
.,B88D 84 56 STY $56	STY OLDOV	löschen	clear FAC2 rounding byte
.,B88F A2 61 LDX #$61	LDXI FAC ;SHIFT THE FAC INSTEAD.	Offset-Zeiger für FAC laden	set index to FAC1 exponent address	SET UP TO SHIFT FAC
.,B891 D0 04 BNE $B897	BNE FADD1	unbedingter Sprung	branch always FAC2 < FAC1	...ALWAYS
.,B893 A0 00 LDY #$00	FADDA: LDYI 0	FAC-Rundungsstelle	clear Y
.,B895 84 70 STY $70	STY FACOV	löschen	clear FAC1 rounding byte
.,B897 C9 F9 CMP #$F9	FADD1: CMPI ^D256-7 ;FOR SPEED AND NECESSITY. GETS ;MOST LIKELY CASE TO SHIFTR FASTEST ;AND ALLOWS SHIFTING OF NEG NUMS ;BY "QINT".	wenn Exponentdifferenz	compare exponent diff with $F9	SHIFT MORE THAN 7 BITS?
.,B899 30 C7 BMI $B862	BMI FADD5 ;SHIFT BIG.	größer als 7, dann zu $B862	branch if range $79-$F8	YES
.,B89B A8 TAY	TAY	Akku löschen	copy exponent difference to Y	INDEX TO # OF SHIFTS
.,B89C A5 70 LDA $70	LDA FACOV ;SET FACOV.	FAC-Rundungsstelle	get FAC1 rounding byte
.,B89E 56 01 LSR $01,X	LSR 1,X, ;GETS 0 IN MOST SIG BIT.	laden	shift FAC? mantissa 1	START SHIFTING...
.,B8A0 20 B0 B9 JSR $B9B0	JSR ROLSHF ;DO THE ROLLING.	Mantisse verschieben	shift FACX Y times right exponents are equal now do mantissa subtract	...COMPLETE SHIFTING
.,B8A3 24 6F BIT $6F	FADD4: BIT ARISGN ;GET RESULTING SIGN.	wenn FAC- und ARG-Vorzeichen	test sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)	DO FAC AND ARG HAVE SAME SIGNS?
.,B8A5 10 57 BPL $B8FE	BPL FADD2 ;IF POSITIVE, ADD. ;CARRY IS CLEAR.	identisch, dann zu $B8FE	if = add FAC2 mantissa to FAC1 mantissa and return	YES, ADD THE MANTISSAS
.,B8A7 A0 61 LDY #$61	FADD3: LDYI FACEXP	Offset-Zeiger für FAC laden	set the Y index to FAC1 exponent address	NO, SUBTRACT SMALLER FROM LARGER
.,B8A9 E0 69 CPX #$69	CPXI ARGEXP ;FAC IS BIGGER.	wenn Offset-Zeiger für ARG	compare X to FAC2 exponent address	WHICH WAS ADJUSTED?
.,B8AB F0 02 BEQ $B8AF	BEQ SUBIT	initialisiert, dann zu $B8AF	if = continue, Y = FAC1, X = FAC2	IF ARG, DO FAC-ARG
.,B8AD A0 69 LDY #$69	LDYI ARGEXP ;ARG IS BIGGER.	Offset-Zeiger laden	else set the Y index to FAC2 exponent address subtract the smaller from the bigger (take the sign of the bigger)	IF FAC, DO ARG-FAC
.,B8AF 38 SEC	SUBIT: SEC	Carryflag für Subtraktion setzen	set carry for subtract	SUBTRACT SMALLER FROM LARGER (WE HOPE)
.,B8B0 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377	Alle Bits umdrehen	ones complement A	(IF EXPONENTS WERE EQUAL, WE MIGHT BE
.,B8B2 65 56 ADC $56	ADC OLDOV	Rundungsstelle addieren	add FAC2 rounding byte	SUBTRACTING LARGER FROM SMALLER)
.,B8B4 85 70 STA $70	STA FACOV	und speichern	save FAC1 rounding byte
.,B8B6 B9 04 00 LDA $0004,Y	LDA 3+ADDPRC,Y	viertes Byte	get FACY mantissa 4
.,B8B9 F5 04 SBC $04,X	SBC 3+ADDPRC,X	subtrahieren und in	subtract FACX mantissa 4
.,B8BB 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO	FAC speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B8BD B9 03 00 LDA $0003,Y	LDA 2+ADDPRC,Y	drittes Byte	get FACY mantissa 3
.,B8C0 F5 03 SBC $03,X	SBC 2+ADDPRC,X	subtrahieren und in	subtract FACX mantissa 3
.,B8C2 85 64 STA $64	STA FACMO IFN ADDPRC,<	FAC speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B8C4 B9 02 00 LDA $0002,Y	LDA 2,Y	zweites Byte	get FACY mantissa 2
.,B8C7 F5 02 SBC $02,X	SBC 2,X	subtrahieren und in	subtract FACX mantissa 2
.,B8C9 85 63 STA $63	STA FACMOH>	FAC speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B8CB B9 01 00 LDA $0001,Y	LDA 1,Y	erstes Byte	get FACY mantissa 1
.,B8CE F5 01 SBC $01,X	SBC 1,X	subtrahieren und in	subtract FACX mantissa 1
.,B8D0 85 62 STA $62	STA FACHO	FAC speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 1 do ABS and normalise FAC1	NORMALIZE VALUE IN FAC
.,B8D2 B0 03 BCS $B8D7	FADFLT: BCS NORMAL ;HERE IF SIGNS DIFFER. IF CARRY, ;FAC IS SET OK.	wenn Übertrag negativ, dann weiter	branch if number is +ve
.,B8D4 20 47 B9 JSR $B947	JSR NEGFAC ;NEGATE [FAC].	Mantisse von FAC invertieren	negate FAC1 normalise FAC1
.,B8D7 A0 00 LDY #$00	NORMAL: LDYI 0	Y-Reg und	clear Y	SHIFT UP SIGNIF DIGIT
.,B8D9 98 TYA	TYA	Akku löschen	clear A	START A=0, COUNT SHIFTS IN A-REG
.,B8DA 18 CLC	CLC	Carry löschen	clear carry for add
.,B8DB A6 62 LDX $62	NORM3: LDX FACHO	wenn $62=0 dann,	get FAC1 mantissa 1	LOOK AT MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE
.,B8DD D0 4A BNE $B929	BNE NORM1	zu $B929	if not zero normalise FAC1	SOME 1-BITS HERE
.,B8DF A6 63 LDX $63	LDX FACHO+1 ;SHIFT 8 BITS AT A TIME FOR SPEED.	Das	get FAC1 mantissa 2	HI-BYTE OF MANTISSA STILL ZERO,
.,B8E1 86 62 STX $62	STX FACHO IFN ADDPRC,<	gesamte	save FAC1 mantissa 1	SO DO A FAST 8-BIT SHUFFLE
.,B8E3 A6 64 LDX $64	LDX FACMOH+1	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B8E5 86 63 STX $63	STX FACMOH>	wieder	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B8E7 A6 65 LDX $65	LDX FACMO+1	norma-	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B8E9 86 64 STX $64	STX FACMO	lisieren	save FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B8EB A6 70 LDX $70	LDX FACOV	Rundungsstelle	get FAC1 rounding byte
.,B8ED 86 65 STX $65	STX FACLO	wieder	save FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B8EF 84 70 STY $70	STY FACOV	löschen	clear FAC1 rounding byte	ZERO EXTENSION BYTE
.,B8F1 69 08 ADC #$08	ADCI 10	Zähler um 8 Bits verschieben	add x to exponent offset	BUMP SHIFT COUNT
.,B8F3 C9 20 CMP #$20	CMPI 10*ADDPRC+30	wenn 32 Bits verschoben,	compare with $20, max offset, all bits would be = 0	DONE 4 TIMES YET?
.,B8F5 D0 E4 BNE $B8DB	BNE NORM3	dann weiter	loop if not max clear FAC1 exponent and sign	NO, STILL MIGHT BE SOME 1'S YES, VALUE OF FAC IS ZERO SET FAC = 0 (ONLY NECESSARY TO ZERO EXPONENT AND SIGN CELLS)
.,B8F7 A9 00 LDA #$00	ZEROFC: LDAI 0 ;NOT NEED BY NORMAL BUT BY OTHERS.	Mantisse =0	clear A
.,B8F9 85 61 STA $61	ZEROF1: STA FACEXP ;NUMBER MUST BE ZERO.	FAC =0	set FAC1 exponent save FAC1 sign
.,B8FB 85 66 STA $66	ZEROML: STA FACSGN ;MAKE SIGN POSITIVE.	Exponent =0	save FAC1 sign (b7)
.,B8FD 60 RTS	RTS ;ALL DONE.	Rücksprung	add FAC2 mantissa to FAC1 mantissa	ADD MANTISSAS OF FAC AND ARG INTO FAC		add fractions
.,B8FE 65 56 ADC $56	FADD2: ADC OLDOV	Rundungsstelle addieren	add FAC2 rounding byte
.,B900 85 70 STA $70	STA FACOV	und speichern	save FAC1 rounding byte
.,B902 A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B904 65 6D ADC $6D	ADC ARGLO	und ARG	add FAC2 mantissa 4
.,B906 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO	addieren	save FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B908 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B90A 65 6C ADC $6C	ADC ARGMO	und ARG	add FAC2 mantissa 3
.,B90C 85 64 STA $64	STA FACMO IFN ADDPRC,<	addieren	save FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B90E A5 63 LDA $63	LDA FACMOH	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B910 65 6B ADC $6B	ADC ARGMOH	und ARG	add FAC2 mantissa 2
.,B912 85 63 STA $63	STA FACMOH>	addieren	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B914 A5 62 LDA $62	LDA FACHO	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 1
.,B916 65 6A ADC $6A	ADC ARGHO	und ARG	add FAC2 mantissa 1
.,B918 85 62 STA $62	STA FACHO	addieren	save FAC1 mantissa 1
.,B91A 4C 36 B9 JMP $B936	JMP SQUEEZ ;GO ROUND IF SIGNS SAME.	Überlaufbit in Mantisse zurückshiften	test and normalise FAC1 for C=0/1	FINISH NORMALIZING FAC		postshift
.,B91D 69 01 ADC #$01	NORM2: ADCI 1 ;DECREMENT SHIFT COUNT.	Zähler erhöhen	add 1 to exponent offset	COUNT BITS SHIFTED
.,B91F 06 70 ASL $70	ASL FACOV ;SHIFT ALL LEFT ONE BIT.	FAC solange	shift FAC1 rounding byte
.,B921 26 65 ROL $65	ROL FACLO	nach links	shift FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B923 26 64 ROL $64	ROL FACMO IFN ADDPRC,<	verschieben bis das	shift FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B925 26 63 ROL $63	ROL FACMOH>	Bit 7	shift FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B927 26 62 ROL $62	ROL FACHO	gesetzt ist	shift FAC1 mantissa 1 normalise FAC1
.,B929 10 F2 BPL $B91D	NORM1: BPL NORM2 ;IF MSB=0 SHIFT AGAIN.	nicht gesetzt ? dann nochmal	loop if not normalised	UNTIL TOP BIT = 1
.,B92B 38 SEC	SEC	wenn Binärexponent kleiner	set carry for subtract
.,B92C E5 61 SBC $61	SBC FACEXP	als die Anzahl der	subtract FAC1 exponent	ADJUST EXPONENT BY BITS SHIFTED
.,B92E B0 C7 BCS $B8F7	BCS ZEROFC	Verschiebungen, dann wird die Zahl als Null behandelt	branch if underflow (set result = $0)	UNDERFLOW, RETURN ZERO
.,B930 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377	Exponent um	complement exponent
.,B932 69 01 ADC #$01	ADCI 1 ;COMPLEMENT.	Verschiebungsanzahl	+1 (twos complement)	2'S COMPLEMENT
.,B934 85 61 STA $61	STA FACEXP	vermindern	save FAC1 exponent test and normalise FAC1 for C=0/1	CARRY=0 NOW
.,B936 90 0E BCC $B946	SQUEEZ: BCC RNDRTS ;BITS TO SHIFT?	Carry gesetzt, nein dann RTS	exit if no overflow normalise FAC1 for C=1	UNLESS MANTISSA CARRIED
.,B938 E6 61 INC $61	RNDSHF: INC FACEXP	Exponent erhöhen	increment FAC1 exponent	MANTISSA CARRIED, SO SHIFT RIGHT
.,B93A F0 42 BEQ $B97E	BEQ OVERR	wenn Überlauf in Exponent, dann 'OVERFLOW ERROR'	if zero do overflow error then warm start	OVERFLOW IF EXPONENT TOO BIG
.,B93C 66 62 ROR $62	ROR FACHO IFN ADDPRC,<	Überlaufbit in Carry schieben	shift FAC1 mantissa 1
.,B93E 66 63 ROR $63	ROR FACMOH>	Das Carry-Flag	shift FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B940 66 64 ROR $64	ROR FACMO	erhält die	shift FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B942 66 65 ROR $65	ROR FACLO	Position des	shift FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B944 66 70 ROR $70	ROR FACOV	höchstwertigen Bits	shift FAC1 rounding byte
.,B946 60 RTS	RNDRTS: RTS ;ALL DONE ADDING.	Rücksprung Mantisse von FAC invertieren	negate FAC1	2'S COMPLEMENT OF FAC		negate float accu
.,B947 A5 66 LDA $66	NEGFAC: COM FACSGN ;COMPLEMENT FAC ENTIRELY.	FAC Vorzeichen	get FAC1 sign (b7)
.,B949 49 FF EOR #$FF		invertieren	complement it
.,B94B 85 66 STA $66		und speichern	save FAC1 sign (b7) twos complement FAC1 mantissa	2'S COMPLEMENT OF FAC MANTISSA ONLY
.,B94D A5 62 LDA $62	NEGFCH: COM FACHO ;COMPLEMENT JUST THE NUMBER.	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 1
.,B94F 49 FF EOR #$FF		invertieren	complement it
.,B951 85 62 STA $62	IFN ADDPRC,<	und speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 1
.,B953 A5 63 LDA $63	COM FACMOH>	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B955 49 FF EOR #$FF		invertieren	complement it
.,B957 85 63 STA $63		und speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B959 A5 64 LDA $64	COM FACMO	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B95B 49 FF EOR #$FF		invertieren	complement it
.,B95D 85 64 STA $64		und speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B95F A5 65 LDA $65	COM FACLO	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B961 49 FF EOR #$FF		invertieren	complement it
.,B963 85 65 STA $65		und speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 4
.,B965 A5 70 LDA $70	COM FACOV	FAC-Rundungsbyte	get FAC1 rounding byte
.,B967 49 FF EOR #$FF		invertieren	complement it
.,B969 85 70 STA $70		und speichern	save FAC1 rounding byte
.,B96B E6 70 INC $70	INC FACOV	Mantisse erhöhen	increment FAC1 rounding byte	START INCREMENTING MANTISSA
.,B96D D0 0E BNE $B97D	BNE INCFRT	nicht Null? dann RTS	exit if no overflow increment FAC1 mantissa	INCREMENT FAC MANTISSA		increment fraction
.,B96F E6 65 INC $65	INCFAC: INC FACLO	FAC erhöhen	increment FAC1 mantissa 4	ADD CARRY FROM EXTRA
.,B971 D0 0A BNE $B97D	BNE INCFRT	nicht Null? dann RTS	finished if no rollover
.,B973 E6 64 INC $64	INC FACMO	FAC erhöhen	increment FAC1 mantissa 3
.,B975 D0 06 BNE $B97D	BNE INCFRT ;IF NO CARRY, RETURN. IFN ADDPRC,<	nicht Null? dann RTS	finished if no rollover
.,B977 E6 63 INC $63	INC FACMOH	FAC erhöhen	increment FAC1 mantissa 2
.,B979 D0 02 BNE $B97D	BNE INCFRT>	nicht Null? dann RTS	finished if no rollover
.,B97B E6 62 INC $62	INC FACHO ;CARRY INCREMENT.	FAC erhöhen	increment FAC1 mantissa 1
.,B97D 60 RTS	INCFRT: RTS	Rücksprung	do overflow error then warm start
.,B97E A2 0F LDX #$0F	OVERR: LDXI ERROV	Nummer für 'OVERFLOW'	error $0F, overflow error			error number
.,B980 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	JMP ERROR ;TELL USER. ; ; "SHIFTR" SHIFTS [X+1:X+3] [-ACCA] BITS RIGHT. ; SHIFTS BYTES TO START WITH IF POSSIBLE. ;	Fehlermeldung ausgeben Rechtsverschieben eines Registers	do error #X then warm start shift FCAtemp << A+8 times	SHIFT 1,X THRU 5,X RIGHT (A) = NEGATIVE OF SHIFT COUNT (X) = POINTER TO BYTES TO BE SHIFTED RETURN WITH (Y)=0, CARRY=0, EXTENSION BITS IN A-REG		preshift
.,B983 A2 25 LDX #$25	MULSHF: LDXI RESHO-1 ;ENTRY POINT FOR MULTIPLIER.	Offset-Zeiger auf Register	set the offset to FACtemp	SHIFT RESULT RIGHT
.,B985 B4 04 LDY $04,X	SHFTR2: LDY 3+ADDPRC,X, ;SHIFT BYTES FIRST.	FAC-	get FACX mantissa 4	SHIFT 8 BITS RIGHT
.,B987 84 70 STY $70	STY FACOV IFN ADDPRC,<	Rundungsbyte	save as FAC1 rounding byte
.,B989 B4 03 LDY $03,X	LDY 3,X	1 mal	get FACX mantissa 3
.,B98B 94 04 STY $04,X	STY 4,X>	verschieben	save FACX mantissa 4
.,B98D B4 02 LDY $02,X	LDY 2,X, ;GET MO.	2 mal	get FACX mantissa 2
.,B98F 94 03 STY $03,X	STY 3,X, ;STORE LO.	verschieben	save FACX mantissa 3
.,B991 B4 01 LDY $01,X	LDY 1,X, ;GET HO.	3 mal	get FACX mantissa 1
.,B993 94 02 STY $02,X	STY 2,X, ;STORE MO.	verschieben	save FACX mantissa 2
.,B995 A4 68 LDY $68	LDY BITS	FAC-	get FAC1 overflow byte	$00 IF +, $FF IF -
.,B997 94 01 STY $01,X	STY 1,X, ;STORE HO.	Rundungsbyte	save FACX mantissa 1 shift FACX -A times right (> 8 shifts)	MAIN ENTRY TO RIGHT SHIFT SUBROUTINE
.,B999 69 08 ADC #$08	SHIFTR: ADCI 10	Zähler um 8 erhöhen	add 8 to shift count
.,B99B 30 E8 BMI $B985	BMI SHFTR2	größer als 0?	go do 8 shift if still -ve	STILL MORE THAN 8 BITS TO GO
.,B99D F0 E6 BEQ $B985	BEQ SHFTR2	wenn nicht, dann weiter verschieben	go do 8 shift if zero	EXACTLY 8 MORE BITS TO GO
.,B99F E9 08 SBC #$08	SBCI 10 ;C CAN BE EITHER 1,0 AND IT WORKS.	Zähler um 8 vermindern	else subtract 8 again	UNDO ADC ABOVE
.,B9A1 A8 TAY	TAY	Zähler sichern	save count to Y	REMAINING SHIFT COUNT
.,B9A2 A5 70 LDA $70	LDA FACOV	FAC-Rundungsbyte laden	get FAC1 rounding byte
.,B9A4 B0 14 BCS $B9BA	BCS SHFTRT ;EQUIV TO BEQ HERE. IFN RORSW,<	wenn Null, dann CLC, RTS		FINISHED SHIFTING
.,B9A6 16 01 ASL $01,X	SHFTR3: ASL 1,X	höchstwertiges Bit =1?,	shift FACX mantissa 1	SIGN -> CARRY (SIGN EXTENSION)
.,B9A8 90 02 BCC $B9AC	BCC SHFTR4	wenn nicht, dann zu $B9AC	branch if +ve	SIGN +
.,B9AA F6 01 INC $01,X	INC 1,X	höchste Mantissenstelle erhöhen	this sets b7 eventually	PUT SIGN IN LSB
.,B9AC 76 01 ROR $01,X	SHFTR4: ROR 1,X	sämtliche	shift FACX mantissa 1 (correct for ASL)	RESTORE VALUE, SIGN STILL IN CARRY
.,B9AE 76 01 ROR $01,X	ROR 1,X> ;YES, TWO OF THEM. IFE RORSW,< SHFTR3: PHA LDA 1,X ANDI 200 LSR 1,X ORA 1,X STA 1,X SKIP1> ROLSHF: IFN RORSW,<	Stellen	shift FACX mantissa 1 (put carry in b7) shift FACX Y times right	START RIGHT SHIFT, INSERTING SIGN ENTER HERE FOR SHORT SHIFTS WITH NO SIGN EXTENSION
.,B9B0 76 02 ROR $02,X	ROR 2,X	um ein	shift FACX mantissa 2
.,B9B2 76 03 ROR $03,X	ROR 3,X	Bit nach	shift FACX mantissa 3
.,B9B4 76 04 ROR $04,X	IFN ADDPRC,< ROR 4,X> ;ONE MO TIME. > IFE RORSW,< PHA LDAI 0 BCC SHFTR5 LDAI 200 SHFTR5: LSR 2,X ORA 2,X STA 2,X LDAI 0 BCC SHFTR6 LDAI 200 SHFTR6: LSR 3,X ORA 3,X STA 3,X IFN ADDPRC,< LDAI 0 BCC SHFT6A LDAI 200 SHFT6A: LSR 4,X ORA 4,X STA 4,X>>	rechts	shift FACX mantissa 4
.,B9B6 6A ROR	IFN RORSW,<ROR A,> ;ROTATE ARGUMENT 1 BIT RIGHT. IFE RORSW,< PLA PHP LSR A, PLP BCC SHFTR7 ORAI 200>	verschieben	shift FACX rounding byte	EXTENSION
.,B9B7 C8 INY	SHFTR7: INY	Zähler um eins erhöhen	increment exponent diff	COUNT THE SHIFT
.,B9B8 D0 EC BNE $B9A6	BNE SHFTR3 ;$$$ ( MOST EXPENSIVE ! )	verschieben bis Zähler =0	branch if range adjust not complete
.,B9BA 18 CLC	SHFTRT: CLC ;CLEAR OUTPUT OF FACOV.	Carry löschen	just clear it	RETURN WITH CARRY CLEAR
.,B9BB 60 RTS	RTS PAGE NATURAL LOG FUNCTION. ; ; CALCULATION IS BY: *; LN(F2^N)=(N+LOG2(F))LN(2)* ; AN APPROXIMATION POLYNOMIAL IS USED TO CALCULATE LOG2(F). ; CONSTANTS USED BY LOG:	Rücksprung Konstanten für LOG	constants and series for LOG(n)			1
.:B9BC 81 00 00 00 00	FONE: 201 ; 1.0 000 000 000 IFN ADDPRC,<0> IFE ADDPRC,< LOGCN2: 2 ; DEGREE-1 200 ; 0.59897437 031 126 142 200 ; 0.96147080 166 042 363 202 ; 2.88539129 070 252 100> IFN ADDPRC,<	1	1			LOG polynomial table
.:B9C1 03	LOGCN2: 3 ;DEGREE-1	3 = Polynomgrad, dann 4 Koeffizienten	series counter	# OF COEFFICIENTS - 1		degree 4
.:B9C2 7F 5E 56 CB 79	177 ;.43425594188 136 126 313 171	.434255942	.434255942	X^7 +
.:B9C7 80 13 9B 0B 64	200 ; .57658454134 023 233 013 144	.576584541	.576584541	X^5 +
.:B9CC 80 76 38 93 16	200 ; .96180075921 166 070 223 026	.961800759	.961800759	X^3 +
.:B9D1 82 38 AA 3B 20	202 ; 2.8853900728 070 252 073 040>	2.88539007	2.88539007	X		0,5 * SQR(2)
.:B9D6 80 35 04 F3 34	SQRHLF: 200 ; SQR(0.5) 065 004 363 IFN ADDPRC,<064>	.707106781 = 1/SQR(2)	.707106781 = 1/SQR(2)	SQR(1/2)		SQR(2)
.:B9DB 81 35 04 F3 34	SQRTWO: 201 ; SQR(2.0) 065 004 363 IFN ADDPRC,<064>	1.41421356 = SQR(2)	1.41421356 = SQR(2)	SQR(TWO)		-0.5
.:B9E0 80 80 00 00 00	NEGHLF: 200 ; -1/2 200 000 000 IFN ADDPRC,<0>	-.5	-.5	-1/2		LOG(2)
.:B9E5 80 31 72 17 F8	LOG2: 200 ; LN(2) 061 162 IFE ADDPRC,<030> IFN ADDPRC,<027 370>	.693147181 = LOG(2) BASIC-Funktion LOG	.693147181 = LOG(2) perform LOG()	LOG(2) "LOG" FUNCTION		LOG function
.,B9EA 20 2B BC JSR $BC2B	LOG: JSR SIGN ;IS IT POSITIVE?	Vorzeichen holen	test sign and zero	GET -1,0,+1 IN A-REG FOR FAC
.,B9ED F0 02 BEQ $B9F1	BEQ LOGERR	null ?, dann fertig	if zero do illegal quantity error then warm start	LOG (0) IS ILLEGAL
.,B9EF 10 03 BPL $B9F4	BPL LOG1	positiv ?, dann ok	skip error if +ve	>0 IS OK
.,B9F1 4C 48 B2 JMP $B248	LOGERR: JMP FCERR ;CAN'T TOLERATE NEG OR ZERO.	'ILLEGAL QUANTITY'	do illegal quantity error then warm start	<= 0 IS NO GOOD
.,B9F4 A5 61 LDA $61	LOG1: LDA FACEXP ;GET EXPONENT INTO ACCA.	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	FIRST GET LOG BASE 2
.,B9F6 E9 7F SBC #$7F	SBCI 177 ;REMOVE BIAS. (CARRY IS OFF)	normalisieren	normalise it	SAVE UNBIASED EXPONENT
.,B9F8 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE AWHILE.	und merken	save it
.,B9F9 A9 80 LDA #$80	LDAI 200	Zahl in Bereich 0.5 bis 1	set exponent to zero	NORMALIZE BETWEEN .5 AND 1
.,B9FB 85 61 STA $61	STA FACEXP ;RESULT IS FAC IN RANGE [0.5,1].	bringen	save FAC1 exponent
.,B9FD A9 D6 LDA #$D6	LDWDI SQRHLF ;GET POINTER TO SQR(0.5).	Zeiger auf	pointer to 1/root 2 low byte			low B9D6
.,B9FF A0 B9 LDY #$B9	; CALCULATE (F-SQR(.5))/(F+SQR(.5))	Konstante 1/SQR(2)	pointer to 1/root 2 high byte			high B9D6
.,BA01 20 67 B8 JSR $B867	JSR FADD ;ADD TO FAC.	zu FAC addieren	add (AY) to FAC1 (1/root2)	COMPUTE VIA SERIES OF ODD
.,BA04 A9 DB LDA #$DB	LDWDI SQRTWO ;GET SQR(2.).	Zeiger auf	pointer to root 2 low byte	POWERS OF		low B9DB
.,BA06 A0 B9 LDY #$B9		Konstante SQR(2)	pointer to root 2 high byte	(SQR(2)X-1)/(SQR(2)X+1)		high B9DB
.,BA08 20 0F BB JSR $BB0F	JSR FDIV	SQR(2) durch FAC dividieren	convert AY and do (AY)/FAC1 (root2/(x+(1/root2)))
.,BA0B A9 BC LDA #$BC	LDWDI FONE	Zeiger	pointer to 1 low byte			low B9BC
.,BA0D A0 B9 LDY #$B9		auf Konstante 1	pointer to 1 high byte			high B9BC
.,BA0F 20 50 B8 JSR $B850	JSR FSUB	1 minus FAC	subtract FAC1 ((root2/(x+(1/root2)))-1) from (AY)
.,BA12 A9 C1 LDA #$C1	LDWDI LOGCN2	Zeiger auf	pointer to series for LOG(n) low byte			low B9C1
.,BA14 A0 B9 LDY #$B9		Polynomkoeffizienten	pointer to series for LOG(n) high byte			high B9C1
.,BA16 20 43 E0 JSR $E043	JSR POLYX ;EVALUATE APPROXIMATION POLYNOMIAL.	Polynomberechnung	^2 then series evaluation
.,BA19 A9 E0 LDA #$E0	LDWDI NEGHLF ;ADD IN LAST CONSTANT.	Zeiger auf	pointer to -0.5 low byte			low B9E0
.,BA1B A0 B9 LDY #$B9		Konstante -0.5	pointer to -0.5 high byte			high B9E0
.,BA1D 20 67 B8 JSR $B867	JSR FADD	zu FAC addieren	add (AY) to FAC1
.,BA20 68 PLA	PLA ;GET EXPONENT BACK.	Exponent zurückholen	restore FAC1 exponent
.,BA21 20 7E BD JSR $BD7E	JSR FINLOG ;ADD IT IN.	FAC = FAC + FAC	evaluate new ASCII digit	ADD ORIGINAL EXPONENT
.,BA24 A9 E5 LDA #$E5	MULLN2: LDWDI LOG2 ;MULTIPLY RESULT BY LOG(2.0).	Zeiger auf	pointer to LOG(2) low byte	MULTIPLY BY LOG(2) TO FORM		low B9E5
.,BA26 A0 B9 LDY #$B9	; JMP FMULT ;MULTIPLY TOGETHER. PAGE FLOATING MULTIPLICATION AND DIVISION. *;MULTIPLICATION FAC:=ARGFAC.**	Konstante LOG(2) Multiplikation FAC = Konstante (A/Y) * FAC	pointer to LOG(2) high byte do convert AY, FCA1*(AY)	NATURAL LOG OF X FAC = (Y,A) * FAC		high B9E5
.,BA28 20 8C BA JSR $BA8C	FMULT: JSR CONUPK ;UNPACK THE CONSTANT INTO ARG FOR USE.	Konstante nach ARG Multiplikation FAC = ARG * FAC	unpack memory (AY) into FAC2	FAC = ARG * FAC		times operator
.,BA2B D0 03 BNE $BA30	FMULTT: JEQ MULTRT ;IF FAC=0, RETURN. FAC IS SET.	nicht null ?	multiply FAC1 by FAC2 ??	FAC .NE. ZERO
.,BA2D 4C 8B BA JMP $BA8B		RTS	exit if zero	FAC = 0 * ARG = 0
.,BA30 20 B7 BA JSR $BAB7	JSR MULDIV ;FIX UP THE EXPONENTS.	Exponent berechnen	test and adjust accumulators
.,BA33 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0 ;TO CLEAR RESULT.	Alle	clear A
.,BA35 85 26 STA $26	STA RESHO IFN ADDPRC,<	Funktions-	clear temp mantissa 1	INIT PRODUCT = 0
.,BA37 85 27 STA $27	STA RESMOH>	register	clear temp mantissa 2
.,BA39 85 28 STA $28	STA RESMO	lö-	clear temp mantissa 3
.,BA3B 85 29 STA $29	STA RESLO	schen	clear temp mantissa 4
.,BA3D A5 70 LDA $70	LDA FACOV	bitweise	get FAC1 rounding byte
.,BA3F 20 59 BA JSR $BA59	JSR MLTPLY	Multiplikation	go do shift/add FAC2
.,BA42 A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO ;MLTPLY ARG BY FACLO.	bitweise	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BA44 20 59 BA JSR $BA59	JSR MLTPLY	Multiplikation	go do shift/add FAC2
.,BA47 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO ;MLTPLY ARG BY FACMO.	bitweise	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,BA49 20 59 BA JSR $BA59	JSR MLTPLY IFN ADDPRC,<	Multiplikation	go do shift/add FAC2
.,BA4C A5 63 LDA $63	LDA FACMOH	bitweise	get FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BA4E 20 59 BA JSR $BA59	JSR MLTPLY>	Multiplikation	go do shift/add FAC2
.,BA51 A5 62 LDA $62	LDA FACHO ;MLTPLY ARG BY FACHO.	bitweise	get FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BA53 20 5E BA JSR $BA5E	JSR MLTPL1	Multiplikation Register nach FAC, linksbündig machen	go do shift/add FAC2
.,BA56 4C 8F BB JMP $BB8F	JMP MOVFR ;MOVE RESULT INTO FAC, ;NORMALIZE RESULT, AND RETURN.	bitweise Multiplikation	copy temp to FAC1, normalise and return	MULTIPLY ARG BY (A) INTO RESULT
.,BA59 D0 03 BNE $BA5E	MLTPLY: JEQ MULSHF ;SHIFT RESULT RIGHT 1 BYTE.	Rechtsverschieben	branch if byte <> zero	THIS BYTE NON-ZERO
.,BA5B 4C 83 B9 JMP $B983		des Registers	shift FCAtemp << A+8 times else do shift and add	(A)=0, JUST SHIFT ARG RIGHT 8
.,BA5E 4A LSR	MLTPL1: LSR A,	binäre Multiplikation	shift byte	SHIFT BIT INTO CARRY
.,BA5F 09 80 ORA #$80	ORAI 200	des Akkus	set top bit (mark for 8 times)	SUPPLY SENTINEL BIT
.,BA61 A8 TAY	MLTPL2: TAY	mit ARG.	copy result	REMAINING MULTIPLIER TO Y
.,BA62 90 19 BCC $BA7D	BCC MLTPL3 ;IT MULT BIT=0, JUST SHIFT.	Das Ergebnis kommt	skip next if bit was zero	THIS MULTIPLIER BIT = 0
.,BA64 18 CLC	CLC	in das	clear carry for add	= 1, SO ADD ARG TO RESULT
.,BA65 A5 29 LDA $29	LDA RESLO	Register für	get temp mantissa 4
.,BA67 65 6D ADC $6D	ADC ARGLO	Funktionen.	add FAC2 mantissa 4
.,BA69 85 29 STA $29	STA RESLO	Bei gesetztem Bit	save temp mantissa 4
.,BA6B A5 28 LDA $28	LDA RESMO	im Akku	get temp mantissa 3
.,BA6D 65 6C ADC $6C	ADC ARGMO	wird ARG	add FAC2 mantissa 3
.,BA6F 85 28 STA $28	STA RESMO IFN ADDPRC,<	zum	save temp mantissa 3
.,BA71 A5 27 LDA $27	LDA RESMOH	Funktionsregister	get temp mantissa 2
.,BA73 65 6B ADC $6B	ADC ARGMOH	addiert.	add FAC2 mantissa 2
.,BA75 85 27 STA $27	STA RESMOH>	Zusätzlich	save temp mantissa 2
.,BA77 A5 26 LDA $26	LDA RESHO	werden	get temp mantissa 1
.,BA79 65 6A ADC $6A	ADC ARGHO	die	add FAC2 mantissa 1
.,BA7B 85 26 STA $26	STA RESHO	Funktionsregister	save temp mantissa 1
.,BA7D 66 26 ROR $26	MLTPL3: ROR RESHO IFN ADDPRC,<	noch	shift temp mantissa 1	SHIFT RESULT RIGHT 1
.,BA7F 66 27 ROR $27	ROR RESMOH>	verdoppelt.	shift temp mantissa 2
.,BA81 66 28 ROR $28	ROR RESMO	Die Routine	shift temp mantissa 3
.,BA83 66 29 ROR $29	ROR RESLO	arbeitet	shift temp mantissa 4
.,BA85 66 70 ROR $70	ROR FACOV ;SAVE FOR ROUNDING.	im selben	shift temp rounding byte
.,BA87 98 TYA	TYA	Prinzip	get byte back	REMAINING MULTIPLIER
.,BA88 4A LSR	LSR A, ;CLEAR MSB SO WE GET A CLOSER TO 0.	wie	shift byte	LSB INTO CARRY
.,BA89 D0 D6 BNE $BA61	BNE MLTPL2 ;SLOW AS A TURTLE !	bei $B34C.	loop if all bits not done	IF SENTINEL STILL HERE, MULTIPLY
.,BA8B 60 RTS	MULTRT: RTS ;ROUTINE TO UNPACK MEMORY INTO ARG.	Rücksprung ARG = Konstante (A/Y)	unpack memory (AY) into FAC2	8 X 32 COMPLETED UNPACK NUMBER AT (Y,A) INTO ARG		move float indexed by AY into second float accu
.,BA8C 85 22 STA $22	CONUPK: STWD INDEX1	Die	save pointer low byte	USE INDEX FOR PNTR
.,BA8E 84 23 STY $23		Konstante,	save pointer high byte
.,BA90 A0 04 LDY #$04	LDYI 3+ADDPRC	auf	5 bytes to get (0-4)	FIVE BYTES TO MOVE
.,BA92 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	die	get mantissa 4
.,BA94 85 6D STA $6D	STA ARGLO	das	save FAC2 mantissa 4
.,BA96 88 DEY	DEY	Akku	decrement index
.,BA97 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	und	get mantissa 3
.,BA99 85 6C STA $6C	STA ARGMO	das	save FAC2 mantissa 3
.,BA9B 88 DEY	DEY IFN ADDPRC,<	Y-Reg	decrement index
.,BA9C B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	zeigt, nach ARG.	get mantissa 2
.,BA9E 85 6B STA $6B	STA ARGMOH	Die	save FAC2 mantissa 2
.,BAA0 88 DEY	DEY>	gesamten	decrement index
.,BAA1 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	Vor-	get mantissa 1 + sign
.,BAA3 85 6E STA $6E	STA ARGSGN	zei -	save FAC2 sign (b7)
.,BAA5 45 66 EOR $66	EOR FACSGN	chen	EOR with FAC1 sign (b7)	SET COMBINED SIGN FOR MULT/DIV
.,BAA7 85 6F STA $6F	STA ARISGN	von	save sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)
.,BAA9 A5 6E LDA $6E	LDA ARGSGN	FAC	recover FAC2 sign (b7)	TURN ON NORMALIZED INVISIBLE BIT
.,BAAB 09 80 ORA #$80	ORAI 200	und	set 1xxx xxx (set normal bit)	TO COMPLETE MANTISSA
.,BAAD 85 6A STA $6A	STA ARGHO	ARG	save FAC2 mantissa 1
.,BAAF 88 DEY	DEY	ver-	decrement index
.,BAB0 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	knüp-	get exponent byte
.,BAB2 85 69 STA $69	STA ARGEXP	fen	save FAC2 exponent	EXPONENT
.,BAB4 A5 61 LDA $61	LDA FACEXP ;SET CODES OF FACEXP.	FAC-Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	SET STATUS BITS ON FAC EXPONENT
.,BAB6 60 RTS	RTS ;CHECK SPECIAL CASES AND ADD EXPONENTS FOR FMULT, FDIV.	Rücksprung	test and adjust accumulators	ADD EXPONENTS OF ARG AND FAC (CALLED BY FMULT AND FDIV) ALSO CHECK FOR OVERFLOW, AND SET RESULT SIGN		add exponents
.,BAB7 A5 69 LDA $69	MULDIV: LDA ARGEXP ;EXP OF ARG=0?	wenn Exponent von ARG=0,	get FAC2 exponent
.,BAB9 F0 1F BEQ $BADA	MLDEXP: BEQ ZEREMV ;SO WE GET ZERO EXPONENT.	dann zu $BADA	branch if FAC2 = $00 (handle underflow)	IF ARG=0, RESULT IS ZERO
.,BABB 18 CLC	CLC	FAC- und ARG-	clear carry for add
.,BABC 65 61 ADC $61	ADC FACEXP ;RESULT IS IN ACCA.	Exponent	add FAC1 exponent
.,BABE 90 04 BCC $BAC4	BCC TRYOFF ;FIND [C] XOR [N].	addieren	branch if sum of exponents < $0100	IN RANGE
.,BAC0 30 1D BMI $BADF	BMI GOOVER ;OVERFLOW IF BITS MATCH.	wenn Überlauf, dann 'OVERFLOW ERROR'	do overflow error	OVERFLOW
.,BAC2 18 CLC	CLC	Carry	clear carry for the add
.:BAC3 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2	löschen	makes next line BIT $1410	TRICK TO SKIP
.,BAC4 10 14 BPL $BADA	TRYOFF: BPL ZEREMV ;UNDERFLOW.	Wenn Unterlauf, dann zu $BADA	if +ve go handle underflow	OVERFLOW
.,BAC6 69 80 ADC #$80	ADCI 200 ;ADD BIAS.	ergibt	adjust exponent	RE-BIAS
.,BAC8 85 61 STA $61	STA FACEXP	FAC-	save FAC1 exponent	RESULT
.,BACA D0 03 BNE $BACF	JEQ ZEROML ;ZERO THE REST OF IT.	Exponent	branch if not zero
.,BACC 4C FB B8 JMP $B8FB		FAC = 0	save FAC1 sign and return	RESULT IS ZERO <<< CRAZY TO JUMP WAY BACK THERE! >>> <<< SAME IDENTICAL CODE IS BELOW! >>> <<< INSTEAD OF BNE .2, JMP STA.IN.FAC.SIGN >>> <<< ONLY NEEDED BEQ .3 >>>
.,BACF A5 6F LDA $6F	LDA ARISGN	FAC- und ARG-Vorzeichen verknüpfen	get sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)	SET SIGN OF RESULT
.,BAD1 85 66 STA $66	STA FACSGN ;ARISGN IS RESULT'S SIGN.	und speichern	save FAC1 sign (b7)
.,BAD3 60 RTS	RTS ;DONE.	Rücksprung	handle overflow and underflow	IF (FAC) IS POSITIVE, GIVE "OVERFLOW" ERROR IF (FAC) IS NEGATIVE, SET FAC=0, POP ONE RETURN, AND RTS CALLED FROM "EXP" FUNCTION
.,BAD4 A5 66 LDA $66	MLDVEX: LDA FACSGN ;GET SIGN.	wenn positives	get FAC1 sign (b7)
.,BAD6 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377 ;COMPLEMENT IT.	Vorzeichen, dann	complement it
.,BAD8 30 05 BMI $BADF	BMI GOOVER	'OVERFLOW ERROR'	do overflow error handle underflow	ERROR IF POSITIVE # POP RETURN ADDRESS AND SET FAC=0
.,BADA 68 PLA	ZEREMV: PLA ;GET ADDR OFF STACK.	Einsprungadresse	pop return address low byte
.,BADB 68 PLA	PLA	vom Stack holen	pop return address high byte
.,BADC 4C F7 B8 JMP $B8F7	JMP ZEROFC ;UNDERFLOW.	FAC = 0	clear FAC1 exponent and sign and return
.,BADF 4C 7E B9 JMP $B97E	GOOVER: JMP OVERR ;OVERFLOW. ;MULTIPLY FAC BY 10.	'OVERFLOW ERROR' FAC = FAC * 10	do overflow error then warm start multiply FAC1 by 10	MULTIPLY FAC BY 10		multiply float accu by 10
.,BAE2 20 0C BC JSR $BC0C	MUL10: JSR MOVAF ;COPY FAC INTO ARG.	FAC runden und nach ARG	round and copy FAC1 to FAC2
.,BAE5 AA TAX	TAX	FAC-Exponent	copy exponent (set the flags)	TEXT FAC EXPONENT
.,BAE6 F0 10 BEQ $BAF8	BEQ MUL10R ;IF [FAC]=0, GOT ANSWER.	FAC gleich null, dann fertig	exit if zero	FINISHED IF FAC=0
.,BAE8 18 CLC	CLC	Exponent + 2	clear carry for add
.,BAE9 69 02 ADC #$02	ADCI 2 ;AUGMENT EXP BY 2.	entspricht mal 4	add two to exponent (*4)	ADD 2 TO EXPONENT GIVES (FAC)*4
.,BAEB B0 F2 BCS $BADF	BCS GOOVER ;OVERFLOW.	Übertrag ?	do overflow error if > $FF FAC1 = (FAC1 + FAC2) * 2	OVERFLOW
.,BAED A2 00 LDX #$00	FINML6: LDXI 0	Vergleichsbyte	clear byte
.,BAEF 86 6F STX $6F	STX ARISGN ;SIGNS ARE SAME.	löschen	clear sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)
.,BAF1 20 77 B8 JSR $B877	JSR FADDC ;ADD TOGETHER.	FAC = FAC + ARG entspricht mal 5	add FAC2 to FAC1 (*5)	MAKES (FAC)*5
.,BAF4 E6 61 INC $61	INC FACEXP ;MULTIPLY BY TWO.	Exponent erhöhen entspricht mal 2	increment FAC1 exponent (*10)	2, MAKES (FAC)10
.,BAF6 F0 E7 BEQ $BADF	BEQ GOOVER ;OVERFLOW.	Übertrag, dann 'OVERFLOW'	if exponent now zero go do overflow error	OVERFLOW
.,BAF8 60 RTS	MUL10R: RTS ; DIVIDE FAC BY 10.	Rücksprung	10 as a floating value			constant 10 for division
.:BAF9 84 20 00 00 00	TENZC: 204 040 000 000 IFN ADDPRC,<0>	Fließkommakonstante 10 FAC = FAC / 10	10 divide FAC1 by 10	10 DIVIDE FAC BY 10		divide float by 10
.,BAFE 20 0C BC JSR $BC0C	DIV10: JSR MOVAF ;MOVE FAC TO ARG.	FAC runden und nach ARG	round and copy FAC1 to FAC2
.,BB01 A9 F9 LDA #$F9	LDWDI TENZC ;POINT TO CONSTANT OF 10.0	Zeiger	set 10 pointer low byte	SET UP TO PUT		low BAF9
.,BB03 A0 BA LDY #$BA		auf	set 10 pointer high byte	10 IN FAC		high BAF9
.,BB05 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDXI 0 ;SIGNS ARE BOTH POSITIVE.	Konstante 10	clear sign divide by (AY) (X=sign)	FAC = ARG / (Y,A)
.,BB07 86 6F STX $6F	FDIVF: STX ARISGN	Vergleichsbyte löschen	save sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)
.,BB09 20 A2 BB JSR $BBA2	JSR MOVFM ;PUT IT INTO FAC.	Konstante 10 nach FAC	unpack memory (AY) into FAC1
.,BB0C 4C 12 BB JMP $BB12	JMP FDIVT ;SKIP OVER NEXT TWO BYTES.	FAC = ARG / FAC FAC = Konstante (A/Y) / FAC	do FAC2/FAC1 Perform divide-by convert AY and do (AY)/FAC1	DIVIDE ARG BY FAC FAC = (Y,A) / FAC		divide number indexed by AY by float accu
.,BB0F 20 8C BA JSR $BA8C	FDIV: JSR CONUPK ;UNPACK CONSTANT.	Konstante (A/Y) nach ARG FAC = ARG / FAC	unpack memory (AY) into FAC2	FAC = ARG / FAC		divide operator
.,BB12 F0 76 BEQ $BB8A	FDIVT: BEQ DV0ERR ;CAN'T DIVIDE BY ZERO ! ;(NOT ENOUGH ROOM TO STORE RESULT.)	FAC gleich null, 'DIVISION BY ZERO'	if zero go do /0 error	FAC = 0, DIVIDE BY ZERO ERROR
.,BB14 20 1B BC JSR $BC1B	JSR ROUND ;TAKE FACOV INTO ACCT IN FAC.	FAC runden	round FAC1
.,BB17 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0 ;NEGATE FACEXP.	Vorzeichen	clear A	NEGATE FAC EXPONENT, SO
.,BB19 38 SEC	SEC	von FAC-	set carry for subtract	ADD.EXPONENTS FORMS DIFFERENCE
.,BB1A E5 61 SBC $61	SBC FACEXP	Exponent	subtract FAC1 exponent (2s complement)
.,BB1C 85 61 STA $61	STA FACEXP	wechseln	save FAC1 exponent
.,BB1E 20 B7 BA JSR $BAB7	JSR MULDIV ;FIX UP EXPONENTS.	Exponent des Ergebnisses bestimmen	test and adjust accumulators
.,BB21 E6 61 INC $61	INC FACEXP ;SCALE IT RIGHT.	wenn Exponentenüberlauf,	increment FAC1 exponent
.,BB23 F0 BA BEQ $BADF	BEQ GOOVER ;OVERFLOW.	dann ’OVERFLOW ERROR’	if zero do overflow error	OVERFLOW
.,BB25 A2 FC LDX #$FC	LDXI ^D256-3-ADDPRC ;SETUP PROCEDURE.	Zeiger	set index to FAC temp	INDEX FOR RESULT
.,BB27 A9 01 LDA #$01	LDAI 1 DIVIDE: ;THIS IS THE BEST CODE IN THE WHOLE PILE.	auf	set byte	SENTINEL
.,BB29 A4 6A LDY $6A	LDY ARGHO ;SEE WHAT RELATION HOLDS.	Funktionsregister	get FAC2 mantissa 1	SEE IF FAC CAN BE SUBTRACTED
.,BB2B C4 62 CPY $62	CPY FACHO	diese	compare FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BB2D D0 10 BNE $BB3F	BNE SAVQUO ;[C]=0,1. N(C=0)=0. IFN ADDPRC,<	Routine	branch if <>
.,BB2F A4 6B LDY $6B	LDY ARGMOH	vergleicht	get FAC2 mantissa 2
.,BB31 C4 63 CPY $63	CPY FACMOH	das	compare FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BB33 D0 0A BNE $BB3F	BNE SAVQUO>	FAC	branch if <>
.,BB35 A4 6C LDY $6C	LDY ARGMO	und	get FAC2 mantissa 3
.,BB37 C4 64 CPY $64	CPY FACMO	das	compare FAC1 mantissa 3
.,BB39 D0 04 BNE $BB3F	BNE SAVQUO	ARG	branch if <>
.,BB3B A4 6D LDY $6D	LDY ARGLO	byte-	get FAC2 mantissa 4
.,BB3D C4 65 CPY $65	CPY FACLO	weise	compare FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BB3F 08 PHP	SAVQUO: PHP	Statusregister retten	save FAC2-FAC1 compare status	SAVE THE ANSWER, AND ALSO ROLL THE
.,BB40 2A ROL	ROL A, ;SAVE RESULT.	Carry gelöscht,	shift byte	BIT INTO THE QUOTIENT, SENTINEL OUT
.,BB41 90 09 BCC $BB4C	BCC QSHFT ;IF NOT DONE, CONTINUE.	dann zu $BB4C	skip next if no carry	NO SENTINEL, STILL NOT 8 TRIPS
.,BB43 E8 INX	INX	Ergebnis	increment index to FAC temp	8 TRIPS, STORE BYTE OF QUOTIENT
.,BB44 95 29 STA $29,X	STA RESLO,X	aufbauen
.,BB46 F0 32 BEQ $BB7A	BEQ LD100	wenn X-Reg =0, dann zu $BB7A		32-BITS COMPLETED
.,BB48 10 34 BPL $BB7E	BPL DIVNRM ;NOTE THIS REQ 1 MO RAM THEN NECESS.	wenn X-Reg =1, dann zu $BB7E		FINAL EXIT WHEN X=1
.,BB4A A9 01 LDA #$01	LDAI 1	wenn		RE-START SENTINEL
.,BB4C 28 PLP	QSHFT: PLP ;RETURN CONDITION CODES.	FAC kleiner oder gleich	restore FAC2-FAC1 compare status	GET ANSWER, CAN FAC BE SUBTRACTED?
.,BB4D B0 0E BCS $BB5D	BCS DIVSUB ;FAC .LE. ARG.	ARG, dann zu $BB5D	if FAC2 >= FAC1 then do subtract FAC2 = FAC2*2	YES, DO IT
.,BB4F 06 6D ASL $6D	SHFARG: ASL ARGLO ;SHIFT ARG ONE PLACE LEFT.	Das	shift FAC2 mantissa 4	NO, SHIFT ARG LEFT
.,BB51 26 6C ROL $6C	ROL ARGMO IFN ADDPRC,<	ARG	shift FAC2 mantissa 3
.,BB53 26 6B ROL $6B	ROL ARGMOH>	ver-	shift FAC2 mantissa 2
.,BB55 26 6A ROL $6A	ROL ARGHO	doppeln	shift FAC2 mantissa 1
.,BB57 B0 E6 BCS $BB3F	BCS SAVQUO ;SAVE A RESULT OF ONE FOR THIS POSITION ;AND DIVIDE.	wenn Überlauf, dann zu $BB3F	loop with no compare	ANOTHER TRIP
.,BB59 30 CE BMI $BB29	BMI DIVIDE ;IF MSB ON, GO DECIDE WHETHER TO SUB.	wenn Bit 7 gesetzt, dann zu $BB29	loop with compare	HAVE TO COMPARE FIRST
.,BB5B 10 E2 BPL $BB3F	BPL SAVQUO	ansonsten zu $BB3F	loop with no compare, branch always	...ALWAYS
.,BB5D A8 TAY	DIVSUB: TAY ;NOTICE C MUST BE ON HERE.	Die	save FAC2-FAC1 compare status	SAVE QUOTIENT/SENTINEL BYTE
.,BB5E A5 6D LDA $6D	LDA ARGLO	Mantisse	get FAC2 mantissa 4	SUBTRACT FAC FROM ARG ONCE
.,BB60 E5 65 SBC $65	SBC FACLO	von	subtract FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BB62 85 6D STA $6D	STA ARGLO	ARG	save FAC2 mantissa 4
.,BB64 A5 6C LDA $6C	LDA ARGMO	minus	get FAC2 mantissa 3
.,BB66 E5 64 SBC $64	SBC FACMO	der	subtract FAC1 mantissa 3
.,BB68 85 6C STA $6C	STA ARGMO IFN ADDPRC,<	Mantisse	save FAC2 mantissa 3
.,BB6A A5 6B LDA $6B	LDA ARGMOH	von	get FAC2 mantissa 2
.,BB6C E5 63 SBC $63	SBC FACMOH	FAC	subtract FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BB6E 85 6B STA $6B	STA ARGMOH>	sub-	save FAC2 mantissa 2
.,BB70 A5 6A LDA $6A	LDA ARGHO	tra-	get FAC2 mantissa 1
.,BB72 E5 62 SBC $62	SBC FACHO	hie-	subtract FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BB74 85 6A STA $6A	STA ARGHO	ren	save FAC2 mantissa 1
.,BB76 98 TYA	TYA	und wieder	restore FAC2-FAC1 compare status	RESTORE QUOTIENT/SENTINEL BYTE
.,BB77 4C 4F BB JMP $BB4F	JMP SHFARG	zu $BB4C		GO TO SHIFT ARG AND CONTINUE
.,BB7A A9 40 LDA #$40	LD100: LDAI 100 ;ONLY WANT TWO MORE BITS.	unbedingter		DO A FEW EXTENSION BITS
.,BB7C D0 CE BNE $BB4C	BNE QSHFT ;ALWAYS BRANCHES.	Sprung	branch always do A<<6, save as FAC1 rounding byte, normalise and return	...ALWAYS
.,BB7E 0A ASL	DIVNRM: REPEAT 6,<ASL A> ;GET LAST TWO BITS INTO MSB AND B6.	den		LEFT JUSTIFY THE EXTENSION BITS WE DID
.,BB7F 0A ASL		Akku
.,BB80 0A ASL		mit
.,BB81 0A ASL		64
.,BB82 0A ASL		multi -
.,BB83 0A ASL		plizieren
.,BB84 85 70 STA $70	STA FACOV	Ergeben = RundungssteLle	save FAC1 rounding byte
.,BB86 28 PLP	PLP ;TO GET GARBAGE OFF STACK.	Statusregister aus Stack	dump FAC2-FAC1 compare status
.,BB87 4C 8F BB JMP $BB8F	JMP MOVFR ;MOVE RESULT INTO FAC, THEN ;NORMALIZE RESULT AND RETURN.	Hilfsregister nach FAC	copy temp to FAC1, normalise and return do "Divide by zero" error
.,BB8A A2 14 LDX #$14	DV0ERR: LDXI ERRDV0	Nummer für 'DIVISION BY ZERO'	error $14, divide by zero error			error number
.,BB8C 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	JMP ERROR PAGE FLOATING POINT MOVEMENT ROUTINES. ;MOVE RESULT TO FAC.	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start	COPY RESULT INTO FAC MANTISSA, AND NORMALIZE
.,BB8F A5 26 LDA $26	MOVFR: LDA RESHO	Hilfs-	get temp mantissa 1
.,BB91 85 62 STA $62	STA FACHO IFN ADDPRC,<	register	save FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BB93 A5 27 LDA $27	LDA RESMOH	($26 - $29)	get temp mantissa 2
.,BB95 85 63 STA $63	STA FACMOH>	nach	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BB97 A5 28 LDA $28	LDA RESMO	FAC	get temp mantissa 3
.,BB99 85 64 STA $64	STA FACMO	über-	save FAC1 mantissa 3
.,BB9B A5 29 LDA $29	LDA RESLO ;MOVE LO AND SGN.	tra-	get temp mantissa 4
.,BB9D 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO	gen	save FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BB9F 4C D7 B8 JMP $B8D7	JMP NORMAL ;ALL DONE. ;MOVE MEMORY INTO FAC (UNPACKED).	FAC linksbündig machen Konstante (A/Y) nach FAC übertragen	normalise FAC1 and return unpack memory (AY) into FAC1	UNPACK (Y,A) INTO FAC
.,BBA2 85 22 STA $22	MOVFM: STWD INDEX1	Zeiger	save pointer low byte	USE INDEX FOR PNTR
.,BBA4 84 23 STY $23		setzen	save pointer high byte
.,BBA6 A0 04 LDY #$04	LDYI 3+ADDPRC	Zähler setzen	5 bytes to do	PICK UP 5 BYTES
.,BBA8 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	LOW-Byte	get fifth byte
.,BBAA 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO	der	save FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BBAC 88 DEY	DEY	Mantisse	decrement index
.,BBAD B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	und	get fourth byte
.,BBAF 85 64 STA $64	STA FACMO	HIGH-	save FAC1 mantissa 3
.,BBB1 88 DEY	DEY IFN ADDPRC,<	Byte	decrement index
.,BBB2 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	der	get third byte
.,BBB4 85 63 STA $63	STA FACMOH	Mantisse	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BBB6 88 DEY	DEY>	in	decrement index
.,BBB7 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	FAC	get second byte
.,BBB9 85 66 STA $66	STA FACSGN	holen	save FAC1 sign (b7)	FIRST BIT IS SIGN
.,BBBB 09 80 ORA #$80	ORAI 200	Vorzeichen	set 1xxx xxxx (add normal bit)	SET NORMALIZED INVISIBLE BIT
.,BBBD 85 62 STA $62	STA FACHO	der	save FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BBBF 88 DEY	DEY	Man-	decrement index
.,BBC0 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDADY INDEX1	tisse	get first byte (exponent)
.,BBC2 85 61 STA $61	STA FACEXP ;LEAVE SWITCHES SET ON EXP.	Exponent	save FAC1 exponent	EXPONENT
.,BBC4 84 70 STY $70	STY FACOV	Rundungsstelle	clear FAC1 rounding byte	Y=0
.,BBC6 60 RTS	RTS ;MOVE NUMBER FROM FAC TO MEMORY.	Rücksprung	pack FAC1 into $5C	ROUND FAC, STORE IN TEMP2		store float accu at $5C-$60
.,BBC7 A2 5C LDX #$5C	MOV2F: LDXI TEMPF2	Adresse LOW	set pointer low byte	PACK FAC INTO TEMP2		low 005C
.:BBC9 2C .BYTE $2C	SKIP2	Akku #4 FAC nach Akku #3 übertragen	makes next line BIT $57A2 pack FAC1 into $57	TRICK TO BRANCH ROUND FAC, STORE IN TEMP1		store float accu at $57-$5B
.,BBCA A2 57 LDX #$57	MOV1F: LDXI TEMPF1	Adresse LOW Akku #3	set pointer low byte	PACK FAC INTO TEMP1		low 0057
.,BBCC A0 00 LDY #$00	MOVML: LDYI 0	Adresse HIGH	set pointer high byte	HI-BYTE OF TEMP1 SAME AS TEMP2		high 0057
.,BBCE F0 04 BEQ $BBD4	BEQ MOVMF ;ALWAYS BRANCHES.	unbedingter Sprung FAC nach Variable übertragen	pack FAC1 into (XY) and return, branch always pack FAC1 into variable pointer	...ALWAYS ROUND FAC, AND STORE WHERE FORPNT POINTS		store float accu in index at $49/$4A
.,BBD0 A6 49 LDX $49	MOVVF: LDXY FORPNT	Variablenadresse	get destination pointer low byte
.,BBD2 A4 4A LDY $4A		holen	get destination pointer high byte pack FAC1 into (XY)	ROUND FAC, AND STORE AT (Y,X)		store float accu in index XY
.,BBD4 20 1B BC JSR $BC1B	MOVMF: JSR ROUND	FAC runden	round FAC1	ROUND VALUE IN FAC USING EXTENSION
.,BBD7 86 22 STX $22	STXY INDEX1	Zeiger auf	save pointer low byte	USE INDEX FOR PNTR
.,BBD9 84 23 STY $23		Zieladresse	save pointer high byte
.,BBDB A0 04 LDY #$04	LDYI 3+ADDPRC	Zähler setzen	set index	STORING 5 PACKED BYTES
.,BBDD A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO	LOW-Byte der Mantisse	get FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BBDF 91 22 STA ($22),Y	STADY INDEX	Den	store in destination
.,BBE1 88 DEY	DEY	FAC	decrement index
.,BBE2 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO	in	get FAC1 mantissa 3
.,BBE4 91 22 STA ($22),Y	STADY INDEX	den	store in destination
.,BBE6 88 DEY	DEY IFN ADDPRC,<	Ziel-	decrement index
.,BBE7 A5 63 LDA $63	LDA FACMOH	bereich	get FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BBE9 91 22 STA ($22),Y	STADY INDEX	über-	store in destination
.,BBEB 88 DEY	DEY>	tragen	decrement index
.,BBEC A5 66 LDA $66	LDA FACSGN ;INCLUDE SIGN IN HO.	FAC-Vorzeichen	get FAC1 sign (b7)	PACK SIGN IN TOP BIT OF MANTISSA
.,BBEE 09 7F ORA #$7F	ORAI 177	Die Bits 0 bis 6 setzen	set bits x111 1111
.,BBF0 25 62 AND $62	AND FACHO	Vorzeichen auf	AND in FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BBF2 91 22 STA ($22),Y	STADY INDEX	Speicherformat	store in destination
.,BBF4 88 DEY	DEY	bringen	decrement index
.,BBF5 A5 61 LDA $61	LDA FACEXP	FAC-Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	EXPONENT
.,BBF7 91 22 STA ($22),Y	STADY INDEX	übertragen	store in destination
.,BBF9 84 70 STY $70	STY FACOV ;ZERO IT SINCE ROUNDED.	FAC-Rundungsstelle löschen	clear FAC1 rounding byte	ZERO THE EXTENSION
.,BBFB 60 RTS	RTS ;[Y]=0. ;MOVE ARG INTO FAC.	Rücksprung ARG nach FAC übertragen	copy FAC2 to FAC1	COPY ARG INTO FAC		move second float accu into first
.,BBFC A5 6E LDA $6E	MOVFA: LDA ARGSGN	ARG-Vorzeichen	get FAC2 sign (b7) save FAC1 sign and copy ABS(FAC2) to FAC1	COPY SIGN
.,BBFE 85 66 STA $66	MOVFA1: STA FACSGN	in FAC-Reg übertragen	save FAC1 sign (b7)
.,BC00 A2 05 LDX #$05	LDXI 4+ADDPRC	5 Bytes	5 bytes to copy	MOVE 5 BYTES
.,BC02 B5 68 LDA $68,X	MOVFAL: LDA ARGEXP-1,X	ARG in	get byte from FAC2,X
.,BC04 95 60 STA $60,X	STA FACEXP-1,X	FAC	save byte at FAC1,X
.,BC06 CA DEX	DEX	übertragen	decrement count
.,BC07 D0 F9 BNE $BC02	BNE MOVFAL	schon alle Zeichen ?	loop if not all done
.,BC09 86 70 STX $70	STX FACOV	FAC-Rundungsstelle löschen	clear FAC1 rounding byte	ZERO EXTENSION
.,BC0B 60 RTS	RTS ;MOVE FAC INTO ARG.	Rücksprung FAC nach ARG übertragen	round and copy FAC1 to FAC2	ROUND FAC AND COPY TO ARG		move rounded float accu into second
.,BC0C 20 1B BC JSR $BC1B	MOVAF: JSR ROUND	FAC runden	round FAC1 copy FAC1 to FAC2	ROUND FAC USING EXTENSION
.,BC0F A2 06 LDX #$06	MOVEF: LDXI 5+ADDPRC	6 Zeichen	6 bytes to copy	COPY 6 BYTES, INCLUDES SIGN
.,BC11 B5 60 LDA $60,X	MOVAFL: LDA FACEXP-1,X	FAC in	get byte from FAC1,X
.,BC13 95 68 STA $68,X	STA ARGEXP-1,X	ARG	save byte at FAC2,X
.,BC15 CA DEX	DEX	übertragen	decrement count
.,BC16 D0 F9 BNE $BC11	BNE MOVAFL	schon alle Zeichen ?	loop if not all done
.,BC18 86 70 STX $70	STX FACOV ;ZERO IT SINCE ROUNDED.	FAC-Rundungsstelle löschen	clear FAC1 rounding byte	ZERO FAC EXTENSION
.,BC1A 60 RTS	MOVRTS: RTS	Rücksprung FAC runden	round FAC1	ROUND FAC USING EXTENSION BYTE		round float accu according to guard bit
.,BC1B A5 61 LDA $61	ROUND: LDA FACEXP ;ZERO?	Exponent null ?,	get FAC1 exponent
.,BC1D F0 FB BEQ $BC1A	BEQ MOVRTS ;YES. DONE ROUNDING.	dann fertig	exit if zero	FAC = 0, RETURN
.,BC1F 06 70 ASL $70	ASL FACOV ;ROUND?	Rundungsstelle größer $7F ?	shift FAC1 rounding byte	IS FAC.EXTENSION >= 128?
.,BC21 90 F7 BCC $BC1A	BCC MOVRTS ;NO. MSB OFF.	nein, dann fertig	exit if no overflow round FAC1 (no check)	NO, FINISHED INCREMENT MANTISSA AND RE-NORMALIZE IF CARRY
.,BC23 20 6F B9 JSR $B96F	INCRND: JSR INCFAC ;YES, ADD ONE TO LSB(FAC).	Mantisse um eins erhöhen	increment FAC1 mantissa	YES, INCREMENT FAC
.,BC26 D0 F2 BNE $BC1A	BNE MOVRTS ;NO CARRY MEANS DONE.	jetzt null ?	branch if no overflow	HIGH BYTE HAS BITS, FINISHED
.,BC28 4C 38 B9 JMP $B938	JMP RNDSHF ;SQUEEZ MSB IN AND RTS. ;NOTE [C]=1 SINCE INCFAC DOESNT TOUCH C. PAGE SIGN, SGN, FLOAT, NEG, ABS. ;PUT SIGN OF FAC IN ACCA.	nach rechts verschieben, Exponent erhöhen Vorzeichen von FAC holen	nornalise FAC1 for C=1 and return get FAC1 sign return A = $FF, Cb = 1/-ve A = $01, Cb = 0/+ve, A = $00, Cb = ?/0	HI-BYTE=0, SO SHIFT LEFT TEST FAC FOR ZERO AND SIGN FAC > 0, RETURN +1 FAC = 0, RETURN 0 FAC < 0, RETURN -1		get sign of float accu in A
.,BC2B A5 61 LDA $61	SIGN: LDA FACEXP	wenn null,	get FAC1 exponent	CHECK SIGN OF FAC AND
.,BC2D F0 09 BEQ $BC38	BEQ SIGNRT ;IF NUMBER IS ZERO, SO IS RESULT.	dann RTS	exit if zero (allready correct SGN(0)=0) return A = $FF, Cb = 1/-ve A = $01, Cb = 0/+ve no = 0 check	RETURN -1,0,1 IN A-REG
.,BC2F A5 66 LDA $66	FCSIGN: LDA FACSGN	FAC-Vorzeichen	else get FAC1 sign (b7) return A = $FF, Cb = 1/-ve A = $01, Cb = 0/+ve no = 0 check, sign in A
.,BC31 2A ROL	FCOMPS: ROL A	holen	move sign bit to carry	MSBIT TO CARRY
.,BC32 A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDAI ^O377 ;ASSUME NEGATIVE.	negativ?	set byte for -ve result	-1
.,BC34 B0 02 BCS $BC38	BCS SIGNRT	dann RTS	return if sign was set (-ve)	MSBIT = 1
.,BC36 A9 01 LDA #$01	LDAI 1 ;GET +1.	sonst positiv	else set byte for +ve result	+1
.,BC38 60 RTS	SIGNRT: RTS ;SGN FUNCTION.	Rücksprung BASIC-Funktion SGN	perform SGN()	"SGN" FUNCTION		SGN function
.,BC39 20 2B BC JSR $BC2B	SGN: JSR SIGN ;FLOAT THE SIGNED INTEGER IN ACCA.	Vorzeichen holen	get FAC1 sign, return A = $FF -ve, A = $01 +ve save A as integer byte	CONVERT FAC TO -1,0,1 CONVERT (A) INTO FAC, AS SIGNED VALUE -128 TO +127		move signed number from A into float accu
.,BC3C 85 62 STA $62	FLOAT: STA FACHO ;PUT [ACCA] IN HIGH ORDER.	und in FAC speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 1	PUT IN HIGH BYTE OF MANTISSA
.,BC3E A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0	$63	clear A	CLEAR 2ND BYTE OF MANTISSA
.,BC40 85 63 STA $63	STA FACHO+1	löschen	clear FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BC42 A2 88 LDX #$88	LDXI 210 ;GET THE EXPONENT. ;FLOAT THE SIGNED NUMBER IN FAC.	Exponent	set exponent set exponent = X, clear FAC1 3 and 4 and normalise	USE EXPONENT 2^9 FLOAT UNSIGNED VALUE IN FAC+1,2 (X) = EXPONENT
.,BC44 A5 62 LDA $62	FLOATS: LDA FACHO	Vorzeichen	get FAC1 mantissa 1	MSBIT=0, SET CARRY; =1, CLEAR CARRY
.,BC46 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377	invertieren	complement it
.,BC48 2A ROL	ROL A, ;GET COMP OF SIGN IN CARRY.	und nach links rollen	sign bit into carry set exponent = X, clear mantissa 4 and 3 and normalise FAC1	FLOAT UNSIGNED VALUE IN FAC+1,2 (X) = EXPONENT C=0 TO MAKE VALUE NEGATIVE C=1 TO MAKE VALUE POSITIVE
.,BC49 A9 00 LDA #$00	FLOATC: LDAI 0 ;ZERO [ACCA] BUT NOT CARRY.	Die Adressen	clear A	CLEAR LOWER 16-BITS OF MANTISSA
.,BC4B 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO IFN ADDPRC,<	$65	clear FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BC4D 85 64 STA $64	STA FACMO>	und $64 löschen	clear FAC1 mantissa 3 set exponent = X and normalise FAC1
.,BC4F 86 61 STX $61	FLOATB: STX FACEXP	Exponent	set FAC1 exponent	STORE EXPONENT
.,BC51 85 70 STA $70	STA FACOV	Rundungsstelle	clear FAC1 rounding byte	CLEAR EXTENSION
.,BC53 85 66 STA $66	STA FACSGN	löschen	clear FAC1 sign (b7)	MAKE SIGN POSITIVE
.,BC55 4C D2 B8 JMP $B8D2	JMP FADFLT ;ABSOLUTE VALUE OF FAC.	linksbündig machen BASIC-Funktion ABS	do ABS and normalise FAC1 perform ABS()	IF C=0, WILL NEGATE FAC "ABS" FUNCTION		ABS function
.,BC58 46 66 LSR $66	ABS: LSR FACSGN	Vorzeichenbit löschen	clear FAC1 sign, put zero in b7	CHANGE SIGN TO +
.,BC5A 60 RTS	RTS PAGE COMPARE TWO NUMBERS. ;A=1 IF ARG .LT. FAC. ;A=0 IF ARG=FAC. ;A=-1 IF ARG .GT. FAC.	Rücksprung Vergleich Konstante (A/Y) mit FAC	compare FAC1 with (AY) returns A=$00 if FAC1 = (AY) returns A=$01 if FAC1 > (AY) returns A=$FF if FAC1 < (AY)	COMPARE FAC WITH PACKED # AT (Y,A) RETURN A=1,0,-1 AS (Y,A) IS <,=,> FAC		compare float accu to float indexed by XY
.,BC5B 85 24 STA $24	FCOMP: STA INDEX2	Zeiger auf	save pointer low byte	USE DEST FOR PNTR SPECIAL ENTRY FROM "NEXT" PROCESSOR "DEST" ALREADY SET UP
.,BC5D 84 25 STY $25	FCOMPN: STY INDEX2+1	Konstante	save pointer high byte
.,BC5F A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler setzen	clear index	GET EXPONENT OF COMPARAND
.,BC61 B1 24 LDA ($24),Y	LDADY INDEX2 ;HAS ARGEXP.	Exponent	get exponent
.,BC63 C8 INY	INY ;BUMP PNTR UP.	Zähler erhöhen	increment index	POINT AT NEXT BYTE
.,BC64 AA TAX	TAX ;SAVE A IN X AND RESET CODES.	ins X-Reg	copy (AY) exponent to X	EXPONENT TO X-REG
.,BC65 F0 C4 BEQ $BC2B	BEQ SIGN	null?, dann Vorzeichen von FAC holen	branch if (AY) exponent=0 and get FAC1 sign A = $FF, Cb = 1/-ve A = $01, Cb = 0/+ve	IF COMPARAND=0, "SIGN" COMPARES FAC
.,BC67 B1 24 LDA ($24),Y	LDADY INDEX2	Konstante	get (AY) mantissa 1, with sign	GET HI-BYTE OF MANTISSA
.,BC69 45 66 EOR $66	EOR FACSGN ;SIGNS THE SAME.	FAC-Vorzeichen	EOR FAC1 sign (b7)	COMPARE WITH FAC SIGN
.,BC6B 30 C2 BMI $BC2F	BMI FCSIGN ;SIGNS DIFFER SO RESULT IS ;SIGN OF FAC AGAIN.	verschiedene Vorzeichen?, dann zu $BC2F	if signs <> do return A = $FF, Cb = 1/-ve A = $01, Cb = 0/+ve and return	DIFFERENT SIGNS, "SIGN" GIVES ANSWER
.,BC6D E4 61 CPX $61	FOUTCP: CPX FACEXP	Exponenten vergleichen	compare (AY) exponent with FAC1 exponent	SAME SIGN, SO COMPARE EXPONENTS
.,BC6F D0 21 BNE $BC92	BNE FCOMPC	falls verschieden, dann zu $BC92	branch if different	DIFFERENT, SO SUFFICIENT TEST
.,BC71 B1 24 LDA ($24),Y	LDADY INDEX2	das	get (AY) mantissa 1, with sign	SAME EXPONENT, COMPARE MANTISSA
.,BC73 09 80 ORA #$80	ORAI 200	erste	normalise top bit	SET INVISIBLE NORMALIZED BIT
.,BC75 C5 62 CMP $62	CMP FACHO	Byte	compare with FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BC77 D0 19 BNE $BC92	BNE FCOMPC	vergleichen	branch if different	NOT SAME, SO SUFFICIENT
.,BC79 C8 INY	INY IFN ADDPRC,<	Zähler erhöhen	increment index	SAME, COMPARE MORE MANTISSA
.,BC7A B1 24 LDA ($24),Y	LDADY INDEX2	das zweite	get mantissa 2
.,BC7C C5 63 CMP $63	CMP FACMOH	Byte	compare with FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BC7E D0 12 BNE $BC92	BNE FCOMPC	vergleichen	branch if different	NOT SAME, SO SUFFICIENT
.,BC80 C8 INY	INY>	Zähler erhöhen	increment index	SAME, COMPARE MORE MANTISSA
.,BC81 B1 24 LDA ($24),Y	LDADY INDEX2	das dritte	get mantissa 3
.,BC83 C5 64 CMP $64	CMP FACMO	Byte	compare with FAC1 mantissa 3
.,BC85 D0 0B BNE $BC92	BNE FCOMPC	vergleichen	branch if different	NOT SAME, SO SUFFICIENT
.,BC87 C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index	SAME, COMPARE REST OF MANTISSA
.,BC88 A9 7F LDA #$7F	LDAI 177	FAC-Rundungsstelle mit	set for 1/2 value rounding byte	ARTIFICIAL EXTENSION BYTE FOR COMPARAND
.,BC8A C5 70 CMP $70	CMP FACOV	$7F vergleichen	compare with FAC1 rounding byte (set carry)
.,BC8C B1 24 LDA ($24),Y	LDADY INDEX2	letzte Stellen, gemäß Ver-	get mantissa 4
.,BC8E E5 65 SBC $65	SBC FACLO ;GET ZERO IF EQUAL.	gleich der Rundungsstelle, subtrahieren	subtract FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BC90 F0 28 BEQ $BCBA	BEQ QINTRT	wenn alle Stellen gleich sind, dann RTS	exit if mantissa 4 equal gets here if number <> FAC1	NUMBERS ARE EQUAL, RETURN (A)=0
.,BC92 A5 66 LDA $66	FCOMPC: LDA FACSGN	FAC-Vorzeichen	get FAC1 sign (b7)	NUMBERS ARE DIFFERENT
.,BC94 90 02 BCC $BC98	BCC FCOMPD	ist die Konstante kleiner FAC, dann zu $BC98	branch if FAC1 > (AY)	FAC IS LARGER MAGNITUDE
.,BC96 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377	Ergebnis kleiner, dann invertieren	else toggle FAC1 sign	FAC IS SMALLER MAGNITUDE <<< NOTE THAT ABOVE THREE LINES CAN BE SHORTENED: >>> <<< .1 ROR PUT CARRY INTO SIGN BIT >>> <<< EOR FAC.SIGN TOGGLE WITH SIGN OF FAC >>>
.,BC98 4C 31 BC JMP $BC31	FCOMPD: JMP FCOMPS ;A PART OF SIGN SETS ACCA UP. PAGE GREATEST INTEGER FUNCTION. ;QUICK GREATEST INTEGER FUNCTION. ;LEAVES INT(FAC) IN FACHO&MO&LO SIGNED. ;ASSUMES FAC .LT. 2^23 = 8388608	Flag für Ergebnis setzen Umwandlung Fließkomma nach Integer	return A = $FF, Cb = 1/-ve A = $01, Cb = 0/+ve convert FAC1 floating to fixed	CONVERT +1 OR -1 QUICK INTEGER FUNCTION CONVERTS FP VALUE IN FAC TO INTEGER VALUE IN FAC+1...FAC+4, BY SHIFTING RIGHT WITH SIGN EXTENSION UNTIL FRACTIONAL BITS ARE OUT. THIS SUBROUTINE ASSUMES THE EXPONENT < 32.		convert float to a 4 byte signed integer
.,BC9B A5 61 LDA $61	QINT: LDA FACEXP	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	LOOK AT FAC EXPONENT
.,BC9D F0 4A BEQ $BCE9	BEQ CLRFAC ;IF ZERO, GOT IT.	null ?	if zero go clear FAC1 and return	FAC=0, SO FINISHED
.,BC9F 38 SEC	SEC	Integer-	set carry for subtract	GET -(NUMBER OF FRACTIONAL BITS)
.,BCA0 E9 A0 SBC #$A0	SBCI 8*ADDPRC+230 ;GET NUMBER OF PLACES TO SHIFT.	Exponent	subtract maximum integer range exponent	IN A-REG FOR SHIFT COUNT
.,BCA2 24 66 BIT $66	BIT FACSGN	wenn FAC positiv,	test FAC1 sign (b7)	CHECK SIGN OF FAC
.,BCA4 10 09 BPL $BCAF	BPL QISHFT	dann zu $BCAF	branch if FAC1 +ve FAC1 was -ve	POSITIVE, CONTINUE
.,BCA6 AA TAX	TAX	FAC	copy subtracted exponent	NEGATIVE, SO COMPLEMENT MANTISSA
.,BCA7 A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDAI 377	Rundungsbyte	overflow for -ve number	AND SET SIGN EXTENSION FOR SHIFT
.,BCA9 85 68 STA $68	STA BITS ;PUT 377 IN WHEN SHFTR SHIFTS BYTES.	setzen	set FAC1 overflow byte
.,BCAB 20 4D B9 JSR $B94D	JSR NEGFCH ;TRULY NEGATE QUANTITY IN FAC.	Mantisse von FAC invertieren	twos complement FAC1 mantissa
.,BCAE 8A TXA	TXA	Exponent in Akku	restore subtracted exponent	RESTORE BIT COUNT TO A-REG
.,BCAF A2 61 LDX #$61	QISHFT: LDXI FAC	FAC-Offset-Zeiger	set index to FAC1	POINT SHIFT SUBROUTINE AT FAC
.,BCB1 C9 F9 CMP #$F9	CMPI ^D256-7	wenn Exponent größer als	compare exponent result	MORE THAN 7 BITS TO SHIFT?
.,BCB3 10 06 BPL $BCBB	BPL QINT1 ;IF NUMBER OF PLACES .GE. 7 ;SHIFT 1 PLACE AT A TIME.	-8, dann zu BCBB	if < 8 shifts shift FAC1 A times right and return	NO, SHORT SHIFT
.,BCB5 20 99 B9 JSR $B999	JSR SHIFTR ;START SHIFTING BYTES, THEN BITS.	FAC rechtsverschieben	shift FAC1 A times right (> 8 shifts)	YES, USE GENERAL ROUTINE
.,BCB8 84 68 STY $68	STY BITS ;ZERO BITS SINCE ADDER WANTS ZERO.	FAC-Rundungsbyte löschen	clear FAC1 overflow byte	Y=0, CLEAR SIGN EXTENSION
.,BCBA 60 RTS	QINTRT: RTS	Rücksprung	shift FAC1 A times right
.,BCBB A8 TAY	QINT1: TAY ;PUT COUNT IN COUNTER.	Akku löschen	copy shift count	SAVE SHIFT COUNT
.,BCBC A5 66 LDA $66	LDA FACSGN	FAC-Vorzeichen laden	get FAC1 sign (b7)	GET SIGN BIT
.,BCBE 29 80 AND #$80	ANDI 200 ;GET SIGN BIT.	das	mask sign bit only (x000 0000)
.,BCC0 46 62 LSR $62	LSR FACHO ;SAVE FIRST SHIFTED BYTE.	FAC-	shift FAC1 mantissa 1	START RIGHT SHIFT
.,BCC2 05 62 ORA $62	ORA FACHO	Vorzeichen	OR sign in b7 FAC1 mantissa 1	AND MERGE WITH SIGN
.,BCC4 85 62 STA $62	STA FACHO	isolieren	save FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BCC6 20 B0 B9 JSR $B9B0	JSR ROLSHF ;SHIFT THE REST.	FAC bitweise nach rechts verschieben	shift FAC1 Y times right	JUMP INTO MIDDLE OF SHIFTER
.,BCC9 84 68 STY $68	STY BITS ;ZERO [BITS].	FAC-Rundungsbyte löschen	clear FAC1 overflow byte	Y=0, CLEAR SIGN EXTENSION
.,BCCB 60 RTS	RTS ;GREATEST INTEGER FUNCTION.	Rücksprung BASIC-Funktion INT	perform INT()	"INT" FUNCTION USES QINT TO CONVERT (FAC) TO INTEGER FORM, AND THEN REFLOATS THE INTEGER. <<< A FASTER APPROACH WOULD SIMPLY CLEAR >>> <<< THE FRACTIONAL BITS BY ZEROING THEM >>>		INT function
.,BCCC A5 61 LDA $61	INT: LDA FACEXP	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	CHECK IF EXPONENT < 32
.,BCCE C9 A0 CMP #$A0	CMPI 8*ADDPRC+230	ganze Zahl ?	compare with max int	BECAUSE IF > 31 THERE IS NO FRACTION
.,BCD0 B0 20 BCS $BCF2	BCS INTRTS ;FORGET IT.	ja, dann fertig	exit if >= (allready int, too big for fractional part!)	NO FRACTION, WE ARE FINISHED
.,BCD2 20 9B BC JSR $BC9B	JSR QINT	FAC nach Integer wandeln	convert FAC1 floating to fixed	USE GENERAL INTEGER CONVERSION
.,BCD5 84 70 STY $70	STY FACOV ;CLR OVERFLOW BYTE.	Rundungsstelle löschen	save FAC1 rounding byte	Y=0, CLEAR EXTENSION
.,BCD7 A5 66 LDA $66	LDA FACSGN	Vorzeichen in Akku	get FAC1 sign (b7)	GET SIGN OF VALUE
.,BCD9 84 66 STY $66	STY FACSGN ;MAKE FAC LOOK POSITIVE.	und positiv machen	save FAC1 sign (b7)	Y=0, CLEAR SIGN
.,BCDB 49 80 EOR #$80	EORI 200 ;GET COMPLEMENT OF SIGN IN CARRY.	Bei	toggle FAC1 sign	TOGGLE ACTUAL SIGN
.,BCDD 2A ROL	ROL A,	negativen Vorzeichen	shift into carry	AND SAVE IN CARRY
.,BCDE A9 A0 LDA #$A0	LDAI 8*ADDPRC+230	das	set new exponent	SET EXPONENT TO 32
.,BCE0 85 61 STA $61	STA FACEXP	Carry-	save FAC1 exponent	BECAUSE 4-BYTE INTEGER NOW
.,BCE2 A5 65 LDA $65	LDA FACLO	flag	get FAC1 mantissa 4	SAVE LOW 8-BITS OF INTEGER FORM
.,BCE4 85 07 STA $07	STA INTEGR	löschen	save FAC1 mantissa 4 for power function	FOR EXP AND POWER
.,BCE6 4C D2 B8 JMP $B8D2	JMP FADFLT	FAC linksbündig machen	do ABS and normalise FAC1 clear FAC1 and return	NORMALIZE TO FINISH CONVERSION		clear float accu
.,BCE9 85 62 STA $62	CLRFAC: STA FACHO ;MAKE IT REALLY ZERO.	Mantisse	clear FAC1 mantissa 1	FAC=0, SO CLEAR ALL 4 BYTES FOR
.,BCEB 85 63 STA $63	IFN ADDPRC,<STA FACMOH>	mit	clear FAC1 mantissa 2	INTEGER VERSION
.,BCED 85 64 STA $64	STA FACMO	Nullen	clear FAC1 mantissa 3
.,BCEF 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO	füllen	clear FAC1 mantissa 4
.,BCF1 A8 TAY	TAY	Y-Reg löschen	clear Y	Y=0 TOO
.,BCF2 60 RTS	INTRTS: RTS PAGE FLOATING POINT INPUT ROUTINE. ;NUMBER INPUT IS LEFT IN FAC. ;AT ENTRY [TXTPTR] POINTS TO THE FIRST CHARACTER IN A TEXT BUFFER. ;THE FIRST CHARACTER IS ALSO IN ACCA. FIN PACKS THE DIGITS ;INTO THE FAC AS AN INTEGER AND KEEPS TRACK OF WHERE THE ;DECIMAL POINT IS. [DPTFLG] TELL WHETHER A DP HAS BEEN ;SEEN. [DECCNT] IS THE NUMBER OF DIGITS AFTER THE DP. ;AT THE END [DECCNT] AND THE EXPONENT ARE USED TO ;DETERMINE HOW MANY TIMES TO MULTIPLY OR DIVIDE BY TEN ;TO GET THE CORRECT NUMBER.	Rücksprung Umwandlung ASCII nach Fließkommaformat	get FAC1 from string	CONVERT STRING TO FP VALUE IN FAC STRING POINTED TO BY TXTPTR FIRST CHAR ALREADY SCANNED BY CHRGET (A) = FIRST CHAR, C=0 IF DIGIT.		convert string to float in float accu
.,BCF3 A0 00 LDY #$00	FIN: LDYI 0 ;ZERO FACSGN&SGNFLG.	Wert festlegen	clear Y	CLEAR WORKING AREA ($99...$A3)
.,BCF5 A2 0A LDX #$0A	LDXI 11+ADDPRC ;ZERO EXP AND HO (AND MOH).	Zähler stellen	set index	TMPEXP, EXPON, DPFLG, EXPSGN, FAC, SERLEN
.,BCF7 94 5D STY $5D,X	FINZLP: STY DECCNT,X ;ZERO MO AND LO.	den Bereich	clear byte
.,BCF9 CA DEX	DEX ;ZERO TENEXP AND EXPSGN	von $5D bis $66 mit	decrement index
.,BCFA 10 FB BPL $BCF7	BPL FINZLP ;ZERO DECCNT, DPTFLG.	Nullen füllen	loop until numexp to negnum (and FAC1) = $00
.,BCFC 90 0F BCC $BD0D	BCC FINDGQ ;FLAGS STILL SET FROM CHRGET.	wenn erstes Zeichen eine Ziffer, dann zu $BD0D	branch if first character is numeric	FIRST CHAR IS A DIGIT
.,BCFE C9 2D CMP #$2D	CMPI "-" ;A NEGATIVE SIGN?	Nummer für '-'?	else compare with "-"	CHECK FOR LEADING SIGN		minus
.,BD00 D0 04 BNE $BD06	BNE QPLUS ;NO, TRY PLUS SIGN.	wenn nicht, dann zu $BD06	branch if not "-"	NOT MINUS
.,BD02 86 67 STX $67	STX SGNFLG ;IT'S NEGATIVE. (X=377).	Flag für negativ	set flag for -ve n (negnum = $FF)	MINUS, SET SERLEN = $FF FOR FLAG
.,BD04 F0 04 BEQ $BD0A	BEQ FINC ;ALWAYS BRANCHES.	unbedingter Sprung	branch always	...ALWAYS
.,BD06 C9 2B CMP #$2B	QPLUS: CMPI "+" ;PLUS SIGN?	Nummer für ' + '	else compare with "+"	MIGHT BE PLUS		plus
.,BD08 D0 05 BNE $BD0F	BNE FIN1 ;YES, SKIP IT.	wenn nicht, dann zu $BD0F	branch if not "+"	NOT PLUS EITHER, CHECK DECIMAL POINT
.,BD0A 20 73 00 JSR $0073	FINC: JSR CHRGET	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	GET NEXT CHAR OF STRING
.,BD0D 90 5B BCC $BD6A	FINDGQ: BCC FINDIG	wenn Ziffer, dann zu $BD6A	branch if numeric character	INSERT THIS DIGIT
.,BD0F C9 2E CMP #$2E	FIN1: CMPI "." ;THE DP?	Nummer für '.'	else compare with "."	CHECK FOR DECIMAL POINT		decimal point
.,BD11 F0 2E BEQ $BD41	BEQ FINDP ;NO KIDDING.	wenn ja, dann zu $BD41	branch if "."	YES
.,BD13 C9 45 CMP #$45	CMPI "E" ;EXPONENT FOLLOWS.	Nummer für 'E'	else compare with "E"	CHECK FOR EXPONENT PART		E
.,BD15 D0 30 BNE $BD47	BNE FINE ;NO. ;HERE TO CHECK FOR SIGN OF EXP.	wenn nicht, dann zu $BD47	branch if not "E" was "E" so evaluate exponential part	NO, END OF NUMBER
.,BD17 20 73 00 JSR $0073	JSR CHRGET ;YES. GET ANOTHER.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	YES, START CONVERTING EXPONENT
.,BD1A 90 17 BCC $BD33	BCC FNEDG1 ;IT IS A DIGIT. (EASIER THAN ;BACKING UP POINTER.)	wenn Ziffer, dann zu $BD33	branch if numeric character	EXPONENT DIGIT
.,BD1C C9 AB CMP #$AB	CMPI MINUTK ;MINUS?	'-' BASIC-Kode	else compare with token for -	NEGATIVE EXPONENT?		minus code
.,BD1E F0 0E BEQ $BD2E	BEQ FINEC1 ;NEGATE.	wenn ja, dann zu $BD2E	branch if token for -	YES
.,BD20 C9 2D CMP #$2D	CMPI "-" ;MINUS SIGN?	Nummer für '-'	else compare with "-"	MIGHT NOT BE TOKENIZED YET		minus
.,BD22 F0 0A BEQ $BD2E	BEQ FINEC1	wenn ja, dann zu $BD2E	branch if "-"	YES, IT IS NEGATIVE
.,BD24 C9 AA CMP #$AA	CMPI PLUSTK ;PLUS?	'+' BASIC-Kode	else compare with token for +	OPTIONAL "+"		plus code
.,BD26 F0 08 BEQ $BD30	BEQ FINEC	wenn ja, dann zu $BD30	branch if token for +	YES
.,BD28 C9 2B CMP #$2B	CMPI "+" ;PLUS SIGN?	Nummer für '+'	else compare with "+"	MIGHT NOT BE TOKENIZED YET		plus
.,BD2A F0 04 BEQ $BD30	BEQ FINEC	wenn ja, dann zu $BD30	branch if "+"	YES, FOUND "+"
.,BD2C D0 07 BNE $BD35	BNE FINEC2	unbedingter Sprung	branch always	...ALWAYS, NUMBER COMPLETED
.,BD2E 66 60 ROR $60	FINEC1: ROR EXPSGN ;TURN IT ON.	Bit 7 setzen	set exponent -ve flag (C, which=1, into b7)	C=1, SET FLAG NEGATIVE
.,BD30 20 73 00 JSR $0073	FINEC: JSR CHRGET ;GET ANOTHER.	CHRGET nächstes Zeichen holen	increment and scan memory	GET NEXT DIGIT OF EXPONENT
.,BD33 90 5C BCC $BD91	FNEDG1: BCC FINEDG ;IT IS A DIGIT.	wenn Ziffer, dann zu $BD91	branch if numeric character	CHAR IS A DIGIT OF EXPONENT
.,BD35 24 60 BIT $60	FINEC2: BIT EXPSGN	Bit 7 gesetzt ?	test exponent -ve flag	END OF NUMBER, CHECK EXP SIGN
.,BD37 10 0E BPL $BD47	BPL FINE	wenn nicht, dann zu $BD47	if +ve go evaluate exponent else do exponent = -exponent	POSITIVE EXPONENT
.,BD39 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0	Vorzeichen des	clear result	NEGATIVE EXPONENT
.,BD3B 38 SEC	SEC	Exponenten	set carry for subtract	MAKE 2'S COMPLEMENT OF EXPONENT
.,BD3C E5 5E SBC $5E	SBC TENEXP	wechseln	subtract exponent byte
.,BD3E 4C 49 BD JMP $BD49	JMP FINE1	weiter bei $BD49	go evaluate exponent	FOUND A DECIMAL POINT
.,BD41 66 5F ROR $5F	FINDP: ROR DPTFLG	Aufruf durch Dezimalpunkt	set decimal point flag	C=1, SET DPFLG FOR DECIMAL POINT
.,BD43 24 5F BIT $5F	BIT DPTFLG	schon zweiter Dezimalpunkt	test decimal point flag	CHECK IF PREVIOUS DEC. PT.
.,BD45 50 C3 BVC $BD0A	BVC FINC	wenn nicht, dann weiter	branch if only one decimal point so far evaluate exponent	NO PREVIOUS DECIMAL POINT A SECOND DECIMAL POINT IS TAKEN AS A TERMINATOR TO THE NUMERIC STRING. "A=11..22" WILL GIVE A SYNTAX ERROR, BECAUSE IT IS TWO NUMBERS WITH NO OPERATOR BETWEEN. "PRINT 11..22" GIVES NO ERROR, BECAUSE IT IS JUST THE CONCATENATION OF TWO NUMBERS. NUMBER TERMINATED, ADJUST EXPONENT NOW
.,BD47 A5 5E LDA $5E	FINE: LDA TENEXP	Zahl gemäß	get exponent count byte	E-VALUE
.,BD49 38 SEC	FINE1: SEC	Position	set carry for subtract	MODIFY WITH COUNT OF DIGITS
.,BD4A E5 5D SBC $5D	SBC DECCNT ;GET NUMBER OF PLACES TO SHIFT.	des Dezimalpunkts	subtract numerator exponent	AFTER THE DECIMAL POINT
.,BD4C 85 5E STA $5E	STA TENEXP	und Exponenten anpassen	save exponent count byte	COMPLETE CURRENT EXPONENT
.,BD4E F0 12 BEQ $BD62	BEQ FINQNG ;NEGATE?	Zahl= Null, dann zu $BD62	branch if no adjustment	NO ADJUST NEEDED IF EXP=0
.,BD50 10 09 BPL $BD5B	BPL FINMUL ;POSITIVE SO MULTIPLY.	Zahl kleiner als $7F	else if +ve go do FAC1*10^expcnt else go do FAC1/10^(0-expcnt)	EXP>0, MULTIPLY BY TEN
.,BD52 20 FE BA JSR $BAFE	FINDIV: JSR DIV10	FAC = FAC / 10	divide FAC1 by 10	EXP<0, DIVIDE BY TEN
.,BD55 E6 5E INC $5E	INC TENEXP ;DONE?	Zahl erhöhen	increment exponent count byte	UNTIL EXP=0
.,BD57 D0 F9 BNE $BD52	BNE FINDIV ;NO.	unbedingter	loop until all done
.,BD59 F0 07 BEQ $BD62	BEQ FINQNG ;YES.	Sprung	branch always	...ALWAYS, WE ARE FINISHED
.,BD5B 20 E2 BA JSR $BAE2	FINMUL: JSR MUL10	FAC = FAC * 10	multiply FAC1 by 10	EXP>0, MULTIPLY BKY TEN
.,BD5E C6 5E DEC $5E	DEC TENEXP ;DONE?	Zahl gemäß	decrement exponent count byte	UNTIL EXP=0
.,BD60 D0 F9 BNE $BD5B	BNE FINMUL ;NO	Exponenten anpassen	loop until all done
.,BD62 A5 67 LDA $67	FINQNG: LDA SGNFLG	wenn negativ,	get -ve flag	IS WHOLE NUMBER NEGATIVE?
.,BD64 30 01 BMI $BD67	BMI NEGXQS ;IF POSITIVE, RETURN.	dann Vorzeichen invertieren	if -ve do - FAC1 and return	YES
.,BD66 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung	do - FAC1 and return	NO, RETURN, WHOLE JOB DONE!
.,BD67 4C B4 BF JMP $BFB4	NEGXQS: JMP NEGOP ;OTHERWISE, NEGATE AND RETURN.	Vorzeichenwechsel FAC = -FAC	do - FAC1 do unsigned FAC1*10+number	NEGATIVE NUMBER, SO NEGATE FAC ACCUMULATE A DIGIT INTO FAC
.,BD6A 48 PHA	FINDIG: PHA	Aufruf durch Mantisse	save character	SAVE DIGIT
.,BD6B 24 5F BIT $5F	BIT DPTFLG	wenn Vorkommastelle,	test decimal point flag	SEEN A DECIMAL POINT YET?
.,BD6D 10 02 BPL $BD71	BPL FINDG1	dann zu $BD71	skip exponent increment if not set	NO, STILL IN INTEGER PART
.,BD6F E6 5D INC $5D	INC DECCNT	Zähler erhöhen	else increment number exponent	YES, COUNT THE FRACTIONAL DIGIT
.,BD71 20 E2 BA JSR $BAE2	FINDG1: JSR MUL10	FAC = FAC * 10	multiply FAC1 by 10	FAC = FAC * 10
.,BD74 68 PLA	PLA ;GET IT BACK.	ASCII in	restore character	CURRENT DIGIT
.,BD75 38 SEC	SEC	Ziffer umwandeln	set carry for subtract	<<<SHORTER HERE TO JUST "AND #$0F">>>
.,BD76 E9 30 SBC #$30	SBCI "0"	'0' abziehen gibt hex	convert to binary	<<<TO CONVERT ASCII TO BINARY FORM>>>		0
.,BD78 20 7E BD JSR $BD7E	JSR FINLOG ;ADD IT IN.	addiert nächste Stelle zu FAC	evaluate new ASCII digit	ADD THE DIGIT
.,BD7B 4C 0A BD JMP $BD0A	JMP FINC	nächstes Zeichen	go do next character evaluate new ASCII digit multiply FAC1 by 10 then (ABS) add in new digit	GO BACK FOR MORE ADD (A) TO FAC		add signed integer from A to float accu
.,BD7E 48 PHA	FINLOG: PHA	Wert aus Stack	save digit	SAVE ADDEND
.,BD7F 20 0C BC JSR $BC0C	JSR MOVAF ;SAVE FAC FOR LATER.	FAC nach ARG	round and copy FAC1 to FAC2
.,BD82 68 PLA	PLA	Wert in Stack	restore digit	GET ADDEND AGAIN
.,BD83 20 3C BC JSR $BC3C	JSR FLOAT ;FLOAT THE VALUE IN ACCA.	Accu in höchste Stelle von FAC	save A as integer byte	CONVERT TO FP VALUE IN FAC
.,BD86 A5 6E LDA $6E	LDA ARGSGN	FAC-Vorzeichen und	get FAC2 sign (b7)
.,BD88 45 66 EOR $66	EOR FACSGN	ARG-Vorzeichen	toggle with FAC1 sign (b7)
.,BD8A 85 6F STA $6F	STA ARISGN ;RESULTANT SIGN.	verknüpfen	save sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)
.,BD8C A6 61 LDX $61	LDX FACEXP ;SET SIGNS ON THING TO ADD.	erste Stelle von FAC holen	get FAC1 exponent	TO SIGNAL IF FAC=0
.,BD8E 4C 6A B8 JMP $B86A	JMP FADDT ;ADD TOGETHER AND RETURN. ;HERE PACK IN THE NEXT DIGIT OF THE EXPONENT. ;MULTIPLY THE OLD EXP BY 10 AND ADD IN THE NEXT ;DIGIT. NOTE: EXP OVERFLOW IS NOT CHECKED FOR.	FAC = FAC + ARG	add FAC2 to FAC1 and return evaluate next character of exponential part of number	PERFORM THE ADDITION ACCUMULATE DIGIT OF EXPONENT		get exponent of number from string
.,BD91 A5 5E LDA $5E	FINEDG: LDA TENEXP ;GET EXP SO FAR.	Aufruf durch 'E'	get exponent count byte	CHECK CURRENT VALUE
.,BD93 C9 0A CMP #$0A	CMPI 12 ;WILL RESULT BE .GE. 100?	wenn dritte Exponentenziffer,	compare with 10 decimal	FOR MORE THAN 2 DIGITS
.,BD95 90 09 BCC $BDA0	BCC MLEX10	dann zu $BDA0	branch if less	NO, THIS IS 1ST OR 2ND DIGIT
.,BD97 A9 64 LDA #$64	LDAI 144 ;GET 100.	wenn Vorzeichen	make all -ve exponents = -100 decimal (causes underflow)	EXPONENT TOO BIG
.,BD99 24 60 BIT $60	BIT EXPSGN	negativ,	test exponent -ve flag	UNLESS IT IS NEGATIVE
.,BD9B 30 11 BMI $BDAE	BMI MLEXMI ;IF NEG EXP, NO CHK FOR OVERR.	dann Unterlauf	branch if -ve	LARGE NEGATIVE EXPONENT MAKES FAC=0
.,BD9D 4C 7E B9 JMP $B97E	JMP OVERR	zu 'OVERFLOW ERROR'	else do overflow error then warm start	LARGE POSITIVE EXPONENT IS ERROR
.,BDA0 0A ASL	MLEX10: ASL A, ;MULT BY 2 TWICE	Den	*2	EXPONENT TIMES 10
.,BDA1 0A ASL	ASL A	Exponenten	*4
.,BDA2 18 CLC	CLC ;POSSIBLE SHIFT OUT OF HIGH.	mit	clear carry for add
.,BDA3 65 5E ADC $5E	ADC TENEXP ;LIKE MULTIPLYING BY FIVE.	10	*5
.,BDA5 0A ASL	ASL A, ;AND NOW BY TEN.	multi-	*10
.,BDA6 18 CLC	CLC	plizieren	clear carry for add	<<< ASL ALREADY DID THIS! >>>
.,BDA7 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDYI 0	Zähler setzen	set index	ADD THE NEW DIGIT
.,BDA9 71 7A ADC ($7A),Y	ADCDY TXTPTR	Exponenten-	add character (will be $30 too much!)	BUT THIS IS IN ASCII,
.,BDAB 38 SEC	SEC	ziffer	set carry for subtract	SO ADJUST BACK TO BINARY
.,BDAC E9 30 SBC #$30	SBCI "0"	addie-	convert character to binary			0
.,BDAE 85 5E STA $5E	MLEXMI: STA TENEXP ;SAVE RESULT.	ren	save exponent count byte	NEW VALUE
.,BDB0 4C 30 BD JMP $BD30	JMP FINEC PAGE FLOATING POINT OUTPUT ROUTINE. IFE ADDPRC,< NZ0999: 221 ; 99999.9499 103 117 370 NZ9999: 224 ; 999999.499 164 043 367 NZMIL: 224 ; 10^6. 164 044 000> IFN ADDPRC,<	nächstes Zeichen holen Konstanten für Fließkomma nach ASCII	go get next character limits for scientific mode	BACK FOR MORE		constants for float to string conversion
.:BDB3 9B 3E BC 1F FD	NZ0999: 233 ; 99999999.9499 076 274 037 375	99999999.9	99999999.90625, maximum value with at least one decimal	99,999,999.9
.:BDB8 9E 6E 6B 27 FD	NZ9999: 236 ; 999999999.499 156 153 047 375	999999999	999999999.25, maximum value before scientific notation	999,999,999
.:BDBD 9E 6E 6B 28 00	NZMIL: 236 ; 10^9 156 153 050 000> ;ENTRY TO LINPRT.	1E9 Ausgabe der Zeilennummer bei Fehlermeldung	1000000000 do " IN " line number message	1,000,000,000 PRINT "IN <LINE #>"		print IN followed by line number
.,BDC2 A9 71 LDA #$71	INPRT: LDWDI INTXT	Zeiger	set " IN " pointer low byte	PRINT " IN "		low A371
.,BDC4 A0 A3 LDY #$A3		auf 'in'	set " IN " pointer high byte			high A371
.,BDC6 20 DA BD JSR $BDDA	JSR STROU2	String ausgeben	print null terminated string
.,BDC9 A5 3A LDA $3A	LDA CURLIN+1	laufende	get the current line number high byte
.,BDCB A6 39 LDX $39	LDX CURLIN	Zeilennummer holen positive Integerzahl in A/X ausgeben	get the current line number low byte print XA as unsigned integer	PRINT A,X AS DECIMAL INTEGER		print number from AX
.,BDCD 85 62 STA $62	LINPRT: STWX FACHO	für Umwandlung	save high byte as FAC1 mantissa1	PRINT A,X IN DECIMAL
.,BDCF 86 63 STX $63		in FAC schreiben	save low byte as FAC1 mantissa2
.,BDD1 A2 90 LDX #$90	LDXI 220 ;EXPONENT OF 16.	Exponent	set exponent to 16d bits	EXPONENT = 2^16
.,BDD3 38 SEC	SEC ;NUMBER IS POSITIVE.	= 16	set integer is +ve flag	CONVERT UNSIGNED
.,BDD4 20 49 BC JSR $BC49	JSR FLOATC	Integer nach Fließkomma wandeln	set exponent = X, clear mantissa 4 and 3 and normalise FAC1	CONVERT LINE # TO FP CONVERT (FAC) TO STRING, AND PRINT IT
.,BDD7 20 DF BD JSR $BDDF	JSR FOUT	FAC nach ASCII wandeln	convert FAC1 to string	CONVERT (FAC) TO STRING AT STACK PRINT STRING STARTING AT Y,A
.,BDDA 4C 1E AB JMP $AB1E	STROU2: JMP STROUT ;PRINT AND RETURN.	String ausgeben FAC nach ASCII-Format wandeln und nach $100	print null terminated string convert FAC1 to ASCII string result in (AY)	PRINT STRING AT A,Y CONVERT (FAC) TO STRING STARTING AT STACK RETURN WITH (Y,A) POINTING AT STRING		convert number in float accu to string
.,BDDD A0 01 LDY #$01	FOUT: LDYI 1	Stringzeiger	set index = 1	NORMAL ENTRY PUTS STRING AT STACK...
.,BDDF A9 20 LDA #$20	FOUTC: LDAI " " ;PRINT SPACE IF POSITIVE.	' ' Leerzeichen für positive Zahl	character = " " (assume +ve)
.,BDE1 24 66 BIT $66	BIT FACSGN	wenn Vorzeichen	test FAC1 sign (b7)
.,BDE3 10 02 BPL $BDE7	BPL FOUT1	positiv ?, dann zu $BDE7	branch if +ve
.,BDE5 A9 2D LDA #$2D	LDAI "-"	'-' Minuszeichen für	else character = "-"	"STR$" FUNCTION ENTERS HERE, WITH (Y)=0 SO THAT RESULT STRING STARTS AT STACK-1 (THIS IS USED AS A FLAG)		minus
.,BDE7 99 FF 00 STA $00FF,Y	FOUT1: STA FBUFFR-1,Y, ;STORE THE CHARACTER.	negative Zahl in	save leading character (" " or "-")	EMIT "-"
.,BDEA 85 66 STA $66	STA FACSGN ;MAKE FAC POS FOR QINT.	Pufferbereich	save FAC1 sign (b7)	MAKE FAC.SIGN POSITIVE ($2D)
.,BDEC 84 71 STY $71	STY FBUFPT ;SAVE FOR LATER.	schreiben	save index	SAVE STRING PNTR
.,BDEE C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,BDEF A9 30 LDA #$30	LDAI "0" ;GET ZERO TO TYPE IF FAC=0.	'0’	set character = "0"	IN CASE (FAC)=0		0
.,BDF1 A6 61 LDX $61	LDX FACEXP	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	NUMBER=0?
.,BDF3 D0 03 BNE $BDF8	JEQ FOUT19	wenn Zahl nicht null ?	branch if FAC1<>0 exponent was $00 so FAC1 is 0	NO, (FAC) NOT ZERO
.,BDF5 4C 04 BF JMP $BF04		dann fertig	save last character, [EOT] and exit FAC1 is some non zero value	YES, FINISHED
.,BDF8 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0	FAC	clear (number exponent count)	STARTING VALUE FOR TMPEXP
.,BDFA E0 80 CPX #$80	CPXI 200 ;IS NUMBER .LT. 1.0 ?	mit 1 vergleichen	compare FAC1 exponent with $80 (<1.00000)	ANY INTEGER PART?
.,BDFC F0 02 BEQ $BE00	BEQ FOUT37 ;NO.	wenn ja ,dann zu $BE00	branch if 0.5 <= FAC1 < 1.0	NO, BTWN .5 AND .999999999
.,BDFE B0 09 BCS $BE09	BCS FOUT7	FAC größer 1	branch if FAC1=>1	YES
.,BE00 A9 BD LDA #$BD	FOUT37: LDWDI NZMIL ;MULTIPLY BY 10^6.	Zeiger auf	set 1000000000 pointer low byte	MULTIPLY BY 1E9		low BDBD
.,BE02 A0 BD LDY #$BD		Konstante 1E9	set 1000000000 pointer high byte	TO GIVE ADJUSTMENT A HEAD START		high BDBD
.,BE04 20 28 BA JSR $BA28	JSR FMULT	Konstante (Zeiger A/Y) * FAC	do convert AY, FCA1*(AY)
.,BE07 A9 F7 LDA #$F7	LDAI ^D256-3*ADDPRC-6	= -9	set number exponent count	EXPONENT ADJUSTMENT
.,BE09 85 5D STA $5D	FOUT7: STA DECCNT ;SAVE COUNT OR ZERO IT.	$ 5D = -9	save number exponent count	0 OR -9 ADJUST UNTIL 1E8 <= (FAC) <1E9
.,BE0B A9 B8 LDA #$B8	FOUT4: LDWDI NZ9999	Zeiger auf	set 999999999.25 pointer low byte (max before sci note)			low BDB8
.,BE0D A0 BD LDY #$BD		Konstante 999999999	set 999999999.25 pointer high byte			high BDB8
.,BE0F 20 5B BC JSR $BC5B	JSR FCOMP ;IS NUMBER .GT. 999999.499 ? ;OR 999999999.499?	Vergleich Konstante (Zeiger A/Y) mit FAC	compare FAC1 with (AY)	COMPARE TO 1E9-1
.,BE12 F0 1E BEQ $BE32	BEQ BIGGES	gleich	exit if FAC1 = (AY)	(FAC) = 1E9-1
.,BE14 10 12 BPL $BE28	BPL FOUT9 ;YES. MAKE IT SMALLER.	kleiner	go do /10 if FAC1 > (AY) FAC1 < (AY)	TOO LARGE, DIVIDE BY TEN
.,BE16 A9 B3 LDA #$B3	FOUT3: LDWDI NZ0999	Zeiger auf	set 99999999.90625 pointer low byte	COMPARE TO 1E8-.1		low BDB3
.,BE18 A0 BD LDY #$BD		Konstante 99999999.9	set 99999999.90625 pointer high byte			high BDB3
.,BE1A 20 5B BC JSR $BC5B	JSR FCOMP ;IS NUMBER .GT. 99999.9499 ? ; OR 99999999.9499?	Vergleich Konstante (Zeiger A/Y) mit FAC	compare FAC1 with (AY)	COMPARE TO 1E8-.1
.,BE1D F0 02 BEQ $BE21	BEQ FOUT38	gleich	branch if FAC1 = (AY) (allow decimal places)	(FAC) = 1E8-.1
.,BE1F 10 0E BPL $BE2F	BPL FOUT5 ;YES. DONE MULTIPLYING.	kleiner	branch if FAC1 > (AY) (no decimal places) FAC1 <= (AY)	IN RANGE, ADJUSTMENT FINISHED
.,BE21 20 E2 BA JSR $BAE2	FOUT38: JSR MUL10 ;MAKE IT BIGGER.	FAC = FAC * 10	multiply FAC1 by 10	TOO SMALL, MULTIPLY BY TEN
.,BE24 C6 5D DEC $5D	DEC DECCNT	Dezimalexponent erniedrigen	decrement number exponent count	KEEP TRACK OF MULTIPLIES
.,BE26 D0 EE BNE $BE16	BNE FOUT3 ;SEE IF THAT DOES IT. ;THIS ALWAYS GOES.	schon 0?	go test again, branch always	...ALWAYS
.,BE28 20 FE BA JSR $BAFE	FOUT9: JSR DIV10 ;MAKE IT SMALLER.	FAC = FAC / 10	divide FAC1 by 10	TOO LARGE, DIVIDE BY TEN
.,BE2B E6 5D INC $5D	INC DECCNT	Dezimalexponent erhöhen	increment number exponent count	KEEP TRACK OF DIVISIONS
.,BE2D D0 DC BNE $BE0B	BNE FOUT4 ;SEE IF THAT DOES IT. ;THIS ALWAYS GOES.	Überlauf ?	go test again, branch always now we have just the digits to do	...ALWAYS
.,BE2F 20 49 B8 JSR $B849	FOUT5: JSR FADDH ;ADD A HALF TO ROUND UP.	FAC = FAC + .5 , runden	add 0.5 to FAC1 (round FAC1)	ROUND ADJUSTED RESULT
.,BE32 20 9B BC JSR $BC9B	BIGGES: JSR QINT	FAC nach Integer	convert FAC1 floating to fixed	CONVERT ADJUSTED VALUE TO 32-BIT INTEGER FAC+1...FAC+4 IS NOW IN INTEGER FORM WITH POWER OF TEN ADJUSTMENT IN TMPEXP IF -10 < TMPEXP > 1, PRINT IN DECIMAL FORM OTHERWISE, PRINT IN EXPONENTIAL FORM
.,BE35 A2 01 LDX #$01	LDXI 1 ;DECIMAL POINT COUNT.	FAC ist nun im Bereich von	set default digits before dp = 1	ASSUME 1 DIGIT BEFORE "."
.,BE37 A5 5D LDA $5D	LDA DECCNT	1E8 bis 1E9, $5D hat Wert	get number exponent count	CHECK RANGE
.,BE39 18 CLC	CLC	von Zehnerpotenz	clear carry for add
.,BE3A 69 0A ADC #$0A	ADCI 3ADDPRC+7 ;SHOULD NUMBER BE PRINTED IN E NOTATION? ;IE, IS NUMBER .LT. .01 ?*	Zahl =0.01	up to 9 digits before point
.,BE3C 30 09 BMI $BE47	BMI FOUTPI ;YES.	Betrag kleiner 0.1 ?	if -ve then 1 digit before dp	< .01, USE EXPONENTIAL FORM
.,BE3E C9 0B CMP #$0B	CMPI 3*ADDPRC+10 ;IS IT .GT. 999999 (999999999)?	wenn ja, dann	A>=$0B if n>=1E9
.,BE40 B0 06 BCS $BE48	BCS FOUT6 ;YES. USE E NOTATION.	Betrag größer 1E9 ?	branch if >= $0B carry is clear	>= 1E10, USE EXPONENTIAL FORM
.,BE42 69 FF ADC #$FF	ADCI ^O377 ;NUMBER OF PLACES BEFORE DECIMAL POINT.	die	take 1 from digit count	LESS 1 GIVES INDEX FOR "."
.,BE44 AA TAX	TAX ;PUT INTO ACCX.	Be-	copy to X
.,BE45 A9 02 LDA #$02	LDAI 2 ;NO E NOTATION.	rechnung	set exponent adjust	SET REMAINING EXPONENT = 0
.,BE47 38 SEC	FOUTPI: SEC	des	set carry for subtract	COMPUTE REMAINING EXPONENT
.,BE48 E9 02 SBC #$02	FOUT6: SBCI 2 ;EFFECTIVELY ADD 5 TO ORIG EXP.	Exponenten-	-2
.,BE4A 85 5E STA $5E	STA TENEXP ;THAT IS THE EXPONENT TO PRINT.	flags	save exponent adjust	VALUE FOR "E+XX" OR "E-XX"
.,BE4C 86 5D STX $5D	STX DECCNT ;NUMBER OF DECIMAL PLACES.	Negative Darstellung des	save digits before dp count	INDEX FOR DECIMAL POINT
.,BE4E 8A TXA	TXA	Exponenten	copy to A	SEE IF "." COMES FIRST
.,BE4F F0 02 BEQ $BE53	BEQ FOUT39	wenn 0.1, dann zu $BE53	branch if no digits before dp	YES
.,BE51 10 13 BPL $BE66	BPL FOUT8 ;SOME PLACES BEFORE DEC PNT.	wenn nicht 0.01, dann zu $BE66	branch if digits before dp	NO, LATER
.,BE53 A4 71 LDY $71	FOUT39: LDY FBUFPT ;GET POINTER TO OUTPUT.	Zeiger für Polynomauswertung	get output string index	GET INDEX INTO STRING BEING BUILT
.,BE55 A9 2E LDA #$2E	LDAI "." ;PUT IN "."	Nummer für '.'	character "."	STORE A DECIMAL POINT		decimal point
.,BE57 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,BE58 99 FF 00 STA $00FF,Y	STA FBUFFR-1,Y	in Stringbereich	save to output string
.,BE5B 8A TXA	TXA	schreiben		SEE IF NEED ".0"
.,BE5C F0 06 BEQ $BE64	BEQ FOUT16	wenn 0.1, dann zu $BE64		NO
.,BE5E A9 30 LDA #$30	LDAI "0" ;GET THE ENSUING ZERO.	Nummer für '0'	character "0"	YES, STORE "0"		0
.,BE60 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,BE61 99 FF 00 STA $00FF,Y	STA FBUFFR-1,Y	in Stringbereich	save to output string
.,BE64 84 71 STY $71	FOUT16: STY FBUFPT ;SAVE FOR LATER.	schreiben	save output string index	SAVE OUTPUT INDEX AGAIN NOW DIVIDE BY POWERS OF TEN TO GET SUCCESSIVE DIGITS
.,BE66 A0 00 LDY #$00	FOUT8: LDYI 0	Zeiger	clear index (point to 100,000)	INDEX TO TABLE OF POWERS OF TEN
.,BE68 A2 80 LDX #$80	FOUTIM: LDXI 200 ;FIRST PASS THRU, ACCX HAS MSB SET.	stellen		STARTING VALUE FOR DIGIT WITH DIRECTION
.,BE6A A5 65 LDA $65	FOUT2: LDA FACLO	Durch	get FAC1 mantissa 4	START BY ADDING -100000000 UNTIL
.,BE6C 18 CLC	CLC	Addition	clear carry for add	OVERSHOOT. THEN ADD +10000000,
.,BE6D 79 19 BF ADC $BF19,Y	ADC FOUTBL+2+ADDPRC,Y	und	add byte 4, least significant	THEN ADD -1000000, THEN ADD
.,BE70 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO	Subtraktion	save FAC1 mantissa4	+100000, AND SO ON.
.,BE72 A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO	der	get FAC1 mantissa 3	THE # OF TIMES EACH POWER IS ADDED
.,BE74 79 18 BF ADC $BF18,Y	ADC FOUTBL+1+ADDPRC,Y	Werte	add byte 3	IS 1 MORE THAN CORRESPONDING DIGIT
.,BE77 85 64 STA $64	STA FACMO IFN ADDPRC,<	aus	save FAC1 mantissa3
.,BE79 A5 63 LDA $63	LDA FACMOH	der	get FAC1 mantissa 2
.,BE7B 79 17 BF ADC $BF17,Y	ADC FOUTBL+1,Y	Tabelle	add byte 2
.,BE7E 85 63 STA $63	STA FACMOH>	werden	save FAC1 mantissa2
.,BE80 A5 62 LDA $62	LDA FACHO	die	get FAC1 mantissa 1
.,BE82 79 16 BF ADC $BF16,Y	ADC FOUTBL,Y	einzelnen	add byte 1, most significant
.,BE85 85 62 STA $62	STA FACHO	Ziffern	save FAC1 mantissa1
.,BE87 E8 INX	INX ;IT WAS DONE YET ANOTHER TIME.	des	increment the digit, set the sign on the test sense bit	COUNT THE ADD
.,BE88 B0 04 BCS $BE8E	BCS FOUT41	Zahlen-	if the carry is set go test if the result was positive else the result needs to be negative	IF C=1 AND X NEGATIVE, KEEP ADDING
.,BE8A 10 DE BPL $BE6A	BPL FOUT2	Strings	not -ve so try again	IF C=0 AND X POSITIVE, KEEP ADDING
.,BE8C 30 02 BMI $BE90	BMI FOUT40	be-	else done so return the digit	IF C=0 AND X NEGATIVE, WE OVERSHOT
.,BE8E 30 DA BMI $BE6A	FOUT41: BMI FOUT2	rech-	not +ve so try again else done so return the digit	IF C=1 AND X POSITIVE, WE OVERSHOT
.,BE90 8A TXA	FOUT40: TXA	net	copy the digit	OVERSHOT, SO MAKE X INTO A DIGIT
.,BE91 90 04 BCC $BE97	BCC FOUTYP ;CAN USE ACCA AS IS.	alles addiert?, wenn nicht, dann zu $BE97	if Cb=0 just use it	HOW DEPENDS ON DIRECTION WE WERE GOING
.,BE93 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377 ;FIND 11.-[A].	Ergebnis mit 10	else make the 2's complement ..	DIGIT = 9-X
.,BE95 69 0A ADC #$0A	ADCI 12 ;C IS STILL ON TO COMPLETE NEGATION. ;AND WILL ALWAYS BE ON AFTER.	komplementieren	.. and subtract it from 10
.,BE97 69 2F ADC #$2F	FOUTYP: ADCI "0"-1 ;GET A CHARACTER TO PRINT.	'0' - 1	add "0"-1 to result	MAKE DIGIT INTO ASCII
.,BE99 C8 INY	REPEAT 3+ADDPRC,<INY> ;BUMP POINTER UP.	Zähler	increment ..	ADVANCE TO NEXT SMALLER POWER OF TEN
.,BE9A C8 INY		ent-	.. index to..
.,BE9B C8 INY		sprechend	.. next less ..
.,BE9C C8 INY		erhöhen	.. power of ten
.,BE9D 84 47 STY $47	STY FDECPT	Zähler sichern	save current variable pointer low byte	SAVE PNTR TO POWERS
.,BE9F A4 71 LDY $71	LDY FBUFPT	Zeiger auf Stringbereich laden	get output string index	GET OUTPUT PNTR
.,BEA1 C8 INY	INY ;POINT TO PLACE TO STORE OUTPUT.	und erhöhen	increment output string index	STORE THE DIGIT
.,BEA2 AA TAX	TAX	Ziffer	copy character to X	SAVE DIGIT, HI-BIT IS DIRECTION
.,BEA3 29 7F AND #$7F	ANDI 177 ;GET RID OF MSB.	in	mask out top bit	MAKE SURE $30...$39 FOR STRING
.,BEA5 99 FF 00 STA $00FF,Y	STA FBUFFR-1,Y	Stringbereich	save to output string
.,BEA8 C6 5D DEC $5D	DEC DECCNT	bringen	decrement # of characters before the dp	COUNT THE DIGIT
.,BEAA D0 06 BNE $BEB2	BNE STXBUF ;NOT TIME FOR DP YET.	wenn Einerstelle nicht erreicht, dann zu $BEB2	branch if still characters to do else output the point	NOT TIME FOR "." YET
.,BEAC A9 2E LDA #$2E	LDAI "."	Nummer für '.'	character "."	TIME, SO STORE THE DECIMAL POINT
.,BEAE C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment output string index
.,BEAF 99 FF 00 STA $00FF,Y	STA FBUFFR-1,Y, ;STORE DP.	in Stringbereich schreiben	save to output string
.,BEB2 84 71 STY $71	STXBUF: STY FBUFPT ;STORE PNTR FOR LATER.	Zähler speichern	save output string index	SAVE OUTPUT PNTR AGAIN
.,BEB4 A4 47 LDY $47	LDY FDECPT	Neuen Zähler holen	get current variable pointer low byte	GET PNTR TO POWERS
.,BEB6 8A TXA	FOUTCM: TXA ;COMPLEMENT ACCX	FAC-	get character back	GET DIGIT WITH HI-BIT = DIRECTION
.,BEB7 49 FF EOR #$FF	EORI 377 ;COMPLEMENT ACCA.	Um-	toggle the test sense bit	CHANGE DIRECTION
.,BEB9 29 80 AND #$80	ANDI 200 ;SAVE ONLY MSB.	wand-	clear the digit	$00 IF ADDING, $80 IF SUBTRACTING
.,BEBB AA TAX	TAX	lung	copy it to the new digit
.,BEBC C0 24 CPY #$24	CPYI FDCEND-FOUTBL IFN TIME,<	Tabellenende ereicht,	compare the table index with the max for decimal numbers
.,BEBE F0 04 BEQ $BEC4	BEQ FOULDY	dann zu $BEC4	if at the max exit the digit loop
.,BEC0 C0 3C CPY #$3C	CPYI TIMEND-FOUTBL>	Tabellenende bei TI$-Berechnung	compare the table index with the max for time
.,BEC2 D0 A6 BNE $BE6A	BNE FOUT2 ;CONTINUE WITH OUTPUT.	nicht erreicht, dann zu $BE6A	loop if not at the max now remove trailing zeroes	NOT FINISHED YET NINE DIGITS HAVE BEEN STORED IN STRING. NOW LOOK BACK AND LOP OFF TRAILING ZEROES AND A TRAILING DECIMAL POINT.
.,BEC4 A4 71 LDY $71	FOULDY: LDY FBUFPT ;GET BACK OUTPUT PNTR.	Zähler wieder holen	restore the output string index	POINTS AT LAST STORED CHAR
.,BEC6 B9 FF 00 LDA $00FF,Y	FOUT11: LDA FBUFFR-1,Y, ;REMOVE TRAILING ZEROES.	letzte Stelle suchen	get character from output string	SEE IF LOPPABLE
.,BEC9 88 DEY	DEY	Zähler erniedrigen	decrement output string index
.,BECA C9 30 CMP #$30	CMPI "0"	Nummer für '0'	compare with "0"	SUPPRESS TRAILING ZEROES		0
.,BECC F0 F8 BEQ $BEC6	BEQ FOUT11	wenn ja, dann zu $BEC6	loop until non "0" character found	YES, KEEP LOOPING
.,BECE C9 2E CMP #$2E	CMPI "."	Nummer für '.'	compare with "."	SUPPRESS TRAILING DECIMAL POINT		decimal point
.,BED0 F0 01 BEQ $BED3	BEQ FOUT12 ;RUN INTO DP. STOP.	wenn ja, dann zu $BED3	branch if was dp restore last character	".", SO WRITE OVER IT
.,BED2 C8 INY	INY ;SOMETHING ELSE. SAVE IT.	Zähler erhöhen	increment output string index	NOT ".", SO INCLUDE IN STRING AGAIN
.,BED3 A9 2B LDA #$2B	FOUT12: LDAI "+"	Nummer für '+'	character "+"	PREPARE FOR POSITIVE EXPONENT "E+XX"		plus
.,BED5 A6 5E LDX $5E	LDX TENEXP	wenn Flag nicht gesetzt,	get exponent count	SEE IF ANY E-VALUE
.,BED7 F0 2E BEQ $BF07	BEQ FOUT17 ;NO EXPONENT TO OUTPUT.	dann zu $BF07	if zero go set null terminator and exit exponent isn't zero so write exponent	NO, JUST MARK END OF STRING
.,BED9 10 08 BPL $BEE3	BPL FOUT14	wenn Exponent positiv, dann zu $BEE3	branch if exponent count +ve	YES, AND IT IS POSITIVE
.,BEDB A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0	Den	clear A	YES, AND IT IS NEGATIVE
.,BEDD 38 SEC	SEC	Exponenten	set carry for subtract	COMPLEMENT THE VALUE
.,BEDE E5 5E SBC $5E	SBC TENEXP	be-	subtract exponent count adjust (convert -ve to +ve)
.,BEE0 AA TAX	TAX	rechnen	copy exponent count to X	GET MAGNITUDE IN X
.,BEE1 A9 2D LDA #$2D	LDAI "-" ;EXPONENT IS NEGATIVE.	Nummer für '-'	character "-"	E SIGN		minus
.,BEE3 99 01 01 STA $0101,Y	FOUT14: STA FBUFFR-1+2,Y, ;STORE SIGN OF EXP	in Stringbereich schreiben	save to output string	STORE SIGN IN STRING
.,BEE6 A9 45 LDA #$45	LDAI "E"	Nummer für 'E'	character "E"	STORE "E" IN STRING BEFORE SIGN
.,BEE8 99 00 01 STA $0100,Y	STA FBUFFR-1+1,Y, ;STORE THE "E" CHARACTER.	in Stringbereich schreiben	save exponent sign to output string
.,BEEB 8A TXA	TXA	Zehner-	get exponent count back	EXPONENT MAGNITUDE IN A-REG
.,BEEC A2 2F LDX #$2F	LDXI "0"-1	stelle	one less than "0" character	SEED FOR EXPONENT DIGIT
.,BEEE 38 SEC	SEC	für	set carry for subtract	CONVERT TO DECIMAL
.,BEEF E8 INX	FOUT15: INX ;MOVE CLOSER TO OUTPUT VALUE.	den	increment 10's character	COUNT THE SUBTRACTION
.,BEF0 E9 0A SBC #$0A	SBCI 12 ;SUBTRACT 10.	Exponenten	subtract 10 from exponent count	TEN'S DIGIT
.,BEF2 B0 FB BCS $BEEF	BCS FOUT15 ;NOT NEGATIVE YET.	berechnen	loop while still >= 0	MORE TENS TO SUBTRACT
.,BEF4 69 3A ADC #$3A	ADCI "0"+12 ;GET SECOND OUTPUT CHARACTER.	'9' + 1	add character ":" ($30+$0A, result is 10 less that value)	CONVERT REMAINDER TO ONE'S DIGIT
.,BEF6 99 03 01 STA $0103,Y	STA FBUFFR-1+4,Y, ;STORE HIGH DIGIT.	in Stringbereich schreiben	save to output string	STORE ONE'S DIGIT
.,BEF9 8A TXA	TXA	Zehnerstelle	copy 10's character
.,BEFA 99 02 01 STA $0102,Y	STA FBUFFR-1+3,Y, ;STORE LOW DIGIT.	in Stringbereich schreiben	save to output string	STORE TEN'S DIGIT
.,BEFD A9 00 LDA #$00	LDAI 0 ;PUT IN TERMINATOR.	Puffer mit $0	set null terminator	MARK END OF STRING WITH $00
.,BEFF 99 04 01 STA $0104,Y	STA FBUFFR-1+5,Y,	abschließen	save to output string
.,BF02 F0 08 BEQ $BF0C	BEQA FOUT20 ;RETURN. (ALWAYS BRANCHES).	unbedingter Sprung	go set string pointer (AY) and exit, branch always save last character, [EOT] and exit	...ALWAYS
.,BF04 99 FF 00 STA $00FF,Y	FOUT19: STA FBUFFR-1,Y, ;STORE THE CHARACTER.	Puffer	save last character to output string set null terminator and exit	STORE "0" IN ASCII
.,BF07 A9 00 LDA #$00	FOUT17: LDAI 0 ;A TERMINATOR.	mit $0	set null terminator	STORE $00 ON END OF STRING
.,BF09 99 00 01 STA $0100,Y	STA FBUFFR-1+1,Y	abschließen	save after last character set string pointer (AY) and exit
.,BF0C A9 00 LDA #$00	FOUT20: LDWDI FBUFFR	Zeiger auf	set result string pointer low byte	POINT Y,A AT BEGINNING OF STRING		low 0100
.,BF0E A0 01 LDY #$01		Puffer $100	set result string pointer high byte	(STR$ STARTED STRING AT STACK-1, BUT		high 0100
.,BF10 60 RTS	FPWRRT: RTS ;ALL DONE.	Rücksprung	constants	STR$ DOESN'T USE Y,A ANYWAY.)		0.5
.:BF11 80 00 00 00 00	FHALF: 200 ;1/2 000 ZERO: 000 000 IFN ADDPRC,<0> ;POWER OF TEN TABLE IFE ADDPRC,< FOUTBL: 376 ;-100000 171 140 000 ;10000 047 020 377 ;-1000 374 030 000 ;100 000 144 377 ;-10 377 366 000 ;1 000 001> IFN ADDPRC,<	Konstante 0.5 für SQR-Funktion Konstanten für Gleitkomma nach ASCII (32-Bit Binärzahlen mit Vorzeichen)	0.5, first two bytes	POWERS OF 10 FROM 1E8 DOWN TO 1, AS 32-BIT INTEGERS, WITH ALTERNATING SIGNS		divisors for decimal conversion
.:BF16 FA 0A 1F 00	FOUTBL: 372 ;-100,000,000 012 037 000	-100 000 000	null return for undefined variables -100 000 000	-100000000
.:BF1A 00 98 96 80	000 ;10,000,000 230 226 200	10 000 000	+10 000 000	10000000
.:BF1E FF F0 BD C0	377 ;-1,000,000 360 275 300	-1 000 000	-1 000 000	-1000000
.:BF22 00 01 86 A0	000 ;100,000 001 206 240	100 000	+100 000	100000
.:BF26 FF FF D8 F0	377 ;-10,000 377 330 360	-10 000	-10 000	-10000
.:BF2A 00 00 03 E8	000 ;1000 000 003 350	1 000	+1 000	1000
.:BF2E FF FF FF 9C	377 ;-100 377 377 234	- 100	- 100	-100
.:BF32 00 00 00 0A	000 ;10 000 000 012	10	+10	10
.:BF36 FF FF FF FF	377 ;-1 377 377 377> FDCEND: IFN TIME,<	-1 Konstanten für Umwandlung TI nach TI$	-1 jiffy counts	-1		divisors for time conversion
.:BF3A FF DF 0A 80	377 ; -2160000 FOR TIME CONVERTER. 337 012 200	-2 160 000	-2160000 10s hours
.:BF3E 00 03 4B C0	000 ; 216000 003 113 300	216 000	+216000 hours
.:BF42 FF FF 73 60	377 ; -36000 377 163 140	-36 000	-36000 10s mins
.:BF46 00 00 0E 10	000 ; 3600 000 016 020	3 600	+3600 mins
.:BF4A FF FF FD A8	377 ; -600 377 375 250	- 600	-600 10s secs
.:BF4E 00 00 00 3C	000 ; 60 000 000 074 TIMEND:>	60	+60 secs not referenced			unused is this some version id?
.:BF52 EC			checksum byte spare bytes, not referenced			unused
.:BF53 AA AA AA AA AA
.:BF58 AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA
.:BF60 AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA
.:BF68 AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA
.:BF70 AA	PAGE EXPONENTIATION AND SQUARE ROOT FUNCTION. ;SQUARE ROOT FUNCTION --- SQR(A) ;USE SQR(X)=X^.5	BASIC-Funktion SQR	perform SQR()	"SQR" FUNCTION <<< UNFORTUNATELY, RATHER THAN A NEWTON-RAPHSON >>> <<< ITERATION, MS BASIC USES EXPONENTIATION >>> <<< SQR(X) = X^.5 >>>		SQR function
.,BF71 20 0C BC JSR $BC0C	SQR: JSR MOVAF ;MOVE FAC INTO ARG.	FAC runden und nach ARG	round and copy FAC1 to FAC2
.,BF74 A9 11 LDA #$11	LDWDI FHALF	Zeiger auf	set 0.5 pointer low address	SET UP POWER OF 0.5
.,BF76 A0 BF LDY #$BF		Konstante 0.5 Potenzierung FAC = ARG hoch Konstante (A/Y)	set 0.5 pointer high address
.,BF78 20 A2 BB JSR $BBA2	JSR MOVFM ;PUT MEMORY INTO FAC. ;LAST THING FETCHED IS FACEXP. INTO ACCX. ; JMP FPWRT ;FALL INTO FPWRT. ;EXPONENTIATION --- X^Y. ;N.B. 0^0=1 ;FIRST CHECK IF Y=0. IF SO, THE RESULT IS 1. ;NEXT CHECK IF X=0. IF SO THE RESULT IS 0. ;THEN CHECK IF X.GT.0. IF NOT CHECK THAT Y IS AN INTEGER. ;IF SO, NEGATE X, SO THAT LOG DOESN'T GIVE FCERR. ;IF X IS NEGATIVE AND Y IS ODD, NEGATE THE RESULT ;RETURNED BY EXP. *;TO COMPUTE THE RESULT USE X^Y=EXP((YLOG(X)).**	Konstante nach FAC Potenzierung FAC = ARG hoch FAC	unpack memory (AY) into FAC1 perform power function	EXPONENTIATION OPERATION ARG ^ FAC = EXP( LOG(ARG) * FAC )		power operator
.,BF7B F0 70 BEQ $BFED	FPWRT: BEQ EXP ;IF FAC=0, JUST EXPONENTIATE THAT.	wenn FAC=0, dann zu $BFED	perform EXP()	IF FAC=0, ARG^FAC=EXP(0)
.,BF7D A5 69 LDA $69	LDA ARGEXP ;IS X=0?	Exponent ARG = Basis	get FAC2 exponent	IF ARG=0, ARG^FAC=0
.,BF7F D0 03 BNE $BF84	BNE FPWRT1	nicht null ?,	branch if FAC2<>0	NEITHER IS ZERO
.,BF81 4C F9 B8 JMP $B8F9	JMP ZEROF1 ;ZERO FAC.	dann fertig	clear FAC1 exponent and sign and return	SET FAC = 0
.,BF84 A2 4E LDX #$4E	FPWRT1: LDXYI TEMPF3 ;SAVE FOR LATER IN A TEMP.	Zeiger auf	set destination pointer low byte	SAVE FAC IN TEMP3		low 004E
.,BF86 A0 00 LDY #$00		Hilfsakku	set destination pointer high byte			high 004E
.,BF88 20 D4 BB JSR $BBD4	JSR MOVMF ;Y=0 ALREADY. GOOD IN CASE NO ONE CALLS INT.	FAC nach Hilfsakku	pack FAC1 into (XY)
.,BF8B A5 6E LDA $6E	LDA ARGSGN	Exponent FAC = Potenzexponent	get FAC2 sign (b7)	NORMALLY, ARG MUST BE POSITIVE
.,BF8D 10 0F BPL $BF9E	BPL FPWR1 ;NO PROBLEMS IF X.GT.0.	kleiner eins ?,	branch if FAC2>0 else FAC2 is -ve and can only be raised to an integer power which gives an x + j0 result	IT IS POSITIVE, SO ALL IS WELL
.,BF8F 20 CC BC JSR $BCCC	JSR INT ;INTEGERIZE THE FAC.	dann INT-Funktion	perform INT()	NEGATIVE, BUT OK IF INTEGRAL POWER
.,BF92 A9 4E LDA #$4E	LDWDI TEMPF3 ;GET ADDR OF COMPERAND.	Zeiger auf	set source pointer low byte	SEE IF INT(FAC)=FAC		low 004E
.,BF94 A0 00 LDY #$00		Hilfsakku	set source pointer high byte			high 004E
.,BF96 20 5B BC JSR $BC5B	JSR FCOMP ;EQUAL?	mit FAC vergleichen	compare FAC1 with (AY)	IS IT AN INTEGER POWER?
.,BF99 D0 03 BNE $BF9E	BNE FPWR1 ;LEAVE X NEG. LOG WILL BLOW HIM OUT. ;A=-1 AND Y IS IRRELEVANT.	Exponent nicht ganzzahlig, dann zu $BF9E	branch if FAC1 <> (AY) to allow Function Call error this will leave FAC1 -ve and cause a Function Call error when LOG() is called	NOT INTEGRAL, WILL CAUSE ERROR LATER
.,BF9B 98 TYA	TYA ;NEGATE X. MAKE POSITIVE.	Akku= 4	clear sign b7	MAKE ARG SIGN + AS IT IS MOVED TO FAC
.,BF9C A4 07 LDY $07	LDY INTEGR ;GET EVENNESS.	Exponentenstelle	get FAC1 mantissa 4 from INT() function as sign in Y for possible later negation, b0 only needed	INTEGRAL, SO ALLOW NEGATIVE ARG
.,BF9E 20 FE BB JSR $BBFE	FPWR1: JSR MOVFA1 ;ALTERNATE ENTRY POINT.	ARG nach FAC	save FAC1 sign and copy ABS(FAC2) to FAC1	MOVE ARGUMENT TO FAC
.,BFA1 98 TYA	TYA	Exponentenstelle	copy sign back ..	SAVE FLAG FOR NEGATIVE ARG (0=+)
.,BFA2 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE EVENNESS FOR LATER.	in Stack	.. and save it
.,BFA3 20 EA B9 JSR $B9EA	JSR LOG ;FIND LOG.	LOG-Funktion	perform LOG()	GET LOG(ARG)
.,BFA6 A9 4E LDA #$4E	LDWDI TEMPF3 ;MULTIPLY FAC TIMES LOG(X).	Zeiger auf	set pointer low byte	MULTIPLY BY POWER		low 004E
.,BFA8 A0 00 LDY #$00		Hilfsakku	set pointer high byte			high 004E
.,BFAA 20 28 BA JSR $BA28	JSR FMULT	mit FAC multiplizieren	do convert AY, FCA1*(AY)
.,BFAD 20 ED BF JSR $BFED	JSR EXP ;EXPONENTIATE THE FAC.	EXP-Funktion	perform EXP()	E ^ LOG(FAC)
.,BFB0 68 PLA	PLA	Exponent aus Stack	pull sign from stack	GET FLAG FOR NEGATIVE ARG
.,BFB1 4A LSR	LSR A, ;IS IT EVEN?	wenn Exponent gradzahlig,	b0 is to be tested	<<<LSR,BCC COULD BE MERELY BPL>>>
.,BFB2 90 0A BCC $BFBE	BCC NEGRTS ;YES. OR X.GT.0. ;NEGATE THE NUMBER IN FAC.	dann fertig Vorzeichenwechsel	if no bit then exit do - FAC1	NOT NEGATIVE, FINISHED NEGATIVE ARG, SO NEGATE RESULT NEGATE VALUE IN FAC		minus operator
.,BFB4 A5 61 LDA $61	NEGOP: LDA FACEXP	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	IF FAC=0, NO NEED TO COMPLEMENT
.,BFB6 F0 06 BEQ $BFBE	BEQ NEGRTS	Zahl gleich null, dann fertig	exit if FAC1_e = $00	YES, FAC=0
.,BFB8 A5 66 LDA $66	COM FACSGN	Vorzeichen	get FAC1 sign (b7)	NO, SO TOGGLE SIGN
.,BFBA 49 FF EOR #$FF		invertieren und	complement it
.,BFBC 85 66 STA $66		speichern	save FAC1 sign (b7)
.,BFBE 60 RTS	NEGRTS: RTS PAGE EXPONENTIATION FUNCTION. ;FIRST SAVE THE ORIGINAL ARGUMENT AND MULTIPLY THE FAC BY ;LOG2(E). THE RESULT IS USED TO DETERMINE IF OVERFLOW *;WILL OCCUR SINCE EXP(X)=2^(XLOG2(E)) WHERE ;LOG2(E)=LOG(E) BASE 2. THEN SAVE THE INTEGER PART OF ;THIS TO SCALE THE ANSWER AT THE END. SINCE ;2^Y=2^INT(Y)2^(Y-INT(Y)) AND 2^INT(Y) IS EASY TO COMPUTE.* *;NOW COMPUTE 2^(XLOG2(E)-INT(XLOG2(E)) BY* *;P(LN(2)(INT(XLOG2(E))+1)-X) WHERE P IS AN APPROXIMATION* ;POLYNOMIAL. THE RESULT IS THEN SCALED BY THE POWER OF 2 ;PREVIOUSLY SAVED.	Rücksprung Konstanten für EXP	exp(n) constant and series			floating point constands for EXP 1/LOG(2)
.:BFBF 81 38 AA 3B 29	LOGEB2: 201 ;LOG(E) BASE 2. 070 252 073 IFN ADDPRC,<051> ife addprc,< expcon: 6 ; degree -1. 164 ; .00021702255 143 220 214 167 ; .0012439688 043 014 253 172 ; .0096788410 036 224 000 174 ; .055483342 143 102 200 176 ; .24022984 165 376 320 200 ; .69314698 061 162 025 201 ; 1.0 000 000 000> IFN ADDPRC,<	1.44269504 = 1/LOG(2)	1.44269504 = 1/LOG(2)	LOG(E) TO BASE 2		EXP polynomial table
.:BFC4 07	EXPCON: 7 ;DEGREE-1	7 = Polynomgrad, 8 Koeffizienten	series count	( # OF TERMS IN POLYNOMIAL) - 1		degree 8
.:BFC5 71 34 58 3E 56	161 ; .000021498763697 064 130 076 126	2.14987637E-5	2.14987637E-5	(LOG(2)^7)/8!
.:BFCA 74 16 7E B3 1B	164 ; .00014352314036 026 176 263 033	1.4352314E-4	1.43523140E-4	(LOG(2)^6)/7!
.:BFCF 77 2F EE E3 85	167 ; .0013422634824 057 356 343 205	1.34226348E-3	1.34226348E-3	(LOG(2)^5)/6!
.:BFD4 7A 1D 84 1C 2A	172 ; .0096140170119 035 204 034 052	9.614011701E-3	9.61401701E-3	(LOG(2)^4)/5!
.:BFD9 7C 63 59 58 0A	174 ; .055505126860 143 131 130 012	.0555051269	5.55051269E-2	(LOG(2)^3)/4!
.:BFDE 7E 75 FD E7 C6	176 ; .24022638462 165 375 347 306	.240226385	2.40226385E-1	(LOG(2)^2)/3!
.:BFE3 80 31 72 18 10	200 ; .69314718608 061 162 030 020	.693147186	6.93147186E-1	LOG(2)/2!
.:BFE8 81 00 00 00 00	201 ; 1.0 000 000 000 000> EXP:	1 BASIC-Funktion EXP	1.00000000 perform EXP()	1 "EXP" FUNCTION FAC = E ^ FAC		EXP command
.,BFED A9 BF LDA #$BF	LDWDI LOGEB2 ;MULTIPLY BY LOG(E) BASE 2.	Zeiger auf	set 1.443 pointer low byte	CONVERT TO POWER OF TWO PROBLEM
.,BFEF A0 BF LDY #$BF		Konstante 1/LOG(2)	set 1.443 pointer high byte	E^X = 2^(LOG2(E)*X)
.,BFF1 20 28 BA JSR $BA28	JSR FMULT	mit FAC multiplizieren	do convert AY, FCA1*(AY)
.,BFF4 A5 70 LDA $70	LDA FACOV	80 zu Rundungsstelle	get FAC1 rounding byte	NON-STANDARD ROUNDING HERE
.,BFF6 69 50 ADC #$50	ADCI 120	addieren	+$50/$100	ROUND UP IF EXTENSION > $AF
.,BFF8 90 03 BCC $BFFD	BCC STOLD	wenn kleiner als $FF, dann zu $BFFD	skip rounding if no carry	NO, DON'T ROUND UP
.,BFFA 20 23 BC JSR $BC23	JSR INCRND	Mantisse von FAC um eins erhöhen	round FAC1 (no check)
.,BFFD 4C 00 E0 JMP $E000		weiter bei $E000	continue EXP() start of the kernal ROM EXP() continued			continuation of EXP function
.,E000 85 56 STA $56	STOLD: STA OLDOV	Rundungsstelle	save FAC2 rounding byte	STRANGE VALUE
.,E002 20 0F BC JSR $BC0F	JSR MOVEF ;TO SAVE IN ARG WITHOUT ROUND.	FAC nach ARG bringen	copy FAC1 to FAC2	COPY FAC INTO ARG
.,E005 A5 61 LDA $61	LDA FACEXP	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	MAXIMUM EXPONENT IS < 128
.,E007 C9 88 CMP #$88	CMPI 210 ;IF ABS(FAC) .GE. 128, TOO BIG.	Zahl größer 128 ?,	compare with EXP limit (256d)	WITHIN RANGE?
.,E009 90 03 BCC $E00E	BCC EXP1	dann zu $E00E	branch if less	YES
.,E00B 20 D4 BA JSR $BAD4	GOMLDV: JSR MLDVEX ;OVERFLOW OR OVERFLOW.	falls positiv 'OVERFLOW'	handle overflow and underflow	OVERFLOW IF +, RETURN 0.0 IF -
.,E00E 20 CC BC JSR $BCCC	EXP1: JSR INT	INTEGER-Funktion	perform INT()	GET INT(FAC)
.,E011 A5 07 LDA $07	LDA INTEGR ;GET LOW PART.	ganze Zahl	get mantissa 4 from INT()	THIS IS THE INETGRAL PART OF THE POWER
.,E013 18 CLC	CLC	Zahl	clear carry for add	ADD TO EXPONENT BIAS + 1
.,E014 69 81 ADC #$81	ADCI 201	gleich	normalise +1
.,E016 F0 F3 BEQ $E00B	BEQ GOMLDV ;OVERFLOW OR OVERFLOW !!	127 ?, dann zu $E00B	if $00 result has overflowed so go handle it	OVERFLOW
.,E018 38 SEC	SEC	ansonsten	set carry for subtract	BACK OFF TO NORMAL BIAS
.,E019 E9 01 SBC #$01	SBCI 1 ;SUBTRACT 1.	subtrahieren	exponent now correct
.,E01B 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE A WHILE.	und in Stack	save FAC2 exponent swap FAC1 and FAC2	SAVE EXPONENT
.,E01C A2 05 LDX #$05	LDXI 4+ADDPRC ;PREP TO SWAP FAC AND ARG.	FAC	4 bytes to do	SWAP ARG AND FAC
.,E01E B5 69 LDA $69,X	SWAPLP: LDA ARGEXP,X	und	get FAC2,X	<<< WHY SWAP? IT IS DOING >>>
.,E020 B4 61 LDY $61,X	LDY FACEXP,X	ARG	get FAC1,X	<<< -(A-B) WHEN (B-A) IS THE >>>
.,E022 95 61 STA $61,X	STA FACEXP,X	ver-	save FAC1,X	<<< SAME THING! >>>
.,E024 94 69 STY $69,X	STY ARGEXP,X	tauschen	save FAC2,X
.,E026 CA DEX	DEX	Zähler erniedrigen	decrement count/index
.,E027 10 F5 BPL $E01E	BPL SWAPLP	schon alle Zeichen?	loop if not all done
.,E029 A5 56 LDA $56	LDA OLDOV	Rundungs-	get FAC2 rounding byte
.,E02B 85 70 STA $70	STA FACOV	stelle	save as FAC1 rounding byte
.,E02D 20 53 B8 JSR $B853	JSR FSUBT	ARG - FAC	perform subtraction, FAC2 from FAC1	POWER-INT(POWER) --> FRACTIONAL PART
.,E030 20 B4 BF JSR $BFB4	JSR NEGOP ;NEGATE FAC.	Vorzeichenwechsel	do - FAC1
.,E033 A9 C4 LDA #$C4	LDWDI EXPCON	Zeiger auf	set counter pointer low byte
.,E035 A0 BF LDY #$BF		Polynomkoeffizienten	set counter pointer high byte
.,E037 20 59 E0 JSR $E059	JSR POLY	Polynom berechnen	go do series evaluation	COMPUTE F(X) ON FRACTIONAL PART
.,E03A A9 00 LDA #$00	CLR ARISGN ;MULTIPLY BY POSITIVE 1.0.	Vergleichsbyte	clear A
.,E03C 85 6F STA $6F		löschen	clear sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)
.,E03E 68 PLA	PLA ;GET SCALE FACTOR.	Zahl aus Stack	get saved FAC2 exponent	GET EXPONENT
.,E03F 20 B9 BA JSR $BAB9	JSR MLDEXP ;MODIFY FACEXP AND CHECK FOR OVERFLOW.	Exponenten von FAC und ARG addieren	test and adjust accumulators
.,E042 60 RTS	RTS ;HAS TO DO JSR DUE TO PULAS IN MULDIV. PAGE POLYNOMIAL EVALUATOR AND THE RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR. *;EVALUATE P(X^2)X ;POINTER TO DEGREE IS IN [Y,A]. ;THE CONSTANTS FOLLOW THE DEGREE. ;FOR X=FAC, COMPUTE: ; C0X+C1X^3+C2X^5+C3X^7+...+C(N)X^(2N+1)**	Rücksprung Polynomberechnung y=a1x+a2x^3+a3*x^5+...	^2 then series evaluation	<<< WASTED BYTE HERE, COULD HAVE >>> <<< JUST USED "JMP ADD.EXPO..." >>> ODD POLYNOMIAL SUBROUTINE F(X) = X * P(X^2) WHERE: X IS VALUE IN FAC Y,A POINTS AT COEFFICIENT TABLE FIRST BYTE OF COEFF. TABLE IS N COEFFICIENTS FOLLOW, HIGHEST POWER FIRST P(X^2) COMPUTED USING NORMAL POLYNOMIAL SUBROUTINE		compute odd degrees for SIN and ATN
.,E043 85 71 STA $71	POLYX: STWD POLYPT ;RETAIN POLYNOMIAL POINTER FOR LATER.	Zeiger auf	save count pointer low byte	SAVE ADDRESS OF COEFFICIENT TABLE
.,E045 84 72 STY $72		Polynomkoeffizienten	save count pointer high byte
.,E047 20 CA BB JSR $BBCA	JSR MOV1F ;SAVE FAC IN FACTMP.	FAC nach Akku #3 bringen	pack FAC1 into $57
.,E04A A9 57 LDA #$57	LDAI TEMPF1	Zeiger auf Akku #3	set pointer low byte (Y already $00)	Y=0 ALREADY, SO Y,A POINTS AT TEMP1
.,E04C 20 28 BA JSR $BA28	JSR FMULT ;COMPUTE X^2.	FAC * Akku #3 (quadrieren)	do convert AY, FCA1*(AY)	FORM X^2
.,E04F 20 5D E0 JSR $E05D	JSR POLY1 ;COMPUTE P(X^2).	Polynomberechnung	go do series evaluation	DO SERIES IN X^2
.,E052 A9 57 LDA #$57	LDWDI TEMPF1	Zeiger auf	pointer to original # low byte	GET X AGAIN
.,E054 A0 00 LDY #$00		Akku #3	pointer to original # high byte
.,E056 4C 28 BA JMP $BA28	JMP FMULT ;MULTIPLY BY FAC AGAIN. ;POLYNOMIAL EVALUATOR. ;POINTER TO DEGREE IS IN [Y,A]. ;COMPUTE: *; C0+C1X+C2X^2+C3X^3+C4X^4+...+C(N-1)X^(N-1)+C(N)X^N.*	FAC = FAC * Akku #3 Polynomberechnung y=a0+a1x+a2x^2+a3*x^3+...	do convert AY, FCA1*(AY) do series evaluation	MULTIPLY X BY P(X^2) AND EXIT NORMAL POLYNOMIAL SUBROUTINE P(X) = C(0)X^N + C(1)X^(N-1) + ... + C(N) WHERE: X IS VALUE IN FAC Y,A POINTS AT COEFFICIENT TABLE FIRST BYTE OF COEFF. TABLE IS N COEFFICIENTS FOLLOW, HIGHEST POWER FIRST		compute polynomials according to table indexed by AY
.,E059 85 71 STA $71	POLY: STWD POLYPT	Zeiger auf	save count pointer low byte	POINTER TO COEFFICIENT TABLE
.,E05B 84 72 STY $72		Polynomgrad	save count pointer high byte do series evaluation
.,E05D 20 C7 BB JSR $BBC7	POLY1: JSR MOV2F ;SAVE FAC.	FAC nach Akku #4 bringen	pack FAC1 into $5C
.,E060 B1 71 LDA ($71),Y	LDADY POLYPT	Polynomgrad	get constants count	GET N
.,E062 85 67 STA $67	STA DEGREE	als Zähler	save constants count	SAVE N
.,E064 A4 71 LDY $71	LDY POLYPT	Zeiger für Polynomauswertung	get count pointer low byte	BUMP PNTR TO HIGHEST COEFFICIENT
.,E066 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen,	increment it (now constants pointer)	AND GET PNTR INTO Y,A
.,E067 98 TYA	TYA	zeigt dann	copy it
.,E068 D0 02 BNE $E06C	BNE POLY3	auf ersten Koeffizienten	skip next if no overflow
.,E06A E6 72 INC $72	INC POLYPT+1	Zeiger	else increment high byte
.,E06C 85 71 STA $71	POLY3: STA POLYPT	für	save low byte
.,E06E A4 72 LDY $72	LDY POLYPT+1	Polynomauswertung	get high byte
.,E070 20 28 BA JSR $BA28	POLY2: JSR FMULT	FAC = FAC * Konstante	do convert AY, FCA1*(AY)	ACCUMULATE SERIES TERMS
.,E073 A5 71 LDA $71	LDWD POLYPT ;GET CURRENT POINTER.	Zeiger in	get constants pointer low byte	BUMP PNTR TO NEXT COEFFICIENT
.,E075 A4 72 LDY $72		(A/Y)	get constants pointer high byte
.,E077 18 CLC	CLC	Zeiger	clear carry for add
.,E078 69 05 ADC #$05	ADCI 4+ADDPRC	um 5 erhöhen - nächste Zahl	+5 to low pointer (5 bytes per constant)
.,E07A 90 01 BCC $E07D	BCC POLY4	wenn kleiner, dann zu $E07D	skip next if no overflow
.,E07C C8 INY	INY	ansonsten erhöhen	increment high byte
.,E07D 85 71 STA $71	POLY4: STWD POLYPT	Zeiger für	save pointer low byte
.,E07F 84 72 STY $72		Polynomauswertung speichern	save pointer high byte
.,E081 20 67 B8 JSR $B867	JSR FADD ;ADD IN CONSTANT.	FAC = FAC + Konstante	add (AY) to FAC1	ADD NEXT COEFFICIENT
.,E084 A9 5C LDA #$5C	LDWDI TEMPF2 ;MULTIPLY THE ORIGINAL FAC.	Zeiger auf	set pointer low byte to partial	POINT AT X AGAIN
.,E086 A0 00 LDY #$00		Akku #4	set pointer high byte to partial
.,E088 C6 67 DEC $67	DEC DEGREE ;DONE?	Zähler erniedrigen	decrement constants count	IF SERIES NOT FINISHED,
.,E08A D0 E4 BNE $E070	BNE POLY2	schon alle, nein, dann zu $E070	loop until all done	THEN ADD ANOTHER TERM
.,E08C 60 RTS	RANDRT: RTS ;YES. ;PSUEDO-RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR. ;IF ARG=0, THE LAST RANDOM NUMBER GENERATED IS RETURNED. ;IF ARG .LT. 0, A NEW SEQUENCE OF RANDOM NUMBERS IS ;STARTED USING THE ARGUMENT. ; TO FORM THE NEXT RANDOM NUMBER IN THE SEQUENCE, ;MULTIPLY THE PREVIOUS RANDOM NUMBER BY A RANDOM CONSTANT ;AND ADD IN ANOTHER RANDOM CONSTANT. THE THEN HO ;AND LO BYTES ARE SWITCHED, THE EXPONENT IS PUT WHERE ;IT WILL BE SHIFTED IN BY NORMAL, AND THE EXPONENT IN THE FAC ;IS SET TO 200 SO THE RESULT WILL BE LESS THAN 1. THIS ;IS THEN NORMALIZED AND SAVED FOR THE NEXT TIME. ;THE HO AND LOW BYTES WERE SWITCHED SO THERE WILL BE A ;RANDOM CHANCE OF GETTING A NUMBER LESS THAN OR GREATER ;THAN .5 .	Rücksprung Konstanten für RND	RND values	FINISHED		float numbers for RND
.:E08D 98 35 44 7A 00	RMULZC: 230 065 104 172	11879546	11879546 multiplier	RND 1
.:E092 68 28 B1 46 00	RADDZC: 150 050 261 106	3.92767774E-4 BASIC-Funktion RND	3.927677739E-8 offset perform RND()	RND 2 "RND" FUNCTION		RND function
.,E097 20 2B BC JSR $BC2B	RND: JSR SIGN ;GET SIGN INTO ACCX. IFN REALIO-3,< TAX> ;GET INTO ACCX, SINCE "MOVFM" USES ACCX.	Vorzeichen holen	get FAC1 sign return A = $FF -ve, A = $01 +ve	REDUCE ARGUMENT TO -1, 0, OR +1
.,E09A 30 37 BMI $E0D3	BMI RND1 ;START NEW SEQUENCE IF NEGATIVE. IFE REALIO-3,<	negativ ?, dann zu $E0D3	if n<0 copy byte swapped FAC1 into RND() seed	= -1, USE CURRENT ARGUMENT FOR SEED
.,E09C D0 20 BNE $E0BE	BNE QSETNR ;TIMERS ARE AT 9044(L0),45(HI),48(LO),49(HI) HEX. ;FIRST TWO ARE ALWAYS FREE RUNNING. ;SECOND PAIR IS NOT. LO IS FREER THAN HI THEN. ;SO ORDER IN FAC IS 44,48,45,49.	nicht Null?, dann zu $E0BE	if n>0 get next number in RND() sequence else n=0 so get the RND() number from VIA 1 timers
.,E09E 20 F3 FF JSR $FFF3	LDA CQHTIM	Basis-Adresse CIA holen	return base address of I/O devices
.,E0A1 86 22 STX $22	STA FACHO	als Zeiger	save pointer low byte
.,E0A3 84 23 STY $23	LDA CQHTIM+4	speichern	save pointer high byte
.,E0A5 A0 04 LDY #$04	STA FACMOH	Zähler setzen	set index to T1 low byte
.,E0A7 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	LDA CQHTIM+1	LOW-Byte Timer A laden	get T1 low byte
.,E0A9 85 62 STA $62	STA FACMO	und speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 1
.,E0AB C8 INY	LDA CQHTIM+5	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,E0AC B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	STA FACLO	HIGH-Byte Timer A laden	get T1 high byte
.,E0AE 85 64 STA $64	JMP STRNEX>	und speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 3
.,E0B0 A0 08 LDY #$08	QSETNR: LDWDI RNDX ;GET LAST ONE INTO FAC.	Zähler neu setzen	set index to T2 low byte
.,E0B2 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	JSR MOVFM	TOD 1/10 sec laden	get T2 low byte
.,E0B4 85 63 STA $63	IFN REALIO-3,<	und speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,E0B6 C8 INY	TXA ;FAC WAS ZERO?	Zähler erhöhen	increment index
.,E0B7 B1 22 LDA ($22),Y	BEQ RANDRT> ;RESTORE LAST ONE.	TOD sec laden	get T2 high byte
.,E0B9 85 65 STA $65		und speichern	save FAC1 mantissa 4
.,E0BB 4C E3 E0 JMP $E0E3		weiter bei $E0E3	set exponent and exit
.,E0BE A9 8B LDA #$8B		Zeiger auf	set seed pointer low address	USE CURRENT SEED
.,E0C0 A0 00 LDY #$00		letzten RND-Wert	set seed pointer high address
.,E0C2 20 A2 BB JSR $BBA2		nach FAC holen	unpack memory (AY) into FAC1
.,E0C5 A9 8D LDA #$8D	LDWDI RMULZC ;MULTIPLY BY RANDOM CONSTANT.	Zeiger auf	set 11879546 pointer low byte	VERY POOR RND ALGORITHM
.,E0C7 A0 E0 LDY #$E0		Konstante	set 11879546 pointer high byte
.,E0C9 20 28 BA JSR $BA28	JSR FMULT	FAC = FAC * Konstante	do convert AY, FCA1*(AY)
.,E0CC A9 92 LDA #$92	LDWDI RADDZC	Zeiger auf	set 3.927677739E-8 pointer low byte	ALSO, CONSTANTS ARE TRUNCATED
.,E0CE A0 E0 LDY #$E0		Konstante	set 3.927677739E-8 pointer high byte	<<<THIS DOES NOTHING, DUE TO >>> <<<SMALL EXPONENT >>>
.,E0D0 20 67 B8 JSR $B867	JSR FADD ;ADD RANDOM CONSTANT.	FAC = FAC + Konstante	add (AY) to FAC1
.,E0D3 A6 65 LDX $65	RND1: LDX FACLO	alle	get FAC1 mantissa 4	SHUFFLE HI AND LO BYTES
.,E0D5 A5 62 LDA $62	LDA FACHO	Stel-	get FAC1 mantissa 1	TO SUPPOSEDLY MAKE IT MORE RANDOM
.,E0D7 85 65 STA $65	STA FACLO	len	save FAC1 mantissa 4
.,E0D9 86 62 STX $62	STX FACHO ;REVERSE HO AND LO. IFE REALIO-3,<	im	save FAC1 mantissa 1
.,E0DB A6 63 LDX $63	LDX FACMOH	FAC	get FAC1 mantissa 2
.,E0DD A5 64 LDA $64	LDA FACMO	ver-	get FAC1 mantissa 3	MAKE IT POSITIVE
.,E0DF 85 63 STA $63	STA FACMOH	tau-	save FAC1 mantissa 2
.,E0E1 86 64 STX $64	STX FACMO>	schen	save FAC1 mantissa 3
.,E0E3 A9 00 LDA #$00	STRNEX: CLR FACSGN ;MAKE NUMBER POSITIVE.	Vorzeichen	clear byte	A SOMEWHAT RANDOM EXTENSION
.,E0E5 85 66 STA $66		positiv	clear FAC1 sign (always +ve)
.,E0E7 A5 61 LDA $61	LDA FACEXP ;PUT EXP WHERE IT WILL	Exponent in	get FAC1 exponent	EXPONENT TO MAKE VALUE < 1.0
.,E0E9 85 70 STA $70	STA FACOV ;BE SHIFTED IN BY NORMAL.	Rundungsstelle	save FAC1 rounding byte
.,E0EB A9 80 LDA #$80	LDAI 200	Zufallszahl	set exponent = $80
.,E0ED 85 61 STA $61	STA FACEXP ;MAKE RESULT BETWEEN 0 AND 1.	speichern	save FAC1 exponent
.,E0EF 20 D7 B8 JSR $B8D7	JSR NORMAL ;NORMALIZE.	FAC linksbündig machen	normalise FAC1
.,E0F2 A2 8B LDX #$8B	LDXYI RNDX	Zeiger auf	set seed pointer low address	MOVE FAC TO RND SEED
.,E0F4 A0 00 LDY #$00		letzten RND-Wert	set seed pointer high address pack FAC1 into (XY)
.,E0F6 4C D4 BB JMP $BBD4	GMOVMF: JMP MOVMF ;PUT NEW ONE INTO MEMORY.	FAC runden und speichern Fehlerauswertung nach I/O-Routinen	pack FAC1 into (XY) handle BASIC I/O error			handle errors for direct I/O calls from basic
.,E0F9 C9 F0 CMP #$F0	EREXIT CMP #$F0 ;CHECK FOR SPECIAL CASE	RS 232 OPEN oder CLOSE ?	compare error with $F0		test error
.,E0FB D0 07 BNE $E104	BNE EREXIX ; TOP OF MEMORY HAS CHANGED	nein	branch if not $F0
.,E0FD 84 38 STY $38	STY MEMSIZ+1	BASIC-RAM Ende	set end of memory high byte		MEMSIZ, highest address in BASIC
.,E0FF 86 37 STX $37	STX MEMSIZ	neu setzen	set end of memory low byte
.,E101 4C 63 A6 JMP $A663	JMP CLEART ;ACT AS IF HE TYPED CLEAR	und zum CLR-Befehl	clear from start to end and return error was not $F0		do CLR without aborting I/O
.,E104 AA TAX	EREXIX TAX ;SET TERMINATION FLAGS	Fehlernummer nach X	copy error #		put error flag i (X)
.,E105 D0 02 BNE $E109	BNE EREXIY	nicht Null ?	branch if not $00		if error code $00, then set error code $1e
.,E107 A2 1E LDX #$1E	LDX #ERBRK ;BREAK ERROR	sonst Nummer für 'BREAK'	else error $1E, break error
.,E109 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	EREXIY JMP ERROR ;NORMAL ERROR CLSCHN =$FFCC	Fehlermeldung ausgeben BASIC BSOUT	do error #X then warm start output character to channel with error check		do error BCHOUT: OUTPUT CHARACTER This routine uses the KERNAL routine CHROUT to output the character in (A) to an available output channel. A test is made for a possible I/O error.
.,E10C 20 D2 FF JSR $FFD2	OUTCH JSR $FFD2	ein Zeichen ausgeben	output character to channel		output character in (A)
.,E10F B0 E8 BCS $E0F9	BCS EREXIT	Fehler ?	if error go handle BASIC I/O error		if carry set, handle I/O error
.,E111 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung BASIC BASIN	input character from channel with error check		else return BCHIN: INPUT CHARACTER This routine uses the KERNAL routine CHRIN to input a character to (A) from an available input channel. A test is made for a possible I/O error.
.,E112 20 CF FF JSR $FFCF	INCHR JSR $FFCF	ein Zeichen holen	input character from channel		input character from CHRIN
.,E115 B0 E2 BCS $E0F9	BCS EREXIT	Fehler ?	if error go handle BASIC I/O error		if carry set, handle I/O error
.,E117 60 RTS	RTS CCALL =$FFE7 SETTIM =$FFDB RDTIM =$FFDE	Rücksprung BASIC CKOUT	open channel for output with error check		else return BCKOUT:SET UP FOR OUTPUT This routine uses the KERNAL routine CHKOUT to open an output channel, and tests for possible I/O error. On entry (X) must hold the the logical file number as used in OPEN.
.,E118 20 AD E4 JSR $E4AD	COOUT JSR PPACH ; GO OUT TO SAVE .A FOR PRINT# PATCH	Ausgabegerät setzen	open channel for output		open output channel via CHKOUT
.,E11B B0 DC BCS $E0F9	BCS EREXIT	Fehler ?	if error go handle BASIC I/O error		if carry set, handle I/O error
.,E11D 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung BASIC CHKIN	open channel for input with error check		else return BCKIN: SET UP FOR INPUT This routine uses the KERNAL routine CHKIN to open an input channel. A test as made for possible I/O error.
.,E11E 20 C6 FF JSR $FFC6	COIN JSR $FFC6	Eingabegerät setzen	open channel for input		open input channel via CHKIN
.,E121 B0 D6 BCS $E0F9	BCS EREXIT	Fehler ?	if error go handle BASIC I/O error		if carry set, handle I/O error
.,E123 60 RTS	RTS READST =$FFB7	Rücksprung BASIC GETIN	get character from input device with error check		else return BGETIN: GET ONT CHARACTER This routine uses the KERNAL routine GETIN to get a character from the keyboard buffer into (A). A test is made for possible I/O error.
.,E124 20 E4 FF JSR $FFE4	CGETL JSR $FFE4	ein Zeichen holen	get character from input device		GETIN, get character from keyboard buffer
.,E127 B0 D0 BCS $E0F9	BCS EREXIT	Fehler ?	if error go handle BASIC I/O error		if carry set, handle I/O error
.,E129 60 RTS	RTS RDBAS =$FFF3 SETMSG =$FF90 PLOT =$FFF0	Rücksprung SYS-Befehl	perform SYS		else return SYS: PERFORM SYS This routine enables machine language routines to be executed from BASIC. The routine evaluates the address and confirms that it is a numeric number. The return address is set up, and the user routine is executed.	SYS command
.,E12A 20 8A AD JSR $AD8A	CSYS JSR FRMNUM ;EVAL FORMULA	FRMNUM, numerischen Ausdruck holen	evaluate expression and check is numeric, else do type mismatch		evaluate text & confirm numeric
.,E12D 20 F7 B7 JSR $B7F7	JSR GETADR ;CONVERT TO INT. ADDR	in Adressformat wandeln, nach $14/$15	convert FAC_1 to integer in temporary integer		convert fac#1 to integer in LINNUM
.,E130 A9 E1 LDA #$E1	LDA #>CSYSRZ ;PUSH RETURN ADDRESS	Rück-	get return address high byte		set return address on stack to $ea46	low E146
.,E132 48 PHA	PHA	sprungadresse	push as return address
.,E133 A9 46 LDA #$46	LDA #<CSYSRZ	auf	get return address low byte			high E146
.,E135 48 PHA	PHA	Stack	push as return address
.,E136 AD 0F 03 LDA $030F	LDA SPREG ;STATUS REG	Status,	get saved status register		SPREG, user flag register
.,E139 48 PHA	PHA	in Stack	put on stack
.,E13A AD 0C 03 LDA $030C	LDA SAREG ;LOAD 6502 REGS	Akku,	get saved A		SAREG, user (A) register
.,E13D AE 0D 03 LDX $030D	LDX SXREG	X-Register und	get saved X		SXREG, user (X) register
.,E140 AC 0E 03 LDY $030E	LDY SYREG	Y-Register übergeben	get saved Y		SYREG, user (Y) register
.,E143 28 PLP	PLP ;LOAD 6502 STATUS REG	Status setzen	pull processor status
.,E144 6C 14 00 JMP ($0014)	JMP (LINNUM) ;GO DO IT CSYSRZ =*-1 ;RETURN TO HERE	Routine aufrufen	call SYS address tail end of SYS code		execute user routine, exit with rts
.,E147 08 PHP	PHP ;SAVE STATUS REG	Status speichern	save status
.,E148 8D 0C 03 STA $030C	STA SAREG ;SAVE 6502 REGS	Akku,	save returned A		store in SAREG, user (A) register
.,E14B 8E 0D 03 STX $030D	STX SXREG	X-Register,	save returned X		store in SXREG, user (X) register
.,E14E 8C 0E 03 STY $030E	STY SYREG	Y-Register und	save returned Y		store in SYREG, user (Y) register
.,E151 68 PLA	PLA ;GET STATUS REG	Status	restore saved status
.,E152 8D 0F 03 STA $030F	STA SPREG	wieder speichern	save status		store in SPREG, user flag register
.,E155 60 RTS	RTS ;RETURN TO SYSTEM	Rücksprung SAVE-Befehl	perform SAVE		back SAVET: PERFORM SAVE This routine is sets parameters for save, and calls the save routine. The start and end addresses are obtained from TXTTAB and VARTAB. Finally, a test is made if any errors ocured.	SAVE command
.,E156 20 D4 E1 JSR $E1D4	CSAVE JSR PLSV ;PARSE PARMS	Parameter (Filenamen, Prim, und Sek. Adresse)	get parameters for LOAD/SAVE		get SAVE paramerters from text
.,E159 A6 2D LDX $2D	LDX VARTAB ;END SAVE ADDR	Endadresse gleich	get start of variables low byte		VARTAB, start of variables
.,E15B A4 2E LDY $2E	LDY VARTAB+1	BASIC-Rücksprung	get start of variables high byte
.,E15D A9 2B LDA #$2B	LDA #<TXTTAB ;INDIRECT WITH START ADDRESS	Startadresse gleich Zeiger auf BASIC Anfang	index to start of program memory		<TXTTAB, start of BASIC text
.,E15F 20 D8 FF JSR $FFD8	JSR $FFD8 ;SAVE IT	Save-Routine	save RAM to device, A = index to start address, XY = end address low/high		execute SAVE
.,E162 B0 95 BCS $E0F9	BCS EREXIT	Fehler ?	if error go handle BASIC I/O error		if carry is set, handle I/O errors
.,E164 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung VERIFY-Befehl	perform VERIFY		VERFYT: PERFORM LOAD/SAVE This routine is essentially the same for both LOAD and VERIFY. The entry point determins which is performed, by setting VERCK accordingly. The LOAD/VERIFY parameters, filename, device etc. are obtained from text before the KERNAL routine LOAD is called. A test is made for I/O errors. At this point, the two functios are distiguished. VERIFY reads the the status word and prints the message OK or ?VERIFY error depending on the result of the test. LOAD reads the I/O status word for a possible ?LOAD error, then updates the pointers to text and variables, exiting via CLR.	VERIFY command
.,E165 A9 01 LDA #$01	CVERF LDA #1 ;VERIFY FLAG	Verify-	flag verify		flag verify
.:E167 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C ;SKIP TWO BYTES	Flag LOAD-Befehl	makes next line BIT $00A9 perform LOAD		mask	LOAD command
.,E168 A9 00 LDA #$00	CLOAD LDA #0 ;LOAD FLAG	Load-Flag	flag load
.,E16A 85 0A STA $0A	STA VERCK	speichern	set load/verify flag		store in VRECK, LOAD/VERIFY flag
.,E16C 20 D4 E1 JSR $E1D4	JSR PLSV ;PARSE PARAMETERS ; CLD10 ; JSR $FFE1 ;CHECK RUN/STOP ; CMP #$FF ;DONE YET? ; BNE CLD10 ;STILL BOUNCING	Parameter holen	get parameters for LOAD/SAVE		get LOAD/VERIFY parameters from text
.,E16F A5 0A LDA $0A	LDA VERCK	Flag	get load/verify flag		get VRECK
.,E171 A6 2B LDX $2B	LDX TXTTAB ;.X AND .Y HAVE ALT...	Startadresse gleich	get start of memory low byte		TXTTAB, start of BASIC
.,E173 A4 2C LDY $2C	LDY TXTTAB+1 ;...LOAD ADDRESS	BASIC-Start	get start of memory high byte
.,E175 20 D5 FF JSR $FFD5	JSR $FFD5 ;LOAD IT	Load-Routine	load RAM from a device		execute LOAD, KERNAL routine
.,E178 B0 57 BCS $E1D1	BCS JERXIT ;PROBLEMS ;	Fehler ?	if error go handle BASIC I/O error		if carry set, handle error
.,E17A A5 0A LDA $0A	LDA VERCK	Load/Verify - Flag	get load/verify flag		test VRECK for LOAD or VERIFY
.,E17C F0 17 BEQ $E195	BEQ CLD50 ;WAS LOAD ; ;FINISH VERIFY ;	Load ?	branch if load		do LOAD
.,E17E A2 1C LDX #$1C	LDX #ERVFY ;ASSUME ERROR	Offset für 'VERIFY ERROR'	error $1C, verify error		set error $1c, VERIFY error
.,E180 20 B7 FF JSR $FFB7	JSR $FFB7 ;READ STATUS	Status holen	read I/O status word		do READST, get status I/O word
.,E183 29 10 AND #$10	AND #$10 ;CHECK ERROR	Fehler-Bit isolieren	mask for tape read error		%00010000, test for mismatch
.,E185 D0 17 BNE $E19E	BNE CLD55 ;REPLACES BEQ +5/JMP ERROR ; ;PRINT VERIFY 'OK' IF DIRECT* ;	Statusbit gesetzt, dann Fehler	branch if no read error		data mismatch, do error
.,E187 A5 7A LDA $7A	LDA TXTPTR	muß HIGH-Byte $7B sein	get the BASIC execute pointer low byte is this correct ?? won't this mean the "OK" prompt when doing a load from within a program ?		<TXTPTR
.,E189 C9 02 CMP #$02	CMP #BUFPAG	Test auf Direkt-Modus
.,E18B F0 07 BEQ $E194	BEQ CLD20	ja, dann fertig	if ?? skip "OK" prompt
.,E18D A9 64 LDA #$64	LDA #<OKMSG	Zeiger auf	set "OK" pointer low byte		set address to text OK
.,E18F A0 A3 LDY #$A3	LDY #>OKMSG	'OK'	set "OK" pointer high byte		at $a364
.,E191 4C 1E AB JMP $AB1E	JMP STROUT ;	ausgeben	print null terminated string		output string in (A/Y)
.,E194 60 RTS	CLD20 RTS ; ;FINISH LOAD ;	Rücksprung	do READY return to BASIC
.,E195 20 B7 FF JSR $FFB7	CLD50 JSR $FFB7 ;READ STATUS	Status holen	read I/O status word		do READST, get status I/O for LOAD
.,E198 29 BF AND #$BF	AND #$FF-$40 ;CLEAR E.O.I.	EOF-Bit löschen	mask x0xx xxxx, clear read error		%10111111, test all but EOI
.,E19A F0 05 BEQ $E1A1	BEQ CLD60 ;WAS O.K.	kein Fehler	branch if no errors		nope, no errors
.,E19C A2 1D LDX #$1D	LDX #ERLOAD	Offset für 'LOAD ERROR'	error $1D, load error		set error $1d, LOAD error
.,E19E 4C 37 A4 JMP $A437	CLD55 JMP ERROR ;	Fehlermeldung ausgeben	do error #X then warm start		do error
.,E1A1 A5 7B LDA $7B	CLD60 LDA TXTPTR+1	Direkt-	get BASIC execute pointer high byte		>TXTPTR
.,E1A3 C9 02 CMP #$02	CMP #BUFPAG ;DIRECT?	modus testen	compare with $02xx
.,E1A5 D0 0E BNE $E1B5	BNE CLD70 ;NO... ;	nein, dann weiter	branch if not immediate mode
.,E1A7 86 2D STX $2D	STX VARTAB	Endadresse gleich	set start of variables low byte		set VARTAB, start of variables
.,E1A9 84 2E STY $2E	STY VARTAB+1 ;END LOAD ADDRESS	Rücksprung	set start of variables high byte
.,E1AB A9 76 LDA #$76	LDA #<REDDY	Zeiger auf	set "READY." pointer low byte		set address to text READY
.,E1AD A0 A3 LDY #$A3	LDY #>REDDY	'READY'	set "READY." pointer high byte		at $a376
.,E1AF 20 1E AB JSR $AB1E	JSR STROUT	String ausgeben	print null terminated string		output string in (A/Y)
.,E1B2 4C 2A A5 JMP $A52A	JMP FINI ; ;PROGRAM LOAD ;	Programmzeilen neu binden, CLR	reset execution, clear variables, flush stack, rebuild BASIC chain and do warm start		do CLR and restart BASIC
.,E1B5 20 8E A6 JSR $A68E	CLD70 JSR STXTPT	CHRGET-Zeiger auf Programmstart	set BASIC execute pointer to start of memory - 1		reset TXTPTR
.,E1B8 20 33 A5 JSR $A533	JSR LNKPRG	Programmzeilen neu binden	rebuild BASIC line chaining		rechain BASIC lines
.,E1BB 4C 77 A6 JMP $A677	JMP FLOAD	RESTORE, BASIC initialisieren BASIC-Befehl OPEN	rebuild BASIC line chaining, do RESTORE and return perform OPEN		do RESTORE and reset OLDTXT OPENT: PERFORM OPEN This routine extracts paramerters from text and performs the OPEN routine in KERNAL. A test is made for I/O errors.	OPEN command
.,E1BE 20 19 E2 JSR $E219	COPEN JSR PAOC ;PARSE STATEMENT	Parameter holen	get parameters for OPEN/CLOSE		get parameters from text
.,E1C1 20 C0 FF JSR $FFC0	JSR $FFC0 ;OPEN IT	OPEN-Routine	open a logical file		execute OPEN
.,E1C4 B0 0B BCS $E1D1	BCS JERXIT ;BAD STUFF OR MEMSIZ CHANGE	Fehler ?	branch if error		if carry set, handle error
.,E1C6 60 RTS	RTS ;A.O.K.	Rücksprung BASIC-Befehl CLOSE	perform CLOSE		CLOSET: PERFORM CLOSE The parameters for CLOSE are obtained from text, and the logical filenumber placed in (A), The KERNAL routine CLOSE is performed, and a test is made for I/O errors.	CLOSE command
.,E1C7 20 19 E2 JSR $E219	CCLOS JSR PAOC ;PARSE STATEMENT	Parameter holen	get parameters for OPEN/CLOSE		get parameters from text
.,E1CA A5 49 LDA $49	LDA ANDMSK ;GET LA	Filenummer	get logical file number		logical file number
.,E1CC 20 C3 FF JSR $FFC3	JSR $FFC3 ;CLOSE IT	CLOSE-Routine	close a specified logical file		perform CLOSE
.,E1CF 90 C3 BCC $E194	BCC CLD20 ;IT'S OKAY...NO MEMSIZE CHANGE ;	kein Fehler, RTS	exit if no error		if carry set, handle error, else return
.,E1D1 4C F9 E0 JMP $E0F9	JERXIT JMP EREXIT ; ;PARSE LOAD AND SAVE COMMANDS ; PLSV ;DEFAULT FILE NAME ;	zur Fehlerauswertung Parameter für LOAD und SAVE holen	go handle BASIC I/O error get parameters for LOAD/SAVE		jump to error routine SLPARA: GET PARAMETERS FOR LOAD/SAVE This routine gets the filename, devicenumber and secondary address for LOAD/VERIFY and SAVE operations. The KERNAL routines SETNAM and SETLFS are used to do this. Default parameters are set up, then tests are made if any of the parameters were given. If so, these are set up as wanted.	set parameters for load/verify/save
.,E1D4 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;LENGTH=0	Default für Länge des Filenamen	clear file name length		clear length of filename
.,E1D6 20 BD FF JSR $FFBD	JSR $FFBD ; ;DEFAULT DEVICE # ;	Filenamenparameter setzen	clear the filename		SETNAM
.,E1D9 A2 01 LDX #$01	LDX #1 ;DEVICE #1	Default für Gerätenummer	set default device number, cassette		default FA, device number is #01
.,E1DB A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0 ;COMMAND 0	Sekundäradresse	set default command		default SA, secondary address is #00
.,E1DD 20 BA FF JSR $FFBA	JSR $FFBA ;	Fileparameter setzen	set logical, first and second addresses		SETLFS, and device number
.,E1E0 20 06 E2 JSR $E206	JSR PAOC20 ;BY-PASS JUNK	weitere Zeichen ?	exit function if [EOT] or ":"		test if "end of line", if so end here
.,E1E3 20 57 E2 JSR $E257	JSR PAOC15 ;GET/SET FILE NAME	Filenamen holen	set filename		set up given filename and perform SETNAM
.,E1E6 20 06 E2 JSR $E206	JSR PAOC20 ;BY-PASS JUNK	weitere Zeichen ?	exit function if [EOT] or ":"		test if "end of line", if so end here
.,E1E9 20 00 E2 JSR $E200	JSR PLSV7 ;GET ',FA'	Geräteadresse holen	scan and get byte, else do syntax error then warm start		check for comma, and input one byte, FA, to (X)
.,E1EC A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0 ;COMMAND 0	Sekundäradresse	clear command
.,E1EE 86 49 STX $49	STX ANDMSK	Geräteadresse	save device number
.,E1F0 20 BA FF JSR $FFBA	JSR $FFBA	Fileparameter setzen	set logical, first and second addresses		perform new SETLFS with device number
.,E1F3 20 06 E2 JSR $E206	JSR PAOC20 ;BY-PASS JUNK	weitere Zeichen ?	exit function if [EOT] or ":"		test if "end of line", if so end here
.,E1F6 20 00 E2 JSR $E200	JSR PLSV7 ;GET ',SA'	Sekundäradresse holen	scan and get byte, else do syntax error then warm start		check for comma, and input one byte, SA, to (X)
.,E1F9 8A TXA	TXA ;NEW COMMAND	in Akku schieben	copy command to A		transfer (X) to (Y)
.,E1FA A8 TAY	TAY	Sekundäradresse	copy command to Y
.,E1FB A6 49 LDX $49	LDX ANDMSK ;DEVICE #	Gerätenummer	get device number back		get FA
.,E1FD 4C BA FF JMP $FFBA	JMP $FFBA ;LOOK FOR COMMA FOLLOWED BY BYTE	Fileparameter setzen	set logical, first and second addresses and return scan and get byte, else do syntax error then warm start		perform SETLFS with both device number and secondary address. Then exit COMBYT: GET NEXT ONE-BYTE PARAMETER This routine checks if the next character of text is a comma, and then inputs the parameter following into (X).	skip comma and get integer in X
.,E200 20 0E E2 JSR $E20E	PLSV7 JSR PAOC30	prüft auf Komma und weitere Zeichen	scan for ",byte", else do syntax error then warm start		check for comma
.,E203 4C 9E B7 JMP $B79E	JMP GETBYT ;SKIP RETURN IF NEXT CHAR IS END ;	holt Byte-Wert nach X prüft auf weitere Zeichen	get byte parameter and return exit function if [EOT] or ":"		input one byte parameter to (X) DEFLT: CHECK DEFAULT PARAMETERS This routine tests CHRGOT to see if a optional parameter was included in the text. If it was, a normal exit is performed via RTS. If not, the return address on the stack is discarded, and the routine exits both this and the calling routine.	get character and check for end of line
.,E206 20 79 00 JSR $0079	PAOC20 JSR CHRGOT	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen	scan memory		get CHRGOT
.,E209 D0 02 BNE $E20D	BNE PAOCX	weiteres Zeichen, dann Rückkehr	branch if not [EOL] or ":"		if last character is a character, do normal exit
.,E20B 68 PLA	PLA	sonst Rückkehr zur	dump return address low byte		else, remove return address
.,E20C 68 PLA	PLA	übergeordneten Routine	dump return address high byte		to exit this AND the calling routine.
.,E20D 60 RTS	PAOCX RTS ;CHECK FOR COMMA AND GOOD STUFF ;	Rücksprung	scan for ",valid byte", else do syntax error then warm start		exit CMMERR: CHECK FOR COMMA This routine confirms that the next character in the text is a comma. It also test that the comma is not immediately ollowed by a terminator. If so, exit and do SYNTAX error.	check for comma and skip it
.,E20E 20 FD AE JSR $AEFD	PAOC30 JSR CHKCOM ;CHECK COMMA	prüft auf Komma	scan for ",", else do syntax error then warm start scan for valid byte, not [EOL] or ":", else do syntax error then warm start		confirm comma
.,E211 20 79 00 JSR $0079	PAOC32 JSR CHRGOT ;GET CURRENT	CHRGOT letztes Zeichen holen	scan memory		get CHRGOT
.,E214 D0 F7 BNE $E20D	BNE PAOCX ;IS O.K.	weitere Zeichen, dann Rückkehr	exit if following byte		else than null
.,E216 4C 08 AF JMP $AF08	PAOC40 JMP SNERR ;BAD...END OF LINE ;PARSE OPEN/CLOSE ;	'SYNTAX ERROR' Parameter für OPEN holen	else do syntax error then warm start get parameters for OPEN/CLOSE		execute SYNTAX error OCPARA: GET PARAMETERS FOR OPEN/CLOSE This routine gets the logical file number, device number, secondary address and filename for OPEN/CLOSE. Initially the default filename is set to null, and the device number to #1. The logical filenumber is compulsory, and is obtained from text and placed in <FORPNT. The other parameters are optinal and are obtained if present. The device number is stored in >FORPNT. The parameters are set via the KERNAL routines SETNAM and SETLFS.	get open/close parameters
.,E219 A9 00 LDA #$00	PAOC LDA #0	Default für Länge des Filenamens	clear the filename length		default filename is null
.,E21B 20 BD FF JSR $FFBD	JSR $FFBD ;DEFAULT FILE NAME ;	Filenamenparameter setzen	clear the filename		SETNAM
.,E21E 20 11 E2 JSR $E211	JSR PAOC32 ;MUST GOT SOMETHING	weitere Zeichen ?	scan for valid byte, else do syntax error then warm start		confirm TXTPNT is no terminator, if so - error
.,E221 20 9E B7 JSR $B79E	JSR GETBYT ;GET LA	holt logische Filenummer nach X-Reg	get byte parameter, logical file number		input one byte character to (X)
.,E224 86 49 STX $49	STX ANDMSK	und speichern	save logical file number		store logical filenumber in <FORPNT
.,E226 8A TXA	TXA	logische Filenummer	copy logical file number to A		set default parameters to
.,E227 A2 01 LDX #$01	LDX #1 ;DEFAULT DEVICE	Default für Geräteadresse	set default device number, cassette		device = #1
.,E229 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0 ;DEFAULT COMMAND	Sekundäradresse	set default command		secondary address = #0
.,E22B 20 BA FF JSR $FFBA	JSR $FFBA ;STORE IT	Fileparameter setzen	set logical, first and second addresses		SETLFS
.,E22E 20 06 E2 JSR $E206	JSR PAOC20 ;SKIP JUNK	weitere Zeichen ?	exit function if [EOT] or ":"		test if "end of line", if so end here
.,E231 20 00 E2 JSR $E200	JSR PLSV7	holt Geräteadresse	scan and get byte, else do syntax error then warm start		check for comma, and input FA, device number
.,E234 86 4A STX $4A	STX EORMSK	und speichern	save device number		store in >FORPNT
.,E236 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0 ;DEFAULT COMMAND	Sekundäradresse	clear command		secondary address = #0
.,E238 A5 49 LDA $49	LDA ANDMSK ;GET LA	logische Filenummer	get logical file number		logical file number from temp store
.,E23A E0 03 CPX #$03	CPX #3	Gerätenummer kleiner 3 ?	compare device number with screen		test if serial devce
.,E23C 90 01 BCC $E23F	BCC PAOC5	ja	branch if less than screen		nope
.,E23E 88 DEY	DEY ;DEFAULT IEEE TO $FF	sonst Sekundäradresse auf 255 (keine Sek-Adr)	else decrement command		if serial, set secondary address to $ff
.,E23F 20 BA FF JSR $FFBA	PAOC5 JSR $FFBA ;STORE THEM	Fileparameter setzen	set logical, first and second addresses		SETLFS
.,E242 20 06 E2 JSR $E206	JSR PAOC20 ;SKIP JUNK	weitere Zeichen ?	exit function if [EOT] or ":"		test if "end of line", if so end here
.,E245 20 00 E2 JSR $E200	JSR PLSV7 ;GET SA	holt Sekundäradresse	scan and get byte, else do syntax error then warm start		check for comma, and input SA, secondary address
.,E248 8A TXA	TXA	in Akku schieben	copy command to A
.,E249 A8 TAY	TAY	Sekundäradresse	copy command to Y		SA to (Y)
.,E24A A6 4A LDX $4A	LDX EORMSK	Gerätenummer	get device number		FA
.,E24C A5 49 LDA $49	LDA ANDMSK	logische Filenummer	get logical file number		LA
.,E24E 20 BA FF JSR $FFBA	JSR $FFBA ;SET UP REAL EVEYTHING	Fileparameter setzen	set logical, first and second addresses		SETLFS
.,E251 20 06 E2 JSR $E206	PAOC7 JSR PAOC20	weitere Zeichen ?	exit function if [EOT] or ":"		test if "end of line", if so end here
.,E254 20 0E E2 JSR $E20E	JSR PAOC30	prüft auf Komma	scan for ",byte", else do syntax error then warm start set filename		check for comma only
.,E257 20 9E AD JSR $AD9E	PAOC15 JSR FRMEVL	FRMEVL Ausdruck holen	evaluate expression		evaluate expression in text
.,E25A 20 A3 B6 JSR $B6A3	JSR FRESTR ;LENGTH IN .A	holt Stringparameter, FRESTR	evaluate string		do string housekeeping
.,E25D A6 22 LDX $22	LDX INDEX1	Adresse des	get string pointer low byte		pointers to given filename
.,E25F A4 23 LDY $23	LDY INDEX1+1	Filenamens	get string pointer high byte
.,E261 4C BD FF JMP $FFBD	JMP $FFBD PAGE SINE, COSINE AND TANGENT FUNCTIONS. IFE KIMROM,< ;COSINE FUNCTION. ;USE COS(X)=SIN(X+PI/2)	Filenamenparameter setzen BASIC-Funktion COS	set the filename and return perform COS()	"COS" FUNCTION	SETNAM and exit COS: PERFORM COS This routine manipulates the input COS to be calcuated with SIN. COS(X) = SIN(X+pi/2), where X is in radians. We use it as Fac#1=SIN(fac#1+pi/2), ie pi/2 is added to fac#1 and the following SIN is performed.	COS function
.,E264 A9 E0 LDA #$E0	COS: LDWDI PI2 ;PNTR TO PI/2.	Zeiger auf	set pi/2 pointer low byte	COS(X)=SIN(X + PI/2)	set address to pi/2	low E2E0
.,E266 A0 E2 LDY #$E2		Konstante Pi/2	set pi/2 pointer high byte		at $e2e0	high E2E0
.,E268 20 67 B8 JSR $B867	JSR FADD ;ADD IT IN. ;FALL INTO SIN. ;SINE FUNCTION. ;USE IDENTITIES TO GET FAC IN QUADRANTS I OR IV. *;THE FAC IS DIVIDED BY 2PI AND THE INTEGER PART IS IGNORED ;BECAUSE SIN(X+2PI)=SIN(X). THEN THE ARGUMENT CAN BE COMPARED* ;WITH PI/2 BY COMPARING THE RESULT OF THE DIVISION *;WITH PI/2/(2PI)=1/4. ;IDENTITIES ARE THEN USED TO GET THE RESULT IN QUADRANTS ;I OR IV. AN APPROXIMATION POLYNOMIAL IS THEN USED TO ;COMPUTE SIN(X).**	zu FAC addieren BASIC-Funktion SIN	add (AY) to FAC1 perform SIN()	"SIN" FUNCTION	add fltp at (A/Y) to fac#1 SIN: PERFORM SIN	SIN function
.,E26B 20 0C BC JSR $BC0C	SIN: JSR MOVAF	FAC runden und nach ARG	round and copy FAC1 to FAC2
.,E26E A9 E5 LDA #$E5	LDWDI TWOPI ;GET PNTR TO DIVISOR.	Zeiger auf	set 2*pi pointer low byte	REMOVE MULTIPLES OF 2*PI		low E2E5
.,E270 A0 E2 LDY #$E2		Konstante Pi*2	set 2*pi pointer high byte	BY DIVIDING AND SAVING		high E2E5
.,E272 A6 6E LDX $6E	LDX ARGSGN ;GET SIGN OF RESULT.	Vorzeichen von ARG	get FAC2 sign (b7)	THE FRACTIONAL PART
.,E274 20 07 BB JSR $BB07	JSR FDIVF	FAC durch 2*Pi dividieren	divide by (AY) (X=sign)	USE SIGN OF ARGUMENT
.,E277 20 0C BC JSR $BC0C	JSR MOVAF ;GET RESULT INTO ARG.	FAC runden und nach ARG	round and copy FAC1 to FAC2
.,E27A 20 CC BC JSR $BCCC	JSR INT ;INTEGERIZE FAC.	INT - Funktion	perform INT()	TAKE INTEGER PART
.,E27D A9 00 LDA #$00	CLR ARISGN ;ALWAYS HAVE THE SAME SIGN.	Vergleichsbyte	clear byte	<<< WASTED LINES, BECAUSE FSUBT >>>
.,E27F 85 6F STA $6F		löschen	clear sign compare (FAC1 EOR FAC2)	<<< CHANGES SGNCPR AGAIN >>>
.,E281 20 53 B8 JSR $B853	JSR FSUBT ;KEEP ONLY THE FRACTIONAL PART.	ARG minus FAC	perform subtraction, FAC2 from FAC1	SUBTRACT TO GET FRACTIONAL PART (FAC) = ANGLE AS A FRACTION OF A FULL CIRCLE NOW FOLD THE RANGE INTO A QUARTER CIRCLE <<< THERE ARE MUCH SIMPLER WAYS TO DO THIS >>>
.,E284 A9 EA LDA #$EA	LDWDI FR4 ;GET PNTR TO 1/4.	Zeiger auf	set 0.25 pointer low byte	1/4 - FRACTION MAKES		low E2EA
.,E286 A0 E2 LDY #$E2		Konstante 0.25	set 0.25 pointer high byte	-3/4 <= FRACTION < 1/4		high E2EA
.,E288 20 50 B8 JSR $B850	JSR FSUB ;COMPUTE 1/4-FAC.	0.25 - FAC	perform subtraction, FAC1 from (AY)
.,E28B A5 66 LDA $66	LDA FACSGN ;SAVE SIGN FOR LATER.	Vorzeichen laden	get FAC1 sign (b7)	TEST SIGN OF RESULT
.,E28D 48 PHA	PHA	Vorzeichen in Stack	save FAC1 sign	SAVE SIGN FOR LATER UNFOLDING
.,E28E 10 0D BPL $E29D	BPL SIN1 ;FIRST QUADRANT.	positiv ?	branch if +ve FAC1 sign was -ve	ALREADY 0...1/4
.,E290 20 49 B8 JSR $B849	JSR FADDH ;ADD 1/2 TO FAC.	FAC + 0.5	add 0.5 to FAC1 (round FAC1)	ADD 1/2 TO SHIFT TO -1/4...1/2
.,E293 A5 66 LDA $66	LDA FACSGN ;SIGN IS NEGATIVE?	Vorzeichen	get FAC1 sign (b7)	TEST SIGN
.,E295 30 09 BMI $E2A0	BMI SIN2	negativ ?	branch if -ve	-1/4...0 0...1/2
.,E297 A5 12 LDA $12	COM TANSGN ;QUADRANTS II AND III COME HERE.	Vorzeichen laden	get the comparison evaluation flag	SIGNFLG INITIALIZED = 0 IN "TAN"
.,E299 49 FF EOR #$FF		und umdrehen	toggle flag	FUNCTION
.,E29B 85 12 STA $12		Vorzeichen speichern	save the comparison evaluation flag	"TAN" IS ONLY USER OF SIGNFLG TOO IF FALL THRU, RANGE IS 0...1/2 IF BRANCH HERE, RANGE IS 0...1/4
.,E29D 20 B4 BF JSR $BFB4	SIN1: JSR NEGOP ;IF POSITIVE, NEGATE IT.	Vorzeichen wechseln	do - FAC1	IF FALL THRU, RANGE IS -1/2...0 IF BRANCH HERE, RANGE IS -1/4...0
.,E2A0 A9 EA LDA #$EA	SIN2: LDWDI FR4 ;POINTER TO 1/4.	Zeiger auf	set 0.25 pointer low byte	ADD 1/4 TO SHIFT RANGE		low E2EA
.,E2A2 A0 E2 LDY #$E2		Konstante 0.25	set 0.25 pointer high byte	TO -1/4...1/4		high E2EA
.,E2A4 20 67 B8 JSR $B867	JSR FADD ;ADD IT IN.	FAC + 0.25	add (AY) to FAC1
.,E2A7 68 PLA	PLA ;GET ORIGINAL QUADRANT.	Vorzeichen holen	restore FAC1 sign	GET SAVED SIGN FROM ABOVE
.,E2A8 10 03 BPL $E2AD	BPL SIN3	positiv ?	branch if was +ve else correct FAC1
.,E2AA 20 B4 BF JSR $BFB4	JSR NEGOP ;IF NEGATIVE, NEGATE RESULT.	Vorzeichen wechseln	do - FAC1	MAKE RANGE 0...1/4
.,E2AD A9 EF LDA #$EF	SIN3: LDWDI SINCON	Zeiger auf	set pointer low byte to counter	DO STANDARD SIN SERIES
.,E2AF A0 E2 LDY #$E2		Polynomkoeffizienten	set pointer high byte to counter
.,E2B1 4C 43 E0 JMP $E043	GPOLYX: JMP POLYX ;DO APPROXIMATION POLYNOMIAL. ;TANGENT FUNCTION.	Polynom berechnen BASIC-Funktion TAN	^2 then series evaluation and return perform TAN()	"TAN" FUNCTION COMPUTE TAN(X) = SIN(X) / COS(X)	TAN: PERFORM TAN	TAN function
.,E2B4 20 CA BB JSR $BBCA	TAN: JSR MOV1F ;MOVE FAC INTO TEMPORARY.	FAC nach Akku#3	pack FAC1 into $57
.,E2B7 A9 00 LDA #$00	CLR TANSGN ;REMEMBER WHETHER TO NEGATE.	Flag	clear A	SIGNFLG WILL BE TOGGLED IF 2ND OR 3RD
.,E2B9 85 12 STA $12		setzen	clear the comparison evaluation flag	QUADRANT
.,E2BB 20 6B E2 JSR $E26B	JSR SIN ;COMPUTE THE SIN.	SIN berechnen	perform SIN()	GET SIN(X)
.,E2BE A2 4E LDX #$4E	LDXYI TEMPF3	Zeiger auf	set sin(n) pointer low byte	SAVE SIN(X) IN TEMP3		low 004E
.,E2C0 A0 00 LDY #$00		Hilfsakku	set sin(n) pointer high byte			high 004E
.,E2C2 20 F6 E0 JSR $E0F6	JSR GMOVMF ;PUT SIGN INTO OTHER TEMP.	FAC nach Hilfsakku	pack FAC1 into (XY)	<<<FUNNY WAY TO CALL MOVMF! >>>
.,E2C5 A9 57 LDA #$57	LDWDI TEMPF1	Zeiger auf	set n pointer low byte	RETRIEVE X		low 005F
.,E2C7 A0 00 LDY #$00		Akku#3	set n pointer high byte			high 005F
.,E2C9 20 A2 BB JSR $BBA2	JSR MOVFM ;PUT THIS MEMORY LOC INTO FAC.	Akku#3 nach FAC	unpack memory (AY) into FAC1
.,E2CC A9 00 LDA #$00	CLR FACSGN ;START OFF POSITIVE.	Vorzeichen	clear byte	AND COMPUTE COS(X)
.,E2CE 85 66 STA $66		löschen	clear FAC1 sign (b7)
.,E2D0 A5 12 LDA $12	LDA TANSGN	Flag	get the comparison evaluation flag
.,E2D2 20 DC E2 JSR $E2DC	JSR COSC ;COMPUTE COSINE.	COS berechnen	save flag and go do series evaluation	WEIRD & DANGEROUS WAY TO GET INTO SIN
.,E2D5 A9 4E LDA #$4E	LDWDI TEMPF3 ;ADDRESS OF SINE VALUE.	Zeiger auf	set sin(n) pointer low byte	NOW FORM SIN/COS		low 004E
.,E2D7 A0 00 LDY #$00		Hilfsakku (SIN)	set sin(n) pointer high byte			high 004E
.,E2D9 4C 0F BB JMP $BB0F	GFDIV: JMP FDIV ;DIVIDE SINE BY COSINE AND RETURN.	durch FAC dividieren	convert AY and do (AY)/FAC1 save comparison flag and do series evaluation
.,E2DC 48 PHA	COSC: PHA	COS	save comparison flag	SHAME, SHAME!
.,E2DD 4C 9D E2 JMP $E29D	JMP SIN1	berechnen Konstanten für SIN und COS	add 0.25, ^2 then series evaluation constants and series for SIN/COS(n)		PI2: TABLE OF TRIGONOMETRY CONSTANTS The following constants are held in 5 byte flpt for trigonometry evaluation.	float numbers for SIN, COS and TAN 0.5 * PI
.:E2E0 81 49 0F DA A2	PI2: 201 ;PI/2 111 017 333-ADDPRC IFN ADDPRC,<242>	1.57079633 Pi/2	1.570796371, pi/2, as floating number	PI/2	; 1.570796327 (pi/2)	2 * PI
.:E2E5 83 49 0F DA A2	TWOPI: 203 ;2*PI. 111 017 333-ADDPRC IFN ADDPRC,<242>	6.28318531 2*Pi	6.28319, 2*pi, as floating number	2*PI	*; 6.28318531 (pi2)**	0,25
.:E2EA 7F 00 00 00 00	FR4: 177 ;1/4 000 000 0000 IFN ADDPRC,<0> IFE ADDPRC,<SINCON: 4 ;DEGREE-1. 206 ;39.710899 036 327 373 207 ;-76.574956 231 046 145 207 ;81.602231 043 064 130 206 ;-41.341677 245 135 341 203 ;6.2831853 111 017 333> IFN ADDPRC,<	.25	0.25	1/4	; 0.25	polynomial table
.:E2EF 05	SINCON: 5 ;DEGREE-1.	5 = Polynomgrad, 6 Koeffizienten	series counter	POWER OF POLYNOMIAL	; 5 (one byte counter for SIN series)	degree 6
.:E2F0 84 E6 1A 2D 1B	204 ; -14.381383816 346 032 055 033	-14.3813907	-14.3813907	(2PI)^11/11!	; -14.3813907 (SIN constant 1)
.:E2F5 86 28 07 FB F8	206 ; 42.07777095 050 007 373 370	42.0077971	42.0077971	(2PI)^9/9!	; 42.0077971 (SIN constant 2)
.:E2FA 87 99 68 89 01	207 ; -76.704133676 231 150 211 001	-76.7041703	-76.7041703	(2PI)^7/7!	; -76.7041703 (SIN constant 3)
.:E2FF 87 23 35 DF E1	207 ; 81.605223690 043 065 337 341	81.6052237	81.6052237	(2PI)^5/5!	; 81.6052237 (SIN constant 4)
.:E304 86 A5 5D E7 28	206 ; -41.34170209 245 135 347 050	-41.3147021	-41.3147021	(2PI)^3/3!	; -41.3417021 (SIN constant 5)
.:E309 83 49 0F DA A2	203 ; 6.2831853070 111 017 332 242 241 ; 7.2362932E7 124 106 217 23 217 ; 73276.2515 122 103 211 315> PAGE ARCTANGENT FUNCTION. ;USE IDENTITIES TO GET ARG BETWEEN 0 AND 1 AND THEN USE AN ;APPROXIMATION POLYNOMIAL TO COMPUTE ARCTAN(X).	6.28318531 2*Pi BASIC-Funktion ATN	6.28318531 2*pi perform ATN()	2PI "ATN" FUNCTION	*; 6.28318531 (SIN constant 6, pi2)** ATN: PERFORM ATN	ATN function
.,E30E A5 66 LDA $66	ATN: LDA FACSGN ;WHAT IS SIGN?	Vorzeichen	get FAC1 sign (b7)	FOLD THE ARGUMENT RANGE FIRST
.,E310 48 PHA	PHA ;(MEANWHILE SAVE FOR LATER.)	retten	save sign	SAVE SIGN FOR LATER UNFOLDING
.,E311 10 03 BPL $E316	BPL ATN1	positiv ?	branch if +ve	.GE. 0
.,E313 20 B4 BF JSR $BFB4	JSR NEGOP ;IF NEGATIVE, NEGATE FAC. ;USE ARCTAN(X)=-ARCTAN(-X) .	Vorzeichen vertauschen	else do - FAC1	.LT. 0, SO COMPLEMENT
.,E316 A5 61 LDA $61	ATN1: LDA FACEXP	Exponent	get FAC1 exponent	IF .GE. 1, FORM RECIPROCAL
.,E318 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE THIS TOO FOR LATER.	retten	push exponent	SAVE FOR LATER UNFOLDING
.,E319 C9 81 CMP #$81	CMPI 201 ;SEE IF FAC .GE. 1.0 .	Zahl mit 1 vergleichen	compare with 1	(EXPONENT FOR .GE. 1
.,E31B 90 07 BCC $E324	BCC ATN2 ;IT IS LESS THAN 1.	kleiner ?	branch if FAC1 < 1	X < 1
.,E31D A9 BC LDA #$BC	LDWDI FONE ;GET PNTR TO 1.0 .	Zeiger auf	pointer to 1 low byte	FORM 1/X		low B9BC
.,E31F A0 B9 LDY #$B9		Konstante 1	pointer to 1 high byte			high B9BC
.,E321 20 0F BB JSR $BB0F	JSR FDIV ;COMPUTE RECIPROCAL. ;USE ARCTAN(X)=PI/2-ARCTAN(1/X) .	1 durch FAC dividieren (Kehrwert)	convert AY and do (AY)/FAC1	0 <= X <= 1 0 <= ATN(X) <= PI/8
.,E324 A9 3E LDA #$3E	ATN2: LDWDI ATNCON ;PNTR TO ARCTAN CONSTANTS.	Zeiger auf	pointer to series low byte	COMPUTE POLYNOMIAL APPROXIMATION		low E33E
.,E326 A0 E3 LDY #$E3		Polynomkoeffizienten	pointer to series high byte			high E33E
.,E328 20 43 E0 JSR $E043	JSR POLYX	Polynom berechnen	^2 then series evaluation
.,E32B 68 PLA	PLA	Exponent zurückholen	restore old FAC1 exponent	START TO UNFOLD
.,E32C C9 81 CMP #$81	CMPI 201 ;WAS ORIGINAL ARGUMENT .LT. 1 ?	war Zahl	compare with 1	WAS IT .GE. 1?
.,E32E 90 07 BCC $E337	BCC ATN3 ;YES.	kleiner 1, dann zu $E337	branch if FAC1 < 1	NO
.,E330 A9 E0 LDA #$E0	LDWDI PI2	Zeiger auf	pointer to (pi/2) low byte	YES, SUBTRACT FROM PI/2		low E2E0
.,E332 A0 E2 LDY #$E2		Konstante Pi/2	pointer to (pi/2) low byte			high E2E0
.,E334 20 50 B8 JSR $B850	JSR FSUB ;SUBTRACT ARCTAGN FROM PI/2.	Pi/2 minus FAC	perform subtraction, FAC1 from (AY)
.,E337 68 PLA	ATN3: PLA ;WAS ORIGINAL ARGUMENT POSITIVE?	Vorzeichen holen	restore FAC1 sign	WAS IT NEGATIVE?
.,E338 10 03 BPL $E33D	BPL ATN4 ;YES.	positiv ?	exit if was +ve	NO
.,E33A 4C B4 BF JMP $BFB4	JMP NEGOP ;IF NEGATIVE, NEGATE RESULT.	Vorzeichen wechseln	else do - FAC1 and return	YES, COMPLEMENT
.,E33D 60 RTS	ATN4: RTS ;ALL DONE. IFE ADDPRC,< ATNCON: 10 ;DEGREE-1. 170 ;.0028498896 072 305 067 173 ;-.016068629 203 242 134 174 ;.042691519 056 335 115 175 ;-.075042945 231 260 036 175 ;.10640934 131 355 044 176 ;-.14203644 221 162 000 176 ;.19992619 114 271 163 177 ;.-33333073 252 252 123 201 ;1.0 000 000 000> IFN ADDPRC,<	Rücksprung Fließkommakonstanten für ATN-Funktion	series for ATN(n)		ATNCON: TABLE OF ATN CONSTANTS The table holds a 1 byte counter and the folloeing 5 byte flpt constants.	float numbers for ATN polynomial table
.:E33E 0B	ATNCON: 13 ;DEGREE-1.	11 = Polynomgrad, dann 12 Koeffizienten	series counter	POWER OF POLYNOMIAL	; 13 (one byte counter for ATN series)	degree 12
.:E33F 76 B3 83 BD D3	166 ; -.0006847939119 263 203 275 323	-6.84793912E-04	-6.84793912E-04		; -0.000684793912 (ATN constant 1)
.:E344 79 1E F4 A6 F5	171 ; .004850942156 036 364 246 365	4.85094216E-03	4.85094216E-03		; 0.00485094216 (ATN constant 2)
.:E349 7B 83 FC B0 10	173 ; -.01611170184 203 374 260 020	-.0161117015	-.0161117015		; -0.161117018 (ATN constant 3)
.:E34E 7C 0C 1F 67 CA	174 ; .03420963805 014 037 147 312	.034209638	.034209638		; 0.034209638 (ATN constant 5)
.:E353 7C DE 53 CB C1	174 ; -.05427913276 336 123 313 301	-.054279133	-.054279133		; -0.0542791328 (ATN constant 6)
.:E358 7D 14 64 70 4C	175 ; .07245719654 024 144 160 114	.0724571965	.0724571965		; 0.0724571965 (ATN constant 7)
.:E35D 7D B7 EA 51 7A	175 ; -.08980239538 267 352 121 172	-.0898019185	-.0898019185		; -0.0898023954 (ATN constant 8)
.:E362 7D 63 30 88 7E	175 ; .1109324134 143 060 210 176	.110932413	.110932413		; 0.110932413 (ATN constant 9)
.:E367 7E 92 44 99 3A	176 ; -.1428398077 222 104 231 072	-.142839808	-.142839808		; -0.14283908 (ATN constant 10)
.:E36C 7E 4C CC 91 C7	176 ; .1999991205 114 314 221 307	.19999912	.19999912		; 0.19999912 (ATN constant 11)
.:E371 7F AA AA AA 13	177 ; -.3333333157 252 252 252 023	-.333333316	-.333333316		; -0.333333316 (ATN constant 12)
.:E376 81 00 00 00 00	201 ; 1.0 000 000 000 000>>	1 BASIC NMI-Einsprung	1 BASIC warm start entry point		; 1 (ATN constant 13) BASSFT: BASIC WARM START This is the BASIC warm start routine that is vectored at the very start of the BASIC ROM. The routine is called by the 6510 BRK instruction, or STOP/RESTORE being pressed. It outputs the READY prompt via the IERROR vector at $0300. If the error code, in (X) is larger than $80, then only the READY text will be displayed.	warm start entry
.,E37B 20 CC FF JSR $FFCC		CLRCH	close input and output channels		CLRCHN, close all I/O channels
.,E37E A9 00 LDA #$00		Eingabegerät gleich	clear A
.,E380 85 13 STA $13		Tastatur	set current I/O channel, flag default		input prompt flag
.,E382 20 7A A6 JSR $A67A		BASIC initialisieren	flush BASIC stack and clear continue pointer		do CLR
.,E385 58 CLI		Interrupt freigeben	enable the interrupts		enable IRQ
.,E386 A2 80 LDX #$80		Flag für kein Fehler	set -ve error, just do warm start		error code #$80
.,E388 6C 00 03 JMP ($0300)		BASIC Warmstart Vektor JMP $E38B	go handle error message, normally $E38B		perform error	normally E38B handle error messages
.,E38B 8A TXA		Fehlernummer in Akku	copy the error number		error number
.,E38C 30 03 BMI $E391		kein Fehler, dann 'ready.'	if -ve go do warm start		larger than $80
.,E38E 4C 3A A4 JMP $A43A		Fehlermeldung ausgeben	else do error #X then warm start		nope, print error
.,E391 4C 74 A4 JMP $A474		Ready - Modus BASIC Kaltstart	do warm start BASIC cold start entry point		print READY INIT: BASIC COLD START This is the BASIC cold start routine that is vectored at the very start of the BASIC ROM. BASIC vectors and variables are set up, and power-up message is output, and BASIC is restarted.	RESET routine
.,E394 20 53 E4 JSR $E453		BASIC-Vektoren setzen	initialise the BASIC vector table
.,E397 20 BF E3 JSR $E3BF		RAM initialisieren	initialise the BASIC RAM locations		Initialize BASIC
.,E39A 20 22 E4 JSR $E422		Einschaltmeldung ausgeben	print the start up message and initialise the memory pointers not ok ??		output power-up message
.,E39D A2 FB LDX #$FB		Stackzeiger	value for start stack		reset stack
.,E39F 9A TXS		setzen	set stack pointer
.,E3A0 D0 E4 BNE $E386	PAGE SYSTEM INITIALIZATION CODE. RADIX 10 ;IN ALL NON-MATH-PACKAGE CODE. ; THIS INITIALIZES THE BASIC INTERPRETER FOR THE M6502 AND SHOULD BE ; LOCATED WHERE IT WILL BE WIPED OUT IN RAM IF CODE IS ALL IN RAM. IFE ROMSW,< BLOCK 1> ;SO ZEROING AT TXTTAB DOESN'T PREVENT ;RESTARTING INIT	zum Warmstart Kopie der CHRGET-Routine	do "READY." warm start, branch always character get subroutine for zero page the target address for the LDA $EA60 becomes the BASIC execute pointer once the block is copied to its destination, any non zero page address will do at assembly time, to assemble a three byte instruction. $EA60 is RTS, NOP. page 0 initialisation table from $0073 increment and scan memory	GENERIC COPY OF CHRGET SUBROUTINE WHICH IS COPIED INTO $00B1...$00C8 DURING INITIALIZATION CORNELIS BONGERS DESCRIBED SEVERAL IMPROVEMENTS TO CHRGET IN MICRO MAGAZINE OR CALL A.P.P.L.E. (I DON'T REMEMBER WHICH OR EXACTLY WHEN)	output READY, and restart BASIC INITAT: CHRGET FOR ZEROPAGE This is the CHRGET routine which is transferred to RAM starting at $0073 on power-up or reset.	character fetch code for zero page $0073-$008F
.,E3A2 E6 7A INC $7A	INITAT: INC CHRGET+7 ;INCREMENT THE WHOLE TXTPTR.	LOW-Byte Zeiger erhöhen	increment BASIC execute pointer low byte		increment <TXTPTR
.,E3A4 D0 02 BNE $E3A8	BNE CHZGOT	Zeiger in BASIC-Text erhöhen	branch if no carry else		skip high byte
.,E3A6 E6 7B INC $7B	INC CHRGET+8	HIGH-Byte Zeiger erhöhen	increment BASIC execute pointer high byte page 0 initialisation table from $0079 scan memory		increment >TXTPTR
.,E3A8 AD 60 EA LDA $EA60	CHZGOT: LDA 60000 ;A LOAD WITH AN EXT ADDR.	BASIC-Adresse laden	get byte to scan, address set by call routine	<<< ACTUAL ADDRESS FILLED IN LATER >>>	CHRGOT entry, read TXTPTR
.,E3AB C9 3A CMP #$3A	CMPI ":" ;IS IT A ":"?	keine Zahl,	compare with ":"	EOS, ALSO TOP OF NUMERIC RANGE	colon (terminator), sets (Z)	colon
.,E3AD B0 0A BCS $E3B9	BCS CHZRTS ;IT IS .GE. ":"	dann fertig	exit if>= page 0 initialisation table from $0080 clear Cb if numeric	NOT NUMBER, MIGHT BE EOS
.,E3AF C9 20 CMP #$20	CMPI " " ;SKIP SPACES.	' ' Leerzeichen überlesen	compare with " "	IGNORE BLANKS	space, get next character	space
.,E3B1 F0 EF BEQ $E3A2	BEQ INITAT	ja, nächstes Zeichen	if " " go do next
.,E3B3 38 SEC	SEC	Test auf	set carry for SBC	TEST FOR NUMERIC RANGE IN WAY THAT
.,E3B4 E9 30 SBC #$30	SBCI "0" ;ALL CHARS .GT. "9" HAVE RET'D SO	Ziffer,	subtract "0"	CLEARS CARRY IF CHAR IS DIGIT	zero	0
.,E3B6 38 SEC	SEC	dann	set carry for SBC	AND LEAVES CHAR IN A-REG
.,E3B7 E9 D0 SBC #$D0	SBCI ^D256-"0" ;SEE IF NUMERIC. ;TURN CARRY ON IF NUMERIC. ;ALSO, SETZ IF NULL.	C=1	subtract -"0" clear carry if byte = "0"-"9"
.,E3B9 60 RTS	CHZRTS: RTS ;RETURN TO CALLER.	Rücksprung Anfangswert für RND-Funktion	spare bytes, not referenced	INITIAL VALUE FOR RANDOM NUMBER ALSO COPIED IN ALONG WITH CHRGET, BUT ERRONEOUSLY: <<< THE LAST BYTE IS NOT COPIED >>>	RNDSED: RANDOM SEED FOR ZEROPAGE This is the initial value of the seed for the random number function. It is copied into RAM from $008b-$008f. Its fltp value is 0.811635157.	first RND seed value
.:E3BA 80 4F C7 52 58	128 ;LOADED OR FROM ROM. 79 ;THE INITIAL RANDOM NUMBER. 199 82 IFN ADDPRC,<88> IFN REALIO-3,< IFE KIMROM,< TYPAUT: LDWDI AUTTXT JSR STROUT>> INIT: IFN REALIO-3,<	.811635157 RAM für BASIC initialisieren	0.811635157 initialise BASIC RAM locations	APPROX. = .811635157	INITCZ: INITIALISE BASIC RAM This routine sets the USR jump instruction to point to ?ILLEGAL QUANTITY error, sets ADRAY1 and ADRAY2, copies CHRGET and RNDSED to zeropage, sets up the start and end locations for BASIC text and sets the first text byte to zero.	initialisation of basic
.,E3BF A9 4C LDA #$4C	LDXI 255 ;MAKE IT LOOK DIRECT IN CASE OF	JMP	opcode for JMP		; opcode for JMP
.,E3C1 85 54 STA $54	STX CURLIN+1> ;ERROR MESSAGE.	für Funktionen	save for functions vector jump		; store in JMPER
.,E3C3 8D 10 03 STA $0310	IFN STKEND-511,<	für USR-Funktion	save for USR() vector jump set USR() vector to illegal quantity error		; USRPOK, set USR JMP instruction
.,E3C6 A9 48 LDA #$48	LDXI STKEND-256>	Zeiger auf	set USR() vector low byte			low B248
.,E3C8 A0 B2 LDY #$B2	TXS	'ILLEGAL QUANTITY'	set USR() vector high byte		; vector to $b248, ?ILLEGAL QUANTITY	high B248
.,E3CA 8D 11 03 STA $0311	IFN REALIO-3,<	als USR-Vektor	save USR() vector low byte
.,E3CD 8C 12 03 STY $0312	LDWDI INIT ;ALLOW RESTART.	speichern	save USR() vector high byte		; store in USRADD
.,E3D0 A9 91 LDA #$91	STWD START+1	Adresse	set fixed to float vector low byte			lowh B391
.,E3D2 A0 B3 LDY #$B3	STWD RDYJSR+1 ;RTS HERE ON ERRORS.	$B391	set fixed to float vector high byte		; vector to $b391	high B391
.,E3D4 85 05 STA $05	LDWDI AYINT	als Vektor für	save fixed to float vector low byte
.,E3D6 84 06 STY $06	STWD ADRAYI	Fest-/Fließkomma-Wandlung	save fixed to float vector high byte		; store in ADRAY2
.,E3D8 A9 AA LDA #$AA	LDWDI GIVAYF	Adresse	set float to fixed vector low byte	POINT "USR" TO ILLEGAL QUANTITY		low B1AA
.,E3DA A0 B1 LDY #$B1	STWD ADRGAY>	$B1AA	set float to fixed vector high byte	ERROR, UNTIL USER SETS IT UP	; vector to $b1aa	high B1AA
.,E3DC 85 03 STA $03	LDAI 76 ;JMP INSTRUCTION.	als Vektor für	save float to fixed vector low byte
.,E3DE 84 04 STY $04	IFE REALIO,<HRLI 1,^O1000> ;MAKE AN INST. IFN REALIO-3,< STA START STA RDYJSR> STA JMPER IFN ROMSW,< STA USRPOK LDWDI FCERR STWD USRPOK+1> LDAI LINLEN ;THESE MUST BE NON-ZERO SO CHEAD WILL STA LINWID ;WORK AFTER MOVING A NEW LINE IN BUF ;INTO THE PROGRAM LDAI NCMPOS STA NCMWID	Fließ-/Festkomma-Wandlung	save float to fixed vector high byte copy the character get subroutine from $E3A2 to $0074	MOVE GENERIC CHRGET AND RANDOM SEED INTO PLACE <<< NOTE THAT LOOP VALUE IS WRONG! >>> <<< THE LAST BYTE OF THE RANDOM SEED IS NOT >>> <<< COPIED INTO PAGE ZERO! >>>	; store in ADRAY1
.,E3E0 A2 1C LDX #$1C	LDXI RNDX+4-CHRGET	Zähler setzen	set the byte count		; copy the CHRGET routine and RNDSED to RAM
.,E3E2 BD A2 E3 LDA $E3A2,X	MOVCHG: LDA INITAT-1,X,	CHRGET-Routine	get a byte from the table		; source address
.,E3E5 95 73 STA $73,X	STA CHRGET-1,X, ;MOVE TO RAM.	ins	save the byte in page zero		; destination address
.,E3E7 CA DEX	DEX	RAM kopieren	decrement the count		; next byte
.,E3E8 10 F8 BPL $E3E2	BNE MOVCHG	schon alles?	loop if not all done clear descriptors, strings, program area and mamory pointers		; till ready
.,E3EA A9 03 LDA #$03	LDAI STRSIZ	Schrittweise	set the step size, collecting descriptors	SET LENGTH OF TEMP. STRING DESCRIPTORS
.,E3EC 85 53 STA $53	STA FOUR6	für Garbage Collection	save the garbage collection step size	FOR GARBAGE COLLECTION SUBROUTINE	; store #3 in FOUR6, garbage collection
.,E3EE A9 00 LDA #$00	TXA ;SET CONST IN RAM.	FAC-Rundungsbyte	clear A
.,E3F0 85 68 STA $68	STA BITS	löschen	clear FAC1 overflow byte		; init BITS, fac#1 overflow
.,E3F2 85 13 STA $13	IFN EXTIO,<	Eingabegerät gleich	clear the current I/O channel, flag default		; init input prompt flag
.,E3F4 85 18 STA $18	STA CHANNL>	Tastatur	clear the current descriptor stack item pointer high byte		; init LASTPT
.,E3F6 A2 01 LDX #$01	STA LASTPT+1	Dummys	set X	SET UP FAKE FORWARD LINK
.,E3F8 8E FD 01 STX $01FD	IFN NULCMD,<	für Linkadresse beim	set the chain link pointer low byte
.,E3FB 8E FC 01 STX $01FC	STA NULCNT>	Zeileneinbau	set the chain link pointer high byte
.,E3FE A2 19 LDX #$19	PHA ;PUT ZERO AT THE END OF THE STACK	Zeiger für	initial the value for descriptor stack	INIT INDEX TO TEMP STRING DESCRIPTORS
.,E400 86 16 STX $16	;SO FNDFOR WILL STOP	Stringverwaltung	set descriptor stack pointer		; TEMPPT, pointer to descriptor stack
.,E402 38 SEC	IFN REALIO,<	RAM-	set Cb = 1 to read the bottom of memory		; set carry to indicate read mode
.,E403 20 9C FF JSR $FF9C	STA CNTWFL> ;BE TALKATIVE.	Start holen	read/set the bottom of memory		; read MEMBOT
.,E406 86 2B STX $2B	IFN BUFPAG,<	als BASIC-Start	save the start of memory low byte		; set TXTTAB, bottom of RAM
.,E408 84 2C STY $2C	INX ;MAKE [X]=1	speichern	save the start of memory high byte
.,E40A 38 SEC	STX BUF-3 ;SET PRE-BUF BYTES NON-ZERO FOR CHEAD	RAM-	set Cb = 1 to read the top of memory		; set carry to indicate read mode
.,E40B 20 99 FF JSR $FF99	STX BUF-4>	Ende holen	read/set the top of memory		; read MEMTOP
.,E40E 86 37 STX $37	IFN REALIO-3,<	als	save the end of memory low byte		; set MEMSIZ, top of RAM
.,E410 84 38 STY $38	JSR CRDO> ;TYPE A CR.	BASIC-	save the end of memory high byte
.,E412 86 33 STX $33	LDXI TEMPST	Ende	set the bottom of string space low byte		; set FRETOP = MEMTOP
.,E414 84 34 STY $34	STX TEMPPT ;SET UP STRING TEMPORARIES.	speichern	set the bottom of string space high byte
.,E416 A0 00 LDY #$00	IFN REALIO!LONGI,<	$00	clear the index
.,E418 98 TYA	IFN REALIO-3,<	an	clear the A
.,E419 91 2B STA ($2B),Y	LDWDI MEMORY	BASIC-Start	clear the the first byte of memory		; store zero at start of BASIC
.,E41B E6 2B INC $2B	JSR STROUT	den	increment the start of memory low byte		; increment TXTTAB to next memory position
.,E41D D0 02 BNE $E421	JSR QINLIN ;GET A LINE OF INPUT.	BASIC-	if no rollover skip the high byte increment		; skip msb
.,E41F E6 2C INC $2C	STXY TXTPTR ;READ THIS !	Start + 1	increment start of memory high byte
.,E421 60 RTS	JSR CHRGET ;GET THE FIRST CHARACTER.	Programmnde	print the start up message and initialise the memory pointers		; return INITMS: OUTPUT POWER-UP MESSAGE This routine outputs the startup message. It then calcuates the number of BASIC bytes free by subatracting the TXTTAB from MEMSIZ, and outputs this number. The routine exits via NEW.	print BASIC start up messages
.,E422 A5 2B LDA $2B	IFE KIMROM,<	Zeiger auf	get the start of memory low byte		read TXTTAB, start of BASIC
.,E424 A4 2C LDY $2C	CMPI "A" ;IS IT AN "A"?	BASIC-RAM Start	get the start of memory high byte
.,E426 20 08 A4 JSR $A408	BEQ TYPAUT> ;YES TYPE AUTHOR'S NAME.	prüft auf Platz im Speicher	check available memory, do out of memory error if no room		check for memory overlap
.,E429 A9 73 LDA #$73	TAY ;NULL INPUT?	Zeiger auf	set "** COMMODORE 64 BASIC V2 **" pointer low byte		$e473, startup message	low E473
.,E42B A0 E4 LDY #$E4	BNE USEDE9> ;NO.	Einschaltmeldung	set "** COMMODORE 64 BASIC V2 **" pointer high byte			high E473
.,E42D 20 1E AB JSR $AB1E	IFE REALIO-3,<	String ausgeben	print a null terminated string		output (A/Y)
.,E430 A5 37 LDA $37	LDYI RAMLOC/^D256>	BASIC-	get the end of memory low byte		MEMSIZ, highest address in BASIC
.,E432 38 SEC	IFN REALIO-3,<	Ende	set carry for subtract		prepare for substract
.,E433 E5 2B SBC $2B	IFE ROMSW,<	minus	subtract the start of memory low byte		substract TXTTAB
.,E435 AA TAX	LDWDI LASTWR> ;YES GET PNTR TO LAST WORD.	BASIC-Start	copy the result to X		move to (X)
.,E436 A5 38 LDA $38	IFN ROMSW,<	gleich	get the end of memory high byte		and highbyte
.,E438 E5 2C SBC $2C	LDWDI RAMLOC>>	Bytes free	subtract the start of memory high byte
.,E43A 20 CD BD JSR $BDCD	IFN ROMSW,<	Anzahl ausgeben	print XA as unsigned integer		output number in (A/X)
.,E43D A9 60 LDA #$60	STWD TXTTAB> ;SET UP START OF PROGRAM LOCATION	Zeiger auf	set " BYTES FREE" pointer low byte		$e460	low E460
.,E43F A0 E4 LDY #$E4	STWD LINNUM	'BASIC BYTES FREE'	set " BYTES FREE" pointer high byte		pointer to 'BASIC BYTES FREE'	high E460
.,E441 20 1E AB JSR $AB1E	IFE REALIO-3,<	String ausgeben	print a null terminated string		output (A/Y)
.,E444 4C 44 A6 JMP $A644	TAY>	zum NEW-Befehl Tabelle der BASIC-Vektoren	do NEW, CLEAR, RESTORE and return BASIC vectors, these are copied to RAM from $0300 onwards		perform NEW VECTORS This table contains jump vectors that are transfered to $0300-$030b.	vectors for $0300-$030B
.:E447 8B E3 83 A4 7C A5 1A A7	IFN REALIO-3,<		error message $0300		IERROR VEC, print basic error message ($e38b)
.:E44F E4 A7 86 AE	LDYI 0>		BASIC warm start $0302 crunch BASIC tokens $0304 uncrunch BASIC tokens $0306 start new BASIC code $0308		IMAIN VECTOR, basic warm start ($a483) ICRNCH VECTOR, tokenise basic text ($a57c) IQPLOP VECTOR, list basic text ($a7a1) IGONE VEXTOR, basic character dispatch ($a7e4)
.,E453 A2 0B LDX #$0B	LOOPMM: INC LINNUM	Die	get arithmetic element $030A initialise the BASIC vectors set byte count		IEVAL VECTOR, evaluate basic token ($ae86) INIT VECTORS This routine transfers the vectors $0300-$030b. 6 vectors to be copied	initialise vectors
.,E455 BD 47 E4 LDA $E447,X	BNE LOOPM1	BASIC-	get byte from table
.,E458 9D 00 03 STA $0300,X	INC LINNUM+1	Vektoren	save byte to RAM
.,E45B CA DEX	IFE REALIO-3,<	laden	decrement index		next byte
.,E45C 10 F7 BPL $E455	BMI USEDEC>	schon alle?	loop if more to do		ready
.,E45E 60 RTS	LOOPM1: LDAI 85 ;PUT RANDOM INFO INTO MEM. STADY LINNUM CMPDY LINNUM ;WAS IT SAVED? BNE USEDEC ;NO. THAT IS END OF MEMORY. ASL A, ;LOOKS LIKE IT. TRY ANOTHER. STADY LINNUM CMPDY LINNUM ;WAS IT SAVED? IFN REALIO-3,< BNE USEDEC> ;NO. THIS IS THE END. IFN REALIO-2,< BEQ LOOPMM> IFE REALIO-2,< BNE USEDEC CMP 0 ;SEE IF HITTING PAGE 0 BNE LOOPMM LDAI 76 STA 0 BNEA USEDEC> IFN REALIO-3,< USEDE9: JSR CHRGOT ;GET CURRENT CHARACTER. JSR LINGET ;GET DECIMAL ARGUMENT. TAY ;MAKE SURE A TERMINATOR EXISTS. BEQ USEDEC ;IT DOES. JMP SNERR> ;IT DOESN'T. USEDEC: LDWD LINNUM ;GET SIZE OF MEMORY INPUT. USEDEF: > ;HIGHEST ADDRESS. IFE REALIO!LONGI,< LDWDI 16190> ;A STRANGE NUMBER. STWD MEMSIZ ;THIS IS THE SIZE OF MEMORY. STWD FRETOP ;TOP OF STRINGS TOO. TTYW: IFN REALIO-3,< IFN REALIO!LONGI,< LDWDI TTYWID JSR STROUT JSR QINLIN ;GET LINE OF INPUT. STXY TXTPTR ;READ THIS ! JSR CHRGET ;GET FIRST CHARACTER. TAY ;TEST ACCA BUT DON'T AFFECT CARRY. BEQ ASKAGN JSR LINGET ;GET ARGUMENT. LDA LINNUM+1 BNE TTYW ;WIDTH MUST BE .LT. 256. LDA LINNUM CMPI 16 ;WIDTH MUST BE GREATER THAN 16. BCC TTYW STA LINWID ;THAT IS THE LINE WIDTH. MORCPS: SBCI CLMWID ;COMPUTE POSITION BEYOND WHICH BCS MORCPS ;THERE ARE NO MORE FIELDS. EORI 255 SBCI CLMWID-2 CLC ADC LINWID STA NCMWID> ASKAGN: IFE ROMSW,< IFN REALIO!LONGI,< LDWDI FNS JSR STROUT JSR QINLIN STXY TXTPTR ;READ THIS ! JSR CHRGET LDXYI INITAT ;DEFAULT. CMPI "Y" BEQ HAVFNS ;SAVE ALL FUNCTIONS. CMPI "A" BEQ OKCHAR ;SAVE ALL BUT ATN. CMPI "N" BNE ASKAGN ;BAD INPUT. ;SAVE NOTHING. OKCHAR: LDXYI FCERR STXY ATNFIX ;GET RID OF ATN FUNCTION. LDXYI ATN ;UNTIL WE KNOW THAT WE SHOULD DEL MORE. CMPI "A" BEQ HAVFNS ;JUST GET RID OF ATN. LDXYI FCERR STXY COSFIX ;GET RID OF THE REST. STXY TANFIX STXY SINFIX LDXYI COS ;AND GET RID OF ALL BACK TO "COS". HAVFNS:> IFE REALIO!LONGI,< LDXYI INITAT-1>>> ;GET RID OF ALL UP TO "INITAT". IFN ROMSW,< LDXYI RAMLOC STXY TXTTAB> LDYI 0 TYA STADY TXTTAB ;SET UP TEXT TABLE. INC TXTTAB IFN REALIO-3,< BNE QROOM INC TXTTAB+1> QROOM: LDWD TXTTAB ;PREPARE TO USE "REASON". JSR REASON IFE REALIO-3,< LDWDI FREMES JSR STROUT> IFN REALIO-3,< JSR CRDO> LDA MEMSIZ ;COMPUTE [MEMSIZ]-[VARTAB]. SEC SBC TXTTAB TAX LDA MEMSIZ+1 SBC TXTTAB+1 JSR LINPRT ;TYPE THIS VALUE. LDWDI WORDS ;MORE BULLSHIT. JSR STROUT JSR SCRTCH ;SET UP EVERYTHING ELSE. IFE REALIO-3,< JMP READY> IFN REALIO-3,< LDWDI STROUT STWD RDYJSR+1 LDWDI READY STWD START+1 JMPD START+1 IFE ROMSW,< FNS: DT"WANT SIN-COS-TAN-ATN" 0> IFE KIMROM,< AUTTXT: ACRLF 12 ;ANOTHER LINE FEED. DT"WRITTEN " DT"BY WEILAND & GATES" ACRLF 0> MEMORY: DT"MEMORY SIZE" 0 TTYWID: IFE KIMROM,< DT"TERMINAL "> DT"WIDTH" 0> WORDS: DT" BYTES FREE" IFN REALIO-3,< ACRLF ACRLF> IFE REALIO-3,< EXP ^O15 0 FREMES: > IFE REALIO,< DT"SIMULATED BASIC FOR THE 6502 V1.1"> IFE REALIO-1,< DT"KIM BASIC V1.1"> IFE REALIO-2,< DT"OSI 6502 BASIC VERSION 1.1"> IFE REALIO-3,< DT"### COMMODORE BASIC ###" EXP ^O15 EXP ^O15> IFE REALIO-4,<DT"APPLE BASIC V1.1"> IFE REALIO-5,<DT"STM BASIC V1.1"> IFN REALIO-3,< ACRLF DT"COPYRIGHT 1978 MICROSOFT" ACRLF> 0 LASTWR:: BLOCK 100 ;SPACE FOR TEMP STACK. IFE REALIO,< TSTACK::BLOCK 13600> IF2,< PURGE A,X,Y> IFNDEF START,<START==0> END $Z+START ERNAL ROM Disassembly (English, "CBM") rom rce by Commodore (901227-03) bmsrc p=894 y a complete copy of the original version in the C64 ROM. mes are intact. hael Steil <mist64@mac.com> g up) welcome at: ef ---------------------------- ted so that it can be automatically s-references etc. op-level information. The first line with "--" are separators. internal comments. icate code to be disassembled. icate bytes to be dumped. olumn. indicate a heading. indicate an overflow comment. .LIB DISCLAIMER ;**************************************** ;* * ;* KK K EEEEE RRRR NN N AAA LL * ;* KK KK EE RR R NNN N AA A LL * ;* KKK EE RR R NNN N AA A LL * ;* KKK EEEE RRRR NNNNN AAAAA LL * ;* KK K EE RR R NN NN AA A LL * ;* KK KK EE RR R NN NN AA A LL * ;* KK KK EEEEE RR R NN NN AA A LLLLL * ;* * ;************************************* ; ;************************************* ;* PET KERNAL * ;* MEMORY AND I/O DEPENDENT ROUTINES * ;* DRIVING THE HARDWARE OF THE * ;* FOLLOWING CBM MODELS: * ;* COMMODORE 64 OR MODIFED VIC-40 * ;* COPYRIGHT (C) 1982 BY * ;* COMMODORE BUSINESS MACHINES (CBM) * ;************************************* ;LISTING DATE --1200 14 MAY 1982 ;************************************* ;* THIS SOFTWARE IS FURNISHED FOR USE * ;* USE IN THE VIC OR COMMODORE COMPUTER* ;* SERIES ONLY. * ;* * ;* COPIES THEREOF MAY NOT BE PROVIDED * ;* OR MADE AVAILABLE FOR USE ON ANY * ;* OTHER SYSTEM. * ;* * ;* THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS * ;* SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. * ;* * ;* NO RESPONSIBILITY IS ASSUMED FOR * ;* RELIABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE. RSR * ;* * ;*************************************** .END .LIB DECLARE =$0000 ;DECLARE 6510 PORTS D6510 =+1 ;6510 DATA DIRECTION REGISTER R6510 =+1 ;6510 DATA REGISTER =$0002 ;MISS 6510 REGS ;VIRTUAL REGS FOR MACHINE LANGUAGE MONITOR PCH =+1 PCL =+1 FLGS =+1 ACC =+1 XR =+1 YR =+1 SP =+1 INVH =+1 ;USER MODIFIABLE IRQ INVL =+1 * =$90 STATUS =+1 ;I/O OPERATION STATUS BYTE *; CRFAC =+2 ;CORRECTION FACTOR (UNUSED)* STKEY =+1 ;STOP KEY FLAG SVXT =+1 ;TEMPORARY VERCK =+1 ;LOAD OR VERIFY FLAG C3P0 =+1 ;IEEE BUFFERED CHAR FLAG BSOUR =+1 ;CHAR BUFFER FOR IEEE SYNO =+1 ;CASSETTE SYNC # XSAV =+1 ;TEMP FOR BASIN LDTND =+1 ;INDEX TO LOGICAL FILE DFLTN =+1 ;DEFAULT INPUT DEVICE # DFLTO =+1 ;DEFAULT OUTPUT DEVICE # PRTY =+1 ;CASSETTE PARITY DPSW =+1 ;CASSETTE DIPOLE SWITCH MSGFLG =+1 ;OS MESSAGE FLAG PTR1 ;CASSETTE ERROR PASS1 T1 =+1 ;TEMPORARY 1 TMPC PTR2 ;CASSETTE ERROR PASS2 T2 =+1 ;TEMPORARY 2 TIME =+3 ;24 HOUR CLOCK IN 1/60TH SECONDS R2D2 ;SERIAL BUS USAGE PCNTR =+1 ;CASSETTE STUFF *; PTCH =+1 (UNUSED)* BSOUR1 ;TEMP USED BY SERIAL ROUTINE FIRT =+1 COUNT ;TEMP USED BY SERIAL ROUTINE CNTDN =+1 ;CASSETTE SYNC COUNTDOWN BUFPT =+1 ;CASSETTE BUFFER POINTER INBIT ;RS-232 RCVR INPUT BIT STORAGE SHCNL =+1 ;CASSETTE SHORT COUNT BITCI ;RS-232 RCVR BIT COUNT IN RER =+1 ;CASSETTE READ ERROR RINONE ;RS-232 RCVR FLAG FOR START BIT CHECK REZ =+1 ;CASSETE READING ZEROES RIDATA ;RS-232 RCVR BYTE BUFFER RDFLG =+1 ;CASSETTE READ MODE RIPRTY ;RS-232 RCVR PARITY STORAGE SHCNH =+1 ;CASSETTE SHORT CNT SAL =+1 SAH =+1 EAL =+1 EAH =+1 CMP0 =+1 TEMP =+1 TAPE1 =+2 ;ADDRESS OF TAPE BUFFER #1Y. BITTS ;RS-232 TRNS BIT COUNT SNSW1 =+1 NXTBIT ;RS-232 TRNS NEXT BIT TO BE SENT DIFF =+1 RODATA ;RS-232 TRNS BYTE BUFFER PRP =+1 FNLEN =+1 ;LENGTH CURRENT FILE N STR LA =+1 ;CURRENT FILE LOGICAL ADDR SA =+1 ;CURRENT FILE 2ND ADDR FA =+1 ;CURRENT FILE PRIMARY ADDR FNADR =+2 ;ADDR CURRENT FILE NAME STR ROPRTY ;RS-232 TRNS PARITY BUFFER OCHAR =+1 FSBLK =+1 ;CASSETTE READ BLOCK COUNT MYCH =+1 CAS1 =+1 ;CASSETTE MANUAL/CONTROLLED SWITCH TMP0 STAL =+1 STAH =+1 MEMUSS ;CASSETTE LOAD TEMPS (2 BYTES) TMP2 =+2 ; ;VARIABLES FOR SCREEN EDITOR ; LSTX =+1 ;KEY SCAN INDEX *; SFST =+1 ;KEYBOARD SHIFT FLAG (UNUSED)* NDX =+1 ;INDEX TO KEYBOARD Q RVS =+1 ;RVS FIELD ON FLAG INDX =+1 LSXP =+1 ;X POS AT START LSTP =+1 SFDX =+1 ;SHIFT MODE ON PRINT BLNSW =+1 ;CURSOR BLINK ENAB BLNCT =+1 ;COUNT TO TOGGLE CUR GDBLN =+1 ;CHAR BEFORE CURSOR BLNON =+1 ;ON/OFF BLINK FLAG CRSW =+1 ;INPUT VS GET FLAG PNT =+2 ;POINTER TO ROW *; POINT =+1 (UNUSED)* PNTR =+1 ;POINTER TO COLUMN QTSW =+1 ;QUOTE SWITCH LNMX =+1 ;40/80 MAX POSITON TBLX =+1 DATA =+1 INSRT =+1 ;INSERT MODE FLAG LDTB1 =+26 ;LINE FLAGS+ENDSPACE USER =+2 ;SCREEN EDITOR COLOR IP KEYTAB =+2 ;KEYSCAN TABLE INDIRECT ;RS-232 Z-PAGE RIBUF =+2 ;RS-232 INPUT BUFFER POINTER ROBUF =+2 ;RS-232 OUTPUT BUFFER POINTER FREKZP =+4 ;FREE KERNAL ZERO PAGE 9/24/80 BASZPT =+1 ;LOCATION ($00FF) USED BY BASIC =$100 BAD =+1 =$200 BUF =+89 ;BASIC/MONITOR BUFFER ; TABLES FOR OPEN FILES ; LAT =+10 ;LOGICAL FILE NUMBERS FAT =+10 ;PRIMARY DEVICE NUMBERS SAT =+10 ;SECONDARY ADDRESSES ; SYSTEM STORAGE ; KEYD =+10 ;IRQ KEYBOARD BUFFER MEMSTR =+2 ;START OF MEMORY MEMSIZ =+2 ;TOP OF MEMORY TIMOUT =+1 ;IEEE TIMEOUT FLAG ; SCREEN EDITOR STORAGE ; COLOR =+1 ;ACTIV COLOR NYBBLE GDCOL =+1 ;ORIGINAL COLOR BEFORE CURSOR HIBASE =+1 ;BASE LOCATION OF SCREEN (TOP) XMAX =+1 RPTFLG =+1 ;KEY REPEAT FLAG KOUNT =+1 DELAY =+1 SHFLAG =+1 ;SHIFT FLAG BYTE LSTSHF =+1 ;LAST SHIFT PATTERN KEYLOG =+2 ;INDIRECT FOR KEYBOARD TABLE SETUP MODE =+1 ;0-PET MODE, 1-CATTACANNA AUTODN =+1 ;AUTO SCROLL DOWN FLAG(=0 ON,<>0 OFF) ; RS-232 STORAGE ; M51CTR =+1 ;6551 CONTROL REGISTER M51CDR =+1 ;6551 COMMAND REGISTER M51AJB =+2 ;NON STANDARD (BITTIME/2-100) RSSTAT =+1 ; RS-232 STATUS REGISTER BITNUM =+1 ;NUMBER OF BITS TO SEND (FAST RESPONSE) BAUDOF =+2 ;BAUD RATE FULL BIT TIME (CREATED BY OPEN) ; ; RECIEVER STORAGE ; *; INBIT =+1 ;INPUT BIT STORAGE* *; BITCI =+1 ;BIT COUNT IN* *; RINONE =+1 ;FLAG FOR START BIT CHECK* *; RIDATA =+1 ;BYTE IN BUFFER* *; RIPRTY =+1 ;BYTE IN PARITY STORAGE* RIDBE =+1 ;INPUT BUFFER INDEX TO END RIDBS =+1 ;INPUT BUFFER POINTER TO START ; ; TRANSMITTER STORAGE ; *; BITTS =+1 ;# OF BITS TO BE SENT* *; NXTBIT =+1 ;NEXT BIT TO BE SENT* *; ROPRTY =+1 ;PARITY OF BYTE SENT* *; RODATA =+1 ;BYTE BUFFER OUT* RODBS =+1 ;OUTPUT BUFFER INDEX TO START RODBE =+1 ;OUTPUT BUFFER INDEX TO END ; IRQTMP =+2 ;HOLDS IRQ DURING TAPE OPS ; ; TEMP SPACE FOR VIC-40 VARIABLES **** ; ENABL =+1 ;RS-232 ENABLES (REPLACES IER) CASTON =+1 ;TOD SENSE DURING CASSETTES KIKA26 =+1 ;TEMP STORAGE FOR CASSETTE READ ROUTINE STUPID =+1 ;TEMP D1IRQ INDICATOR FOR CASSETTE READ LINTMP =+1 ;TEMPORARY FOR LINE INDEX =$0300 ;REM PROGRAM INDIRECTS(10) =$0300+20 ;REM KERNAL/OS INDIRECTS(20) CINV =+2 ;IRQ RAM VECTOR CBINV =+2 ;BRK INSTR RAM VECTOR NMINV =+2 ;NMI RAM VECTOR IOPEN =+2 ;INDIRECTS FOR CODE ICLOSE =+2 ; CONFORMS TO KERNAL SPEC 8/19/80 ICHKIN =+2 ICKOUT =+2 ICLRCH =+2 IBASIN =+2 IBSOUT =+2 ISTOP =+2 IGETIN =+2 ICLALL =+2 USRCMD =+2 ILOAD =+2 ISAVE =+2 ;SAVESP =$0300+60 TBUFFR =+192 ;CASSETTE DATA BUFFER =$400 VICSCN =+1024 RAMLOC ; I/O DEVICES ; * =$D000 VICREG =* ;VIC REGISTERS * =$D400 SIDREG =* ;SID REGISTERS * =$D800 VICCOL =+1024 ;VIC COLOR NYBBLES * =$DC00 ;DEVICE1 6526 (PAGE1 IRQ) COLM ;KEYBOARD MATRIX D1PRA =+1 ROWS ;KEYBOARD MATRIX D1PRB =+1 D1DDRA =+1 D1DDRB =+1 D1T1L =+1 D1T1H =+1 D1T2L =+1 D1T2H =+1 D1TOD1 =+1 D1TODS =+1 D1TODM =+1 D1TODH =+1 D1SDR =+1 D1ICR =+1 D1CRA =+1 D1CRB =+1 * =$DD00 ;DEVICE2 6526 (PAGE2 NMI) D2PRA =+1 D2PRB =+1 D2DDRA =+1 D2DDRB =+1 D2T1L =+1 D2T1H =+1 D2T2L =+1 D2T2H =+1 D2TOD1 =+1 D2TODS =+1 D2TODM =+1 D2TODH =+1 D2SDR =+1 D2ICR =+1 D2CRA =+1 D2CRB =+1 TIMRB =$19 ;6526 CRB ENABLE ONE-SHOT TB ;TAPE BLOCK TYPES ; EOT =5 ;END OF TAPE BLF =1 ;BASIC LOAD FILE BDF =2 ;BASIC DATA FILE PLF =3 ;FIXED PROGRAM TYPE BDFH =4 ;BASIC DATA FILE HEADER BUFSZ =192 ;BUFFER SIZE ; ;SCREEN EDITOR CONSTANTS ; LLEN =40 ;SINGLE LINE 40 COLUMNS LLEN2 =80 ;DOUBLE LINE = 80 COLUMNS NLINES =25 ;25 ROWS ON SCREEN WHITE =$01 ;WHITE SCREEN COLOR BLUE =$06 ;BLUE CHAR COLOR CR =$D ;CARRIAGE RETURN .END =$E500 ;START OF VIC-40 KERNAL .LIB EDITOR.1 MAXCHR=80 NWRAP=2 ;MAX NUMBER OF PHYSICAL LINES PER LOGICAL LINE ; ;UNDEFINED FUNCTION ENTRY* ; ; UNDEFD LDX #0 ; UNDEF2 LDA UNMSG,X ; JSR PRT ; INX ; CPX #UNMSG2-UNMSG ; BNE UNDEF2 ; SEC ; RTS ; ; UNMSG .BYT $D,'?ADVANCED FUNCTION NOT AVAILABLE',$D ; UNMSG2 ; ;RETURN ADDRESS OF 6526 ;	Rücksprung Betriebssystem System-Meldungen	BASIC startup messages		return WORDS: POWER UP MESSAGE This is the power up message displayed on the screen when the 'Commie' is switched on or reset. The strings are seperated by a zero byte.	startup messages
.:E45F 00 20 42 41 53 49 43 20		basic bytes free	basic bytes free		basic bytes free	basic bytes free
.:E467 42 59 54 45 53 20 46 52
.:E46F 45 45 0D 00 93 0D 20 20
.:E473 93 0D 20 20 20 20 2A 2A		(clr) ** commodore 64 basic v2 **	(clr) ** commodore 64 basic v2 **		(clr) ** commodore 64 basic v2 **	(clr) ** commodore 64 basic v2 **
.:E47B 2A 2A 20 43 4F 4D 4D 4F		(cr) (cr) 64k ram system	(cr) (cr) 64k ram system		(cr) (cr) 64k ram system	(cr) (cr) 64k ram system
.:E483 44 4F 52 45 20 36 34 20
.:E48B 42 41 53 49 43 20 56 32
.:E493 20 2A 2A 2A 2A 0D 0D 20
.:E49B 36 34 4B 20 52 41 4D 20
.:E4A3 53 59 53 54 45 4D 20 20
.:E4AB 00			unused
.:E4AC 5C		BASIC-CKOUT Routine	open channel for output		PATCH FOR BASIC CHKOUT CALL This is a short patch added for the KERNAL ROM to preserv (A) when there was no error returned from BASIC calling the CHKOUT routine. This corrects a bug in the early versions of PRINT# and CMD.	set output device
.,E4AD 48 PHA		Akkuinhalt in Stack	save the flag byte		temp store (A)
.,E4AE 20 C9 FF JSR $FFC9		CKOUT Ausgabegerät setzen	open channel for output		CHKOUT
.,E4B1 AA TAX		Fehlernummer nach X	copy the returned flag byte
.,E4B2 68 PLA		Akkuinhalt zurückholen	restore the alling flag byte		retrieve (A)
.,E4B3 90 01 BCC $E4B6		kein Fehler ?	if there is no error skip copying the error flag
.,E4B5 8A TXA		Fehlernummer wieder in Akku	else copy the error flag
.,E4B6 60 RTS		Rücksprung	unused bytes			unused
.:E4B7 AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA
.:E4BF AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA
.:E4C7 AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA
.:E4CF AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA			flag the RS232 start bit and set the parity		RS232 PATCH This patch has been added to the RS232 input routine in KERNAL v.3. It initialises the RS232 parity byte, RIPRTY, on reception of a start bit.
.:E4D7 AA AA AA		Hintergrundfarbe setzen	save the start bit check flag, set start bit received set the initial parity state save the receiver parity bit		RINONE, check for start bit RIPRTY, RS232 input parity
.,E4DA AD 21 D0 LDA $D021		Farbe holen	save the current colour to the colour RAM get the current colour code		RESET CHARACTER COLOUR This routine is a patch in KERNAL version 3 to fix a bug with the colour code. The routine is called by 'clear a screen line', and sets the character colour to COLOR. get COLOR	clear byte in color ram
.,E4DD 91 F3 STA ($F3),Y		ins Farbram schreiben	save it to the colour RAM		and store in current screen position
.,E4DF 60 RTS		Rücksprung wartet auf Commodore-Taste	wait ~8.5 seconds for any key from the STOP key column		PAUSE AFTER FINDING TAPE FILE This routine continues tape loading without pressing C= when a file was found.	pause after finding a file on casette
.,E4E0 69 02 ADC #$02		2*256/60 = 8.5 Sekunden warten	set the number of jiffies to wait
.,E4E2 A4 91 LDY $91		Flag testen	read the stop key column
.,E4E4 C8 INY		und erhöhen	test for $FF, no keys pressed
.,E4E5 D0 04 BNE $E4EB		Taste gedrückt ?	if any keys were pressed just exit
.,E4E7 C5 A1 CMP $A1		Zeit noch nicht um ?,	compare the wait time with the jiffy clock mid byte
.,E4E9 D0 F7 BNE $E4E2		dann warten	if not there yet go wait some more
.,E4EB 60 RTS		Rücksprung Timerkonstanten für RS 232 Baud Rate, PAL-Version	baud rate tables for PAL C64 baud rate word is calculated from .. (system clock / baud rate) / 2 - 100 system clock ------------ PAL 985248 Hz NTSC 1022727 Hz		RS232 TIMING TABLE - PAL Timingtable for RS232 NMI for use with PAL machines. This table contains the prescaler values for setting up the RS232 baudrates. The table containe 10 entries which corresponds to one of the fixed RS232 rates, starting with lowest (50 baud) and finishing with the highest (2400 baud). Since the clock frequency is different between NTSC and PAL systems, there is another table for NTSC machines at $fec2.	baud rate factor table
.:E4EC 19 26		$2619 = 9753 50 Baud	50 baud 985300		50 baud	50
.:E4EE 44 19		$1944 = 6468 75 Baud	75 baud 985200		75 baud	75
.:E4F0 1A 11		$111A = 4378 110 Baud	110 baud 985160		110 baud	110
.:E4F2 E8 0D		$0DE8 = 3560 134.5 Baud	134.5 baud 984540		134.5 baud	134.5
.:E4F4 70 0C		$0C70 = 3184 150 Baud	150 baud 985200		150 baud	150
.:E4F6 06 06		$0606 = 1542 300 Baud	300 baud 985200		300 baud	300
.:E4F8 D1 02		$02D1 = 736 600 Baud	600 baud 985200		600 baud	600
.:E4FA 37 01		$0137 = 311 1200 Baud	1200 baud 986400		1200 baud	1200
.:E4FC AE 00		$00AE = 174 1800 Baud	1800 baud 986400		(1800) 2400 baud	1800
.:E4FE 69 00		$0069 = 105 2400 Baud Basis-Adresse des CIAs holen	2400 baud 984000 return the base address of the I/O devices		2400 baud IOBASE: GET I/O ADDRESS The KERNAL routine IOBASE ($fff3) jumps to this routine. It returns the base address $dc00 in (X/Y)	2400 read base address of I/O device into XY
.,E500 A2 00 LDX #$00	IOBASE LDX #<D1PRA	Adresse	get the I/O base address low byte		set (X/Y) to $dc00	low DC00
.,E502 A0 DC LDY #$DC	LDY #>D1PRA	$DC00	get the I/O base address high byte			high DC00
.,E504 60 RTS	RTS ; ;RETURN MAX ROWS,COLS OF SCREEN ;	Rücksprung holt Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten	return the x,y organization of the screen		SCREEN: GET SCREEN SIZE The KERNAL routine SCREEN ($ffed) jumps to this routine. It returns the screen size; columns in (X) and rows in (Y).	read screen size
.,E505 A2 28 LDX #$28	SCRORG LDX #LLEN	40 Spalten	get the x size		40 columns	40 columns
.,E507 A0 19 LDY #$19	LDY #NLINES	25 Zeilen	get the y size		25 rows	25 rows
.,E509 60 RTS	RTS ; ;READ/PLOT CURSOR POSITION ;	Rücksprung Cursor setzen (C=0) / holen (C=1)	read/set the x,y cursor position		PLOT: PUT/GET ROW AND COLUMN The KERNAL routine PLOT ($fff0) jumps to this routine. The option taken depends on the state of carry on entry. If it is set, the column is placed in (Y) and the row placed in (X). If carry is clear, the cursor position is read from (X/Y) and the screen pointers are set.	read/set XY cursor position
.,E50A B0 07 BCS $E513	PLOT BCS PLOT10	Carry gesetzt, dann zu $E513	if read cursor go do read		if carry set, jump
.,E50C 86 D6 STX $D6	STX TBLX	Zeile	save the cursor row		store TBLX, current row
.,E50E 84 D3 STY $D3	STY PNTR	Spalte	save the cursor column		store PNTR, current column
.,E510 20 6C E5 JSR $E56C	JSR STUPT	Cursor setzen	set the screen pointers for the cursor row, column		set screen pointers
.,E513 A6 D6 LDX $D6	PLOT10 LDX TBLX	Zeile	get the cursor row		read TBLX
.,E515 A4 D3 LDY $D3	LDY PNTR	Spalte	get the cursor column		read PNTR
.,E517 60 RTS	RTS ;INITIALIZE I/O ; CINT ; ; ESTABLISH SCREEN MEMORY ;	Rücksprung Bildschirm Reset	initialise the screen and keyboard		CINT1: INITIALISE I/O This routine is part of the KERNAL CINT init routine. I/O default values are set, <shift+cbm> keys are disabled, and cursor is switched off. The vector to the keyboard table is set up, and the length of the keyboardbuffer is set to 10 characters. The cursor color is set to lightblue, and the key-repeat parameters are set up.	initialise screen and keyboard
.,E518 20 A0 E5 JSR $E5A0	JSR PANIC ;SET UP VIC ;	Videocontroller initialisieren	initialise the vic chip		set I/O defaults
.,E51B A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;MAKE SURE WE'RE IN PET MODE	Shift-	clear A
.,E51D 8D 91 02 STA $0291	STA MODE	Commodore ermöglichen	clear the shift mode switch		disable <SHIFT + CBM> by writing zero into MODE
.,E520 85 CF STA $CF	STA BLNON ;WE DONT HAVE A GOOD CHAR FROM THE SCREEN YET	Cursor nicht in Blinkphase	clear the cursor blink phase		the cursor blink flag, set BLNON on
.,E522 A9 48 LDA #$48	LDA #<SHFLOG ;SET SHIFT LOGIC INDIRECTS	Adresse	get the keyboard decode logic pointer low byte			low EB48
.,E524 8D 8F 02 STA $028F	STA KEYLOG	($028F) = $EB48	save the keyboard decode logic pointer low byte
.,E527 A9 EB LDA #$EB	LDA #>SHFLOG	setzen	get the keyboard decode logic pointer high byte		set the KEYLOG vector to point at $eb48	high EB48
.,E529 8D 90 02 STA $0290	STA KEYLOG+1	= Zeiger auf Adressen für Tastaturdekodierung	save the keyboard decode logic pointer high byte
.,E52C A9 0A LDA #$0A	LDA #10	10	set the maximum size of the keyboard buffer		set max number of character is keyboard buffer to 10
.,E52E 8D 89 02 STA $0289	STA XMAX ;MAXIMUM TYPE AHEAD BUFFER SIZE	max. Länge des Tastaturpuffers	save the maximum size of the keyboard buffer		XMAX
.,E531 8D 8C 02 STA $028C	STA DELAY	Zähler für Repeat-Geschwindigkeit	save the repeat delay counter		How many 1/60 of a second to wait before key is repeated. Used togeather with $028b
.,E534 A9 0E LDA #$0E	LDA #$E ;INIT COLOR TO LIGHT BLUE<<<<<<<<<<	hellblau	set light blue		set character colour to light blue
.,E536 8D 86 02 STA $0286	STA COLOR	Augenblickliche Farbe	save the current colour code		COLOR
.,E539 A9 04 LDA #$04	LDA #4	Repeat-	speed 4		How many $028c before a new entry is
.,E53B 8D 8B 02 STA $028B	STA KOUNT ;DELAY BETWEEN KEY REPEATS	Geschwindigkeit	save the repeat speed counter		put in the keyboard buffer, KOUNT
.,E53E A9 0C LDA #$0C	LDA #$C	Cursor	set the cursor flash timing
.,E540 85 CD STA $CD	STA BLNCT	Blinkzeit	save the cursor timing countdown		store in BLCNT, cursor toggle timer
.,E542 85 CC STA $CC	STA BLNSW	Cursor Blinkflag Bildschirm löschen	save the cursor enable, $00 = flash cursor clear the screen		store in BLNSW, cursor enable CLEAR SCREEN This routine sets up the screen line link table ($d9 - $f2), LDTB1, which is used to point out the address to the screen. The later part of the routine performs the screen clear, line by line, starting at the bottom line. It continues to the next routine which is used to home the cursor.
.,E544 AD 88 02 LDA $0288	CLSR LDA HIBASE ;FILL HI BYTE PTR TABLE	Speicherseite für Bildschirm-RAM	get the screen memory page		get HIBASE, top of screen memory
.,E547 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80	Adressen	set the high bit, flag every line is a logical line start		fool around
.,E549 A8 TAY	TAY	der	copy to Y
.,E54A A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Bild-	clear the line start low byte
.,E54C AA TAX	TAX	schirm-	clear the index
.,E54D 94 D9 STY $D9,X	LPS1 STY LDTB1,X	zeilen	save the start of line X pointer high byte		store in screen line link table, LDTB1
.,E54F 18 CLC	CLC	40 addieren	clear carry for add
.,E550 69 28 ADC #$28	ADC #LLEN	(eine Zeile)	add the line length to the low byte		add #40 to next line
.,E552 90 01 BCC $E555	BCC LPS2	kein Übertrag, dann HIGH-Byte nicht erhöhen	if no rollover skip the high byte increment
.,E554 C8 INY	INY ;CARRY BUMP HI BYTE	HIGH-Byte erhöhen	else increment the high byte		inc page number
.,E555 E8 INX	LPS2 INX	LOW-Byte erhöhen	increment the line index		next
.,E556 E0 1A CPX #$1A	CPX #NLINES+1 ;DONE # OF LINES?	26, alle Zeilen ?	compare it with the number of lines + 1		till all 26?? is done
.,E558 D0 F3 BNE $E54D	BNE LPS1 ;NO...	nein, dann weiter	loop if not all done
.,E55A A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDA #$FF ;TAG END OF LINE TABLE	Kennzeichnung der	set the end of table marker
.,E55C 95 D9 STA $D9,X	STA LDTB1,X	26, Zeile	mark the end of the table		last pointer is $ff
.,E55E A2 18 LDX #$18	LDX #NLINES-1 ;CLEAR FROM THE BOTTOM LINE UP	24, Anzahl der Zeilen minus 1	set the line count, 25 lines to do, 0 to 24		start clear screen with line $18 (bottom line)
.,E560 20 FF E9 JSR $E9FF	CLEAR1 JSR CLRLN ;SEE SCROLL ROUTINES	Bildschirmzeile löschen	clear screen line X		erase line (X)
.,E563 CA DEX	DEX	Zähler erniedrigen	decrement the count		next
.,E564 10 FA BPL $E560	BPL CLEAR1 ;HOME FUNCTION ;	schon alle? Cursor Home	loop if more to do home the cursor		till screen is empty HOME CURSOR This routine puts the cursor in the top left corner by writing its column and line to zero.
.,E566 A0 00 LDY #$00	NXTD LDY #0	Löschen der	clear Y
.,E568 84 D3 STY $D3	STY PNTR ;LEFT COLUMN	Cursorspalte und	clear the cursor column		write to PNTR, cursor column
.,E56A 84 D6 STY $D6	STY TBLX ;TOP LINE ; ;MOVE CURSOR TO TBLX,PNTR ; STUPT	Cursorzeile Cursorpos. berechnen, Bildschirmzeiger setzen	clear the cursor row set screen pointers for cursor row, column		write to TBLX, line number SET SCREEN POINTERS This routine positions the cursor on the screen and sets up the screen pointers. On entry, TBLX must hold the line number, and PNTR the column number of the cursor position.	set address of curent screen line
.,E56C A6 D6 LDX $D6	LDX TBLX ;GET CURENT LINE INDEX	Cursorzeile	get the cursor row		read TBLX
.,E56E A5 D3 LDA $D3	LDA PNTR ;GET CHARACTER POINTER	Cursorspalte	get the cursor column		read PNTR
.,E570 B4 D9 LDY $D9,X	FNDSTR LDY LDTB1,X ;FIND BEGINING OF LINE	HIGH-Bytes für Doppelzeilen	get start of line X pointer high byte		read value from screen line link table, LDTB1
.,E572 30 08 BMI $E57C	BMI STOK ;BRANCH IF START FOUND	einfache Zeile, dann zu $E57C	if it is the logical line start continue		heavy calcuations??? jump when ready
.,E574 18 CLC	CLC	Spalte	else clear carry for add
.,E575 69 28 ADC #$28	ADC #LLEN ;ADJUST POINTER	+40	add one line length
.,E577 85 D3 STA $D3	STA PNTR	und speichern	save the cursor column		PNTR
.,E579 CA DEX	DEX	nächste Zeile	decrement the cursor row
.,E57A 10 F4 BPL $E570	BPL FNDSTR ;	schon alle?	loop, branch always
.,E57C 20 F0 E9 JSR $E9F0	STOK JSR SETPNT ;SET UP PNT INDIRECT 901227-03********** ;	Zeiger auf Video-RAM setzen	fetch a screen address		set start of line (X)
.,E57F A9 27 LDA #$27	LDA #LLEN-1	39 Spalten	set the line length
.,E581 E8 INX	INX	Zeiger auf Bildschirmtabelle erhöhen	increment the cursor row
.,E582 B4 D9 LDY $D9,X	FNDEND LDY LDTB1,X	HIGH-Byte Startadresse der Zeile in Y-REG schreiben	get the start of line X pointer high byte		LDTB1
.,E584 30 06 BMI $E58C	BMI STDONE	Verzweige falls größer, gleich 128	if logical line start exit
.,E586 18 CLC	CLC	Cursor eine Zeile	else clear carry for add
.,E587 69 28 ADC #$28	ADC #LLEN	tiefer setzen (+40 Spalten)	add one line length to the current line length
.,E589 E8 INX	INX	Zeiger auf Bildschirmtabelle erhöhen	increment the cursor row
.,E58A 10 F6 BPL $E582	BPL FNDEND STDONE	unbedingter Sprung	loop, branch always
.,E58C 85 D5 STA $D5	STA LNMX	Zeilenlänge speichern	save current screen line length		store in LMNX, physical screen line length
.,E58E 4C 24 EA JMP $EA24	JMP SCOLOR ;MAKE COLOR POINTER FOLLOW 901227-03******** ; THIS IS A PATCH FOR INPUT LOGIC 901227-03****** ; FIXES INPUT"XXXXXXX-40-XXXXX";A$ PROBLEM** ;	Zeiger auf Farb-RAM berechnen Rücksprung	calculate the pointer to colour RAM and return		sync color pointer
.,E591 E4 C9 CPX $C9	FINPUT CPX LSXP ;CHECK IF ON SAME LINE	wenn Cursorzeile	compare it with the input cursor row		read LXSP, chech cursor at start of input
.,E593 F0 03 BEQ $E598	BEQ FINPUX ;YES..RETURN TO SEND	gleich null, dann Rücksprung	if there just exit
.,E595 4C ED E6 JMP $E6ED	JMP FINDST ;CHECK IF WE WRAPPED DOWN...	Adresse für zugehörige Zeilennummer nach $D1/$D2	else go ??		retreat cursor
.,E598 60 RTS	FINPUX RTS	Rücksprung	orphan bytes ??
.,E599 EA NOP	NOP ;KEEP THE SPACE THE SAME... ;PANIC NMI ENTRY ;	no operation	huh		A free byte!!! SET I/O DEFAULTS The default output device is set to 3 (screen), and the default input device is set to 0 (keyboard). The VIC chip registers are set from the video chip setup table. The cursor is then set to the home position.	this code is unused by kernel since no other part of the rom jumps to this location!
.,E59A 20 A0 E5 JSR $E5A0	VPAN JSR PANIC ;FIX VIC SCREEN	Videocontroller initialisieren	initialise the vic chip		set I/O defaults
.,E59D 4C 66 E5 JMP $E566	JMP NXTD ;HOME CURSOR	Cursor Home Videocontroller initialisieren	home the cursor and return initialise the vic chip		home cursor and exit routine	initialise vic chip
.,E5A0 A9 03 LDA #$03	PANIC LDA #3 ;RESET DEFAULT I/O	Ausgabe auf	set the screen as the output device
.,E5A2 85 9A STA $9A	STA DFLTO	Bildschirm	save the output device number		DFLTO, default output device - screen
.,E5A4 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Eingabe von	set the keyboard as the input device
.,E5A6 85 99 STA $99	STA DFLTN ;INIT VIC ;	Tastatur	save the input device number		DFLTN, default input device - keyboard
.,E5A8 A2 2F LDX #$2F	INITV LDX #47 ;LOAD ALL VIC REGS ***	47	set the count/index
.,E5AA BD B8 EC LDA $ECB8,X	PX4 LDA TVIC-1,X	Konstanten	get a vic ii chip initialisation value		VIC chip setup table
.,E5AD 9D FF CF STA $CFFF,X	STA VICREG-1,X	in Videokontroller schreiben	save it to the vic ii chip		VIC chip I/O registers
.,E5B0 CA DEX	DEX	Zähler erniedrigen	decrement the count/index		next
.,E5B1 D0 F7 BNE $E5AA	BNE PX4	schon alle?	loop if more to do		till ready
.,E5B3 60 RTS	RTS ; ;REMOVE CHARACTER FROM QUEUE ;	Rücksprung Zeichen aus Tastaturpuffer holen	input from the keyboard buffer		LP2: GET CHARACTER FROM KEYBOARD BUFFER It is assumed that there is at leaset one character in the keyboard buffer. This character is obtained and the rest of the queue is moved up one by one to overwrite it. On exit, the character is in (A).	get character from keyboard buffer
.,E5B4 AC 77 02 LDY $0277	LP2 LDY KEYD	erstes Zeichen holen	get the current character from the buffer		read KEYD, first character in keyboard buffer queue
.,E5B7 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDX #0	Zähler auf Null	clear the index
.,E5B9 BD 78 02 LDA $0278,X	LP1 LDA KEYD+1,X	Puffer nach	get the next character,X from the buffer		overwrite with next in queue
.,E5BC 9D 77 02 STA $0277,X	STA KEYD,X	vorne aufrücken	save it as the current character,X in the buffer
.,E5BF E8 INX	INX	Zähler erhöhen	increment the index
.,E5C0 E4 C6 CPX $C6	CPX NDX	mit Anzahl der	compare it with the keyboard buffer index		compare with NDX, number of characters in queue
.,E5C2 D0 F5 BNE $E5B9	BNE LP1	Zeichen vergleichen	loop if more to do		till all characters are moved
.,E5C4 C6 C6 DEC $C6	DEC NDX	Zeichenzahl erniedrigen	decrement keyboard buffer index		decrement NDX
.,E5C6 98 TYA	TYA	Zeichen in Akku holen	copy the key to A		transfer read character to (A)
.,E5C7 58 CLI	CLI	Interrupt freigeben	enable the interrupts		enable interrupt
.,E5C8 18 CLC	CLC ;GOOD RETURN	Carry löschen	flag got byte
.,E5C9 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung Warteschleife für Tastatureingabe	write character and wait for key		INPUT FROM KEYBOARD This routine uses the previous routine to get characters from the keyboard buffer. Each character is output to the screen, unless it is <shift/RUN>. If so, the contents of the keyboard buffer is replaced with LOAD <CR> RUN <CR>. The routine ends when a carriage routine is encountered.	wait for return for keyboard
.,E5CA 20 16 E7 JSR $E716	LOOP4 JSR PRT LOOP3	Zeichen auf Bildschirm ausgeben	output character wait for a key from the keyboard		output to screen
.,E5CD A5 C6 LDA $C6	LDA NDX	Anzahl der	get the keyboard buffer index		read NDX, number of characters in keyboard queue
.,E5CF 85 CC STA $CC	STA BLNSW	gedrückten	cursor enable, $00 = flash cursor, $xx = no flash		BLNSW, cursor blink enable
.,E5D1 8D 92 02 STA $0292	STA AUTODN ;TURN ON AUTO SCROLL DOWN	Tasten	screen scrolling flag, $00 = scroll, $xx = no scroll this disables both the cursor flash and the screen scroll while there are characters in the keyboard buffer		AUTODN, auto scroll down flag
.,E5D4 F0 F7 BEQ $E5CD	BEQ LOOP3	keine Taste gedrückt ?, dann warten	loop if the buffer is empty		loop till key is pressed
.,E5D6 78 SEI	SEI	Interrupt verhindern	disable the interrupts		disable interrupt
.,E5D7 A5 CF LDA $CF	LDA BLNON	Cursor in Blink-Phase ?	get the cursor blink phase		BLNON, last cursor blink (on/off)
.,E5D9 F0 0C BEQ $E5E7	BEQ LP21	nein	if cursor phase skip the overwrite else it is the character phase
.,E5DB A5 CE LDA $CE	LDA GDBLN	Zeichen unter dem Cursor	get the character under the cursor		GDBLN, character under cursor
.,E5DD AE 87 02 LDX $0287	LDX GDCOL ;RESTORE ORIGINAL COLOR	Farbe unter dem Cursor	get the colour under the cursor		GDCOL, background color under cursor
.,E5E0 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Cursor nicht	clear Y
.,E5E2 84 CF STY $CF	STY BLNON	in Blinkphase	clear the cursor blink phase		clear BLNON
.,E5E4 20 13 EA JSR $EA13	JSR DSPP	Zeichen und Farbe setzen	print character A and colour X		print to screen
.,E5E7 20 B4 E5 JSR $E5B4	LP21 JSR LP2	Zeichen aus Tastaturpuffer holen	input from the keyboard buffer		Get character from keyboard buffer
.,E5EA C9 83 CMP #$83	CMP #$83 ;RUN KEY?	Kode für	compare with [SHIFT][RUN]		test if <shift/RUN> is pressed
.,E5EC D0 10 BNE $E5FE	BNE LP22	'SHIFT RUN' ?	if not [SHIFT][RUN] skip the buffer fill keys are [SHIFT][RUN] so put "LOAD",$0D,"RUN",$0D into the buffer		nope
.,E5EE A2 09 LDX #$09	LDX #9	9 Zeichen	set the byte count		transfer 'LOAD <CR> RUN <CR>' to keyboard buffer
.,E5F0 78 SEI	SEI	Interrupt verhindern	disable the interrupts
.,E5F1 86 C6 STX $C6	STX NDX	Zeichenzahl merken	set the keyboard buffer index		store #9 in NDX, characters in buffer
.,E5F3 BD E6 EC LDA $ECE6,X	LP23 LDA RUNTB-1,X	'LOAD (cr) RUN (cr)'	get byte from the auto load/run table		'LOAD <CR> RUN <CR>' message in ROM
.,E5F6 9D 76 02 STA $0276,X	STA KEYD-1,X	in Tastaturpuffer holen	save it to the keyboard buffer		store in keyboard buffer
.,E5F9 CA DEX	DEX	nächstes Zeichen	decrement the count/index
.,E5FA D0 F7 BNE $E5F3	BNE LP23	schon alle ?	loop while more to do		all nine characters
.,E5FC F0 CF BEQ $E5CD	BEQ LOOP3	und auswerten	loop for the next key, branch always was not [SHIFT][RUN]		allways jump
.,E5FE C9 0D CMP #$0D	LP22 CMP #$D	'CR'	compare the key with [CR]		carriage return pressed?
.,E600 D0 C8 BNE $E5CA	BNE LOOP4	nein ?, dann zurück zur Warteschleife	if not [CR] print the character and get the next key else it was [CR]		nope, go to start
.,E602 A4 D5 LDY $D5	LDY LNMX	Länge der Bildschirmzeile	get the current screen line length		get LNMX, screen line length
.,E604 84 D0 STY $D0	STY CRSW	CR-Flag setzen	input from keyboard or screen, $xx = screen, $00 = keyboard		CRSV, flag input/get from keyboard
.,E606 B1 D1 LDA ($D1),Y	CLP5 LDA (PNT)Y	Zeichen vom Bildschirm holen	get the character from the current screen line		PNT, screen address
.,E608 C9 20 CMP #$20	CMP #'	Leerzeichen	compare it with [SPACE]		space?
.,E60A D0 03 BNE $E60F	BNE CLP6	am Ende	if not [SPACE] continue		nope
.,E60C 88 DEY	DEY	der	else eliminate the space, decrement end of input line
.,E60D D0 F7 BNE $E606	BNE CLP5	Zeile	loop, branch always		next
.,E60F C8 INY	CLP6 INY	eliminieren	increment past the last non space character on line
.,E610 84 C8 STY $C8	STY INDX	Position als Index merken	save the input [EOL] pointer		store in INDX, end of logical line for input
.,E612 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Cursorspalte	clear A
.,E614 8C 92 02 STY $0292	STY AUTODN ;TURN OFF AUTO SCROLL DOWN	gleich Null	clear the screen scrolling flag, $00 = scroll		AUTODN
.,E617 84 D3 STY $D3	STY PNTR	Cursorposition auf Null	clear the cursor column		PNTR, cursor column
.,E619 84 D4 STY $D4	STY QTSW	Hochkommaflag löschen	clear the cursor quote flag, $xx = quote, $00 = no quote		QTSW, reset quoute mode
.,E61B A5 C9 LDA $C9	LDA LSXP	wenn Cursorzeile schon durch	get the input cursor row		LXSP, corsor X/Y position
.,E61D 30 1B BMI $E63A	BMI LOP5	scrollen verschwunden, dann zu $E63A
.,E61F A6 D6 LDX $D6	LDX TBLX	Cursorzeile	get the cursor row		TBLX, cursor line number
.,E621 20 ED E6 JSR $E6ED	JSR FINDST ;FIND 1ST PHYSICAL LINE	Adresse für Startzeile setzen	find and set the pointers for the start of logical line		retreat cursor
.,E624 E4 C9 CPX $C9	CPX LSXP	Fehler bei Eingabe ?,	compare with input cursor row		LXSP
.,E626 D0 12 BNE $E63A	BNE LOP5	dann nochmal lesen
.,E628 A5 CA LDA $CA	LDA LSTP	letzte Spalte	get the input cursor column
.,E62A 85 D3 STA $D3	STA PNTR	in Spaltenzeiger bringen	save the cursor column		PNTR
.,E62C C5 C8 CMP $C8	CMP INDX	mit Index vergleichen	compare the cursor column with input [EOL] pointer		INDX
.,E62E 90 0A BCC $E63A	BCC LOP5	wenn kleiner, dann Zeile auswerten	if less, cursor is in line, go ??
.,E630 B0 2B BCS $E65D	BCS CLP2 ;INPUT A LINE UNTIL CARRIAGE RETURN ;	wenn größer oder gleich, dann keine Eingabe Ein Zeichen vom Bildschirm holen	else the cursor is beyond the line end, branch always input from screen or keyboard		INPUT FROM SCREEN OR KEYBOARD This routine is used by INPUT to input data from devices not on the serial bus, ie. from screen or keyboard. On entry (X) and (Y) registers are preserved. A test is made to determine which device the input is to be from. If it is the screen, then quotes and <RVS> are tested for and the character is echoed on the screen. Keyboard inputs make use of the previous routine.	get character from device 0 or 3
.,E632 98 TYA	LOOP5 TYA	die	copy Y		preserve (X) and (Y) registers
.,E633 48 PHA	PHA	Re-	save Y
.,E634 8A TXA	TXA	gister	copy X
.,E635 48 PHA	PHA	retten	save X
.,E636 A5 D0 LDA $D0	LDA CRSW	CR-Flag	input from keyboard or screen, $xx = screen, $00 = keyboard		CRSW, INPUT/GET from keyboard or screen
.,E638 F0 93 BEQ $E5CD	BEQ LOOP3	nein, dann zur Warteschleife	if keyboard go wait for key		input from keyboard	get character from current screen line
.,E63A A4 D3 LDY $D3	LOP5 LDY PNTR	Spalte	get the cursor column		PNTR, cursor column
.,E63C B1 D1 LDA ($D1),Y	LDA (PNT)Y NOTONE	Zeichen vom Bildschirm holen	get character from the current screen line		read from current screen address
.,E63E 85 D7 STA $D7	STA DATA	und	save temporary last character		temp store
.,E640 29 3F AND #$3F	LOP51 AND #$3F	nach	mask key bits
.,E642 06 D7 ASL $D7	ASL DATA	ASCII	<< temporary last character
.,E644 24 D7 BIT $D7	BIT DATA	wandeln	test it
.,E646 10 02 BPL $E64A	BPL LOP54	wenn Bit 6 nicht gesetzt, dann zu $E64A	branch if not [NO KEY]
.,E648 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80	Bit 7 setzen
.,E64A 90 04 BCC $E650	LOP54 BCC LOP52	Zeichen nicht revers ?, dann zu $E650
.,E64C A6 D4 LDX $D4	LDX QTSW	Hochkommaflag nicht	get the cursor quote flag, $xx = quote, $00 = no quote		QTSW, editor in quotes mode
.,E64E D0 04 BNE $E654	BNE LOP53	gesetzt ?, dann zu $E654	if in quote mode go ??		yepp
.,E650 70 02 BVS $E654	LOP52 BVS LOP53	wenn ja, dann zu $E654
.,E652 09 40 ORA #$40	ORA #$40	Bit 6 im Zeichen setzen
.,E654 E6 D3 INC $D3	LOP53 INC PNTR	Cursor eins weiter setzen	increment the cursor column		PNTR
.,E656 20 84 E6 JSR $E684	JSR QTSWC	auf Hochkomma testen	if open quote toggle the cursor quote flag		do quotes test
.,E659 C4 C8 CPY $C8	CPY INDX	Cursor in letzter Spalte ?	compare ?? with input [EOL] pointer		INDX, end of logical line for input
.,E65B D0 17 BNE $E674	BNE CLP1	wenn nicht, dann zu $E674	if not at line end go ??
.,E65D A9 00 LDA #$00	CLP2 LDA #0	Zeile	clear A
.,E65F 85 D0 STA $D0	STA CRSW	vollständig gelesen	clear input from keyboard or screen, $xx = screen, $00 = keyboard		CRSW
.,E661 A9 0D LDA #$0D	LDA #$D	'CR'	set character [CR]
.,E663 A6 99 LDX $99	LDX DFLTN ;FIX GETS FROM SCREEN	ans Ende der Zeile setzen	get the input device number		DFLTN, default input device
.,E665 E0 03 CPX #$03	CPX #3 ;IS IT THE SCREEN?	Eingabe vom Bildschirm ?	compare the input device with the screen		screen
.,E667 F0 06 BEQ $E66F	BEQ CLP2A	ja, dann zu $E66F	if screen go ??		yes
.,E669 A6 9A LDX $9A	LDX DFLTO	Ausgabe auf Bildschirm	get the output device number		DFLTO, default output device
.,E66B E0 03 CPX #$03	CPX #3	ja, dann	compare the output device with the screen		screen
.,E66D F0 03 BEQ $E672	BEQ CLP21	zu $E672	if screen go ??		yes
.,E66F 20 16 E7 JSR $E716	CLP2A JSR PRT	Zeichen auf Bildschirm schreiben	output the character		output to screen
.,E672 A9 0D LDA #$0D	CLP21 LDA #$D	Wert für	set character [CR]
.,E674 85 D7 STA $D7	CLP1 STA DATA	'CR'	save character
.,E676 68 PLA	PLA	die	pull X
.,E677 AA TAX	TAX	Register	restore X		restore (X) and (Y) registers
.,E678 68 PLA	PLA	zürück-	pull Y
.,E679 A8 TAY	TAY	holen	restore Y
.,E67A A5 D7 LDA $D7	LDA DATA	Bildschirm-Kode	restore character
.,E67C C9 DE CMP #$DE	CMP #$DE ;IS IT <PI> ?	mit Kode für Pi vergleichen				screen PI code
.,E67E D0 02 BNE $E682	BNE CLP7	nein ?, dann fertig
.,E680 A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDA #$FF	ja ?, durch BASIC-Kode für Pi ersetzen				petscii PI code
.,E682 18 CLC	CLP7 CLC	Carry löschen	flag ok
.,E683 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung auf Hochkomma testen	if open quote toggle cursor quote flag		QUOTES TSET On entry, (A) holds the character to be tested. If (A) holds ASCII quotes, then the quotes flag is toggled.	check for quote mark and set flag
.,E684 C9 22 CMP #$22	QTSWC CMP #$22	'"' ?	comapre byte with "		ASCII quotes (")	quote mark
.,E686 D0 08 BNE $E690	BNE QTSWL	nein ?, dann fertig	exit if not "		nope, return
.,E688 A5 D4 LDA $D4	LDA QTSW	Hochkomma-	get cursor quote flag, $xx = quote, $00 = no quote		QTSW, quotes mode flag
.,E68A 49 01 EOR #$01	EOR #$1	Flag	toggle it		toggle on/off
.,E68C 85 D4 STA $D4	STA QTSW	umdrehen	save cursor quote flag		store
.,E68E A9 22 LDA #$22	LDA #$22	Hochkomma-Code wieder- herstellen	restore the "		restore (A) to #$22	quote mark
.,E690 60 RTS	QTSWL RTS	Rücksprung Zeichen auf Bildschirm ausgeben	insert uppercase/graphic character		SET UP SCREEN PRINT The RVS flag is tested to see if reversed characters are to be printed. If insert mode is on, the insert counter is decremented by one. When in insert mode, all characters will be displayd, ie. DEL RVS etc. The character colour is placed in (X) and the character is printed to the scrren and the cursor advanced.	fill screen at current position
.,E691 09 40 ORA #$40	NXT33 ORA #$40	Bit 6 im Zeichen setzen	change to uppercase/graphic
.,E693 A6 C7 LDX $C7	NXT3 LDX RVS	RVS ?	get the reverse flag		test RVS, flag for reversed characters
.,E695 F0 02 BEQ $E699	BEQ NVS	Umwandlung in Bildschirmcode	branch if not reverse else .. insert reversed character		nope
.,E697 09 80 ORA #$80	NC3 ORA #$80	ja, dann Bit 7 setzen	reverse character		set bit 7 to reverse character
.,E699 A6 D8 LDX $D8	NVS LDX INSRT	wenn Einfügzähler Null,	get the insert count		test INSRT, flag for insert mode
.,E69B F0 02 BEQ $E69F	BEQ NVS1	dann zu $E69F	branch if none		nope
.,E69D C6 D8 DEC $D8	DEC INSRT	Zähler erniedrigen	else decrement the insert count		decrement number of characters left to insert
.,E69F AE 86 02 LDX $0286	NVS1 LDX COLOR PUT COLOR ON SCREEN	Farbkode	get the current colour code		get COLOR, current character colour code
.,E6A2 20 13 EA JSR $EA13	JSR DSPP	Zeichen in Bildschirm-RAM schreiben	print character A and colour X		print to screen
.,E6A5 20 B6 E6 JSR $E6B6	JSR WLOGIC ;CHECK FOR WRAPAROUND	Tabelle der Zeilenanfänge aktualisieren	advance the cursor restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit		advance cursor	return from output to the screen
.,E6A8 68 PLA	LOOP2 PLA	Y-Reg	pull Y
.,E6A9 A8 TAY	TAY	aus Stack	restore Y
.,E6AA A5 D8 LDA $D8	LDA INSRT	wenn Einfügzähler Null,	get the insert count		INSRT
.,E6AC F0 02 BEQ $E6B0	BEQ LOP2	dann zu $E6B0	skip quote flag clear if inserts to do
.,E6AE 46 D4 LSR $D4	LSR QTSW	Hochkommamodus löschen	clear cursor quote flag, $xx = quote, $00 = no quote
.,E6B0 68 PLA	LOP2 PLA	X-Reg	pull X
.,E6B1 AA TAX	TAX	aus Stack	restore X
.,E6B2 68 PLA	PLA	Akku aus Stack	restore A
.,E6B3 18 CLC	CLC ;GOOD RETURN	Carry löschen
.,E6B4 58 CLI	CLI	Interrupt freigeben	enable the interrupts
.,E6B5 60 RTS	RTS WLOGIC	Rücksprung HIGH-Byte für Zeilenanfänge neu berechnen	advance the cursor		ADVANCE CURSOR The cursor is advanced one position on the screen. If this puts it beyond the 40th column, then it is placed at the beginning of the next line. If the length of that line is less than 80, then this new line is linked to the previous one. A space is opened if data already exists on the new line. If the cursor has reached the bottom of the screen, then the screen is scrolled down.	get/insert new line
.,E6B6 20 B3 E8 JSR $E8B3	JSR CHKDWN ;MAYBE WE SHOULD WE INCREMENT TBLX	Zeilenzeiger erhöhen	test for line increment		check line increment
.,E6B9 E6 D3 INC $D3	INC PNTR ;BUMP CHARCTER POINTER	Cursorspalte erhöhen	increment the cursor column		increment PNTR, cursor column on current line
.,E6BB A5 D5 LDA $D5	LDA LNMX ;	Zeilenlänge holen	get current screen line length		LNMX, physical screen line length
.,E6BD C5 D3 CMP $D3	CMP PNTR ;IF LNMX IS LESS THAN PNTR	Vergleich mit Cursorspalte	compare ?? with the cursor column		compare to PNTR
.,E6BF B0 3F BCS $E700	BCS WLGRTS ;BRANCH IF LNMX>=PNTR	nicht überschritten, dann RTS	exit if line length >= cursor column		not beyond end of line, exit
.,E6C1 C9 4F CMP #$4F	CMP #MAXCHR-1 ;PAST MAX CHARACTERS	79 Zeichen (Doppelzeile) ?	compare with max length		$4f = 79
.,E6C3 F0 32 BEQ $E6F7	BEQ WLOG10 ;BRANCH IF SO	wenn ja, dann zu $E6F7	if at max clear column, back cursor up and do newline		put cursor on new logical line
.,E6C5 AD 92 02 LDA $0292	LDA AUTODN ;SHOULD WE AUTO SCROLL DOWN?	Zeilenübergang nicht	get the autoscroll flag		AUTODN, auto scroll down flag
.,E6C8 F0 03 BEQ $E6CD	BEQ WLOG20 ;BRANCH IF NOT	im Editmodus, dann zu $E6CD	branch if autoscroll on		auto scroll is on
.,E6CA 4C 67 E9 JMP $E967	JMP BMT1 ;ELSE DECIDE WHICH WAY TO SCROLL WLOG20	neue Zeile einfügen	else open space on screen		open a space on the screen
.,E6CD A6 D6 LDX $D6	LDX TBLX ;SEE IF WE SHOULD SCROLL DOWN	Zeile	get the cursor row		read TBLX, current line number
.,E6CF E0 19 CPX #$19	CPX #NLINES	25 ?	compare with max + 1		$19 = 25
.,E6D1 90 07 BCC $E6DA	BCC WLOG30 ;BRANCH IF NOT	wenn ja, dann zu $E6DA	if less than max + 1 go add this row to the current logical line		less than 25
.,E6D3 20 EA E8 JSR $E8EA	JSR SCROL ;ELSE DO THE SCROL UP	SCROLL	else scroll the screen		scroll down
.,E6D6 C6 D6 DEC $D6	DEC TBLX ;AND ADJUST CURENT LINE#	Cursorzeilenzeiger erniedrigen	decrement the cursor row		place cursor on line 24
.,E6D8 A6 D6 LDX $D6	LDX TBLX	Zähler holen	get the cursor row add this row to the current logical line
.,E6DA 16 D9 ASL $D9,X	WLOG30 ASL LDTB1,X ;WRAP THE LINE	Zeile	shift start of line X pointer high byte		clear bit7 in LDTB1 to indicate that it is line 2
.,E6DC 56 D9 LSR $D9,X	LSR LDTB1,X	markieren	shift start of line X pointer high byte back, make next screen line start of logical line, increment line length and set pointers clear b7, start of logical line		in the logical line
.,E6DE E8 INX	INX ;INDEX TO NEXT LLINE	Zähler erhöhen	increment screen row		next line
.,E6DF B5 D9 LDA $D9,X	LDA LDTB1,X ;GET HIGH ORDER BYTE OF ADDRESS	Startzeile	get start of line X pointer high byte		set bit7 in LDTB1 to indicate that it is line 1
.,E6E1 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80 ;MAKE IT A NON-CONTINUATION LINE	markieren	mark as start of logical line		in the logical line
.,E6E3 95 D9 STA $D9,X	STA LDTB1,X ;AND PUT IT BACK	und speichern	set start of line X pointer high byte
.,E6E5 CA DEX	DEX ;GET BACK TO CURRENT LINE	Zähler erniedrigen	restore screen row
.,E6E6 A5 D5 LDA $D5	LDA LNMX ;CONTINUE THE BYTES TAKEN OUT	Zeilenlänge	get current screen line length add one line length and set the pointers for the start of the line		add $28 (40) to LNMX to allow 80 characters
.,E6E8 18 CLC	CLC	mit	clear carry for add		on the logical line
.,E6E9 69 28 ADC #$28	ADC #LLEN	40 addieren	add one line length
.,E6EB 85 D5 STA $D5	STA LNMX FINDST	und speichern	save current screen line length		RETREAT CURSOR The screen line link table is searched, and then the start of line is set. The rest of the routine sets the cursor onto the next line for the previous routine.
.,E6ED B5 D9 LDA $D9,X	LDA LDTB1,X ;IS THIS THE FIRST LINE?	keine Doppelzeile,	get start of line X pointer high byte		LDTB1, screen line link table
.,E6EF 30 03 BMI $E6F4	BMI FINX ;BRANCH IF SO	dann zu $E6F4	exit loop if start of logical line		test bit7
.,E6F1 CA DEX	DEX ;ELSE BACKUP 1	Zähler erniedrigen	else back up one line		next line
.,E6F2 D0 F9 BNE $E6ED	BNE FINDST FINX	noch nicht alle?, dann weiter	loop if not on first line		till all are done
.,E6F4 4C F0 E9 JMP $E9F0	JMP SETPNT ;MAKE SURE PNT IS RIGHT	Zeiger auf Farb-RAM für Zeile X	fetch a screen address		set start of line
.,E6F7 C6 D6 DEC $D6	WLOG10 DEC TBLX	Cursorzeile erniedrigen	decrement the cursor row		decrement TBLX, cursor line
.,E6F9 20 7C E8 JSR $E87C	JSR NXLN	und initialisieren	do newline		goto next line
.,E6FC A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Spalte	clear A
.,E6FE 85 D3 STA $D3	STA PNTR ;POINT TO FIRST BYTE	auf Null	clear the cursor column		set PNTR, the cursor column, to zero
.,E700 60 RTS	WLGRTS RTS	Rücksprung Rückschritt in vorhergehende Zeile	back onto the previous line if possible		BACK ON TO PREVIOUS LINE This routine is called when using <DEL> and <cursor LEFT>. The line number is tested, and if the cursor is already on the top line, then no further action is taken. The screen pointers are set up and the cursor placed at the end of the previous line.	move backwards over a line boundary
.,E701 A6 D6 LDX $D6	BKLN LDX TBLX	Cursorzeile	get the cursor row		test TBLX, physical line number
.,E703 D0 06 BNE $E70B	BNE BKLN1	wenn null, dann zu $E70B	branch if not top row		if not on top line, branch
.,E705 86 D3 STX $D3	STX PNTR	Cursorspalte	clear cursor column		set PNTR to zero as well
.,E707 68 PLA	PLA	Sprungadresse	dump return address low byte
.,E708 68 PLA	PLA	aus Stack holen	dump return address high byte
.,E709 D0 9D BNE $E6A8	BNE LOOP2 ;	unbedingter Sprung	restore registers, set quote flag and exit, branch always		allways jump
.,E70B CA DEX	BKLN1 DEX	Zeilennummer	decrement the cursor row		decrement TBLX
.,E70C 86 D6 STX $D6	STX TBLX	erniedrigen	save the cursor row		and store
.,E70E 20 6C E5 JSR $E56C	JSR STUPT	Cursorposition berechnen	set the screen pointers for cursor row, column		set screen pointers
.,E711 A4 D5 LDY $D5	LDY LNMX	Zeilenlänge	get current screen line length		get LNMX
.,E713 84 D3 STY $D3	STY PNTR	speichern	save the cursor column		and store in PNTR
.,E715 60 RTS	RTS ;PRINT ROUTINE ;	Rücksprung Ausgabe auf Bildschirm	output a character to the screen		OUTPUT TO SCREEN This routine is part of the main KERNAL CHROUT routine. It prints CBM ASCII characters to the screen and takes care of all the screen editing characters. The cursor is automatically updated and scrolling occurs if necessary. On entry, (A) must hold the character to be output. On entry all registers are stored on the stack. For convinience, the routine is slpit into sections showing the processing of both shifted and unshifted character.	put a character to screen
.,E716 48 PHA	PRT PHA	Zeichen	save character		store (A), (X) and (Y) on stack
.,E717 85 D7 STA $D7	STA DATA	merken	save temporary last character		temp store
.,E719 8A TXA	TXA	die	copy X
.,E71A 48 PHA	PHA	Re-	save X
.,E71B 98 TYA	TYA	gister	copy Y
.,E71C 48 PHA	PHA	retten	save Y
.,E71D A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Eingabeflag	clear A
.,E71F 85 D0 STA $D0	STA CRSW	löschen	clear input from keyboard or screen, $xx = screen, $00 = keyboard		store in CRSW
.,E721 A4 D3 LDY $D3	LDY PNTR	Cursorspalte	get cursor column		PNTR, cursor positions on line
.,E723 A5 D7 LDA $D7	LDA DATA	Zeichen	restore last character		retrieve from temp store
.,E725 10 03 BPL $E72A	BPL *+5	wenn kleiner 128, dann zu $E72A	branch if unshifted		do unshifted characters
.,E727 4C D4 E7 JMP $E7D4	JMP NXTX	Zeichen größer $7F behandeln	do shifted characters and return		do shifted characters UNSHIFTED CHARACTERS. Ordinary unshifted ASCII characters and PET graphics are output directly to the screen. The following control codes are trapped and precessed: <RETURN>, <DEL>, <CRSR RIGHT>, <CRSR DOWN>. If either insert mode is on or quotes are open (except for <DEL>) then the control characters are not processed, but output as reversed ASCII literals.
.,E72A C9 0D CMP #$0D	CMP #$D	'CARRIAGE RETURN' ?	compare with [CR]		<RETURN>?	return code
.,E72C D0 03 BNE $E731	BNE NJT1	wenn nicht, dann zu $E731	branch if not [CR]		nope
.,E72E 4C 91 E8 JMP $E891	JMP NXT1	Return ausgeben	else output [CR] and return		execute return
.,E731 C9 20 CMP #$20	NJT1 CMP #'	' '	compare with [SPACE]		<SPACE>?
.,E733 90 10 BCC $E745	BCC NTCN	druckendes Zeichen ?	branch if < [SPACE], not a printable character
.,E735 C9 60 CMP #$60	CMP #$60 ;LOWER CASE?	Zahl kleiner $60,			#$60, first PET graphic character?
.,E737 90 04 BCC $E73D	BCC NJT8 ;NO...	dann keine Graphikzeichen	branch if $20 to $5F character is $60 or greater
.,E739 29 DF AND #$DF	AND #$DF ;YES...MAKE SCREEN LOWER	Umwandlung in BS-Kode	conversion of PETSCII character to screen code		%11011111
.,E73B D0 02 BNE $E73F	BNE NJT9 ;ALWAYS	unbedingter Sprung	branch always character is $20 to $5F
.,E73D 29 3F AND #$3F	NJT8 AND #$3F	Umwandlung in BS-Kode	conversion of PETSCII character to screen code		%00111111
.,E73F 20 84 E6 JSR $E684	NJT9 JSR QTSWC	Test auf Hochkomma	if open quote toggle cursor direct/programmed flag		do quotes test
.,E742 4C 93 E6 JMP $E693	JMP NXT3	zur Ausgabe, ASCII-Kode in BS-Code	character was < [SPACE] so is a control character of some sort		setup screen print
.,E745 A6 D8 LDX $D8	NTCN LDX INSRT	wenn Einfügzähler =0,	get the insert count		INSRT, insert mode flag
.,E747 F0 03 BEQ $E74C	BEQ CNC3X	dann zu $E74C	if no characters to insert continue		mode not set
.,E749 4C 97 E6 JMP $E697	JMP NC3	ASCII-Kode in BS-Code	insert reversed character		output reversed charcter
.,E74C C9 14 CMP #$14	CNC3X CMP #$14	nicht 'DEL' ?,	compare the character with [INSERT]/[DELETE]		<DEL>?	delete code
.,E74E D0 2E BNE $E77E	BNE NTCN1	dann zu $E77E	if not [INSERT]/[DELETE] go ??		nope
.,E750 98 TYA	TYA	erste Spalte =0			(Y) holds cursor column
.,E751 D0 06 BNE $E759	BNE BAK1UP	dann zu $E759			not start of line
.,E753 20 01 E7 JSR $E701	JSR BKLN	zurück in vorherige Zeile	back onto the previous line if possible		back on previous line
.,E756 4C 73 E7 JMP $E773	JMP BK2	Zeichen in Cursorposition eliminieren
.,E759 20 A1 E8 JSR $E8A1	BAK1UP JSR CHKBAK ;SHOULD WE DEC TBLX	Rückschritt prüfen	test for line decrement now close up the line		check line decrement
.,E75C 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement index to previous character		decrement cursor column
.,E75D 84 D3 STY $D3	STY PNTR	und speichern	save the cursor column		and store in PNTR
.,E75F 20 24 EA JSR $EA24	BK1 JSR SCOLOR ;FIX COLOR PTRS	Zeiger auf Farb-RAM berechnen	calculate the pointer to colour RAM		syncronise colour pointer
.,E762 C8 INY	BK15 INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index to next character		copy character at cursor position (Y+1) to (Y)
.,E763 B1 D1 LDA ($D1),Y	LDA (PNT)Y	Zeichen vom Bildschirm	get character from current screen line		read character
.,E765 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement index to previous character
.,E766 91 D1 STA ($D1),Y	STA (PNT)Y	eins nach links schieben	save character to current screen line		and store it one position back
.,E768 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index to next character
.,E769 B1 F3 LDA ($F3),Y	LDA (USER)Y	Farbe	get colour RAM byte		read character colour
.,E76B 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement index to previous character
.,E76C 91 F3 STA ($F3),Y	STA (USER)Y	eins nach links schieben	save colour RAM byte		and store it one position back
.,E76E C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index to next character		more characters to move
.,E76F C4 D5 CPY $D5	CPY LNMX	Endspalte nicht	compare with current screen line length		compare with LNMX, length of physical screen line
.,E771 D0 EF BNE $E762	BNE BK15	erreicht, dann weiter	loop if not there yet		if not equal, move more characters
.,E773 A9 20 LDA #$20	BK2 LDA #'	Blank	set [SPACE]			space
.,E775 91 D1 STA ($D1),Y	STA (PNT)Y	einfügen	clear last character on current screen line		store <SPACE> at end of line
.,E777 AD 86 02 LDA $0286	LDA COLOR	Farbcode	get the current colour code		COLOR, current character colour
.,E77A 91 F3 STA ($F3),Y	STA (USER)Y	setzen	save to colour RAM		store colour at end of line
.,E77C 10 4D BPL $E7CB	BPL JPL3	fertig	branch always		allways jump
.,E77E A6 D4 LDX $D4	NTCN1 LDX QTSW	Hochkomma-Modus ?	get cursor quote flag, $xx = quote, $00 = no quote		QTSW, editor in quotes mode
.,E780 F0 03 BEQ $E785	BEQ NC3W	nein	branch if not quote mode		no
.,E782 4C 97 E6 JMP $E697	CNC3 JMP NC3	Zeichen revers ausgeben	insert reversed character		output reversed character
.,E785 C9 12 CMP #$12	NC3W CMP #$12	'RVS ON' ?	compare with [RVS ON]		<RVS>?	reverse code
.,E787 D0 02 BNE $E78B	BNE NC1	nein, dann	if not [RVS ON] skip setting the reverse flag		no
.,E789 85 C7 STA $C7	STA RVS	Flag für RVS setzen	else set the reverse flag		RVS, reversed character output flag
.,E78B C9 13 CMP #$13	NC1 CMP #$13	'HOME' ?	compare with [CLR HOME]		<HOME>?	home code
.,E78D D0 03 BNE $E792	BNE NC2	nein	if not [CLR HOME] continue		no
.,E78F 20 66 E5 JSR $E566	JSR NXTD	ja, Cursor Home	home the cursor		home cursor
.,E792 C9 1D CMP #$1D	NC2 CMP #$1D	'Cursor right' ?	compare with [CURSOR RIGHT]		<CRSR RIGHT>?	csr right
.,E794 D0 17 BNE $E7AD	BNE NCX2	nein	if not [CURSOR RIGHT] go ??		nope
.,E796 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment the cursor column		increment (Y), internal counter for column
.,E797 20 B3 E8 JSR $E8B3	JSR CHKDWN	Cursorposition prüfen	test for line increment		check line increment
.,E79A 84 D3 STY $D3	STY PNTR	neuer Zeiger	save the cursor column		store (Y) in PNTR
.,E79C 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement the cursor column		decrement (Y)
.,E79D C4 D5 CPY $D5	CPY LNMX	keine neue Zeile ?,	compare cursor column with current screen line length		and compare to LNMX
.,E79F 90 09 BCC $E7AA	BCC NCZ2	dann fertig	exit if less else the cursor column is >= the current screen line length so back onto the current line and do a newline		not exceeded line length
.,E7A1 C6 D6 DEC $D6	DEC TBLX	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement the cursor row		TBLX, current physical line number
.,E7A3 20 7C E8 JSR $E87C	JSR NXLN	Zeile initialisieren	do newline		goto next line
.,E7A6 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Spalte	clear cursor column
.,E7A8 84 D3 STY $D3	JPL4 STY PNTR	gleich null	save the cursor column		set PNTR to zero, cursor to the left
.,E7AA 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	NCZ2 JMP LOOP2	fertig	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit		finish screen print
.,E7AD C9 11 CMP #$11	NCX2 CMP #$11	'Cursor down' ?	compare with [CURSOR DOWN]		<CRSR DOWN>?	csr down
.,E7AF D0 1D BNE $E7CE	BNE COLR1	nein	if not [CURSOR DOWN] go ??		no
.,E7B1 18 CLC	CLC	plus	clear carry for add		prepare for add
.,E7B2 98 TYA	TYA	40,	copy the cursor column		(Y) holds cursor column
.,E7B3 69 28 ADC #$28	ADC #LLEN	eine Zeile	add one line		add 40 to next line
.,E7B5 A8 TAY	TAY	tiefer	copy back to Y		to (Y)
.,E7B6 E6 D6 INC $D6	INC TBLX	Zeiger erhöhen	increment the cursor row		increment TBLX, physical line number
.,E7B8 C5 D5 CMP $D5	CMP LNMX	neue Zeile erreicht?	compare cursor column with current screen line length		compare to LNMX
.,E7BA 90 EC BCC $E7A8	BCC JPL4	nein, dann zu $E7A8	if less go save cursor column and exit		finish screen print
.,E7BC F0 EA BEQ $E7A8	BEQ JPL4	Ja, dann zu $E7A8	if equal go save cursor column and exit else the cursor has moved beyond the end of this line so back it up until it's on the start of the logical line		finish screen print
.,E7BE C6 D6 DEC $D6	DEC TBLX	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement the cursor row		restore TBLX
.,E7C0 E9 28 SBC #$28	CURS10 SBC #LLEN	40 abziehen	subtract one line
.,E7C2 90 04 BCC $E7C8	BCC GOTDWN	genügend abgezogen, dann zu $E7C8	if on previous line exit the loop
.,E7C4 85 D3 STA $D3	STA PNTR	Spalte setzen	else save the cursor column		store PNTR
.,E7C6 D0 F8 BNE $E7C0	BNE CURS10	noch mal	loop if not at the start of the line
.,E7C8 20 7C E8 JSR $E87C	GOTDWN JSR NXLN	Zeile initialisieren	do newline		go to next line
.,E7CB 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	JPL3 JMP LOOP2	fertig	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit		finish screen print
.,E7CE 20 CB E8 JSR $E8CB	COLR1 JSR CHKCOL ;CHECK FOR A COLOR	prüft auf Farbcodes	set the colour code		set colour code
.,E7D1 4C 44 EC JMP $EC44	JMP LOWER ;WAS JMP LOOP2 ;CHECK COLOR ; ;SHIFTED KEYS ; NXTX KEEPIT	Test auf weitere Sonderzeichen Zeichen größer $127	go check for special character codes		do graphics/text control SHIFTED CHARACTERS. These are dealt with in the following order: Shifted ordinart ASCII and PET graphics characters, <shift RETURN>, <INST>, <CRSR UP>, <RVS OFF>, <CRSR LEFT>, <CLR>. If either insert mode is on, or quotes are open, then the control character is not processed but reversed ASCII literal is printed.	put shifted chars to screen
.,E7D4 29 7F AND #$7F	AND #$7F	Kode größer 127, Bit 7 löschen	mask 0xxx xxxx, clear b7		clear bit7	remove shift bit
.,E7D6 C9 7F CMP #$7F	CMP #$7F	nicht 'Pi' ?	was it $FF before the mask		compare to #$7f	code for PI
.,E7D8 D0 02 BNE $E7DC	BNE NXTX1	dann zu $E7DC	branch if not		not equal
.,E7DA A9 5E LDA #$5E	LDA #$5E NXTX1 NXTXA	Bildschirmkode für Pi	else make it $5E		if #$7f, load #$5e	screen PI
.,E7DC C9 20 CMP #$20	CMP #$20 ;IS IT A FUNCTION KEY	Steuerzeichen ?	compare the character with [SPACE]		ASCII <SPACE>?
.,E7DE 90 03 BCC $E7E3	BCC UHUH	ja	if < [SPACE] go ??
.,E7E0 4C 91 E6 JMP $E691	JMP NXT33 UHUH	druckendes Zeichen ausgeben	insert uppercase/graphic character and return character was $80 to $9F and is now $00 to $1F		set up screen print
.,E7E3 C9 0D CMP #$0D	CMP #$D	nicht 'Shift return' ?	compare with [CR]		<RETURN>?	shift return
.,E7E5 D0 03 BNE $E7EA	BNE UP5	dann zu $E7EA	if not [CR] continue		nope
.,E7E7 4C 91 E8 JMP $E891	JMP NXT1	neue Zeile	else output [CR] and return was not [CR]		do return
.,E7EA A6 D4 LDX $D4	UP5 LDX QTSW	Hochkomma-Hodus ?	get the cursor quote flag, $xx = quote, $00 = no quote		read QTSW
.,E7EC D0 3F BNE $E82D	BNE UP6	ja, Steuerzeichen revers ausgeben	branch if quote mode		if quotes mode, jump
.,E7EE C9 14 CMP #$14	CMP #$14	nicht 'INS' ?,	compare with [INSERT DELETE]		<INST>?	insert
.,E7F0 D0 37 BNE $E829	BNE UP9	dann zu $E829	if not [INSERT DELETE] go ??		nope
.,E7F2 A4 D5 LDY $D5	LDY LNMX	Zeilenlänge	get current screen line length		LNMX
.,E7F4 B1 D1 LDA ($D1),Y	LDA (PNT)Y	letztes Zeichen in Zeile	get character from current screen line		get screen character
.,E7F6 C9 20 CMP #$20	CMP #'	gleich Leerzeichen ?	compare the character with [SPACE]		space?
.,E7F8 D0 04 BNE $E7FE	BNE INS3	nein, dann zu $E7FE	if not [SPACE] continue		nope
.,E7FA C4 D3 CPY $D3	CPY PNTR	Cursor in letzter Spalte ?	compare the current column with the cursor column		PNTR equal to LNMX
.,E7FC D0 07 BNE $E805	BNE INS1	nein, dann zu $E805	if not cursor column go open up space on line		nope
.,E7FE C0 4F CPY #$4F	INS3 CPY #MAXCHR-1	79 ? maximale Zeilenlänge	compare current column with max line length		#$4f=79, last character
.,E800 F0 24 BEQ $E826	BEQ INSEXT ;EXIT IF LINE TOO LONG	letzte Spalte, dann keine Aktion	if at line end just exit		end of logical line, can not insert
.,E802 20 65 E9 JSR $E965	JSR NEWLIN ;SCROLL DOWN 1	Leerzeile einfügen	else open up a space on the screen now open up space on the line to insert a character		open space on line
.,E805 A4 D5 LDY $D5	INS1 LDY LNMX	Zeilenlänge	get current screen line length		LNMX
.,E807 20 24 EA JSR $EA24	JSR SCOLOR	Zeiger auf Farbram berechnen	calculate the pointer to colour RAM		syncronise colour pointer
.,E80A 88 DEY	INS2 DEY	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement the index to previous character		prepare for move
.,E80B B1 D1 LDA ($D1),Y	LDA (PNT)Y	Zeichen vom Bildschirm	get the character from the current screen line		read character at pos (Y)
.,E80D C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment the index to next character
.,E80E 91 D1 STA ($D1),Y	STA (PNT)Y	eins nach rechts schieben	save the character to the current screen line		and move one step to the right
.,E810 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement the index to previous character
.,E811 B1 F3 LDA ($F3),Y	LDA (USER)Y	und Farbe	get the current screen line colour RAM byte		read character colour
.,E813 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment the index to next character
.,E814 91 F3 STA ($F3),Y	STA (USER)Y	verschieben	save the current screen line colour RAM byte		move one step to the right
.,E816 88 DEY	DEY	Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement the index to the previous character		decrement counter
.,E817 C4 D3 CPY $D3	CPY PNTR	bis zur aktuellen Position aufrücken	compare the index with the cursor column		compare with PNTR
.,E819 D0 EF BNE $E80A	BNE INS2	nicht ?, dann weiter	loop if not there yet		till all characters right of cursor are moved
.,E81B A9 20 LDA #$20	LDA #$20	Leerzeichen	set [SPACE]		<SPACE>, ASCII #$20
.,E81D 91 D1 STA ($D1),Y	STA (PNT)Y	an augenblickliche Position schreiben	clear character at cursor position on current screen line		store at new character position
.,E81F AD 86 02 LDA $0286	LDA COLOR	Farbe	get current colour code		COLOR, current character colour
.,E822 91 F3 STA ($F3),Y	STA (USER)Y	setzen	save to cursor position on current screen line colour RAM		store at new colour position
.,E824 E6 D8 INC $D8	INC INSRT	Anzahl der Inserts erhöhen	increment insert count		INSRT FLAG
.,E826 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	INSEXT JMP LOOP2	Ende der Zeichenausgabe	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit		finish screen print
.,E829 A6 D8 LDX $D8	UP9 LDX INSRT	Zähler Null?	get the insert count		INSRT FLAG
.,E82B F0 05 BEQ $E832	BEQ UP2	dann zu $E832	branch if no insert space		insert mode is off
.,E82D 09 40 ORA #$40	UP6 ORA #$40	Bit 6 setzen	change to uppercase/graphic
.,E82F 4C 97 E6 JMP $E697	JMP NC3	und Zeichen ausgeben	insert reversed character		set up screen print
.,E832 C9 11 CMP #$11	UP2 CMP #$11	nicht Cursor up ?,	compare with [CURSOR UP]		<CRSR UP>?	csr up
.,E834 D0 16 BNE $E84C	BNE NXT2	dann zu $E84C	branch if not [CURSOR UP]		nope
.,E836 A6 D6 LDX $D6	LDX TBLX	Zeile	get the cursor row		read TBLX
.,E838 F0 37 BEQ $E871	BEQ JPL2	null, dann fertig	if on the top line go restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit		at topline, do nothing
.,E83A C6 D6 DEC $D6	DEC TBLX	Zeilennummer um eins erniedrigen	decrement the cursor row		else decrement TBLX
.,E83C A5 D3 LDA $D3	LDA PNTR	Spalte	get the cursor column		PNTR
.,E83E 38 SEC	SEC	40	set carry for subtract		prepare for substract
.,E83F E9 28 SBC #$28	SBC #LLEN	abziehen nicht in Doppelzeile ?,	subtract one line length		back 40 columns for double line
.,E841 90 04 BCC $E847	BCC UPALIN	dann zu $E847	branch if stepped back to previous line		skip
.,E843 85 D3 STA $D3	STA PNTR	Cursorspalte	else save the cursor column ..		store PNTR
.,E845 10 2A BPL $E871	BPL JPL2	positiv, ok	.. and exit, branch always		finish screen print
.,E847 20 6C E5 JSR $E56C	UPALIN JSR STUPT	Bildschirmzeiger neu setzen	set the screen pointers for cursor row, column ..		set screen pointer
.,E84A D0 25 BNE $E871	BNE JPL2	unbedingter Sprung	.. and exit, branch always		finish screen print
.,E84C C9 12 CMP #$12	NXT2 CMP #$12	nicht 'RVS OFF' ?,	compare with [RVS OFF]		<RVS OFF>?	reverse off
.,E84E D0 04 BNE $E854	BNE NXT6	dann zu $E854	if not [RVS OFF] continue		nope
.,E850 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	RVS-Flag	else clear A
.,E852 85 C7 STA $C7	STA RVS	löschen	clear the reverse flag		RVS, disable reverse print
.,E854 C9 1D CMP #$1D	NXT6 CMP #$1D	nicht ’Cursor left' ?,	compare with [CURSOR LEFT]		<CRSR LEFT>?	csr left
.,E856 D0 12 BNE $E86A	BNE NXT61	dann zu $E86A	if not [CURSOR LEFT] go ??		nope
.,E858 98 TYA	TYA	wenn erste Spalte,	copy the cursor column		(Y) holds cursor column
.,E859 F0 09 BEQ $E864	BEQ BAKBAK	dann zu $E864	if at start of line go back onto the previous line		at first position
.,E85B 20 A1 E8 JSR $E8A1	JSR CHKBAK	Cursorzeile erniedrigen	test for line decrement		check line decrement
.,E85E 88 DEY	DEY	Zähler erniedrigen	decrement the cursor column		one position left
.,E85F 84 D3 STY $D3	STY PNTR	Cursorspalte	save the cursor column		store in PNTR
.,E861 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	JMP LOOP2	fertig	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit		finish screen print
.,E864 20 01 E7 JSR $E701	BAKBAK JSR BKLN	Rückschritt in vorherige Zeile	back onto the previous line if possible		back to previous line
.,E867 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	JMP LOOP2	fertig	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit		finish screen print
.,E86A C9 13 CMP #$13	NXT61 CMP #$13	nicht 'CLR SCREEN' ?,	compare with [CLR]		<CLR>?	clr code
.,E86C D0 06 BNE $E874	BNE SCCL	dann zu $E874	if not [CLR] continue		nope
.,E86E 20 44 E5 JSR $E544	JSR CLSR	Bildschirm löschen	clear the screen		clear screen
.,E871 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	JPL2 JMP LOOP2 SCCL	fertig	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit		finish screen print
.,E874 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80 ;MAKE IT UPPER CASE	Bit 7 wiederherstellen	restore b7, colour can only be black, cyan, magenta or yellow
.,E876 20 CB E8 JSR $E8CB	JSR CHKCOL ;TRY FOR COLOR	auf Farbcode prüfen	set the colour code		set colour code
.,E879 4C 4F EC JMP $EC4F	JMP UPPER ;WAS JMP LOOP2 ;	prüft auf Umschaltung Text/Grafik	go check for special character codes except fro switch to lower case do newline		set graphics/text mode GO TO NEXT LINE The cursor is placed at the start of the next logical screen line. This involves moving down two lines for a linked line. If this places the cursor below the bottom of the screen, then the screen is scrolled.	set next line number
.,E87C 46 C9 LSR $C9	NXLN LSR LSXP	Flag für Zeilenwechsel	shift >> input cursor row		LXSP, cursor X-Y position
.,E87E A6 D6 LDX $D6	LDX TBLX	Cursorzeilenzeiger	get the cursor row		TBLX, current line number
.,E880 E8 INX	NXLN2 INX	Zeiger erhöhen	increment the row		next line
.,E881 E0 19 CPX #$19	CPX #NLINES ;OFF BOTTOM?	noch nicht letzte Zeile ?,	compare it with last row + 1		26th line
.,E883 D0 03 BNE $E888	BNE NXLN1 ;NO...	dann zu $E888	if not last row + 1 skip the screen scroll		nope, scroll is not needed
.,E885 20 EA E8 JSR $E8EA	JSR SCROL ;YES...SCROLL	Bildschirm scrollen	else scroll the screen		scroll down
.,E888 B5 D9 LDA $D9,X	NXLN1 LDA LDTB1,X ;DOUBLE LINE?	nächste Zeile, dann	get start of line X pointer high byte		test LTDB1, screen line link table if first of two
.,E88A 10 F4 BPL $E880	BPL NXLN2 ;YES...SCROLL AGAIN	wieder scrollen	loop if not start of logical line		yes, jump down another line
.,E88C 86 D6 STX $D6	STX TBLX	neue Zeile	save the cursor row		store in TBLX
.,E88E 4C 6C E5 JMP $E56C	JMP STUPT NXT1	Cursorposition berechnen	set the screen pointers for cursor row, column and return output [CR]		set screen pointers OUTPUT <CARRIAGE RETURN> All editor modes are swithed off and the cursor placed at the start of the next line.	action for return
.,E891 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDX #0	Einfüg-	clear X
.,E893 86 D8 STX $D8	STX INSRT	zähler löschen	clear the insert count		INSRT, disable insert mode
.,E895 86 C7 STX $C7	STX RVS	Flag für RVS löschen	clear the reverse flag		RVS, disable reversed mode
.,E897 86 D4 STX $D4	STX QTSW	Quote-Modus löschen	clear the cursor quote flag, $xx = quote, $00 = no quote		QTSW, disable quotes mode
.,E899 86 D3 STX $D3	STX PNTR	Cursor in erste Spalte	save the cursor column		PNTR, put cursor at first column
.,E89B 20 7C E8 JSR $E87C	JSR NXLN	Zeile initialisieren	do newline		go to next line
.,E89E 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	JPL5 JMP LOOP2 ; ; ; CHECK FOR A DECREMENT TBLX ;	fertig	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit test for line decrement		finish screen print CHECK LINE DECREMENT When the cursor is at the beginning of a screen line, if it is moved backwards, this routine places the cursor at the end of the line above. It tests both column 0 and column 40.	move cursor to previous line if at start of line
.,E8A1 A2 02 LDX #$02	CHKBAK LDX #NWRAP	maximale Zeilenanzahl	set the count		test if PNTR is at the first column
.,E8A3 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	wenn Cursorspalte	set the column		yepp
.,E8A5 C5 D3 CMP $D3	CHKLUP CMP PNTR	gleich Akku,	compare the column with the cursor column		add $28 (40)
.,E8A7 F0 07 BEQ $E8B0	BEQ BACK	dann zu $E8B0	if at the start of the line go decrement the cursor row and exit		to test if cursor is at line two in the logical line
.,E8A9 18 CLC	CLC	40 addieren,	else clear carry for add
.,E8AA 69 28 ADC #$28	ADC #LLEN	eine Zeile	increment to next line		test two lines
.,E8AC CA DEX	DEX	schon zweimal addiert ?,	decrement loop count
.,E8AD D0 F6 BNE $E8A5	BNE CHKLUP	ja, dann weiter	loop if more to test		decrement line number
.,E8AF 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung
.,E8B0 C6 D6 DEC $D6	BACK DEC TBLX	Zeiger auf Cursorzeile erniedrigen	else decrement the cursor row
.,E8B2 60 RTS	RTS ; ; CHECK FOR INCREMENT TBLX ;	Rücksprung	test for line increment if at end of the line, but not at end of the last line, increment the cursor row		CHECK LINE INCREMENT When the cursor is at the end of the screen, if it is moved forward, this routine places the cursor at the start of the line below.	move cursor to next line if at end of line
.,E8B3 A2 02 LDX #$02	CHKDWN LDX #NWRAP	maximale Zeilenanzahl	set the count		start by testing position $27 (39)
.,E8B5 A9 27 LDA #$27	LDA #LLEN-1	39, letzte Spalte	set the column		compare with PNTR
.,E8B7 C5 D3 CMP $D3	DWNCHK CMP PNTR	wenn Cursorspalte gleich	compare the column with the cursor column		brach if equal, and move cursor down
.,E8B9 F0 07 BEQ $E8C2	BEQ DNLINE	akku ?, dann zu $E8C2	if at end of line test and possibly increment cursor row		else, add $28 to test next physical line
.,E8BB 18 CLC	CLC	40	else clear carry for add
.,E8BC 69 28 ADC #$28	ADC #LLEN	addieren	increment to the next line		two lines to test
.,E8BE CA DEX	DEX	schon zweimal ?,	decrement the loop count
.,E8BF D0 F6 BNE $E8B7	BNE DWNCHK	ja, dann weiter	loop if more to test		return here without moving cursor down
.,E8C1 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung	cursor is at end of line		get TBLX
.,E8C2 A6 D6 LDX $D6	DNLINE LDX TBLX	wenn Cursorzeile	get the cursor row		and test if at the 25th line
.,E8C4 E0 19 CPX #$19	CPX #NLINES	gleich 25,	compare it with the end of the screen		yepp, return without moving down
.,E8C6 F0 02 BEQ $E8CA	BEQ DWNBYE	dann fertig	if at the end of screen just exit		increment TBLX
.,E8C8 E6 D6 INC $D6	INC TBLX ;	Zeiger auf Cursorzeile erhöhen	else increment the cursor row
.,E8CA 60 RTS	DWNBYE RTS CHKCOL	Rücksprung prüft auf Farbcodes	set the colour code. enter with the colour character in A. if A does not contain a colour character this routine exits without changing the colour		SET COLOUR CODE This routine is called by the output to screen routine. The Commodore ASCII code in (A) is compared with the ASCII colout code table. If a match is found, then the table offset (and hence the colour value) is stored in COLOR.	check for colour change codes
.,E8CB A2 0F LDX #$0F	LDX #15 ;THERE'S 15 COLORS	Anzahl der Kodes	set the colour code count		16 values to be tested
.,E8CD DD DA E8 CMP $E8DA,X	CHK1A CMP COLTAB,X	mit Farbcodetabelle vergleichen	compare the character with a table code		compare with colour code table
.,E8D0 F0 04 BEQ $E8D6	BEQ CHK1B	wenn gefunden, dann farbe setzen	if a match go save the colour and exit		found, jump
.,E8D2 CA DEX	DEX	nächster Farbcode	else decrement the index		next colour in table
.,E8D3 10 F8 BPL $E8CD	BPL CHK1A	schon alle ?	loop if more to do		till all 16 are tested
.,E8D5 60 RTS	RTS ; CHK1B	Rücksprung			if not found, return
.,E8D6 8E 86 02 STX $0286	STX COLOR ;CHANGE THE COLOR	Farbcode setzen	save the current colour code		if found, store code in COLOR
.,E8D9 60 RTS	RTS COLTAB ;BLK,WHT,RED,CYAN,MAGENTA,GRN,BLUE,YELLOW	Rücksprung Tabelle der Farb-Kodes	ASCII colour code table CHR$() colour ------ ------		COLOUR CODE TABLE This is a table containing 16 Commodore ASCII codes representing the 16 available colours. Thus red is represented as $1c in the table, and would be obtained by PRINT CHR$(28), or poke 646,2.	colour key codes
.:E8DA 90 05 1C 9F 9C 1E 1F 9E	.BYT $90,$05,$1C,$9F,$9C,$1E,$1F,$9E		144 black		color0, black
.:E8E2 81 95 96 97 98 99 9A 9B	.BYT $81,$95,$96,$97,$98,$99,$9A,$9B .END ;.LIB CONKAT (JAPAN CONVERSION TABLES) .LIB EDITOR.2 ;SCREEN SCROLL ROUTINE ;	Bildschirm scrollen	5 white 28 red 159 cyan 156 purple 30 green 31 blue 158 yellow 129 orange		color1, white color2, red color3, cyan color4, purple color5, green color6, blue color7, yellow color8, orange	scroll screen
.,E8EA A5 AC LDA $AC	SCROL LDA SAL	Alle	149 brown 150 light red 151 dark grey 152 medium grey 153 light green 154 light blue 155 light grey scroll the screen copy the tape buffer start pointer		color9, brown colorA, pink colorB, grey1 colorC, grey2 colorD, light green colorE, light blue colorF, grey3 SCROLL SCREEN This routine scrolls the screen down by one line. If the top two lines are linked togeather, then the scroll down is repeated. The screen line link pointers are updated, each screen line is cleared and the line below is moved up. The keyboard is directly read from CIA#1, and the routine tests if <CTRL> is pressed. temp store SAL on stack
.,E8EC 48 PHA	PHA	wichtigen	save it
.,E8ED A5 AD LDA $AD	LDA SAH	Zeiger	copy the tape buffer start pointer
.,E8EF 48 PHA	PHA	in	save it
.,E8F0 A5 AE LDA $AE	LDA EAL	den	copy the tape buffer end pointer		temp store EAL on stack
.,E8F2 48 PHA	PHA	Stack	save it
.,E8F3 A5 AF LDA $AF	LDA EAH	schie-	copy the tape buffer end pointer
.,E8F5 48 PHA	PHA ; ; S C R O L L U P ;	ben	save it
.,E8F6 A2 FF LDX #$FF	SCRO0 LDX #$FF	ab Zeile Null beginnen	set to -1 for pre increment loop
.,E8F8 C6 D6 DEC $D6	DEC TBLX	Cursorzeiger	decrement the cursor row		decrement TBLX
.,E8FA C6 C9 DEC $C9	DEC LSXP	erniedrigen	decrement the input cursor row		decrement LXSP
.,E8FC CE A5 02 DEC $02A5	DEC LINTMP	Fortsetzungszeile erniedrigen	decrement the screen row marker		temp store for line index
.,E8FF E8 INX	SCR10 INX ;GOTO NEXT LINE	Zeilennummer erhöhen	increment the line number
.,E900 20 F0 E9 JSR $E9F0	JSR SETPNT ;POINT TO 'TO' LINE	Zeiger auf Video-RAM für Zeile X	fetch a screen address, set the start of line X		set start of line (X)
.,E903 E0 18 CPX #$18	CPX #NLINES-1 ;DONE?	24	compare with last line
.,E905 B0 0C BCS $E913	BCS SCR41 ;BRANCH IF SO ;	schon alle Zeilen ?	branch if >= $16
.,E907 BD F1 EC LDA $ECF1,X	LDA LDTB2+1,X ;SETUP FROM PNTR	LOW-Byte holen	get the start of the next line pointer low byte		read low-byte screen addresses
.,E90A 85 AC STA $AC	STA SAL	und speichern	save the next line pointer low byte
.,E90C B5 DA LDA $DA,X	LDA LDTB1+1,X	HIGH-Byte	get the start of the next line pointer high byte
.,E90E 20 C8 E9 JSR $E9C8	JSR SCRLIN ;SCROLL THIS LINE UP1	Bildschirmzeile nach oben schieben	shift the screen line up		move a screen line
.,E911 30 EC BMI $E8FF	BMI SCR10 ; SCR41	nächste Zeile	loop, branch always
.,E913 20 FF E9 JSR $E9FF	JSR CLRLN ;	unterste Bildschirmzeile löschen	clear screen line X now shift up the start of logical line bits		clear a screen line
.,E916 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDX #0 ;SCROLL HI BYTE POINTERS	HIGH-	clear index
.,E918 B5 D9 LDA $D9,X	SCRL5 LDA LDTB1,X	Bytes	get the start of line X pointer high byte		calcuate new screen line link table
.,E91A 29 7F AND #$7F	AND #$7F	und	clear the line X start of logical line bit		clear bit7
.,E91C B4 DA LDY $DA,X	LDY LDTB1+1,X	die	get the start of the next line pointer high byte
.,E91E 10 02 BPL $E922	BPL SCRL3	Doppel-	if next line is not a start of line skip the start set
.,E920 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80	zeilen	set line X start of logical line bit		set bit7
.,E922 95 D9 STA $D9,X	SCRL3 STA LDTB1,X	ver-	set start of line X pointer high byte		store new value in table
.,E924 E8 INX	INX	schieben	increment line number		next line
.,E925 E0 18 CPX #$18	CPX #NLINES-1	nicht 24 ?,	compare with last line		till all 25 are done
.,E927 D0 EF BNE $E918	BNE SCRL5 ;	dann nochmal	loop if not last line
.,E929 A5 F1 LDA $F1	LDA LDTB1+NLINES-1	Zeile	get start of last line pointer high byte		bottom line link
.,E92B 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80	als einfache Zeile	mark as start of logical line		unlink it
.,E92D 85 F1 STA $F1	STA LDTB1+NLINES-1	auszeichnen	set start of last line pointer high byte		and store back
.,E92F A5 D9 LDA $D9	LDA LDTB1 ;DOUBLE LINE?	wenn Fortsetzungszeile,	get start of first line pointer high byte		test top line link
.,E931 10 C3 BPL $E8F6	BPL SCRO0 ;YES...SCROLL AGAIN ;	dann nochmal	if not start of logical line loop back and scroll the screen up another line		line is linked, scroll again
.,E933 E6 D6 INC $D6	INC TBLX	Zeiger auf Cursor erhöhen	increment the cursor row		increment TBLX
.,E935 EE A5 02 INC $02A5	INC LINTMP	Fortsetzungszeile erhöhen	increment screen row marker
.,E938 A9 7F LDA #$7F	LDA #$7F ;CHECK FOR CONTROL KEY	Kode	set keyboard column c7
.,E93A 8D 00 DC STA $DC00	STA COLM ;DROP LINE 2 ON PORT B	für	save VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive
.,E93D AD 01 DC LDA $DC01	LDA ROWS	Tastaturabfrage	read VIA 1 DRB, keyboard row port		read keyboard decode column
.,E940 C9 FB CMP #$FB	CMP #$FB ;SLOW SCROLL KEY?(CONTROL)	CTRL-Taste gedrückt ?	compare with row r2 active, [CTL]		<CTRL> pressed
.,E942 08 PHP	PHP ;SAVE STATUS. RESTORE PORT B	Statusregister retten	save status
.,E943 A9 7F LDA #$7F	LDA #$7F ;FOR STOP KEY CHECK	code für	set keyboard column c7
.,E945 8D 00 DC STA $DC00	STA COLM	Tastaturabfrage	save VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive
.,E948 28 PLP	PLP	Statusregister holen	restore status
.,E949 D0 0B BNE $E956	BNE MLP42 ;	nicht gedrückt ?	skip delay if ?? first time round the inner loop X will be $16		nope, exit
.,E94B A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Ver-	clear delay outer loop count, do this 256 times
.,E94D EA NOP	MLP4 NOP ;DELAY	zö-	waste cycles
.,E94E CA DEX	DEX	geru-	decrement inner loop count
.,E94F D0 FC BNE $E94D	BNE MLP4	ngs-	loop if not all done
.,E951 88 DEY	DEY	sch-	decrement outer loop count
.,E952 D0 F9 BNE $E94D	BNE MLP4	leife	loop if not all done
.,E954 84 C6 STY $C6	STY NDX ;CLEAR KEY QUEUE BUFFER ;	Anzahl der gedrückten Tasten gleich null	clear the keyboard buffer index		clear NDX
.,E956 A6 D6 LDX $D6	MLP42 LDX TBLX ;	alle	get the cursor row restore the tape buffer pointers and exit		read TBLX
.,E958 68 PLA	PULIND PLA ;RESTORE OLD INDIRECTS	benö-	pull tape buffer end pointer		retrieve EAL
.,E959 85 AF STA $AF	STA EAH	tigten	restore it
.,E95B 68 PLA	PLA	Zei-	pull tape buffer end pointer
.,E95C 85 AE STA $AE	STA EAL	ger	restore it
.,E95E 68 PLA	PLA	zu-	pull tape buffer pointer		retrieve SAL
.,E95F 85 AD STA $AD	STA SAH	rück-	restore it
.,E961 68 PLA	PLA	ho-	pull tape buffer pointer
.,E962 85 AC STA $AC	STA SAL	len	restore it
.,E964 60 RTS	RTS NEWLIN	Rücksprung Einfügen einer Fortsetzungszeile	open up a space on the screen		exit OPEN A SPACE ON THE SCREEN This routine opens a space on the screen for use with <INST>. If needed, the screen is then scrolled down, otherwise the screen line is moved and cleared. Finally the screen line link table is adjusted and updated.	insert blank line in screen
.,E965 A6 D6 LDX $D6	LDX TBLX	Zeiger auf Cursorzeile	get the cursor row		TBLX, current cursor line number
.,E967 E8 INX	BMT1 INX ; CPX #NLINES ;EXCEDED THE NUMBER OF LINES ??? ; BEQ BMT2 ;VIC-40 CODE	Zeiger erhöhen	increment the row		test next
.,E968 B5 D9 LDA $D9,X	LDA LDTB1,X ;FIND LAST DISPLAY LINE OF THIS LINE	untere Zeile gleich	get the start of line X pointer high byte		LDTB1, screen line link table
.,E96A 10 FB BPL $E967	BPL BMT1 ;TABLE END MARK=>$FF WILL ABORT...ALSO	Cursorzeile, dann zu $E967	loop if not start of logical line
.,E96C 8E A5 02 STX $02A5	BMT2 STX LINTMP ;FOUND IT ;GENERATE A NEW LINE	Zeilennummer	save the screen row marker		temp line for index
.,E96F E0 18 CPX #$18	CPX #NLINES-1 ;IS ONE LINE FROM BOTTOM?	gleich	compare it with the last line		bottom of screen
.,E971 F0 0E BEQ $E981	BEQ NEWLX ;YES...JUST CLEAR LAST	24	if = last line go ??		yes
.,E973 90 0C BCC $E981	BCC NEWLX ;<NLINES...INSERT LINE	dann zu $E981	if < last line go ?? else it was > last line		above bottom line
.,E975 20 EA E8 JSR $E8EA	JSR SCROL ;SCROLL EVERYTHING	Bildschirm scrollen	scroll the screen		scroll screen down
.,E978 AE A5 02 LDX $02A5	LDX LINTMP	Zeilennummer	get the screen row marker		temp line for index
.,E97B CA DEX	DEX	erniedrigen	decrement the screen row marker
.,E97C C6 D6 DEC $D6	DEC TBLX	Zeiger auf Cursorzeile erniedrigen	decrement the cursor row		TBLX
.,E97E 4C DA E6 JMP $E6DA	JMP WLOG30	Zeile initialisieren	add this row to the current logical line and return		adjust link table and end
.,E981 A5 AC LDA $AC	NEWLX LDA SAL	Alle	copy tape buffer pointer		push SAL, scrolling pointer
.,E983 48 PHA	PHA	benötigten	save it
.,E984 A5 AD LDA $AD	LDA SAH	Zeiger	copy tape buffer pointer
.,E986 48 PHA	PHA	in	save it
.,E987 A5 AE LDA $AE	LDA EAL	den	copy tape buffer end pointer		push EAL, end of program
.,E989 48 PHA	PHA	Stack	save it
.,E98A A5 AF LDA $AF	LDA EAH	schie-	copy tape buffer end pointer
.,E98C 48 PHA	PHA	ben	save it
.,E98D A2 19 LDX #$19	LDX #NLINES	25	set to end line + 1 for predecrement loop
.,E98F CA DEX	SCD10 DEX	Zeilennummer	decrement the line number
.,E990 20 F0 E9 JSR $E9F0	JSR SETPNT ;SET UP TO ADDR	Zeilen-Zeiger berechnen	fetch a screen address		set start of line
.,E993 EC A5 02 CPX $02A5	CPX LINTMP	alle Zeilen verschoben ?,	compare it with the screen row marker		temp line for index
.,E996 90 0E BCC $E9A6	BCC SCR40	wenn ja,	if < screen row marker go ??
.,E998 F0 0C BEQ $E9A6	BEQ SCR40 ;BRANCH IF FINISHED	dann zu $E9A6	if = screen row marker go ??
.,E99A BD EF EC LDA $ECEF,X	LDA LDTB2-1,X ;SET FROM ADDR	LOW-Byte des Zeilenanfangs	else get the start of the previous line low byte from the ROM table		screen line address table
.,E99D 85 AC STA $AC	STA SAL	setzen	save previous line pointer low byte		SAL
.,E99F B5 D8 LDA $D8,X	LDA LDTB1-1,X	HIGH-Byte setzen	get the start of the previous line pointer high byte		LDTB1
.,E9A1 20 C8 E9 JSR $E9C8	JSR SCRLIN ;SCROLL THIS LINE DOWN	Zeile nach oben schieben	shift the screen line down		move screen line
.,E9A4 30 E9 BMI $E98F	BMI SCD10 SCR40	Unbedingter Sprung	loop, branch always
.,E9A6 20 FF E9 JSR $E9FF	JSR CLRLN	Bildschirmzeile löschen	clear screen line X		clear screen line
.,E9A9 A2 17 LDX #$17	LDX #NLINES-2 SCRD21	HIGH-Byte-Tabelle			fix screen line link table
.,E9AB EC A5 02 CPX $02A5	CPX LINTMP ;DONE?	verschieben	compare it with the screen row marker		temp line for index
.,E9AE 90 0F BCC $E9BF	BCC SCRD22 ;BRANCH IF SO	alles verschoben ?
.,E9B0 B5 DA LDA $DA,X	LDA LDTB1+1,X	HIGH-			LDTB1+1
.,E9B2 29 7F AND #$7F	AND #$7F	Byte-
.,E9B4 B4 D9 LDY $D9,X	LDY LDTB1,X ;WAS IT CONTINUED	und	get start of line X pointer high byte		LDTB1
.,E9B6 10 02 BPL $E9BA	BPL SCRD19 ;BRANCH IF SO	Doppelzeilen-
.,E9B8 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80	Tabelle
.,E9BA 95 DA STA $DA,X	SCRD19 STA LDTB1+1,X	nach
.,E9BC CA DEX	DEX	unten schieben			next line
.,E9BD D0 EC BNE $E9AB	BNE SCRD21 SCRD22	schon alles ?			till line zero
.,E9BF AE A5 02 LDX $02A5	LDX LINTMP	Zeilennummer	get the screen row marker		temp line for index
.,E9C2 20 DA E6 JSR $E6DA	JSR WLOG30 ;	MSB neu berechnen	add this row to the current logical line		adjust link table
.,E9C5 4C 58 E9 JMP $E958	JMP PULIND ;GO PUL OLD INDIRECTS AND RETURN ; ; SCROLL LINE FROM SAL TO PNT ; AND COLORS FROM EAL TO USER ; SCRLIN	Register zurückholen, RTS Zeile nach oben schieben	restore the tape buffer pointers and exit shift screen line up/down		pull SAL and EAL MOVE A SCREEN LINE This routine synchronises colour transfer, and then moves the screen line pointed to down, character by character. The colour codes for each character are also moved in the same way.	move one screen line
.,E9C8 29 03 AND #$03	AND #$03 ;CLEAR ANY GARBAGE STUFF	Bildschirmzeiger	mask 0000 00xx, line memory page
.,E9CA 0D 88 02 ORA $0288	ORA HIBASE ;PUT IN HIORDER BITS	für neue Zeile	OR with screen memory page		HIBASE, top of screen page
.,E9CD 85 AD STA $AD	STA SAL+1	berechnen	save next/previous line pointer high byte		store >SAL, screen scroll pointer
.,E9CF 20 E0 E9 JSR $E9E0	JSR TOFROM ;COLOR TO & FROM ADDRS	Zeiger für neue Zeile berechnen	calculate pointers to screen lines colour RAM		synchronise colour transfer
.,E9D2 A0 27 LDY #$27	LDY #LLEN-1 SCD20	39 Zeichen	set the column count		offset for character on screen line
.,E9D4 B1 AC LDA ($AC),Y	LDA (SAL)Y	alle	get character from next/previous screen line		move screen character
.,E9D6 91 D1 STA ($D1),Y	STA (PNT)Y	Zeichen	save character to current screen line
.,E9D8 B1 AE LDA ($AE),Y	LDA (EAL)Y	und	get colour from next/previous screen line colour RAM		move character colour
.,E9DA 91 F3 STA ($F3),Y	STA (USER)Y	Farbe übertragen	save colour to current screen line colour RAM
.,E9DC 88 DEY	DEY	nächstes Zeichen	decrement column index/count		next character
.,E9DD 10 F5 BPL $E9D4	BPL SCD20	schon alle ?	loop if more to do		till all 40 are done
.,E9DF 60 RTS	RTS ; ; DO COLOR TO AND FROM ADDRESSES ; FROM CHARACTER TO AND FROM ADRS ; TOFROM	Rücksprung Bildschirmzeile für Scrollzeile berechnen	calculate pointers to screen lines colour RAM		SYNCHRONISE COLOUR TRANSFER This routine setd up a temporary pointer in EAL to the colour RAM address that corresponts to the temporary screen address held in EAL.	set colour and screen addresses
.,E9E0 20 24 EA JSR $EA24	JSR SCOLOR	Zeiger auf Farb-RAM berechnen	calculate the pointer to the current screen line colour RAM		synchronise colour pointer
.,E9E3 A5 AC LDA $AC	LDA SAL ;CHARACTER FROM	Zeiger	get the next screen line pointer low byte		SAL, pointer for screen scroll
.,E9E5 85 AE STA $AE	STA EAL ;MAKE COLOR FROM	für Zeile	save the next screen line colour RAM pointer low byte		EAL
.,E9E7 A5 AD LDA $AD	LDA SAL+1	speichern	get the next screen line pointer high byte
.,E9E9 29 03 AND #$03	AND #$03	Startadresse	mask 0000 00xx, line memory page
.,E9EB 09 D8 ORA #$D8	ORA #>VICCOL	des Video-RAM	set 1101 01xx, colour memory page		setup colour ram to $d800
.,E9ED 85 AF STA $AF	STA EAL+1	berechnen	save the next screen line colour RAM pointer high byte
.,E9EF 60 RTS	RTS ; ; SET UP PNT AND Y ; FROM .X ;	Rücksprung Zeiger auf Video-RAM für Zeile X	fetch a screen address		SET START OF LINE On entry, (X) holds the line number. The low byte of the address is set from the ROM table, and the highbyte derived from the screen link and HIBASE.	fetch screen addresses
.,E9F0 BD F0 EC LDA $ECF0,X	SETPNT LDA LDTB2,X	LOW-Byte	get the start of line low byte from the ROM table		table of screen line to bytes
.,E9F3 85 D1 STA $D1	STA PNT	holen	set the current screen line pointer low byte		<PNT, current screen line address
.,E9F5 B5 D9 LDA $D9,X	LDA LDTB1,X	HIGH-Byte	get the start of line high byte from the RAM table		LDTB1, screen line link table
.,E9F7 29 03 AND #$03	AND #$03	des	mask 0000 00xx, line memory page
.,E9F9 0D 88 02 ORA $0288	ORA HIBASE	Video-	OR with the screen memory page		HIBASE, page of top screen
.,E9FC 85 D2 STA $D2	STA PNT+1	RAM	save the current screen line pointer high byte		>PNT
.,E9FE 60 RTS	RTS ; ; CLEAR THE LINE POINTED TO BY .X ;	Rücksprung Bildschirmzeile X löschen	clear screen line X		CLEAR SCREEN LINE The start of line is set and the screen line is cleared by filloing it with ASCII spaces. The corresponding line of colour RAM is also cleared to the value held in COLOR.	clear one screen line
.,E9FF A0 27 LDY #$27	CLRLN LDY #LLEN-1	40-1 Spalten	set number of columns to clear
.,EA01 20 F0 E9 JSR $E9F0	JSR SETPNT	Zeilenpointer (D1/D2) setzen	fetch a screen address		set start of line
.,EA04 20 24 EA JSR $EA24	JSR SCOLOR	Pointer (F3/F4) für Farb-RAM berechnen	calculate the pointer to colour RAM		synchronise colour pointer
.,EA07 A9 20 LDA #$20	CLR10 JSR CPATCH ;REVERSED ORDER FROM 901227-02	Leerzeichen	save the current colour to the colour RAM		reset character colour, to COLOR
.,EA09 91 D1 STA ($D1),Y		ins Video-RAM schreiben
.,EA0B 20 DA E4 JSR $E4DA	LDA #$20 ;STORE A SPACE	Hintergrundfarbe setzen	set [SPACE]		ASCII space
.,EA0E EA NOP	STA (PNT)Y ;TO DISPLAY DEY		clear character in current screen line decrement index		store character on screen next
.,EA0F 88 DEY	BPL CLR10	schon 40 Zeichen gelöscht?	loop if more to do		till hole line is done
.,EA10 10 F5 BPL $EA07		wenn nicht, fortfahren
.,EA12 60 RTS	RTS NOP ; ;PUT A CHAR ON THE SCREEN ;	Rücksprung zum Hauptprogramm	orphan byte unused print character A and colour X		free byte PRINT TO SCREEN The colour pointer is synchronised, and the character in (A) directly stored in the screen RAM. The character colour in (X) is stored at the equivalent point in the colour RAM.	set cursor flash timing and colour memory addresses
.,EA13 A8 TAY	DSPP TAY ;SAVE CHAR	Akku retten	copy the character		put print character in (Y)
.,EA14 A9 02 LDA #$02	LDA #2		count to $02, usually $14 ??
.,EA16 85 CD STA $CD	STA BLNCT ;BLINK CURSOR	Blinkzähler bei Repeatfunktion setzen	save the cursor countdown		store in BLNCT, timer to toggle cursor
.,EA18 20 24 EA JSR $EA24	JSR SCOLOR ;SET COLOR PTR	Pointer für Farb-RAM berechnen	calculate the pointer to colour RAM		synchronise colour pointer
.,EA1B 98 TYA	TYA ;RESTORE COLOR	Akku wieder holen Zeichen und Farbe auf Bildschirm setzen	get the character back save the character and colour to the screen @ the cursor		print character back to (A)	put a char on the screen
.,EA1C A4 D3 LDY $D3	DSPP2 LDY PNTR ;GET COLUMN	Spaltenposition	get the cursor column		PNTR, cursor column on line
.,EA1E 91 D1 STA ($D1),Y	STA (PNT)Y ;CHAR TO SCREEN	Zeichen in Akku auf Bildschirm	save the character from current screen line		store character on screen
.,EA20 8A TXA	TXA	Farb-Code von x in Akku	copy the colour to A
.,EA21 91 F3 STA ($F3),Y	STA (USER)Y ;COLOR TO SCREEN	in Farb-RAM schreiben	save to colour RAM		stor character colour
.,EA23 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung zum Hauptprogramm Zeiger auf Farb-RAM berechnen	calculate the pointer to colour RAM		SYNCHRONISE COLOUR POINTER The pointer to the colour RAM is set up according to the current screen line address. This is done by reading the current screen line address and modefying it to colour RAM pointers and write it to USER at $f3/$f4	set colour memory adress parallel to screen
.,EA24 A5 D1 LDA $D1	SCOLOR LDA PNT ;GENERATE COLOR PTR	$D1/$D2 = Zeiger auf Video-RAM-Position	get current screen line pointer low byte		copy screen line low byte
.,EA26 85 F3 STA $F3	STA USER	LOW-Byte auf Zeichenposition = LOW-Byte auf Farbposition	save pointer to colour RAM low byte		to colour RAM low byte
.,EA28 A5 D2 LDA $D2	LDA PNT+1	HIGH-Byte der Zeichenposition	get current screen line pointer high byte		read'n modify the hi byte
.,EA2A 29 03 AND #$03	AND #$03	mit HIGH-Byte der Farb-RAM-	mask 0000 00xx, line memory page
.,EA2C 09 D8 ORA #$D8	ORA #>VICCOL ;VIC COLOR RAM	Position = $D8 verknüpfen und	set 1101 01xx, colour memory page
.,EA2E 85 F4 STA $F4	STA USER+1	in $F4 = speichern	save pointer to colour RAM high byte		to suite the colour RAM
.,EA30 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung zum Hauptprogramm Interrupt-Routine	IRQ vector		MAIN IRQ ENTRY POINT This routine services the normal IRQ that jumps through the hardware vector to $ff48, and then continues to the CINV vector at $0314. First it checks if the <STOP> key was pressed and updates the realtime clock. Next, the cursor is updated (if it is enabled, BLNSW). The blink counter, BLNCT, is decremented. When this reaches zero, the cursor is toggled (blink on/off). Finally it scans the keyboard. The processor registers are then restored on exit.	normal IRQ interrupt
.,EA31 20 EA FF JSR $FFEA	KEY JSR $FFEA ;UPDATE JIFFY CLOCK	Stop-Taste, Zeit erhöhen	increment the real time clock		update realtime clock, routine UDTIM	do clock
.,EA34 A5 CC LDA $CC	LDA BLNSW ;BLINKING CRSR ?	Blink-Flag für Cursor	get the cursor enable, $00 = flash cursor		read BLNSW to see if cursor is enabled	flash cursor
.,EA36 D0 29 BNE $EA61	BNE KEY4 ;NO	nicht blinkend, dann weiter	if flash not enabled skip the flash		nope
.,EA38 C6 CD DEC $CD	DEC BLNCT ;TIME TO BLINK ?	Blinkzähler erniedrigen	decrement the cursor timing countdown		read BLNCT
.,EA3A D0 25 BNE $EA61	BNE KEY4 ;NO	nicht Null, dann weiter	if not counted out skip the flash		if zero, toggle cursor - else jump
.,EA3C A9 14 LDA #$14	LDA #20 ;RESET BLINK COUNTER	Blinkzähler wieder auf 20 setzen	set the flash count		blink speed
.,EA3E 85 CD STA $CD	REPDO STA BLNCT	und speichern	save the cursor timing countdown		restore BLCNT
.,EA40 A4 D3 LDY $D3	LDY PNTR ;CURSOR POSITION	Cursorspalte	get the cursor column		get PNTR, cursor column
.,EA42 46 CF LSR $CF	LSR BLNON ;CARRY SET IF ORIGINAL CHAR	Blinkschalter eins dann C=1	shift b0 cursor blink phase into carry		BLNON, flag last cursor blink on/off
.,EA44 AE 87 02 LDX $0287	LDX GDCOL ;GET CHAR ORIGINAL COLOR	Farbe unter Cursor	get the colour under the cursor		get background colour under cursor, GDCOL
.,EA47 B1 D1 LDA ($D1),Y	LDA (PNT)Y ;GET CHARACTER	Zeichen-Kode holen	get the character from current screen line		get screen character
.,EA49 B0 11 BCS $EA5C	BCS KEY5 ;BRANCH IF NOT NEEDED ;	Blinkschalter war ein, dann weiter	branch if cursor phase b0 was 1		?
.,EA4B E6 CF INC $CF	INC BLNON ;SET TO 1	Blinkschalter ein	set the cursor blink phase to 1		increment BLNON
.,EA4D 85 CE STA $CE	STA GDBLN ;SAVE ORIGINAL CHAR	Zeichen unter Cursor merken	save the character under the cursor		temporary store character under cursor
.,EA4F 20 24 EA JSR $EA24	JSR SCOLOR	Zeiger in Farb-RAM berechnen	calculate the pointer to colour RAM		synchronise colour pointer
.,EA52 B1 F3 LDA ($F3),Y	LDA (USER)Y ;GET ORIGINAL COLOR	Farb-Code holen	get the colour RAM byte		get colour under character
.,EA54 8D 87 02 STA $0287	STA GDCOL ;SAVE IT	und merken	save the colour under the cursor		store in GDCOL
.,EA57 AE 86 02 LDX $0286	LDX COLOR ;BLINK IN THIS COLOR	Farb-Code unter Cursor	get the current colour code		get current COLOR
.,EA5A A5 CE LDA $CE	LDA GDBLN ;WITH ORIGINAL CHARACTER ;	Zeichen unter Cursor holen	get the character under the cursor		retrieve character under cursor
.,EA5C 49 80 EOR #$80	KEY5 EOR #$80 ;BLINK IT	RVS-Bit umdrehen	toggle b7 of character under cursor		toggle cursor by inverting character
.,EA5E 20 1C EA JSR $EA1C	JSR DSPP2 ;DISPLAY IT ;	Zeichen und Farbe setzen	save the character and colour to the screen @ the cursor		print to screen by using part of 'print to screen'	display cursor
.,EA61 A5 01 LDA $01	KEY4 LDA R6510 ;GET CASSETTE SWITCHES	Prozessorport laden	read the 6510 I/O port			checl cassette sense
.,EA63 29 10 AND #$10	AND #$10 ;IS SWITCH DOWN ?	prüft Rekorder-Taste	mask 000x 0000, the cassette switch sense
.,EA65 F0 0A BEQ $EA71	BEQ KEY3 ;BRANCH IF SO ;	gedrückt, dann verzweige	if the cassette sense is low skip the motor stop the cassette sense was high, the switch was open, so turn off the motor and clear the interlock
.,EA67 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Wert für keine Taste gedrückt	clear Y
.,EA69 84 C0 STY $C0	STY CAS1 ;CASSETTE OFF SWITCH ;	Rekorder-Flag setzen	clear the tape motor interlock
.,EA6B A5 01 LDA $01	LDA R6510	Prozessorport laden	read the 6510 I/O port
.,EA6D 09 20 ORA #$20	ORA #$20	Rekoder-Motor ausschalten	mask xxxx xx1x, turn off the motor
.,EA6F D0 08 BNE $EA79	BNE KL24 ;BRANCH IF MOTOR IS OFF ;	unbedingter Sprung	go save the port value, branch always the cassette sense was low so turn the motor on, perhaps
.,EA71 A5 C0 LDA $C0	KEY3 LDA CAS1	lade Rekorder-Flag	get the tape motor interlock
.,EA73 D0 06 BNE $EA7B	BNE KL2 ;	verzweige, wenn Motor läuft	if the cassette interlock <> 0 don't turn on motor
.,EA75 A5 01 LDA $01	LDA R6510	Prozessorport laden	read the 6510 I/O port
.,EA77 29 1F AND #$1F	AND #%011111 ;TURN MOTOR ON ; KL24	Rekorder-Motor einschalten	mask xxxx xx0x, turn on the motor
.,EA79 85 01 STA $01	STA R6510 ;	und wieder speichern	save the 6510 I/O port
.,EA7B 20 87 EA JSR $EA87	KL2 JSR SCNKEY ;SCAN KEYBOARD ;	Tastaturabfrage	scan the keyboard		scan keyboard	scan keyboard
.,EA7E AD 0D DC LDA $DC0D	KPREND LDA D1ICR ;CLEAR INTERUPT FLAGS	IRQ-Flag löschen	read VIA 1 ICR, clear the timer interrupt flag		clear CIA#1 I.C.R to enable next IRQ
.,EA81 68 PLA	PLA ;RESTORE REGISTERS	Accu aus dem Stapel holen	pull Y		restore (Y), (X), (A)
.,EA82 A8 TAY	TAY	und in Y-Register schieben	restore Y
.,EA83 68 PLA	PLA	Accu aus dem Stapel holen	pull X
.,EA84 AA TAX	TAX	und in X-Register schieben	restore X
.,EA85 68 PLA	PLA	und Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore A
.,EA86 40 RTI	RTI ;EXIT FROM IRQ ROUTINES ; **** GENERAL KEYBOARD SCAN **** ;	Tastaturabfrage	scan keyboard performs the following .. 1) check if key pressed, if not then exit the routine 2) init I/O ports of VIA ?? for keyboard scan and set pointers to decode table 1. clear the character counter 3) set one line of port B low and test for a closed key on port A by shifting the byte read from the port. if the carry is clear then a key is closed so save the count which is incremented on each shift. check for shift/stop/cbm keys and flag if closed 4) repeat step 3 for the whole matrix 5) evaluate the SHIFT/CTRL/C= keys, this may change the decode table selected 6) use the key count saved in step 3 as an index into the table selected in step 5 7) check for key repeat operation 8) save the decoded key to the buffer if first press or repeat scan the keyboard		back to normal SCNKEY: SCAN KEYBOARD The KERNAL routine SCNKEY ($ff9f) jumps to this routine. First, the shift-flag, SHFLAG, is cleared, and the keyboard tested for nokey. The keyboard is set up as a 8 * 8 matrix, and is read one row at a time. $ff indicates that no key has been pressed, and a zerobit, that one key has been pressed.	scan keyboard
.,EA87 A9 00 LDA #$00	SCNKEY LDA #$00		clear A
.,EA89 8D 8D 02 STA $028D	STA SHFLAG	Shift/CTRL Flag rücksetzen	clear the keyboard shift/control/c= flag		clear SHFLAG
.,EA8C A0 40 LDY #$40	LDY #64 ;LAST KEY INDEX	$40 = keine Taste gedrückt	set no key
.,EA8E 84 CB STY $CB	STY SFDX ;NULL KEY FOUND	Kode für gedrückte Taste	save which key
.,EA90 8D 00 DC STA $DC00	STA COLM ;RAISE ALL LINES	alle Bits des Port A löschen	clear VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive		store in keyboard write register
.,EA93 AE 01 DC LDX $DC01	LDX ROWS ;CHECK FOR A KEY DOWN	Port B laden	read VIA 1 DRB, keyboard row port		keyboard read register
.,EA96 E0 FF CPX #$FF	CPX #$FF ;NO KEYS DOWN?	keine Taste gedrückt ?	compare with all bits set		no key pressed
.,EA98 F0 61 BEQ $EAFB	BEQ SCNOUT ;BRANCH IF NONE	dann beenden	if no key pressed clear current key and exit (does further BEQ to $EBBA)		skip
.,EA9A A8 TAY	TAY ;.A=0 LDY #0	Y-Register löschen	clear the key count
.,EA9B A9 81 LDA #$81	LDA #<MODE1		get the decode table low byte		point KEYTAB vector to $eb81
.,EA9D 85 F5 STA $F5	STA KEYTAB	$F5/$F6 = Zeiger auf	save the keyboard pointer low byte
.,EA9F A9 EB LDA #$EB	LDA #>MODE1	Tastaturtabelle setzen	get the decode table high byte
.,EAA1 85 F6 STA $F6	STA KEYTAB+1		save the keyboard pointer high byte
.,EAA3 A9 FE LDA #$FE	LDA #$FE ;START WITH 1ST COLUMN	erstes Bit für erste Matrixzeile löschen	set column 0 low		bit0 = 0
.,EAA5 8D 00 DC STA $DC00	STA COLM	und in Port A schreiben	save VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive		will test first row in matrix
.,EAA8 A2 08 LDX #$08	SCN20 LDX #8 ;8 ROW KEYBOARD	8 Matrixzeilen	set the row count		scan 8 rows in matrix
.,EAAA 48 PHA	PHA ;SAVE COLUMN OUTPUT INFO	Bitstellung für Matrix retten	save the column		temp store
.,EAAB AD 01 DC LDA $DC01	SCN22 LDA ROWS	Port B laden und	read VIA 1 DRB, keyboard row port		read
.,EAAE CD 01 DC CMP $DC01	CMP ROWS ;DEBOUNCE KEYBOARD	Tastatur entprellen	compare it with itself		wait for value to settle (key bouncing)
.,EAB1 D0 F8 BNE $EAAB	BNE SCN22	noch nicht entprellt ?	loop if changing
.,EAB3 4A LSR	SCN30 LSR A ;LOOK FOR KEY DOWN	Bits nacheinander ins Carry schieben	shift row to Cb		test bit0
.,EAB4 B0 16 BCS $EACC	BCS CKIT ;NONE	'1' gleich nicht gedrückt	if no key closed on this row go do next row		no key pressed
.,EAB6 48 PHA	PHA	Bitstelung retten	save row
.,EAB7 B1 F5 LDA ($F5),Y	LDA (KEYTAB),Y ;GET CHAR CODE	ASCII-Kode aus Tabelle holen	get character from decode table		get key from KEYTAB
.,EAB9 C9 05 CMP #$05	CMP #$05	größer als 4, dann keine Control-Taste	compare with $05, there is no $05 key but the control keys are all less than $05		value less than 5
.,EABB B0 0C BCS $EAC9	BCS SPCK2 ;IF NOT SPECIAL KEY GO ON	verzweige bei größer/gleich 5	if not shift/control/c=/stop go save key count else was shift/control/c=/stop key		nope
.,EABD C9 03 CMP #$03	CMP #$03 ;COULD IT BE A STOP KEY?	Kode für STOP-Taste ?	compare with $03, stop		value = 3
.,EABF F0 08 BEQ $EAC9	BEQ SPCK2 ;BRANCH IF SO	falls ja, dann verzweige	if stop go save key count and continue character is $01 - shift, $02 - c= or $04 - control		nope
.,EAC1 0D 8D 02 ORA $028D	ORA SHFLAG	entsprechendes Flag für SHIFT	OR it with the keyboard shift/control/c= flag
.,EAC4 8D 8D 02 STA $028D	STA SHFLAG ;PUT SHIFT BIT IN FLAG BYTE	COMMOD.-Taste oder CTRL setzen	save the keyboard shift/control/c= flag		store in SHFLAG
.,EAC7 10 02 BPL $EACB	BPL CKUT SPCK2	unbedingter Sprung	skip save key, branch always
.,EAC9 84 CB STY $CB	STY SFDX ;SAVE KEY NUMBER	Nummer der Taste merken	save key count		store keynumber we pressed in SFDX
.,EACB 68 PLA	CKUT PLA	Akku holen	restore row
.,EACC C8 INY	CKIT INY	Zähler für Taste erhöhen	increment key count		key counter
.,EACD C0 41 CPY #$41	CPY #65	schon alle Tasten?	compare with max+1		all 64 keys (8*8)
.,EACF B0 0B BCS $EADC	BCS CKIT1 ;BRANCH IF FINISHED	wenn ja, verzweige	exit loop if >= max+1 else still in matrix		jump if ready
.,EAD1 CA DEX	DEX	nächste Matrix-Spalte	decrement row count		next key in row
.,EAD2 D0 DF BNE $EAB3	BNE SCN30	unbedingter Sprung	loop if more rows to do		row ready
.,EAD4 38 SEC	SEC	Carry setzen	set carry for keyboard column shift		prepare for rol
.,EAD5 68 PLA	PLA ;RELOAD COLUMN INFO	gespeicherte Bitfolge holen	restore the column
.,EAD6 2A ROL	ROL A	verschieben und	shift the keyboard column		next row
.,EAD7 8D 00 DC STA $DC00	STA COLM ;NEXT COLUMN ON KEYBOARD	in Port A schreiben	save VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive		store bit
.,EADA D0 CC BNE $EAA8	BNE SCN20 ;ALWAYS BRANCH	unbedingter Sprung	loop for next column, branch always		always jump
.,EADC 68 PLA	CKIT1 PLA ;DUMP COLUMN OUTPUT...ALL DONE	Stapel normalisieren	dump the saved column		clean up PROCESS KEY IMAGE This routine decodes the pressed key, and calcuates its ASCII value, by use of the four tables. If the pressed key is the same key as in the former interrupt, then the key- repeat-section is entered. The routine tests the RPTFLG if he key shall repeat. The new key is stored in the keyboard buffer, and all pointers are uppdated.
.,EADD 6C 8F 02 JMP ($028F)	JMP (KEYLOG) ;EVALUATE SHIFT FUNCTIONS	JMP $EB48 setzt Zeiger auf Tabelle	evaluate the SHIFT/CTRL/C= keys, $EBDC key decoding continues here after the SHIFT/CTRL/C= keys are evaluated		jump through KEYLOG vector, points to $eae0
.,EAE0 A4 CB LDY $CB	REKEY LDY SFDX ;GET KEY INDEX	Nummer der Taste	get saved key count		SFDX, number of the key we pressed
.,EAE2 B1 F5 LDA ($F5),Y	LDA (KEYTAB)Y ;GET CHAR CODE	ASCII-Wert aus Tabelle holen	get character from decode table		get ASCII value from decode table
.,EAE4 AA TAX	TAX ;SAVE THE CHAR	Tastenwert retten	copy character to X		temp store
.,EAE5 C4 C5 CPY $C5	CPY LSTX ;SAME AS PREV CHAR INDEX?	mit letzter Taste vergleichen	compare key count with last key count		same key as former interrupt
.,EAE7 F0 07 BEQ $EAF0	BEQ RPT10 ;YES	verzweige wenn gleiche Taste	if this key = current key, key held, go test repeat		yepp
.,EAE9 A0 10 LDY #$10	LDY #$10 ;NO - RESET DELAY BEFORE REPEAT	Wert für Repeatverzögerung	set the repeat delay count		restore the repeat delay counter
.,EAEB 8C 8C 02 STY $028C	STY DELAY	in Repeat-Verzögerungszähler	save the repeat delay count		DELAY
.,EAEE D0 36 BNE $EB26	BNE CKIT2 ;ALWAYS	unbedingter Sprung	go save key to buffer and exit, branch always		always jump
.,EAF0 29 7F AND #$7F	RPT10 AND #$7F ;UNSHIFT IT	Bit 7 löschen	clear b7
.,EAF2 2C 8A 02 BIT $028A	BIT RPTFLG ;CHECK FOR REPEAT DISABLE	Repeat-Funktion für alle Tasten ?	test key repeat		RPTFLG, test repeat mode
.,EAF5 30 16 BMI $EB0D	BMI RPT20 ;YES	Bit 7 gesetzt, dann alle Tasten wiederholen	if repeat all go ??		repeat all keys
.,EAF7 70 49 BVS $EB42	BVS SCNRTS	Bit 6 gesetzt, dann keine Wiederholung	if repeat none go ??		repeat none - exit routine
.,EAF9 C9 7F CMP #$7F	CMP #$7F ;NO KEYS ?	keine Taste?	compare with end marker
.,EAFB F0 29 BEQ $EB26	SCNOUT BEQ CKIT2 ;YES - GET OUT	ja, dann verzweige	if $00/end marker go save key to buffer and exit
.,EAFD C9 14 CMP #$14	CMP #$14 ;AN INST/DEL KEY ?	'DEL', 'INST' Kode	compare with [INSERT]/[DELETE]		<DEL> key pressed	delete
.,EAFF F0 0C BEQ $EB0D	BEQ RPT20 ;YES - REPEAT IT	wenn ja, verzweige	if [INSERT]/[DELETE] go test for repeat		yepp...
.,EB01 C9 20 CMP #$20	CMP #$20 ;A SPACE KEY ?	Leerzeichen	compare with [SPACE]		<space> key pressed	space
.,EB03 F0 08 BEQ $EB0D	BEQ RPT20 ;YES	wenn ja, verzweige	if [SPACE] go test for repeat		yepp...
.,EB05 C9 1D CMP #$1D	CMP #$1D ;A CRSR LEFT/RIGHT ?	Cursor right, left	compare with [CURSOR RIGHT]		<CRSR LEFT/RIGHT>	csr right/left
.,EB07 F0 04 BEQ $EB0D	BEQ RPT20 ;YES	wenn ja, verzweige	if [CURSOR RIGHT] go test for repeat		yepp..
.,EB09 C9 11 CMP #$11	CMP #$11 ;A CRSR UP/DWN ?	Cursor down, up	compare with [CURSOR DOWN]		<CRSRS DOWN/UP>	csr up/down
.,EB0B D0 35 BNE $EB42	BNE SCNRTS ;NO - EXIT	verzweige wenn keine Taste zu wiederholen ist	if not [CURSOR DOWN] just exit was one of the cursor movement keys, insert/delete key or the space bar so always do repeat tests		yepp..
.,EB0D AC 8C 02 LDY $028C	RPT20 LDY DELAY ;TIME TO REPEAT ?	Repeatverzögerungszähler	get the repeat delay counter		DELAY
.,EB10 F0 05 BEQ $EB17	BEQ RPT40 ;YES	wenn abgelaufen, so verzweige	if delay expired go ??		skip
.,EB12 CE 8C 02 DEC $028C	DEC DELAY	herunterzählen	else decrement repeat delay counter		decrement DELAY
.,EB15 D0 2B BNE $EB42	BNE SCNRTS	0? nein dann verzweige	if delay not expired go ?? repeat delay counter has expired		end
.,EB17 CE 8B 02 DEC $028B	RPT40 DEC KOUNT ;TIME FOR NEXT REPEAT ?	Repeatgeschwindigkeitszähler	decrement the repeat speed counter		decremant KOUNT, repeat speed counter
.,EB1A D0 26 BNE $EB42	BNE SCNRTS ;NO	0? nein dann verzweige	branch if repeat speed count not expired		end
.,EB1C A0 04 LDY #$04	LDY #4 ;YES - RESET CTR	Repeatgeschwindigkeits-	set for 4/60ths of a second
.,EB1E 8C 8B 02 STY $028B	STY KOUNT	zähler neu setzen	save the repeat speed counter		init KOUNT
.,EB21 A4 C6 LDY $C6	LDY NDX ;NO REPEAT IF QUEUE FULL	Anzahl der Zeichen im Tastaturpuffer	get the keyboard buffer index		read NDX, number of keys in keyboard queue
.,EB23 88 DEY	DEY	herunterzählen	decrement it
.,EB24 10 1C BPL $EB42	BPL SCNRTS CKIT2	mehr als ein Zeichen im Puffer, dann ignorieren	if the buffer isn't empty just exit else repeat the key immediately possibly save the key to the keyboard buffer. if there was no key pressed or the key was not found during the scan (possibly due to key bounce) then X will be $FF here		end
.,EB26 A4 CB LDY $CB	LDY SFDX ;GET INDEX OF KEY	Tastennummermatrixcode	get the key count		read SFDX
.,EB28 84 C5 STY $C5	STY LSTX ;SAVE THIS INDEX TO KEY FOUND	umspeichern	save it as the current key count		store in LSTX
.,EB2A AC 8D 02 LDY $028D	LDY SHFLAG ;UPDATE SHIFT STATUS	sowie die Flags für SHIFT	get the keyboard shift/control/c= flag		read SHFLAG
.,EB2D 8C 8E 02 STY $028E	STY LSTSHF	COMMOD.-Taste und CTRL	save it as last keyboard shift pattern		store in LSTSHF, last keyboard shift pattern
.,EB30 E0 FF CPX #$FF	CKIT3 CPX #$FF ;A NULL KEY OR NO KEY ?	Tastatur-Kode ungültig ?	compare the character with the table end marker or no key		no valid key pressed
.,EB32 F0 0E BEQ $EB42	BEQ SCNRTS ;BRANCH IF SO	ja, dann ignorieren	if it was the table end marker or no key just exit		end
.,EB34 8A TXA	TXA ;NEED X AS INDEX SO...	gerettete Taste wieder holen	copy the character to A
.,EB35 A6 C6 LDX $C6	LDX NDX ;GET # OF CHARS IN KEY QUEUE	Anzahl der Zeichen im Tastaturpuffer	get the keyboard buffer index		NDX, number of keys in buffer
.,EB37 EC 89 02 CPX $0289	CPX XMAX ;IRQ BUFFER FULL ?	mit Haximalzahl vergleichen	compare it with the keyboard buffer size		compare to XMAX, max numbers oc characters in buffer
.,EB3A B0 06 BCS $EB42	BCS SCNRTS ;YES - NO MORE INSERT PUTQUE	Puffer voll, dann Zeichen ignorieren	if the buffer is full just exit		buffer is full, end
.,EB3C 9D 77 02 STA $0277,X	STA KEYD,X ;PUT RAW DATA HERE	Zeichen in Tastaturpuffer schreiben	save the character to the keyboard buffer		store new character in keyboard buffer
.,EB3F E8 INX	INX	Zeichenanzahl erhöhen und	increment the index		increment counter
.,EB40 86 C6 STX $C6	STX NDX ;UPDATE KEY QUEUE COUNT	abspeichern	save the keyboard buffer index		and store in NDX
.,EB42 A9 7F LDA #$7F	SCNRTS LDA #$7F ;SETUP PB7 FOR STOP KEY SENSE	Tastatur-Matrix Abfrage	enable column 7 for the stop key
.,EB44 8D 00 DC STA $DC00	STA COLM	auf Normalwert	save VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive		keyboard write register
.,EB47 60 RTS	RTS ; ; SHIFT LOGIC ; SHFLOG	Rücksprung Prüft auf Shift, CTRL, Commodore	evaluate the SHIFT/CTRL/C= keys		exit
.,EB48 AD 8D 02 LDA $028D	LDA SHFLAG	Flag für Shift/CTRL	get the keyboard shift/control/c= flag		SHFLAG
.,EB4B C9 03 CMP #$03	CMP #$03 ;COMMODORE SHIFT COMBINATION?	SHIFT und COMMOD.-Taste gedrückt?	compare with [SHIFT][C=]		<SHIFT> and <CBM> at the same time
.,EB4D D0 15 BNE $EB64	BNE KEYLG2 ;BRANCH IF NOT	nein dann zum Dekodieren	if not [SHIFT][C=] go ??		nope
.,EB4F CD 8E 02 CMP $028E	CMP LSTSHF ;DID I DO THIS ALREADY	waren beide Tasten vorher schon vorher gedrückt	compare with last		same as LSTSHF
.,EB52 F0 EE BEQ $EB42	BEQ SCNRTS ;BRANCH IF SO	ja, dann zum Ende	exit if still the same		if so, end
.,EB54 AD 91 02 LDA $0291	LDA MODE	Shift-Commodore erlaubt ?	get the shift mode switch $00 = enabled, $80 = locked		read MODE, shift key enable flag
.,EB57 30 1D BMI $EB76	BMI SHFOUT ;DONT SHIFT IF ITS MINUS	nein, zurück zur Dekodierung	if locked continue keyboard decode toggle text mode		end
.,EB59 AD 18 D0 LDA $D018	SWITCH LDA VICREG+24 ;**********************************:	Zeichensatzzeiger laden	get the start of character memory address		VIC memory control register
.,EB5C 49 02 EOR #$02	EOR #$02 ;TURN ON OTHER CASE	Umschaltung Klein -Großschreibung und	toggle address b1		toggle character set, upper/lower case
.,EB5E 8D 18 D0 STA $D018	STA VICREG+24 ;POINT THE VIC THERE	wieder speichern	save the start of character memory address		and store
.,EB61 4C 76 EB JMP $EB76	JMP SHFOUT ; KEYLG2	fertig	continue the keyboard decode select keyboard table		process key image	select keyboard table
.,EB64 0A ASL	ASL A	Wert mit 2 multiplizieren, da jede Adresse 2 Bytes hat	<< 1
.,EB65 C9 08 CMP #$08	CMP #$08 ;WAS IT A CONTROL KEY	vergleiche mit CTRL	compare with [CTRL]		test <CTRL>
.,EB67 90 02 BCC $EB6B	BCC NCTRL ;BRANCH IF NOT	nein dann verzweige	if [CTRL] is not pressed skip the index change		nope
.,EB69 A9 06 LDA #$06	LDA #6 ;ELSE USE TABLE #4 ; NCTRL NOTKAT	Tabellenpointer für CTRL	else [CTRL] was pressed so make the index = $06		set offset for ctrl
.,EB6B AA TAX	TAX	in X Register übertragen	copy the index to X		to (X)
.,EB6C BD 79 EB LDA $EB79,X	LDA KEYCOD,X	LOW-Byte der Tabellenadresse laden	get the decode table pointer low byte		read keyboard select vectors, low byte
.,EB6F 85 F5 STA $F5	STA KEYTAB	und in die Zeigeradresse LOW schreiben	save the decode table pointer low byte		store in KEYTAB, decode table vector
.,EB71 BD 7A EB LDA $EB7A,X	LDA KEYCOD+1,X	HIGH-Byte der Tabellenadresse laden	get the decode table pointer high byte		read keyboard select vectors, high byte
.,EB74 85 F6 STA $F6	STA KEYTAB+1 SHFOUT	und in die Zeigeradresse HIGH schreiben	save the decode table pointer high byte		KEYTAB+1
.,EB76 4C E0 EA JMP $EAE0	JMP REKEY .END .LIB EDITOR.3 KEYCOD ;KEYBOARD MODE 'DISPATCH' .WORD MODE1 .WORD MODE2 .WORD MODE3	zurück zur Dekodierung Zeiger auf Tastatur- Dekodiertabellen	continue the keyboard decode table addresses		process key image KEYBOARD SELECT VECTORS This is a table of vectors pointing to the start of the four keyboard decode tables.	table addresses
.:EB79 81 EB C2 EB 03 EC 78 EC	.WORD CONTRL ;CONTROL KEYS ; ; COTTACONNA MODE ; ;.WORD MODE1 ;PET MODE1 ;.WORD MODE2 ;PET MODE2 ;.WORD CCTTA3 ;DUMMY WORD ;.WORD CONTRL ; ; EXTENDED KATAKANA MODE ; ;.WORD CCTTA2 ;KATAKANA CHARACTERS ;.WORD CCTTA3 ;LIMITED GRAPHICS ;.WORD CCTTA3 ;DUMMY ;.WORD CONTRL MODE1 ;DEL,3,5,7,9,+,YEN SIGN,1	Tastatur-Dekodiertabelle 1 ungeshifted	standard		vector to unshifted keyboard, $eb81	standard
.:EB81 14 0D 1D 88 85 86 87 11	.BYT $14,$0D,$1D,$88,$85,$86,$87,$11 *;RETURN,W,R,Y,I,P,,LEFT ARROW**		shift commodore control standard keyboard table		vector to shifted keyboard, $ebc2 vector to cbm keyboard, $ec03 vector to ctrl keyboard, $ec78 KEYBOARD 1 - UNSHIFTED This is the first of four keybboard decode tables. The ASCII code for the key pressed is at the intersection of the row (written to $dc00) and the column (read from $dc01). The matrix values are shown below. Note that left and right shift keys are seperated.	shift commodore key control standard keyboard table
.:EB89 33 57 41 34 5A 53 45 01	.BYT $33,$57,$41,$34,$5A,$53,$45,$01 ;RT CRSR,A,D,G,J,L,;,CTRL
.:EB91 35 52 44 36 43 46 54 58	.BYT $35,$52,$44,$36,$43,$46,$54,$58 ;F4,4,6,8,0,-,HOME,2
.:EB99 37 59 47 38 42 48 55 56	.BYT $37,$59,$47,$38,$42,$48,$55,$56 ;F1,Z,C,B,M,.,R.SHIFTT,SPACE
.:EBA1 39 49 4A 30 4D 4B 4F 4E	.BYT $39,$49,$4A,$30,$4D,$4B,$4F,$4E ;F2,S,F,H,K,:,=,COM.KEY
.:EBA9 2B 50 4C 2D 2E 3A 40 2C	.BYT $2B,$50,$4C,$2D,$2E,$3A,$40,$2C ;F3,E,T,U,O,@,EXP,Q
.:EBB1 5C 2A 3B 13 01 3D 5E 2F	.BYT $5C,$2A,$3B,$13,$01,$3D,$5E,$2F ;CRSR DWN,L.SHIFT,X,V,N,,,/,STOP
.:EBB9 31 5F 04 32 20 02 51 03	.BYT $31,$5F,$04,$32,$20,$02,$51,$03
.:EBC1 FF	.BYT $FF ;END OF TABLE NULL MODE2 ;SHIFT ;INS,%,',),+,YEN,!	Tastatur-Dekodierung, Tabelle 2 geshifted	shifted keyboard table		free byte KEYBOARD 2 - SHIFTED This is the second of four keyboard decode tables. The ASCII code for the key pressed is at the intersection of the row (written to $dc00) and the column (read from $dc01). The matrix values are shown below.	shift keyboard table
.:EBC2 94 8D 9D 8C 89 8A 8B 91	.BYT $94,$8D,$9D,$8C,$89,$8A,$8B,$91 *;SRETURN,W,R,Y,I,P,,SLEFT ARROW**
.:EBCA 23 D7 C1 24 DA D3 C5 01	.BYT $23,$D7,$C1,$24,$DA,$D3,$C5,$01 ;LF.CRSR,A,D,G,J,L,;,CTRL
.:EBD2 25 D2 C4 26 C3 C6 D4 D8	.BYT $25,$D2,$C4,$26,$C3,$C6,$D4,$D8 ;,$,&,(, ,"
.:EBDA 27 D9 C7 28 C2 C8 D5 D6	.BYT $27,$D9,$C7,$28,$C2,$C8,$D5,$D6 ;F5,Z,C,B,M,.,R.SHIFT,SSPACE
.:EBE2 29 C9 CA 30 CD CB CF CE	.BYT $29,$C9,$CA,$30,$CD,$CB,$CF,$CE ;F6,S,F,H,K,:,=,SCOM.KEY
.:EBEA DB D0 CC DD 3E 5B BA 3C	.BYT $DB,$D0,$CC,$DD,$3E,$5B,$BA,$3C ;F7,E,T,U,O,@,PI,G
.:EBF2 A9 C0 5D 93 01 3D DE 3F	.BYT $A9,$C0,$5D,$93,$01,$3D,$DE,$3F ;CRSR DWN,L.SHIFT,X,V,N,,,/,RUN
.:EBFA 21 5F 04 22 A0 02 D1 83	.BYT $21,$5F,$04,$22,$A0,$02,$D1,$83
.:EC02 FF	.BYT $FF ;END OF TABLE NULL ; MODE3 ;LEFT WINDOW GRAHPICS ;INS,C10,C12,C14,9,+,POUND SIGN,C8	Tastatur-Dekodierung, Tabelle 3, mit 'C='-Taste	CBM key keyboard table		free byte KEYBOARD 3 - COMMODORE This is the third of four keyboard decode tables. The ASCII code for the key pressed is at the intersection of the ro (written to $dc00) and hte column (read from $dc01). The matrix values are shown below.	commodore key keyboard table
.:EC03 94 8D 9D 8C 89 8A 8B 91	.BYT $94,$8D,$9D,$8C,$89,$8A,$8B,$91 *;RETURN,W,R,Y,I,P,,LFT.ARROW**
.:EC0B 96 B3 B0 97 AD AE B1 01	.BYT $96,$B3,$B0,$97,$AD,$AE,$B1,$01 ;LF.CRSR,A,D,G,J,L,;,CTRL
.:EC13 98 B2 AC 99 BC BB A3 BD	.BYT $98,$B2,$AC,$99,$BC,$BB,$A3,$BD ;F8,C11,C13,C15,0,-,HOME,C9
.:EC1B 9A B7 A5 9B BF B4 B8 BE	.BYT $9A,$B7,$A5,$9B,$BF,$B4,$B8,$BE ;F2,Z,C,B,M,.,R.SHIFT,SPACE
.:EC23 29 A2 B5 30 A7 A1 B9 AA	.BYT $29,$A2,$B5,$30,$A7,$A1,$B9,$AA ;F4,S,F,H,K,:,=,COM.KEY
.:EC2B A6 AF B6 DC 3E 5B A4 3C	.BYT $A6,$AF,$B6,$DC,$3E,$5B,$A4,$3C ;F6,E,T,U,O,@,PI,Q
.:EC33 A8 DF 5D 93 01 3D DE 3F	.BYT $A8,$DF,$5D,$93,$01,$3D,$DE,$3F ;CRSR.UP,L.SHIFT,X,V,N,,,/,STOP
.:EC3B 81 5F 04 95 A0 02 AB 83	.BYT $81,$5F,$04,$95,$A0,$02,$AB,$83
.:EC43 FF	.BYT $FF ;END OF TABLE NULL ;CCTTA2 ;WAS CCTTA2 IN JAPANESE VERSION LOWER	prüft auf Steuerzeichen	check for special character codes		free byte GRAPHICS / TEXT CONTROL This routine is used to toggle between text and graphics character set, and to enable/disable the <shift-CBM> keys. The routine is called by the main 'output to screen' routine, and (A) holds a CBM ASCII code on entry.	check for special petscii codes
.,EC44 C9 0E CMP #$0E	CMP #$0E ;DOES HE WANT LOWER CASE?	chr$(14) Großschrift	compare with [SWITCH TO LOWER CASE]		<switch to lower case>
.,EC46 D0 07 BNE $EC4F	BNE UPPER ;BRANCH IF NOT	verzweige wenn nein	if not [SWITCH TO LOWER CASE] skip the switch		nope
.,EC48 AD 18 D0 LDA $D018	LDA VICREG+24 ;ELSE SET VIC TO POINT TO LOWER CASE	Character-Generator	get the start of character memory address		VIC memory control register
.,EC4B 09 02 ORA #$02	ORA #$02	auf Großschrift-Modus	mask xxxx xx1x, set lower case characters		set bit1
.,EC4D D0 09 BNE $EC58	BNE ULSET ;JMP UPPER	unbedingter Sprung	go save the new value, branch always check for special character codes except fro switch to lower case		allways branch
.,EC4F C9 8E CMP #$8E	CMP #$8E ;DOES HE WANT UPPER CASE	chr$(142) Kleinschrift	compare with [SWITCH TO UPPER CASE]		<switch to upper case>
.,EC51 D0 0B BNE $EC5E	BNE LOCK ;BRANCH IF NOT	verzweige wenn nein	if not [SWITCH TO UPPER CASE] go do the [SHIFT]+[C=] key check		nope
.,EC53 AD 18 D0 LDA $D018	LDA VICREG+24 ;MAKE SURE VIC POINT TO UPPER/PET SET	Character-Generator	get the start of character memory address		VIC memory control register
.,EC56 29 FD AND #$FD	AND #$FF-$02	Kleinschrift-Modus	mask xxxx xx0x, set upper case characters		clear bit1
.,EC58 8D 18 D0 STA $D018	ULSET STA VICREG+24	setzen	save the start of character memory address		and store
.,EC5B 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	OUTHRE JMP LOOP2 LOCK	Ausgabe abschließen	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit do the [SHIFT]+[C=] key check		finish screen print	shift + commodore key check
.,EC5E C9 08 CMP #$08	CMP #8 ;DOES HE WANT TO LOCK IN THIS MODE?	chr$(8) Code zur Blockierung SHIFT und COMMOD.-Taste	compare with disable [SHIFT][C=]		<disable <shift-CBM>>
.,EC60 D0 07 BNE $EC69	BNE UNLOCK ;BRANCH IF NOT	verzweige wenn nein	if not disable [SHIFT][C=] skip the set		nope
.,EC62 A9 80 LDA #$80	LDA #$80 ;ELSE SET LOCK SWITCH ON	oberstes Bit des	set to lock shift mode switch
.,EC64 0D 91 02 ORA $0291	ORA MODE ;DON'T HURT ANYTHING - JUST IN CASE	Shift-Commodore Flags setzen	OR it with the shift mode switch		disable MODE
.,EC67 30 09 BMI $EC72	BMI LEXIT UNLOCK	unbedingter Sprung	go save the value, branch always		allways jump
.,EC69 C9 09 CMP #$09	CMP #9 ;DOES HE WANT TO UNLOCK THE KEYBOARD?	chr$(9) Code zur Freigabe von SHIFT und COMMOD.-Taste	compare with enable [SHIFT][C=]		<enable <shift-CBM>>
.,EC6B D0 EE BNE $EC5B	BNE OUTHRE ;BRANCH IF NOT	verzweige wenn nein	exit if not enable [SHIFT][C=]		nope, exit
.,EC6D A9 7F LDA #$7F	LDA #$7F ;CLEAR THE LOCK SWITCH	oberstes Bit des	set to unlock shift mode switch
.,EC6F 2D 91 02 AND $0291	AND MODE ;DONT HURT ANYTHING	Shift-Commodore Flags löschen	AND it with the shift mode switch		enable MODE
.,EC72 8D 91 02 STA $0291	LEXIT STA MODE	Wert speichern	save the shift mode switch $00 = enabled, $80 = locked		store MODE, enable/disable shift keys
.,EC75 4C A8 E6 JMP $E6A8	JMP LOOP2 ;GET OUT ;CCTTA3 ;.BYT $04,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$E2,$9D ;RUN-K24-K31 ;.BYT $83,$01,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$91 ;K32-K39.F5 ;.BYT $A0,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$EE,$01,$89 ;CO.KEY,K40-K47.F6 ;.BYT $02,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$E1,$FD,$8A ;K48-K55 ;.BYT $FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$B0,$E0,$8B ;K56-K63 ;.BYT $F2,$F4,$F6,$FF,$F0,$ED,$93,$8C ;.BYT $FF ;END OF TABLE NULL CONTRL ;NULL,RED,PURPLE,BLUE,RVS ,NULL,NULL,BLACK	Ausgabe abschließen Tastaturdekodierung, Tabelle 4, mit CTRL-Taste	restore the registers, set the quote flag and exit control keyboard table		finish screen print KEYBOARD 4 - CONTROL This is the last keyboard decode table. The ASCII code for the key pressed is at the intersection of the row (written to $dc00) and the column (read from $dc01). The matrix values are shown below. A few special function are found in this table ie. <ctrl H> - disables the upper/lower case switch <ctrl I> - enables the upper/lower case switch <ctrl S> - homes the cursor <ctrl T> - delets character Note that the italic keys only represent a ASCII code, and not a CBM character.	control keyboard table
.:EC78 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF	.BYT $FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF ;NULL, W ,REVERSE, Y , I , P ,NULL,MUSIC
.:EC80 1C 17 01 9F 1A 13 05 FF	.BYT $1C,$17,$01,$9F,$1A,$13,$05,$FF
.:EC88 9C 12 04 1E 03 06 14 18	.BYT $9C,$12,$04,$1E,$03,$06,$14,$18 ;NULL,CYAN,GREEN,YELLOW,RVS OFF,NULL,NULL,WHITE
.:EC90 1F 19 07 9E 02 08 15 16	.BYT $1F,$19,$07,$9E,$02,$08,$15,$16
.:EC98 12 09 0A 92 0D 0B 0F 0E	.BYT $12,$09,$0A,$92,$0D,$0B,$0F,$0E
.:ECA0 FF 10 0C FF FF 1B 00 FF	.BYT $FF,$10,$0C,$FF,$FF,$1B,$00,$FF
.:ECA8 1C FF 1D FF FF 1F 1E FF	.BYT $1C,$FF,$1D,$FF,$FF,$1F,$1E,$FF
.:ECB0 90 06 FF 05 FF FF 11 FF	.BYT $90,$06,$FF,$05,$FF,$FF,$11,$FF
.:ECB8 FF	.BYT $FF ;END OF TABLE NULL TVIC .BYT 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ;SPRITES (0-16) .BYT $1B,0,0,0,0,$08,0,$14,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ;DATA (17-31)	Konstanten für Videocontroller	vic ii chip initialisation values		free byte VIDEO CHIP SET UP TABLE This is a table of the initial values for the VIC chip registers at start up.	default values for VIC chip
.:ECB9 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00	.BYT 14,6,1,2,3,4,0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 ;32-46 ;		sprite 0 x,y		$d000/1, sprite0 - x,y cordinate	sprite 1 x,y
.:ECC1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00			sprite 1 x,y sprite 2 x,y sprite 3 x,y sprite 4 x,y		$d002/3, sprite1 - x,y cordinate $d004/5, sprite2 - x,y cordinate $d006/7, sprite3 - x,y cordinate $d008/9, sprite4 - x,y cordinate	sprite 2 x,y sprite 3 x,y sprite 4 x,y sprite 5 x,y
.:ECC9 00 9B 37 00 00 00 08 00			sprite 5 x,y sprite 6 x,y sprite 7 x,y sprites 0 to 7 x bit 8		$d00a/b, sprite5 - x,y cordinate $d00c/d, sprite6 - x,y cordinate $d00e/f, sprite7 - x,y cordinate $d010, sprite MSB	sprite 6 x,y sprite 7 x,y sprite 8 x,y
.:ECD1 14 0F 00 00 00 00 00 00			enable screen, enable 25 rows vertical fine scroll and control bit function --- ------- 7 raster compare bit 8 6 1 = enable extended color text mode 5 1 = enable bitmap graphics mode 4 1 = enable screen, 0 = blank screen 3 1 = 25 row display, 0 = 24 row display 2-0 vertical scroll count raster compare light pen x light pen y sprite 0 to 7 enable enable 40 column display horizontal fine scroll and control bit function --- ------- 7-6 unused 5 1 = vic reset, 0 = vic on 4 1 = enable multicolor mode 3 1 = 40 column display, 0 = 38 column display 2-0 horizontal scroll count sprite 0 to 7 y expand memory control bit function --- ------- 7-4 video matrix base address 3-1 character data base address 0 unused		$d011, VIC control register $d012, $d013/4, light pen x/y position $d015, sprite enable $d016, VIC control register 2 $d017, sprite y-expansion $d018, VIC memory control register	sprite Y expand
.:ECD9 0E 06 01 02 03 04 00 01			clear all interrupts interrupt flags 7 1 = interrupt 6-4 unused 3 1 = light pen interrupt 2 1 = sprite to sprite collision interrupt 1 1 = sprite to foreground collision interrupt 0 1 = raster compare interrupt all vic IRQs disabeld IRQ enable bit function --- ------- 7-4 unused 3 1 = enable light pen 2 1 = enable sprite to sprite collision 1 1 = enable sprite to foreground collision 0 1 = enable raster compare sprite 0 to 7 foreground priority sprite 0 to 7 multicolour sprite 0 to 7 x expand sprite 0 to 7 sprite collision sprite 0 to 7 foreground collision border colour		$d019, VIC irq flag register $d01a, VIC irq mask register $d01b, sprite/background priority $d01c, sprite multicolour mode $d01d, sprite x-expansion $d01e, sprite/sprite collision $d01f, sprite/background collision $d020, border colour (light blue)	sprite multi-colour sprite X expand boarder colour
.:ECE1 02 03 04 05 06 07		Text nach Drücken von SHIFT RUN/STOP	background colour 0 background colour 1 background colour 2 background colour 3 sprite multicolour 0 sprite multicolour 1 sprite 0 colour sprite 1 colour		$d021, background colour 0 (blue) $d022, background colour 1 $d023, background colour 2 $d024, background colour 3 $d025, sprite multicolour register 0 $d026, sprite multicolour register 1 $d027, sprite0 colour $d028, sprite1 colour	background colour sprite colour sprite colour sprite colour
.:ECE7 4C 4F 41 44 0D 52 55 4E	RUNTB .BYT 'LOAD',$D,'RUN',$D ; LINZ0 = VICSCN LINZ1 = LINZ0+LLEN LINZ2 = LINZ1+LLEN LINZ3 = LINZ2+LLEN LINZ4 = LINZ3+LLEN LINZ5 = LINZ4+LLEN LINZ6 = LINZ5+LLEN LINZ7 = LINZ6+LLEN LINZ8 = LINZ7+LLEN LINZ9 = LINZ8+LLEN LINZ10 = LINZ9+LLEN LINZ11 = LINZ10+LLEN LINZ12 = LINZ11+LLEN LINZ13 = LINZ12+LLEN LINZ14 = LINZ13+LLEN LINZ15 = LINZ14+LLEN LINZ16 = LINZ15+LLEN LINZ17 = LINZ16+LLEN LINZ18 = LINZ17+LLEN LINZ19 = LINZ18+LLEN LINZ20 = LINZ19+LLEN LINZ21 = LINZ20+LLEN LINZ22 = LINZ21+LLEN LINZ23 = LINZ22+LLEN LINZ24 = LINZ23+LLEN ;**** SCREEN LINES LO BYTE TABLE **** ; LDTB2 .BYTE <LINZ0 .BYTE <LINZ1 .BYTE <LINZ2 .BYTE <LINZ3 .BYTE <LINZ4 .BYTE <LINZ5 .BYTE <LINZ6 .BYTE <LINZ7 .BYTE <LINZ8 .BYTE <LINZ9 .BYTE <LINZ10 .BYTE <LINZ11 .BYTE <LINZ12 .BYTE <LINZ13 .BYTE <LINZ14 .BYTE <LINZ15 .BYTE <LINZ16 .BYTE <LINZ17 .BYTE <LINZ18 .BYTE <LINZ19 .BYTE <LINZ20 .BYTE <LINZ21 .BYTE <LINZ22 .BYTE <LINZ23	'load (cr) run (cr)'	sprite 2 colour sprite 3 colour sprite 4 colour sprite 5 colour sprite 6 colour sprite 7 colour is actually the first character of "LOAD" ($4C) keyboard buffer for auto load/run 'load (cr) run (cr)'		$d029, sprite2 colour $d02a, sprite3 colour $d02b, sprite4 colour $d02c, sprite5 colour $d02d, sprite6 colour SHIFT-RUN EQUIVALENT This is the message LOAD <CR> RUN <CR>, which is placed in the keyboard buffer when <shift-RUN> is pressed. LOAD <CR> RUN <CR>	sprite colour sprite colour sprite colour sprite colour sprite colour load run
.:ECEA 44 0D 52 55 4E 0D		Tabelle der LSB der Bildschirmzeilen-Anfänge
.:ECF0 00 28 50 78 A0 C8 F0 18	.BYTE <LINZ24 .END .LIB SERIAL4.0 ;COMMAND SERIAL BUS DEVICE TO TALK ;		low bytes of screen line addresses		LOW BYTE SCREEN LINE ADDRESSES This is a table of the low bytes of screen line addresses. The high byte of the addresses is obtained by derivation from the page on which the screen starts. There was an additional table of high byte addresses on the fixed screen PETs.	low bytes of screen line addresses
.:ECF8 40 68 90 B8 E0 08 30 58
.:ED00 80 A8 D0 F8 20 48 70 98
.:ED08 C0		IEC-Bus Routinen TALK senden	command serial bus device to TALK		TALK: SEND 'TALK' / 'LISTEN' The KERNAL routine TALK ($ffb4) and LISTEN ($ffb1) are vectored here. The routine sends the command 'TALK' or 'LISTEN' on the serial bus. On entry (A) must hold the device number to which the command will be sent. The two entry points differ only in that to TALK, (A) is ORed with #$40, and to LISTEN, (A) is ORed with #$20. The UNTALK (#$3f) and UNLISTEN (#$5f) are also sent via this routine, but their values are set on entry. If there is a character waiting to go out on the bus, then this is output. Handshaking is performed, and ATN (attension) is set low so that the byte is interpreted as a command. The routine drops through to the next one to output the byte on the serial bus. Note that on conclusion, ATN must be set high.	send talk on serial bus
.,ED09 09 40 ORA #$40	TALK ORA #$40 ;MAKE A TALK ADR	Bit für Talk setzen	OR with the TALK command		set TALK flag
.:ED0B 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C ;SKIP TWO BYTES ;COMMAND SERIAL BUS DEVICE TO LISTEN ;	Skip nach $ED0E LISTEN senden	makes next line BIT $2009 command devices on the serial bus to LISTEN		bit $2009, mask ORA command	send listen on serial bus
.,ED0C 09 20 ORA #$20	LISTN ORA #$20 ;MAKE A LISTEN ADR	Bit für Listen setzen	OR with the LISTEN command		set LISTEN flag
.,ED0E 20 A4 F0 JSR $F0A4	JSR RSP232 ;PROTECT SELF FROM RS232 NMI'S	Ende der RS 232 Übertragung abwarten	check RS232 bus idle send a control character		check serial bus idle
.,ED11 48 PHA	LIST1 PHA ; ;	Akku merken	save device address
.,ED12 24 94 BIT $94	BIT C3P0 ;CHARACTER LEFT IN BUF?	Noch Zeichen im Puffer ?	test deferred character flag		C3PO, character in serial buffer
.,ED14 10 0A BPL $ED20	BPL LIST2 ;NO... ; ;SEND BUFFERED CHARACTER ;	verzweige wenn nein	if no defered character continue		nope
.,ED16 38 SEC	SEC ;SET EOI FLAG	Carry setzen	else flag EOI		prepare for ROR
.,ED17 66 A3 ROR $A3	ROR R2D2 ;	Bit für EOI setzen	rotate into EOI flag byte		temp data area
.,ED19 20 40 ED JSR $ED40	JSR ISOUR ;SEND LAST CHARACTER ;	Byte auf IEC-Bus ausgeben	Tx byte on serial bus		send data to serial bus
.,ED1C 46 94 LSR $94	LSR C3P0 ;BUFFER CLEAR FLAG	Flag für Zeichen im Puffer löschen	clear deferred character flag		3CPO
.,ED1E 46 A3 LSR $A3	LSR R2D2 ;CLEAR EOI FLAG ; ;	Flag für EOI löschen	clear EOI flag
.,ED20 68 PLA	LIST2 PLA ;TALK/LISTEN ADDRESS	Akku wiederholen und	restore the device address defer a command
.,ED21 85 95 STA $95	STA BSOUR	im Puffer speichern	save as serial defered character		BSOUR, buffered character for bus
.,ED23 78 SEI	SEI	Interruptflag setzen	disable the interrupts
.,ED24 20 97 EE JSR $EE97	JSR DATAHI	DATA auf LOW setzen	set the serial data out high		set data 1, and clear serial bit count
.,ED27 C9 3F CMP #$3F	CMP #$3F ;CLKHI ONLY ON UNLISTEN	Akku kann nicht $3F sein	compare read byte with $3F		UNTALK?
.,ED29 D0 03 BNE $ED2E	BNE LIST5	unbedingter Sprung	branch if not $3F, this branch will always be taken as after VIA 2's PCR is read it is ANDed with $DF, so the result can never be $3F ??		nope
.,ED2B 20 85 EE JSR $EE85	JSR CLKHI ;	CLOCK auf LOW setzen	set the serial clock out high		set CLK 1
.,ED2E AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LIST5 LDA D2PRA ;ASSERT ATTENTION	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial bus I/O port
.,ED31 09 08 ORA #$08	ORA #$08	ATN HIGH setzen und	mask xxxx 1xxx, set serial ATN low		clear ATN, prepare for command
.,ED33 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA ;	ausgeben	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address if the code drops through to here the serial clock is low and the serial data has been released so the following code will have no effect apart from delaying the first byte by 1ms set the serial clk/data, wait and Tx byte on the serial bus		store
.,ED36 78 SEI	ISOURA SEI	InterruptfLag setzen	disable the interrupts		disable interrupts
.,ED37 20 8E EE JSR $EE8E	JSR CLKLO ;SET CLOCK LINE LOW	CLOCK auf HIGH setzen	set the serial clock out low		set CLK 1
.,ED3A 20 97 EE JSR $EE97	JSR DATAHI	DATA auf LOW setzen	set the serial data out high		set data 1
.,ED3D 20 B3 EE JSR $EEB3	JSR W1MS ;DELAY 1 MS	eine Millisekunde warten ein Byte auf IEC-Bus ausgeben	1ms delay Tx byte on serial bus		delay 1 ms SEND DATA ON SERIAL BUS The byte of data to be output on the serial bus must have been previously stored in the serial buffer, BSOUR. An initial test is made for bus activity, and if none is detected then ST is set to #$80, ie. ?DEVICE NOT PRESENT. The byte is output by rotating it right and sending the state of the carry flag. This is done eight times until the whole byte was sent. The CIA timer is set to 65 ms and the bus is checked for 'data accepted'. If timeout occurs before this happens then ST is set to #$03, ie. write timeout.	send byte from $95 on serial bus
.,ED40 78 SEI	ISOUR SEI ;NO IRQ'S ALLOWED	Interruptflag setzen	disable the interrupts		disable interrupts
.,ED41 20 97 EE JSR $EE97	JSR DATAHI ;MAKE SURE DATA IS RELEASED	DATA auf LOW setzen	set the serial data out high		set data 1
.,ED44 20 A9 EE JSR $EEA9	JSR DEBPIA ;DATA SHOULD BE LOW	Hardware-Rückmeldung aus DATA holen	get the serial data status in Cb		get serial in and clock
.,ED47 B0 64 BCS $EDAD	BCS NODEV	DATA LOW, dann 'DEVICE NOT PRESENT'	if the serial data is high go do 'device not present'		no activity, device not present.
.,ED49 20 85 EE JSR $EE85	JSR CLKHI ;CLOCK LINE HIGH	CLOCK auf LOW setzen	set the serial clock out high		set CLK 1
.,ED4C 24 A3 BIT $A3	BIT R2D2 ;EOI FLAG TEST	Bit für EOI gesetzt?	test the EOI flag		temp data area
.,ED4E 10 0A BPL $ED5A	BPL NOEOI ; DO THE EOI	nein, dann verzweige	if not EOI go ?? I think this is the EOI sequence so the serial clock has been released and the serial data is being held low by the peripheral. first up wait for the serial data to rise
.,ED50 20 A9 EE JSR $EEA9	ISR02 JSR DEBPIA ;WAIT FOR DATA TO GO HIGH	DATA ins Carry	get the serial data status in Cb		get serial in and clock
.,ED53 90 FB BCC $ED50	BCC ISR02 ;	warten bis Listener bereit	loop if the data is low now the data is high, EOI is signalled by waiting for at least 200us without pulling the serial clock line low again. the listener should respond by pulling the serial data line low		wait for indata = 0
.,ED55 20 A9 EE JSR $EEA9	ISR03 JSR DEBPIA ;WAIT FOR DATA TO GO LOW	DATA ins Carry	get the serial data status in Cb		get serial in and clock
.,ED58 B0 FB BCS $ED55	BCS ISR03 ;	warten auf DATA HIGH	loop if the data is high the serial data has gone low ending the EOI sequence, now just wait for the serial data line to go high again or, if this isn't an EOI sequence, just wait for the serial data to go high the first time		wait for indata = 1
.,ED5A 20 A9 EE JSR $EEA9	NOEOI JSR DEBPIA ;WAIT FOR DATA HIGH	DATA ins Carry	get the serial data status in Cb		get serial in and clock
.,ED5D 90 FB BCC $ED5A	BCC NOEOI	warten bis bereit für Daten	loop if the data is low serial data is high now pull the clock low, preferably within 60us		wait for indata = 0
.,ED5F 20 8E EE JSR $EE8E	JSR CLKLO ;SET CLOCK LOW ; ; SET TO SEND DATA ;	CLOCK auf HIGH setzen	set the serial clock out low now the C64 has to send the eight bits, LSB first. first it sets the serial data line to reflect the bit in the byte, then it sets the serial clock to high. The serial clock is left high for 26 cycles, 23us on a PAL Vic, before it is again pulled low and the serial data is allowed high again		set CLK 0
.,ED62 A9 08 LDA #$08	LDA #$08 ;COUNT 8 BITS	Bitzähler für serielle	eight bits to do		output 8 bits
.,ED64 85 A5 STA $A5	STA COUNT ; ISR01	Ausgabe setzen ($08 Bits)	set serial bus bit count
.,ED66 AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LDA D2PRA ;DEBOUNCE THE BUS	Port A lesen	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address
.,ED69 CD 00 DD CMP $DD00	CMP D2PRA	und entprellen	compare it with itself
.,ED6C D0 F8 BNE $ED66	BNE ISR01	verzweige wenn Änderung	if changed go try again
.,ED6E 0A ASL	ASL A ;SET THE FLAGS	Datenbit ins Carry	shift the serial data into Cb
.,ED6F 90 3F BCC $EDB0	BCC FRMERR ;DATA MUST BE HI ;	DATA HIGH, dann 'TIME OUT'	if the serial data is low go do serial bus timeout
.,ED71 66 95 ROR $95	ROR BSOUR ;NEXT BIT INTO CARRY	nächstes Bit zur Ausgabe bereitstellen	rotate the transmit byte		BSOUR, buffered character for bus
.,ED73 B0 05 BCS $ED7A	BCS ISRHI	verzweige wenn Bit gesetzt	if the bit = 1 go set the serial data out high		prepare to output 1
.,ED75 20 A0 EE JSR $EEA0	JSR DATALO	DATA auf HIGH setzen	else set the serial data out low		else, serial output 0
.,ED78 D0 03 BNE $ED7D	BNE ISRCLK	unbedingter Sprung	continue, branch always
.,ED7A 20 97 EE JSR $EE97	ISRHI JSR DATAHI	DATA auf LOW setzen	set the serial data out high
.,ED7D 20 85 EE JSR $EE85	ISRCLK JSR CLKHI ;CLOCK HI	CLOCK auf LOW setzen	set the serial clock out high
.,ED80 EA NOP	NOP	Listener	waste ..
.,ED81 EA NOP	NOP	8 Microsekunden Zeit zur	.. a ..
.,ED82 EA NOP	NOP	Verarbeitung der	.. cycle ..
.,ED83 EA NOP	NOP	Daten geben	.. or two
.,ED84 AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LDA D2PRA	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address
.,ED87 29 DF AND #$DF	AND #$FF-$20 ;DATA HIGH	DATA auf LOW	mask xx0x xxxx, set the serial data out high
.,ED89 09 10 ORA #$10	ORA #$10 ;CLOCK LOW	und CLOCK auf HIGH	mask xxx1 xxxx, set the serial clock out low
.,ED8B 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA	setzen	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address
.,ED8E C6 A5 DEC $A5	DEC COUNT	nächstes Bit	decrement the serial bus bit count		decrement bit counter
.,ED90 D0 D4 BNE $ED66	BNE ISR01	mache weiter wenn noch nicht alle Bits gesendet	loop if not all done now all eight bits have been sent it's up to the peripheral to signal the byte was received by pulling the serial data low. this should be done within one milisecond		next bit till all 8 are done
.,ED92 A9 04 LDA #$04	LDA #$04 ;SET TIMER FOR 1MS	$04 als Timerwert setzen	wait for up to about 1ms
.,ED94 8D 07 DC STA $DC07	STA D1T2H	Timer B HIGH, ca. eine ms	save VIA 1 timer B high byte		CIA timer B, high byte
.,ED97 A9 19 LDA #$19	LDA #TIMRB ;TRIGGER TIMER	und Timer B	load timer B, timer B single shot, start timer B
.,ED99 8D 0F DC STA $DC0F	STA D1CRB	starten	save VIA 1 CRB		set 1 shot, load and start CIA timer B
.,ED9C AD 0D DC LDA $DC0D	LDA D1ICR ;CLEAR THE TIMER FLAGS<<<<<<<<<<<<<	Interrupt control register	read VIA 1 ICR		CIA ICR
.,ED9F AD 0D DC LDA $DC0D	ISR04 LDA D1ICR	laden	read VIA 1 ICR
.,EDA2 29 02 AND #$02	AND #$02	Timer B abgelaufen ?	mask 0000 00x0, timer A interrupt		timeout
.,EDA4 D0 0A BNE $EDB0	BNE FRMERR	ja, dann 'TIME OUT'	if timer A interrupt go do serial bus timeout		yep, flag write timeout
.,EDA6 20 A9 EE JSR $EEA9	JSR DEBPIA	DATA ins Carry	get the serial data status in Cb		get serial in and clock
.,EDA9 B0 F4 BCS $ED9F	BCS ISR04	warten auf DATA HIGH	if the serial data is high go wait some more
.,EDAB 58 CLI	CLI ;LET IRQ'S CONTINUE	Interruptflag löschen	enable the interrupts		enable interrupts
.,EDAC 60 RTS	RTS ; NODEV ;DEVICE NOT PRESENT ERROR	Rücksprung	device not present		FLAG ERRORS (A) is loaded with one of the two error flags, depending on the entry point. #$80 signifies the device was not present, and #$03 signifies a write timeout. The value is then set into the I/O status word, ST. The routine exits by clearing ATN and giving the final handshake.
.,EDAD A9 80 LDA #$80	LDA #$80	'DEVICE NOT PRESENT'	error $80, device not present		flag ?DEVICE NOT PRESENT
.:EDAF 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C FRMERR ;FRAMING ERROR	Skip nach $EDB2	makes next line BIT $03A9 timeout on serial bus		mask LDA #$03
.,EDB0 A9 03 LDA #$03	LDA #$03	'TIME OUT'	error $03, read timeout, write timeout		flag write timeout
.,EDB2 20 1C FE JSR $FE1C	CSBERR JSR UDST ;COMMODORE SERIAL BUSS ERROR ENTRY	Status setzen	OR into the serial status byte		set I/O status word
.,EDB5 58 CLI	CLI ;IRQ'S WERE OFF...TURN ON	Interruptflag löschen	enable the interrupts
.,EDB6 18 CLC	CLC ;MAKE SURE NO KERNAL ERROR RETURNED	Carry setzen	clear for branch
.,EDB7 90 4A BCC $EE03	BCC DLABYE ;TURN ATN OFF ,RELEASE ALL LINES ; ;SEND SECONDARY ADDRESS AFTER LISTEN ;	unbedingter Sprung Sekundäradresse nach LISTEN senden	ATN high, delay, clock high then data high, branch always send secondary address after LISTEN		allways jump, do final handshake SECOND: SEND LISTEN SA The KERNAL routine SECOND ($ff93) is vectored here. On entry, (A) holds the secondary address. This is placed in the serial buffer and sent to the serial bus "under attension". Finally the routine drops through to the next routine to set ATN false.	send secondary address (listen) on serial bus
.,EDB9 85 95 STA $95	SECND STA BSOUR ;BUFFER CHARACTER	Sekundäradresse speichern	save the defered Tx byte		store (A) in BSOUT, buffer for the serial bus
.,EDBB 20 36 ED JSR $ED36	JSR ISOURA ;SEND IT ;RELEASE ATTENTION AFTER LISTEN ;	mit ATN HIGH ausgeben	set the serial clk/data, wait and Tx the byte set serial ATN high		handshake and send byte. CLEAR ATN The ATN, attension, line on the serial bus is set to 1, ie. ATN is now false and data sent on the serial bus will not be interpreted as a command.
.,EDBE AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	SCATN LDA D2PRA	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial bus I/O port
.,EDC1 29 F7 AND #$F7	AND #$FF-$08	ATN rücksetzen, LOW	mask xxxx 0xxx, set serial ATN high		clear bit4, ie. ATN 1
.,EDC3 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA ;RELEASE ATTENTION	und ausgeben	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		store to port
.,EDC6 60 RTS	RTS ;TALK SECOND ADDRESS ;	Rücksprung Sekundäradresse nach TALK ausgeben	send secondary address after TALK		TKSA: SEND TALK SA The KERNAL routine TKSA ($ff96) is vectored here. On entry, (A) holds the secondary address. This is placed in the serial buffer and sent out to the serial bus "under attension". The routine drops through to the next routine to wait for CLK and clear ATN.	send secondary address (talk) on serial bus
.,EDC7 85 95 STA $95	TKSA STA BSOUR ;BUFFER CHARACTER	Sekundäradresse speichern	save the defered Tx byte		BSOUR, the serial bus buffer
.,EDC9 20 36 ED JSR $ED36	JSR ISOURA ;SEND SECOND ADDR TKATN ;SHIFT OVER TO LISTENER	mit ATN ausgeben	set the serial clk/data, wait and Tx the byte wait for the serial bus end after send return address from patch 6		handshake and send byte to the bus WAIT FOR CLOCK This routine sets data = 0, ATN = 1 and CLK = 1. It then waits to recieve CLK = 0 from the serial bus.
.,EDCC 78 SEI	SEI ;NO IRQ'S HERE	Interruptflag setzen	disable the interrupts		disable interrupts
.,EDCD 20 A0 EE JSR $EEA0	JSR DATALO ;DATA LINE LOW	DATA auf HIGH setzen	set the serial data out low		set data 0
.,EDD0 20 BE ED JSR $EDBE	JSR SCATN	ATN rücksetzen, LOW	set serial ATN high		set ATN 1
.,EDD3 20 85 EE JSR $EE85	JSR CLKHI ;CLOCK LINE HIGH JSR/RTS	CLOCK auf LOW setzen	set the serial clock out high		set CLK 1
.,EDD6 20 A9 EE JSR $EEA9	TKATN1 JSR DEBPIA ;WAIT FOR CLOCK TO GO LOW	CLOCK-IN holen	get the serial data status in Cb		read serial bus I/O port
.,EDD9 30 FB BMI $EDD6	BMI TKATN1	auf CLOCK HIGH warten	loop if the clock is high		test bit6, and wait for CLK = 0
.,EDDB 58 CLI	CLI ;IRQ'S OKAY NOW	Interruptflag löschen	enable the interrupts		enable interrupt
.,EDDC 60 RTS	RTS ;BUFFERED OUTPUT TO SERIAL BUS ;	Rücksprung IECOUT ein Byte auf IEC-Bus ausgeben	output a byte to the serial bus		CIOUT: SEND SERIAL DEFERRED The KERNAL routine CIOUT ($ffa8) jumps to this routine. The output flag, C3PO is set (ie. bit 7 = 1) and the contents of (A) is placed in the serial buffer.	output byte on serial bus
.,EDDD 24 94 BIT $94	CIOUT BIT C3P0 ;BUFFERED CHAR?	noch ein Byte auszugeben ?	test the deferred character flag		C3PO flag, character in serial buffer
.,EDDF 30 05 BMI $EDE6	BMI CI2 ;YES...SEND LAST ;	verzweige wenn ja	if there is a defered character go send it		yes
.,EDE1 38 SEC	SEC ;NO...	Carry setzen	set carry		prepare for ROR
.,EDE2 66 94 ROR $94	ROR C3P0 ;SET BUFFERED CHAR FLAG	Flag für gepuffertes Byte setzen	shift into the deferred character flag		set C3PO
.,EDE4 D0 05 BNE $EDEB	BNE CI4 ;BRANCH ALWAYS ;	unbedingter Sprung	save the byte and exit, branch always		always jump
.,EDE6 48 PHA	CI2 PHA ;SAVE CURRENT CHAR	Byte merken	save the byte		temp store
.,EDE7 20 40 ED JSR $ED40	JSR ISOUR ;SEND LAST CHAR	gepuffertes Byte auf Bus ausgeben	Tx byte on serial bus		send data to serial bus
.,EDEA 68 PLA	PLA ;RESTORE CURRENT CHAR	Byte zurückholen und	restore the byte
.,EDEB 85 95 STA $95	CI4 STA BSOUR ;BUFFER CURRENT CHAR	in Ausgaberegister holen	save the defered Tx byte		store character in BSOUR
.,EDED 18 CLC	CLC ;CARRY-GOOD EXIT	Carry löschen	flag ok		clear carry to indicate no errors
.,EDEE 60 RTS	RTS ;SEND UNTALK COMMAND ON SERIAL BUS ;	Rücksprung UNTALK senden	command serial bus to UNTALK		UNTLK: SEND 'UNTALK'/'UNLISTEN' The KERNAL routine UNTALK ($ffab)and UNLISTEN ($ffae) are vectored here. ATN is set to 0, and CLK is set to 0. (A) is loaded with #$5f for 'UNTALK' and #$3f for 'UNLISTEN'. The command is sent to the serial bus via the 'send TALK/ LISTEN' routine. Finally ATN is set to 1, and after s short delay, CLK and data are both set to 1.	send talk on serial bus
.,EDEF 78 SEI	UNTLK SEI	Interruptflag setzen	disable the interrupts		disable interrupts
.,EDF0 20 8E EE JSR $EE8E	JSR CLKLO	CLOCK auf HIGH setzen	set the serial clock out low		serial bus I/O
.,EDF3 AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LDA D2PRA ;PULL ATN	Poar A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		set bit4
.,EDF6 09 08 ORA #$08	ORA #$08	ATN HIGH setzen und	mask xxxx 1xxx, set the serial ATN low		and store, set ATN 0
.,EDF8 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA	ausgeben	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		set CLK 0
.,EDFB A9 5F LDA #$5F	LDA #$5F ;UNTALK COMMAND	Kennzeichnung für UNTALK	set the UNTALK command		flag UNTALK
.:EDFD 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C ;SKIP TWO BYTES ;SEND UNLISTEN COMMAND ON SERIAL BUS ;	Skip nach $EE00 UNLISTEN senden	makes next line BIT $3FA9 command serial bus to UNLISTEN		mask LDA #$3f with BIT $3fa9	send unlisten on serial bus
.,EDFE A9 3F LDA #$3F	UNLSN LDA #$3F ;UNLISTEN COMMAND	Kennzeichnung für UNLISTEN	set the UNLISTEN command		flag UNLISTEN
.,EE00 20 11 ED JSR $ED11	JSR LIST1 ;SEND IT ; ; RELEASE ALL LINES	ausgeben	send a control character		send command to serial bus
.,EE03 20 BE ED JSR $EDBE	DLABYE JSR SCATN ;ALWAYS RELEASE ATN ; DELAY THEN RELEASE CLOCK AND DATA ;	ATN rücksetzen, LOW	set serial ATN high 1ms delay, clock high then data high		clear ATN
.,EE06 8A TXA	DLADLH TXA ;DELAY APPROX 60 US	X-Register merken	save the device number
.,EE07 A2 0A LDX #$0A	LDX #10	Warteschleife von	short delay		init delay
.,EE09 CA DEX	DLAD00 DEX	ca. 40 Mikrosekunden	decrement the count		decrement counter
.,EE0A D0 FD BNE $EE09	BNE DLAD00	abwarten	loop if not all done		till ready
.,EE0C AA TAX	TAX	X-Register wiederholen	restore the device number
.,EE0D 20 85 EE JSR $EE85	JSR CLKHI	CLOCK auf LOW setzen	set the serial clock out high		set CLK 1
.,EE10 4C 97 EE JMP $EE97	JMP DATAHI ;INPUT A BYTE FROM SERIAL BUS ; ACPTR	DATA auf LOW setzen IECIN ein Zeichen vom IEC-Bus holen	set the serial data out high and return input a byte from the serial bus		set data 1 ACPTR: RECIEVE FROM SERIAL BUS The KERNAL routine ACPTR ($ffa5) points to this routine. A timing loop is enteredusing the CIA timer, and if a byte is not received in 65 ms, ST is set to #$02, ie. a read timeout. A test is made for EOI and if this occurs, ST is set to #$40, indicating end of file. The byte is then received from the serial bus and built up bit by bit in the temporary stora at #$a4. This is transfered to (A) on exit, unless EOI has occured.	input byte on serial bus
.,EE13 78 SEI	SEI ;NO IRQ ALLOWED	Interruptflag setzen	disable the interrupts
.,EE14 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #$00 ;SET EOI/ERROR FLAG	$00 laden	set 0 bits to do, will flag EOI on timeour
.,EE16 85 A5 STA $A5	STA COUNT	und Zähler löschen	save the serial bus bit count		CNTDN, counter
.,EE18 20 85 EE JSR $EE85	JSR CLKHI ;MAKE SURE CLOCK LINE IS RELEASED	CLOCK auf LOW setzen	set the serial clock out high		set CLK 1
.,EE1B 20 A9 EE JSR $EEA9	ACP00A JSR DEBPIA ;WAIT FOR CLOCK HIGH	CLOCK-IN LOW ?	get the serial data status in Cb		get serial in and clock
.,EE1E 10 FB BPL $EE1B	BPL ACP00A ; EOIACP	nein, dann warten	loop if the serial clock is low		wait for CLK = 1
.,EE20 A9 01 LDA #$01	LDA #$01 ;SET TIMER 2 FOR 256US	$01	set the timeout count high byte
.,EE22 8D 07 DC STA $DC07	STA D1T2H	in Timer B HIGH schreiben	save VIA 1 timer B high byte		setup CIA#1 timer B, high byte
.,EE25 A9 19 LDA #$19	LDA #TIMRB	Timer	load timer B, timer B single shot, start timer B
.,EE27 8D 0F DC STA $DC0F	STA D1CRB	starten	save VIA 1 CRB		set 1 shot, load and start CIA timer B
.,EE2A 20 97 EE JSR $EE97	JSR DATAHI ;DATA LINE HIGH (MAKES TIMMING MORE LIKE VIC-20	DATA auf LOW setzen	set the serial data out high		set data 1
.,EE2D AD 0D DC LDA $DC0D	LDA D1ICR ;CLEAR THE TIMER FLAGS<<<<<<<<<<<<	Interrupt Control Register	read VIA 1 ICR
.,EE30 AD 0D DC LDA $DC0D	ACP00 LDA D1ICR	laden	read VIA 1 ICR		read CIA#1 ICR
.,EE33 29 02 AND #$02	AND #$02 ;CHECK THE TIMER	Timer B abgelaufen ?	mask 0000 00x0, timer A interrupt		test if timer B reaches zero
.,EE35 D0 07 BNE $EE3E	BNE ACP00B ;RAN OUT.....	ja, 'TIME OUT'	if timer A interrupt go ??		timeout
.,EE37 20 A9 EE JSR $EEA9	JSR DEBPIA ;CHECK THE CLOCK LINE	CLOCK-IN HIGH ?	get the serial data status in Cb		get serial in and clock
.,EE3A 30 F4 BMI $EE30	BMI ACP00 ;NO NOT YET	nein, dann warten	loop if the serial clock is low		CLK 1
.,EE3C 10 18 BPL $EE56	BPL ACP01 ;YES..... ;	unbedingter Sprung	else go set 8 bits to do, branch always timer A timed out		CLK 0
.,EE3E A5 A5 LDA $A5	ACP00B LDA COUNT ;CHECK FOR ERROR (TWICE THRU TIMEOUTS)	lade Zähler	get the serial bus bit count		CNTDN
.,EE40 F0 05 BEQ $EE47	BEQ ACP00C	verzweige wenn $00	if not already EOI then go flag EOI
.,EE42 A9 02 LDA #$02	LDA #2	'TIME OUT'	else error $02, read timeour		flag read timeout
.,EE44 4C B2 ED JMP $EDB2	JMP CSBERR ; ST = 2 READ TIMEOUT ; ; TIMER RAN OUT DO AN EOI THING ;	Status setzen	set the serial status and exit		set I/O status word
.,EE47 20 A0 EE JSR $EEA0	ACP00C JSR DATALO ;DATA LINE LOW	DATA auf HIGH setzen	set the serial data out low		set data 1
.,EE4A 20 85 EE JSR $EE85	JSR CLKHI ; DELAY AND THEN SET DATAHI (FIX FOR 40US C64)	CLOCK auf LOW setzen	set the serial clock out high		set CLK 1
.,EE4D A9 40 LDA #$40	LDA #$40	Bit 6 für 'END OR IDENTIFY'	set EOI		flag EOI
.,EE4F 20 1C FE JSR $FE1C	JSR UDST ;OR AN EOI BIT INTO STATUS	Status setzen	OR into the serial status byte		set I/O status word
.,EE52 E6 A5 INC $A5	INC COUNT ;GO AROUND AGAIN FOR ERROR CHECK ON EOI	Zähler erhöhen	increment the serial bus bit count, do error on the next timeout		increment CNTDN, counter
.,EE54 D0 CA BNE $EE20	BNE EOIACP ; ; DO THE BYTE TRANSFER ;	unbedingter Sprung	go try again, branch always		again
.,EE56 A9 08 LDA #$08	ACP01 LDA #08 ;SET UP COUNTER	$08 als	set 8 bits to do		set up CNTDN to receive 8 bits
.,EE58 85 A5 STA $A5	STA COUNT ;	Bitzähler setzen	save the serial bus bit count
.,EE5A AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	ACP03 LDA D2PRA ;WAIT FOR CLOCK HIGH	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial bus I/O port
.,EE5D CD 00 DD CMP $DD00	CMP D2PRA ;DEBOUNCE	Änderung ?	compare it with itself		compare
.,EE60 D0 F8 BNE $EE5A	BNE ACP03	verzweige wenn ja	if changing go try again		wait for serial bus to settle
.,EE62 0A ASL	ASL A ;SHIFT DATA INTO CARRY	Datenbit ins Carry schieben	shift the serial data into the carry
.,EE63 10 F5 BPL $EE5A	BPL ACP03 ;CLOCK STILL LOW...	erneut holen wenn CLOCK = 1	loop while the serial clock is low		wait for data in =1
.,EE65 66 A4 ROR $A4	ROR BSOUR1 ;ROTATE DATA IN ;	Datenbit in $A4 schieben	shift the data bit into the receive byte		roll in received bit in temp data area
.,EE67 AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	ACP03A LDA D2PRA ;WAIT FOR CLOCK LOW	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial bus I/O port
.,EE6A CD 00 DD CMP $DD00	CMP D2PRA ;DEBOUNCE	Änderung ?	compare it with itself		compare
.,EE6D D0 F8 BNE $EE67	BNE ACP03A	verzweige wenn ja	if changing go try again		wait for bus to settle
.,EE6F 0A ASL	ASL A	Datenbit ins Carry schieben	shift the serial data into the carry
.,EE70 30 F5 BMI $EE67	BMI ACP03A	erneut wenn CLOCK = 0	loop while the serial clock is high		wait for data in =0
.,EE72 C6 A5 DEC $A5	DEC COUNT	Bitzähler veringerrn	decrement the serial bus bit count		one bit received
.,EE74 D0 E4 BNE $EE5A	BNE ACP03 ;MORE BITS..... ;...EXIT...	verzweige wenn noch nicht alle 8 Bits gesendet	loop if not all done		repeat for all 8 bits
.,EE76 20 A0 EE JSR $EEA0	JSR DATALO ;DATA LOW	DATA auf HIGH setzen	set the serial data out low		set data 1
.,EE79 24 90 BIT $90	BIT STATUS ;CHECK FOR EOI	Status	test the serial status byte		STATUS, I/O status word
.,EE7B 50 03 BVC $EE80	BVC ACP04 ;NONE... ;	verzweige wenn kein 'EOI' ?	if EOI not set skip the bus end sequence		not EOI
.,EE7D 20 06 EE JSR $EE06	JSR DLADLH ;DELAY THEN SET DATA HIGH ;	warten und Bits 101 senden	1ms delay, clock high then data high		handshake and exit without byte
.,EE80 A5 A4 LDA $A4	ACP04 LDA BSOUR1	Datenbyte in Akku holen	get the receive byte		read received byte
.,EE82 58 CLI	CLI ;IRQ IS OK	Interruptflag löschen	enable the interrupts		enable interrupts
.,EE83 18 CLC	CLC ;GOOD EXIT	Carry löschen	flag ok		clear carry, no errors
.,EE84 60 RTS	RTS ; CLKHI ;SET CLOCK LINE HIGH (INVERTED)	Rücksprung CLOCK auf LOW setzen	set the serial clock out high		SERIAL CLOCK ON This routine sets the clock outline on the serial bus to 1. This means writing a 0 to the port. This value is reversed by hardware on the bus.	set serial clock line low
.,EE85 AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LDA D2PRA	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial port I/O register
.,EE88 29 EF AND #$EF	AND #$FF-$10	Bit 4 löschen	mask xxx0 xxxx, set serial clock out high		clear bit4, ie. CLK out =1
.,EE8A 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA	und wieder speichern	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		store
.,EE8D 60 RTS	RTS ; CLKLO ;SET CLOCK LINE LOW (INVERTED)	Rücksprung CLOCK auf HIGH setzen	set the serial clock out low		SERIAL CLOCK OFF This routine sets the clock outline on the serial bus to 0. This means writing a 1 to the port. This value is reversed by hardware on the bus.	set serial clock line high
.,EE8E AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LDA D2PRA	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial port I/O register
.,EE91 09 10 ORA #$10	ORA #$10	Bit 4 setzen	mask xxx1 xxxx, set serial clock out low		set bit4, ie. CLK out =0
.,EE93 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA	und wieder speichern	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		store
.,EE96 60 RTS	RTS ; ; DATAHI ;SET DATA LINE HIGH (INVERTED)	Rücksprung DATA auf LOW setzen	set the serial data out high		SERIAL OUTPUT 1 This routine sets the data out line on the serial bus to 1. This means writing a 0 to the port. This value is reversed by hardware on the bus.	set serial data line low
.,EE97 AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LDA D2PRA	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial bus I/O register
.,EE9A 29 DF AND #$DF	AND #$FF-$20	Bit 5 löschen	mask xx0x xxxx, set serial data out high		clear bit5
.,EE9C 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA	und wieder speichern	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		store
.,EE9F 60 RTS	RTS ; DATALO ;SET DATA LINE LOW (INVERTED)	Rücksprung DATA auf HIGH setzen	set the serial data out low		SERIAL OUTPUT 0 This routine sets the data out line on the serial bus to 0. This means writing a 1 to the port. This value is reversed by hardware on the bus.	set serial data line high
.,EEA0 AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LDA D2PRA	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial bus I/O resister
.,EEA3 09 20 ORA #$20	ORA #$20	Bit 5 setzen	mask xx1x xxxx, set serial data out low		set bit 5
.,EEA5 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA	und wieder speichern	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		store
.,EEA8 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung Bit vom IEC-Bus ins Carry-Flag holen	get the serial data status in Cb		GET SERIAL DATA AND CLOCK IN The serial port I/O register is stabilised and read. The data is shifteed into carry and CLK into bit 7. This way, both the data and clock can bee determined by flags in the processor status register. Note that the values read are true, and do not nead to be reversed in the same way as the outuput line do.
.,EEA9 AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	DEBPIA LDA D2PRA ;DEBOUNCE THE PIA	Port A laden	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		serial port I/O register
.,EEAC CD 00 DD CMP $DD00	CMP D2PRA	Änderung ?	compare it with itself		compare
.,EEAF D0 F8 BNE $EEA9	BNE DEBPIA	verzweige wenn ja	if changing got try again		wait for bus to settle
.,EEB1 0A ASL	ASL A ;SHIFT THE DATA BIT INTO THE CARRY...	Datenbit ins Carry schieben	shift the serial data into Cb		shift data into carry, and CLK into bit 7
.,EEB2 60 RTS	RTS ;...AND THE CLOCK INTO NEG FLAG ; W1MS ;DELAY 1MS USING LOOP	Rücksprung Verzögerung 1 Millisekunde	1ms delay		DELAY 1 MS This routine is a software delay loop where (X) is used as counter, and are decremented for a period of 1 millisecond. The original (X) is stored on entry and (A) is messed up.	delay 1 millisecond
.,EEB3 8A TXA	TXA ;SAVE .X	X-Register retten	save X		move (X) to (A)
.,EEB4 A2 B8 LDX #$B8	LDX #200-16 ;1000US-(1000/500*8=#40US HOLDS)	X-Register mit $B8 laden	set the loop count		start value
.,EEB6 CA DEX	W1MS1 DEX ;5US LOOP	herunterzählen	decrement the loop count		decrement
.,EEB7 D0 FD BNE $EEB6	BNE W1MS1	verzweige wenn nicht fertig	loop if more to do		untill zero
.,EEB9 AA TAX	TAX ;RESTORE .X	X-Register wiederherstellen	restore X		(A) to (X)
.,EEBA 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB RS232TRANS ; RSTRAB - ENTRY FOR NMI CONTINUE ROUTINE ; RSTBGN - ENTRY FOR START TRANSMITTER ; ; RSR - 8/18/80 ; ; VARIABLES USED ; BITTS - # OF BITS TO BE SENT (<>0 NOT DONE) ; NXTBIT - BYTE CONTAINS NEXT BIT TO BE SENT ; ROPRTY - BYTE CONTAINS PARITY BIT CALCULATED ; RODATA - STORES DATA BYTE CURRENTLY BEING TRANSMITTED ; RODBS - OUTPUT BUFFER INDEX START ; RODBE - OUTPUT BUFFER INDEX END ; IF RODBS=RODBE THEN BUFFER EMPTY ; ROBUF - INDIRECT POINTER TO DATA BUFFER ; RSSTAT - RS-232 STATUS BYTE ; ; XXX US - NORMAL BIT PATH ; XXX US - WORST CASE PARITY BIT PATH ; XXX US - STOP BIT PATH ; XXX US - START BIT PATH ;	Rücksprung RS 232 Ausgabe	RS232 Tx NMI routine		RS232 SEND This routine is concerned with sending a byte on the RS232 port. The data is actually written to the port under NMI interrupt control. The CTS line generates an NMI when the port is ready for data. If all the bits in the byte have been sent, then a new RS232 byte is set up. Otherwise, this routine calculates parity and number of stop bits set up in the OPEN command. These bits are added to the end of the byte being sent.	set next bit to transmit on RS-232
.,EEBB A5 B4 LDA $B4	RSTRAB LDA BITTS ;CHECK FOR PLACE IN BYTE...	Anzahl Bits zu senden	get RS232 bit count		BITTS, RS232 out bit count
.,EEBD F0 47 BEQ $EF06	BEQ RSTBGN ;...DONE, =0 START NEXT ;	verzweige wenn Byte schon komplett übertragen	if zero go setup next RS232 Tx byte and return		send new RS232 byte
.,EEBF 30 3F BMI $EF00	BMI RST050 ;...DOING STOP BITS ;	verzweige falls Stopbit erforderlich	if -ve go do stop bit(s) else bit count is non zero and +ve
.,EEC1 46 B6 LSR $B6	LSR RODATA ;SHIFT DATA INTO CARRY	nächstes Bit ins Carry schieben	shift RS232 output byte buffer		RODATA, RS232 out byte buffer
.,EEC3 A2 00 LDX #$00	LDX #00 ;PREPARE FOR A ZERO	'0' falls Datenbit = 0	set $00 for bit = 0
.,EEC5 90 01 BCC $EEC8	BCC RST005 ;YES...A ZERO	verzweige wenn Datenbit gelöscht	branch if bit was 0
.,EEC7 CA DEX	DEX ;NO...MAKE AN $FF	nein, dann X-Register =$FF	set $FF for bit = 1
.,EEC8 8A TXA	RST005 TXA ;READY TO SEND ;	X-Register in Akku	copy bit to A
.,EEC9 45 BD EOR $BD	EOR ROPRTY ;CALC INTO PARITY	mit Register für Paritybit verknüpfen	EOR with RS232 parity byte		ROPRTY, RS232 out parity
.,EECB 85 BD STA $BD	STA ROPRTY ;	und abspeichern	save RS232 parity byte
.,EECD C6 B4 DEC $B4	DEC BITTS ;BIT COUNT DOWN	Bitzähler erniedrigen	decrement RS232 bit count		BITTS
.,EECF F0 06 BEQ $EED7	BEQ RST010 ;WANT A PARITY INSTEAD ;	verzweige wenn alle Bits übertragen	if RS232 bit count now zero go do parity bit save bit and exit
.,EED1 8A TXA	RSTEXT TXA ;CALC BIT WHOLE TO SEND	alten Akku wiederherstellen	copy bit to A
.,EED2 29 04 AND #$04	AND #$04 ;GOES OUT D2PA2	Bit 2 isolieren	mask 0000 0x00, RS232 Tx DATA bit
.,EED4 85 B5 STA $B5	STA NXTBIT	und ins Ausgaberegister bringen	save the next RS232 data bit to send		NXTBIT, next RS232 bit to send
.,EED6 60 RTS	RTS ; CALCULATE PARITY ; NXTBIT =0 UPON ENTRY ;	Rücksprung	do RS232 parity bit, enters with RS232 bit count = 0
.,EED7 A9 20 LDA #$20	RST010 LDA #$20 ;CHECK 6551 REG BITS	Bit 5 (Parity)	mask 00x0 0000, parity enable bit
.,EED9 2C 94 02 BIT $0294	BIT M51CDR	RS 232 Befehlsregister abfragen	test the pseudo 6551 command register		M51CDR, 6551 command register immage
.,EEDC F0 14 BEQ $EEF2	BEQ RSPNO ;...NO PARITY, SEND A STOP	verzweige wenn ohne Parity	if parity disabled go ??		no patity
.,EEDE 30 1C BMI $EEFC	BMI RST040 ;...NOT REAL PARITY	verzweige wenn feste Parität	if fixed mark or space parity go ??		mark/space transmit
.,EEE0 70 14 BVS $EEF6	BVS RST030 ;...EVEN PARITY ;	verzweige wenn ungerade Parität	if even parity go ?? else odd parity		even parity
.,EEE2 A5 BD LDA $BD	LDA ROPRTY ;CALC ODD PARITY	verzweige wenn Parity gleich eins	get RS232 parity byte		ROPRTY, out parity
.,EEE4 D0 01 BNE $EEE7	BNE RSPEXT ;CORRECT GUESS ;	verzweige wenn ja	if parity not zero leave parity bit = 0
.,EEE6 CA DEX	RSWEXT DEX ;WRONG GUESS...ITS A ONE ;	Parity $FF	make parity bit = 1
.,EEE7 C6 B4 DEC $B4	RSPEXT DEC BITTS ;ONE STOP BIT ALWAYS	Bitzähler auf $FF	decrement RS232 bit count, 1 stop bit		BITTS, out bit count
.,EEE9 AD 93 02 LDA $0293	LDA M51CTR ;CHECK # OF STOP BITS	RS 232 Kontrollregister laden	get pseudo 6551 control register		M51CTR, 6551 control register image
.,EEEC 10 E3 BPL $EED1	BPL RSTEXT ;...ONE	verzweige wenn zwei Stopbits	if 1 stop bit save parity bit and exit else two stop bits ..		one stop bit only
.,EEEE C6 B4 DEC $B4	DEC BITTS ;...TWO	Bitzähler auf $FE	decrement RS232 bit count, 2 stop bits		BITTS
.,EEF0 D0 DF BNE $EED1	BNE RSTEXT ;JUMP ; RSPNO ;LINE TO SEND CANNOT BE PB0	unbedingter Sprung zur Berechnung der Stopbits	save bit and exit, branch always parity is disabled so the parity bit becomes the first, and possibly only, stop bit. to do this increment the bit count which effectively decrements the stop bit count.
.,EEF2 E6 B4 INC $B4	INC BITTS ;COUNTS AS ONE STOP BIT	Bitzähler erhöhen, keine Parity	increment RS232 bit count, = -1 stop bit		BITTS
.,EEF4 D0 F0 BNE $EEE6	BNE RSWEXT ;JUMP TO FLIP TO ONE ;	unbedingter Sprung zur Berechnung der Stopbits	set stop bit = 1 and exit do even parity
.,EEF6 A5 BD LDA $BD	RST030 LDA ROPRTY ;EVEN PARITY	Parity	get RS232 parity byte		ROPRTY
.,EEF8 F0 ED BEQ $EEE7	BEQ RSPEXT ;CORRECT GUESS...EXIT	verzweige wenn gleich 0, dann Null-Bit ausgeben	if parity zero leave parity bit = 0
.,EEFA D0 EA BNE $EEE6	BNE RSWEXT ;WRONG...FLIP AND EXIT ;	unbedingter Sprung 1-Bit ausgeben	else make parity bit = 1, branch always fixed mark or space parity
.,EEFC 70 E9 BVS $EEE7	RST040 BVS RSPEXT ;WANTED SPACE	Null-Bit ausgeben	if fixed space parity leave parity bit = 0
.,EEFE 50 E6 BVC $EEE6	BVC RSWEXT ; WANTED MARK ; STOP BITS ;	sonst 1-Bit ausgeben (feste Parität)	else fixed mark parity make parity bit = 1, branch always decrement stop bit count, set stop bit = 1 and exit. $FF is one stop bit, $FE is two stop bits
.,EF00 E6 B4 INC $B4	RST050 INC BITTS ;STOP BIT COUNT TOWARDS ZERO	Bitzähler erhöhen	decrement RS232 bit count		BITTS
.,EF02 A2 FF LDX #$FF	LDX #$FF ;SEND STOP BIT	Wert für Stopbit	set stop bit = 1
.,EF04 D0 CB BNE $EED1	BNE RSTEXT ;JUMP TO EXIT ; ; RSTBGN - ENTRY TO START BYTE TRANS ;	unbedingter Sprung	save stop bit and exit, branch always setup next RS232 Tx byte		SEND NEW RS232 BYTE This routine sets up the system variables ready to send a new byte to the RS232 port. A test is made for 3-line or X-line modus. In X-line mode, DSR and CTS are checked.
.,EF06 AD 94 02 LDA $0294	RSTBGN LDA M51CDR ;CHECK FOR 3/X LINE	RS 232 Befehlsregister laden	read the 6551 pseudo command register		M51CDR, 6551 command register
.,EF09 4A LSR	LSR A	Bit 0 ins Carry	handshake bit inot Cb		test handshake mode
.,EF0A 90 07 BCC $EF13	BCC RST060 ;3 LINE...NO CHECK	verzweige wenn 3-Line Handshake, Abfrage übergehen	if 3 line interface go ??		3-line mode (no handshake)
.,EF0C 2C 01 DD BIT $DD01	BIT D2PRB ;CHECK FOR...	Port B abfragen	test VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port		RS232 port
.,EF0F 10 1D BPL $EF2E	BPL DSRERR ;...DSR ERROR	verzweige wenn DSR fehlt	if DSR = 0 set DSR signal not present and exit		no DSR, error
.,EF11 50 1E BVC $EF31	BVC CTSERR ;...CTS ERROR ; ; SET UP TO SEND NEXT BYTE ;	verzweige wenn CTS fehlt	if CTS = 0 set CTS signal not present and exit was 3 line interface		no CTS, error
.,EF13 A9 00 LDA #$00	RST060 LDA #0	0 laden und	clear A
.,EF15 85 BD STA $BD	STA ROPRTY ;ZERO PARITY	Parity-Register löschen	clear the RS232 parity byte		ROPRTY, RS232 out parity
.,EF17 85 B5 STA $B5	STA NXTBIT ;SEND START BIT	Register für zu sendendes Bit (Startbit)	clear the RS232 next bit to send		NXTBIT, next bit to send
.,EF19 AE 98 02 LDX $0298	LDX BITNUM ;GET # OF BITS	Anzahl der zu übertragenden Bits	get the number of bits to be sent/received		BITNUM, number of bits left to send
.,EF1C 86 B4 STX $B4	RST070 STX BITTS ;BITTS=#OF BITTS+1 ;	als Bitzähler merken	set the RS232 bit count		BITTS, RS232 out bit count
.,EF1E AC 9D 02 LDY $029D	RST080 LDY RODBS ;CHECK BUFFER POINTERS	lade Zeiger für übertragenes Byte	get the index to the Tx buffer start		RODBS, start page of out buffer
.,EF21 CC 9E 02 CPY $029E	CPY RODBE	alle Bytes übertragen ?	compare it with the index to the Tx buffer end		RODBE, index to end if out buffer
.,EF24 F0 13 BEQ $EF39	BEQ RSODNE ;ALL DONE... ;	ja, dann abschließen	if all done go disable T?? interrupt and return		disable timer
.,EF26 B1 F9 LDA ($F9),Y	LDA (ROBUF)Y ;GET DATA...	Datenbyte aus RS 232 Puffer holen	else get a byte from the buffer		RS232 out buffer
.,EF28 85 B6 STA $B6	STA RODATA ;...INTO BYTE BUFFER	zum Senden übergeben	save it to the RS232 output byte buffer		RODATA, RS232 out byte buffer
.,EF2A EE 9D 02 INC $029D	INC RODBS ;MOVE POINTER TO NEXT	Pufferzeiger erhöhen	increment the index to the Tx buffer start		RODBS
.,EF2D 60 RTS	RTS ; SET ERRORS ;	Rücksprung	set DSR signal not present		NO DSR / CTS ERROR (A) is loaded with the error flag - $40 for no DSR, and $10 for no CTS. This is then ORed with 6551 status image and stored in RSSTAT.	handle RS-232 errors
.,EF2E A9 40 LDA #$40	DSRERR LDA #$40 ;DSR GONE ERROR	DSR (Data Set Ready) fehlt	set DSR signal not present		entrypoint for 'NO DSR'
.:EF30 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip nach $EF33	makes next line BIT $10A9 set CTS signal not present		mask next LDA-command
.,EF31 A9 10 LDA #$10	CTSERR LDA #$10 ;CTS GONE ERROR	CTS (Clear To Send) fehlt	set CTS signal not present		entrypoint for 'NO CTS'
.,EF33 0D 97 02 ORA $0297	ORA RSSTAT	mit Status verknüpfen	OR it with the RS232 status register		RSSTAT, 6551 status register image
.,EF36 8D 97 02 STA $0297	STA RSSTAT ; ; ERRORS TURN OFF T1 ;	und setzen	save the RS232 status register disable timer A interrupt		DISABLE TIMER This routine set the interrupt mask on CIA#2 timer B. It also clears the NMI flag.
.,EF39 A9 01 LDA #$01	RSODNE LDA #$01 ;KILL T1 NMI ;ENTRY TO TURN OFF AN ENABLED NMI...	NMI für	disable timer A interrupt set VIA 2 ICR from A		; CIA#2 interrupt control register
.,EF3B 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	OENABL STA D2ICR ;TOSS BAD/OLD NMI	Timer A löschen	save VIA 2 ICR		; ENABL, RS232 enables
.,EF3E 4D A1 02 EOR $02A1	EOR ENABL ;FLIP ENABLE	Flag für	EOR with the RS-232 interrupt enable byte
.,EF41 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80 ;ENABLE GOOD NMI'S	RS 232 umdrehen	set the interrupts enable bit		; ENABL
.,EF43 8D A1 02 STA $02A1	STA ENABL	und speichern	save the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		; CIA#2 interrupt control register
.,EF46 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR	IRR setzen, alle übrigen zulassen NMIs	save VIA 2 ICR
.,EF49 60 RTS	RTS ; BITCNT - CAL # OF BITS TO BE SENT ; RETURNS #OF BITS+1 ;	Rücksprung Anzahl der RS 232 Datenbits berechnen	compute bit count		COMPUTE BIT COUNT This routine computes the number of bits in the word to be sent. The word length information is held in bits 5 & 6 of M51CTR. Bit 7 of this register indicates the number of stop bits. On exit, the number of bits is held in (X).	check control register
.,EF4A A2 09 LDX #$09	BITCNT LDX #9 ;CALC WORD LENGTH	Zähler für Wortlänge	set bit count to 9, 8 data + 1 stop bit
.,EF4C A9 20 LDA #$20	LDA #$20	Maskenwert für Bit 5	mask for 8/7 data bits
.,EF4E 2C 93 02 BIT $0293	BIT M51CTR	Testen vom RS-232 Kontrollregister	test pseudo 6551 control register		M51CTR, 6551 control register image
.,EF51 F0 01 BEQ $EF54	BEQ BIT010	verzweige wenn Bit 5 gelöscht	branch if 8 bits
.,EF53 CA DEX	DEX ;BIT 5 HIGH IS A 7 OR 5	Zähler für Wortlänge vermindern	else decrement count for 7 data bits
.,EF54 50 02 BVC $EF58	BIT010 BVC BIT020	verzweige wenn Bit 6 gelöscht	branch if 7 bits
.,EF56 CA DEX	DEX ;BIT 6 HIGH IS A 6 OR 5	Wortlänge um zwei	else decrement count ..
.,EF57 CA DEX	DEX	vermindern	.. for 5 data bits
.,EF58 60 RTS	BIT020 RTS .END .LIB RS232RCVR ; RSRCVR - NMI ROUTINE TO COLLECT ; DATA INTO BYTES ; ; RSR 8/18/80 ; ; VARIABLES USED ; INBIT - INPUT BIT VALUE ; BITCI - BIT COUNT IN ; RINONE - FLAG FOR START BIT CHECK <>0 START BIT ; RIDATA - BYTE INPUT BUFFER ; RIPRTY - HOLDS BYTE INPUT PARITY ; RIBUF - INDIRECT POINTER TO DATA BUFFER ; RIDBE - INPUT BUFFER INDEX TO END ; RIDBS - INPUT BUFFER POINTER TO START ; IF RIDBE=RIDBS THEN INPUT BUFFER EMPTY ;	Rücksprung empfangenes Bit verarbeiten	RS232 Rx NMI		RS232 RECEIVE This routine builds up the input byte from the RS232 port in RIDATA. Each bit is input from the port under NMI interrupt control. The bit is placed in INBIT before being passed to this routine, where it is shifted into the carry flag and then rotated into RIDATA. The bit count is decremented and parity updated.	add bit input on RS-232 bus to word being input
.,EF59 A6 A9 LDX $A9	RSRCVR LDX RINONE ;CHECK FOR START BIT	Startbit ?	get start bit check flag		RINONE, check for start bit?
.,EF5B D0 33 BNE $EF90	BNE RSRTRT ;WAS START BIT ;	verzweige wenn ja	if no start bit received go ??
.,EF5D C6 A8 DEC $A8	DEC BITCI ;CHECK WHERE WE ARE IN INPUT...	Bitzähler erniedrigen	decrement receiver bit count in		BITC1, RS232 in bit count
.,EF5F F0 36 BEQ $EF97	BEQ RSR030 ;HAVE A FULL BYTE	verzweige wenn alle Bits empfangen	if the byte is complete go add it to the buffer		process received byte
.,EF61 30 0D BMI $EF70	BMI RSR020 ;GETTING STOP BITS ; ; CALC PARITY ;	verzweige wenn noch Stopbits zu erwarten
.,EF63 A5 A7 LDA $A7	LDA INBIT ;GET DATA UP	empfangenes Bit	get the RS232 received data bit		INBIT, RS232 in bits
.,EF65 45 AB EOR $AB	EOR RIPRTY ;CALC NEW PARITY	mit Register für Parity verknüpfen	EOR with the receiver parity bit		RIPRTY, RS232 in parity
.,EF67 85 AB STA $AB	STA RIPRTY ; ; SHIFT DATA BIT IN ;	und abspeichern	save the receiver parity bit
.,EF69 46 A7 LSR $A7	LSR INBIT ;IN BIT POS 0	empfangenes Bit ins Carry	shift the RS232 received data bit		INBIT, put input bit into carry
.,EF6B 66 AA ROR $AA	ROR RIDATA ;C INTO DATA ; ; EXIT ;	und in Empfangsregister schieben			RIDATA,
.,EF6D 60 RTS	RSREXT RTS ; HAVE STOP BIT, SO STORE IN BUFFER ;	Rücksprung				handle end of word for RS-232 input
.,EF6E C6 A8 DEC $A8	RSR018 DEC BITCI ;NO PARITY, DEC SO CHECK WORKS	Bitzähler erniedrigen	decrement receiver bit count in		BITC1
.,EF70 A5 A7 LDA $A7	RSR020 LDA INBIT ;GET DATA...	Stopbit	get the RS232 received data bit		INBIT
.,EF72 F0 67 BEQ $EFDB	BEQ RSR060 ;...ZERO, AN ERROR? ;	verzweige wenn gleich Null
.,EF74 AD 93 02 LDA $0293	LDA M51CTR ;CHECK FOR CORRECT # OF STOP BITS	Kontrollregister laden	get pseudo 6551 control register		M51CTR, 6551 control register image
.,EF77 0A ASL	ASL A ;CARRY TELL HOW MAY STOP BITS	Bit 7 (Anzahl Stopbits) ins Carry	shift the stop bit flag to Cb
.,EF78 A9 01 LDA #$01	LDA #01	1 laden und mit der Anzahl	+ 1
.,EF7A 65 A8 ADC $A8	ADC BITCI	von Bits und Stopbits addieren	add receiver bit count in		BITC1
.,EF7C D0 EF BNE $EF6D	BNE RSREXT ;NO..EXIT ; ; RSRABL - ENABLE TO RECIEVE A BYTE ;	verzweige wenn noch nicht alle Stopbits empfangen	exit, branch always setup to receive an RS232 bit		end SET UP TO RECEIVE This routine sets up the I.C.R. to wait for the receiver edge, and flags this into ENABL. It then flags the check for a start bit.	enable byte reception
.,EF7E A9 90 LDA #$90	RSRABL LDA #$90 ;ENABLE FLAG FOR NEXT BYTE	Wert für Freigabe von NMI über die Flagleitung	enable FLAG interrupt
.,EF80 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR ;TOSS BAD/OLD NMI	Wert NMI freigeben	save VIA 2 ICR		CIA#2 I.C.R.
.,EF83 0D A1 02 ORA $02A1	ORA ENABL ;MARK IN ENABLE REGISTER***********	auch im NMI Register	OR with the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		ENABL, RS232 enables
.,EF86 8D A1 02 STA $02A1	STA ENABL ;RE-ENABLED BY JMP OENABL	für RS 232 NMIs vermerken	save the RS-232 interrupt enable byte
.,EF89 85 A9 STA $A9	STA RINONE ;FLAG FOR START BIT ;	und Flag für Startbit setzen	set start bit check flag, set no start bit received		RINONE, check for start bit
.,EF8B A9 02 LDA #$02	RSRSXT LDA #$02 ;DISABLE T2	Bitwert für	disable timer B interrupt
.,EF8D 4C 3B EF JMP $EF3B	JMP OENABL ;FLIP-OFF ENABL************* ; RECIEVER START BIT CHECK** ;	NMI für Timer B löschen	set VIA 2 ICR from A and return no RS232 start bit received		disable timer and exit PROCESS RS232 BYTE The byte recieved from the RS232 port is checked against parity. This involvs checking the input parity options selected, and then verifying the parity bit calculated against that input. If the test is passed, then the byte is stored in the in-buffer. Otherwise an error is flagged into RSSTAT. A patch in KERNAL version 3, has been added to the input routine at $ef94 to initialise the RS232 parity byte, RIPRTY, on reception of a start bit.	receiver start bit test
.,EF90 A5 A7 LDA $A7	RSRTRT LDA INBIT ;CHECK IF SPACE	Startbit laden	get the RS232 received data bit		INBIT, RS232 in bits
.,EF92 D0 EA BNE $EF7E	BNE RSRABL ;BAD...TRY AGAIN	verzweige wenn ungleich Null	if ?? go setup to receive an RS232 bit and return		set up to receive
.,EF94 85 A9 STA $A9	STA RINONE ;GOOD...DISABLE FLAG	Flag für Startbit rücksetzen	flag the RS232 start bit and set the parity received a whole byte, add it to the buffer		patch, init parity byte	put received data into RS-232 buffer
.,EF96 60 RTS	RTS ;AND EXIT ; ; PUT DATA IN BUFFER (AT PARITY TIME) ;	Rücksprung Empfangenes Byte weiterverarbeiten
.,EF97 AC 9B 02 LDY $029B	RSR030 LDY RIDBE ;GET END	Pufferzeiger laden	get index to Rx buffer end		RIDBE, index to the end of in buffer
.,EF9A C8 INY	INY	und erhöhen	increment index
.,EF9B CC 9C 02 CPY $029C	CPY RIDBS ;HAVE WE PASSED START?	mit Empfangspuffer vergleichen	compare with index to Rx buffer start		RIDBS, start page of in buffer
.,EF9E F0 2A BEQ $EFCA	BEQ RECERR ;YES...ERROR ;	verzweige wenn voll, dann Status setzen	if buffer full go do Rx overrun error		receive overflow error
.,EFA0 8C 9B 02 STY $029B	STY RIDBE ;MOVE RIDBE FOWARD	Pufferzeiger abspeichern	save index to Rx buffer end		RIDBE
.,EFA3 88 DEY	DEY ;	und normalisieren	decrement index
.,EFA4 A5 AA LDA $AA	LDA RIDATA ;GET BYTE BUFFER UP	empfangenes Byte laden	get assembled byte		RIDATA, RS232 in byte buffer
.,EFA6 AE 98 02 LDX $0298	LDX BITNUM ;SHIFT UNTILL FULL BYTE	Anzahl Datenbits laden	get bit count		BITNUM, number of bits left to send
.,EFA9 E0 09 CPX #$09	RSR031 CPX #9 ;ALWAYS 8 BITS	8 Bits plus ein Stopbit?	compare with byte + stop		full word to come?
.,EFAB F0 04 BEQ $EFB1	BEQ RSR032	verzweige wenn ja, ok	branch if all nine bits received		yes
.,EFAD 4A LSR	LSR A ;FILL WITH ZEROS	sonst Bits in richtige Position schieben	else shift byte
.,EFAE E8 INX	INX	Datenbitzähler um 1 erhöhen	increment bit count
.,EFAF D0 F8 BNE $EFA9	BNE RSR031 ;	unbedingter Sprung	loop, branch always
.,EFB1 91 F7 STA ($F7),Y	RSR032 STA (RIBUF)Y ;DATA TO PAGE BUFFER ; ; PARITY CHECKING ;	Byte in RS 232 Puffer schreiben	save received byte to Rx buffer		RIBUF, RS232 in buffer
.,EFB3 A9 20 LDA #$20	LDA #$20 ;CHECK 6551 COMMAND REGISTER	Maskenwert für Paritätsprüfung	mask 00x0 0000, parity enable bit
.,EFB5 2C 94 02 BIT $0294	BIT M51CDR	Bit 5 im Kommandregister prüfen	test the pseudo 6551 command register		M51CDR, 6551 command register image
.,EFB8 F0 B4 BEQ $EF6E	BEQ RSR018 ;NO PARITY BIT SO STOP BIT	verzweige wenn Übertragung ohne Parity	branch if parity disabled		parity disabled
.,EFBA 30 B1 BMI $EF6D	BMI RSREXT ;NO PARITY CHECK ; ; CHECK CALC PARITY ;	verzweige wenn festes Bit anstelle Parity	branch if mark or space parity		parity check disabled, TRS
.,EFBC A5 A7 LDA $A7	LDA INBIT	empfangenes Paritybit laden	get the RS232 received data bit		INBIT, parity check
.,EFBE 45 AB EOR $AB	EOR RIPRTY ;PUT IN WITH PARITY	mit berechneter Parity vergleichen	EOR with the receiver parity bit		RIPRTY, RS232 in parity
.,EFC0 F0 03 BEQ $EFC5	BEQ RSR050 ;EVEN PARITY	verzweige wenn gleich, ok			receive parity error
.,EFC2 70 A9 BVS $EF6D	BVS RSREXT ;ODD...OKAY SO EXIT	gerade Parity, dann ok	if ?? just exit
.:EFC4 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C ;SKIP TWO	Skip nach $EFC7	makes next line BIT $A650		mask
.,EFC5 50 A6 BVC $EF6D	RSR050 BVC RSREXT ;EVEN...OKAY SO EXIT ; ; ERRORS REPORTED	verzweige wenn ungerade Parity, dann ok	if ?? just exit
.,EFC7 A9 01 LDA #$01	LDA #1 ;PARITY ERROR	sonst Parity-Fehler	set Rx parity error		receive parity error
.:EFC9 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip nach EFCC	makes next line BIT $04A9		mask
.,EFCA A9 04 LDA #$04	RECERR LDA #$4 ;RECIEVER OVERRUN	Empfängerpuffer voll	set Rx overrun error		receive overflow
.:EFCC 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip nach $EFCF	makes next line BIT $80A9		mask
.,EFCD A9 80 LDA #$80	BREAKE LDA #$80 ;BREAK DETECTED	Break-Befehl empfangen	set Rx break error		framing break
.:EFCF 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip nach $EFD2	makes next line BIT $02A9		mask
.,EFD0 A9 02 LDA #$02	FRAMEE LDA #$02 ;FRAME ERROR	Rahmen-Fehler	set Rx frame error		framing error
.,EFD2 0D 97 02 ORA $0297	ERR232 ORA RSSTAT	mit Code für RS-232 Status verknüpfen	OR it with the RS232 status byte		RSSTAT, 6551 status register image
.,EFD5 8D 97 02 STA $0297	STA RSSTAT	und speichern	save the RS232 status byte
.,EFD8 4C 7E EF JMP $EF7E	JMP RSRABL ;BAD EXIT SO HANG ##????????## ; ; CHECK FOR ERRORS ;	zum Empfang des nächsten Bytes springen	setup to receive an RS232 bit and return		set up to receive
.,EFDB A5 AA LDA $AA	RSR060 LDA RIDATA ;EXPECTING STOP...	empfangenes Byte			RIDATA
.,EFDD D0 F1 BNE $EFD0	BNE FRAMEE ;FRAME ERROR	ungleich 0, dann zu Rahmen- Fehler	if ?? do frame error		framing error
.,EFDF F0 EC BEQ $EFCD	BEQ BREAKE ;COULD BE A BREAK .END .LIB RS232INOUT ; OUTPUT A FILE OVER USR PORT ; USING RS232 ;	sonst zu Break-Befehl empfangen RS-232 CKOUT, Ausgabe auf RS-232	else do break error, branch always open RS232 channel for output		receive break SUBMIT TO RS232 This routine is called when data is required from the RS232 port. Its function is to perform the handshaking on the poort needed to receive the data. If 3 line mode is used, then no handshaking is implemented and the routine exits.	output of RS-232 device
.,EFE1 85 9A STA $9A	CKO232 STA DFLTO ;SET DEFAULT OUT	Gerätenummer abspeichern	save the output device number		DFLTO, default output device
.,EFE3 AD 94 02 LDA $0294	LDA M51CDR ;CHECK FOR 3/X LINE	RS 232 Kommandregister laden	read the pseudo 6551 command register		M51CDR, 6551 command register image
.,EFE6 4A LSR	LSR A	Bit 0 (Handshake) ins Carry	shift handshake bit to carry
.,EFE7 90 29 BCC $F012	BCC CKO100 ;3LINE...NO TURN AROUND ; *;TURN AROUND LOGIC ; ; CHECK FOR DSR AND RTS** ;	verzweige wenn 3-Line- Handshake	if 3 line interface go ??		3 line mode, no handshaking, exit
.,EFE9 A9 02 LDA #$02	LDA #$02 ;BIT RTS IS ON	Haske für DATA SET READY	mask 0000 00x0, RTS out
.,EFEB 2C 01 DD BIT $DD01	BIT D2PRB	Port B auslesen	test VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port		RS232 I/O port
.,EFEE 10 1D BPL $F00D	BPL CKDSRX ;NO DSR...ERROR	kein DSR, dann Fehler	if DSR = 0 set DSR not present and exit		no DRS, error
.,EFF0 D0 20 BNE $F012	BNE CKO100 ;RTS...OUTPUTING OR FULL DUPLEX ; ; CHECK FOR ACTIVE INPUT ; RTS WILL BE LOW IF CURRENTLY INPUTING ;	verzweige wenn kein Request To Send	if RTS = 1 just exit
.,EFF2 AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	CKO020 LDA ENABL	RS-232 NMI Status Laden	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		ENABL, RS232 enables
.,EFF5 29 02 AND #$02	AND #$02 ;LOOK AT IER FOR T2	verknüpfe mit Bit für Datenempfang aktiv	mask 0000 00x0, timer B interrupt
.,EFF7 D0 F9 BNE $EFF2	BNE CKO020 ;HANG UNTILL INPUT DONE ; ; WAIT FOR CTS TO BE OFF AS SPEC REQS ;	warten bis Empfang beendet	loop while the timer B interrupt is enebled
.,EFF9 2C 01 DD BIT $DD01	CKO030 BIT D2PRB	Port B der NMI-CIA auslesen	test VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port		RS232 I/O port
.,EFFC 70 FB BVS $EFF9	BVS CKO030 ; ; TURN ON RTS ;	und auf Clear To Send warten	loop while CTS high		wait for no CTS
.,EFFE AD 01 DD LDA $DD01	LDA D2PRB	Port B lesen	read VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port
.,F001 09 02 ORA #$02	ORA #$02	Bit für Request To Send setzen	mask xxxx xx1x, set RTS high
.,F003 8D 01 DD STA $DD01	STA D2PRB ; ; WAIT FOR CTS TO GO ON ;	und wieder zurückschreiben	save VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port		set RTS
.,F006 2C 01 DD BIT $DD01	CKO040 BIT D2PRB	Port B holen und	test VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port
.,F009 70 07 BVS $F012	BVS CKO100 ;DONE...	auf Clear To Send warten	exit if CTS high		CTS set
.,F00B 30 F9 BMI $F006	BMI CKO040 ;WE STILL HAVE DSR ;	verzweige wenn nicht Data Set Ready	loop while DSR high set no DSR and exit		wait for no DSR NO DSR ERROR This routine sets the 6551 status register image to #40 when a no DSR error has occurred.
.,F00D A9 40 LDA #$40	CKDSRX LDA #$40 ;A DATA SET READY ERROR	Bit für fehlendes DSR	set DSR signal not present
.,F00F 8D 97 02 STA $0297	STA RSSTAT ;MAJOR ERROR....WILL REQUIRE REOPEN ;	Status setzen	save the RS232 status register		RSSTAT, 6551 status register image
.,F012 18 CLC	CKO100 CLC ;NO ERROR	Carry für ok Kennzeichen setzen	flag ok
.,F013 60 RTS	RTS ; ; BSO232 - OUTPUT A CHAR RS232 ; DATA PASSED IN T1 FROM BSOUT ; ; HANG LOOP FOR BUFFER FULL ;	Rücksprung Ausgabe in RS 232 Puffer	send byte to the RS232 buffer		SEND TO RS232 BUFFER Note: The entry point to the routine is at	buffer char to output on RS-232
.,F014 20 28 F0 JSR $F028	BSOBAD JSR BSO100 ;KEEP TRYING TO START SYSTEM... ; ; BUFFER HANDLER ;	falls erforderlich Übertragung starten	setup for RS232 transmit send byte to the RS232 buffer, no setup
.,F017 AC 9E 02 LDY $029E	BSO232 LDY RODBE	Zeiger auf Ausgabepuffer laden	get index to Tx buffer end
.,F01A C8 INY	INY	und erhöhen	+ 1
.,F01B CC 9D 02 CPY $029D	CPY RODBS ;CHECK FOR BUFFER FULL	und mit Lesezeiger vergleichen	compare with index to Tx buffer start
.,F01E F0 F4 BEQ $F014	BEQ BSOBAD ;HANG IF SO...TRYING TO RESTART	Puffer voll, dann warten	loop while buffer full
.,F020 8C 9E 02 STY $029E	STY RODBE ;INDICATE NEW START	neuen Wert für Schreibzeiger merken	set index to Tx buffer end
.,F023 88 DEY	DEY	und wieder normalisieren	index to available buffer byte
.,F024 A5 9E LDA $9E	LDA T1 ;GET DATA...	auszugebendes Byte holen und	read the RS232 character buffer
.,F026 91 F9 STA ($F9),Y	STA (ROBUF)Y ;STORE DATA ; ; SET UP IF NECESSARY TO OUTPUT ;	in Puffer schreiben	save the byte to the buffer setup for RS232 transmit
.,F028 AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	BSO100 LDA ENABL ;CHECK FOR A T1 NMI ENABLE	RS 232 NMI Status laden	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte
.,F02B 4A LSR	LSR A ;BIT 0	Bit 0 testen (läuft Sendebetrieb)	shift the enable bit to Cb
.,F02C B0 1E BCS $F04C	BCS BSO120 ;RUNNING....SO EXIT ; ; SET UP T1 NMI'S ;	verzweige wenn ja	if interrupts are enabled just exit
.,F02E A9 10 LDA #$10	BSO110 LDA #$10 ;TURN OFF TIMER TO PREVENT FALSE START...	Bitwert für Timer starten	start timer A
.,F030 8D 0E DD STA $DD0E	STA D2CRA	Timer A starten	save VIA 2 CRA
.,F033 AD 99 02 LDA $0299	LDA BAUDOF ;SET UP TIMER1	Timer für	get the baud rate bit time low byte
.,F036 8D 04 DD STA $DD04	STA D2T1L	Sende-Baud-Rate	save VIA 2 timer A low byte
.,F039 AD 9A 02 LDA $029A	LDA BAUDOF+1	neu	get the baud rate bit time high byte
.,F03C 8D 05 DD STA $DD05	STA D2T1H	setzen	save VIA 2 timer A high byte
.,F03F A9 81 LDA #$81	LDA #$81	Code für Timer-Unterlauf NMI Timer A	enable timer A interrupt
.,F041 20 3B EF JSR $EF3B	JSR OENABL	in IC-Register schreiben	set VIA 2 ICR from A
.,F044 20 06 EF JSR $EF06	JSR RSTBGN ;SET UP TO SEND (WILL STOP ON CTS OR DSR ERROR)	CTS und DSR prüfen und Übertragung freigeben	setup next RS232 Tx byte
.,F047 A9 11 LDA #$11	LDA #$11 ;TURN ON TIMER	Bitwert Timer A starten	load timer A, start timer A
.,F049 8D 0E DD STA $DD0E	STA D2CRA	Timer A starten	save VIA 2 CRA
.,F04C 60 RTS	BSO120 RTS ; INPUT A FILE OVER USER PORT ; USING RS232 ;	Rücksprung RS-232 CHKIN, Eingabe auf RS-232 setzen	input from RS232 buffer		INPUT FROM RS232	initalise RS-232 input
.,F04D 85 99 STA $99	CKI232 STA DFLTN ;SET DEFAULT INPUT ;	Gerätenummer speichern	save the input device number
.,F04F AD 94 02 LDA $0294	LDA M51CDR ;CHECK FOR 3/X LINE	RS 232 Befehlsregister laden	get pseudo 6551 command register
.,F052 4A LSR	LSR A	Bit 0 ins Carry schieben	shift the handshake bit to Cb
.,F053 90 28 BCC $F07D	BCC CKI100 ;3 LINE...NO HANDSHAKE ;	verzweige wenn 3-Line- Handshake	if 3 line interface go ??
.,F055 29 08 AND #$08	AND #$08 ;FULL/HALF CHECK (BYTE SHIFTED ABOVE)	Bit für Dupex Mode isolieren	mask the duplex bit, pseudo 6551 command is >> 1
.,F057 F0 24 BEQ $F07D	BEQ CKI100 ;FULL...NO HANDSHAKE ; *;TURN AROUND LOGIC ; ; CHECK IF DSR AND NOT RTS** ;	verzweige wenn voll Dupex	if full duplex go ??
.,F059 A9 02 LDA #$02	LDA #$02 ;BIT RTS IS ON	Maske für 'RTS OUT'	mask 0000 00x0, RTS out
.,F05B 2C 01 DD BIT $DD01	BIT D2PRB	Data Set Ready abfragen	test VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port
.,F05E 10 AD BPL $F00D	BPL CKDSRX ;NO DSR...ERROR	verzweige wenn nein	if DSR = 0 set no DSR and exit
.,F060 F0 22 BEQ $F084	BEQ CKI110 ;RTS LOW...IN CORRECT MODE ; ; WAIT FOR ACTIVE OUTPUT TO BE DONE ;	Ready To Send abfragen	if RTS = 0 just exit
.,F062 AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	CKI010 LDA ENABL	RS 232 NMI Status laden	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte
.,F065 4A LSR	LSR A ;CHECK T1 (BIT 0)	Bit 0 ins Carry (Sendebetrieb aktiv)	shift the timer A interrupt enable bit to Cb
.,F066 B0 FA BCS $F062	BCS CKI010 ; ; TURN OFF RTS ;	ja, warten bis beendet	loop while the timer A interrupt is enabled
.,F068 AD 01 DD LDA $DD01	LDA D2PRB	Port B laden	read VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port
.,F06B 29 FD AND #$FD	AND #$FF-02	Request To Send	mask xxxx xx0x, clear RTS out
.,F06D 8D 01 DD STA $DD01	STA D2PRB ; ; WAIT FOR DCD TO GO HIGH (IN SPEC) ;	und wieder speichern	save VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port
.,F070 AD 01 DD LDA $DD01	CKI020 LDA D2PRB	Port B holen	read VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port
.,F073 29 04 AND #$04	AND #$04	Bit für Data Terminal Ready	mask xxxx x1xx, DTR in
.,F075 F0 F9 BEQ $F070	BEQ CKI020 ; ; ENABLE FLAG FOR RS232 INPUT ;	verzweige wenn nein, warten	loop while DTR low
.,F077 A9 90 LDA #$90	CKI080 LDA #$90	NMI-Maske für 'Flag' laden	enable the FLAG interrupt
.,F079 18 CLC	CLC ;NO ERROR	Carry löschen (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok
.,F07A 4C 3B EF JMP $EF3B	JMP OENABL ;FLAG IN ENABL******** ; ; IF NOT 3 LINE HALF THEN... ; SEE IF WE NEED TO TURN ON FLAG** ;	NMI freigeben RS-232 CHKIN bei 3-Line Handshake	set VIA 2 ICR from A and return
.,F07D AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	CKI100 LDA ENABL ;CHECK FOR FLAG OR T2 ACTIVE	RS-232 NMI Status laden	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte
.,F080 29 12 AND #$12	AND #$12	wenn RS-232 nicht aktiv	mask 000x 00x0
.,F082 F0 F3 BEQ $F077	BEQ CKI080 ;NO NEED TO TURN ON	dann starten	if FLAG or timer B bits set go enable the FLAG inetrrupt
.,F084 18 CLC	CKI110 CLC ;NO ERROR	Carry löschen (ok Kenneichen)	flag ok
.,F085 60 RTS	RTS ; BSI232 - INPUT A CHAR RS232 ; ; BUFFER HANDLER ;	Rücksprung GET von RS-232	get byte from RS232 buffer		F086 GET FROM RS232	get next character from RS-232 input buffer
.,F086 AD 97 02 LDA $0297	BSI232 LDA RSSTAT ;GET STATUS UP TO CHANGE...	RS-232 Status holen	get the RS232 status register
.,F089 AC 9C 02 LDY $029C	LDY RIDBS ;GET LAST BYTE ADDRESS	Zeiger auf Ende des Eingabepuffers	get index to Rx buffer start
.,F08C CC 9B 02 CPY $029B	CPY RIDBE ;SEE IF BUFFER EMPTY	mit Zeiger auf Anfang vergleichen	compare with index to Rx buffer end
.,F08F F0 0B BEQ $F09C	BEQ BSI010 ;RETURN A NULL IF NO CHAR ;	verzweige wenn gleich (Puffer leer)	return null if buffer empty
.,F091 29 F7 AND #$F7	AND #$FF-$08 ;CLEAR BUFFER EMPTY STATUS	Bit 3 (Puffer leer)	clear the Rx buffer empty bit
.,F093 8D 97 02 STA $0297	STA RSSTAT	im Status löschen (Zeichen im Puffer)	save the RS232 status register
.,F096 B1 F7 LDA ($F7),Y	LDA (RIBUF)Y ;GET LAST CHAR	Byte aus Puffer holen	get byte from Rx buffer
.,F098 EE 9C 02 INC $029C	INC RIDBS ;INC TO NEXT POS ; ; RECEIVER ALWAYS RUNS ;	Pufferzeiger erhöhen	increment index to Rx buffer start
.,F09B 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung
.,F09C 09 08 ORA #$08	BSI010 ORA #$08 ;SET BUFFER EMPTY STATUS	Bitwert für Puffer leer	set the Rx buffer empty bit
.,F09E 8D 97 02 STA $0297	STA RSSTAT	Status setzen	save the RS232 status register
.,F0A1 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #$0 ;RETURN A NULL	Null übergeben	return null
.,F0A3 60 RTS	RTS ; RSP232 - PROTECT SERIAL/CASS FROM RS232 NMI'S ;	Rücksprung Ende der RS-232 Übertragung abwarten	check RS232 bus idle		SERIAL BUS IDLE This routine checks the RS232 bus for data transmission/ reception. The routine waits for any activity on the bus to end before setting I.C.R. The routine is called by serial bus routines, since these devices use IRQ generated timing, and conflicts may occur if they are all used at once.	protect serial/casette routine from RS-232 NMI's
.,F0A4 48 PHA	RSP232 PHA ;SAVE .A	Akku auf Stack retten	save A		store (A)
.,F0A5 AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	LDA ENABL ;DOES RS232 HAVE ANY ENABLES?	RS-232 NMI Status laden	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		ENABL, RS232 enables
.,F0A8 F0 11 BEQ $F0BB	BEQ RSPOK ;NO...	nicht gesetzt, dann ok	if no interrupts enabled just exit		bus not in use
.,F0AA AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	RSPOFF LDA ENABL ;WAIT UNTILL DONE	RS-232 NMI Status laden	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		ENABL
.,F0AD 29 03 AND #$03	AND #%00000011 ; WITH T1 & T2	Bit 0 = senden und Bit 1 = empfangen	mask 0000 00xx, the error bits		test RS232
.,F0AF D0 F9 BNE $F0AA	BNE RSPOFF	warten bis beide Bits gelöscht	if there are errors loop		yes, wait for port to clear
.,F0B1 A9 10 LDA #$10	LDA #%00010000 ; DISABLE FLAG (NEED TO RENABLE IN USER CODE)	Bitwert für Interrupt durch	disable FLAG interrupt
.,F0B3 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR ;TURN OF ENABL************	'Flag'-Leitung setzen	save VIA 2 ICR		set up CIA#2 I.C.R
.,F0B6 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	RS-232 NMI Status	clear A		clear
.,F0B8 8D A1 02 STA $02A1	STA ENABL ;CLEAR ALL ENABLS	zurücksetzen	clear the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		ENABL
.,F0BB 68 PLA	RSPOK PLA ;ALL DONE	Akku wieder holen	restore A		retrieve (A)
.,F0BC 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB MESSAGES MS1 .BYT $D,'I/O ERROR ',$A3 MS5 .BYT $D,'SEARCHING',$A0 MS6 .BYT 'FOR',$A0 MS7 .BYT $D,'PRESS PLAY ON TAP',$C5 MS8 .BYT 'PRESS RECORD & PLAY ON TAP',$C5 MS10 .BYT $D,'LOADIN',$C7 MS11 .BYT $D,'SAVING',$A0 MS21 .BYT $D,'VERIFYIN',$C7 MS17 .BYT $D,'FOUND',$A0 MS18 .BYT $D,'OK',$8D ; MS34 .BYT $D,'MONITOR',$8D	Rücksprung Systemmeldungen	kernel I/O messages		TABLE OF KERNAL I/O MESSAGES 1 This is a table of messages used by the KERNAL in conjunction with its I/O routines. Bit 7 is set in the last character in each message as a terminator.	kernal I/O messages
.:F0BD 0D 49 2F 4F 20 45 52 52	; MS36 .BYT $D,'BREA',$CB ;PRINT MESSAGE TO SCREEN ONLY IF ;OUTPUT ENABLED ;	I/O ERROR #	I/O ERROR #		I/O error	I/O error
.:F0C6 52 20 A3 0D 53 45 41 52
.:F0C9 0D 53 45 41 52 43 48 49		SEARCHING	SEARCHING		searching for	searching for
.:F0D1 4E 47 A0 46 4F 52 A0 0D
.:F0D4 46 4F 52 A0 0D 50 52 45		FOR	FOR
.:F0D8 0D 50 52 45 53 53 20 50		PRESS PLAY ON TAPE	PRESS PLAY ON TAPE		press play on tape	press play on tape
.:F0E0 4C 41 59 20 4F 4E 20 54
.:F0E8 41 50 C5 50 52 45 53 53
.:F0EB 50 52 45 53 53 20 52 45		PRESS RECORD & PLAY ON TAPE	PRESS RECORD & PLAY ON TAPE		press record and play on tape	press record and play on tape
.:F0F3 43 4F 52 44 20 26 20 50
.:F0FB 4C 41 59 20 4F 4E 20 54
.:F103 41 50 C5 0D 4C 4F 41 44
.:F106 0D 4C 4F 41 44 49 4E C7		LOADING	LOADING		loading	loading
.:F10E 0D 53 41 56 49 4E 47 A0		SAVING	SAVING		saving	saving
.:F116 0D 56 45 52 49 46 59 49		VERIFYING	VERIFYING		verifying	verifying
.:F11E 4E C7 0D 46 4F 55 4E 44
.:F120 0D 46 4F 55 4E 44 A0 0D		FOUND	FOUND		found	found
.:F127 0D 4F 4B 8D		OK Systemmeldungen ausgeben	OK display control I/O message if in direct mode		ok PRINT MESSAGE IF DIRECT This is a routine to output a message from the I/O messages table at $f0bd. On entry, (Y) holds the offset to control which message is printed. The routine tests if we are in program mode or direct mode. If in program mode, the routine exits. Else, the routine prints character after caracter untill it reaches a character with bit7 set.	ok print kernal message indexed by Y
.,F12B 24 9D BIT $9D	SPMSG BIT MSGFLG ;PRINTING MESSAGES?	Direkt-Modus Flag	test message mode flag		MSGFLG, test if direct or program mode
.,F12D 10 0D BPL $F13C	BPL MSG10 ;NO...	Programm, dann überspringen	exit if control messages off display kernel I/O message		program mode, don't print message
.,F12F B9 BD F0 LDA $F0BD,Y	MSG LDA MS1,Y	Zeichen holen mit Offset der Meldung in Y-Register	get byte from message table		get output character from table
.,F132 08 PHP	PHP	Status-Register retten	save status		store processor registers
.,F133 29 7F AND #$7F	AND #$7F	Bit 7 löschen	clear b7		clear bit7
.,F135 20 D2 FF JSR $FFD2	JSR BSOUT	und Zeichen ausgeben	output character to channel		output character using CHROUT
.,F138 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index		increment pointer to next character
.,F139 28 PLP	PLP	Status wiederholen	restore status		retrieve message
.,F13A 10 F3 BPL $F12F	BPL MSG	verzweige wenn noch weitere Buchstaben	loop if not end of message		untill bit7 was set
.,F13C 18 CLC	MSG10 CLC	Carry löschen, ok			clear carry to indicate no error
.,F13D 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB CHANNELIO ;*************************************** ;* GETIN -- GET CHARACTER FROM CHANNEL * ;* CHANNEL IS DETERMINED BY DFLTN.* ;* IF DEVICE IS 0, KEYBOARD QUEUE IS * ;* EXAMINED AND A CHARACTER REMOVED IF * ;* AVAILABLE. IF QUEUE IS EMPTY, Z * ;* FLAG IS RETURNED SET. DEVICES 1-31 * ;* ADVANCE TO BASIN. * ;*************************************** ;	Rücksprung GETIN	get character from the input device		GETIN: GET a BYTE The KERNAL routine GETIN ($ffe4) is vectored to this routine. It load a character into fac#1 from the external device indicated by DFLTN. Thus, if device = 0, GET is from the keyboard buffer. If device = 2, GET is from the RS232 port. If neither of these devices then GET is further handled by the next routine, INPUT.	get a character
.,F13E A5 99 LDA $99	NGETIN LDA DFLTN ;CHECK DEVICE	Eingabegerät laden	get the input device number		DFLTN, default input device.
.,F140 D0 08 BNE $F14A	BNE GN10 ;NOT KEYBOARD ;	verzweige wenn nicht Tastatur	if not the keyboard go handle other devices the input device was the keyboard		not keyboard
.,F142 A5 C6 LDA $C6	LDA NDX ;QUEUE INDEX	Anzahl der Zeichen im Tastaturpuffer laden	get the keyboard buffer index		NDX, number of keys in keyboard queue
.,F144 F0 0F BEQ $F155	BEQ GN20 ;NOBODY THERE...EXIT ;	verzweige wenn kein Zeichen	if the buffer is empty go flag no byte and return		buffer empty, exit
.,F146 78 SEI	SEI	Interruptflag setzen	disable the interrupts		disable interrupts
.,F147 4C B4 E5 JMP $E5B4	JMP LP2 ;GO REMOVE A CHARACTER ;	Zeichen aus Tastaturpuffer holen	get input from the keyboard buffer and return the input device was not the keyboard		get character from keyboard buffer, and exit
.,F14A C9 02 CMP #$02	GN10 CMP #2 ;IS IT RS-232	Geräteadresse für RS-232	compare the device with the RS232 device		RS232
.,F14C D0 18 BNE $F166	BNE BN10 ;NO...USE BASIN ;	nein dann zur BASIN-Routine	if not the RS232 device go ?? the input device is the RS232 device		nope, try next device
.,F14E 84 97 STY $97	GN232 STY XSAV ;SAVE .Y, USED IN RS232	Y-Register merken	save Y		temp store
.,F150 20 86 F0 JSR $F086	JSR BSI232	Get von RS 232	get a byte from RS232 buffer		get character from RS232
.,F153 A4 97 LDY $97	LDY XSAV ;RESTORE .Y	Y-Register wiederholen	restore Y		retrieve (Y)
.,F155 18 CLC	GN20 CLC ;GOOD RETURN	Carry löschen, ok	flag no error
.,F156 60 RTS	RTS ;*************************************** ;* BASIN-- INPUT CHARACTER FROM CHANNEL* ;* INPUT DIFFERS FROM GET ON DEVICE* ;* #0 FUNCTION WHICH IS KEYBOARD. THE * ;* SCREEN EDITOR MAKES READY AN ENTIRE * ;* LINE WHICH IS PASSED CHAR BY CHAR * ;* UP TO THE CARRIAGE RETURN. OTHER * ;* DEVICES ARE: * ;* 0 -- KEYBOARD * ;* 1 -- CASSETTE #1 * ;* 2 -- RS232 * ;* 3 -- SCREEN * ;* 4-31 -- SERIAL BUS * ;*************************************** ;	Rücksprung BASIN Eingabe eines Zeichens	input a character from channel		CHRIN: INPUT A BYTE The KERNAL routine CHRIN ($ffcf) is vectored to this routine. It is similar in function to the GET routine above, and also provides a continuation to that routine. If the input device is 0 or 3, ie. keyboard or screen, then input takes place from the screen. INPUT/GET from other devices are performed by calls to the next routine. Two bytes are input from the device so that end of file can be set if necessary (ie. ST = #40)	input a character
.,F157 A5 99 LDA $99	NBASIN LDA DFLTN ;CHECK DEVICE	Gerätenummer laden	get the input device number		DFLTN, default input
.,F159 D0 0B BNE $F166	BNE BN10 ;IS NOT KEYBOARD... ; ;INPUT FROM KEYBOARD ;	verzweige wenn nicht Tastatur	if not the keyboard continue the input device was the keyboard		not keyboard, next device
.,F15B A5 D3 LDA $D3	LDA PNTR ;SAVE CURRENT...	Cursorposition holen	get the cursor column		PNTR, cursor column on screen
.,F15D 85 CA STA $CA	STA LSTP ;... CURSOR COLUMN	und für	set the input cursor column		>LXSP, cursor position at start
.,F15F A5 D6 LDA $D6	LDA TBLX ;SAVE CURRENT...	Tastatureingabe	get the cursor row		TBLX, cursor line number
.,F161 85 C9 STA $C9	STA LSXP ;... LINE NUMBER	setzen	set the input cursor row		<LXSP
.,F163 4C 32 E6 JMP $E632	JMP LOOP5 ;BLINK CURSOR UNTIL RETURN ;	Eingabe vom Bildschirm	input from screen or keyboard the input device was not the keyboard		input from screen or keyboard
.,F166 C9 03 CMP #$03	BN10 CMP #3 ;IS INPUT FROM SCREEN?	Eingabekanal 3 = Bildschirm	compare device number with screen		screen
.,F168 D0 09 BNE $F173	BNE BN20 ;NO... ;	wenn nicht verzweige vom Bildschirm	if not screen continue the input device was the screen		nope, next device
.,F16A 85 D0 STA $D0	STA CRSW ;FAKE A CARRIAGE RETURN	Flag auf Eingabe von Bild- schimrstelle	input from keyboard or screen, $xx = screen, $00 = keyboard		CRSW, flag INPUT/GET from keyboard
.,F16C A5 D5 LDA $D5	LDA LNMX ;SAY WE ENDED...	Cursorzeile laden	get current screen line length		LNMX, physical screen line length
.,F16E 85 C8 STA $C8	STA INDX ;...UP ON THIS LINE	als Pointer für Ende der Zeile speichern	save input [EOL] pointer		INDX, end of logical line for input
.,F170 4C 32 E6 JMP $E632	JMP LOOP5 ;PICK UP CHARACTERS ;	zu Eingabe vom Bildschirm	input from screen or keyboard the input device was not the screen		input from screen of keyboard
.,F173 B0 38 BCS $F1AD	BN20 BCS BN30 ;DEVICES >3	verzweige zu Eingabe vom IEC-Bus	if input device > screen go do IEC devices the input device was < screen
.,F175 C9 02 CMP #$02	CMP #2 ;RS232?	Eingabe von RS-232 ?	compare the device with the RS232 device		RS232
.,F177 F0 3F BEQ $F1B8	BEQ BN50 ; ;INPUT FROM CASSETTE BUFFERS ;	ja, so verzweige Eingabe vom Band	if RS232 device go get a byte from the RS232 device only the tape device left ..		yes, get data from RS232 port
.,F179 86 97 STX $97	STX XSAV	X-Register merken	save X
.,F17B 20 99 F1 JSR $F199	JSR JTGET	ein Zeichen vom Band holen	get a byte from tape
.,F17E B0 16 BCS $F196	BCS JTG37 ;STOP KEY/ERROR	verzweige bei Fehler	if error just exit
.,F180 48 PHA	PHA	Akku retten	save the byte
.,F181 20 99 F1 JSR $F199	JSR JTGET	ein Zeichen vom Band holen	get the next byte from tape
.,F184 B0 0D BCS $F193	BCS JTG36 ;STOP KEY/ERROR	verzweige bei Fehler	if error just exit
.,F186 D0 05 BNE $F18D	BNE JTG35 ;NOT AN END OF FILE	letzes Zeichen ?	if end reached ??
.,F188 A9 40 LDA #$40	LDA #64 ;TELL USER EOF	Code für 'End of Identify'	set EOI
.,F18A 20 1C FE JSR $FE1C	JSR UDST ;IN STATUS	Status setzen	OR into the serial status byte
.,F18D C6 A6 DEC $A6	JTG35 DEC BUFPT	Bandpuffer Zeiger erniedrigen	decrement tape buffer index
.,F18F A6 97 LDX $97	LDX XSAV ;.X PRESERVED	X-Register zurückholen	restore X
.,F191 68 PLA	PLA ;CHARACTER RETURNED ;C-CLEAR FROM JTGET	geholtes Zeichen in Akku	restore the saved byte
.,F192 60 RTS	RTS ;ALL DONE ;	Rücksprung
.,F193 AA TAX	JTG36 TAX ;SAVE ERROR INFO	Fehlernummer ins X-Register	copy the error byte
.,F194 68 PLA	PLA ;TOSS DATA	Stack normalisieren	dump the saved byte
.,F195 8A TXA	TXA ;RESTORE ERROR	Fehlernummer in Akku	restore error byte
.,F196 A6 97 LDX $97	JTG37 LDX XSAV ;RETURN	X-Register zurückholen	restore X
.,F198 60 RTS	RTS ;ERROR RETURN C-SET FROM JTGET ;GET A CHARACTER FROM APPROPRIATE ;CASSETTE BUFFER ;	Rücksprung ein Zeichen vom Band holen	get byte from tape			read a byte from cassette buffer
.,F199 20 0D F8 JSR $F80D	JTGET JSR JTP20 ;BUFFER POINTER WRAP?	Bandpuffer Zeiger erhöhen	bump tape pointer
.,F19C D0 0B BNE $F1A9	BNE JTG10 ;NO...	verzweige wenn noch Zeichen im Puffer	if not end get next byte and exit
.,F19E 20 41 F8 JSR $F841	JSR RBLK ;YES...READ NEXT BLOCK	sonst nächsten Block vom Band holen	initiate tape read
.,F1A1 B0 11 BCS $F1B4	BCS BN33 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	STOP-Taste, dann Abbruch	exit if error flagged
.,F1A3 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Pufferzeiger	clear A
.,F1A5 85 A6 STA $A6	STA BUFPT ;POINT TO BEGIN.	auf Null	clear tape buffer index
.,F1A7 F0 F0 BEQ $F199	BEQ JTGET ;BRANCH ALWAYS ;	unbedingter Sprung	loop, branch always
.,F1A9 B1 B2 LDA ($B2),Y	JTG10 LDA (TAPE1)Y ;GET CHAR FROM BUF	Zeichen aus Puffer lesen	get next byte from buffer
.,F1AB 18 CLC	CLC ;GOOD RETURN	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag no error
.,F1AC 60 RTS	RTS ;INPUT FROM SERIAL BUS ;	Rücksprung Eingabe vom IEC-Bus	input device was serial bus		GET FROM SERIAL/RS232 These routines, actually two different, is entered from the previous routine. The serial sectionchecks the state of ST. If zero, then the data is recieved from the bus, otherwise carriage return (#0d) is returned in (A). In the second section, the recieved byte is read from the RS232 port.
.,F1AD A5 90 LDA $90	BN30 LDA STATUS ;STATUS FROM LAST	Status testen	get the serial status byte		STATUS, I/O status word
.,F1AF F0 04 BEQ $F1B5	BEQ BN35 ;WAS GOOD	verzweige wenn ok	if no errors flagged go input byte and return		status OK
.,F1B1 A9 0D LDA #$0D	BN31 LDA #$D ;BAD...ALL DONE	'CR' Kode ausgeben	else return [EOL]		else return <CR> and exit
.,F1B3 18 CLC	BN32 CLC ;VALID DATA	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag no error
.,F1B4 60 RTS	BN33 RTS ;	Rücksprung				read a byte from serial bus
.,F1B5 4C 13 EE JMP $EE13	BN35 JMP ACPTR ;GOOD...HANDSHAKE ; ;INPUT FROM RS232 ;	ein Byte vom IEC-Bus holen RS 232 Eingabe	input byte from serial bus and return input device was RS232 device		ACPTR, get byte from serial bus	read a byte from RS-232 bus
.,F1B8 20 4E F1 JSR $F14E	BN50 JSR GN232 ;GET INFO	ein Byte von RS 232 holen	get byte from RS232 device		receive from RS232
.,F1BB B0 F7 BCS $F1B4	BCS BN33 ;ERROR RETURN	verzweige wenn Fehler	branch if error, this doesn't get taken as the last instruction in the get byte from RS232 device routine is CLC ??		end with carry set
.,F1BD C9 00 CMP #$00	CMP #00	vergleiche mit Nullbyte	compare with null
.,F1BF D0 F2 BNE $F1B3	BNE BN32 ;GOOD DATA...EXIT	nein, dann ok	exit if not null		end with carry clear
.,F1C1 AD 97 02 LDA $0297	LDA RSSTAT ;CHECK FOR DSR OR DCD ERROR	Status laden	get the RS232 status register		RSSTAT, 6551 status register
.,F1C4 29 60 AND #$60	AND #$60	fehlt DSR ?	mask 0xx0 0000, DSR detected and ??		mask
.,F1C6 D0 E9 BNE $F1B1	BNE BN31 ;AN ERROR...EXIT WITH C/R	ja, 'CR' zurückgeben	if ?? return null		return with <CR>
.,F1C8 F0 EE BEQ $F1B8	BEQ BN50 ;NO ERROR...STAY IN LOOP ;*************************************** ;* BSOUT -- OUT CHARACTER TO CHANNEL * ;* DETERMINED BY VARIABLE DFLTO: * ;* 0 -- INVALID * ;* 1 -- CASSETTE #1 * ;* 2 -- RS232 * ;* 3 -- SCREEN * ;* 4-31 -- SERIAL BUS * ;*************************************** ;	nein, neuer Versuch BSOUT Ausgabe eines Zeichens	else loop, branch always output character to channel		get from RS232 CHROUT: OUTPUT ONE CHARACTER The KERNAL routine CHROUT ($ffd2) is vectored to this routine. On entry, (A) must hold the character to be output. The default output device number is examined, and output directed to relevant device. The screen, serial bus and RS232 all use previously described routines for their output.	output a character
.,F1CA 48 PHA	NBSOUT PHA ;PRESERVE .A	Datenbyte retten	save the character to output		temp store on stack
.,F1CB A5 9A LDA $9A	LDA DFLTO ;CHECK DEVICE	Gerätenummer für Ausgabe	get the output device number		DFLTO, default output device
.,F1CD C9 03 CMP #$03	CMP #3 ;IS IT THE SCREEN?	vergleiche mit Bildschirm	compare the output device with the screen		screen?
.,F1CF D0 04 BNE $F1D5	BNE BO10 ;NO... ; ;PRINT TO CRT ;	verzweige wenn nein	if not the screen go ??		nope, test next device
.,F1D1 68 PLA	PLA ;RESTORE DATA	Datenbyte wiederholen	else restore the output character		retrieve (A)
.,F1D2 4C 16 E7 JMP $E716	JMP PRT ;PRINT ON CRT ; BO10	ein Zeichen auf Bildschirm ausgeben	go output the character to the screen		output to screen
.,F1D5 90 04 BCC $F1DB	BCC BO20 ;DEVICE 1 OR 2 ; ;PRINT TO SERIAL BUS ;	verzweige wenn keine Ausgabe IEC-Bus Ausgabe auf IEC-Bus	if < screen go ??		device <3
.,F1D7 68 PLA	PLA	Datenbyte retten	else restore the output character		retrieve (A)
.,F1D8 4C DD ED JMP $EDDD	JMP CIOUT ; ;PRINT TO CASSETTE DEVICES ;	ein Byte auf IEC-Bus ausgeben	go output the character to the serial bus		send serial deferred
.,F1DB 4A LSR	BO20 LSR A ;RS232?	Bit 0 der Ausgabekanal- Nummer ins Carry	shift b0 of the device into Cb
.,F1DC 68 PLA	PLA ;GET DATA OFF STACK... ;	Datenbyte wiederholen	restore the output character output the character to the cassette or RS232 device
.,F1DD 85 9E STA $9E	CASOUT STA T1 ;PASS DATA IN T1 ; CASOUT MUST BE ENTERED WITH CARRY SET!!! ;PRESERVE REGISTERS ;	auszugebendes Zeichen merken	save the character to the character buffer		PTR1
.,F1DF 8A TXA	TXA	X-Register	copy X
.,F1E0 48 PHA	PHA	und Y-Register	save X
.,F1E1 98 TYA	TYA	auf Stack	copy Y
.,F1E2 48 PHA	PHA	retten	save Y
.,F1E3 90 23 BCC $F208	BCC BO50 ;C-CLR MEANS DFLTO=2 (RS232) ;	RS-232 Ausgabe Ausgabe auf Band	if Cb is clear it must be the RS232 device output the character to the cassette		RS232
.,F1E5 20 0D F8 JSR $F80D	JSR JTP20 ;CHECK BUFFER POINTER	Bandpuffer Zeiger erhöhen	bump the tape pointer
.,F1E8 D0 0E BNE $F1F8	BNE JTP10 ;HAS NOT REACHED END	verzweige wenn Puffer nicht voll	if not end save next byte and exit
.,F1EA 20 64 F8 JSR $F864	JSR WBLK ;WRITE FULL BUFFER	Puffer auf Band schreiben	initiate tape write
.,F1ED B0 0E BCS $F1FD	BCS RSTOR ;ABORT ON STOP KEY ; ;PUT BUFFER TYPE BYTE ;	STOP-Taste, dann Abbruch	exit if error
.,F1EF A9 02 LDA #$02	LDA #BDF	Kontrollbyte für Datenblock	set data block type ??
.,F1F1 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Pufferzeiger auf 0	clear index
.,F1F3 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y ; ;RESET BUFFER POINTER ;	Akku in Puffer schreiben	save type to buffer ??
.,F1F5 C8 INY	INY ;MAKE .Y=1	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index
.,F1F6 84 A6 STY $A6	STY BUFPT ;BUFPT=1 ;	und merken	save tape buffer index
.,F1F8 A5 9E LDA $9E	JTP10 LDA T1	Datenbyte holen	restore character from character buffer
.,F1FA 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y ;DATA TO BUFFER ; ;RESTORE .X AND .Y ;	Zeichen in Puffer schreiben	save to buffer
.,F1FC 18 CLC	RSTOA CLC ;GOOD RETURN	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag no error
.,F1FD 68 PLA	RSTOR PLA	X-Register	pull Y
.,F1FE A8 TAY	TAY	und Y-Register	restore Y
.,F1FF 68 PLA	PLA	aus Stack	pull X
.,F200 AA TAX	TAX	holen	restore X
.,F201 A5 9E LDA $9E	LDA T1 ;GET .A FOR RETURN	Datenbyte zurückholen	get the character from the character buffer
.,F203 90 02 BCC $F207	BCC RSTOR1 ;NO ERROR	verzweige wenn ok	exit if no error
.,F205 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #00 ;STOP ERROR IF C-SET	Flag für 'STOP-Taste gedrückt'	else clear A
.,F207 60 RTS	RSTOR1 RTS ; ;OUTPUT TO RS232 ;	Rücksprung RS-232 Ausgabe	output the character to the RS232 device
.,F208 20 17 F0 JSR $F017	BO50 JSR BSO232 ;PASS DATA THROUGH VARIABLE T1	ein Zeichen in RS-232 Puffer schreiben	send byte to the RS232 buffer, no setup		send to RS232
.,F20B 4C FC F1 JMP $F1FC	JMP RSTOA ;GO RESTORE ALL..ALWAYS GOOD .END .LIB OPENCHANNEL ;*************************************** ;* CHKIN -- OPEN CHANNEL FOR INPUT * ;* * ;* THE NUMBER OF THE LOGICAL FILE TO BE* ;* OPENED FOR INPUT IS PASSED IN .X. * ;* CHKIN SEARCHES THE LOGICAL FILE * ;* TO LOOK UP DEVICE AND COMMAND INFO. * ;* ERRORS ARE REPORTED IF THE DEVICE * ;* WAS NOT OPENED FOR INPUT ,(E.G. * ;* CASSETTE WRITE FILE), OR THE LOGICAL* ;* FILE HAS NO REFERENCE IN THE TABLES.* ;* DEVICE 0, (KEYBOARD), AND DEVICE 3 * ;* (SCREEN), REQUIRE NO TABLE ENTRIES * ;* AND ARE HANDLED SEPARATE. * ;*************************************** ;	CHROUT CHKIN Eingabegerät setzen	do no error exit open channel for input		end output CHKIN: SET INPUT DEVICE The KERNAL routine CHKIN ($ffc6) is vectored to this routine. On entry, (X) must hold the logical file number. A test is made to see if the file is open, or ?FILE NOT OPEN. If the file is not an input file then ?NOT INPUT FILE. If the device is on the serial bus then it is commanded to TALK and secondary address is sent. ST is then checked, and if non-zero, ?DEVICE NOT PRESENT. Finally, the device number is stored in DLFTN.	set input device
.,F20E 20 0F F3 JSR $F30F	NCHKIN JSR LOOKUP ;SEE IF FILE KNOWN	sucht logische Filenummer	find a file		find file number
.,F211 F0 03 BEQ $F216	BEQ JX310 ;YUP... ;	verzweige wenn gefunden	if the file is open continue		ok, skip next command
.,F213 4C 01 F7 JMP $F701	JMP ERROR3 ;NO...FILE NOT OPEN ;	sonst 'file not open'	else do 'file not open' error and return		I/O error #3, file not open
.,F216 20 1F F3 JSR $F31F	JX310 JSR JZ100 ;EXTRACT FILE INFO ;	setzt Fileparameter	set file details from table,X		set file variables
.,F219 A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA	Gerätenummer laden	get the device number		FA, current device number
.,F21B F0 16 BEQ $F233	BEQ JX320 ;IS KEYBOARD...DONE. ; ;COULD BE SCREEN, KEYBOARD, OR SERIAL ;	0, Tastatur	if the device was the keyboard save the device #, flag ok and exit		keyboard
.,F21D C9 03 CMP #$03	CMP #3	vergleiche mit Bildschirm	compare the device number with the screen		screen
.,F21F F0 12 BEQ $F233	BEQ JX320 ;IS SCREEN...DONE.	verzweige zu Bildschirm	if the device was the screen save the device #, flag ok and exit		yes
.,F221 B0 14 BCS $F237	BCS JX330 ;IS SERIAL...ADDRESS IT	verzweige zu IEC-Bus	if the device was a serial bus device go ??		larger than 3, serial bus device
.,F223 C9 02 CMP #$02	CMP #2 ;RS232?	vergleiche mit RS-232	else compare the device with the RS232 device		RS232
.,F225 D0 03 BNE $F22A	BNE JX315 ;NO... ;	nein, dann Band	if not the RS232 device continue		nope
.,F227 4C 4D F0 JMP $F04D	JMP CKI232 ; ;SOME EXTRA CHECKS FOR TAPE ;	ja, dann RS-232 Band als Eingabegerät setzen	else go get input from the RS232 buffer and return		input from RS232
.,F22A A6 B9 LDX $B9	JX315 LDX SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA, current secondart address
.,F22C E0 60 CPX #$60	CPX #$60 ;IS COMMAND A READ?	vergleichemit 'Null'
.,F22E F0 03 BEQ $F233	BEQ JX320 ;YES...O.K....DONE ;	verzweige wenn 'Null'
.,F230 4C 0A F7 JMP $F70A	JMP ERROR6 ;NOT INPUT FILE ;	sonst 'not input file'	go do 'not input file' error and return		I/O error #6, not output file
.,F233 85 99 STA $99	JX320 STA DFLTN ;ALL INPUT COME FROM HERE ;	Gerätenummer für Ausgabe speichern	save the input device number		DFLTN, default input device
.,F235 18 CLC	CLC ;GOOD EXIT	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok
.,F236 60 RTS	RTS ; ;AN SERIAL DEVICE HAS TO BE A TALKER ;	Rücksprung IEC-Bus als Eingabegerät	the device was a serial bus device			set serial bus input device
.,F237 AA TAX	JX330 TAX ;DEVICE # FOR DFLTO	Geräteadresse retten	copy device number to X
.,F238 20 09 ED JSR $ED09	JSR TALK ;TELL HIM TO TALK ;	TALK senden	command serial bus device to TALK		send TALK to serial device
.,F23B A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA ;A SECOND?	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA
.,F23D 10 06 BPL $F245	BPL JX340 ;YES...SEND IT	verzweige wenn kleiner 128			send SA
.,F23F 20 CC ED JSR $EDCC	JSR TKATN ;NO...LET GO	wartet auf Takt-Signal	wait for the serial bus end after send		wait for clock
.,F242 4C 48 F2 JMP $F248	JMP JX350 ;	nächsten Befehl überspringen
.,F245 20 C7 ED JSR $EDC7	JX340 JSR TKSA ;SEND SECOND ;	Sekundäradresse für TALK senden	send secondary address after TALK		send talk secondary address
.,F248 8A TXA	JX350 TXA	Geräteadresse wiederholen	copy device back to A
.,F249 24 90 BIT $90	BIT STATUS ;DID HE LISTEN?	Status abfragen	test the serial status byte		STATUS, I/O status word
.,F24B 10 E6 BPL $F233	BPL JX320 ;YES ;	verzweige wenn ok	if device present save device number and exit		store DFLTN, and exit
.,F24D 4C 07 F7 JMP $F707	JMP ERROR5 ;DEVICE NOT PRESENT ;*************************************** ;* CHKOUT -- OPEN CHANNEL FOR OUTPUT * ;* * ;* THE NUMBER OF THE LOGICAL FILE TO BE* ;* OPENED FOR OUTPUT IS PASSED IN .X. * ;* CHKOUT SEARCHES THE LOGICAL FILE * ;* TO LOOK UP DEVICE AND COMMAND INFO. * ;* ERRORS ARE REPORTED IF THE DEVICE * ;* WAS NOT OPENED FOR INPUT ,(E.G. * ;* KEYBOARD), OR THE LOGICAL FILE HAS * ;* REFERENCE IN THE TABLES. * ;* DEVICE 0, (KEYBOARD), AND DEVICE 3 * ;* (SCREEN), REQUIRE NO TABLE ENTRIES * ;* AND ARE HANDLED SEPARATE. * ;*************************************** ;	sonst 'DEVICE NOT PRESENT' CKOUT Ausgabegerät setzen	do 'device not present' error and return open channel for output		I/O error #5, device not present CHKOUT: SET OUTPUT DEVICE The KERNAL routine CHKOUT ($ffc9) is vectored to this routinr. On entry (X) must hold the logical filenumber. A test is made to see if the file is open, or ?FILE NOT OPEN error. If the device is 0, ie. the keyboard, or the file is not an output file, then ?FILE OUTPUT FILE error is generated. If the device is on the serial bus, then it commanded to LISTEN and the secondary address is sent. ST is then checked and if non-zero, then ?DEVICE NOT PRESENT error. Finally, the device number is stored in DFLTO.	set output device
.,F250 20 0F F3 JSR $F30F	NCKOUT JSR LOOKUP ;IS FILE IN TABLE?	sucht logische Filenummer	find a file		fine file number (X)
.,F253 F0 03 BEQ $F258	BEQ CK5 ;YES... ;	verzweige wenn gefunden	if file found continue		OK
.,F255 4C 01 F7 JMP $F701	JMP ERROR3 ;NO...FILE NOT OPEN ;	sonst 'FILE NOT OPEN'	else do 'file not open' error and return		I/O error #3, file not open
.,F258 20 1F F3 JSR $F31F	CK5 JSR JZ100 ;EXTRACT TABLE INFO ;	setzt Fileparameter	set file details from table,X		set file values
.,F25B A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA ;IS IT KEYBOARD?	Gerätenummer holen	get the device number		FA, current device number
.,F25D D0 03 BNE $F262	BNE CK10 ;NO...SOMETHING ELSE. ;	verzweige wenn ungleich Null	if the device is not the keyboard go ??		not keyboard
.,F25F 4C 0D F7 JMP $F70D	CK20 JMP ERROR7 ;YES...NOT OUTPUT FILE ; ;COULD BE SCREEN,SERIAL,OR TAPES ;	sonst 'NOT INPUT FILE'	go do 'not output file' error and return		I/O error #7, not output file
.,F262 C9 03 CMP #$03	CK10 CMP #3	vergleiche mit Bildschirm ?	compare the device with the screen		screen?
.,F264 F0 0F BEQ $F275	BEQ CK30 ;IS SCREEN...DONE	verzweige wenn Bildschirm	if the device is the screen go save output the output device number and exit		yes
.,F266 B0 11 BCS $F279	BCS CK40 ;IS SERIAL...ADDRESS IT	verzweige wenn IEC-Bus	if > screen then go handle a serial bus device		serial bus device
.,F268 C9 02 CMP #$02	CMP #2 ;RS232?	vergleiche mit RS-232	compare the device with the RS232 device		RS232
.,F26A D0 03 BNE $F26F	BNE CK15 ;	verzweige wenn nein	if not the RS232 device then it must be the tape device		nope
.,F26C 4C E1 EF JMP $EFE1	JMP CKO232 ; ; ;SPECIAL TAPE CHANNEL HANDLING ;	Ausgabe auf RS-232 vorbereiten Band als Ausgabegerät setzen	else go open RS232 channel for output open a tape channel for output		submit to RS232
.,F26F A6 B9 LDX $B9	CK15 LDX SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA, current secondary address
.,F271 E0 60 CPX #$60	CPX #$60 ;IS COMMAND READ?	mit 'Null' vergleichen
.,F273 F0 EA BEQ $F25F	BEQ CK20 ;YES...ERROR ;	Bandfile zum Lesen, 'NOT OUTPUT FILE'	if ?? do not output file error and return		not output file error
.,F275 85 9A STA $9A	CK30 STA DFLTO ;ALL OUTPUT GOES HERE ;	Nummer des Ausgabegeräts setzen	save the output device number		DFLTO, default output device
.,F277 18 CLC	CLC ;GOOD EXIT	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok		clear carry to incicate no errors
.,F278 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung Ausgabe auf IEC-Bus legen				set serial bus output device
.,F279 AA TAX	CK40 TAX ;SAVE DEVICE FOR DFLTO	Geräteadresse retten	copy the device number		file (X) to (A)
.,F27A 20 0C ED JSR $ED0C	JSR LISTN ;TELL HIM TO LISTEN ;	LISTEN senden	command devices on the serial bus to LISTEN		send LISTEN to serial device
.,F27D A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA ;IS THERE A SECOND?	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA
.,F27F 10 05 BPL $F286	BPL CK50 ;YES... ;	verzweige wenn kleiner 128	if address to send go ??		send SA
.,F281 20 BE ED JSR $EDBE	JSR SCATN ;NO...RELEASE LINES	ATN zurücksetzen	else set serial ATN high		clear ATN
.,F284 D0 03 BNE $F289	BNE CK60 ;BRANCH ALWAYS ;	unbedingter Sprung	go ??, branch always
.,F286 20 B9 ED JSR $EDB9	CK50 JSR SECND ;SEND SECOND... ;	Sekundäradresse für LISTEN senden	send secondary address after LISTEN		send listen secondary address
.,F289 8A TXA	CK60 TXA	Geräteadresse wiederholen	copy device number back to A
.,F28A 24 90 BIT $90	BIT STATUS ;DID HE LISTEN?	Status abfragen	test the serial status byte		STATUS, I/O status word
.,F28C 10 E7 BPL $F275	BPL CK30 ;YES...FINISH UP ;	verzweige wenn ok	if the device is present go save the output device number and exit		OK, set output device
.,F28E 4C 07 F7 JMP $F707	JMP ERROR5 ;NO...DEVICE NOT PRESENT .END .LIB CLOSE ;*************************************** ;* CLOSE -- CLOSE LOGICAL FILE * ;* * ;* THE LOGICAL FILE NUMBER OF THE* ;* FILE TO BE CLOSED IS PASSED IN .A.* ;* KEYBOARD, SCREEN, AND FILES NOT * ;* OPEN PASS STRAIGHT THROUGH. TAPE * ;* FILES OPEN FOR WRITE ARE CLOSED BY* ;* DUMPING THE LAST BUFFER AND * ;* CONDITIONALLY WRITING AN END OF * ;* TAPE BLOCK.SERIAL FILES ARE CLOSED* ;* BY SENDING A CLOSE FILE COMMAND IF* ;* A SECONDARY ADDRESS WAS SPECIFIED * ;* IN ITS OPEN COMMAND. * ;*************************************** ;	'device not present' CLOSE logische Filenummer im Akku	else do 'device not present error' and return close a specified logical file		I/O error #5, device not present CLOSE: CLOSE FILE, PART 1 The KERNAL routine CLOSE ($ffc3) is vectored here. The file parameters are fetched, and if not found, the routine exits without any action. It checks the device number associated with the file. If it is RS232, then the RS232 port is reset. If it is a serial device, the device is UNTALKed, or UNLISTENed. Finally the number of open logical files are decremented, and the table of active file numbers are updated. On entry (A) holds the file number to close.	close a file
.,F291 20 14 F3 JSR $F314	NCLOSE JSR JLTLK ;LOOK FILE UP	sucht logische Filenummer	find file A		find logical file, (X) holds location i table
.,F294 F0 02 BEQ $F298	BEQ JX050 ;OPEN...	verzweige wenn gefunden	if file found go close it		OK
.,F296 18 CLC	CLC ;ELSE RETURN	File nicht vorhanden, dann fertig	else the file was closed so just flag ok		file not found
.,F297 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung	file found so close it		and exit
.,F298 20 1F F3 JSR $F31F	JX050 JSR JZ100 ;EXTRACT TABLE DATA	Fileparameter setzen	set file details from table,X		get file values from table, position (X)
.,F29B 8A TXA	TXA ;SAVE TABLE INDEX	Zeiger auf Parametereintrag in Filetabelle	copy file index to A
.,F29C 48 PHA	PHA ;	retten	save file index		temp store
.,F29D A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA ;CHECK DEVICE NUMBER	Geräteadresse laden	get the device number		FA, current device number
.,F29F F0 50 BEQ $F2F1	BEQ JX150 ;IS KEYBOARD...DONE	verzweige wenn Tastatur	if it is the keyboard go restore the index and close the file		keyboard?, update file table
.,F2A1 C9 03 CMP #$03	CMP #3	vergleiche mit Bildschirm	compare the device number with the screen		screen
.,F2A3 F0 4C BEQ $F2F1	BEQ JX150 ;IS SCREEN...DONE	verzweige wenn Bildschirm	if it is the screen go restore the index and close the file		yepp, update file table
.,F2A5 B0 47 BCS $F2EE	BCS JX120 ;IS SERIAL...PROCESS	verzweige wenn IEC-Bus	if > screen go do serial bus device close		Serial bus
.,F2A7 C9 02 CMP #$02	CMP #2 ;RS232?	vergleiche mit RS-232	compare the device with the RS232 device		RS232
.,F2A9 D0 1D BNE $F2C8	BNE JX115 ;NO... ; ; RS-232 CLOSE ; ; REMOVE FILE FROM TABLES	nein, dann Band RS-232 File schließen	if not the RS232 device go ?? else close RS232 device		nope, serial
.,F2AB 68 PLA	PLA	Zeiger auf Parametereintrag	restore file index		retrieve (A)
.,F2AC 20 F2 F2 JSR $F2F2	JSR JXRMV ;	Fileeintrag in Tabelle löschen	close file index X		remove entry (A) from file table
.,F2AF 20 83 F4 JSR $F483	JSR CLN232 ;CLEAN UP RS232 FOR CLOSE ; ; DEALLOCATE BUFFERS ;	CIAs für I/O rücksetzen	initialise RS232 output		init RS232 port by using part of RS232OPEN
.,F2B2 20 27 FE JSR $FE27	JSR GETTOP ;GET MEMSIZ	Memory-Top holen	read the top of memory		MEMTOP, read top of memory (X/Y)
.,F2B5 A5 F8 LDA $F8	LDA RIBUF+1 ;CHECK INPUT ALLOCATION	RS-232 Eingabepuffer HIGH-Byte laden	get the RS232 input buffer pointer high byte		>RIBUF, RS232 input buffer
.,F2B7 F0 01 BEQ $F2BA	BEQ CLS010 ;NOT...ALLOCATED	verzweige wenn 0	if no RS232 input buffer go ??
.,F2B9 C8 INY	INY	HIGH-Byte von Memory-Top erhöhen	else reclaim RS232 input buffer memory
.,F2BA A5 FA LDA $FA	CLS010 LDA ROBUF+1 ;CHECK OUTPUT ALLOCATION	RS-232 Ausgabepuffer HIGH-Byte laden	get the RS232 output buffer pointer high byte		>ROBUF, RS232 output buffer
.,F2BC F0 01 BEQ $F2BF	BEQ CLS020	verzweige wenn 0	if no RS232 output buffer skip the reclaim
.,F2BE C8 INY	INY	sonst HIGH-Byte von Memory- Top erhöhen	else reclaim the RS232 output buffer memory
.,F2BF A9 00 LDA #$00	CLS020 LDA #00 ;DEALLOCATE	0 laden	clear A		Clear RS232 input/output buffers
.,F2C1 85 F8 STA $F8	STA RIBUF+1	und Puffer	clear the RS232 input buffer pointer high byte
.,F2C3 85 FA STA $FA	STA ROBUF+1 ; FLAG TOP OF MEMORY CHANGE	freigeben	clear the RS232 output buffer pointer high byte
.,F2C5 4C 7D F4 JMP $F47D	JMP MEMTCF ;GO SET NEW TOP ; ;CLOSE CASSETTE FILE ;	Memory Top neu setzen Band File schließen	go set the top of memory to F0xx is not the RS232 device		Set new ROBOF values and set new MEMTOP	close cassette device
.,F2C8 A5 B9 LDA $B9	JX115 LDA SA ;WAS IT A TAPE READ?	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address
.,F2CA 29 0F AND #$0F	AND #$F	Bits 0 bis 3 isolieren	mask the device #
.,F2CC F0 23 BEQ $F2F1	BEQ JX150 ;YES ;	verzweige wenn File zum Lesen	if ?? restore index and close file
.,F2CE 20 D0 F7 JSR $F7D0	JSR ZZZ ;NO. . .IT IS WRITE	Band-Puffer Startadresse holen	get tape buffer start pointer in XY
.,F2D1 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;END OF FILE CHARACTER	Markierung für letztes Zeichen im Datenpuffer	character $00
.,F2D3 38 SEC	SEC ;NEED TO SET CARRY FOR CASOUT (ELSE RS232 OUTPUT!)	Flag für Ausgabe auf Recorder	flag the tape device
.,F2D4 20 DD F1 JSR $F1DD	JSR CASOUT ;PUT IN END OF FILE	Zeichen in Kassettenpuffer	output the character to the cassette or RS232 device
.,F2D7 20 64 F8 JSR $F864	JSR WBLK	Puffer auf Band schreiben	initiate tape write
.,F2DA 90 04 BCC $F2E0	BCC JX117 ;NO ERRORS...	verzweige wenn alles ok
.,F2DC 68 PLA	PLA ;CLEAN STACK FOR ERROR	Zeiger auf Fileeintrag holen
.,F2DD A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;BREAK KEY ERROR	0 für Break
.,F2DF 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung
.,F2E0 A5 B9 LDA $B9	JX117 LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address
.,F2E2 C9 62 CMP #$62	CMP #$62 ;WRITE END OF TAPE BLOCK?	vergleiche auf Open mit EOT
.,F2E4 D0 0B BNE $F2F1	BNE JX150 ;NO... ;	verzweige wenn kein EOT	if not ?? restore index and close file
.,F2E6 A9 05 LDA #$05	LDA #EOT	Kontrollbyte für EOT-Header	set logical end of the tape
.,F2E8 20 6A F7 JSR $F76A	JSR TAPEH ;WRITE END OF TAPE BLOCK	Block auf Band schreiben	write tape header
.,F2EB 4C F1 F2 JMP $F2F1	JMP JX150 ; ;CLOSE AN SERIAL FILE ;	Überspringe nächsten Befehl	restore index and close file serial bus device close		CLOSE: CLOSE FILE, PART 2	close serial bus device
.,F2EE 20 42 F6 JSR $F642	JX120 JSR CLSEI ; ;ENTRY TO REMOVE A GIVE LOGICAL FILE ;FROM TABLE OF LOGICAL, PRIMARY, ;AND SECONDARY ADDRESSES ;	IEC-File schließen	close serial bus device		UNTALK/UNLISTEN serial device
.,F2F1 68 PLA	JX150 PLA ;GET TABLE INDEX OFF STACK ; ; JXRMV - ENTRY TO USE AS AN RS-232 SUBROUTINE ;	Zeiger auf Fileeintrag holen	restore file index close file index X			reorganise file tables
.,F2F2 AA TAX	JXRMV TAX	ins X-Register schieben	copy index to file to close
.,F2F3 C6 98 DEC $98	DEC LDTND	Anzahl der offenen Files erniedrigen	decrement the open file count		decrement LDTND, number of open files
.,F2F5 E4 98 CPX $98	CPX LDTND ;IS DELETED FILE AT END?	und mit Zeiger auf Fileeintrag vergleichen	compare the index with the open file count		compare LDTND to (X)
.,F2F7 F0 14 BEQ $F30D	BEQ JX170 ;YES...DONE ; ;DELETE ENTRY IN MIDDLE BY MOVING ;LAST ENTRY TO THAT POSITION. ;	gleich, dann fertig	exit if equal, last entry was closing file else entry was not last in list so copy last table entry file details over the details of the closing one		equal, closed file = last file in table
.,F2F9 A4 98 LDY $98	LDY LDTND	Anzahl der offenen Files	get the open file count as index		else, move last entry to position of closed entry
.,F2FB B9 59 02 LDA $0259,Y	LDA LAT,Y	Letzten Fileeintrag	get last+1 logical file number from logical file table		LAT, active filenumbers
.,F2FE 9D 59 02 STA $0259,X	STA LAT,X	an die	save logical file number over closed file
.,F301 B9 63 02 LDA $0263,Y	LDA FAT,Y	freigewordene	get last+1 device number from device number table		FAT, active device numbers
.,F304 9D 63 02 STA $0263,X	STA FAT,X	Stelle in der	save device number over closed file
.,F307 B9 6D 02 LDA $026D,Y	LDA SAT,Y	Filetabelle	get last+1 secondary address from secondary address table		SAT, active secondary addresses
.,F30A 9D 6D 02 STA $026D,X	STA SAT,X ;	schreiben	save secondary address over closed file
.,F30D 18 CLC	JX170 CLC ;CLOSE EXIT	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichnung)	flag ok
.,F30E 60 RTS	JX175 RTS ;LOOKUP TABLIZED LOGICAL FILE DATA ;	Rücksprung sucht logische Filenummer (in X)	find a file		return FIND FILE This routine finds a logical file from it's file number. On entry, (X) must hold the logical file number to be found. LAT, the table of file numbers is searched, and if found (X) contains the offset to the position of the file in the table, and the Z flag is set. If not found, Z=0.	check X against logical file table
.,F30F A9 00 LDA #$00	LOOKUP LDA #0	Status	clear A
.,F311 85 90 STA $90	STA STATUS	löschen	clear the serial status byte		clear STATUS
.,F313 8A TXA	TXA	Filenummer in Akku schieben	copy the logical file number to A find file A		file number to search for
.,F314 A6 98 LDX $98	JLTLK LDX LDTND	Anzahl der offenen Files	get the open file count		LDTND, number of open files
.,F316 CA DEX	JX600 DEX	Anzahl um eins verringern	decrememnt the count to give the index
.,F317 30 15 BMI $F32E	BMI JZ101	verzweige wenn kein File offen oder Filenummer nicht gefunden	if no files just exit		end of table, return
.,F319 DD 59 02 CMP $0259,X	CMP LAT,X	sucht Eintrag in Tabelle	compare the logical file number with the table logical file number		compare file number with LAT, table of open files
.,F31C D0 F8 BNE $F316	BNE JX600	verzweige wenn noch nicht gefunden	if no match go try again		not equal, try next
.,F31E 60 RTS	RTS ;ROUTINE TO FETCH TABLE ENTRIES ;	Rücksprung setzt Fileparameter	set file details from table,X		back with Z flag set SEET FILE VALUES This routine sets the current logical file number, device number and secondary address from the file parameter tables. On entry (X) must hold the offset to the position of the file in the table.	set file parameters depending on X
.,F31F BD 59 02 LDA $0259,X	JZ100 LDA LAT,X	logische Filenummer aus	get logical file from logical file table		LAT, table of active logical files
.,F322 85 B8 STA $B8	STA LA	Tabelle holen und speichern	save the logical file		store in LA
.,F324 BD 63 02 LDA $0263,X	LDA FAT,X	Geräteadresse aus Tabelle	get device number from device number table		FAT, table of active device numbers
.,F327 85 BA STA $BA	STA FA	holen und speichern	save the device number		store in FA
.,F329 BD 6D 02 LDA $026D,X	LDA SAT,X	Sekundäradresse aus Tabelle	get secondary address from secondary address table		SAT, table of active secondary addresses
.,F32C 85 B9 STA $B9	STA SA	holen und speichern	save the secondary address		store in SAT
.,F32E 60 RTS	JZ101 RTS .END .LIB CLALL ;*************************************** ;* CLALL -- CLOSE ALL LOGICAL FILES * ;* DELETES ALL TABLE ENTRIES AND* ;* RESTORES DEFAULT I/O CHANNELS * ;* AND CLEARS IEEE PORT DEVICES * ;************************************* ;	Rücksprung CLALL schließt alle Ein-/Ausgabe Kanäle	close all channels and files		return CLALL: ABORT ALL FILES The KERNAL routine CLALL ($ffe7) is vectored here. The number of open files are set to zero, and the next routine is performed.	close all files
.,F32F A9 00 LDA #$00	NCLALL LDA #0	Anzahl der offenen Files	clear A
.,F331 85 98 STA $98	STA LDTND ;FORGET ALL FILES ;******************************************** ;* CLRCH -- CLEAR CHANNELS * ;* UNLISTEN OR UNTALK IEEE DEVICES, BUT * ;* LEAVE OTHERS ALONE. DEFAULT CHANNELS * ;* ARE RESTORED. * ;******************************************** ;	auf Null stellen CLRCH schließt aktiven I/O-Kanal	clear the open file count close input and output channels		clear LDTND, no open files CLRCHN: RESTORE TO DEFAULT I/O The KERNAL routine CLRCHN ($ffcc) is vectored here. The default output device is UNLISTENed, if it is on the serial bus, and the default output is set to the screen. The default input device is UNTALKed, if it is on the serial bus, and the default input device is set to keyboard.	restore I/O to default devices
.,F333 A2 03 LDX #$03	NCLRCH LDX #3	Vergleichswert in X	set the screen device		check if device > 3 (serial bus is 4,5...)
.,F335 E4 9A CPX $9A	CPX DFLTO ;IS OUTPUT CHANNEL IEEE?	vergleiche mit Nummer des Ausgabegeräts	compare the screen with the output device number		test DFLTO, default output device
.,F337 B0 03 BCS $F33C	BCS JX750 ;NO... ;	verzweige wenn kleiner als 3	if <= screen skip the serial bus unlisten		nope, no serial device
.,F339 20 FE ED JSR $EDFE	JSR UNLSN ;YES...UNLISTEN IT ;	IEC, UNLISTEN senden	else command the serial bus to UNLISTEN		send UNLISTEN to serial bus
.,F33C E4 99 CPX $99	JX750 CPX DFLTN ;IS INPUT CHANNEL IEEE?	vergleiche mit Nummer des Eingabegeräts	compare the screen with the input device number		test DFLTI, default input device
.,F33E B0 03 BCS $F343	BCS CLALL2 ;NO... ;	verzweige wenn kleiner als 3	if <= screen skip the serial bus untalk		nope, no serial device
.,F340 20 EF ED JSR $EDEF	JSR UNTLK ;YES...UNTALK IT ; ;RESTORE DEFAULT VALUES ; ;	IEC, UNTALK senden	else command the serial bus to UNTALK		send UNTALK to serial bus
.,F343 86 9A STX $9A	CLALL2 STX DFLTO ;OUTPUT CHAN=3=SCREEN	Ausgabe wieder auf Bildschirm	save the screen as the output device number		store screen as DFLTO
.,F345 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Eingabe wieder	set the keyboard as the input device
.,F347 85 99 STA $99	STA DFLTN ;INPUT CHAN=0=KEYBOARD	von Tastatur	save the input device number		store keyboard as DFLTI
.,F349 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB OPEN ;*********************************** ;* * ;* OPEN FUNCTION * ;* * ;* CREATES AN ENTRY IN THE LOGICAL * ;* FILES TABLES CONSISTING OF * ;* LOGICAL FILE NUMBER--LA, DEVICE * ;* NUMBER--FA, AND SECONDARY CMD-- * ;* SA. * ;* * ;* A FILE NAME DESCRIPTOR, FNADR & * ;* FNLEN ARE PASSED TO THIS ROUTINE* ;* * ;*********************************** ;	Rücksprung OPEN	open a logical file		OPEN: OPEN FILE The KERNAL routine OPEN ($ffc0) is vectored here. The file paramerters must be set before entry. The routine reads the LAT, to see if file already exists, which will result in I/O error #2, ?FILE OPEN. A test is made to see if more than 10 files are open. If so, I/O error #1, ?TOO MANY FiLES, will occur. The file parameters are set, and put in their respective tables. The device number is checked, and each kind of device jumps to their own routine. Keyboard and screen will exit here with no further actions. RS232 is opened via a seperate routine. SA, secondary address, and filename will be sent on the serial bus.	open a file
.,F34A A6 B8 LDX $B8	NOPEN LDX LA ;CHECK FILE #	Filenummer in X	get the logical file		LA, current logical number
.,F34C D0 03 BNE $F351	BNE OP98 ;IS NOT THE KEYBOARD ;	verzweige wenn ungleich Null	if there is a file continue
.,F34E 4C 0A F7 JMP $F70A	JMP ERROR6 ;NOT INPUT FILE... ;	'not input file' (??)	else do 'not input file error' and return		I/O error #6, not input file
.,F351 20 0F F3 JSR $F30F	OP98 JSR LOOKUP ;SEE IF IN TABLE	sucht logische Filenummer	find a file		find file (X)
.,F354 D0 03 BNE $F359	BNE OP100 ;NOT FOUND...O.K. ;	nicht gefunden, kann neu angelegt werden	if file not found continue
.,F356 4C FE F6 JMP $F6FE	JMP ERROR2 ;FILE OPEN ;	sonst 'file open'	else do 'file already open' error and return		I/O error #2, file exists
.,F359 A6 98 LDX $98	OP100 LDX LDTND ;LOGICAL DEVICE TABLE END	Anzahl der offenen Files	get the open file count		LDTND, number of open files
.,F35B E0 0A CPX #$0A	CPX #10 ;MAXIMUM # OF OPEN FILES	mit 10 vergleichen	compare it with the maximum + 1		more than ten
.,F35D 90 03 BCC $F362	BCC OP110 ;LESS THAN 10...O.K. ;	kleiner 10 dann ok	if less than maximum + 1 go open the file		nope
.,F35F 4C FB F6 JMP $F6FB	JMP ERROR1 ;TOO MANY FILES ;	'too many files'	else do 'too many files error' and return		I/O error #1, too many files
.,F362 E6 98 INC $98	OP110 INC LDTND ;NEW FILE	Anzahl erhöhen	increment the open file count		increment LDTND
.,F364 A5 B8 LDA $B8	LDA LA	logische Filenummer laden	get the logical file		LA
.,F366 9D 59 02 STA $0259,X	STA LAT,X ;STORE LOGICAL FILE #	und in die Tabelle schreiben	save it to the logical file table		store in LAT, table of active file numbers
.,F369 A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA
.,F36B 09 60 ORA #$60	ORA #$60 ;MAKE SA AN SERIAL COMMAND	Bit 5 und 6 setzen	OR with the OPEN CHANNEL command		fixx
.,F36D 85 B9 STA $B9	STA SA	wieder speichern	save the secondary address		store in SA
.,F36F 9D 6D 02 STA $026D,X	STA SAT,X ;STORE COMMAND #	und in die Tabelle schreiben	save it to the secondary address table		store in SAT, table of active secondary addresses
.,F372 A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA	Gerätenummer laden	get the device number		FA
.,F374 9D 63 02 STA $0263,X	STA FAT,X ;STORE DEVICE # ; ;PERFORM DEVICE SPECIFIC OPEN TASKS ;	und in die Tabelle schreiben	save it to the device number table		store in FAT, table of active device numbers
.,F377 F0 5A BEQ $F3D3	BEQ OP175 ;IS KEYBOARD...DONE.	verzweige wenn Gerätenummer für Tastatur	if it is the keyboard go do the ok exit		keyboard, end
.,F379 C9 03 CMP #$03	CMP #3	Code für Bildschirm	compare the device number with the screen		screen
.,F37B F0 56 BEQ $F3D3	BEQ OP175 ;IS SCREEN...DONE.	ja, so verzweige	if it is the screen go do the ok exit		yep, end
.,F37D 90 05 BCC $F384	BCC OP150 ;ARE CASSETTES 1 & 2 ;	verzweige wenn nicht IEC-Bus	if tape or RS232 device go ?? else it is a serial bus device		less than 3, not serial bus
.,F37F 20 D5 F3 JSR $F3D5	JSR OPENI ;IS ON SERIAL...OPEN IT	File auf IEC-Bus eröffnen	send the secondary address and filename		send SA
.,F382 90 4F BCC $F3D3	BCC OP175 ;BRANCH ALWAYS...DONE ; ;PERFORM TAPE OPEN STUFF ;	unbedingter Sprung	go do ok exit, branch always		end
.,F384 C9 02 CMP #$02	OP150 CMP #2	Code für Band			TAPE
.,F386 D0 03 BNE $F38B	BNE OP152 ;	verzweige wenn nein			I/O error #5, device not present
.,F388 4C 09 F4 JMP $F409	JMP OPN232 ;	RS-232 open	go open RS232 device and return		open RS232 file	open for cassette device
.,F38B 20 D0 F7 JSR $F7D0	OP152 JSR ZZZ ;SEE IF TAPE BUFFER	Bandpuffer Startadresse in X und Y holen	get tape buffer start pointer in XY
.,F38E B0 03 BCS $F393	BCS OP155 ;YES ;	verzweige wenn HIGH-Byte größer als 2	if >= $0200 go ??
.,F390 4C 13 F7 JMP $F713	JMP ERROR9 ;NO...DEALLOCATED ;	'illegal device number'	else do 'illegal device number' and return
.,F393 A5 B9 LDA $B9	OP155 LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address
.,F395 29 0F AND #$0F	AND #$F ;MASK OFF COMMAND	Bits 0 bis 3 isolieren
.,F397 D0 1F BNE $F3B8	BNE OP200 ;NON ZERO IS TAPE WRITE ; ;OPEN CASSETE TAPE FILE TO READ ;	ungleich Null dann schreiben
.,F399 20 17 F8 JSR $F817	JSR CSTE1 ;TELL "PRESS PLAY"	wartet auf Play-Taste	wait for PLAY
.,F39C B0 36 BCS $F3D4	BCS OP180 ;STOP KEY PRESSED ;	verzweige wenn Play Taste gedrückt	exit if STOP was pressed
.,F39E 20 AF F5 JSR $F5AF	JSR LUKING ;TELL USER "SEARCHING" ;	'SEARCHING' ('for name') ausgeben	print "Searching..."
.,F3A1 A5 B7 LDA $B7	LDA FNLEN	Länge des Filenamens	get file name length
.,F3A3 F0 0A BEQ $F3AF	BEQ OP170 ;LOOKING FOR ANY FILE ;	kein Filename, dann weiter	if null file name just go find header
.,F3A5 20 EA F7 JSR $F7EA	JSR FAF ;LOOKING FOR NAMED FILE	sucht gewünschen Bandheader	find specific tape header
.,F3A8 90 18 BCC $F3C2	BCC OP171 ;FOUND IT!!!	verzweige wenn gefunden	branch if no error
.,F3AA F0 28 BEQ $F3D4	BEQ OP180 ;STOP KEY PRESSED ;	verzweige wenn STOP-Taste	exit if ??
.,F3AC 4C 04 F7 JMP $F704	OP160 JMP ERROR4 ;FILE NOT FOUND ;	EOT, 'FILE NOT FOUND' ausgeben	do file not found error and return
.,F3AF 20 2C F7 JSR $F72C	OP170 JSR FAH ;GET ANY OLD HEADER	nächsten Bandheader suchen	find tape header, exit with header in buffer
.,F3B2 F0 20 BEQ $F3D4	BEQ OP180 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	EOT, Fehler	exit if end of tape found
.,F3B4 90 0C BCC $F3C2	BCC OP171 ;ALL O.K.	verzweige wenn gefunden
.,F3B6 B0 F4 BCS $F3AC	BCS OP160 ;FILE NOT FOUND... ; ;OPEN CASSETTE TAPE FOR WRITE ;	sonst PRG-File, weiter suchen				open cassette for input
.,F3B8 20 38 F8 JSR $F838	OP200 JSR CSTE2 ;TELL "PRESS PLAY AND RECORD"	wartet auf Record & Play Taste	wait for PLAY/RECORD
.,F3BB B0 17 BCS $F3D4	BCS OP180 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	STOP-Taste, dann Abbruch	exit if STOP was pressed
.,F3BD A9 04 LDA #$04	LDA #BDFH ;DATA FILE HEADER TYPE	Kontrollbyte für Datenheader	set data file header
.,F3BF 20 6A F7 JSR $F76A	JSR TAPEH ;WRITE IT ; ;FINISH OPEN FOR TAPE READ/WRITE ;	Header auf Band schreiben	write tape header
.,F3C2 A9 BF LDA #$BF	OP171 LDA #BUFSZ-1 ;ASSUME FORCE READ ;	Zeiger auf Ende des Bandpuffers
.,F3C4 A4 B9 LDY $B9	LDY SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address
.,F3C6 C0 60 CPY #$60	CPY #$60 ;OPEN FOR READ?	vergleiche mit $60 für Band lesen
.,F3C8 F0 07 BEQ $F3D1	BEQ OP172 ; ;SET POINTERS FOR BUFFERING DATA ;	lesen, dann verzweige
.,F3CA A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Zeiger auf 0 setzen	clear index
.,F3CC A9 02 LDA #$02	LDA #BDF ;TYPE FLAG FOR BLOCK	Kontrollbyte für Datenblock
.,F3CE 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y ;TO BEGIN OF BUFFER	in Bandpuffer schreiben	save to tape buffer
.,F3D0 98 TYA	TYA ;	Zeiger in Akku	clear A
.,F3D1 85 A6 STA $A6	OP172 STA BUFPT ;POINT TO DATA	Zeiger in Bandpuffer setzen	save tape buffer index
.,F3D3 18 CLC	OP175 CLC ;FLAG GOOD OPEN	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok
.,F3D4 60 RTS	OP180 RTS ;EXIT IN PEACE	Rücksprung File auf IEC-Bus eröffnen	send secondary address and filename		SEND SA This routine exits if there is no secondary address or filename specifyed. The I/O status word, ST, is reset, and the serial device is commanded to LISTEN. A check is made for a possible ?DEVICE NOT PRESENT error. Finally, the filename is sent to the device.	open for serial bus devices
.,F3D5 A5 B9 LDA $B9	OPENI LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA, current secondary address
.,F3D7 30 FA BMI $F3D3	BMI OP175 ;NO SA...DONE ;	Rücksprung wenn größer, gleich 128	ok exit if -ve		exit
.,F3D9 A4 B7 LDY $B7	LDY FNLEN	Länge des Filenamens laden	get file name length		FNLEN, length of filename
.,F3DB F0 F6 BEQ $F3D3	BEQ OP175 ;NO FILE NAME...DONE ;	gleich Null, dann fertig	ok exit if null		exit
.,F3DD A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;CLEAR THE SERIAL STATUS	Status	clear A
.,F3DF 85 90 STA $90	STA STATUS ;	löschen	clear the serial status byte		clear STATUS, I/O status word
.,F3E1 A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA	Geräteadressse laden	get the device number		FA, current device number
.,F3E3 20 0C ED JSR $ED0C	JSR LISTN ;DEVICE LA TO LISTEN ;	LISTEN	command devices on the serial bus to LISTEN		send LISTEN to serial bus
.,F3E6 A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA
.,F3E8 09 F0 ORA #$F0	ORA #$F0	Bits 4 bis 7 setzen (Open Kennzeichnung)	OR with the OPEN command
.,F3EA 20 B9 ED JSR $EDB9	JSR SECND ;	Sekundäradresse senden	send secondary address after LISTEN		send LISTEN SA
.,F3ED A5 90 LDA $90	LDA STATUS ;ANYBODY HOME?	Status testen	get the serial status byte		STATUS
.,F3EF 10 05 BPL $F3F6	BPL OP35 ;YES...CONTINUE ; ;THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED BY OTHER ;KERNAL ROUTINES WHICH ARE CALLED ;DIRECTLY BY OS. KILL RETURN ;ADDRESS TO RETURN TO OS. ;	verzweige wenn ok	if device present skip the 'device not present' error		ok
.,F3F1 68 PLA	PLA	Stack	else dump calling address low byte		remove two stack entries for RTS command
.,F3F2 68 PLA	PLA	rücksetzen	dump calling address high byte
.,F3F3 4C 07 F7 JMP $F707	JMP ERROR5 ;DEVICE NOT PRESENT ;	'device not present'	do 'device not present' error and return		I/O error #5, device not present
.,F3F6 A5 B7 LDA $B7	OP35 LDA FNLEN	Länge des Filenamens	get file name length		FNLEN
.,F3F8 F0 0C BEQ $F406	BEQ OP45 ;NO NAME...DONE SEQUENCE ; ;SEND FILE NAME OVER SERIAL ;	kein Filename, dann fertig	branch if null name		unlisten and exit
.,F3FA A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Zeiger auf Null setzen	clear index		clear offset
.,F3FC B1 BB LDA ($BB),Y	OP40 LDA (FNADR)Y	Filenamen holen	get file name byte		FNADR, pointer to filename
.,F3FE 20 DD ED JSR $EDDD	JSR CIOUT	auf IEC-Bus ausgeben	output byte to serial bus		send byte on serial bus
.,F401 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment index		next character
.,F402 C4 B7 CPY $B7	CPY FNLEN	mit Länge des Filenamens vergleichen	compare with file name length		until entire filename is sent
.,F404 D0 F6 BNE $F3FC	BNE OP40 ;	verzweige wenn noch nicht alle Zeichen	loop if not all done		again
.,F406 4C 54 F6 JMP $F654	OP45 JMP CUNLSN ;JSR UNLSN: CLC: RTS ; OPN232 - OPEN AN RS-232 OR PARALLEL PORT FILE ; ; VARIABLES INITILIZED ; BITNUM - # OF BITS TO BE SENT CALC FROM M51CTR ; BAUDOF - BAUD RATE FULL ; RSSTAT - RS-232 STATUS REG ; M51CTR - 6551 CONTROL REG ; M51CDR - 6551 COMMAND REG ; M51AJB - USER BAUD RATE (CLOCK/BAUD/2-100) ; ENABL - 6526 NMI ENABLES (1-NMI BIT ON) ;	UNLISTEN, return RS-232 Open	command serial bus to UNLISTEN and return open RS232 device		unlisten and exit OPEN RS232	open RS-232 device
.,F409 20 83 F4 JSR $F483	OPN232 JSR CLN232 ;SET UP RS232, .Y=0 ON RETURN ; ; PASS PRAMS TO M51REGS ;	CIAs setzen	initialise RS232 output
.,F40C 8C 97 02 STY $0297	STY RSSTAT ;CLEAR STATUS ;	RS-232 Status löschen	save the RS232 status register
.,F40F C4 B7 CPY $B7	OPN020 CPY FNLEN ;CHECK IF AT END OF FILENAME	Länge des "Filenamens"	compare with file name length
.,F411 F0 0A BEQ $F41D	BEQ OPN025 ;YES... ;	verzweige wenn kein Filename	exit loop if done
.,F413 B1 BB LDA ($BB),Y	LDA (FNADR)Y ;MOVE DATA	die ersten	get file name byte
.,F415 99 93 02 STA $0293,Y	STA M51CTR,Y ;TO M51REGS	vier	copy to 6551 register set
.,F418 C8 INY	INY	Zeichen	increment index
.,F419 C0 04 CPY #$04	CPY #4 ;ONLY 4 POSSIBLE PRAMS	speichern	compare with $04
.,F41B D0 F2 BNE $F40F	BNE OPN020 ; ; CALC # OF BITS ;	verzweige wenn noch nicht alle vier Zeichen	loop if not to 4 yet
.,F41D 20 4A EF JSR $EF4A	OPN025 JSR BITCNT	Anzahl der Datenbits berechnen	compute bit count
.,F420 8E 98 02 STX $0298	STX BITNUM ; ; CALC BAUD RATE ;	und speichern	save bit count
.,F423 AD 93 02 LDA $0293	LDA M51CTR	Kontrollregister holen	get pseudo 6551 control register
.,F426 29 0F AND #$0F	AND #$0F	Bits für Baud-Rate isolieren	mask 0000 xxxx, baud rate
.,F428 F0 1C BEQ $F446	BNE OPN010 ; ; CALCULATE START-TEST RATE... ; DIFFERENT THAN ORIGINAL RELEASE 901227-01 ;	verzweige wenn User-Baud-Rate	if zero skip the baud rate setup
.,F42A 0A ASL	ASL A ;GET OFFSET INTO TABLES	mal 2 für Tabelle	* 2 bytes per entry
.,F42B AA TAX	TAX	als Zeiger merken	copy to the index
.,F42C AD A6 02 LDA $02A6	LDA PALNTS ;GET TV STANDARD	NTSC-Version	get the PAL/NTSC flag
.,F42F D0 09 BNE $F43A	BNE OPN026	verzweige wenn nein	if PAL go set PAL timing
.,F431 BC C1 FE LDY $FEC1,X	LDY BAUDO-1,X ;NTSC STANDARD	Baud-Rate, HIGH für NTSC-Timing	get the NTSC baud rate value high byte
.,F434 BD C0 FE LDA $FEC0,X	LDA BAUDO-2,X	Baud-Rate, LOW	get the NTSC baud rate value low byte
.,F437 4C 40 F4 JMP $F440	JMP OPN027 ;	überspringe zwei Befehle	go save the baud rate values
.,F43A BC EB E4 LDY $E4EB,X	OPN026 LDY BAUDOP-1,X ;PAL STANDARD	Baud-Rate, HIGH für PAL-Timing	get the PAL baud rate value high byte
.,F43D BD EA E4 LDA $E4EA,X	LDA BAUDOP-2,X	Baud-Rate, LOW	get the PAL baud rate value low byte
.,F440 8C 96 02 STY $0296	OPN027 STY M51AJB+1 ;HOLD START RATE IN M51AJB	HIGH-Byte speichern	save the nonstandard bit timing high byte
.,F443 8D 95 02 STA $0295	STA M51AJB	LOW-Byte speichern	save the nonstandard bit timing low byte
.,F446 AD 95 02 LDA $0295	OPN028 LDA M51AJB ;CALCULATE BAUD RATE	Timerwert = Baud-Rate * zwei + $C8 (200)	get the nonstandard bit timing low byte
.,F449 0A ASL	ASL	Timer LOW * zwei	* 2
.,F44A 20 2E FF JSR $FF2E	JSR POPEN ;GOTO PATCH AREA ; ; CHECK FOR 3/X LINE RESPONSE ;	Timerwert für Baud-Rate ermitteln
.,F44D AD 94 02 LDA $0294	OPN030 LDA M51CDR ;BIT 0 OF M51CDR	Kommandoregister laden	read the pseudo 6551 command register
.,F450 4A LSR	LSR A	Prüfe ob 3-Line-Handshake	shift the X line/3 line bit into Cb
.,F451 90 09 BCC $F45C	BCC OPN050 ;...3 LINE ; ; CHECK FOR X LINE PROPER STATES ;	verzweige wenn ja	if 3 line skip the DRS test
.,F453 AD 01 DD LDA $DD01	LDA D2PRB	Prüfe ob Data Set Ready	read VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port
.,F456 0A ASL	ASL A	Bit 7 ins Carry	shift DSR in into Cb
.,F457 B0 03 BCS $F45C	BCS OPN050	verzweige wenn DSR vorhanden	if DSR present skip the error set
.,F459 20 0D F0 JSR $F00D	JMP CKDSRX ;NO DATA SET...DSR ERROR EXIT ; ; SET UP BUFFER POINTERS (DBE=DBS) ;	Status für DSR setzen	set no DSR
.,F45C AD 9B 02 LDA $029B	OPN050 LDA RIDBE	Anfang RS-232 Eingabepuffer	get index to Rx buffer end
.,F45F 8D 9C 02 STA $029C	STA RIDBS	mit Ende des Eingabepuffers gleichsetzen	set index to Rx buffer start, clear Rx buffer
.,F462 AD 9E 02 LDA $029E	LDA RODBE	Anfang des RS-232 Ausgabepuffers	get index to Tx buffer end
.,F465 8D 9D 02 STA $029D	STA RODBS ; ; ALLOCATE BUFFERS ;	mit Ende des Ausgabepuffers gleichsetzen	set index to Tx buffer start, clear Tx buffer
.,F468 20 27 FE JSR $FE27	OPN055 JSR GETTOP ;GET MEMSIZ	Memory Top holen	read the top of memory
.,F46B A5 F8 LDA $F8	LDA RIBUF+1 ;IN ALLOCATION...	HIGH-Byte des Zeigers auf RS-232 Eingabepuffer	get the RS232 input buffer pointer high byte
.,F46D D0 05 BNE $F474	BNE OPN060 ;ALREADY	ungleich Null, so Eingabe- puffer bereits angelegt	if buffer already set skip the save
.,F46F 88 DEY	DEY ;THERE GOES 256 BYTES	HIGH-Byte Memory Top -1	decrement top of memory high byte, 256 byte buffer
.,F470 84 F8 STY $F8	STY RIBUF+1	als Zeiger für RS-232 Eingabepuffer speichern	save the RS232 input buffer pointer high byte
.,F472 86 F7 STX $F7	STX RIBUF	LOW-Byte Memory Top als LOW- Byte Eingabepuffer setzen	save the RS232 input buffer pointer low byte
.,F474 A5 FA LDA $FA	OPN060 LDA ROBUF+1 ;OUT ALLOCATION...	HIGH-Byte des Zeigers auf RS-232 Ausgabepuffer	get the RS232 output buffer pointer high byte
.,F476 D0 05 BNE $F47D	BNE MEMTCF ;ALREAY	verzweige wenn Ausgabepuffer bereits angelegt	if ?? go set the top of memory to F0xx
.,F478 88 DEY	DEY ;THERE GOES 256 BYTES	HIGH-Byte des Memory Top -1
.,F479 84 FA STY $FA	STY ROBUF+1	und als Zeiger für RS-232 Ausgabepuffer setzen	save the RS232 output buffer pointer high byte
.,F47B 86 F9 STX $F9	STX ROBUF	LOW-Byte Memory Top als LOW- Byte Ausgabepuffer setzen	save the RS232 output buffer pointer low byte set the top of memory to F0xx
.,F47D 38 SEC	MEMTCF SEC ;SIGNAL TOP OF MEMORY CHANGE	Carry =1 (Fehlerkennzeichen)	read the top of memory
.,F47E A9 F0 LDA #$F0	LDA #$F0	Ftag für Puffer schützen/ freigeben setzen	set $F000
.,F480 4C 2D FE JMP $FE2D	JMP SETTOP ;TOP CHANGED ; ; CLN232 - CLEAN UP 232 SYSTEM FOR OPEN/CLOSE ; SET UP DDRB AND CB2 FOR RS-232 ;	Memory-Top neu setzen CIAs nach RS 232 rücksetzen	set the top of memory and return initialise RS232 output			initialise CIA2
.,F483 A9 7F LDA #$7F	CLN232 LDA #$7F ;CLEAR NMI'S	Bitwert für alle	disable all interrupts
.,F485 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR	NMIs blockieren setzen	save VIA 2 ICR
.,F488 A9 06 LDA #$06	LDA #%00000110 ;DDRB	Bit 1 und 2 Ausgang	set RS232 DTR output, RS232 RTS output
.,F48A 8D 03 DD STA $DD03	STA D2DDRB	PORT B Richtung	save VIA 2 DDRB, RS232 port
.,F48D 8D 01 DD STA $DD01	STA D2PRB ;DTR,RTS HIGH	PORT A Richtung	save VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port
.,F490 A9 04 LDA #$04	LDA #$04 ;OUTPUT HIGH PA2	Bit 2 setzen	mask xxxx x1xx, set RS232 Tx DATA high
.,F492 0D 00 DD ORA $DD00	ORA D2PRA	Bit 2 = TXD	OR it with VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address
.,F495 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA	Ausgeben	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address
.,F498 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #00	RS-232	clear Y
.,F49A 8C A1 02 STY $02A1	STY ENABL ;CLEAR ENABLS	NMI-Flag löschen	clear the RS-232 interrupt enable byte
.,F49D 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB LOAD ;********************************** ;* LOAD RAM FUNCTION * ;* * ;* LOADS FROM CASSETTE 1 OR 2, OR * ;* SERIAL BUS DEVICES >=4 TO 31 * ;* AS DETERMINED BY CONTENTS OF * ;* VARIABLE FA. VERIFY FLAG IN .A * ;* * ;* ALT LOAD IF SA=0, NORMAL SA=1 * ;* .X , .Y LOAD ADDRESS IF SA=0 * ;* .A=0 PERFORMS LOAD,<> IS VERIFY* ;* * ;* HIGH LOAD RETURN IN X,Y. * ;* * ;**********************************	Rücksprung LOAD - Routine	load RAM from a device		LOAD: LOAD RAM The kernal routine LOAD ($ffd5) is vectoed here. If a relocated load is desired, then the start address is set in MEMUSS. The load/verify flag is set, and the I/O status word is reset. A test is done on the device number, less than 3 results in illegal device number.	load ram from a device
.,F49E 86 C3 STX $C3	LOADSP STX MEMUSS ;.X HAS LOW ALT START	Startadresse	set kernal setup pointer low byte		MEMUSS, relocated load address
.,F4A0 84 C4 STY $C4	STY MEMUSS+1	speichern	set kernal setup pointer high byte
.,F4A2 6C 30 03 JMP ($0330)	LOAD JMP (ILOAD) ;MONITOR LOAD ENTRY ;	JMP $F4A5 LOAD-Vektor	do LOAD vector, usually points to $F4A5 load		ILOAD vector. Points to $f4a5	normally F4A5 standard load ram entry
.,F4A5 85 93 STA $93	NLOAD STA VERCK ;STORE VERIFY FLAG	Load/Verify Flag	save load/verify flag		VRECK, load/verify flag
.,F4A7 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Status	clear A
.,F4A9 85 90 STA $90	STA STATUS ;	löschen	clear the serial status byte		clear STATUS, I/O status
.,F4AB A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA ;CHECK DEVICE NUMBER	Geräteadresse laden	get the device number		get FA, current device
.,F4AD D0 03 BNE $F4B2	BNE LD20 ;	ungleich Null, dann weiter	if not the keyboard continue do 'illegal device number'		keyboard
.,F4AF 4C 13 F7 JMP $F713	LD10 JMP ERROR9 ;BAD DEVICE #-KEYBOARD ;	'ILLEGAL DEVICE NUMBER'	else do 'illegal device number' and return		I/O error #9, illegal device
.,F4B2 C9 03 CMP #$03	LD20 CMP #3	vergleiche mit Code für Bildschirm			screen?
.,F4B4 F0 F9 BEQ $F4AF	BEQ LD10 ;DISALLOW SCREEN LOAD	verzweige wenn ja, Fehler			yes, illegal device LOAD FROM SERIAL BUS The message 'SEARCHING' is printed and the filename is sent with the TALK command and secondary address to the serial bus. If EOI occurs at this point, then ?FILE NOT FOUND is displayed. The message 'LOADING' or 'VERIFYING' is output and a loop is entered, which recieves a byte from the serial bus, checks the <STOP> key and either stores the received byte, or compares it to the memory, depending on the state of VERCK. Finally the bus is UNTALKed.
.,F4B6 90 7B BCC $F533	BCC LD100 ;HANDLE TAPES DIFFERENT ; ;LOAD FROM CBM IEEE DEVICE ;	kleiner 3, dann vom Band IEC-Load			device < 3, eg tape or RS232, illegal device
.,F4B8 A4 B7 LDY $B7	LDY FNLEN ;MUST HAVE FILE NAME	Länge des Filenamens laden	get file name length		FNLEN, length of filename
.,F4BA D0 03 BNE $F4BF	BNE LD25 ;YES...OK ;	ungleich Null, dann ok	if not null name go ??		if length not is zero
.,F4BC 4C 10 F7 JMP $F710	JMP ERROR8 ;MISSING FILE NAME ;	'MISSING FILENAME'	else do 'missing file name' error and return		'MISSING FILENAME'
.,F4BF A6 B9 LDX $B9	LD25 LDX SA ;SAVE SA IN .X	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA, current secondary address
.,F4C1 20 AF F5 JSR $F5AF	JSR LUKING ;TELL USER LOOKING	'SEARCHING FOR' (filename)	print "Searching..."		print "SEARCHING"
.,F4C4 A9 60 LDA #$60	LDA #$60 ;SPECIAL LOAD COMMAND	Sekundäradresse Null laden (für OPEN)
.,F4C6 85 B9 STA $B9	STA SA	und speichern	save the secondary address		set SA to $60
.,F4C8 20 D5 F3 JSR $F3D5	JSR OPENI ;OPEN THE FILE ;	File auf IEC-Bus eröffnen	send secondary address and filename		send SA and filename
.,F4CB A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA	Gerätenummer laden	get the device number		FA, current devicenumber
.,F4CD 20 09 ED JSR $ED09	JSR TALK ;ESTABLISH THE CHANNEL	und TALK senden	command serial bus device to TALK		send TALK to serial bus
.,F4D0 A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA
.,F4D2 20 C7 ED JSR $EDC7	JSR TKSA ;TELL IT TO LOAD ;	und senden	send secondary address after TALK		send TALK SA
.,F4D5 20 13 EE JSR $EE13	JSR ACPTR ;GET FIRST BYTE	Byte vom IEC-Bus holen	input byte from serial bus		receive from serial bus
.,F4D8 85 AE STA $AE	STA EAL ;	als Startadresse LOW spei chern	save program start address low byte		load address, <EAL
.,F4DA A5 90 LDA $90	LDA STATUS ;TEST STATUS FOR ERROR	Status laden	get the serial status byte		check STATUS
.,F4DC 4A LSR	LSR A	Bit 1	shift time out read ..
.,F4DD 4A LSR	LSR A	ins Carry schieben	.. into carry bit
.,F4DE B0 50 BCS $F530	BCS LD90 ;FILE NOT FOUND...	falls gesetzt, dann Time out (Fehler)	if timed out go do file not found error and return		EOI set, file not found
.,F4E0 20 13 EE JSR $EE13	JSR ACPTR	Startadresse HIGH holen	input byte from serial bus		recieve from serial bus
.,F4E3 85 AF STA $AF	STA EAH ;	und speichern	save program start address high byte		load address, >EAL
.,F4E5 8A TXA	TXA ;FIND OUT OLD SA	Sekundäradresse laden	copy secondary address		retrieve SA and test relocated load
.,F4E6 D0 08 BNE $F4F0	BNE LD30 ;SA<>0 USE DISK ADDRESS	verzweige falls ungleich Null	load location not set in LOAD call, so continue with the load
.,F4E8 A5 C3 LDA $C3	LDA MEMUSS ;ELSE LOAD WHERE USER WANTS	Startadresse LOW laden	get the load address low byte		use MEMUSS as load address
.,F4EA 85 AE STA $AE	STA EAL	und speichern	save the program start address low byte		store in <EAL
.,F4EC A5 C4 LDA $C4	LDA MEMUSS+1	Startadresse HIGH laden	get the load address high byte
.,F4EE 85 AF STA $AF	STA EAH	und speichern	save the program start address high byte		store in >EAL
.,F4F0 20 D2 F5 JSR $F5D2	LD30 JSR LODING ;TELL USER LOADING ;	'LOADING'/'VERIFYING' ausgeben
.,F4F3 A9 FD LDA #$FD	LD40 LDA #$FD ;MASK OFF TIMEOUT	Time-out	mask xxxx xx0x, clear time out read bit		mask %11111101
.,F4F5 25 90 AND $90	AND STATUS	Bit	mask the serial status byte		read ST
.,F4F7 85 90 STA $90	STA STATUS ;	löschen	set the serial status byte
.,F4F9 20 E1 FF JSR $FFE1	JSR STOP ;STOP KEY?	Stop-Taste abfragen	scan stop key, return Zb = 1 = [STOP]		scan <STOP>
.,F4FC D0 03 BNE $F501	BNE LD45 ;NO... ;	nicht gedrückt, dann weiter	if not [STOP] go ??		not stopped
.,F4FE 4C 33 F6 JMP $F633	JMP BREAK ;STOP KEY PRESSED ;	File schließen	else close the serial bus device and flag stop
.,F501 20 13 EE JSR $EE13	LD45 JSR ACPTR ;GET BYTE OFF IEEE	Programmbyte vom Bus holen	input byte from serial bus		CPTR, recrive from serial bus
.,F504 AA TAX	TAX	Akku in X-REG retten	copy byte
.,F505 A5 90 LDA $90	LDA STATUS ;WAS THERE A TIMEOUT?	Status testen	get the serial status byte
.,F507 4A LSR	LSR A	Time-out	shift time out read ..
.,F508 4A LSR	LSR A	Bit ins Carry schieben	.. into carry bit
.,F509 B0 E8 BCS $F4F3	BCS LD40 ;YES...TRY AGAIN	falls Fehler, dann abbrechen	if timed out go try again
.,F50B 8A TXA	TXA	ansonsten Akku wiederholen	copy received byte back
.,F50C A4 93 LDY $93	LDY VERCK ;PERFORMING VERIFY?	Load/Verify Flag testen	get load/verify flag
.,F50E F0 0C BEQ $F51C	BEQ LD50 ;NO...LOAD	gleich Null, dann LOAD	if load go load else is verify		jump to LOAD
.,F510 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Zähler auf Null setzen	clear index
.,F512 D1 AE CMP ($AE),Y	CMP (EAL)Y ;VERIFY IT	Verify, Vergleich	compare byte with previously loaded byte		compare with memory
.,F514 F0 08 BEQ $F51E	BEQ LD60 ;O.K....	verzweige falls gleich	if match go ??		veryfied byte OK
.,F516 A9 10 LDA #$10	LDA #SPERR ;NO GOOD...VERIFY ERROR	Bit 4 für Status setzen	flag read error
.,F518 20 1C FE JSR $FE1C	JSR UDST ;UPDATE STATUS	Status setzen	OR into the serial status byte
.:F51B 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C ;SKIP NEXT STORE ;	Skip nach $F51E	makes next line BIT $AE91		mask next write command
.,F51C 91 AE STA ($AE),Y	LD50 STA (EAL)Y	Byte abspeichern	save byte to memory		store in memory
.,F51E E6 AE INC $AE	LD60 INC EAL ;INCREMENT STORE ADDR	LOW-Byte der Adresse erhöhen	increment save pointer low byte		increment <EAL, next address
.,F520 D0 02 BNE $F524	BNE LD64	verzweige falls kein Übertrag	if no rollover go ??		skip MSB
.,F522 E6 AF INC $AF	INC EAH	ansonsten HIGH-Byte erhöhen	else increment save pointer high byte		increment >EAL
.,F524 24 90 BIT $90	LD64 BIT STATUS ;EOI?	Status prüfen	test the serial status byte		test STATUS
.,F526 50 CB BVC $F4F3	BVC LD40 ;NO...CONTINUE LOAD ;	verzweige wenn noch kein EOI	loop if not end of file close file and exit		get next byte
.,F528 20 EF ED JSR $EDEF	JSR UNTLK ;CLOSE CHANNEL	UNTALK senden	command serial bus to UNTALK		send UNTALK to serial bus
.,F52B 20 42 F6 JSR $F642	JSR CLSEI ;CLOSE THE FILE	File schließen	close serial bus device
.,F52E 90 79 BCC $F5A9	BCC LD180 ;BRANCH ALWAYS ;	vezweige wenn kein Fehler	if ?? go flag ok and exit		end routine
.,F530 4C 04 F7 JMP $F704	LD90 JMP ERROR4 ;FILE NOT FOUND ; ;LOAD FROM TAPE ;	'FILE NOT FOUND'	do file not found error and return ??		I/O error #4, file not found
.,F533 4A LSR	LD100 LSR A	Gerätenummer feststellen
.,F534 B0 03 BCS $F539	BCS LD102 ;IF C-SET THEN IT'S CASSETTE ;	eins (Band) , dann weiter
.,F536 4C 13 F7 JMP $F713	JMP ERROR9 ;BAD DEVICE # ;	RS 232, 'ILLEGAL DEVICE NUMBER'	else do 'illegal device number' and return
.,F539 20 D0 F7 JSR $F7D0	LD102 JSR ZZZ ;SET POINTERS AT TAPE	Bandpuffer Startadresse holen	get tape buffer start pointer in XY
.,F53C B0 03 BCS $F541	BCS LD104	verzweige wenn HIGH-Byte der Bandpufferstartadresse größer/ gleich 2	if ??
.,F53E 4C 13 F7 JMP $F713	JMP ERROR9 ;DEALLOCATED...	sonst 'ILLEGAL DEVICE NUMBER'	else do 'illegal device number' and return
.,F541 20 17 F8 JSR $F817	LD104 JSR CSTE1 ;TELL USER ABOUT BUTTONS	wartet auf Play-Taste	wait for PLAY
.,F544 B0 68 BCS $F5AE	BCS LD190 ;STOP KEY PRESSED?	STOP-Taste, dann Abbruch	exit if STOP was pressed
.,F546 20 AF F5 JSR $F5AF	JSR LUKING ;TELL USER SEARCHING ;	'SEARCHING' ('for name') ausgeben	print "Searching..."
.,F549 A5 B7 LDA $B7	LD112 LDA FNLEN ;IS THERE A NAME?	Länge des Filenamens laden	get file name length
.,F54B F0 09 BEQ $F556	BEQ LD150 ;NONE...LOAD ANYTHING	verzweige wenn Null
.,F54D 20 EA F7 JSR $F7EA	JSR FAF ;FIND A FILE ON TAPE	gewünschten Bandheader suchen	find specific tape header
.,F550 90 0B BCC $F55D	BCC LD170 ;GOT IT!	verzweige wenn gefunden	if no error continue
.,F552 F0 5A BEQ $F5AE	BEQ LD190 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	STOP-Taste, dann Abbruch	exit if ??
.,F554 B0 DA BCS $F530	BCS LD90 ;NOPE...END OF TAPE ;	EOT, dann 'FILE NOT FOUND'	, branch always
.,F556 20 2C F7 JSR $F72C	LD150 JSR FAH ;FIND ANY HEADER	nächsten Bandheader suchen	find tape header, exit with header in buffer
.,F559 F0 53 BEQ $F5AE	BEQ LD190 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	STOP-Taste, dann Abbruch	exit if ??
.,F55B B0 D3 BCS $F530	BCS LD90 ;NO HEADER ;	'EOT', dann 'FILE NOT FOUND'
.,F55D A5 90 LDA $90	LD170 LDA STATUS	Status holen	get the serial status byte
.,F55F 29 10 AND #$10	AND #SPERR ;MUST GOT HEADER RIGHT	EOF-Bit ausblenden	mask 000x 0000, read error
.,F561 38 SEC	SEC	Carry =1 (Fehlerkennzeichen)	flag fail
.,F562 D0 4A BNE $F5AE	BNE LD190 ;IS BAD ;	verzweige falls Fehler	if read error just exit
.,F564 E0 01 CPX #$01	CPX #BLF ;IS IT A MOVABLE PROGRAM...	Header-Typ 1 = BASIC- Programm (verschiebbar)
.,F566 F0 11 BEQ $F579	BEQ LD178 ;YES ;	verzweige wenn Header-Typ =1
.,F568 E0 03 CPX #$03	CPX #PLF ;IS IT A PROGRAM	3 = Maschinen-Programm (absolut)
.,F56A D0 DD BNE $F549	BNE LD112 ;NO...ITS SOMETHING ELSE ;	verzweige wenn nicht 3 (falscher Header)
.,F56C A0 01 LDY #$01	LD177 LDY #1 ;FIXED LOAD...	Zeiger setzen
.,F56E B1 B2 LDA ($B2),Y	LDA (TAPE1)Y ;...THE ADDRESS IN THE...	LOW-Byte Startadresse holen
.,F570 85 C3 STA $C3	STA MEMUSS ;...BUFFER IS THE START ADDRESS	und speichern
.,F572 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen
.,F573 B1 B2 LDA ($B2),Y	LDA (TAPE1)Y	HIGH-Byte Startadresse holen
.,F575 85 C4 STA $C4	STA MEMUSS+1	und speichern
.,F577 B0 04 BCS $F57D	BCS LD179 ;JMP ..CARRY SET BY CPX'S ;	unbedingter Sprung
.,F579 A5 B9 LDA $B9	LD178 LDA SA ;CHECK FOR MONITOR LOAD...	Sekundär-Adresse	get the secondary address
.,F57B D0 EF BNE $F56C	BNE LD177 ;...YES WE WANT FIXED TYPE ;	ungleich Null, dann nicht verschiebbar laden
.,F57D A0 03 LDY #$03	LD179 LDY #3 ;TAPEA - TAPESTA ;CARRY SET BY CPX'S	Zeiger setzen
.,F57F B1 B2 LDA ($B2),Y	LDA (TAPE1)Y	LOW-Byte der Endadresse+1 des Programms holen
.,F581 A0 01 LDY #$01	LDY #1	Zeiger auf LOW-Byte Anfangs adresse setzen
.,F583 F1 B2 SBC ($B2),Y	SBC (TAPE1)Y	von Endadresse subtrahieren
.,F585 AA TAX	TAX ;LOW TO .X	Ergebnis ins X-REG schieben
.,F586 A0 04 LDY #$04	LDY #4	Zeiger auf HIGH-Byte der Endadresse setzen
.,F588 B1 B2 LDA ($B2),Y	LDA (TAPE1)Y	Endadresse holen
.,F58A A0 02 LDY #$02	LDY #2	Zeiger auf Startadresse setzen
.,F58C F1 B2 SBC ($B2),Y	SBC (TAPE1)Y	und von Endadresse subtrahie ren
.,F58E A8 TAY	TAY ;HIGH TO .Y ;	Ergebnis ins Y-REG schieben
.,F58F 18 CLC	CLC ;EA = STA+(TAPEA-TAPESTA)	Carry für Addition löschen
.,F590 8A TXA	TXA	LOW-Byte der Programmlänge in Akku schieben
.,F591 65 C3 ADC $C3	ADC MEMUSS ;	mit LOW-Byte der Anfangs adresse addieren
.,F593 85 AE STA $AE	STA EAL	als LOW-Byte der Endadresse speichern
.,F595 98 TYA	TYA	HIGH-Byte der Programmlänge in Akku schieben
.,F596 65 C4 ADC $C4	ADC MEMUSS+1	mit HIGH-Byte Anfangsadresse addieren
.,F598 85 AF STA $AF	STA EAH	als HIGH-Byte Endadresse speichern
.,F59A A5 C3 LDA $C3	LDA MEMUSS ;SET UP STARTING ADDRESS	Startadresse
.,F59C 85 C1 STA $C1	STA STAL	nach $C1	set I/O start addresses low byte
.,F59E A5 C4 LDA $C4	LDA MEMUSS+1	und $C2
.,F5A0 85 C2 STA $C2	STA STAH	bringen	set I/O start addresses high byte
.,F5A2 20 D2 F5 JSR $F5D2	JSR LODING ;TELL USER LOADING	'LOADING' / 'VERIFYING' ausgeben	display "LOADING" or "VERIFYING"
.,F5A5 20 4A F8 JSR $F84A	JSR TRD ;DO TAPE BLOCK LOAD	Programm vom Band laden	do the tape read
.:F5A8 24 .BYTE $24	.BYT $24 ;CARRY FROM TRD ;	Skip nach $F5AA	makes next line BIT $18, keep the error flag in Cb		LOAD END This is the last part of the loader routine which sets the (X/Y) register with the endaddress of the loaded program, clears carry and exit.
.,F5A9 18 CLC	LD180 CLC ;GOOD EXIT ; ; SET UP END LOAD ADDRESS ;	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok
.,F5AA A6 AE LDX $AE	LDX EAL	Endadresse	get the LOAD end pointer low byte
.,F5AC A4 AF LDY $AF	LDY EAH ;	nach X/Y	get the LOAD end pointer high byte
.,F5AE 60 RTS	LD190 RTS ;SUBROUTINE TO PRINT TO CONSOLE: ; ;SEARCHING [FOR NAME] ;	Rücksprung 'SEARCHING FOR' (Filename) ausgeben	print "Searching..."		PRINT "SEARCHING" If MSGFLG indicates program mode then the message is not printed, otherwise the message "SEARCHING" is printed from the KERNAL I/O message table. If the length of filename >0 then the message "FOR" is printed, and the routine drops through to print the filename.	handle messages for loading
.,F5AF A5 9D LDA $9D	LUKING LDA MSGFLG ;SUPPOSED TO PRINT?	Direkt-Modus-Flag laden	get message mode flag		MSGFLG, direct or program mode?
.,F5B1 10 1E BPL $F5D1	BPL LD115 ;...NO	verzweige wenn Bit 7 =0 (Programm-Mode)	exit if control messages off		program mode, don´t print, exit
.,F5B3 A0 0C LDY #$0C	LDY #MS5-MS1 ;"SEARCHING"	Offset für 'SEARCHING'	index to "SEARCHING "
.,F5B5 20 2F F1 JSR $F12F	JSR MSG	Meldung ausgeben	display kernel I/O message		print "SEARCHING"
.,F5B8 A5 B7 LDA $B7	LDA FNLEN	Länge des Filenamens	get file name length		FNLEN, length of current filename
.,F5BA F0 15 BEQ $F5D1	BEQ LD115	gleich Null, dann fertig	exit if null name		no name, exit
.,F5BC A0 17 LDY #$17	LDY #MS6-MS1 ;"FOR"	Offset für 'FOR'	else index to "FOR "
.,F5BE 20 2F F1 JSR $F12F	JSR MSG ;SUBROUTINE TO OUTPUT FILE NAME ;	Meldung ausgeben	display kernel I/O message print file name		print "FOR" PRINT FILENAME Filename is pointed to by FNADR, and length in FNLEN. The KERNAL routine CHROUT is used to print filename.
.,F5C1 A4 B7 LDY $B7	OUTFN LDY FNLEN ;IS THERE A NAME?	Länge des Filenamens	get file name length		FNLEN, length of current filename
.,F5C3 F0 0C BEQ $F5D1	BEQ LD115 ;NO...DONE	gleich Null, dann fertig	exit if null file name		exit
.,F5C5 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Zähler setzen	clear index
.,F5C7 B1 BB LDA ($BB),Y	LD110 LDA (FNADR)Y	Filenamen holen	get file name byte		get character in filename
.,F5C9 20 D2 FF JSR $FFD2	JSR BSOUT	und ausgeben	output character to channel		output
.,F5CC C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment index		next character
.,F5CD C4 B7 CPY $B7	CPY FNLEN	mit Länge des Filenamens ver- gleichen	compare with file name length		ready?
.,F5CF D0 F6 BNE $F5C7	BNE LD110 ;	verzweige wenn noch nicht alle Buchstaben	loop if more to do
.,F5D1 60 RTS	LD115 RTS ;SUBROUTINE TO PRINT: ; ;LOADING/VERIFING ;	Rücksprung 'LOADING/VERIFYING' ausgeben	display "LOADING" or "VERIFYING"		back PRINT "LOADING/VERIFYING" The load/verify flag is checked, and if the message to be output is flagged according to the result. This message is printed from the KERNAL I/O messages table.	do load/verify message
.,F5D2 A0 49 LDY #$49	LODING LDY #MS10-MS1 ;ASSUME 'LOADING'	Offset für 'LOADING'	point to "LOADING"		offset to verify message
.,F5D4 A5 93 LDA $93	LDA VERCK ;CHECK FLAG	Load/Verify-Flag laden	get load/verify flag		VERCK, load/verify flag
.,F5D6 F0 02 BEQ $F5DA	BEQ LD410 ;ARE DOING LOAD	Load wenn 0, dann ausgeben	branch if load		verify
.,F5D8 A0 59 LDY #$59	LDY #MS21-MS1 ;ARE 'VERIFYING'	sonst Offset für 'VERIFYING'	point to "VERIFYING"		offset to load message
.,F5DA 4C 2B F1 JMP $F12B	LD410 JMP SPMSG .END .LIB SAVE ;*********************************** ;* SAVE * ;* * ;* SAVES TO CASSETTE 1 OR 2, OR * ;* IEEE DEVICES 4>=N>=31 AS SELECT-* ;* ED BY VARIABLE FA. * ;* * ;START OF SAVE IS INDIRECT AT .A ;END OF SAVE IS .X,.Y ;***********************************	Meldung ausgeben, Rücksprung SAVE - Routine	display kernel I/O message if in direct mode and return save RAM to device, A = index to start address, XY = end address low/high		output message flagged by (Y) SAVE: SAVE RAM The KERNAL routine SAVE ($ffd8) jumps to this routine. On entry, (X/Y) must hold the end address+1 of the area of memory to be saved. (A) holds the pointer to the start address of the block, held in zeropage. The current device number is checked to ensure that it is niether keyboard (0) or screen (3). Both of these result in ?ILLEGAL DEVICE NUMBER.	save ram to a device
.,F5DD 86 AE STX $AE	SAVESP STX EAL	LOW-Byte der Endadresse speichern	save end address low byte		EAL , end address of block +1
.,F5DF 84 AF STY $AF	STY EAH	High-Byte der Endadresse speichern	save end address high byte
.,F5E1 AA TAX	TAX ;SET UP START	Zeiger auf Anfangsadress- tabelle ins X-REG schieben	copy index to start pointer		move start pointer to (X)
.,F5E2 B5 00 LDA $00,X	LDA $00,X	LOW-Byte der Startadresse	get start address low byte
.,F5E4 85 C1 STA $C1	STA STAL	holen und speichern	set I/O start addresses low byte		STAL, start address of block
.,F5E6 B5 01 LDA $01,X	LDA $01,X	HIGH-Byte der Startadresse	get start address high byte
.,F5E8 85 C2 STA $C2	STA STAH ;	holen und speichern	set I/O start addresses high byte
.,F5EA 6C 32 03 JMP ($0332)	SAVE JMP (ISAVE)	SAVE-Vektor, JMP $F5ED	go save, usually points to $F685 save		vector ISAVE, points to $f5ed	normally F5ED standard save ram entry
.,F5ED A5 BA LDA $BA	NSAVE LDA FA ***MONITOR ENTRY	Geräteadresse laden	get the device number		FA, current device number
.,F5EF D0 03 BNE $F5F4	BNE SV20 ;	verzweige wenn nicht gleich 0	if not keyboard go ?? else ..		ok
.,F5F1 4C 13 F7 JMP $F713	SV10 JMP ERROR9 ;BAD DEVICE # ;	sonst 'ILLEGAL DEVICE NUMBER'	else do 'illegal device number' and return		I/O error #9, illegal device number
.,F5F4 C9 03 CMP #$03	SV20 CMP #3	mit Code für Bildschirm vergleichen	compare device number with screen		screen?
.,F5F6 F0 F9 BEQ $F5F1	BEQ SV10	wenn Bildschirm, dann Fehler	if screen do illegal device number and return		yep, output error
.,F5F8 90 5F BCC $F659	BCC SV100	kleiner 3, dann verzweige Speichern auf IEC-Bus	branch if < screen is greater than screen so is serial bus		less than 3, ie. tape, output error SAVE TO SERIAL BUS A filename is assumed by the routine, or ?MISSING FILENAME error is called. The serial device is commanded to LISTEN, and the filename is sent along with the secondary address. The message 'SAVING' is printed, and a loop sends a byte to the serial bus and checks <STOP> key until the whole specifyed block of memory has been saved. Note that the first two bytes sent are the start address of the block. Finally the serial bus is UNLISTENed.
.,F5FA A9 61 LDA #$61	LDA #$61	Sekundäradresse 1	set secondary address to $01 when a secondary address is to be sent to a device on the serial bus the address must first be ORed with $60
.,F5FC 85 B9 STA $B9	STA SA	setzen	save the secondary address		set SA, secondary address, to #1
.,F5FE A4 B7 LDY $B7	LDY FNLEN	Länge des Filenamens laden	get the file name length		FNLEN, length of current filename
.,F600 D0 03 BNE $F605	BNE SV25 ;	ungleich Null, dann ok	if filename not null continue		ok
.,F602 4C 10 F7 JMP $F710	JMP ERROR8 ;MISSING FILE NAME ;	sonst 'MISSING FILENAME'	else do 'missing file name' error and return		I/O error #8, missing filename
.,F605 20 D5 F3 JSR $F3D5	SV25 JSR OPENI	Filenamen auf IEC-Bus	send secondary address and filename		send SA & filename
.,F608 20 8F F6 JSR $F68F	JSR SAVING	'SAVING' ausgeben	print saving <file name>		print 'SAVING' and filename
.,F60B A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA	Geräteadresse laden	get the device number		FA, current device number
.,F60D 20 0C ED JSR $ED0C	JSR LISTN	und LISTEN senden	command devices on the serial bus to LISTEN		send LISTEN
.,F610 A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address		SA
.,F612 20 B9 ED JSR $EDB9	JSR SECND	und für LISTEN senden	send secondary address after LISTEN		send LISTEN SA
.,F615 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Zähler auf Null setzen	clear index
.,F617 20 8E FB JSR $FB8E	JSR RD300	Startadresse nach $AC/$AD	copy I/O start address to buffer address		reset pointer
.,F61A A5 AC LDA $AC	LDA SAL	Startadresse LOW-	get buffer address low byte		SAL, holds start address
.,F61C 20 DD ED JSR $EDDD	JSR CIOUT	Byte senden	output byte to serial bus		send low byte of start address
.,F61F A5 AD LDA $AD	LDA SAH	und HIGH-	get buffer address high byte
.,F621 20 DD ED JSR $EDDD	JSR CIOUT	senden	output byte to serial bus		send high byte of start address
.,F624 20 D1 FC JSR $FCD1	SV30 JSR CMPSTE ;COMPARE START TO END	Endadresse schon erreicht ?	check read/write pointer, return Cb = 1 if pointer >= end		check read/write pointer
.,F627 B0 16 BCS $F63F	BCS SV50 ;HAVE REACHED END	ja, dann fertig	go do UNLISTEN if at end
.,F629 B1 AC LDA ($AC),Y	LDA (SAL)Y	Programmbyte laden	get byte from buffer		get character from memory
.,F62B 20 DD ED JSR $EDDD	JSR CIOUT	auf IEC-Bus ausgeben	output byte to serial bus		send byte to serial device
.,F62E 20 E1 FF JSR $FFE1	JSR STOP	STOP-Taste abfragen	scan stop key		test <STOP> key
.,F631 D0 07 BNE $F63A	BNE SV40 ;	nicht gedrückt, dann weitermachen	if stop not pressed go increment pointer and loop for next else .. close the serial bus device and flag stop		not pressed
.,F633 20 42 F6 JSR $F642	BREAK JSR CLSEI	IEC-Bus Kanal schließen	close serial bus device		exit and unlisten
.,F636 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Kennzeichnung für 'BREAK'			flag break
.,F638 38 SEC	SEC	Carry =1 (Fehlerkennzeichen)	flag stop
.,F639 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung
.,F63A 20 DB FC JSR $FCDB	SV40 JSR INCSAL ;INCREMENT CURRENT ADDR.	laufende Adresse erhöhen	increment read/write pointer		bump r/w pointer
.,F63D D0 E5 BNE $F624	BNE SV30	unbedingter Sprung	loop, branch always		save next byte
.,F63F 20 FE ED JSR $EDFE	SV50 JSR UNLSN	UNLISTEN senden File auf IEC-Bus schließen	command serial bus to UNLISTEN close serial bus device		send UNLISTEN	close serial bus device
.,F642 24 B9 BIT $B9	CLSEI BIT SA	Sekundäradresse testen	test the secondary address		SA
.,F644 30 11 BMI $F657	BMI CLSEI2	verzweige falls keine Sekundäradresse	if already closed just exit
.,F646 A5 BA LDA $BA	LDA FA	Geräteadresse laden	get the device number		FA
.,F648 20 0C ED JSR $ED0C	JSR LISTN	und LISTEN senden	command devices on the serial bus to LISTEN		send LISTEN
.,F64B A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address
.,F64D 29 EF AND #$EF	AND #$EF	Sekundäradresse	mask the channel number
.,F64F 09 E0 ORA #$E0	ORA #$E0	für CLOSE berechnen	OR with the CLOSE command
.,F651 20 B9 ED JSR $EDB9	JSR SECND ;	und ausgeben	send secondary address after LISTEN		send UNLISTEN SA
.,F654 20 FE ED JSR $EDFE	CUNLSN JSR UNLSN ;ENTRY FOR OPENI ;	UNLISTEN senden	command serial bus to UNLISTEN		send UNLISTEN
.,F657 18 CLC	CLSEI2 CLC	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok
.,F658 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung
.,F659 4A LSR	SV100 LSR A	Bit 0 ins Carry schieben
.,F65A B0 03 BCS $F65F	BCS SV102 ;IF C-SET THEN IT'S CASSETTE ;	falls gesetzt, dann zu Band	if not RS232 device ??
.,F65C 4C 13 F7 JMP $F713	JMP ERROR9 ;BAD DEVICE # ;	sonst RS-232, 'ILLEGAL DIVICE NUMBER'	else do 'illegal device number' and return			save ram to cassette
.,F65F 20 D0 F7 JSR $F7D0	SV102 JSR ZZZ ;GET ADDR OF TAPE	Bandpuffer Startadresse holen	get tape buffer start pointer in XY
.,F662 90 8D BCC $F5F1	BCC SV10 ;BUFFER IS DEALLOCATED	falls HIGH-Byte der Band Pufferstartadresse kleiner 2 dann 'ILLEGAL DEVICE NUMBER'	if < $0200 do illegal device number and return
.,F664 20 38 F8 JSR $F838	JSR CSTE2	wartet auf Record & Play- Taste	wait for PLAY/RECORD
.,F667 B0 25 BCS $F68E	BCS SV115 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	STOP, dann Abbruch	exit if STOP was pressed
.,F669 20 8F F6 JSR $F68F	JSR SAVING ;TELL USER 'SAVING'	'SAVING' (Name) ausgeben	print saving <file name>
.,F66C A2 03 LDX #$03	SV105 LDX #PLF ;DECIDE TYPE TO SAVE	Header-Typ 3 = Maschinen programm (absolut)	set header for a non relocatable program file
.,F66E A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA ;1-PLF 0-BLF	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address
.,F670 29 01 AND #$01	AND #01	Bit 0 gesetzt (1 oder 3)	mask non relocatable bit
.,F672 D0 02 BNE $F676	BNE SV106	falls ja, dann Maschinen programm	if non relocatable program go ??
.,F674 A2 01 LDX #$01	LDX #BLF	Header-Typ 1 = BASIC- Programm (verschiebbar)	else set header for a relocatable program file
.,F676 8A TXA	SV106 TXA	Header in Akku schieben	copy header type to A
.,F677 20 6A F7 JSR $F76A	JSR TAPEH	Header auf Band schreiben	write tape header
.,F67A B0 12 BCS $F68E	BCS SV115 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	Aussprung bei Stop-Taste	exit if error
.,F67C 20 67 F8 JSR $F867	JSR TWRT	Programm auf Band schreiben	do tape write, 20 cycle count
.,F67F B0 0D BCS $F68E	BCS SV115 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	Aussprung bei Stop-Taste	exit if error
.,F681 A5 B9 LDA $B9	LDA SA	Sekundäradresse laden	get the secondary address
.,F683 29 02 AND #$02	AND #2 ;WRITE END OF TAPE?	Bit 1 gesetzt (2 oder 3)	mask end of tape flag
.,F685 F0 06 BEQ $F68D	BEQ SV110 ;NO... ;	falls nicht, dann fertig	if not end of tape go ??
.,F687 A9 05 LDA #$05	LDA #EOT	EOT Kontrollbyte	else set logical end of the tape
.,F689 20 6A F7 JSR $F76A	JSR TAPEH	Block auf Band schreiben	write tape header
.:F68C 24 .BYTE $24	.BYT $24 ;SKIP 1 BYTE ;	Skip zu $F68E	makes next line BIT $18 so Cb is not changed
.,F68D 18 CLC	SV110 CLC	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok
.,F68E 60 RTS	SV115 RTS ;SUBROUTINE TO OUTPUT: ;'SAVING <FILE NAME>' ;	Rücksprung 'SAVING' ausgeben	print saving <file name>		PRINT 'SAVING' MSGFLG is checked, and if direct mode is on, then the message 'SAVING' is flagged and printed from the KERNAL I/O message table.	do saving message and filename
.,F68F A5 9D LDA $9D	SAVING LDA MSGFLG	Flag für Direktmodus laden	get message mode flag		MSGFLG
.,F691 10 FB BPL $F68E	BPL SV115 ;NO PRINT ;	Bit 7 gelöscht, dann Programm-Mode	exit if control messages off		not in direct mode, exit
.,F693 A0 51 LDY #$51	LDY #MS11-MS1 ;'SAVING'	Offset für 'SAVING'	index to "SAVING "		offset to message in table
.,F695 20 2F F1 JSR $F12F	JSR MSG	Meldung ausgeben	display kernel I/O message		output 'SAVING'
.,F698 4C C1 F5 JMP $F5C1	JMP OUTFN ;<FILE NAME> .END .LIB TIME ;*********************************** ;* * ;* TIME * ;* * ;CONSISTS OF THREE FUNCTIONS: ;* (1) UDTIM-- UPDATE TIME. USUALLY* ;* CALLED EVERY 60TH SECOND. * ;* (2) SETTIM-- SET TIME. .Y=MSD, * ;* .X=NEXT SIGNIFICANT,.A=LSD * ;* (3) RDTIM-- READ TIME. .Y=MSD, * ;* .X=NEXT SIGNIFICANT,.A=LSD * ;* * ;********************************* ;INTERRUPTS ARE COMING FROM THE 6526 TIMERS** ;	Filenamen ausgeben, Rücksprung UDTIM Time erhöhen und STOP-Taste abfragen	print file name and return increment the real time clock		output filename UDTIM: BUMP CLOCK The KERNAL routine UDTIM ($ffea) jumps to this routine. The three byte jiffy clock in RAM is incremented. If it has reached $4f1a01, then it is reset to zero. this number represents 5184001 jiffies (each jiffy is 1/60 sec) or 24 hours. finally, the next routine is used to log the CIA key reading.	increment real time clock
.,F69B A2 00 LDX #$00	UDTIM LDX #0 ;PRE-LOAD FOR LATER ; ;HERE WE PROCEED WITH AN INCREMENT ;OF THE TIME REGISTER. ;	X-REG auf Null setzen	clear X
.,F69D E6 A2 INC $A2	UD20 INC TIME+2	Sekundenzeiger erhöhen	increment the jiffy clock low byte		low byte of jiffy clock
.,F69F D0 06 BNE $F6A7	BNE UD30	verzweige falls kein Überlauf	if no rollover ??
.,F6A1 E6 A1 INC $A1	INC TIME+1	Minutenzeiger erhöhen	increment the jiffy clock mid byte		mid byte of jiffy clock
.,F6A3 D0 02 BNE $F6A7	BNE UD30	verzweige falls kein Überlauf	branch if no rollover
.,F6A5 E6 A0 INC $A0	INC TIME ; ;HERE WE CHECK FOR ROLL-OVER 23:59:59 ;AND RESET THE CLOCK TO ZERO IF TRUE ;	Stundenzeiger erhöhen	increment the jiffy clock high byte now subtract a days worth of jiffies from current count and remember only the Cb result		high byte of jiffy clock
.,F6A7 38 SEC	UD30 SEC	Carry für Subtraktion löschen	set carry for subtract
.,F6A8 A5 A2 LDA $A2	LDA TIME+2	Stundenzeiger laden	get the jiffy clock low byte		substract $4f1a01
.,F6AA E9 01 SBC #$01	SBC #$01	feststellen	subtract $4F1A01 low byte
.,F6AC A5 A1 LDA $A1	LDA TIME+1	ob	get the jiffy clock mid byte
.,F6AE E9 1A SBC #$1A	SBC #$1A	24	subtract $4F1A01 mid byte
.,F6B0 A5 A0 LDA $A0	LDA TIME	Stunden	get the jiffy clock high byte
.,F6B2 E9 4F SBC #$4F	SBC #$4F	erreicht	subtract $4F1A01 high byte
.,F6B4 90 06 BCC $F6BC	BCC UD60 ; ;TIME HAS ROLLED--ZERO REGISTER ;	falls kleiner, dann verzweige	if less than $4F1A01 jiffies skip the clock reset else ..		and test carry if 24 hours
.,F6B6 86 A0 STX $A0	STX TIME	alle	clear the jiffy clock high byte		yepp, reset jiffy clock
.,F6B8 86 A1 STX $A1	STX TIME+1	Zeiger	clear the jiffy clock mid byte
.,F6BA 86 A2 STX $A2	STX TIME+2 ; ;SET STOP KEY FLAG HERE ;	auf Null setzen Abfrage auf STOP-Taste direkt vom Port	clear the jiffy clock low byte this is wrong, there are $4F1A00 jiffies in a day so the reset to zero should occur when the value reaches $4F1A00 and not $4F1A01. this would give an extra jiffy every day and a possible TI value of 24:00:00		LOG CIA KEY READING This routine tests the keyboard for either <STOP> or <RVS> pressed. If so, the keypress is stored in STKEY.
.,F6BC AD 01 DC LDA $DC01	UD60 LDA ROWS ;WAIT FOR IT TO SETTLE	Port B laden	read VIA 1 DRB, keyboard row port		keyboard read register
.,F6BF CD 01 DC CMP $DC01	CMP ROWS	und	compare it with itself
.,F6C2 D0 F8 BNE $F6BC	BNE UD60 ;STILL BOUNCING	entprellen	loop if changing		wait for value to settle
.,F6C4 AA TAX	TAX ;SET FLAGS...	Wert ins X-REG schieben
.,F6C5 30 13 BMI $F6DA	BMI UD80 ;NO STOP KEY...EXIT STOP KEY=$7F	verzweige falls STOP-Taste nicht gedrückt
.,F6C7 A2 BD LDX #$BD	LDX #$FF-$42 ;CHECK FOR A SHIFT KEY (C64 KEYBOARD)	Bitmuster zur Abrage der Reihe mit SHIFT-Tasten	set c6
.,F6C9 8E 00 DC STX $DC00	STX COLM	in Port A schreiben	save VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive		keyboard write register
.,F6CC AE 01 DC LDX $DC01	UD70 LDX ROWS ;WAIT TO SETTLE...	Port B laden	read VIA 1 DRB, keyboard row port		keyboard read register
.,F6CF EC 01 DC CPX $DC01	CPX ROWS	und	compare it with itself
.,F6D2 D0 F8 BNE $F6CC	BNE UD70	entprellen	loop if changing		wiat for value to settle
.,F6D4 8D 00 DC STA $DC00	STA COLM ;!!!!!WATCH OUT...STOP KEY .A=$7F...SAME AS COLMS WAS...	Akku in Port A schreiben	save VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive
.,F6D7 E8 INX	INX ;ANY KEY DOWN ABORTS	inhalt von Port B erhöhen
.,F6D8 D0 02 BNE $F6DC	BNE UD90 ;LEAVE SAME AS BEFORE...	verzweige falls ungleich Null (SHIFT-Taste gedrückt)
.,F6DA 85 91 STA $91	UD80 STA STKEY ;SAVE FOR OTHER ROUTINES	Flag für Stop-Taste setzen	save the stop key column		STKEY, flag STOP/RVS
.,F6DC 60 RTS	UD90 RTS	Rücksprung TIME holen	read the real time clock		RDTIM: GET TIME The KERNAL routine RDTIM ($ffde) jumps to this routine. The three byte jiffy clock is read into (A/X/Y) in the format high/mid/low. The routine exits, setting the time to its existing value in the next routine. The clock resolution is 1/60 second. SEI is included since part of the IRQ routine is to update the clock.	read real time clock
.,F6DD 78 SEI	RDTIM SEI ;KEEP TIME FROM ROLLING	Interrupt verhindern um Uhr anzuhalten	disable the interrupts		disable interrupt
.,F6DE A5 A2 LDA $A2	LDA TIME+2 ;GET LSD	Stunden	get the jiffy clock low byte		read TIME
.,F6E0 A6 A1 LDX $A1	LDX TIME+1 ;GET NEXT MOST SIG.	Minuten	get the jiffy clock mid byte
.,F6E2 A4 A0 LDY $A0	LDY TIME ;GET MSD	Sekunden holen TIME setzen	get the jiffy clock high byte set the real time clock		SETTIM: SET TIME The KERNAL routine SETTIM ($ffdb) jumps to this routine. On entry, (A/X/Y) must hold the value to be stored in the clock. The forman is high/mid/low, and clock resolution is 1/60 second. SEI is included since part of the IRQ routine is to update the clock.	set real time clock
.,F6E4 78 SEI	SETTIM SEI ;KEEP TIME FROM CHANGING	Interrupt verhindern um Uhr anzuhalten	disable the interrupts		disable interrupt
.,F6E5 85 A2 STA $A2	STA TIME+2 ;STORE LSD	Stunden	save the jiffy clock low byte		wrine TIME
.,F6E7 86 A1 STX $A1	STX TIME+1 ;NEXT MOST SIGNIFICANT	Minuten	save the jiffy clock mid byte
.,F6E9 84 A0 STY $A0	STY TIME ;STORE MSD	Sekunden schreiben	save the jiffy clock high byte
.,F6EB 58 CLI	CLI	Interrupt wieder ermöglichen	enable the interrupts		enable interrupts
.,F6EC 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB ERRORHANDLER ;*************************************** ;* STOP -- CHECK STOP KEY FLAG AND * ;* RETURN Z FLAG SET IF FLAG TRUE. * ;* ALSO CLOSES ACTIVE CHANNELS AND * ;* FLUSHES KEYBOARD QUEUE. * ;* ALSO RETURNS KEY DOWNS FROM LAST * ;* KEYBOARD ROW IN .A. * ;***************************************	Rücksprung STOP-Taste abfragen	scan the stop key, return Zb = 1 = [STOP]		STOP: CHECK <STOP> KEY The KERNAL routine STOP ($ffe1) is vectored here. If STKEY =#7f, then <STOP> was pressed and logged whilest the jiffy clock was being updated, so all I/O channels are closed and the keyboard buffer reset.	test STOP key
.,F6ED A5 91 LDA $91	NSTOP LDA STKEY ;VALUE OF LAST ROW	STOP-Flag laden	read the stop key column		STKEY
.,F6EF C9 7F CMP #$7F	CMP #$7F ;CHECK STOP KEY POSITION	auf Code für STOP testen	compare with [STP] down		<STOP> ?
.,F6F1 D0 07 BNE $F6FA	BNE STOP2 ;NOT DOWN	verzweige falls nicht	if not [STP] or not just [STP] exit just [STP] was pressed		nope
.,F6F3 08 PHP	PHP	Statusregister retten	save status
.,F6F4 20 CC FF JSR $FFCC	JSR CLRCH ;CLEAR CHANNELS	Ein-Ausgabe zurücksetzen CLRCH	close input and output channels		CLRCHN, close all I/O channels
.,F6F7 85 C6 STA $C6	STA NDX ;FLUSH QUEUE	Anzahl der gedrückten Tasten	save the keyboard buffer index		NDX, number of characters in keyboard buffer
.,F6F9 28 PLP	PLP	Statusregister holen	restore status
.,F6FA 60 RTS	STOP2 RTS ;************************************ ;* * ;* ERROR HANDLER * ;* * ;* PRINTS KERNAL ERROR MESSAGE IF * ;* BIT 6 OF MSGFLG SET. RETURNS * ;* WITH ERROR # IN .A AND CARRY. * ;* * ;************************************ ;	Rücksprung Meldungen des Betriebs systems ausgeben	file error messages		OUTPUT KERNAL ERROR MESSAGES The error message to be output is flagged into (A) depending on the entry point. I/O channels are closed, and then if KERNAL messages are enabled, "I/O ERROR #" is printed along with the error number.	handle I/O errors
.,F6FB A9 01 LDA #$01	ERROR1 LDA #1 ;TOO MANY FILES	'TOO MANY FILES'	'too many files' error		error #1, too many files	too many files
.:F6FD 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip zu $F700	makes next line BIT $02A9
.,F6FE A9 02 LDA #$02	ERROR2 LDA #2 ;FILE OPEN	'FILE OPEN'	'file already open' error		error #2, file open	file open
.:F700 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip zu $F703	makes next line BIT $03A9
.,F701 A9 03 LDA #$03	ERROR3 LDA #3 ;FILE NOT OPEN	'FILE NOT OPEN'	'file not open' error		error #3, file not open	file not open
.:F703 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip zu $F706	makes next line BIT $04A9
.,F704 A9 04 LDA #$04	ERROR4 LDA #4 ;FILE NOT FOUND	'FILE NOT FOUND'	'file not found' error		error #4, file not found	file not found
.:F706 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip zu $F709	makes next line BIT $05A9
.,F707 A9 05 LDA #$05	ERROR5 LDA #5 ;DEVICE NOT PRESENT	'DIVICE NOT PRESENT'	'device not present' error		error #5, device not found	device not present
.:F709 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip zu $F70C	makes next line BIT $06A9
.,F70A A9 06 LDA #$06	ERROR6 LDA #6 ;NOT INPUT FILE	'NOT INPUT FILE'	'not input file' error		error #6, not input file	not input file
.:F70C 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip zu $F70F	makes next line BIT $07A9
.,F70D A9 07 LDA #$07	ERROR7 LDA #7 ;NOT OUTPUT FILE	'NOT OUTPUT FILE'	'not output file' error		error #7, not output file	not output file
.:F70F 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip zu $F712	makes next line BIT $08A9
.,F710 A9 08 LDA #$08	ERROR8 LDA #8 ;MISSING FILE NAME	'MISSING FILENAME'	'missing file name' error		error #8, missing filename	file name missing
.:F712 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C	Skip zu $F715	makes next line BIT $09A9
.,F713 A9 09 LDA #$09	ERROR9 LDA #9 ;BAD DEVICE # ;	'ILLEGAL DEVICE NUMBER'	do 'illegal device number'		error #9, illegal device number	illegal device no.
.,F715 48 PHA	PHA ;ERROR NUMBER ON STACK	Fehlernummer merken	save the error #
.,F716 20 CC FF JSR $FFCC	JSR CLRCH ;RESTORE I/O CHANNELS ;	Ein-Ausgabe zurücksetzen CLRCH	close input and output channels		CLRCHN, close all I/O channels
.,F719 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #MS1-MS1		index to "I/O ERROR #"
.,F71B 24 9D BIT $9D	BIT MSGFLG ;ARE WE PRINTING ERROR?	Flag auf Direkt-Mode testen	test message mode flag		test MSGFLAG, KERNAL messages enabled
.,F71D 50 0A BVC $F729	BVC EREXIT ;NO... ;	nicht gesetzt, dann übergehen	exit if kernal messages off		no
.,F71F 20 2F F1 JSR $F12F	JSR MSG ;PRINT "CBM I/O ERROR #"	'I/O ERROR #' ausgeben	display kernel I/O message		print "I/O ERROR #"
.,F722 68 PLA	PLA	Fehlernummer holen	restore error #
.,F723 48 PHA	PHA	und wieder merken	copy error #
.,F724 09 30 ORA #$30	ORA #$30 ;MAKE ERROR # ASCII	nach ASCII wandeln	convert to ASCII		convert (A) to ASCII number
.,F726 20 D2 FF JSR $FFD2	JSR BSOUT ;PRINT IT ;	und ausgeben	output character to channel		use CHROUT to print number in (A)
.,F729 68 PLA	EREXIT PLA	Fehlernummer holen	pull error number
.,F72A 38 SEC	SEC	Carry =1 (Fehlerkennzeichen)	flag error
.,F72B 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB TAPEFILE ;FAH -- FIND ANY HEADER ; ;READS TAPE DEVICE UNTIL ONE OF FOLLOWING ;BLOCK TYPES FOUND: BDFH--BASIC DATA ;FILE HEADER, BLF--BASIC LOAD FILE ;FOR SUCCESS CARRY IS CLEAR ON RETURN. ;FOR FAILURE CARRY IS SET ON RETURN. ;IN ADDITION ACCUMULATOR IS 0 IF STOP ;KEY WAS PRESSED. ;	Rücksprung Programm Header vom Band lesen	find the tape header, exit with header in buffer			get next file header from cassette
.,F72C A5 93 LDA $93	FAH LDA VERCK ;SAVE OLD VERIFY	Load/Verify Flag laden	get load/verify flag
.,F72E 48 PHA	PHA	und retten	save load/verify flag
.,F72F 20 41 F8 JSR $F841	JSR RBLK ;READ TAPE BLOCK	Block vom Band lesen	initiate tape read
.,F732 68 PLA	PLA	L/V Flag wiederholen	restore load/verify flag
.,F733 85 93 STA $93	STA VERCK ;RESTORE VERIFY FLAG	und speichern	save load/verify flag
.,F735 B0 32 BCS $F769	BCS FAH40 ;READ TERMINATED ;	Fehler, dann beenden	exit if error
.,F737 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Zähler auf Null stellen	clear the index
.,F739 B1 B2 LDA ($B2),Y	LDA (TAPE1)Y ;GET HEADER TYPE ;	Header-Typ testen	read first byte from tape buffer
.,F73B C9 05 CMP #$05	CMP #EOT ;CHECK END OF TAPE?	EOT ?	compare with logical end of the tape
.,F73D F0 2A BEQ $F769	BEQ FAH40 ;YES...FAILURE ;	verzweige falls ja	if end of the tape exit
.,F73F C9 01 CMP #$01	CMP #BLF ;BASIC LOAD FILE?	BASIC-Programm ?	compare with header for a relocatable program file
.,F741 F0 08 BEQ $F74B	BEQ FAH50 ;YES...SUCCESS ;	verzweige falls ja	if program file header go ??
.,F743 C9 03 CMP #$03	CMP #PLF ;FIXED LOAD FILE?	Maschinenprogramm ?	compare with header for a non relocatable program file
.,F745 F0 04 BEQ $F74B	BEQ FAH50 ;YES...SUCCESS ;	verzweige falls ja	if program file header go ??
.,F747 C9 04 CMP #$04	CMP #BDFH ;BASIC DATA FILE?	Daten-Header ?	compare with data file header
.,F749 D0 E1 BNE $F72C	BNE FAH ;NO...KEEP TRYING ;	kein Header gefunden, dann erneut suchen	if data file loop to find the tape header was a program file header
.,F74B AA TAX	FAH50 TAX ;RETURN FILE TYPE IN .X	Kennzeichen merken	copy header type
.,F74C 24 9D BIT $9D	BIT MSGFLG ;PRINTING MESSAGES?	Direktmodus ?	get message mode flag
.,F74E 10 17 BPL $F767	BPL FAH45 ;NO... ;	nein, dann weiter	exit if control messages off
.,F750 A0 63 LDY #$63	LDY #MS17-MS1 ;PRINT "FOUND"	Offset für 'FOUND'	index to "FOUND "
.,F752 20 2F F1 JSR $F12F	JSR MSG ; ;OUTPUT COMPLETE FILE NAME ;	Meldung ausgeben	display kernel I/O message
.,F755 A0 05 LDY #$05	LDY #5	Zeiger auf Filenamen	index to the tape filename
.,F757 B1 B2 LDA ($B2),Y	FAH55 LDA (TAPE1)Y	Filenamen holen	get byte from tape buffer
.,F759 20 D2 FF JSR $FFD2	JSR BSOUT	und ausgeben	output character to channel
.,F75C C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen	increment the index
.,F75D C0 15 CPY #$15	CPY #21	schon alle Buchstaben	compare it with end+1
.,F75F D0 F6 BNE $F757	BNE FAH55 ;	verzweige wenn nein	loop if more to do
.,F761 A5 A1 LDA $A1	FAH56 LDA STKEY ;KEY DOWN ON LAST ROW...	Akku mit mittelwertigem Time-Byte laden	get the jiffy clock mid byte
.,F763 20 E0 E4 JSR $E4E0	JSR FPATCH ;GOTO PATCH...	wartet auf Commodore-Taste oder Zeitschleife	wait ~8.5 seconds for any key from the STOP key column
.,F766 EA NOP	NOP ;	no operation	waste cycles
.,F767 18 CLC	FAH45 CLC ;SUCCESS FLAG	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag no error
.,F768 88 DEY	DEY ;MAKE NONZERO FOR OKAY RETURN ;	Y-REG auf $FF zur Kennzeich nung, daß kein EOT	decrement the index
.,F769 60 RTS	FAH40 RTS ;TAPEH--WRITE TAPE HEADER ;ERROR IF TAPE BUFFER DE-ALLOCATED ;CARRY CLEAR IF O.K. ;	Rücksprung Header generieren und auf Band schreiben	write the tape header			write a special block to cassette with code in A
.,F76A 85 9E STA $9E	TAPEH STA T1 ; ;DETERMINE ADDRESS OF BUFFER ;	Header-Typ speichern	save header type
.,F76C 20 D0 F7 JSR $F7D0	JSR ZZZ	Bandpufferadresse holen	get tape buffer start pointer in XY
.,F76F 90 5E BCC $F7CF	BCC TH40 ;BUFFER WAS DE-ALLOCATED ; ;PRESERVE START AND END ADDRESSES ;FOR CASE OF HEADER FOR LOAD FILE ;	verzweige falls Adresse ungültig	if < $0200 just exit ??
.,F771 A5 C2 LDA $C2	LDA STAH	Startadresse	get I/O start address high byte
.,F773 48 PHA	PHA	laden	save it
.,F774 A5 C1 LDA $C1	LDA STAL	und in	get I/O start address low byte
.,F776 48 PHA	PHA	Stack schreiben	save it
.,F777 A5 AF LDA $AF	LDA EAH	Endadresse	get tape end address high byte
.,F779 48 PHA	PHA	laden	save it
.,F77A A5 AE LDA $AE	LDA EAL	und in	get tape end address low byte
.,F77C 48 PHA	PHA ; ;PUT BLANKS IN TAPE BUFFER ;	Stack schreiben	save it
.,F77D A0 BF LDY #$BF	LDY #BUFSZ-1	Pufferlänge für Schleife holen	index to header end
.,F77F A9 20 LDA #$20	LDA #'	Code für ' ' laden	clear byte, [SPACE]
.,F781 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	BLNK2 STA (TAPE1)Y	und speichern	clear header byte
.,F783 88 DEY	DEY	Zähler verringern	decrement index
.,F784 D0 FB BNE $F781	BNE BLNK2 ; ;PUT BLOCK TYPE IN HEADER ;	verzweige falls Puffer noch nicht alles gelöscht	loop if more to do
.,F786 A5 9E LDA $9E	LDA T1	gespeicherten Header-Typ holen	get the header type back
.,F788 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y ; ;PUT START LOAD ADDRESS IN HEADER ;	und in Puffer schreiben	write it to header
.,F78A C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment the index
.,F78B A5 C1 LDA $C1	LDA STAL	Startadresse LOW holen	get the I/O start address low byte
.,F78D 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y	und in Puffer schreiben	write it to header
.,F78F C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment the index
.,F790 A5 C2 LDA $C2	LDA STAH	Startadesse HIGH holen	get the I/O start address high byte
.,F792 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y ; ;PUT END LOAD ADDRESS IN HEADER ;	und in Puffer schreiben	write it to header
.,F794 C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment the index
.,F795 A5 AE LDA $AE	LDA EAL	Endadresse LOW holen	get the tape end address low byte
.,F797 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y	und in Puffer schreiben	write it to header
.,F799 C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment the index
.,F79A A5 AF LDA $AF	LDA EAH	Endadresse HIGH holen	get the tape end address high byte
.,F79C 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y ; ;PUT FILE NAME IN HEADER ;	und in Puffer schreiben	write it to header
.,F79E C8 INY	INY	Zähler erhöhen	increment the index
.,F79F 84 9F STY $9F	STY T2	Zähler speichern	save the index
.,F7A1 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Zähler für Filenamen auf Null setzen	clear Y
.,F7A3 84 9E STY $9E	STY T1	und speichern	clear the name index
.,F7A5 A4 9E LDY $9E	TH20 LDY T1	Zähler holen	get name index
.,F7A7 C4 B7 CPY $B7	CPY FNLEN	und mit Länge des Filenamens vergleichen	compare with file name length
.,F7A9 F0 0C BEQ $F7B7	BEQ TH30	verzweige falls alle Buchsta- ben geholt	if all done exit the loop
.,F7AB B1 BB LDA ($BB),Y	LDA (FNADR)Y	Filenamen holen	get file name byte
.,F7AD A4 9F LDY $9F	LDY T2	Pufferzeiger laden	get buffer index
.,F7AF 91 B2 STA ($B2),Y	STA (TAPE1)Y	und Zeichen in Puffer schrei- ben	save file name byte to buffer
.,F7B1 E6 9E INC $9E	INC T1	Zähler für Filenamen erhöhen	increment file name index
.,F7B3 E6 9F INC $9F	INC T2	Zeiger auf Bandpuffer erhöhen	increment tape buffer index
.,F7B5 D0 EE BNE $F7A5	BNE TH20 ; ;SET UP START AND END ADDRESS OF HEADER ;	unbedingter Sprung	loop, branch always
.,F7B7 20 D7 F7 JSR $F7D7	TH30 JSR LDAD1 ; ;SET UP TIME FOR LEADER ;	Start- und Endadresse auf Bandpuffer holen	set tape buffer start and end pointers
.,F7BA A9 69 LDA #$69	LDA #$69		set write lead cycle count
.,F7BC 85 AB STA $AB	STA SHCNH ;	Checksumme für Header bzw. Datenblock = $69	save write lead cycle count
.,F7BE 20 6B F8 JSR $F86B	JSR TWRT2 ;WRITE HEADER ON TAPE ; ;RESTORE START AND END ADDRESS OF ;LOAD FILE. ;	Block auf Band schreiben	do tape write, no cycle count set
.,F7C1 A8 TAY	TAY ;SAVE ERROR CODE IN .Y	Akku retten
.,F7C2 68 PLA	PLA	Endadresse	pull tape end address low byte
.,F7C3 85 AE STA $AE	STA EAL	vom Stack	restore it
.,F7C5 68 PLA	PLA	holen und	pull tape end address high byte
.,F7C6 85 AF STA $AF	STA EAH	in $AE/SAF speichern	restore it
.,F7C8 68 PLA	PLA	Startadresse	pull I/O start addresses low byte
.,F7C9 85 C1 STA $C1	STA STAL	vom Stack	restore it
.,F7CB 68 PLA	PLA	holen und	pull I/O start addresses high byte
.,F7CC 85 C2 STA $C2	STA STAH	in $C1/C2 speichern	restore it
.,F7CE 98 TYA	TYA ;RESTORE ERROR CODE FOR RETURN ;	Akku wiederholen
.,F7CF 60 RTS	TH40 RTS ;FUNCTION TO RETURN TAPE BUFFER ;ADDRESS IN TAPE1 ;	Rücksprung Bandpuffer Startadresse holen und prüfen ob gültig	get the tape buffer start pointer			set tape buffer pointer in XY
.,F7D0 A6 B2 LDX $B2	ZZZ LDX TAPE1 ;ASSUME TAPE1	Anfang Bandpuffer LOW in X	get tape buffer start pointer low byte
.,F7D2 A4 B3 LDY $B3	LDY TAPE1+1	Anfang Bandpuffer HIGH in Y	get tape buffer start pointer high byte
.,F7D4 C0 02 CPY #$02	CPY #>BUF ;CHECK FOR ALLOCATION... ;...[TAPE1+1]=0 OR 1 MEANS DEALLOCATED ;...C CLR => DEALLOCATED	Adresse kleiner $200 ?	compare high byte with $02xx
.,F7D6 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung Bandpufferendadresse = Puf- ferstartadresse + $C0 (192)	set the tape buffer start and end pointers			set cassette buffer to I/O area
.,F7D7 20 D0 F7 JSR $F7D0	LDAD1 JSR ZZZ ;GET PTR TO CASSETTE	BandpufferaAdresse holen	get tape buffer start pointer in XY
.,F7DA 8A TXA	TXA	Pufferanfang LOW in Akku	copy tape buffer start pointer low byte
.,F7DB 85 C1 STA $C1	STA STAL ;SAVE START LOW	und speichern	save as I/O address pointer low byte
.,F7DD 18 CLC	CLC	Carry für Addition löschen	clear carry for add
.,F7DE 69 C0 ADC #$C0	ADC #BUFSZ ;COMPUTE POINTER TO END	Endadresse = Startadresse + Länge $C0 (192)	add buffer length low byte
.,F7E0 85 AE STA $AE	STA EAL ;SAVE END LOW	und Endadresse speichern	save tape buffer end pointer low byte
.,F7E2 98 TYA	TYA	Pufferanfang HIGH in Akku	copy tape buffer start pointer high byte
.,F7E3 85 C2 STA $C2	STA STAH ;SAVE START HIGH	und speichern	save as I/O address pointer high byte
.,F7E5 69 00 ADC #$00	ADC #0 ;COMPUTE POINTER TO END	mit Übertrag addieren	add buffer length high byte
.,F7E7 85 AF STA $AF	STA EAH ;SAVE END HIGH	und speichern	save tape buffer end pointer high byte
.,F7E9 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung Bandheader nach Namen suchen	find specific tape header			search tape for a file name
.,F7EA 20 2C F7 JSR $F72C	FAF JSR FAH ;FIND ANY HEADER	nächsten Bandheader suchen	find tape header, exit with header in buffer
.,F7ED B0 1D BCS $F80C	BCS FAF40 ;FAILED ; ;SUCCESS...SEE IF RIGHT NAME ;	verzweige falls EOT (fertig)	just exit if error
.,F7EF A0 05 LDY #$05	LDY #5 ;OFFSET INTO TAPE HEADER	Offset für Filenamen im Header	index to name
.,F7F1 84 9F STY $9F	STY T2	und speichern	save as tape buffer index
.,F7F3 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0 ;OFFSET INTO FILE NAME	Zähler für Länge des Filena- mens auf Null setzen	clear Y
.,F7F5 84 9E STY $9E	STY T1	und Zähler speichern	save as name buffer index
.,F7F7 C4 B7 CPY $B7	FAF20 CPY FNLEN ;COMPARE THIS MANY	mit Länge des gesuchten Namens vergleichen	compare with file name length
.,F7F9 F0 10 BEQ $F80B	BEQ FAF30 ;DONE ;	gleich, dann gefunden	ok exit if match
.,F7FB B1 BB LDA ($BB),Y	LDA (FNADR)Y	Buchstaben des Filenamens	get file name byte
.,F7FD A4 9F LDY $9F	LDY T2	Position im Header laden	get index to tape buffer
.,F7FF D1 B2 CMP ($B2),Y	CMP (TAPE1)Y	mit Filenamen im Header vergleichen	compare with tape header name byte
.,F801 D0 E7 BNE $F7EA	BNE FAF ;MISMATCH--TRY NEXT HEADER	verzweige falls ungleich, dann nächsten Header testen	if no match go get next header
.,F803 E6 9E INC $9E	INC T1	Zähler für Filenamen erhöhen	else increment name buffer index
.,F805 E6 9F INC $9F	INC T2	Zeiger auf Position im Header erhöhen	increment tape buffer index
.,F807 A4 9E LDY $9E	LDY T1	Zähler für Filenamen laden	get name buffer index
.,F809 D0 EC BNE $F7F7	BNE FAF20 ;BRANCH ALWAYS ;	unbedingter Sprung	loop, branch always
.,F80B 18 CLC	FAF30 CLC ;SUCCESS FLAG	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok
.,F80C 60 RTS	FAF40 RTS .END .LIB TAPECONTROL	Rücksprung Bandpufferzeiger erhöhen	bump tape pointer			add 1 to tape index and test for overflow
.,F80D 20 D0 F7 JSR $F7D0	JTP20 JSR ZZZ	Bandpufferadresse holen	get tape buffer start pointer in XY
.,F810 E6 A6 INC $A6	INC BUFPT	Zeiger erhöhen	increment tape buffer index
.,F812 A4 A6 LDY $A6	LDY BUFPT	und laden um	get tape buffer index
.,F814 C0 C0 CPY #$C0	CPY #BUFSZ	mit Maximalwert (192) zu vergleichen	compare with buffer length
.,F816 60 RTS	RTS ;STAYS IN ROUTINE D2T1LL PLAY SWITCH ;	Rücksprung Wartet auf Bandtaste	wait for PLAY			handle messages and test cassette buttons for read
.,F817 20 2E F8 JSR $F82E	CSTE1 JSR CS10	fragt BandtTaste ab	return cassette sense in Zb
.,F81A F0 1A BEQ $F836	BEQ CS25	gedrückt, dann fertig	if switch closed just exit cassette switch was open
.,F81C A0 1B LDY #$1B	LDY #MS7-MS1 ;"PRESS PLAY..."	Offset für 'PRESS PLAY ON TAPE'	index to "PRESS PLAY ON TAPE"
.,F81E 20 2F F1 JSR $F12F	CS30 JSR MSG	und ausgeben	display kernel I/O message
.,F821 20 D0 F8 JSR $F8D0	CS40 JSR TSTOP ;WATCH FOR STOP KEY	testet auf STOP-Taste	scan stop key and flag abort if pressed note if STOP was pressed the return is to the routine that called this one and not here
.,F824 20 2E F8 JSR $F82E	JSR CS10 ;WATCH CASSETTE SWITCHES	fragt BandtTaste ab	return cassette sense in Zb
.,F827 D0 F8 BNE $F821	BNE CS40	nicht gedrückt so erneut abfragen	loop if the cassette switch is open
.,F829 A0 6A LDY #$6A	LDY #MS18-MS1 ;"OK"	Offset für 'OK'	index to "OK"
.,F82B 4C 2F F1 JMP $F12F	JMP MSG ;SUBR RETURNS <> FOR CASSETTE SWITCH ;	und ausgeben, Rücksprung Abfrage ob Band-Taste gedrückt	display kernel I/O message and return return cassette sense in Zb			test sense line for a button depressed on cassette
.,F82E A9 10 LDA #$10	CS10 LDA #$10 ;CHECK PORT	Bit 4 testen	set the mask for the cassette switch
.,F830 24 01 BIT $01	BIT R6510 ;CLOSED?...	mit Port vergleichen	test the 6510 I/O port
.,F832 D0 02 BNE $F836	BNE CS25 ;NO. . .	verzweige wenn Bandtaste nicht gedrückt	branch if cassette sense high
.,F834 24 01 BIT $01	BIT R6510 ;CHECK AGAIN TO DEBOUNCE	nochmal abfragen (Entprellen)	test the 6510 I/O port
.,F836 18 CLC	CS25 CLC ;GOOD RETURN	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)
.,F837 60 RTS	RTS ;CHECKS FOR PLAY & RECORD ;	Rücksprung Wartet auf Bandtaste für Schreiben	wait for PLAY/RECORD			set messages and test cassette line for input
.,F838 20 2E F8 JSR $F82E	CSTE2 JSR CS10	fragt Bandtaste ab	return the cassette sense in Zb
.,F83B F0 F9 BEQ $F836	BEQ CS25	gedrückt, dann fertig	exit if switch closed cassette switch was open
.,F83D A0 2E LDY #$2E	LDY #MS8-MS1 ;"RECORD"	Offset für 'PRESS RECORD & PLAY ON TAPE'	index to "PRESS RECORD & PLAY ON TAPE"
.,F83F D0 DD BNE $F81E	BNE CS30 ;READ HEADER BLOCK ENTRY ;	unbedingter Sprung Block vom Band lesen	display message and wait for switch, branch always initiate a tape read			read a block from cassette
.,F841 A9 00 LDA #$00	RBLK LDA #0	Status	clear A
.,F843 85 90 STA $90	STA STATUS	und Verify-Flag	clear serial status byte
.,F845 85 93 STA $93	STA VERCK	löschen	clear the load/verify flag
.,F847 20 D7 F7 JSR $F7D7	JSR LDAD1 ;READ LOAD BLOCK ENTRY ;	Bandpufferadresse holen Programm vom Band laden	set the tape buffer start and end pointers
.,F84A 20 17 F8 JSR $F817	TRD JSR CSTE1 ;SAY 'PRESS PLAY'	wartet auf Play-Taste	wait for PLAY
.,F84D B0 1F BCS $F86E	BCS TWRT3 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	STOP-Taste gedrückt ?	exit if STOP was pressed, uses a further BCS at the target address to reach final target at $F8DC
.,F84F 78 SEI	SEI	Interrupt verhindern	disable interrupts
.,F850 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;CLEAR FLAGS...	Arbeitsspeicher für IRQ- Routine löschen	clear A
.,F852 85 AA STA $AA	STA RDFLG	Eingabebytespeicher (read)
.,F854 85 B4 STA $B4	STA SNSW1	Band Hilfszeiger
.,F856 85 B0 STA $B0	STA CMP0	Kassetten Zeitkonstante	clear tape timing constant min byte
.,F858 85 9E STA $9E	STA PTR1	Korrekturzähler Pass 1	clear tape pass 1 error log/char buffer
.,F85A 85 9F STA $9F	STA PTR2	Korrekturzähler Pass 2	clear tape pass 2 error log corrected
.,F85C 85 9C STA $9C	STA DPSW	Flag für Byte emfngen	clear byte received flag
.,F85E A9 90 LDA #$90	LDA #$90 ;ENABLE FOR CA1 IRQ...READ LINE	Bitwert IRQ an Pin 'Flag'	enable CA1 interrupt ??
.,F860 A2 0E LDX #$0E	LDX #14 ;POINT IRQ VECTOR TO READ	Nummer des IRQ-Vektors, $F92C	set index for tape read vector
.,F862 D0 11 BNE $F875	BNE TAPE ;JMP ;WRITE HEADER BLOCK ENTRY ;	unbedingter Sprung Bandpuffer auf Band schreiben	go do tape read/write, branch always initiate a tape write			write a block from cassette
.,F864 20 D7 F7 JSR $F7D7	WBLK JSR LDAD1 ; ;WRITE LOAD BLOCK ENTRY ;	Bandpufferadresse holen	set tape buffer start and end pointers do tape write, 20 cycle count
.,F867 A9 14 LDA #$14	TWRT LDA #20 ;BETWEEN BLOCK SHORTS	Länge des Vorspanns vor WRITE	set write lead cycle count
.,F869 85 AB STA $AB	STA SHCNH	speichern Block bzw. Programm auf Band schreiben	save write lead cycle count do tape write, no cycle count set
.,F86B 20 38 F8 JSR $F838	TWRT2 JSR CSTE2 ;SAY 'PRESS PLAY & RECORD'	wartet auf Record & Play Taste	wait for PLAY/RECORD
.,F86E B0 6C BCS $F8DC	TWRT3 BCS STOP3 ;STOP KEY PRESSED	verzweige falls STOP-Taste gedrückt	if STOPped clear save IRQ address and exit
.,F870 78 SEI	SEI	Interrupt verhindern	disable interrupts
.,F871 A9 82 LDA #$82	LDA #$82 ;ENABLE T2 IRQS...WRITE TIME	Bitwert für IRQ bei Unterlauf von Timer B	enable ?? interrupt
.,F873 A2 08 LDX #$08	LDX #8 ;VECTOR IRQ TO WRTZ ;START TAPE OPERATION ENTRY POINT ;	Nummer des IRQ-Vektors, $FC6A	set index for tape write tape leader vector tape read/write			common code for cassette read and write
.,F875 A0 7F LDY #$7F	TAPE LDY #$7F ;KILL UNWANTED IRQ'S	Bitwert für alle IRQs sperren	disable all interrupts
.,F877 8C 0D DC STY $DC0D	STY D1ICR	Wert schreiben	save VIA 1 ICR, disable all interrupts
.,F87A 8D 0D DC STA $DC0D	STA D1ICR ;TURN ON WANTED	und neu setzen	save VIA 1 ICR, enable interrupts according to A check RS232 bus idle
.,F87D AD 0E DC LDA $DC0E	LDA D1CRA ;CALC TIMER ENABLES	Control Register A laden	read VIA 1 CRA
.,F880 09 19 ORA #$19	ORA #$19	Bitwert für one shot, starten	load timer B, timer B single shot, start timer B
.,F882 8D 0F DC STA $DC0F	STA D1CRB ;TURN ON T2 IRQ'S FOR CASS WRITE(ONE SHOT)	und ins Steuerregister für Timer B	save VIA 1 CRB
.,F885 29 91 AND #$91	AND #$91 ;SAVE TOD 50/60 INDICATION	Vergleichszeiger für Bandope-	mask x00x 000x, TOD clock, load timer A, start timer A
.,F887 8D A2 02 STA $02A2	STA CASTON ;PLACE IN AUTO MODE FOR T1 ; WAIT FOR RS-232 TO FINISH	rationen entsprechend setzen	save VIA 1 CRB shadow copy
.,F88A 20 A4 F0 JSR $F0A4	JSR RSP232 ; DISABLE SCREEN DISPLAY	auf Ende RS-232 Übertragung warten
.,F88D AD 11 D0 LDA $D011	LDA VICREG+17	Bildschirm	read the vertical fine scroll and control register
.,F890 29 EF AND #$EF	AND #$FF-$10 ;DISABLE SCREEN	dunkel	mask xxx0 xxxx, blank the screen
.,F892 8D 11 D0 STA $D011	STA VICREG+17 ; MOVE IRQ TO IRQTEMP FOR CASS OPS	Tasten	save the vertical fine scroll and control register
.,F895 AD 14 03 LDA $0314	LDA CINV	IRQ-Vector	get IRQ vector low byte
.,F898 8D 9F 02 STA $029F	STA IRQTMP	nach $029F	save IRQ vector low byte
.,F89B AD 15 03 LDA $0315	LDA CINV+1	und $02A0	get IRQ vector high byte
.,F89E 8D A0 02 STA $02A0	STA IRQTMP+1	speichern	save IRQ vector high byte
.,F8A1 20 BD FC JSR $FCBD	JSR BSIV ;GO CHANGE IRQ VECTOR	IRQ-Vektor für Band I/O setzen (X-indiziert)	set the tape vector
.,F8A4 A9 02 LDA #$02	LDA #2 ;FSBLK STARTS AT 2	Anzahl der	set copies count. the first copy is the load copy, the second copy is the verify copy
.,F8A6 85 BE STA $BE	STA FSBLK	zu lesenden Blöcke	save copies count
.,F8A8 20 97 FB JSR $FB97	JSR NEWCH ;PREP LOCAL COUNTERS AND FLAGS	serielle Ausgabe vorbereiten Bit-Zähler setzen	new tape byte setup
.,F8AB A5 01 LDA $01	LDA R6510 ;TURN MOTOR ON	Prozessorport laden	read the 6510 I/O port
.,F8AD 29 1F AND #$1F	AND #%011111 ;LOW TURNS ON	Bandmotor einschalten	mask 000x xxxx, cassette motor on ??
.,F8AF 85 01 STA $01	STA R6510	und wieder speichern	save the 6510 I/O port
.,F8B1 85 C0 STA $C0	STA CAS1 ;FLAG INTERNAL CONTROL OF CASS MOTOR	Flag für Bandmotor setzen	set the tape motor interlock 326656 cycle delay, allow tape motor speed to stabilise
.,F8B3 A2 FF LDX #$FF	LDX #$FF ;DELAY BETWEEN BLOCKS	HIGH-Byte für Zähler	outer loop count
.,F8B5 A0 FF LDY #$FF	TP32 LDY #$FF	LOW-Byte für Zähler	inner loop count
.,F8B7 88 DEY	TP35 DEY	Verzögerungsschleife	decrement inner loop count
.,F8B8 D0 FD BNE $F8B7	BNE TP35	für Bandhochlaufzeit	loop if more to do
.,F8BA CA DEX	DEX	HIGH-Byte veringern	decrement outer loop count
.,F8BB D0 F8 BNE $F8B5	BNE TP32	verzweige falls nicht Null	loop if more to do
.,F8BD 58 CLI	CLI	Interrupt für Band I/O freigeben I/O Abschluß abwarten	enable tape interrupts
.,F8BE AD A0 02 LDA $02A0	TP40 LDA IRQTMP+1 ;CHECK FOR INTERRUPT VECTOR...	Band IRQ Vector mit normalem	get saved IRQ high byte
.,F8C1 CD 15 03 CMP $0315	CMP CINV+1 ;...POINTING AT KEY ROUTINE	IRQ Vector vergleichen	compare with the current IRQ high byte
.,F8C4 18 CLC	CLC	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag ok
.,F8C5 F0 15 BEQ $F8DC	BEQ STOP3 ;...YES RETURN	verzweige falls ja (fertig)	if tape write done go clear saved IRQ address and exit
.,F8C7 20 D0 F8 JSR $F8D0	JSR TSTOP ;...NO CHECK FOR STOP KEY ; ; 60 HZ KEYSCAN IGNORED ;	Testen auf Stop-Taste	scan stop key and flag abort if pressed note if STOP was pressed the return is to the routine that called this one and not here
.,F8CA 20 BC F6 JSR $F6BC	JSR UD60 ; STOP KEY CHECK	bei gedrückter Stop-Taste Flag setzen	increment real time clock
.,F8CD 4C BE F8 JMP $F8BE	JMP TP40 ;STAY IN LOOP UNTILL TAPES ARE DONE	weiter warten testet auf Stop-Taste	loop scan stop key and flag abort if pressed			handle stop key during cassette operations
.,F8D0 20 E1 FF JSR $FFE1	TSTOP JSR STOP ;STOP KEY DOWN?	Stop-Taste abfragen	scan stop key
.,F8D3 18 CLC	CLC ;ASSUME NO STOP	Carry =0 (ok Kennzeichen)	flag no stop
.,F8D4 D0 0B BNE $F8E1	BNE STOP4 ;WE WERE RIGHT ; ;STOP KEY DOWN... ;	verzweige wenn Taste nein gedrückt	exit if no stop
.,F8D6 20 93 FC JSR $FC93	JSR TNIF ;TURN OFF CASSETTES	Band-Motor aus, normalen IRQ wiederherstellen	restore everything for STOP
.,F8D9 38 SEC	SEC ;FAILURE FLAG	Kennzeichen für Abbruch	flag stopped
.,F8DA 68 PLA	PLA ;BACK ONE SQUARE...	Rücksprung	dump return address low byte
.,F8DB 68 PLA	PLA ; ; LDA #0 ;STOP KEY FLAG ;	Adresse löschen	dump return address high byte clear saved IRQ address
.,F8DC A9 00 LDA #$00	STOP3 LDA #0 ;DEALLOCATE IRQTMP	Kennzeichen für normalen	clear A
.,F8DE 8D A0 02 STA $02A0	STA IRQTMP+1 ;IF C-SET THEN STOP KEY	IRQ setzen	clear saved IRQ address high byte
.,F8E1 60 RTS	STOP4 RTS ; ; STT1 - SET UP TIMEOUT WATCH FOR NEXT DIPOLE ;	Rücksprung Band für Lesen vorbereiten	# set timing			schedule CIA1 timer A depending on X
.,F8E2 86 B1 STX $B1	STT1 STX TEMP ;.X HAS CONSTANT FOR TIMEOUT	X-Register speichern	save tape timing constant max byte
.,F8E4 A5 B0 LDA $B0	LDA CMP0 ;CMP0*5	Timing-Konstante laden	get tape timing constant min byte
.,F8E6 0A ASL	ASL A	mit vier	*2
.,F8E7 0A ASL	ASL A	multiplizieren	*4
.,F8E8 18 CLC	CLC	zur Addition Carry löschen	clear carry for add
.,F8E9 65 B0 ADC $B0	ADC CMP0	mit altem Wert addieren (*5)	add tape timing constant min byte *5
.,F8EB 18 CLC	CLC	zur Addition Carry löschen	clear carry for add
.,F8EC 65 B1 ADC $B1	ADC TEMP ;ADJUST LONG BYTE COUNT	alten X Wert dazuaddieren	add tape timing constant max byte
.,F8EE 85 B1 STA $B1	STA TEMP	und im Hilfszeiger speichern	save tape timing constant max byte
.,F8F0 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0	Akku löschen
.,F8F2 24 B0 BIT $B0	BIT CMP0 ;CHECK CMP0 ...	prüfe Timing-Konstante	test tape timing constant min byte
.,F8F4 30 01 BMI $F8F7	BMI STT2 ;...MINUS, NO ADJUST	verzweige, falls größer 128	branch if b7 set
.,F8F6 2A ROL	ROL A ;...PLUS SO ADJUST POS	Carry in die unterste Position des Akkus schieben	else shift carry into ??
.,F8F7 06 B1 ASL $B1	STT2 ASL TEMP ;MULTIPLY CORRECTED VALUE BY 4	und Timer A	shift tape timing constant max byte
.,F8F9 2A ROL	ROL A	Initialisierung
.,F8FA 06 B1 ASL $B1	ASL TEMP	mit vier	shift tape timing constant max byte
.,F8FC 2A ROL	ROL A	multiplizieren
.,F8FD AA TAX	TAX	Akku ins X-Register
.,F8FE AD 06 DC LDA $DC06	STT3 LDA D1T2L ;WATCH OUT FOR D1T2H ROLLOVER...	LOW-Byte Timer B laden	get VIA 1 timer B low byte
.,F901 C9 16 CMP #$16	CMP #22 ;...TIME FOR ROUTINE...!!!...	mit $16 vergleichen	compare with ??
.,F903 90 F9 BCC $F8FE	BCC STT3 ;...TOO CLOSE SO WAIT UNTILL PAST	verzweige, wenn kleiner	loop if less
.,F905 65 B1 ADC $B1	ADC TEMP ;CALCULATE AND...	LOW-Byte für Initialisierung addieren	add tape timing constant max byte
.,F907 8D 04 DC STA $DC04	STA D1T1L ;...STORE ADUSTED TIME COUNT	Timer A LOW speichern	save VIA 1 timer A low byte
.,F90A 8A TXA	TXA	HIGH-Byte für Initialisierung
.,F90B 6D 07 DC ADC $DC07	ADC D1T2H ;ADJUST FOR HIGH TIME COUNT	zu Timer B HIGH addieren	add VIA 1 timer B high byte
.,F90E 8D 05 DC STA $DC05	STA D1T1H	und in Timer A HIGH schreiben	save VIA 1 timer A high byte
.,F911 AD A2 02 LDA $02A2	LDA CASTON ;ENABLE TIMERS	Init. Wert für Band Zeitkon.	read VIA 1 CRB shadow copy
.,F914 8D 0E DC STA $DC0E	STA D1CRA	zum Starten von Timer A	save VIA 1 CRA
.,F917 8D A4 02 STA $02A4	STA STUPID ;NON-ZERO MEANS AN T1 IRQ HAS NOT OCCURED YET	Timer A Flag zurücksetzten	save VIA 1 CRA shadow copy
.,F91A AD 0D DC LDA $DC0D	LDA D1ICR ;CLEAR OLD T1 INTERRUPT	ICR laden	read VIA 1 ICR
.,F91D 29 10 AND #$10	AND #$10 ;CHECK FOR OLD-FLAG IRQ	Bit isolieren	mask 000x 0000, FLAG interrupt
.,F91F F0 09 BEQ $F92A	BEQ STT4 ;NO...NORMAL EXIT	verzweige wenn IRQ nicht vom Pin Flag	if no FLAG interrupt just exit else first call the IRQ routine
.,F921 A9 F9 LDA #$F9	LDA #>STT4 ;PUSH SIMULATED RETURN ADDRESS ON STACK	Rücksprungadresse	set the return address high byte
.,F923 48 PHA	PHA	auf	push the return address high byte
.,F924 A9 2A LDA #$2A	LDA #<STT4	Stack	set the return address low byte
.,F926 48 PHA	PHA	schieben	push the return address low byte
.,F927 4C 43 FF JMP $FF43	JMP SIMIRQ	zum Interrupt	save the status and do the IRQ routine
.,F92A 58 CLI	STT4 CLI ;ALLOW FOR RE-ENTRY CODE	alle Interrupts freigeben	enable interrupts
.,F92B 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB READ ; VARIABLES USED IN CASSETTE READ ROUTINES ; ; REZ - COUNTS ZEROS (IF Z THEN CORRECT # OF DIPOLES) ; RER - FLAGS ERRORS (IF Z THEN NO ERROR) ; DIFF - USED TO PRESERVE SYNO (OUTSIDE OF BIT ROUTINES) ; SYNO - FLAGS IF WE HAVE BLOCK SYNC (16 ZERO DIPOLES) ; SNSW1 - FLAGS IF WE HAVE BYTE SYNC (A LONGLONG) ; DATA - HOLDS MOST RECENT DIPOLE BIT VALUE ; MYCH - HOLDS INPUT BYTE BEING BUILT ; FIRT - USED TO INDICATE WHICH HALF OF DIPOLE WE'RE IN ; SVXT - TEMP USED TO ADJUST SOFTWARE SERVO ; TEMP - USED TO HOLD DIPOLE TIME DURING TYPE CALCULATIONS ; PRTY - HOLDS CURRENT CALCULATED PARITY BIT ; PRP - HAS COMBINED ERROR VALUES FROM BIT ROUTINES ; FSBLK - INDICATE WHICH BLOCK WE'RE LOOKING AT (0 TO EXIT) ; SHCNL - HOLDS FSBLK, USED TO DIRECT ROUTINES, BECAUSE OF EXIT CASE ; RDFLG - HOLDS FUNCTION MODE ; MI - WAITING FOR BLOCK SYNC ; VS - IN DATA BLOCK READING DATA ; NE - WAITING FOR BYTE SYNC ; SAL - INDIRECT TO DATA STORAGE AREA ; SHCNH - LEFT OVER FROM DEBUGGING ; BAD - STORAGE SPACE FOR BAD READ LOCATIONS (BOTTOM OF STACK) ; PTR1 - COUNT OF READ LOCATIONS IN ERROR (POINTER INTO BAD, MAX 61) ; PTR2 - COUNT OF RE-READ LOCATIONS (POINTER INTO BAD, DURING RE-READ) ; VERCHK - VERIFY OR LOAD FLAG (Z - LOADING) ; CMP0 - SOFTWARE SERVO (+/- ADJUST TO TIME CALCS) ; DPSW - IF NZ THEN EXPECTING LL/L COMBINATION THAT ENDS A BYTE ; PCNTR - COUNTS DOWN FROM 8-0 FOR DATA THEN TO FF FOR PARITY ; STUPID - HOLD INDICATOR (NZ - NO T1IRQ YET) FOR T1IRQ ; KIKA26 - HOLDS OLD D1ICR AFTER CLEAR ON READ ;	Rücksprung Interrupt-Routine für Band lesen	On Commodore computers, the streams consist of four kinds of symbols that denote different kinds of low-to-high-to-low transitions on the read or write signals of the Commodore cassette interface. A A break in the communications, or a pulse with very long cycle time. B A short pulse, whose cycle time typically ranges from 296 to 424 microseconds, depending on the computer model. C A medium-length pulse, whose cycle time typically ranges from 440 to 576 microseconds, depending on the computer model. D A long pulse, whose cycle time typically ranges from 600 to 744 microseconds, depending on the computer model. The actual interpretation of the serial data takes a little more work to explain. The typical ROM tape loader (and the turbo loaders) will initialize a timer with a specified value and start it counting down. If either the tape data changes or the timer runs out, an IRQ will occur. The loader will determine which condition caused the IRQ. If the tape data changed before the timer ran out, we have a short pulse, or a "0" bit. If the timer ran out first, we have a long pulse, or a "1" bit. Doing this continuously and we decode the entire file. read tape bits, IRQ routine read T2C which has been counting down from $FFFF. subtract this from $FFFF			cassette read IRQ routine
.,F92C AE 07 DC LDX $DC07	READ LDX D1T2H ;GET TIME SINCE LAST INTERRUPT	Timer B HIGH laden	read VIA 1 timer B high byte
.,F92F A0 FF LDY #$FF	LDY #$FF ;COMPUTE COUNTER DIFFERENCE	Y-Register mit $FF laden (für Timer)	set $FF
.,F931 98 TYA	TYA	in Akku schieben	A = $FF
.,F932 ED 06 DC SBC $DC06	SBC D1T2L	Timer B von $FF abziehen	subtract VIA 1 timer B low byte
.,F935 EC 07 DC CPX $DC07	CPX D1T2H ;CHECK FOR TIMER HIGH ROLLOVER...	Timer B mit altem Wert vergleichen	compare it with VIA 1 timer B high byte
.,F938 D0 F2 BNE $F92C	BNE READ ;...YES THEN RECOMPUTE	verzweige, falls vermindert	if timer low byte rolled over loop
.,F93A 86 B1 STX $B1	STX TEMP	Timer B HIGH ablegen	save tape timing constant max byte
.,F93C AA TAX	TAX	und in Akku schieben	copy $FF - T2C_l
.,F93D 8C 06 DC STY $DC06	STY D1T2L ;RELOAD TIMER2 (COUNT DOWN FROM $FFFF)	Timer B LOW und	save VIA 1 timer B low byte
.,F940 8C 07 DC STY $DC07	STY D1T2H	Timer B HIGH auf $FF setzen	save VIA 1 timer B high byte
.,F943 A9 19 LDA #$19	LDA #$19 ;ENABLE TIMER	Arbeitsmodus für Timer B	load timer B, timer B single shot, start timer B
.,F945 8D 0F DC STA $DC0F	STA D1CRB	festlegen und starten	save VIA 1 CRB
.,F948 AD 0D DC LDA $DC0D	LDA D1ICR ;CLEAR READ INTERRUPT	Interrupt Control Register	read VIA 1 ICR
.,F94B 8D A3 02 STA $02A3	STA KIKA26 ;SAVE FOR LATTER	laden und nach $02A3	save VIA 1 ICR shadow copy
.,F94E 98 TYA	TYA	Y-REG in Akku ($FF)	y = $FF
.,F94F E5 B1 SBC $B1	SBC TEMP ;CALCULATE HIGH	Errechnung von vergangener Zeit seit letzter Flanke	subtract tape timing constant max byte A = $FF - T2C_h
.,F951 86 B1 STX $B1	STX TEMP	vergangene Zeit LOW nach $B1	save tape timing constant max byte $B1 = $FF - T2C_l
.,F953 4A LSR	LSR A ;MOVE TWO BITS FROM HIGH TO TEMP	vergangene Zeit	A = $FF - T2C_h >> 1
.,F954 66 B1 ROR $B1	ROR TEMP	HIGH	shift tape timing constant max byte $B1 = $FF - T2C_l >> 1
.,F956 4A LSR	LSR A	geteilt	A = $FF - T2C_h >> 1
.,F957 66 B1 ROR $B1	ROR TEMP	durch vier	shift tape timing constant max byte $B1 = $FF - T2C_l >> 1
.,F959 A5 B0 LDA $B0	LDA CMP0 ;CALC MIN PULSE VALUE	Timingkonstante laden	get tape timing constant min byte
.,F95B 18 CLC	CLC	und mit	clear carry for add
.,F95C 69 3C ADC #$3C	ADC #60	$3C addiert
.,F95E C5 B1 CMP $B1	CMP TEMP ;IF PULSE LESS THAN MIN...	errechnete Zeit größer als die Zeit bei letzten Flanken	compare with tape timing constant max byte compare with ($FFFF - T2C) >> 2
.,F960 B0 4A BCS $F9AC	BCS RDBK ;...THEN IGNORE AS NOISE	verzweige, wenn größer	branch if min + $3C >= ($FFFF - T2C) >> 2 min + $3C < ($FFFF - T2C) >> 2
.,F962 A6 9C LDX $9C	LDX DPSW ;CHECK IF LAST BIT...	Flag für empfangenes Byte laden	get byte received flag
.,F964 F0 03 BEQ $F969	BEQ RJDJ ;...NO THEN CONTINUE	verzweige, falls Null (Byte nicht geladen)	if not byte received ??
.,F966 4C 60 FA JMP $FA60	JMP RADJ ;...YES THEN GO FINISH BYTE	ansonsten nach $FA60	store the tape character
.,F969 A6 A3 LDX $A3	RJDJ LDX PCNTR ;IF 9 BITS READ...	Byte vollständig gelesen	get EOI flag byte
.,F96B 30 1B BMI $F988	BMI JRAD2 ;... THEN GOTO ENDING	verzweige, falls ja
.,F96D A2 00 LDX #$00	LDX #0 ;SET BIT VALUE TO ZERO	Code für kurzer Impuls (X=0)
.,F96F 69 30 ADC #$30	ADC #48 ;ADD UP TO HALF WAY BETWEEN...	zu errechneter Zeit mit $30
.,F971 65 B0 ADC $B0	ADC CMP0 ;...SHORT PULSE AND SYNC PULSE	und mit Zeitkonstante addieren	add tape timing constant min byte
.,F973 C5 B1 CMP $B1	CMP TEMP ;CHECK FOR SHORT...	größer als Zeit beim letztem Flanken ?	compare with tape timing constant max byte
.,F975 B0 1C BCS $F993	BCS RADX2 ;...YES IT'S A SHORT	verzweige wenn größer
.,F977 E8 INX	INX ;SET BIT VALUE TO ONE	sonst langer Impuls (X=1)
.,F978 69 26 ADC #$26	ADC #38 ;MOVE TO MIDDLE OF HIGH	und wieder $26 und
.,F97A 65 B0 ADC $B0	ADC CMP0	Zeitkonstanten addieren	add tape timing constant min byte
.,F97C C5 B1 CMP $B1	CMP TEMP ;CHECK FOR ONE...	jetzt größer ?	compare with tape timing constant max byte
.,F97E B0 17 BCS $F997	BCS RADL ;...YES IT'S A ONE	verzweige, falls ja
.,F980 69 2C ADC #$2C	ADC #44 ;MOVE TO LONGLONG	sonst wieder $2C und
.,F982 65 B0 ADC $B0	ADC CMP0	Zeitkonstante addieren	add tape timing constant min byte
.,F984 C5 B1 CMP $B1	CMP TEMP ;CHECK FOR LONGLONG...	vergangene Zeit noch länger ?	compare with tape timing constant max byte
.,F986 90 03 BCC $F98B	BCC SRER ;...GREATER THAN IS ERROR	verzweige, wenn jetzt kürzer
.,F988 4C 10 FA JMP $FA10	JRAD2 JMP RAD2 ;...IT'S A LONGLONG	zu empfangenes Byte verarbeiten
.,F98B A5 B4 LDA $B4	SRER LDA SNSW1 ;IF NOT SYNCRONIZED...	Flag für Timer A laden	get the bit count
.,F98D F0 1D BEQ $F9AC	BEQ RDBK ;...THEN NO ERROR	verzweige, wenn Timer A nicht freigegeben	if all done go ??
.,F98F 85 A8 STA $A8	STA RER ;...ELSE FLAG RER	Zeiger auf 'READ ERROR' setzen	save receiver bit count in
.,F991 D0 19 BNE $F9AC	BNE RDBK ;JMP	unbedingter Sprung	branch always
.,F993 E6 A9 INC $A9	RADX2 INC REZ ;COUNT REZ UP ON ZEROS	Zeiger auf Impulswechsel +1	increment ?? start bit check flag
.,F995 B0 02 BCS $F999	BCS RAD5 ;JMP	unbedingter Sprung
.,F997 C6 A9 DEC $A9	RADL DEC REZ ;COUNT REZ DOWN ON ONES	Zeiger auf Impulswechsel -1	decrement ?? start bit check flag
.,F999 38 SEC	RAD5 SEC ;CALC ACTUAL VALUE FOR COMPARE STORE	Carry für Subtraktion setzen
.,F99A E9 13 SBC #$13	SBC #19	Anfangswert ($13) und
.,F99C E5 B1 SBC $B1	SBC TEMP ;SUBTRACT INPUT VALUE FROM CONSTANT...	vergangene Zeit subtrahieren	subtract tape timing constant max byte
.,F99E 65 92 ADC $92	ADC SVXT ;...ADD DIFFERENCE TO TEMP STORAGE...	und mit Flag für Timing Korrektur addieren	add timing constant for tape
.,F9A0 85 92 STA $92	STA SVXT ;...USED LATER TO ADJUST SOFT SERVO	Ergebnis dort speichern	save timing constant for tape
.,F9A2 A5 A4 LDA $A4	LDA FIRT ;FLIP DIPOLE FLAG	Flag für Empfang beider	get tape bit cycle phase
.,F9A4 49 01 EOR #$01	EOR #1	Impulse invertieren
.,F9A6 85 A4 STA $A4	STA FIRT	und abspeichern	save tape bit cycle phase
.,F9A8 F0 2B BEQ $F9D5	BEQ RAD3 ;SECOND HALF OF DIPOLE	verzweige wenn beide Impulse empfangen
.,F9AA 86 D7 STX $D7	STX DATA ;FIRST HALF SO STORE ITS VALUE	empfangenes Signal speichern
.,F9AC A5 B4 LDA $B4	RDBK LDA SNSW1 ;IF NO BYTE START...	Flag für Timer A laden	get the bit count
.,F9AE F0 22 BEQ $F9D2	BEQ RADBK ;...THEN RETURN	verzweige wenn Timer gesperrt	if all done go ??
.,F9B0 AD A3 02 LDA $02A3	LDA KIKA26 ;CHECK TO SEE IF TIMER1 IRQD US...	ICR in Akku	read VIA 1 ICR shadow copy
.,F9B3 29 01 AND #$01	AND #$01	Bit 0 isolieren	mask 0000 000x, timer A interrupt enabled
.,F9B5 D0 05 BNE $F9BC	BNE RADKX ;...YES	verzweige wenn Interrupt von Timer A	if timer A is enabled go ??
.,F9B7 AD A4 02 LDA $02A4	LDA STUPID ;CHECK FOR OLD T1IRQ	Timer A abgelaufen	read VIA 1 CRA shadow copy
.,F9BA D0 16 BNE $F9D2	BNE RADBK ;NO...SO EXIT ;	nein, dann zum Interruptende	if ?? just exit
.,F9BC A9 00 LDA #$00	RADKX LDA #0 ;...YES, SET DIPOLE FLAG FOR FIRST HALF	Impulszähler	clear A
.,F9BE 85 A4 STA $A4	STA FIRT	löschen und	clear the tape bit cycle phase
.,F9C0 8D A4 02 STA $02A4	STA STUPID ;SET T1IRQ FLAG	Zeiger auf Timeout setzen	save VIA 1 CRA shadow copy
.,F9C3 A5 A3 LDA $A3	LDA PCNTR ;CHECK WHERE WE ARE IN BYTE...	prüfe ob Byte vollständig gelesen	get EOI flag byte
.,F9C5 10 30 BPL $F9F7	BPL RAD4 ;...DOING DATA	verzweige falls nein
.,F9C7 30 BF BMI $F988	BMI JRAD2 ;...PROCESS PARITY	unbedingter Sprung
.,F9C9 A2 A6 LDX #$A6	RADP LDX #166 ;SET UP FOR LONGLONG TIMEOUT	Initialisierungswert für Timer A	set timimg max byte
.,F9CB 20 E2 F8 JSR $F8E2	JSR STT1	Band zum Lesen vorbereiten	set timing
.,F9CE A5 9B LDA $9B	LDA PRTY ;IF PARITY NOT EVEN...	Paritätsbyte in Akku
.,F9D0 D0 B9 BNE $F98B	BNE SRER ;...THEN GO SET ERROR	verzweige falls parit. Fehler
.,F9D2 4C BC FE JMP $FEBC	RADBK JMP PREND ;GO RESTORE REGS AND RTI	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt
.,F9D5 A5 92 LDA $92	RAD3 LDA SVXT ;ADJUST THE SOFTWARE SERVO (CMP0)	Timing Korrekturzeiger laden	get timing constant for tape
.,F9D7 F0 07 BEQ $F9E0	BEQ ROUT1 ;NO ADJUST	verzweige wenn Flag gelöscht
.,F9D9 30 03 BMI $F9DE	BMI ROUT2 ;ADJUST FOR MORE BASE TIME	verzweige wenn kleiner Null
.,F9DB C6 B0 DEC $B0	DEC CMP0 ;ADJUST FOR LESS BASE TIME	Timing Konstante -1	decrement tape timing constant min byte
.:F9DD 2C .BYTE $2C	.BYT $2C ;SKIP TWO BYTES	Skip zu $F9E0	makes next line BIT $B0E6
.,F9DE E6 B0 INC $B0	ROUT2 INC CMP0	Timing Konstante +1	increment tape timing constant min byte
.,F9E0 A9 00 LDA #$00	ROUT1 LDA #0 ;CLEAR DIFFERENCE VALUE	Timing
.,F9E2 85 92 STA $92	STA SVXT ;CHECK FOR CONSECUTIVE LIKE VALUES IN DIPOLE...	Korrekturzeiger löschen	clear timing constant for tape
.,F9E4 E4 D7 CPX $D7	CPX DATA	Vergleiche empfangenen Impuls mit vorherigem
.,F9E6 D0 0F BNE $F9F7	BNE RAD4 ;...NO, GO PROCESS INFO	verzweige falls ungleich
.,F9E8 8A TXA	TXA ;...YES SO CHECK THE VALUES...	Prüfe ob kurzer Impuls empfangen
.,F9E9 D0 A0 BNE $F98B	BNE SRER ;IF THEY WERE ONES THEN ERROR ; CONSECUTIVE ZEROS	falls nein, verzweige
.,F9EB A5 A9 LDA $A9	LDA REZ ;...CHECK HOW MANY ZEROS HAVE HAPPENED	Impulswechselzeiger laden	get start bit check flag
.,F9ED 30 BD BMI $F9AC	BMI RDBK ;...IF MANY DON'T CHECK	verzweige wenn negativ
.,F9EF C9 10 CMP #$10	CMP #16 ;... DO WE HAVE 16 YET?...	vergleiche mit $10
.,F9F1 90 B9 BCC $F9AC	BCC RDBK ;....NO SO CONTINUE	verzweige wenn kleiner $10
.,F9F3 85 96 STA $96	STA SYNO ;....YES SO FLAG SYNO (BETWEEN BLOCKS)	sonst EOB Flag empfangen	save cassette block synchronization number
.,F9F5 B0 B5 BCS $F9AC	BCS RDBK ;JMP	unbedingter Sprung
.,F9F7 8A TXA	RAD4 TXA ;MOVE READ DATA TO .A	Empfangenes Bit in Akku
.,F9F8 45 9B EOR $9B	EOR PRTY ;CALCULATE PARITY	mit Band-Parität verknüpfen
.,F9FA 85 9B STA $9B	STA PRTY	in Band-Parität speichern
.,F9FC A5 B4 LDA $B4	LDA SNSW1 ;REAL DATA?...	Flag für Timer A laden
.,F9FE F0 D2 BEQ $F9D2	BEQ RADBK ;...NO SO FORGET BY EXITING	verzweige wenn nicht frei ge- geben
.,FA00 C6 A3 DEC $A3	DEC PCNTR ;DEC BIT COUNT	Speicher für Bitzähler -1	decrement EOI flag byte
.,FA02 30 C5 BMI $F9C9	BMI RADP ;IF MINUS THEN TIME FOR PARITY	verzweige wenn Paritätsbit empfangen
.,FA04 46 D7 LSR $D7	LSR DATA ;SHIFT BIT FROM DATA...	gelesenes Bit ins Carry und
.,FA06 66 BF ROR $BF	ROR MYCH ;...INTO BYTE STORAGE (MYCH) BUFFER	dann in $BF rollen	parity count
.,FA08 A2 DA LDX #$DA	LDX #218 ;SET UP FOR NEXT DIPOLE	Initialisierungswert für Timer A ins X-Register	set timimg max byte
.,FA0A 20 E2 F8 JSR $F8E2	JSR STT1	zur Kassettensynchronisation	set timing
.,FA0D 4C BC FE JMP $FEBC	JMP PREND ;RESTORE REGS AND RTI ; RAD2 - LONGLONG HANDLER (COULD BE A LONG ONE)	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FA10 A5 96 LDA $96	RAD2 LDA SYNO ;HAVE WE GOTTEN BLOCK SYNC...	Prüfe ob EOB empfangen	get cassette block synchronization number
.,FA12 F0 04 BEQ $FA18	BEQ RAD2Y ;...NO	falls nein, verzweige
.,FA14 A5 B4 LDA $B4	LDA SNSW1 ;CHECK IF WE'VE HAD A REAL BYTE START...	Prüfe ob Timer A freige.
.,FA16 F0 07 BEQ $FA1F	BEQ RAD2X ;...NO	wenn nein, überspringe Bit Zähler Test
.,FA18 A5 A3 LDA $A3	RAD2Y LDA PCNTR ;ARE WE AT END OF BYTE...	Bitzähler laden	get EOI flag byte
.,FA1A 30 03 BMI $FA1F	BMI RAD2X ;YES...GO ADJUST FOR LONGLONG	verzweige falls negatv
.,FA1C 4C 97 F9 JMP $F997	JMP RADL ;...NO SO TREAT IT AS A LONG ONE READ	langen Impuls verarbeiten
.,FA1F 46 B1 LSR $B1	RAD2X LSR TEMP ;ADJUST TIMEOUT FOR...	vergangene Zeit seit letztem Flangen halbieren	shift tape timing constant max byte
.,FA21 A9 93 LDA #$93	LDA #147 ;...LONGLONG PULSE VALUE	und diesen Wert
.,FA23 38 SEC	SEC	von $93
.,FA24 E5 B1 SBC $B1	SBC TEMP	abziehen	subtract tape timing constant max byte
.,FA26 65 B0 ADC $B0	ADC CMP0	dazu dann Timing-Konstante addieren	add tape timing constant min byte
.,FA28 0A ASL	ASL A	und Ergebnis verdoppeln
.,FA29 AA TAX	TAX ;AND SET TIMEOUT FOR LAST BIT	Ergebnis ins X-Register	copy timimg high byte
.,FA2A 20 E2 F8 JSR $F8E2	JSR STT1	Timing initialisieren	set timing
.,FA2D E6 9C INC $9C	INC DPSW ;SET BIT THROW AWAY FLAG	Flag für Byte empfangen setzen
.,FA2F A5 B4 LDA $B4	LDA SNSW1 ;IF BYTE SYNCRONIZED....	Flag für Timer A laden
.,FA31 D0 11 BNE $FA44	BNE RADQ2 ;...THEN SKIP TO PASS CHAR	verzweige falls freigegeben
.,FA33 A5 96 LDA $96	LDA SYNO ;THROWS OUT DATA UNTILL BLOCK SYNC...	wurde EOB emfangen ?	get cassette block synchronization number
.,FA35 F0 26 BEQ $FA5D	BEQ RDBK2 ;...NO BLOCK SYNC	verzweige wenn nicht empfangen
.,FA37 85 A8 STA $A8	STA RER ;FLAG DATA AS ERROR	Flag für Lesefehler setzen	save receiver bit count in
.,FA39 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;KILL 16 SYNC FLAG	Flag für	clear A
.,FA3B 85 96 STA $96	STA SYNO	EOB rücksetzen	clear cassette block synchronization number
.,FA3D A9 81 LDA #$81	LDA #$81 ;SET UP FOR TIMER1 INTERRUPTS	Interrupt für	enable timer A interrupt
.,FA3F 8D 0D DC STA $DC0D	STA D1ICR	Timer A freigeben	save VIA 1 ICR
.,FA42 85 B4 STA $B4	STA SNSW1 ;FLAG THAT WE HAVE BYTE SYNCRONIZED ;	und Flag für Timer A setzen
.,FA44 A5 96 LDA $96	RADQ2 LDA SYNO ;SAVE SYNO STATUS	Flag für EOB laden	get cassette block synchronization number
.,FA46 85 B5 STA $B5	STA DIFF	und nach $B5 kopieren
.,FA48 F0 09 BEQ $FA53	BEQ RADK ;NO BLOCK SYNC, NO BYTE LOOKING	verzweige wenn kein EOB
.,FA4A A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;TURN OFF BYTE SYNC SWITCH	Flag für Timer A
.,FA4C 85 B4 STA $B4	STA SNSW1	löschen und auch
.,FA4E A9 01 LDA #$01	LDA #$01 ;DISABLE TIMER1 INTERRUPTS	Interruptflag	disable timer A interrupt
.,FA50 8D 0D DC STA $DC0D	STA D1ICR	wieder löschen	save VIA 1 ICR
.,FA53 A5 BF LDA $BF	RADK LDA MYCH ;PASS CHARACTER TO BYTE ROUTINE	Shift Register für Read laden	parity count
.,FA55 85 BD STA $BD	STA OCHAR	und nach $BD bringen	save RS232 parity byte
.,FA57 A5 A8 LDA $A8	LDA RER ;COMBINE ERROR VALUES WITH ZERO COUNT...	Flag für Lesefehler laden	get receiver bit count in
.,FA59 05 A9 ORA $A9	ORA REZ	mit Impulswechselzeiger	OR with start bit check flag
.,FA5B 85 B6 STA $B6	STA PRP ;...AND SAVE IN PRP	verknüpfen und in Fehlercode des Bytes ablegen
.,FA5D 4C BC FE JMP $FEBC	RDBK2 JMP PREND ;GO BACK AND GET LAST BYTE	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt # store character			receive next byte from cassette
.,FA60 20 97 FB JSR $FB97	RADJ JSR NEWCH ;FINISH BYTE, CLR FLAGS	Bitzähler für serielle Ausgabe setzen	new tape byte setup
.,FA63 85 9C STA $9C	STA DPSW ;CLEAR BIT THROW AWAY FLAG	Zeiger auf Byte empfangen rücksetzen	clear byte received flag
.,FA65 A2 DA LDX #$DA	LDX #218 ;INITILIZE FOR NEXT DIPOLE	Initialisierungswert Timer A	set timimg max byte
.,FA67 20 E2 F8 JSR $F8E2	JSR STT1	Kassettensynchronisation	set timing
.,FA6A A5 BE LDA $BE	LDA FSBLK ;CHECK FOR LAST VALUE	Anzahl der verbliebenen Blöcke laden	get copies count
.,FA6C F0 02 BEQ $FA70	BEQ RD15	verzweige wenn Null
.,FA6E 85 A7 STA $A7	STA SHCNL ;************************************************* ;* BYTE HANDLER OF CASSETTE READ * ;* * ;* THIS PORTION OF IN LINE CODE IS PASSED THE * ;* BYTE ASSEMBLED FROM READING TAPE IN OCHAR. * ;* RER IS SET IF THE BYTE READ IS IN ERROR. * ;* REZ IS SET IF THE INTERRUPT PROGRAM IS READING* ;* ZEROS. RDFLG TELLS US WHAT WE ARE DOING. * ;* BIT 7 SAYS TO IGNORE BYTES UNTIL REZ IS SET * ;* BIT 6 SAYS TO LOAD THE BYTE. OTHERWISE RDFLG * ;* IS A COUNTDOWN AFTER SYNC. IF VERCK IS SET * ;* WE DO A COMPARE INSTEAD OF A STORE AND SET * ;* STATUS. FSBLK COUNTS THE TWO BLOCKS. PTR1 IS * ;* INDEX TO ERROR TABLE FOR PASS1. PTR2 IS INDEX* ;* TO CORRECTION TABLE FOR PASS2. * ;************************************************* ; SPERR=16 CKERR=32 SBERR=4 LBERR=8 ;	Blockanzahl neu setzen	save receiver input bit temporary storage
.,FA70 A9 0F LDA #$0F	RD15 LDA #$F ;	Maskenwert für Zählung vor dem Lesen
.,FA72 24 AA BIT $AA	BIT RDFLG ;TEST FUNCTION MODE	Prüfe Zeiger für Lesen von Band
.,FA74 10 17 BPL $FA8D	BPL RD20 ;NOT WAITING FOR ZEROS ;	verzweige wenn alle Zeichen empfangen (Ende)
.,FA76 A5 B5 LDA $B5	LDA DIFF ;ZEROS YET?	Flag für EOB laden
.,FA78 D0 0C BNE $FA86	BNE RD12 ;YES...WAIT FOR SYNC	verzweige wenn gültiges EOB empfangen
.,FA7A A6 BE LDX $BE	LDX FSBLK ;IS PASS OVER?	Anzahl der verbliebenen Blöcke laden	get copies count
.,FA7C CA DEX	DEX ;...IF FSBLK ZERO THEN NO ERROR (FIRST GOOD)	Anzahl -1
.,FA7D D0 0B BNE $FA8A	BNE RD10 ;NO... ;	verzweige wenn nicht Null	if ?? restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FA7F A9 08 LDA #$08	LDA #LBERR	'LONG BLOCK' error	set short block
.,FA81 20 1C FE JSR $FE1C	JSR UDST ;YES...LONG BLOCK ERROR	Status setzen	OR into serial status byte
.,FA84 D0 04 BNE $FA8A	BNE RD10 ;BRANCH ALWAYS ;	unbedingter Sprung zum normalen IRQ	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always
.,FA86 A9 00 LDA #$00	RD12 LDA #0	Flag für Lesen vom Band auf
.,FA88 85 AA STA $AA	STA RDFLG ;NEW MODE IS WAIT FOR SYNC	Abtastung setzen
.,FA8A 4C BC FE JMP $FEBC	RD10 JMP PREND ;EXIT...DONE ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FA8D 70 31 BVS $FAC0	RD20 BVS RD60 ;WE ARE LOADING	verzweige wenn Bandzeiger auf lesen
.,FA8F D0 18 BNE $FAA9	BNE RD200 ;WE ARE SYNCING ;	verzweige wenn Bandzeiger auf Zählen
.,FA91 A5 B5 LDA $B5	LDA DIFF ;DO WE HAVE BLOCK SYNC...	Flag für EOB laden
.,FA93 D0 F5 BNE $FA8A	BNE RD10 ;...YES, EXIT	verzweige wenn EOB empfangen
.,FA95 A5 B6 LDA $B6	LDA PRP ;IF FIRST BYTE HAS ERROR...	Flag für Lesefehler laden
.,FA97 D0 F1 BNE $FA8A	BNE RD10 ;...THEN SKIP (EXIT)	verzweige falls Fehler aufgetreten
.,FA99 A5 A7 LDA $A7	LDA SHCNL ;MOVE FSBLK TO CARRY...	Anzahl der noch zu lesenden Blöcke holen	get receiver input bit temporary storage
.,FA9B 4A LSR	LSR A	Bit 0 ins Carry schieben
.,FA9C A5 BD LDA $BD	LDA OCHAR ; SHOULD BE A HEADER COUNT CHAR	hole gelesenes Byte	get RS232 parity byte
.,FA9E 30 03 BMI $FAA3	BMI RD22 ;IF NEG THEN FIRSTBLOCK DATA	verzweige wenn es Zählbyte ist
.,FAA0 90 18 BCC $FABA	BCC RD40 ;...EXPECTING FIRSTBLOCK DATA...YES	verzweige wenn mehr als ein Block zu lesen
.,FAA2 18 CLC	CLC	lösche Carry um nicht zu verzweigen
.,FAA3 B0 15 BCS $FABA	RD22 BCS RD40 ;EXPECTING SECOND BLOCK?...YES	verzweige falls nur ein Block zu lesen
.,FAA5 29 0F AND #$0F	AND #$F ;MASK OFF HIGH STORE HEADER COUNT...	Bits 0 bis 3 isolieren
.,FAA7 85 AA STA $AA	STA RDFLG ;...IN MODE FLAG (HAVE CORRECT BLOCK)	und für Zählung speichern
.,FAA9 C6 AA DEC $AA	RD200 DEC RDFLG ;WAIT UNTILL WE GET REAL DATA...	alle Synchrrnisationsbytes empfangen
.,FAAB D0 DD BNE $FA8A	BNE RD10 ;...9876543210 REAL	wenn nein verzweige
.,FAAD A9 40 LDA #$40	LDA #$40 ;NEXT UP IS REAL DATA...	Bandzeiger auf
.,FAAF 85 AA STA $AA	STA RDFLG ;...SET DATA MODE	lesen stellen
.,FAB1 20 8E FB JSR $FB8E	JSR RD300 ;GO SETUP ADDRESS POINTERS	Ein/Ausgabe Adresse kopieren	copy I/O start address to buffer address
.,FAB4 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;DEBUG CODE##################################################	Flag für
.,FAB6 85 AB STA $AB	STA SHCNH	Leseprüfsumme löschen
.,FAB8 F0 D0 BEQ $FA8A	BEQ RD10 ;JMP TO CONTINUE	unbedingter Sprung
.,FABA A9 80 LDA #$80	RD40 LDA #$80 ;WE WANT TO...	Bandzeiger
.,FABC 85 AA STA $AA	STA RDFLG ;IGNORE BYTES MODE	auf Ende stellen
.,FABE D0 CA BNE $FA8A	BNE RD10 ;JMP	unbedingter Sprung	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always
.,FAC0 A5 B5 LDA $B5	RD60 LDA DIFF ;CHECK FOR END OF BLOCK...	Flag für EOB laden
.,FAC2 F0 0A BEQ $FACE	BEQ RD70 ;...OKAY ;	verzweige wenn nicht gesetzt
.,FAC4 A9 04 LDA #$04	LDA #SBERR ;SHORT BLOCK ERROR	'SHORT BLOCK’ error
.,FAC6 20 1C FE JSR $FE1C	JSR UDST	Status setzen	OR into serial status byte
.,FAC9 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;FORCE RDFLG FOR AN END	Code für Lesezeiger auf "Abtasten"
.,FACB 4C 4A FB JMP $FB4A	JMP RD161	setzen, unbedingter Sprung
.,FACE 20 D1 FC JSR $FCD1	RD70 JSR CMPSTE ;CHECK FOR END OF STORAGE AREA	Endadresse schon erreicht ?	check read/write pointer, return Cb = 1 if pointer >= end
.,FAD1 90 03 BCC $FAD6	BCC *+5 ;NOT DONE YET	nein dann verzweige
.,FAD3 4C 48 FB JMP $FB48	JMP RD160	zu Read Ende für Block
.,FAD6 A6 A7 LDX $A7	LDX SHCNL ;CHECK WHICH PASS...	nur noch	get receiver input bit temporary storage
.,FAD8 CA DEX	DEX	ein Block zu lesen
.,FAD9 F0 2D BEQ $FB08	BEQ RD58 ;...SECOND PASS	verzweige wenn ja (Pass 2)
.,FADB A5 93 LDA $93	LDA VERCK ;CHECK IF LOAD OR VERIFY...	Load/Verify-Flag	get load/verify flag
.,FADD F0 0C BEQ $FAEB	BEQ RD80 ;...LOADING	verzweige wenn Load	if load go ??
.,FADF A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0 ;...JUST VERIFYING	Zähler auf Null setzen	clear index
.,FAE1 A5 BD LDA $BD	LDA OCHAR	gelesenes Byte	get RS232 parity byte
.,FAE3 D1 AC CMP ($AC),Y	CMP (SAL)Y ;COMPARE WITH DATA IN PET	vergleichen
.,FAE5 F0 04 BEQ $FAEB	BEQ RD80 ;...GOOD SO CONTINUE	verzweige wenn Übereinstim- mung
.,FAE7 A9 01 LDA #$01	LDA #1 ;...BAD SO FLAG...	Fehlerflag
.,FAE9 85 B6 STA $B6	STA PRP ;...AS AN ERROR ; STORE BAD LOCATIONS FOR SECOND PASS RE-TRY	setzen
.,FAEB A5 B6 LDA $B6	RD80 LDA PRP ;CHK FOR ERRORS...	Fehlerflag laden
.,FAED F0 4B BEQ $FB3A	BEQ RD59 ;...NO ERRORS	verzweige wenn kein Fehler aufgetreten
.,FAEF A2 3D LDX #$3D	LDX #61 ;MAX ALLOWED IS 30	bereits 31 Fehler
.,FAF1 E4 9E CPX $9E	CPX PTR1 ;ARE WE AT MAX?...	aufgetreten
.,FAF3 90 3E BCC $FB33	BCC RD55 ;...YES, FLAG AS SECOND PASS ERROR	verzweige wenn weniger Fehler
.,FAF5 A6 9E LDX $9E	LDX PTR1 ;GET INDEX INTO BAD...	Index für Lesefehler
.,FAF7 A5 AD LDA $AD	LDA SAH ;...AND STORE THE BAD LOCATION	laufender Adressbyte HIGH
.,FAF9 9D 01 01 STA $0101,X	STA BAD+1,X ;...IN BAD TABLE	im Stack speichern
.,FAFC A5 AC LDA $AC	LDA SAL	Adressbyte LOW
.,FAFE 9D 00 01 STA $0100,X	STA BAD,X	für spätere Korrektur ebenfalls im Stack speichern
.,FB01 E8 INX	INX ;ADVANCE POINTER TO NEXT	Zeiger auf nachfolgende
.,FB02 E8 INX	INX	freie Stelle setzen
.,FB03 86 9E STX $9E	STX PTR1	und abspeichern
.,FB05 4C 3A FB JMP $FB3A	JMP RD59 ;GO STORE CHARACTER ; CHECK BAD TABLE FOR RE-TRY (SECOND PASS)	weitermachen
.,FB08 A6 9F LDX $9F	RD58 LDX PTR2 ;HAVE WE DONE ALL IN THE TABLE?...	bereits alle Lesefehler
.,FB0A E4 9E CPX $9E	CPX PTR1	korrigiert ?
.,FB0C F0 35 BEQ $FB43	BEQ RD90 ;...YES	verzweige falls ja
.,FB0E A5 AC LDA $AC	LDA SAL ;SEE IF THIS IS NEXT IN THE TABLE...	Adressbyte LOW laden
.,FB10 DD 00 01 CMP $0100,X	CMP BAD,X	mit fehlerhaftem Adressbyte LOW vergleichen
.,FB13 D0 2E BNE $FB43	BNE RD90 ;...NO	verzweige falls nicht gefunden
.,FB15 A5 AD LDA $AD	LDA SAH	Adressbyte HIGH laden
.,FB17 DD 01 01 CMP $0101,X	CMP BAD+1,X	mit fehlerhaftem Adressbyte HIGH vergleichen
.,FB1A D0 27 BNE $FB43	BNE RD90 ;...NO	verzweige wenn nicht gefunden
.,FB1C E6 9F INC $9F	INC PTR2 ;WE FOUND NEXT ONE, SO ADVANCE POINTER	Korrekturzähler
.,FB1E E6 9F INC $9F	INC PTR2	Pass 2 um zwei erhöhen
.,FB20 A5 93 LDA $93	LDA VERCK ;DOING A LOAD OR VERIFY?...	Verify-Flag gesetzt	get load/verify flag
.,FB22 F0 0B BEQ $FB2F	BEQ RD52 ;...LOADING	verzweige wenn nicht gesetzt	if load ??
.,FB24 A5 BD LDA $BD	LDA OCHAR ;...VERIFYING, SO CHECK	gelesenes Byte laden	get RS232 parity byte
.,FB26 A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0	Zähler auf Null setzen
.,FB28 D1 AC CMP ($AC),Y	CMP (SAL)Y	mit Speicherinhalt verglei- chen
.,FB2A F0 17 BEQ $FB43	BEQ RD90 ;...OKAY	verzweige wenn gleich, dann nächstes Byte
.,FB2C C8 INY	INY ;MAKE .Y= 1	Flag für
.,FB2D 84 B6 STY $B6	STY PRP ;FLAG IT AS AN ERROR	Fehler setzen
.,FB2F A5 B6 LDA $B6	RD52 LDA PRP ;A SECOND PASS ERROR?...	Fehlerflag testen
.,FB31 F0 07 BEQ $FB3A	BEQ RD59 ;...NO ;SECOND PASS ERR	verzweige wenn kein Fehler
.,FB33 A9 10 LDA #$10	RD55 LDA #SPERR	'SECOND PASS' error
.,FB35 20 1C FE JSR $FE1C	JSR UDST	Status setzen	OR into serial status byte
.,FB38 D0 09 BNE $FB43	BNE RD90 ;JMP	und nächstes Byte verarbeiten
.,FB3A A5 93 LDA $93	RD59 LDA VERCK ;LOAD OR VERIFY?...	Verify-Flag laden	get load/verify flag
.,FB3C D0 05 BNE $FB43	BNE RD90 ;...VERIFY, DON'T STORE	verzweige wenn gesetzt	if verify go ??
.,FB3E A8 TAY	TAY ;MAKE Y ZERO	Zeiger löschen
.,FB3F A5 BD LDA $BD	LDA OCHAR	gelesenes Byte	get RS232 parity byte
.,FB41 91 AC STA ($AC),Y	STA (SAL)Y ;STORE CHARACTER	speichern
.,FB43 20 DB FC JSR $FCDB	RD90 JSR INCSAL ;INCREMENT ADDR.	Adresszeiger erhöhen	increment read/write pointer
.,FB46 D0 43 BNE $FB8B	BNE RD180 ;BRANCH ALWAYS	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always
.,FB48 A9 80 LDA #$80	RD160 LDA #$80 ;SET MODE SKIP NEXT DATA	Flag für Lesen
.,FB4A 85 AA STA $AA	RD161 STA RDFLG ; ; MODIFY FOR C64 6526'S ;	auf Ende
.,FB4C 78 SEI	SEI ;PROTECT CLEARING OF T1 INFORMATION	Interrupt verhindern
.,FB4D A2 01 LDX #$01	LDX #$01	IRQ vom	disable timer A interrupt
.,FB4F 8E 0D DC STX $DC0D	STX D1ICR ;CLEAR T1 ENABLE...	Timer A verhindern	save VIA 1 ICR
.,FB52 AE 0D DC LDX $DC0D	LDX D1ICR ;CLEAR THE INTERRUPT	IRQ-Flag löschen	read VIA 1 ICR
.,FB55 A6 BE LDX $BE	LDX FSBLK ;DEC FSBLK FOR NEXT PASS...	Pass-Zähler	get copies count
.,FB57 CA DEX	DEX	erniedrigen
.,FB58 30 02 BMI $FB5C	BMI RD167 ;WE ARE DONE...FSBLK=0	verzweige wenn Null gewesen
.,FB5A 86 BE STX $BE	STX FSBLK ;...ELSE FSBLK=NEXT	Passzähler merken	save copies count
.,FB5C C6 A7 DEC $A7	RD167 DEC SHCNL ;DEC PASS CALC...	Blockzähler vermindern	decrement receiver input bit temporary storage
.,FB5E F0 08 BEQ $FB68	BEQ RD175 ;...ALL DONE	verzweige wenn Null
.,FB60 A5 9E LDA $9E	LDA PTR1 ;CHECK FOR FIRST PASS ERRORS...	Fehler in Pass 1 aufgetre- ten ?
.,FB62 D0 27 BNE $FB8B	BNE RD180 ;...YES SO CONTINUE	ja, Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if ?? restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FB64 85 BE STA $BE	STA FSBLK ;CLEAR FSBLK IF NO ERRORS...	kein Block mehr zu verarbei- ten	save copies count
.,FB66 F0 23 BEQ $FB8B	BEQ RD180 ;JMP TO EXIT	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always
.,FB68 20 93 FC JSR $FC93	RD175 JSR TNIF ;READ IT ALL...EXIT	ein Pass beendet	restore everything for STOP
.,FB6B 20 8E FB JSR $FB8E	JSR RD300 ;RESTORE SAL & SAH	Adresse wieder auf Programm- anfang	copy I/O start address to buffer address
.,FB6E A0 00 LDY #$00	LDY #0 ;SET SHCNH TO ZERO...	Zähler auf Null setzen	clear index
.,FB70 84 AB STY $AB	STY SHCNH ;...USED TO CALC PARITY BYTE ; ;COMPUTE PARITY OVER LOAD ;	Checksumme löschen	clear checksum
.,FB72 B1 AC LDA ($AC),Y	VPRTY LDA (SAL)Y ;CALC BLOCK BCC	Programm	get byte from buffer
.,FB74 45 AB EOR $AB	EOR SHCNH	Checksumme berechnen	XOR with checksum
.,FB76 85 AB STA $AB	STA SHCNH	und speichern	save new checksum
.,FB78 20 DB FC JSR $FCDB	JSR INCSAL ;INCREMENT ADDRESS	Adresszeiger erhöhen	increment read/write pointer
.,FB7B 20 D1 FC JSR $FCD1	JSR CMPSTE ;TEST AGAINST END	Endadresse schon erreicht ?	check read/write pointer, return Cb = 1 if pointer >= end
.,FB7E 90 F2 BCC $FB72	BCC VPRTY ;NOT DONE YET...	nein, weiter vergleichen	loop if not at end
.,FB80 A5 AB LDA $AB	LDA SHCNH ;CHECK FOR BCC CHAR MATCH...	berechnete Checksumme	get computed checksum
.,FB82 45 BD EOR $BD	EOR OCHAR	mit Checksumme vom Band vergleichen	compare with stored checksum ??
.,FB84 F0 05 BEQ $FB8B	BEQ RD180 ;...YES, EXIT ;CHKSUM ERROR	Checksumme gleich , dann ok	if checksum ok restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FB86 A9 20 LDA #$20	LDA #CKERR	'CHECKSUM' error	else set checksum error
.,FB88 20 1C FE JSR $FE1C	JSR UDST	Status setzen	OR into the serial status byte
.,FB8B 4C BC FE JMP $FEBC	RD180 JMP PREND	Rückkehr vom Interrupt laufenden Zeiger auf Programmstart	restore registers and exit interrupt copy I/O start address to buffer address			move save/load address into $AC/$AD
.,FB8E A5 C2 LDA $C2	RD300 LDA STAH ; RESTORE STARTING ADDRESS...	Startadresse	get I/O start address high byte
.,FB90 85 AD STA $AD	STA SAH ;...POINTERS (SAH & SAL)	$C1/$C2	set buffer address high byte
.,FB92 A5 C1 LDA $C1	LDA STAL	nach $AC/$AD	get I/O start address low byte
.,FB94 85 AC STA $AC	STA SAL	speichern	set buffer address low byte
.,FB96 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung Bitzähler für serielle Ausgabe setzen	new tape byte setup			initalise cassette read/write variables
.,FB97 A9 08 LDA #$08	NEWCH LDA #8 ;SET UP FOR 8 BITS+PARITY	Zähler für 8 Bits	eight bits to do
.,FB99 85 A3 STA $A3	STA PCNTR	Nach $A3	set bit count
.,FB9B A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #0 ;INITILIZE...	Akku mit $00 laden	clear A
.,FB9D 85 A4 STA $A4	STA FIRT ;..DIPOLE COUNTER	Bit-Impuls-Flag löschen	clear tape bit cycle phase
.,FB9F 85 A8 STA $A8	STA RER ;..ERROR FLAG	Lesefehler Byte löschen	clear start bit first cycle done flag
.,FBA1 85 9B STA $9B	STA PRTY ;..PARITY BIT	Parity-Bit löschen	clear byte parity
.,FBA3 85 A9 STA $A9	STA REZ ;..ZERO COUNT	Impulswechsel-Flag löschen	clear start bit check flag, set no start bit yet
.,FBA5 60 RTS	RTS ;.A=0 ON RETURN .END .LIB WRITE ; CASSETTE INFO - FSBLK IS BLOCK COUNTER FOR RECORD ; FSBLK = 2 -FIRST HEADER ; = 1 -FIRST DATA ; = 0 -SECOND DATA ; ; WRITE - TOGGLE WRITE BIT ACCORDING TO LSB IN OCHAR ;	Rücksprung Ein Bit auf Band schreiben	send lsb from tape write byte to tape this routine tests the least significant bit in the tape write byte and sets VIA 2 T2 depending on the state of the bit. if the bit is a 1 a time of $00B0 cycles is set, if the bot is a 0 a time of $0060 cycles is set. note that this routine does not shift the bits of the tape write byte but uses a copy of that byte, the byte itself is shifted elsewhere			schedule CIA1 timer B and invert casette write line
.,FBA6 A5 BD LDA $BD	WRITE LDA OCHAR ;SHIFT BIT TO WRITE INTO CARRY	Bit in $BD	get tape write byte
.,FBA8 4A LSR	LSR A	Bit 0 in Carry	shift lsb into Cb
.,FBA9 A9 60 LDA #$60	LDA #96 ;...C CLR WRITE SHORT	Zeit für '0' Bit	set time constant low byte for bit = 0
.,FBAB 90 02 BCC $FBAF	BCC WRT1	verzweige falls Carry=0	branch if bit was 0 set time constant for bit = 1 and toggle tape
.,FBAD A9 B0 LDA #$B0	WRTW LDA #176 ;...C SET WRITE LONG	Zeit für '1' Bit	set time constant low byte for bit = 1 write time constant and toggle tape
.,FBAF A2 00 LDX #$00	WRT1 LDX #0 ;SET AND STORE TIME	HIGH-Byte Timerwert laden	set time constant high byte write time constant and toggle tape
.,FBB1 8D 06 DC STA $DC06	WRTX STA D1T2L	Timer B LOW	save VIA 1 timer B low byte
.,FBB4 8E 07 DC STX $DC07	STX D1T2H	Timer B HIGH	save VIA 1 timer B high byte
.,FBB7 AD 0D DC LDA $DC0D	LDA D1ICR ;CLEAR IRQ	Interrupt-Flag löschen	read VIA 1 ICR
.,FBBA A9 19 LDA #$19	LDA #$19 ;ENABLE TIMER (ONE-SHOT)	Timer	load timer B, timer B single shot, start timer B
.,FBBC 8D 0F DC STA $DC0F	STA D1CRB	B starten	save VIA 1 CRB
.,FBBF A5 01 LDA $01	LDA R6510 ;TOGGLE WRITE BIT	Tape-Write-Bit laden	read the 6510 I/O port
.,FBC1 49 08 EOR #$08	EOR #$08	Ausgabe-Bit für Band invertieren	toggle tape out bit
.,FBC3 85 01 STA $01	STA R6510	und speichern	save the 6510 I/O port
.,FBC5 29 08 AND #$08	AND #$08 ;LEAVE ONLY WRITE BIT	augenblicklichen Pegel merken	mask tape out bit
.,FBC7 60 RTS	RTS ;		flag block done and exit interrupt			IRQ routine for cassette write B
.,FBC8 38 SEC	WRTL3 SEC ;FLAG PRP FOR END OF BLOCK	Block-Write-Flag	set carry flag
.,FBC9 66 B6 ROR $B6	ROR PRP	Negativ	set buffer address high byte negative, flag all sync, data and checksum bytes written
.,FBCB 30 3C BMI $FC09	BMI WRT3 ; JMP ; ; WRTN - CALLED AT THE END OF EACH BYTE ; TO WRITE A LONG RER REZ ; HHHHHHLLLLLLHHHLLL... ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt Interrupt-Routine für Band schreiben	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always tape write IRQ routine this is the routine that writes the bits to the tape. it is called each time VIA 2 T2 times out and checks if the start bit is done, if so checks if the data bits are done, if so it checks if the byte is done, if so it checks if the synchronisation bytes are done, if so it checks if the data bytes are done, if so it checks if the checksum byte is done, if so it checks if both the load and verify copies have been done, if so it stops the tape
.,FBCD A5 A8 LDA $A8	WRTN LDA RER ;CHECK FOR ONE LONG	falls 'Byte'-Impuls ge-	get start bit first cycle done flag
.,FBCF D0 12 BNE $FBE3	BNE WRTN1	schrieben, dann verzweige	if first cycle done go do rest of byte each byte sent starts with two half cycles of $0110 ststem clocks and the whole block ends with two more such half cycles
.,FBD1 A9 10 LDA #$10	LDA #16 ;WRITE A LONG BIT	Timer auf	set first start cycle time constant low byte
.,FBD3 A2 01 LDX #$01	LDX #1	$110 (272)	set first start cycle time constant high byte
.,FBD5 20 B1 FB JSR $FBB1	JSR WRTX	Takt auf Band schreiben	write time constant and toggle tape
.,FBD8 D0 2F BNE $FC09	BNE WRT3	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if first half cycle go restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FBDA E6 A8 INC $A8	INC RER	'1' Byte-Write-Flag setzen	set start bit first start cycle done flag
.,FBDC A5 B6 LDA $B6	LDA PRP ;IF END OF BLOCK(BIT SET BY WRTL3)...	falls Block-Write-Flag positiv, dann	get buffer address high byte
.,FBDE 10 29 BPL $FC09	BPL WRT3 ;...NO END CONTINUE	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if block not complete go restore registers and exit interrupt. the end of a block is indicated by the tape buffer high byte b7 being set to 1
.,FBE0 4C 57 FC JMP $FC57	JMP WRNC ;...END ...FINISH OFF ;	zweiten Block schreiben	else do tape routine, block complete exit continue tape byte write. the first start cycle, both half cycles of it, is complete so the routine drops straight through to here
.,FBE3 A5 A9 LDA $A9	WRTN1 LDA REZ ;CHECK FOR A ONE BIT	falls '1' Bit gesezt	get start bit check flag
.,FBE5 D0 09 BNE $FBF0	BNE WRTN2	dann verzweige	if the start bit is complete go send the byte bits after the two half cycles of $0110 ststem clocks the start bit is completed with two half cycles of $00B0 system clocks. this is the same as the first part of a 1 bit
.,FBE7 20 AD FB JSR $FBAD	JSR WRTW	'1' Bit schreiben	set time constant for bit = 1 and toggle tape
.,FBEA D0 1D BNE $FC09	BNE WRT3	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if first half cycle go restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FBEC E6 A9 INC $A9	INC REZ	'1' Bit-Flag setzen	set start bit check flag
.,FBEE D0 19 BNE $FC09	BNE WRT3 ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always continue tape byte write. the start bit, both cycles of it, is complete so the routine drops straight through to here. now the cycle pairs for each bit, and the parity bit, are sent
.,FBF0 20 A6 FB JSR $FBA6	WRTN2 JSR WRITE	Bit auf Band schreiben	send lsb from tape write byte to tape
.,FBF3 D0 14 BNE $FC09	BNE WRT3 ;ON BIT LOW EXIT	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if first half cycle go restore registers and exit interrupt else two half cycles have been done
.,FBF5 A5 A4 LDA $A4	LDA FIRT ;CHECK FOR FIRST OF DIPOLE	Bit-Impulsflag laden	get tape bit cycle phase
.,FBF7 49 01 EOR #$01	EOR #1	Bit 0 invertieren	toggle b0
.,FBF9 85 A4 STA $A4	STA FIRT	und speichern	save tape bit cycle phase
.,FBFB F0 0F BEQ $FC0C	BEQ WRT2 ;DIPOLE DONE	falls null, dann verzweige	if bit cycle phase complete go setup for next bit each bit is written as two full cycles. a 1 is sent as a full cycle of $0160 system clocks then a full cycle of $00C0 system clocks. a 0 is sent as a full cycle of $00C0 system clocks then a full cycle of $0160 system clocks. to do this each bit from the write byte is inverted during the second bit cycle phase. as the bit is inverted it is also added to the, one bit, parity count for this byte
.,FBFD A5 BD LDA $BD	LDA OCHAR ;FLIPS BIT FOR COMPLEMENTARY RIGHT	Bit-SHIFT-Register laden	get tape write byte
.,FBFF 49 01 EOR #$01	EOR #1	Bit für Ausgabe invertieren	invert bit being sent
.,FC01 85 BD STA $BD	STA OCHAR	und speichern	save tape write byte
.,FC03 29 01 AND #$01	AND #1 ;TOGGLE PARITY	Bit holen und mit	mask b0
.,FC05 45 9B EOR $9B	EOR PRTY	Parity-Bit verknüpfen	EOR with tape write byte parity bit
.,FC07 85 9B STA $9B	STA PRTY	und speichern	save tape write byte parity bit
.,FC09 4C BC FE JMP $FEBC	WRT3 JMP PREND ;RESTORE REGS AND RTI EXIT ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt the bit cycle phase is complete so shift out the just written bit and test for byte end
.,FC0C 46 BD LSR $BD	WRT2 LSR OCHAR ;MOVE TO NEXT BIT	nächstes Bit in Position 0	shift bit out of tape write byte
.,FC0E C6 A3 DEC $A3	DEC PCNTR ;DEC COUNTER FOR # OF BITS	Bitzähler erniedrigen	decrement tape write bit count
.,FC10 A5 A3 LDA $A3	LDA PCNTR ;CHECK FOR 8 BITS SENT...	und laden	get tape write bit count
.,FC12 F0 3A BEQ $FC4E	BEQ WRT4 ;...IF YES MOVE IN PARITY	nächstes Bit ausgeben	if all the data bits have been written go setup for sending the parity bit next and exit the interrupt
.,FC14 10 F3 BPL $FC09	BPL WRT3 ;...ELSE SEND REST ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if all the data bits are not yet sent just restore the registers and exit the interrupt do next tape byte the byte is complete. the start bit, data bits and parity bit have been written to the tape so setup for the next byte
.,FC16 20 97 FB JSR $FB97	WRTS JSR NEWCH ;CLEAN UP COUNTERS	Bitzähler wieder auf 8 setzen	new tape byte setup
.,FC19 58 CLI	CLI ;ALLOW FOR INTERRUPTS TO NEST	Interrupt freigeben	enable the interrupts
.,FC1A A5 A5 LDA $A5	LDA CNTDN ;ARE WE WRITING HEADER COUNTERS?...	Falls Synchronbytes geschrie- ben	get cassette synchronization character count
.,FC1C F0 12 BEQ $FC30	BEQ WRT6 ;...NO ; WRITE HEADER COUNTERS (9876543210 TO HELP WITH READ)	dann verzweige	if synchronisation characters done go do block data at the start of each block sent to tape there are a number of synchronisation bytes that count down to the actual data. the commodore tape system saves two copies of all the tape data, the first is loaded and is indicated by the synchronisation bytes having b7 set, and the second copy is indicated by the synchronisation bytes having b7 clear. the sequence goes $09, $08, ..... $02, $01, data bytes
.,FC1E A2 00 LDX #$00	LDX #0 ;CLEAR BCC	Prüfsumme	clear X
.,FC20 86 D7 STX $D7	STX DATA	löschen	clear checksum byte
.,FC22 C6 A5 DEC $A5	WRTS1 DEC CNTDN	Zähler vermindern	decrement cassette synchronization byte count
.,FC24 A6 BE LDX $BE	LDX FSBLK ;CHECK FOR FIRST BLOCK HEADER	noch zu schreibende Blockanzahl laden	get cassette copies count
.,FC26 E0 02 CPX #$02	CPX #2	falls erster Block nicht	compare with load block indicator
.,FC28 D0 02 BNE $FC2C	BNE WRT61 ;...NO	geschrieben, dann verzweige	branch if not the load block
.,FC2A 09 80 ORA #$80	ORA #$80 ;...YES MARK FIRST BLOCK HEADER	Bit 7 setzen	this is the load block so make the synchronisation count go $89, $88, ..... $82, $81
.,FC2C 85 BD STA $BD	WRT61 STA OCHAR ;WRITE CHARACTERS IN HEADER	und speichern	save the synchronisation byte as the tape write byte
.,FC2E D0 D9 BNE $FC09	BNE WRT3 ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always the synchronization bytes have been done so now check and do the actual block data
.,FC30 20 D1 FC JSR $FCD1	WRT6 JSR CMPSTE ;COMPARE START:END	Endadresse schon erreicht ?	check read/write pointer, return Cb = 1 if pointer >= end
.,FC33 90 0A BCC $FC3F	BCC WRT7 ;NOT DONE	falls kleiner, dann weiterschreiben	if not all done yet go get the byte to send
.,FC35 D0 91 BNE $FBC8	BNE WRTL3 ;GO MARK END	falls ungleich, dann Block-Write-Flag setzen	if pointer > end go flag block done and exit interrupt else the block is complete, it only remains to write the checksum byte to the tape so setup for that
.,FC37 E6 AD INC $AD	INC SAH	HIGH-Byte ungleich machen	increment buffer pointer high byte, this means the block done branch will always be taken next time without having to worry about the low byte wrapping to zero
.,FC39 A5 D7 LDA $D7	LDA DATA ;WRITE OUT BCC	Prüfsumme laden	get checksum byte
.,FC3B 85 BD STA $BD	STA OCHAR	und in SHIFT-Flag speichern	save checksum as tape write byte
.,FC3D B0 CA BCS $FC09	BCS WRT3 ;JMP ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always the block isn't finished so get the next byte to write to tape
.,FC3F A0 00 LDY #$00	WRT7 LDY #0 ;GET NEXT CHARACTER	Zähler auf Null	clear index
.,FC41 B1 AC LDA ($AC),Y	LDA (SAL)Y	zu schreibendes Byte laden	get byte from buffer
.,FC43 85 BD STA $BD	STA OCHAR ;STORE IN OUTPUT CHARACTER	in SHIFT-Flag bringen	save as tape write byte
.,FC45 45 D7 EOR $D7	EOR DATA ;UPDATE BCC	Prüfsumme	XOR with checksum byte
.,FC47 85 D7 STA $D7	STA DATA	bilden	save new checksum byte
.,FC49 20 DB FC JSR $FCDB	JSR INCSAL ;INCREMENT FETCH ADDRESS	Adresszeiger erhöhen	increment read/write pointer
.,FC4C D0 BB BNE $FC09	BNE WRT3 ;BRANCH ALWAYS ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always set parity as next bit and exit interrupt
.,FC4E A5 9B LDA $9B	WRT4 LDA PRTY ;MOVE PARITY INTO OCHAR...	Parity-Bit	get parity bit
.,FC50 49 01 EOR #$01	EOR #1	invertieren	toggle it
.,FC52 85 BD STA $BD	STA OCHAR ;...TO BE WRITTEN AS NEXT BIT	und ins SHIFT-Flag speichern	save as tape write byte
.,FC54 4C BC FE JMP $FEBC	WRTBK JMP PREND ;RESTORE REGS AND RTI EXIT ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	restore registers and exit interrupt tape routine, block complete exit
.,FC57 C6 BE DEC $BE	WRNC DEC FSBLK ;CHECK FOR END	Zähler für Blocks erniedrigen	decrement copies remaining to read/write
.,FC59 D0 03 BNE $FC5E	BNE WREND ;...BLOCK ONLY	falls noch ein Block,	branch if more to do
.,FC5B 20 CA FC JSR $FCCA	JSR TNOF ;...WRITE, SO TURN OFF MOTOR	dann Bandmotor aus	stop the cassette motor
.,FC5E A9 50 LDA #$50	WREND LDA #80 ;PUT 80 CASSETTE SYNCS AT END	80	set tape write leader count
.,FC60 85 A7 STA $A7	STA SHCNL	Zähler für Impulse	save tape write leader count
.,FC62 A2 08 LDX #$08	LDX #8	Offset für IRQ	set index for write tape leader vector
.,FC64 78 SEI	SEI	Interrupt verhindern	disable the interrupts
.,FC65 20 BD FC JSR $FCBD	JSR BSIV ;SET VECTOR TO WRITE ZEROS	IRQ auf $FC6A	set the tape vector
.,FC68 D0 EA BNE $FC54	BNE WRTBK ;JMP ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt Interrupt-Routine für Band schreiben	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always write tape leader IRQ routine			IRQ routine for cassette write A
.,FC6A A9 78 LDA #$78	WRTZ LDA #120 ;WRITE LEADING ZEROS FOR SYNC	120	set time constant low byte for bit = leader
.,FC6C 20 AF FB JSR $FBAF	JSR WRT1	Bit auf Band schreiben	write time constant and toggle tape
.,FC6F D0 E3 BNE $FC54	BNE WRTBK	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if tape bit high restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FC71 C6 A7 DEC $A7	DEC SHCNL ;CHECK IF DONE WITH LOW SYNC...	Zähler erniedrigen	decrement cycle count
.,FC73 D0 DF BNE $FC54	BNE WRTBK ;...NO	nicht null, dann Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if not all done restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FC75 20 97 FB JSR $FB97	JSR NEWCH ;...YES CLEAR UP COUNTERS	Bitzähler für serielle Ausgabe setzen	new tape byte setup
.,FC78 C6 AB DEC $AB	DEC SHCNH ;CHECK IF DONE WITH SYNC...	falls Datenende nicht er- reicht, dann	decrement cassette leader count
.,FC7A 10 D8 BPL $FC54	BPL WRTBK ;...NO	Rückkehr vom Interrupt	if not all done restore registers and exit interrupt
.,FC7C A2 0A LDX #$0A	LDX #10 ;...YES SO SET VECTOR FOR DATA	IRQ	set index for tape write vector
.,FC7E 20 BD FC JSR $FCBD	JSR BSIV	IRQ auf $FBCD	set the tape vector
.,FC81 58 CLI	CLI	Interrupt ermöglichen	enable the interrupts
.,FC82 E6 AB INC $AB	INC SHCNH ;ZERO SHCNH	Shortdauer	clear cassette leader counter, was $FF
.,FC84 A5 BE LDA $BE	LDA FSBLK ;IF DONE THEN...	Zähler für Anzahl der Blocks	get cassette block count
.,FC86 F0 30 BEQ $FCB8	BEQ STKY ;...GOTO SYSTEM RESTORE	alle Blocks geschrieben ?	if all done restore everything for STOP and exit the interrupt
.,FC88 20 8E FB JSR $FB8E	JSR RD300	Adresse wieder auf Anfang setzen	copy I/O start address to buffer address
.,FC8B A2 09 LDX #$09	LDX #9 ;SET UP FOR HEADER COUNT	Zähler für	set nine synchronisation bytes
.,FC8D 86 A5 STX $A5	STX CNTDN	Synchronisation	save cassette synchronization byte count
.,FC8F 86 B6 STX $B6	STX PRP ;CLEAR ENDOF BLOCK FLAG	Flag für Block geschrieben
.,FC91 D0 83 BNE $FC16	BNE WRTS ;JMP ;	unbedingter Sprung Rekorderbetrieb beenden	go do the next tape byte, branch always restore everything for STOP			switch from cassette IRQ to default IRQ
.,FC93 08 PHP	TNIF PHP ;CLEAN UP INTERRUPTS AND RESTORE PIA'S	Status merken	save status
.,FC94 78 SEI	SEI	Interrupt verhindern	disable the interrupts
.,FC95 AD 11 D0 LDA $D011	LDA VICREG+17 ;UNLOCK VIC	Bildschirm	read the vertical fine scroll and control register
.,FC98 09 10 ORA #$10	ORA #$10 ;ENABLE DISPLAY	wieder	mask xxx1 xxxx, unblank the screen
.,FC9A 8D 11 D0 STA $D011	STA VICREG+17	einschalten	save the vertical fine scroll and control register
.,FC9D 20 CA FC JSR $FCCA	JSR TNOF ;TURN OFF MOTOR	Rekordermotor ausschalten	stop the cassette motor
.,FCA0 A9 7F LDA #$7F	LDA #$7F ;CLEAR INTERRUPTS	Interruptmöglichkeiten	disable all interrupts
.,FCA2 8D 0D DC STA $DC0D	STA D1ICR	löschen	save VIA 1 ICR
.,FCA5 20 DD FD JSR $FDDD	JSR IOKEYS ;RESTORE KEYBOARD IRQ FROM TIMMER1	CIA wieder auf Standardwerte, 1/60 s Timing
.,FCA8 AD A0 02 LDA $02A0	LDA IRQTMP+1 ;RESTORE KEYBOARD INTERRUPT VECTOR	Interruptvektor schon auf Standardwert ?	get saved IRQ vector high byte
.,FCAB F0 09 BEQ $FCB6	BEQ TNIQ ;NO IRQ (IRQ VECTOR CANNOT BE Z-PAGE)	falls ja, dann fertig	branch if null
.,FCAD 8D 15 03 STA $0315	STA CINV+1	ansonsten zurücksetzen	restore IRQ vector high byte
.,FCB0 AD 9F 02 LDA $029F	LDA IRQTMP	geretteten lRQ zurückholen	get saved IRQ vector low byte
.,FCB3 8D 14 03 STA $0314	STA CINV	und speichern	restore IRQ vector low byte
.,FCB6 28 PLP	TNIQ PLP	Status zurückholen	restore status
.,FCB7 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung IRQ-Vektor setzen, X-indiziert	reset vector			terminate cassette I/O
.,FCB8 20 93 FC JSR $FC93	STKY JSR TNIF ;GO RESTORE SYSTEM INTERRUPTS	IRQ auf Standard	restore everything for STOP
.,FCBB F0 97 BEQ $FC54	BEQ WRTBK ;CAME FOR CASSETTE IRQ SO RTI ; ; BSIV - SUBROUTINE TO CHANGE IRQ VECTORS ; ENTRYS - .X = 8 WRITE ZEROS TO TAPE ; .X = 10 WRITE DATA TO TAPE ; .X = 12 RESTORE TO KEYSCAN ; .X = 14 READ DATA FROM TAPE ;	Abschluß IRQ	restore registers and exit interrupt, branch always set tape vector			set IRQ vector depending on X
.,FCBD BD 93 FD LDA $FD93,X	BSIV LDA BSIT-8,X ;MOVE IRQ VECTORS, TABLE TO INDIRECT	IRQ-Vektor	get tape IRQ vector low byte
.,FCC0 8D 14 03 STA $0314	STA CINV	aus Tabelle setzen	set IRQ vector low byte
.,FCC3 BD 94 FD LDA $FD94,X	LDA BSIT+1-8,X	lRQ-Vektor	get tape IRQ vector high byte
.,FCC6 8D 15 03 STA $0315	STA CINV+1	aus Tabelle setzen	set IRQ vector high byte
.,FCC9 60 RTS	RTS ;	Rücksprung	stop the cassette motor			stop cassette motor
.,FCCA A5 01 LDA $01	TNOF LDA R6510 ;TURN OFF CASSETTE MOTOR	Rekorder-	read the 6510 I/O port
.,FCCC 09 20 ORA #$20	ORA #$20 ;	motor	mask xxxx xx1x, turn the cassette motor off
.,FCCE 85 01 STA $01	STA R6510	ausschalten	save the 6510 I/O port
.,FCD0 60 RTS	RTS ;COMPARE START AND END LOAD/SAVE ;ADDRESSES. SUBROUTINE CALLED BY ;TAPE READ, SAVE, TAPE WRITE ;	Rücksprung prüft auf Erreichen der Endadresse	check read/write pointer return Cb = 1 if pointer >= end			compare $AC/$AD with $AE/$AF
.,FCD1 38 SEC	CMPSTE SEC	Carry für Subtraktion vorbereiten	set carry for subtract
.,FCD2 A5 AC LDA $AC	LDA SAL	laufende Adresse	get buffer address low byte
.,FCD4 E5 AE SBC $AE	SBC EAL	$AC/$AD	subtract buffer end low byte
.,FCD6 A5 AD LDA $AD	LDA SAH	Endadresse	get buffer address high byte
.,FCD8 E5 AF SBC $AF	SBC EAH	$AE/$AF	subtract buffer end high byte
.,FCDA 60 RTS	RTS ;INCREMENT ADDRESS POINTER SAL ;	Rücksprung	increment read/write pointer			increment $AC/$AD
.,FCDB E6 AC INC $AC	INCSAL INC SAL	Adreßzeiger	increment buffer address low byte
.,FCDD D0 02 BNE $FCE1	BNE INCR	er-	branch if no overflow
.,FCDF E6 AD INC $AD	INC SAH	höhen	increment buffer address low byte
.,FCE1 60 RTS	INCR RTS .END .LIB INIT ; START - SYSTEM RESET ; WILL GOTO ROM AT $8000... ; IF LOCS $8004-$8008 ; = 'CBM80' ; ^^^ > THESE HAVE MSB SET ; KERNAL EXPECTS... ; $8000- .WORD INITILIZE (HARD START) ; $8002- .WORD PANIC (WARM START) ; ... ELSE BASIC SYSTEM USED ; ****************TESTING ONLY*********** ; USE AUTO DISK/CASSETTE LOAD WHEN DEVELOPED...** ;	Rücksprung RESET	RESET, hardware reset starts here		POWER RESET ENTRY POINT The system hardware reset vector ($FFFC) points here. This is the first routine executed when the computer is switched on. The routine firstly sets the stackpointer to #ff, disables interrupts and clears the decimal flag. It jumps to a routine at $fd02 which checks for autostart- cartridges. If so, an indirectjump is performed to the cartridge coldstart vector at $8000. I/O chips are initiated, and system constants are set up. Finaly the IRQ is enabled, and an indirect jump is performed to $a000, the basic cold start vector.	RESET routine
.,FCE2 A2 FF LDX #$FF	START LDX #$FF	Wert für Stapelzeiger	set X for stack
.,FCE4 78 SEI	SEI	Interrupt setzen	disable the interrupts
.,FCE5 9A TXS	TXS	Stapelzeiger initialisieren	clear stack		Set stackpointer to #ff
.,FCE6 D8 CLD	CLD	Dezimalflag zurücksetzen	clear decimal mode
.,FCE7 20 02 FD JSR $FD02	JSR A0INT ;TEST FOR $A0 ROM IN	prüft auf ROM in $8000	scan for autostart ROM at $8000		Check ROM at $8000
.,FCEA D0 03 BNE $FCEF	BNE START1	kein Autostart-Modul ?	if not there continue startup
.,FCEC 6C 00 80 JMP ($8000)	JMP ($8000) ; GO INIT AS $A000 ROM WANTS	Sprung auf Modul-Start	else call ROM start code		Jump to autostartvector	start cartridge
.,FCEF 8E 16 D0 STX $D016	START1 STX VICREG+22 ;SET UP REFRESH (.X=<5)	Videocontroller Steuerreg. 2	read the horizontal fine scroll and control register
.,FCF2 20 A3 FD JSR $FDA3	JSR IOINIT ;GO INITILIZE I/O DEVICES	Interrupt vorbereiten	initialise SID, CIA and IRQ		Init I/O
.,FCF5 20 50 FD JSR $FD50	JSR RAMTAS ;GO RAM TEST AND SET	Arbeitsspeicher initialisieren	RAM test and find RAM end		Init system constants
.,FCF8 20 15 FD JSR $FD15	JSR RESTOR ;GO SET UP OS VECTORS ;	Hardware und I/O Vekt. setzen	restore default I/O vectors		KERNAL reset
.,FCFB 20 5B FF JSR $FF5B	JSR CINT ;GO INITILIZE SCREEN	Video-Reset	initialise VIC and screen editor		Setup PAL/NTSC
.,FCFE 58 CLI	CLI ;INTERRUPTS OKAY NOW		enable the interrupts
.,FCFF 6C 00 A0 JMP ($A000)	JMP ($A000) ;GO TO BASIC SYSTEM ; A0INT - TEST FOR AN $8000 ROM ; RETURNS Z - $8000 IN ;	zum BASIC Kaltstart prüft auf ROM in $8000	execute BASIC scan for autostart ROM at $8000, returns Zb=1 if ROM found		Basic coldstart CHECK FOR 8-ROM Checks for the ROM autostartparametrar at $8004-$8008. It compares data with $fd10, and if equal, set Z=1.	start basic check for a cartridge
.,FD02 A2 05 LDX #$05	A0INT LDX #TBLA0E-TBLA0R ;CHECK FOR $8000	Zeiger setzen	five characters to test		5 bytes to check
.,FD04 BD 0F FD LDA $FD0F,X	A0IN1 LDA TBLA0R-1,X	Wert aus Tabelle holen und	get test character		Identifyer at $fd10
.,FD07 DD 03 80 CMP $8003,X	CMP $8004-1,X	ab $8000 vergleichen (CBM80)	compare wiith byte in ROM space		Compare with $8004
.,FD0A D0 03 BNE $FD0F	BNE A0IN2	verzweige wenn ungleich	exit if no match		NOT equal!
.,FD0C CA DEX	DEX	Zeiger vermindern	decrement index
.,FD0D D0 F5 BNE $FD04	BNE A0IN1	weiter wenn nicht 5 Bytes	loop if not all done		until Z=1
.,FD0F 60 RTS	A0IN2 RTS ;	Rücksprung ROM-Modul Identifizierung	autostart ROM signature		8-ROM IDENTIFYER The following 5 bytes contains the 8-ROM identifyer, reading "CBM80" with CBM ASCII. It is used with autostartcartridges. See $fd02.	CBM80
.:FD10 C3 C2 CD 38 30	TBLA0R .BYT $C3,$C2,$CD,'80' ;..CBM80.. TBLA0E ; RESTOR - SET KERNAL INDIRECTS AND VECTORS (SYSTEM) ;	'CBM80’ Hardware und I/O Vektoren setzen/holen	'CBM80’ restore default I/O vectors		CBM80 RESTOR: KERNAL RESET The KERNAL routine RESTOR ($ff8a) jumps to this routine. It restores (copys) the KERNAL vectors at $fd30 to $0314- $0333. Continues through VECTOR.	restore I/O vectors
.,FD15 A2 30 LDX #$30	RESTOR LDX #<VECTSS	LOW- und HIGH-Byte des	pointer to vector table low byte		$fd30 - table of KERNAL vectors	low FD30
.,FD17 A0 FD LDY #$FD	LDY #>VECTSS	Zeigers auf Tabelle $FD30	pointer to vector table high byte		Clear carry to SET values.	high FD30
.,FD19 18 CLC	CLC ; ; VECTOR - SET KERNAL INDIRECT AND VECTORS (USER) ;	Flag für 'Vektoren setzen'	flag set vectors set/read vectored I/O from (XY), Cb = 1 to read, Cb = 0 to set		VECTOR: KERNAL MOVE The KERNAL routine VECTOR ($ff8d) jumps to this routine. It reads or sets the vactors at $0314-$0333 depending on state of carry. X/Y contains the adress to read/write area, normally $fd30. See $fd15. A problem is that the RAM under the ROM at $fd30 always gets a copy of the contents in the ROM then you perform the copy.	set I/O vectors depending on XY
.,FD1A 86 C3 STX $C3	VECTOR STX TMP2	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	save pointer low byte		MEMUSS - c3/c4 temporary used for adress
.,FD1C 84 C4 STY $C4	STY TMP2+1	des Zeigers setzen	save pointer high byte
.,FD1E A0 1F LDY #$1F	LDY #VECTSE-VECTSS-1	Zeiger setzen (16 Vektoren)	set byte count		Number of bytes to transfer
.,FD20 B9 14 03 LDA $0314,Y	MOVOS1 LDA CINV,Y ;GET FROM STORAGE	Wert aus Tabelle holen	read vector byte from vectors
.,FD23 B0 02 BCS $FD27	BCS MOVOS2 ;C...WANT STORAGE TO USER	C=1 holen,C=0 setzen	branch if read vectors		Read or Write the vectors
.,FD25 B1 C3 LDA ($C3),Y	LDA (TMP2)Y ;...WANT USER TO STORAGE	Tabellenwert holen	read vector byte from (XY)
.,FD27 91 C3 STA ($C3),Y	MOVOS2 STA (TMP2)Y ;PUT IN USER	Tabellenwert setzen	save byte to (XY)
.,FD29 99 14 03 STA $0314,Y	STA CINV,Y ;PUT IN STORAGE	Wert in Tabelle ablegen	save byte to vector
.,FD2C 88 DEY	DEY	Zähler vermindern	decrement index
.,FD2D 10 F1 BPL $FD20	BPL MOVOS1	Fertig? nein: nächster Wert	loop if more to do		Again...
.,FD2F 60 RTS	RTS ; VECTSS .WOR KEY,TIMB,NNMI .WOR NOPEN,NCLOSE,NCHKIN .WOR NCKOUT,NCLRCH,NBASIN .WOR NBSOUT,NSTOP,NGETIN .WOR NCLALL,TIMB ;GOTO BREAK ON A USRCMD JMP	Rücksprung Tabelle der Hardware und I/O-Vektoren	The above code works but it tries to write to the ROM. while this is usually harmless systems that use flash ROM may suffer. Here is a version that makes the extra write to RAM instead but is otherwise identical in function. ## set/read vectored I/O from (XY), Cb = 1 to read, Cb = 0 to set STX $C3 ; save pointer low byte STY $C4 ; save pointer high byte LDY #$1F ; set byte count LDA ($C3),Y ; read vector byte from (XY) BCC $FD29 ; branch if set vectors LDA $0314,Y ; else read vector byte from vectors STA ($C3),Y ; save byte to (XY) STA $0314,Y ; save byte to vector DEY ; decrement index BPL $FD20 ; loop if more to do RTS kernal vectors		KERNAL RESET VECTORS These are the vectors that is copyed to $0314-$0333 when RESTOR is called.	vectors for OS at $0314-$0333
.:FD30 31 EA 66 FE 47 FE 4A F3	.WOR NLOAD,NSAVE VECTSE ; RAMTAS - MEMORY SIZE CHECK AND SET ;		$0314 IRQ vector		CINV VECTOR: hardware interrupt ($ea31)	IRQ
.:FD38 91 F2 0E F2 50 F2 33 F3			$0316 BRK vector $0318 NMI vector $031A open a logical file $031C close a specified logical file		CBINV VECTOR: software interrupt ($fe66) NMINV VECTOR: hardware nmi interrupt ($fe47) IOPEN VECTOR: KERNAL open routine ($f3a4) ICLOSE VECTOR: KERNAL close routine ($f291)	BRK NMI open close
.:FD40 57 F1 CA F1 ED F6 3E F1			$031E open channel for input $0320 open channel for output $0322 close input and output channels $0324 input character from channel		ICHKIN VECTOR: KERNAL chkin routine ($f20e) ICKOUT VECTOR: KERNAL chkout routine ($f250) ICLRCH VECTOR: KERNAL clrchn routine ($f333) IBASIN VECTOR: KERNAL chrin routine ($f157)	set input dev set output dev restore I/O input
.:FD48 2F F3 66 FE A5 F4 ED F5		Arbeitsspei. initialisieren	$0326 output character to channel $0328 scan stop key $032A get character from the input device $032C close all channels and files		IBSOUT VECTOR: KERNAL chrout routine ($f1ca) ISTOP VECTOR: KERNAL stop routine ($f6ed) IGETIN VECTOR: KERNAL getin routine ($f13e) ICLALL VECTOR: KERNAL clall routine ($f32f)	output test stop key get abort I/O
.,FD50 A9 00 LDA #$00	RAMTAS LDA #0 ;ZERO LOW MEMORY	Wert zum Löschen laden	$032E user function Vector to user defined command, currently points to BRK. This appears to be a holdover from PET days, when the built-in machine language monitor would jump through the $032E vector when it encountered a command that it did not understand, allowing the user to add new commands to the monitor. Although this vector is initialized to point to the routine called by STOP/RESTORE and the BRK interrupt, and is updated by the kernal vector routine at $FD57, it no longer has any function. $0330 load $0332 save test RAM and find RAM end clear A		USRCMD VECTOR: user defined ($fe66) ILOAD VECTOR: KERNAL load routine ($f4a5) ISAVE VECTOR: KERNAL save routine ($f5ed) RAMTAS: INIT SYSTEM CONSTANTS The KERNAL routine RAMTAS($ff87) jumps to this routine. It clears the pages 0,2 and 3 by writing 00 into them. It also sets the start of the cassette buffer - $033c, and determins how much free RAM-memory there is. The memorycheck is performed by writing two different bytes into all memory positions, starting at $0400, till it reaches the ROM (the byte read is not the same as the one you wrote.) Note that the contents of the memory is restored afterwards. Finally, bottom of the memory, and top of screen-pointers are set.	unused (BRK) load ram save ram initalise memory pointers
.,FD52 A8 TAY	TAY ;START AT 0002	als Zähler nach Y	clear index
.,FD53 99 02 00 STA $0002,Y	RAMTZ0 STA $0002,Y ;ZERO PAGE	Zeropage,	clear page 0, don't do $0000 or $0001		Fill pages 0,2,3 with zeros
.,FD56 99 00 02 STA $0200,Y	STA $0200,Y ;USER BUFFERS AND VARS	Page 2 und	clear page 2
.,FD59 99 00 03 STA $0300,Y	STA $0300,Y ;SYSTEM SPACE AND USER SPACE	Page 3 löschen	clear page 3
.,FD5C C8 INY	INY	Zähler vermindern	increment index
.,FD5D D0 F4 BNE $FD53	BNE RAMTZ0 ; ;ALLOCATE TAPE BUFFERS ;	weiter wenn nicht fertig	loop if more to do		all 256 bytes
.,FD5F A2 3C LDX #$3C	LDX #<TBUFFR	Werte für Startadresse	set cassette buffer pointer low byte
.,FD61 A0 03 LDY #$03	LDY #>TBUFFR	des Bandpuffers laden	set cassette buffer pointer high byte		Set tapebuffer to $033c
.,FD63 86 B2 STX $B2	STX TAPE1	Bandpuffer Zeiger	save tape buffer start pointer low byte		Variables TAPE1 is used.
.,FD65 84 B3 STY $B3	STY TAPE1+1 ; ; SET TOP OF MEMORY ; RAMTBT	auf $033C setzen	save tape buffer start pointer high byte
.,FD67 A8 TAY	TAY ;MOVE $00 TO .Y	Zeiger in Y auf 0 setzen	clear Y
.,FD68 A9 03 LDA #$03	LDA #3 ;SET HIGH INITAL INDEX	Wert für RAM testen ($04-1)	set RAM test pointer high byte
.,FD6A 85 C2 STA $C2	STA TMP0+1 ;	Startadresse (HIGH) des RAM	save RAM test pointer high byte
.,FD6C E6 C2 INC $C2	RAMTZ1 INC TMP0+1 ;MOVE INDEX THRU MEMORY	setzen und auf $0400 erhöhen	increment RAM test pointer high byte
.,FD6E B1 C1 LDA ($C1),Y	RAMTZ2 LDA (TMP0)Y ;GET PRESENT DATA	Wert holen			Perform memorytest. Starting at $0400 and upwards.
.,FD70 AA TAX	TAX ;SAVE IN .X	Wert merken			Store temporary in X-reg
.,FD71 A9 55 LDA #$55	LDA #$55 ;DO A $55,$AA TEST	%01010101 ($55)
.,FD73 91 C1 STA ($C1),Y	STA (TMP0)Y	abspeichern und über-			Write #$55 into memory
.,FD75 D1 C1 CMP ($C1),Y	CMP (TMP0)Y	prüfen, ob Wert drin ist			and compare.
.,FD77 D0 0F BNE $FD88	BNE SIZE	ungleich dann kein RAM			if not equal... ROM
.,FD79 2A ROL	ROL A	%10101010
.,FD7A 91 C1 STA ($C1),Y	STA (TMP0)Y	Wert abspeichern und			Write #$AA into same memory
.,FD7C D1 C1 CMP ($C1),Y	CMP (TMP0)Y	überprüfen, ob Wert drin ist			and compare again.
.,FD7E D0 08 BNE $FD88	BNE SIZE	ungleich dann kein RAM			if not equal... ROM
.,FD80 8A TXA	TXA ;RESTORE OLD DATA	Wert wieder zurückholen
.,FD81 91 C1 STA ($C1),Y	STA (TMP0)Y	und wieder zurückschreiben			Restore stored value
.,FD83 C8 INY	INY	Zeiger erhöhen
.,FD84 D0 E8 BNE $FD6E	BNE RAMTZ2	Pageende? nein: weiter			Next memorypos
.,FD86 F0 E4 BEQ $FD6C	BEQ RAMTZ1 ;	sonst Zeiger-HIGH erhöhen			New page in memory
.,FD88 98 TYA	SIZE TYA ;SET TOP OF MEMORY	Zeiger-LOW ins			The memorytest always exits when reaching a ROM
.,FD89 AA TAX	TAX	X-Register bringen
.,FD8A A4 C2 LDY $C2	LDY TMP0+1	Zeiger-HIGH holen
.,FD8C 18 CLC	CLC	C=0 (Flag für setzen)
.,FD8D 20 2D FE JSR $FE2D	JSR SETTOP	Memory (RAM) Top setzen	set the top of memory		Set top of memory. X and Y holds address.
.,FD90 A9 08 LDA #$08	LDA #$08 ;SET BOTTOM OF MEMORY	HIGH-Byte der Startadresse
.,FD92 8D 82 02 STA $0282	STA MEMSTR+1 ;ALWAYS AT $0800	Memory (RAM) Start auf $800	save the OS start of memory high byte		Set pointer to bottom of memory ($0800)
.,FD95 A9 04 LDA #$04	LDA #$04 ;SCREEN ALWAYS AT $400	HIGH-Byte der Startadresse
.,FD97 8D 88 02 STA $0288	STA HIBASE ;SET BASE OF SCREEN	Video-RAM auf $400	save the screen memory page		Set pointer to bottom of screen ($0400)
.,FD9A 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung IRQ Vektoren	tape IRQ vectors		TAPE IRQ VECTORS This table contains the vectors to the four tape-IRQ routines.	IRQ vectors
.:FD9B 6A FC CD FB 31 EA 2C F9	BSIT .WOR WRTZ,WRTN,KEY,READ ;TABLE OF INDIRECTS FOR CASSETTE IRQ'S ; IOINIT - INITILIZE IO DEVICES ;	$FC6A, $FBCD, $EA31, $F92C Interrupt Initialisierung	$08 write tape leader IRQ routine		$fc6a - tape write	cassette write A
.,FDA3 A9 7F LDA #$7F	IOINIT LDA #$7F ;KILL INTERRUPTS	Interrupt löschen	$0A tape write IRQ routine $0C normal IRQ vector $0E read tape bits IRQ routine initialise SID, CIA and IRQ disable all interrupts		$fbcd - tape write II $ea31 - normal IRQ $f92c - tape read IOINIT: INIT I/O The KERNAL routine IOINIT ($ff84) jumps to this routine. It sets the init-values for the CIAs (IRQ, DDRA, DRA etc.), the SID-volume, and the processor onboard I/O port.	cassette write B standard IRQ cassette read initaliase I/O devices
.,FDA5 8D 0D DC STA $DC0D	STA D1ICR	ICR CIA 1	save VIA 1 ICR		CIA#1 IRQ control register
.,FDA8 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR	ICR CIA 2 Port A CIA 1	save VIA 2 ICR		CIA#2 IRQ control register
.,FDAB 8D 00 DC STA $DC00	STA D1PRA ;TURN ON STOP KEY	Tastatur Matrixzeile 0	save VIA 1 DRA, keyboard column drive		CIA#1 data port $ (keyboard)
.,FDAE A9 08 LDA #$08	LDA #%00001000 ;SHUT OFF TIMERS	Wert laden	set timer single shot
.,FDB0 8D 0E DC STA $DC0E	STA D1CRA	CRA CIA 1 Timer A 'one shot'	save VIA 1 CRA		CIA#1 control register timer A
.,FDB3 8D 0E DD STA $DD0E	STA D2CRA	CRA CIA 2 Timer A 'one shot'	save VIA 2 CRA		CIA#2 control register timer A
.,FDB6 8D 0F DC STA $DC0F	STA D1CRB	CRB CIA 1 Timer B 'one shot'	save VIA 1 CRB		CIA#1 control register timer B
.,FDB9 8D 0F DD STA $DD0F	STA D2CRB ; CONFIGURE PORTS	CRB CIA 2 Timer B 'one shot'	save VIA 2 CRB		CIA#2 control register timer B
.,FDBC A2 00 LDX #$00	LDX #$00 ;SET UP KEYBOARD INPUTS	Eingangs-Modus	set all inputs
.,FDBE 8E 03 DC STX $DC03	STX D1DDRB ;KEYBOARD INPUTS	Datenrichtungsreg. B CIA 1	save VIA 1 DDRB, keyboard row		CIA#1 DDRB. Port B is input
.,FDC1 8E 03 DD STX $DD03	STX D2DDRB ;USER PORT (NO RS-232)	Datenrichtungsreg. B CIA 2	save VIA 2 DDRB, RS232 port		CIA#2 DDRB. Port B is input
.,FDC4 8E 18 D4 STX $D418	STX SIDREG+24 ;TURN OFF SID	Lautstärke für SID auf Null	clear the volume and filter select register		No sound from SID
.,FDC7 CA DEX	DEX	Ausgabe-Modus	set X = $FF
.,FDC8 8E 02 DC STX $DC02	STX D1DDRA ;KEYBOARD OUTPUTS	Datenrichtungsreg. A CIA 1	save VIA 1 DDRA, keyboard column		CIA#1 DDRA. Port A is output
.,FDCB A9 07 LDA #$07	LDA #%00000111 ;SET SERIAL/VA14/15 (CLKHI)	Videocontroller auf unterste 16 K	DATA out high, CLK out high, ATN out high, RE232 Tx DATA high, video address 15 = 1, video address 14 = 1		%00000111
.,FDCD 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA	Port A CIA 2, ATN löschen	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		CIA#2 dataport A. Set Videobank to $0000-$3fff
.,FDD0 A9 3F LDA #$3F	LDA #%00111111 ;SET SERIAL IN/OUT, VA14/15OUT	Bit 0 bis 5 auf Ausgabe	set serial DATA input, serial CLK input		%00111111
.,FDD2 8D 02 DD STA $DD02	STA D2DDRA ; ; SET UP THE 6510 LINES ;	Datenrichtungsreg. A CIA 2	save VIA 2 DDRA, serial port and video address		CIA#2 DDRA. Serial bus and videobank
.,FDD5 A9 E7 LDA #$E7	LDA #%11100111 ;MOTOR ON, HIRAM LOWRAM CHAREN HIGH	Normalwert laden und	set 1110 0111, motor off, enable I/O, enable KERNAL, enable BASIC		6510 I/O port - %XX100111
.,FDD7 85 01 STA $01	STA R6510	Speicheraufteilung neu setzen	save the 6510 I/O port
.,FDD9 A9 2F LDA #$2F	LDA #%00101111 ;MTR OUT,SW IN,WR OUT,CONTROL OUT	Bit 0-3 und 5 Ausgang, Bit 4 Eingang	set 0010 1111, 0 = input, 1 = output		6510 I/O DDR - %00101111
.,FDDB 85 00 STA $00	STA D6510	Datenrichtung Prozessorport	save the 6510 I/O port direction register		ENABLE TIMER This routine inits and starts the CIA#1 timer A according to the PAL/NTSC flag. Different system clocks rates are used in PAL/NTSC systems.	initalise TAL1/TAH1 fpr 1/60 of a second
.,FDDD AD A6 02 LDA $02A6	IOKEYS LDA PALNTS ;PAL OR NTSC	NTSC-Version ?	get the PAL/NTSC flag		PAL/NTSC flag
.,FDE0 F0 0A BEQ $FDEC	BEQ I0010 ;NTSC	ja	if NTSC go set NTSC timing else set PAL timing		NTSC setup
.,FDE2 A9 25 LDA #$25	LDA #<SIXTYP	Wert für PAL-Version
.,FDE4 8D 04 DC STA $DC04	STA D1T1L	Timer für PAL-Version setzen	save VIA 1 timer A low byte		CIA#1 timer A - lowbyte
.,FDE7 A9 40 LDA #$40	LDA #>SIXTYP	$4025 = 16421 Zyklen			PAL-setup #4025
.,FDE9 4C F3 FD JMP $FDF3	JMP I0020	NTSC-Version übergehen
.,FDEC A9 95 LDA #$95	I0010 LDA #<SIXTY ;KEYBOARD SCAN IRQ'S	Wert für NTSC-Version
.,FDEE 8D 04 DC STA $DC04	STA D1T1L	Timer für NTSC-Version setzen	save VIA 1 timer A low byte		CIA#1 timer A - lowbyte
.,FDF1 A9 42 LDA #$42	LDA #>SIXTY	$4295 = 17045 Zyklen			NTSC-setup #4295
.,FDF3 8D 05 DC STA $DC05	I0020 STA D1T1H	Timer-HIGH setzen	save VIA 1 timer A high byte		CIA#1 timer A - highbyte
.,FDF6 4C 6E FF JMP $FF6E	JMP PIOKEY ; LDA #$81 ;ENABLE T1 IRQ'S ; STA D1ICR ; LDA D1CRA ; AND #$80 ;SAVE ONLY TOD BIT ; ORA #%00010001 ;ENABLE TIMER1 ; STA D1CRA ; JMP CLKLO ;RELEASE THE CLOCK LINE ; ; SIXTY HERTZ VALUE ; SIXTY = 16667	Interrupt durch Timer setzen Parameter f. Filenamen setzen	set filename		start timer SETNAM: SAVE FILENAME DATA The KERNAL routine SETNAM ($ffbd) jumps to this routine. On entry, A-reg holds the length of the filename, and X/Y the address in mem to the filename.	initalise file name parameters
.,FDF9 85 B7 STA $B7	SETNAM STA FNLEN	Länge speichern	set file name length		store length of filename in FNLEN
.,FDFB 86 BB STX $BB	STX FNADR	Adresse-LOW speichern	set file name pointer low byte		store pointer to filename in FNADDR
.,FDFD 84 BC STY $BC	STY FNADR+1	Adresse-HIGH speichern	set file name pointer high byte
.,FDFF 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung Parameter für aktives File setzen	set logical, first and second addresses		SETLFS: SAVE FILE DETAILS The KERNAL routine SETLFS ($ffba) jumps to this routine. On entry A-reg holds the logical filenumber, X the device number, and Y the secondary address.	inatalise file parameters
.,FE00 85 B8 STA $B8	SETLFS STA LA	logische Filenummer	save the logical file		store logical filenumber in LA
.,FE02 86 BA STX $BA	STX FA	Geräteadresse	save the device number		store devicenumber in FA
.,FE04 84 B9 STY $B9	STY SA	Sekundäradresse	save the secondary address		store secondary address in SA
.,FE06 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung Status holen	read I/O status word		READST: READ STATUS The KERNAL routine READST ($ffb7) jumps to this routine. The routine checks if the current devicenumber is 2, (ie RS232) then the value of RSSTAT (the ACIA 6551 status)is returned in (A), and RSSTAT is cleared. Else it reads and returnes the value of STATUS.	read I/O status word
.,FE07 A5 BA LDA $BA	READSS LDA FA ;SEE WHICH DEVICES' TO READ	Gerätenummer holen	get the device number		read current device number from FA
.,FE09 C9 02 CMP #$02	CMP #2 ;IS IT RS-232?	gleich 2 ? (RS 232)	compare device with RS232 device		device = RS232?
.,FE0B D0 0D BNE $FE1A	BNE READST ;NO...READ SERIAL/CASS	nein	if not RS232 device go ?? get RS232 device status		nope, read STATUS
.,FE0D AD 97 02 LDA $0297	LDA RSSTAT ;YES...GET RS-232 UP	RS 232-Status holen	get the RS232 status register		RSSTAT
.,FE10 48 PHA	PHA	und auf Stapel retten	save the RS232 status value		temp store
.,FE11 A9 00 LDA #$00	LDA #00 ;CLEAR RS232 STATUS WHEN READ	Status	clear A
.,FE13 8D 97 02 STA $0297	STA RSSTAT	löschen	clear the RS232 status register		clear RSSTAT
.,FE16 68 PLA	PLA	und Statuswert zurückholen	restore the RS232 status value
.,FE17 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung Flag für Betriebssystem- meldungen setzen	control kernal messages		SETMSG: FLAG STATUS The KERNAL routine SETMSG ($ff90) jumps to this routine. On entry, the value in (A) is stored in MSGFLG, then the I/O status is placed in (A). If routine is entered at $fe1c the contents in (A) will be stored in STATUS.	control kernel messages
.,FE18 85 9D STA $9D	SETMSG STA MSGFLG	Ausgabeflag (Direktmodus)	set message mode flag		store MSGFLG	read ST
.,FE1A A5 90 LDA $90	READST LDA STATUS	Statusflag holen Status setzen	read the serial status byte OR into the serial status byte		read STATUS	add A to ST
.,FE1C 05 90 ORA $90	UDST ORA STATUS	Statusflag testen und	OR with the serial status byte
.,FE1E 85 90 STA $90	STA STATUS	wieder abspeichern	save the serial status byte
.,FE20 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung Timeout-Flag für IEC setzen	set timeout on serial bus		SETTMO: SET TIMEOUT The KERNAL routine SETTMO ($ffa2) jumps to this routine. On entry the value in (A) is stored in the IEEE timeout flag. (Who uses IEEE nowadays?)	set timeout on serail bus
.,FE21 8D 85 02 STA $0285	SETTMO STA TIMOUT	Timeout-disable	save serial bus timeout flag		store in TIMOUT
.,FE24 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung MEMTOP, Obergrenze des BASIC-RAM holen/setzen	read/set the top of memory, Cb = 1 to read, Cb = 0 to set		MEMTOP: READ/SET TOP OF MEMORY The KERNAL routine MEMTOP ($ffa9) jumps to this routine. If carry is set on entry, the top of memory address will be loaded into (X/Y). If carry is clear on entry, the top of memory will be set according to the contents in (X/Y)	read/set top of memory
.,FE25 90 06 BCC $FE2D	MEMTOP BCC SETTOP ; ;CARRY SET--READ TOP OF MEMORY ;	C=0: Adresse setzen	if Cb clear go set the top of memory read the top of memory		carry clear?
.,FE27 AE 83 02 LDX $0283	GETTOP LDX MEMSIZ	Carry gesetzt	get memory top low byte		read memtop from MEMSIZ
.,FE2A AC 84 02 LDY $0284	LDY MEMSIZ+1 ; ;CARRY CLEAR--SET TOP OF MEMORY ;	Adresse nach X/Y holen	get memory top high byte set the top of memory
.,FE2D 8E 83 02 STX $0283	SETTOP STX MEMSIZ	Carry gelöscht	set memory top low byte		store memtop in MEMSIZ
.,FE30 8C 84 02 STY $0284	STY MEMSIZ+1	X/Y nach Adresse setzen	set memory top high byte
.,FE33 60 RTS	RTS ;MANAGE BOTTOM OF MEMORY ;	Rücksprung MEMBOT, Untergrenze des BASIC-RAM holen/setzen	read/set the bottom of memory, Cb = 1 to read, Cb = 0 to set		MEMBOT: READ/SET BOTTOM OF MEMORY The KERNAL routine MEMBOT ($ff9c) jumps to this routine. If carry is set on entry, the bottom of memory address will be loaded into (X/Y). If carry is clear on entry, the bottom of memory will set according to the contents in (X/Y)	read/set bottom of memory
.,FE34 90 06 BCC $FE3C	MEMBOT BCC SETBOT ; ;CARRY SET--READ BOTTOM OF MEMORY ;	C=0: Adresse setzen	if Cb clear go set the bottom of memory		carry clear?
.,FE36 AE 81 02 LDX $0281	LDX MEMSTR	Carry gesetzt	get the OS start of memory low byte		read membot from MEMSTR
.,FE39 AC 82 02 LDY $0282	LDY MEMSTR+1 ; ;CARRY CLEAR--SET BOTTOM OF MEMORY ;	Adresse nach X/Y holen	get the OS start of memory high byte
.,FE3C 8E 81 02 STX $0281	SETBOT STX MEMSTR	Carry gelöscht	save the OS start of memory low byte		store membot in MEMSTR
.,FE3F 8C 82 02 STY $0282	STY MEMSTR+1	Adresse aus X/Y setzen	save the OS start of memory high byte
.,FE42 60 RTS	RTS .END .LIB RS232NMI	Rücksprung NMI Einsprung	NMI vector		NMI ENTRY POINT The processor jumps to this routine every time a NMI occurs (see jump vector at $fffa). On entry all processor registers will be put on the stack. The routine will check the presents of a ROM cartridge at $8000 with autostart, and warm start it. Otherwise, the following warm start routine is called.	NMI entry
.,FE43 78 SEI	NMI SEI ;NO IRQ'S ALLOWED...	Interrupt setzen	disable the interrupts		disable interrupts
.,FE44 6C 18 03 JMP ($0318)	JMP (NMINV) ;...COULD MESS UP CASSETTES	JMP $FE47, NMI-Vektor	do NMI vector NMI handler		jump to NMINV, points normally to $fe47	normally FE47 standard NMI routine
.,FE47 48 PHA	NNMI PHA	Akku auf Stapel retten	save A		store (A), (X), (Y) on the stack
.,FE48 8A TXA	TXA	X nach Akku	copy X
.,FE49 48 PHA	PHA	X retten	save X
.,FE4A 98 TYA	TYA	Y nach Akku	copy Y
.,FE4B 48 PHA	PHA	Y retten	save Y
.,FE4C A9 7F LDA #$7F	NNMI10 LDA #$7F ;DISABLE ALL NMI'S	Wert laden	disable all interrupts		CIA#2 interrupt control register
.,FE4E 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR	NMI-Möglichkeiten löschen	save VIA 2 ICR
.,FE51 AC 0D DD LDY $DD0D	LDY D2ICR ;CHECK IF REAL NMI...	Flags lesen und löschen	save VIA 2 ICR
.,FE54 30 1C BMI $FE72	BMI NNMI20 ;NO...RS232/OTHER ;	RS 232 aktiv ?			NMI caused by RS232? If so - jump
.,FE56 20 02 FD JSR $FD02	NNMI18 JSR A0INT ;CHECK IF $A0 IN...NO .Y	Prüft auf ROM-Modul in $8000	scan for autostart ROM at $8000		check for autostart at $8000
.,FE59 D0 03 BNE $FE5E	BNE NNMI19 ;...NO	nein: weiter	branch if no autostart ROM
.,FE5B 6C 02 80 JMP ($8002)	JMP ($8002) ;...YES ; ; CHECK FOR STOP KEY DOWN ; NNMI19	ja: Sprung auf Modul-NMI	else do autostart ROM break entry		Jump to warm start vector	cartridge warm start
.,FE5E 20 BC F6 JSR $F6BC	JSR UD60 ;NO .Y	Flag für Stop-Taste setzen	increment real time clock		Scan 1 row in keymatrix and store value in $91
.,FE61 20 E1 FF JSR $FFE1	JSR STOP ;NO .Y	Stop-Taste abfragen	scan stop key		Check $91 to see if <STOP> was pressed
.,FE64 D0 0C BNE $FE72	BNE NNMI20 ;NO STOP KEY...TEST FOR RS232 ; ; TIMB - WHERE SYSTEM GOES ON A BRK INSTRUCTION ;	nicht gedrückt ?	if not [STOP] restore registers and exit interrupt user function default vector BRK handler		<STOP> not pressed, skip part of following routine WARM START BASIC This routine is called from the NMI routine above. If <STOP> was pressed, then KERNAL vectors are restored to default values, I/O vectors initialised and a jump to ($a002), the Basic warm start vector. The NMI routine continues at $fe72 by checking the RS232, if there is anyting to send.	BRK routine
.,FE66 20 15 FD JSR $FD15	TIMB JSR RESTOR ;RESTORE SYSTEM INDIRECTS	Standard-Vektoren für Interrupt und I/O setzen	restore default I/O vectors		KERNAL reset
.,FE69 20 A3 FD JSR $FDA3	JSR IOINIT ;RESTORE I/O FOR BASIC	I/O initialisieren	initialise SID, CIA and IRQ		init I/O
.,FE6C 20 18 E5 JSR $E518	JSR CINT ;RESTORE SCREEN FOR BASIC	Bildschirmreset	initialise the screen and keyboard		init I/O
.,FE6F 6C 02 A0 JMP ($A002)	JMP ($A002) ;...NO, SO BASIC WARM START ; DISABLE NMI'S UNTILL READY ; SAVE ON STACK ;	zum BASIC-Warmstart NMI-Routine für RS 232	do BASIC break entry RS232 NMI routine		jump to Basic warm start vector NMI RS232 HANDLING	internal NMI
.,FE72 98 TYA	NNMI20 TYA ;.Y SAVED THROUGH RESTORE	ICR-Register			Read CIA#2 interrupt control register
.,FE73 2D A1 02 AND $02A1	AND ENABL ;SHOW ONLY ENABLES	mit RS 232 NMI-Flag verknüp.	AND with the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		mask with ENABL, RS232 enable
.,FE76 AA TAX	TAX ;SAVE IN .X FOR LATTER ; ; T1 NMI CHECK - TRANSMITT A BIT ;	nach X retten			temp store in (X)
.,FE77 29 01 AND #$01	AND #$01 ;CHECK FOR T1	Sendebetrieb aktiv ?			test if sending (%00000001)
.,FE79 F0 28 BEQ $FEA3	BEQ NNMI30 ;NO... ;	nein			nope, jump to recieve test
.,FE7B AD 00 DD LDA $DD00	LDA D2PRA	Datenport lesen	read VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		load CIA#1 DRA
.,FE7E 29 FB AND #$FB	AND #$FF-$04 ;FIX FOR CURRENT I/O	Bit 2 TXD löschen	mask xxxx x0xx, clear RS232 Tx DATA		mask bit2 (RS232 send)
.,FE80 05 B5 ORA $B5	ORA NXTBIT ;LOAD DATA AND...	zu sendendes Bit übergeben	OR in the RS232 transmit data bit		NXTBIT, next bit to send
.,FE82 8D 00 DD STA $DD00	STA D2PRA ;...SEND IT ;	und wieder in Datenport spei.	save VIA 2 DRA, serial port and video address		and write to port
.,FE85 AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	LDA ENABL ;RESTORE NMI'S	RS-232 NMI-Flag	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte
.,FE88 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR ;READY FOR NEXT... ; ; BECAUSE OF 6526 ICR STRUCTURE... ; HANDLE ANOTHER NMI AS A SUBROUTINE ;	wieder in ICR schreiben	save VIA 2 ICR		write ENABL to CIA#2 I.C.R
.,FE8B 8A TXA	TXA ;TEST FOR ANOTHER NMI	Wert aus X zurückholen			get temp
.,FE8C 29 12 AND #$12	AND #$12 ;TEST FOR T2 OR FLAG	Bit 1 und 4 isolieren			test if recieving (bit1), or waiting for reciever edge (bit4) ($12 = %00010010)
.,FE8E F0 0D BEQ $FE9D	BEQ NNMI25	Bit 1 und 4=0: Bit empfangen			nope, skip reciever routine
.,FE90 29 02 AND #$02	AND #$02 ;CHECK FOR T2	Bit 1, Aufruf von Timer B			test if recieving
.,FE92 F0 06 BEQ $FE9A	BEQ NNMI22 ;MUST BE A FLAG ;	nein: verzweige zu Startbit			nope
.,FE94 20 D6 FE JSR $FED6	JSR T2NMI ;HANDLE A NORMAL BIT IN...	empfangenes Bit verarbeiten			jump to NMI RS232 in
.,FE97 4C 9D FE JMP $FE9D	JMP NNMI25 ;...THEN CONTINUE OUTPUT ;	Vorbereitung für Byte umgehen
.,FE9A 20 07 FF JSR $FF07	NNMI22 JSR FLNMI ;HANDLE A START BIT... ;	Vorbereitung für Empfang des nächsten Bytes			jump to NMI RS232 out
.,FE9D 20 BB EE JSR $EEBB	NNMI25 JSR RSTRAB ;GO CALC INFO (CODE COULD BE IN LINE)	Empfang des nächsten Bits v.			RS232 send byte
.,FEA0 4C B6 FE JMP $FEB6	JMP NMIRTI ; ; T2 NMI CHECK - RECIEVE A BIT ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt			goto exit
.,FEA3 8A TXA	NNMI30 TXA	X nach Akku	get active interrupts back		get temp
.,FEA4 29 02 AND #$02	AND #$02 ;MASK TO T2	Datenempfang ?	mask ?? interrupt		test bit1
.,FEA6 F0 06 BEQ $FEAE	BEQ NNMI40 ;NO... ;	verzweige wenn kein Empfang	branch if not ?? interrupt was ?? interrupt		nope
.,FEA8 20 D6 FE JSR $FED6	JSR T2NMI ;HANDLE INTERRUPT	empfangenes Bit verarbeiten			NMI RS232 in???
.,FEAB 4C B6 FE JMP $FEB6	JMP NMIRTI ; FLAG NMI HANDLER - RECIEVE A START BIT ;	Rückkehr vom Interrupt			goto exit
.,FEAE 8A TXA	NNMI40 TXA ;CHECK FOR EDGE	X nach Akku	get active interrupts back		set temp
.,FEAF 29 10 AND #$10	AND #$10 ;ON FLAG...	warten auf Startbit ?	mask CB1 interrupt, Rx data bit transition		test bit4
.,FEB1 F0 03 BEQ $FEB6	BEQ NMIRTI ;NO... ;	verzweige wenn kein Startbit	if no bit restore registers and exit interrupt		nope, exit
.,FEB3 20 07 FF JSR $FF07	JSR FLNMI ;START BIT ROUTINE	Vorbereitung für Empfang des nächsten Bytes			NMI RS232 out
.,FEB6 AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	NMIRTI LDA ENABL ;RESTORE NMI'S	RS-232 NMI-Flag	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		ENABL
.,FEB9 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR	wieder in ICR	save VIA 2 ICR		CIA#2 interrupt control register
.,FEBC 68 PLA	PREND PLA ;BECAUSE OF MISSING SCREEN EDITOR	Y-Register vom Stapel	pull Y		restore registers (Y),(X),(A)
.,FEBD A8 TAY	TAY	zurückholen	restore Y
.,FEBE 68 PLA	PLA	X-Register	pull X
.,FEBF AA TAX	TAX	zurückholen	restore X
.,FEC0 68 PLA	PLA	Akku zurückholen	restore A
.,FEC1 40 RTI	RTI ; BAUDO TABLE CONTAINS VALUES ; FOR 1E6/BAUD RATE/2 ;	Rücksprung Timerkonstanten für RS 232 Baud-Rate, NTSC-Version	baud rate word is calculated from .. (system clock / baud rate) / 2 - 100 system clock ------------ PAL 985248 Hz NTSC 1022727 Hz baud rate tables for NTSC C64		back from NMI RS232 TIMING TABLE - NTSC Timingtable for RS232 NMI for use with NTSC machines. The table containe 10 entries which corresponds to one of the fixed RS232 rates, starting with lowest (50 baud) and finishing with the highest (2400 baud). Since the clock frequency is different between NTSC and PAL systems, there is another table for PAL machines at $e4ec.	baud rate tables
.:FEC2 C1 27	BAUDO .WOR 10000-CBIT ; 50 BAUD	$27C1 = 10177 50 Baud	50 baud 1027700		50 baud	50
.:FEC4 3E 1A	.WOR 6667-CBIT ; 75 BAUD	$1A3E = 6718 75 Baud	75 baud 1022700		75 baud	75
.:FEC6 C5 11	.WOR 4545-CBIT ; 110 BAUD	$11C5 = 4549 110 Baud	110 baud 1022780		110 baud	110
.:FEC8 74 0E	.WOR 3715-CBIT ; 134.6 BAUD	$0E74 = 3700 134.5 Baud	134.5 baud 1022200		134.5 baud	134.5
.:FECA ED 0C	.WOR 3333-CBIT ; 150 BAUD	$0CED = 3309 150 Baud	150 baud 1022700		150 baud	150
.:FECC 45 06	.WOR 1667-CBIT ; 300 BAUD	$0645 = 1605 300 Baud	300 baud 1023000		300 baud	300
.:FECE F0 02	.WOR 833-CBIT ; 600 BAUD	$02F0 = 752 600 Baud	600 baud 1022400		600 baud	600
.:FED0 46 01	.WOR 417-CBIT ; 1200 BAUD	$0146 = 326 1200 Baud	1200 baud 1022400		1200 baud	1200
.:FED2 B8 00	.WOR 278-CBIT ; 1800 BAUD	$00B8 = 184 1800 Baud	1800 baud 1022400		(1800) 2400 baud	1800
.:FED4 71 00	.WOR 208-CBIT ; 2400 BAUD ; ; CBIT - AN ADJUSTMENT TO MAKE NEXT T2 HIT NEAR CENTER ; OF THE NEXT BIT. ; APROX THE TIME TO SERVICE A CB1 NMI CBIT =100 ;CYCLES ; T2NMI - SUBROUTINE TO HANDLE AN RS232 ; BIT INPUT. ;	$0071 = 113 2400 Baud NMI-Routine für RS-232 Eingabe	2400 baud 1022400 ??		2400 baud NMI RS232 IN This routine inputs a bit from the RS232 port and sets the baudrate timing for the next bit. Continues to the RS232 recieve routine.	2400 input next bit on RS-232 and schedule TB2
.,FED6 AD 01 DD LDA $DD01	T2NMI LDA D2PRB ;GET DATA IN	Port Register B	read VIA 2 DRB, RS232 port		RS232 I/O port
.,FED9 29 01 AND #$01	AND #01 ;MASK OFF...	Bit für Receive Data isolie- ren	mask 0000 000x, RS232 Rx DATA		test bit0, received data
.,FEDB 85 A7 STA $A7	STA INBIT ;...SAVE FOR LATTER ; ; UPDATE T2 FOR MID BIT CHECK ; (WORST CASE <213 CYCLES TO HERE) ; (CALC 125 CYCLES+43-66 DEAD) ;	und speichern	save the RS232 received data bit		store in INBIT
.,FEDD AD 06 DD LDA $DD06	LDA D2T2L ;CALC NEW TIME & CLR NMI	Timer B LOW	get VIA 2 timer B low byte		lowbyte of timer B
.,FEE0 E9 1C SBC #$1C	SBC #22+6	minus 28
.,FEE2 6D 99 02 ADC $0299	ADC BAUDOF	+ LOW-Byte der Baudrate			<BAUDOF
.,FEE5 8D 06 DD STA $DD06	STA D2T2L	wieder abspeichern	save VIA 2 timer B low byte		store timer B
.,FEE8 AD 07 DD LDA $DD07	LDA D2T2H	RS 232 Timerkon. für Baudrate	get VIA 2 timer B high byte		highbyte of timer B
.,FEEB 6D 9A 02 ADC $029A	ADC BAUDOF+1	HIGH-Byte addieren			>BAUDOF
.,FEEE 8D 07 DD STA $DD07	STA D2T2H ;	in Timer schreiben	save VIA 2 timer B high byte		store timer B
.,FEF1 A9 11 LDA #$11	LDA #$11 ;ENABLE TIMER	Timer B starten	set timer B single shot, start timer B
.,FEF3 8D 0F DD STA $DD0F	STA D2CRB ;	Control Register B	save VIA 2 CRB		CIA#2 control register B
.,FEF6 AD A1 02 LDA $02A1	LDA ENABL ;RESTORE NMI'S EARLY...	CIA 2 NMI-Flag holen	get the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		ENABL
.,FEF9 8D 0D DD STA $DD0D	STA D2ICR ;	Interrupt Control Register	save VIA 2 ICR		CIA#2 interrupt control register
.,FEFC A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDA #$FF ;ENABLE COUNT FROM $FFFF	Wert laden
.,FEFE 8D 06 DD STA $DD06	STA D2T2L	und damit	save VIA 2 timer B low byte
.,FF01 8D 07 DD STA $DD07	STA D2T2H ;	Timer setzen	save VIA 2 timer B high byte
.,FF04 4C 59 EF JMP $EF59	JMP RSRCVR ;GO SHIFT IN... FLNMI ; ; GET HALF BIT RATE VALUE ;	Bit holen NMI-Routine RS 232 Ausgabe			jump to RS232 receive routine NMI RS232 OUT This routine sets up the baudrate for sending the bits out, and adjusts the number of bits remaining to send.	schedule TB2 using baud rate factor
.,FF07 AD 95 02 LDA $0295	LDA M51AJB	LOW- und HIGH-Byte	nonstandard bit timing low byte		M51AJB - non standard BPS time
.,FF0A 8D 06 DD STA $DD06	STA D2T2L	holen und in	save VIA 2 timer B low byte		timer B low
.,FF0D AD 96 02 LDA $0296	LDA M51AJB+1	RS 232 Timerkonstanten für	nonstandard bit timing high byte
.,FF10 8D 07 DD STA $DD07	STA D2T2H ;	Baudrate	save VIA 2 timer B high byte		timer B high
.,FF13 A9 11 LDA #$11	LDA #$11 ;ENABLE TIMER	Timer B starten	set timer B single shot, start timer B
.,FF15 8D 0F DD STA $DD0F	STA D2CRB ;	Control Register B	save VIA 2 CRB		CIA#2 control register B
.,FF18 A9 12 LDA #$12	LDA #$12 ;DISABLE FLAG, ENABLE T2	Bit 1 und 4 für Verknüpfung
.,FF1A 4D A1 02 EOR $02A1	EOR ENABL	mit NMI-Flag für CIA 2	EOR with the RS-232 interrupt enable byte
.,FF1D 8D A1 02 STA $02A1	STA ENABL ;ORA #$82 ;STA D2ICR ;	Wert wieder speichern	save the RS-232 interrupt enable byte		ENABL, RS232 enables
.,FF20 A9 FF LDA #$FF	LDA #$FF ;PRESET FOR COUNT DOWN	höchsten Wert laden
.,FF22 8D 06 DD STA $DD06	STA D2T2L	und in Latch von	save VIA 2 timer B low byte
.,FF25 8D 07 DD STA $DD07	STA D2T2H ;	Timer B laden	save VIA 2 timer B high byte		timer B
.,FF28 AE 98 02 LDX $0298	LDX BITNUM ;GET #OF BITS IN	Anzahl der zu sendenden Bits			BITNUM, number of bits still to send in this byte
.,FF2B 86 A8 STX $A8	STX BITCI ;PUT IN RCVRCNT	in Zähler für Wortlänge			BITC1, RS232 bitcount
.,FF2D 60 RTS	RTS ; ; POPEN - PATCHES OPEN RS232 FOR UNIVERSAL KERNAL ;	Rücksprung Timerwert für Sendebaudrate ermitteln	??			continuation of baud rate calculation
.,FF2E AA TAX	POPEN TAX ;WE'RE CALCULATING BAUD RATE	Baudrate aus Tabelle nach X
.,FF2F AD 96 02 LDA $0296	LDA M51AJB+1 ; M51AJB=FREQ/BAUD/2-100	HIGH-Byte holen	nonstandard bit timing high byte
.,FF32 2A ROL	ROL A	mal 2
.,FF33 A8 TAY	TAY	nach Y retten
.,FF34 8A TXA	TXA	LOW-Byte holen
.,FF35 69 C8 ADC #$C8	ADC #CBIT+CBIT	plus 200
.,FF37 8D 99 02 STA $0299	STA BAUDOF	nach Timerwert LOW
.,FF3A 98 TYA	TYA	HIGH-Byte zurückholen
.,FF3B 69 00 ADC #$00	ADC #0	Übertrag addieren	add any carry
.,FF3D 8D 9A 02 STA $029A	STA BAUDOF+1	nach Timerwert HIGH
.,FF40 60 RTS	RTS	Rücksprung	unused bytes
.,FF41 EA NOP	NOP	No OPeration	waste cycles
.,FF42 EA NOP	NOP .END .LIB IRQFILE ; SIMIRQ - SIMULATE AN IRQ (FOR CASSETTE READ) ; ENTER BY A JSR SIMIRQ ;	No OPeration Einsprung aus Bandroutine	waste cycles save the status and do the IRQ routine		FAKE IRQ TAPE
.,FF43 08 PHP	SIMIRQ PHP	Statusregister auf Stapel	save the processor status		store processor reg.
.,FF44 68 PLA	PLA ;FIX THE BREAK FLAG	Statusregister in Akku	pull the processor status		get reg
.,FF45 29 EF AND #$EF	AND #$EF	Break-Flag löschen	mask xxx0 xxxx, clear the break bit		clear bit4
.,FF47 48 PHA	PHA ; PULS - CHECKS FOR REAL IRQ'S OR BREAKS ;	und wieder auf Stapel legen IRQ-Einsprung	save the modified processor status IRQ vector		store reg IRQ ENTRY This routine is pointed to by the hardware IRQ vector at $fffe. This routine is able to distinguish between a hardware IRQ, and a software BRK. The two types of interrupts are processed by its own routine.	IRQ entry point
.,FF48 48 PHA	PULS PHA	Akku auf Stapel retten	save A		Store Acc
.,FF49 8A TXA	TXA	X nach Akku	copy X
.,FF4A 48 PHA	PHA	X-Register retten	save X		Store X-reg
.,FF4B 98 TYA	TYA	Y nach Akku	copy Y
.,FF4C 48 PHA	PHA	Y-Register retten	save Y		Store Y-reg
.,FF4D BA TSX	TSX	Stapelzeiger als Zähler in X	copy stack pointer
.,FF4E BD 04 01 LDA $0104,X	LDA $104,X ;GET OLD P STATUS	Break-Flag vom Stapel holen	get stacked status register		Read byte on stack written by processor?
.,FF51 29 10 AND #$10	AND #$10 ;BREAK FLAG?	und testen	mask BRK flag		check bit 4 to determine HW or SW interrupt
.,FF53 F0 03 BEQ $FF58	BEQ PULS1 ;...NO	nicht gesetzt	branch if not BRK
.,FF55 6C 16 03 JMP ($0316)	JMP (CBINV) ;...YES...BREAK INSTR	BREAK - Routine	else do BRK vector (iBRK)		jump to CBINV. Points to FE66, basic warm start	normally FE66
.,FF58 6C 14 03 JMP ($0314)	PULS1 JMP (CINV) ;...IRQ .END .LIB VECTORS	Interrupt - Routine Video-Reset	do IRQ vector (iIRQ) initialise VIC and screen editor		jump to CINV. Points to EA31, main IRQ entry point CINT: INIT SCREEN EDITOR The KERNAL routine CINT ($FF81) jumps to this routine. It sets up VIC for operation. The original CINT is at $e518, and this patch checks out if this is a PAL or NTSC machine. This is done by setting the raster compare register to 311, which is the number of scanlines in a PAL machine. If no interrupt occurs, then it's a NTSC machine.	normally EA31 addition to I/O device initalisation
.,FF5B 20 18 E5 JSR $E518	*=$FF8A-9	Videocontroller initialisie- ren	initialise the screen and keyboard		original I/O init
.,FF5E AD 12 D0 LDA $D012		Rasterzeile	read the raster compare register		wait for top of screen
.,FF61 D0 FB BNE $FF5E		wartet auf Ende Videozeile	loop if not raster line $00		at line zero
.,FF63 AD 19 D0 LDA $D019		Interrupt durch Rasterzeile?	read the vic interrupt flag register		Check IRQ flag register if interrupt occured
.,FF66 29 01 AND #$01		Bit 0 isolieren und als Flag	mask the raster compare flag		only first bit
.,FF68 8D A6 02 STA $02A6		PAL/NTSC-Version merken	save the PAL/NTSC flag		store in PAL/NTSC flag
.,FF6B 4C DD FD JMP $FDDD		Interrupttimer setzen Timer für Interrupt setzen	??		jump to ENABLE TIMER START TIMER This routine starts the CIA#1 timer and jumps into a routine that handles the serial clock.	end of scheduling TA for 1/60 second IRQ's
.,FF6E A9 81 LDA #$81		Timer A Unterlauf	enable timer A interrupt		Enable IRQ when timer B reaches zero
.,FF70 8D 0D DC STA $DC0D		Interrupt Control Register	save VIA 1 ICR		CIA#1 interrupt controll register
.,FF73 AD 0E DC LDA $DC0E		Control Register A	read VIA 1 CRA		CIA#1 control register A
.,FF76 29 80 AND #$80		Bit 7 retten Uhrzeittrigger (50/60 Hz)	mask x000 0000, TOD clock
.,FF78 09 11 ORA #$11		Timer A starten	mask xxx1 xxx1, load timer A, start timer A		Force load of timer A values -bit4, and start -bit0
.,FF7A 8D 0E DC STA $DC0E		Control Register A	save VIA 1 CRA		Action!
.,FF7D 4C 8E EE JMP $EE8E		seriellen Takt aus	set the serial clock out low and return unused		Continue to 'serial clock off' KERNAL VERSION ID This byte contains the version number of the KERNAL.
.,FF80 00 BRK		BReaK Sprungtabelle für Betriebssystem-Routinen	initialise VIC and screen editor		KERNAL JUMP TABLE This table contains jump vectors to the I/O routines. This is a Commodore standard, so no matter what system you are using (VIC20, C64, C128, Plus4 etc) the jump vectors are always located at this position.	kernal version number kernal vectors
.,FF81 4C 5B FF JMP $FF5B	JMP CINT	Video-Reset	initialise VIC and screen editor initialise SID, CIA and IRQ, unused		CINT, init screen editor	initalise screen and keyboard
.,FF84 4C A3 FD JMP $FDA3	JMP IOINIT	CIAs initialisieren	initialise SID, CIA and IRQ RAM test and find RAM end		IOINT, init input/output	initalise I/O devices
.,FF87 4C 50 FD JMP $FD50	JMP RAMTAS *=$FF8A ;NEW VECTORS FOR BASIC	RAM löschen bzw. testen	RAM test and find RAM end restore default I/O vectors this routine restores the default values of all system vectors used in KERNAL and BASIC routines and interrupts.		RAMTAS, init RAM, tape screen	initalise memory pointers
.,FF8A 4C 15 FD JMP $FD15	JMP RESTOR ;RESTORE VECTORS TO INITIAL SYSTEM	I/O initialisieren	restore default I/O vectors read/set vectored I/O this routine manages all system vector jump addresses stored in RAM. Calling this routine with the carry bit set will store the current contents of the RAM vectors in a list pointed to by the X and Y registers. When this routine is called with the carry bit clear, the user list pointed to by the X and Y registers is copied to the system RAM vectors. NOTE: This routine requires caution in its use. The best way to use it is to first read the entire vector contents into the user area, alter the desired vectors and then copy the contents back to the system vectors.		RESTOR, restore default I/O vector	restore I/O vectors
.,FF8D 4C 1A FD JMP $FD1A	JMP VECTOR ;CHANGE VECTORS FOR USER * =$FF90	I/O Vektoren initialisieren	read/set vectored I/O control kernal messages this routine controls the printing of error and control messages by the KERNAL. Either print error messages or print control messages can be selected by setting the accumulator when the routine is called. FILE NOT FOUND is an example of an error message. PRESS PLAY ON CASSETTE is an example of a control message. bits 6 and 7 of this value determine where the message will come from. If bit 7 is set one of the error messages from the KERNAL will be printed. If bit 6 is set a control message will be printed.		VECTOR, read/set I/O vector	set I/O vectors from XY
.,FF90 4C 18 FE JMP $FE18	JMP SETMSG ;CONTROL O.S. MESSAGES	Status setzen	control kernal messages send secondary address after LISTEN this routine is used to send a secondary address to an I/O device after a call to the LISTEN routine is made and the device commanded to LISTEN. The routine cannot be used to send a secondary address after a call to the TALK routine. A secondary address is usually used to give set-up information to a device before I/O operations begin. When a secondary address is to be sent to a device on the serial bus the address must first be ORed with $60.		SETMSG, control KERNAL messages	control kernal messages
.,FF93 4C B9 ED JMP $EDB9	JMP SECND ;SEND SA AFTER LISTEN	Sekundäradresse nach LISTEN senden	send secondary address after LISTEN send secondary address after TALK this routine transmits a secondary address on the serial bus for a TALK device. This routine must be called with a number between 4 and 31 in the accumulator. The routine will send this number as a secondary address command over the serial bus. This routine can only be called after a call to the TALK routine. It will not work after a LISTEN.		SECOND, send SA after LISTEN	read secondary address after listen
.,FF96 4C C7 ED JMP $EDC7	JMP TKSA ;SEND SA AFTER TALK	Sekundäradresse nach TALK senden	send secondary address after TALK read/set the top of memory this routine is used to read and set the top of RAM. When this routine is called with the carry bit set the pointer to the top of RAM will be loaded into XY. When this routine is called with the carry bit clear XY will be saved as the top of memory pointer changing the top of memory.		TKSA, send SA after TALK	read secondary address after talk
.,FF99 4C 25 FE JMP $FE25	JMP MEMTOP ;SET/READ TOP OF MEMORY	RAM-Ende setzen/holen	read/set the top of memory read/set the bottom of memory this routine is used to read and set the bottom of RAM. When this routine is called with the carry bit set the pointer to the bottom of RAM will be loaded into XY. When this routine is called with the carry bit clear XY will be saved as the bottom of memory pointer changing the bottom of memory.		MEMTOP, read/set top of memory	read/set top of memory
.,FF9C 4C 34 FE JMP $FE34	JMP MEMBOT ;SET/READ BOTTOM OF MEMORY	RAM-Anfang setzen/holen	read/set the bottom of memory scan the keyboard this routine will scan the keyboard and check for pressed keys. It is the same routine called by the interrupt handler. If a key is down, its ASCII value is placed in the keyboard queue.		MEMBOT, read/set bottom of memory	read/set bottom of memory
.,FF9F 4C 87 EA JMP $EA87	JMP SCNKEY ;SCAN KEYBOARD	Tastatur abfragen	scan keyboard set timeout on serial bus this routine sets the timeout flag for the serial bus. When the timeout flag is set, the computer will wait for a device on the serial port for 64 milliseconds. If the device does not respond to the computer's DAV signal within that time the computer will recognize an error condition and leave the handshake sequence. When this routine is called and the accumulator contains a 0 in bit 7, timeouts are enabled. A 1 in bit 7 will disable the timeouts. NOTE: The the timeout feature is used to communicate that a disk file is not found on an attempt to OPEN a file.		SCNKEY, scan keyboard	scan keyboard
.,FFA2 4C 21 FE JMP $FE21	JMP SETTMO ;SET TIMEOUT IN IEEE	Time-out-Flag für IEC-Bus setzen	set timeout on serial bus input byte from serial bus this routine reads a byte of data from the serial bus using full handshaking. the data is returned in the accumulator. before using this routine the TALK routine, $FFB4, must have been called first to command the device on the serial bus to send data on the bus. if the input device needs a secondary command it must be sent by using the TKSA routine, $FF96, before calling this routine. errors are returned in the status word which can be read by calling the READST routine, $FFB7.		SETTMO, set IEEE timeout	set timout for serial bus
.,FFA5 4C 13 EE JMP $EE13	JMP ACPTR ;HANDSHAKE IEEE BYTE IN	Eingabe vom IEC-Bus	input byte from serial bus output a byte to serial bus this routine is used to send information to devices on the serial bus. A call to this routine will put a data byte onto the serial bus using full handshaking. Before this routine is called the LISTEN routine, $FFB1, must be used to command a device on the serial bus to get ready to receive data. the accumulator is loaded with a byte to output as data on the serial bus. A device must be listening or the status word will return a timeout. This routine always buffers one character. So when a call to the UNLISTEN routine, $FFAE, is made to end the data transmission, the buffered character is sent with EOI set. Then the UNLISTEN command is sent to the device.		ACPTR, input byte from serial bus	input on serial bus
.,FFA8 4C DD ED JMP $EDDD	JMP CIOUT ;HANDSHAKE IEEE BYTE OUT	Ausgabe vom IEC-Bus	output byte to serial bus command serial bus to UNTALK this routine will transmit an UNTALK command on the serial bus. All devices previously set to TALK will stop sending data when this command is received.		CIOUT, output byte to serial bus	output byte on serial bus
.,FFAB 4C EF ED JMP $EDEF	JMP UNTLK ;SEND UNTALK OUT IEEE	UNTALK senden	command serial bus to UNTALK command serial bus to UNLISTEN this routine commands all devices on the serial bus to stop receiving data from the computer. Calling this routine results in an UNLISTEN command being transmitted on the serial bus. Only devices previously commanded to listen will be affected. This routine is normally used after the computer is finished sending data to external devices. Sending the UNLISTEN will command the listening devices to get off the serial bus so it can be used for other purposes.		UNTALK, command serial bus UNTALK	send untalk on serial bus
.,FFAE 4C FE ED JMP $EDFE	JMP UNLSN ;SEND UNLISTEN OUT IEEE	UNLISTEN senden	command serial bus to UNLISTEN command devices on the serial bus to LISTEN this routine will command a device on the serial bus to receive data. The accumulator must be loaded with a device number between 4 and 31 before calling this routine. LISTEN convert this to a listen address then transmit this data as a command on the serial bus. The specified device will then go into listen mode and be ready to accept information.		UNLSN, command serial bus UNLSN	send unlisten on serial bus
.,FFB1 4C 0C ED JMP $ED0C	JMP LISTN ;SEND LISTEN OUT IEEE	LISTEN senden	command devices on the serial bus to LISTEN command serial bus device to TALK to use this routine the accumulator must first be loaded with a device number between 4 and 30. When called this routine converts this device number to a talk address. Then this data is transmitted as a command on the Serial bus.		LISTEN, command serial bus LISTEN	send listen on serial bus
.,FFB4 4C 09 ED JMP $ED09	JMP TALK ;SEND TALK OUT IEEE	TALK senden	command serial bus device to TALK read I/O status word this routine returns the current status of the I/O device in the accumulator. The routine is usually called after new communication to an I/O device. The routine will give information about device status, or errors that have occurred during the I/O operation.		TALK, command serial bus TALK	send talk on serial bus
.,FFB7 4C 07 FE JMP $FE07	JMP READSS ;RETURN I/O STATUS BYTE	Status holen	read I/O status word set logical, first and second addresses this routine will set the logical file number, device address, and secondary address, command number, for other KERNAL routines. the logical file number is used by the system as a key to the file table created by the OPEN file routine. Device addresses can range from 0 to 30. The following codes are used by the computer to stand for the following CBM devices: ADDRESS DEVICE ======= ====== 0 Keyboard 1 Cassette #1 2 RS-232C device 3 CRT display 4 Serial bus printer 8 CBM Serial bus disk drive device numbers of four or greater automatically refer to devices on the serial bus. a command to the device is sent as a secondary address on the serial bus after the device number is sent during the serial attention handshaking sequence. If no secondary address is to be sent Y should be set to $FF.		READST, read I/O status word	read I/O status word
.,FFBA 4C 00 FE JMP $FE00	JMP SETLFS ;SET LA, FA, SA	Fileparameter setzen	set logical, first and second addresses set the filename this routine is used to set up the file name for the OPEN, SAVE, or LOAD routines. The accumulator must be loaded with the length of the file and XY with the pointer to file name, X being th low byte. The address can be any valid memory address in the system where a string of characters for the file name is stored. If no file name desired the accumulator must be set to 0, representing a zero file length, in that case XY may be set to any memory address.		SETLFS, set logical file parameters	set file parameters
.,FFBD 4C F9 FD JMP $FDF9	JMP SETNAM ;SET LENGTH AND FN ADR	Filenamenparameter setzen	set the filename open a logical file this routine is used to open a logical file. Once the logical file is set up it can be used for input/output operations. Most of the I/O KERNAL routines call on this routine to create the logical files to operate on. No arguments need to be set up to use this routine, but both the SETLFS, $FFBA, and SETNAM, $FFBD, KERNAL routines must be called before using this routine.		SETNAM, set filename	set filename parameters
.,FFC0 6C 1A 03 JMP ($031A)	OPEN JMP (IOPEN) ;OPEN LOGICAL FILE	$F34A OPEN	do open a logical file close a specified logical file this routine is used to close a logical file after all I/O operations have been completed on that file. This routine is called after the accumulator is loaded with the logical file number to be closed, the same number used when the file was opened using the OPEN routine.		OPEN, open file	(F34A) open a file
.,FFC3 6C 1C 03 JMP ($031C)	CLOSE JMP (ICLOSE) ;CLOSE LOGICAL FILE	$F291 CLOSE	do close a specified logical file open channel for input any logical file that has already been opened by the OPEN routine, $FFC0, can be defined as an input channel by this routine. the device on the channel must be an input device or an error will occur and the routine will abort. if you are getting data from anywhere other than the keyboard, this routine must be called before using either the CHRIN routine, $FFCF, or the GETIN routine, $FFE4. if you are getting data from the keyboard and no other input channels are open then the calls to this routine and to the OPEN routine, $FFC0, are not needed. when used with a device on the serial bus this routine will automatically send the listen address specified by the OPEN routine, $FFC0, and any secondary address. possible errors are: 3 : file not open 5 : device not present 6 : file is not an input file		CLOSE, close file	(F291) close a file
.,FFC6 6C 1E 03 JMP ($031E)	CHKIN JMP (ICHKIN) ;OPEN CHANNEL IN	$F20E CHKIN Eingabeg. setzen	do open channel for input open channel for output any logical file that has already been opened by the OPEN routine, $FFC0, can be defined as an output channel by this routine the device on the channel must be an output device or an error will occur and the routine will abort. if you are sending data to anywhere other than the screen this routine must be called before using the CHROUT routine, $FFD2. if you are sending data to the screen and no other output channels are open then the calls to this routine and to the OPEN routine, $FFC0, are not needed. when used with a device on the serial bus this routine will automatically send the listen address specified by the OPEN routine, $FFC0, and any secondary address. possible errors are: 3 : file not open 5 : device not present 7 : file is not an output file		CHKIN, prepare channel for input	(F20E) set input device
.,FFC9 6C 20 03 JMP ($0320)	CKOUT JMP (ICKOUT) ;OPEN CHANNEL OUT	$F250 CKOUT Ausgabegerät set.	do open channel for output close input and output channels this routine is called to clear all open channels and restore the I/O channels to their original default values. It is usually called after opening other I/O channels and using them for input/output operations. The default input device is 0, the keyboard. The default output device is 3, the screen. If one of the channels to be closed is to the serial port, an UNTALK signal is sent first to clear the input channel or an UNLISTEN is sent to clear the output channel. By not calling this routine and leaving listener(s) active on the serial bus, several devices can receive the same data from the VIC at the same time. One way to take advantage of this would be to command the printer to TALK and the disk to LISTEN. This would allow direct printing of a disk file.		CHKOUT, prepare channel for output	(F250) set output device
.,FFCC 6C 22 03 JMP ($0322)	CLRCH JMP (ICLRCH) ;CLOSE I/O CHANNEL	$F333 CLRCH Ein-Ausgabe zurücksetzen	do close input and output channels input character from channel this routine will get a byte of data from the channel already set up as the input channel by the CHKIN routine, $FFC6. If CHKIN, $FFC6, has not been used to define another input channel the data is expected to be from the keyboard. the data byte is returned in the accumulator. the channel remains open after the call. input from the keyboard is handled in a special way. first, the cursor is turned on and it will blink until a carriage return is typed on the keyboard. all characters on the logical line, up to 80 characters, will be stored in the BASIC input buffer. then the characters can be returned one at a time by calling this routine once for each character. when the carriage return is returned the entire line has been processed. the next time this routine is called the whole process begins again.		CLRCHN, close all I/O	(F333) restore I/O devices to default
.,FFCF 6C 24 03 JMP ($0324)	BASIN JMP (IBASIN) ;INPUT FROM CHANNEL	$F157 BASIN Eingabe eines Zeichens	do input character from channel output character to channel this routine will output a character to an already opened channel. Use the OPEN routine, $FFC0, and the CHKOUT routine, $FFC9, to set up the output channel before calling this routine. If these calls are omitted, data will be sent to the default output device, device 3, the screen. The data byte to be output is loaded into the accumulator, and this routine is called. The data is then sent to the specified output device. The channel is left open after the call. NOTE: Care must be taken when using routine to send data to a serial device since data will be sent to all open output channels on the bus. Unless this is desired, all open output channels on the serial bus other than the actually intended destination channel must be closed by a call to the KERNAL close channel routine.		CHRIN, inpup byte from channel	(F157) input char on current device
.,FFD2 6C 26 03 JMP ($0326)	BSOUT JMP (IBSOUT) ;OUTPUT TO CHANNEL	$F1CA BSOUT Ausgabe eines Zeichens	do output character to channel load RAM from a device this routine will load data bytes from any input device directly into the memory of the computer. It can also be used for a verify operation comparing data from a device with the data already in memory, leaving the data stored in RAM unchanged. The accumulator must be set to 0 for a load operation or 1 for a verify. If the input device was OPENed with a secondary address of 0 the header information from device will be ignored. In this case XY must contain the starting address for the load. If the device was addressed with a secondary address of 1 or 2 the data will load into memory starting at the location specified by the header. This routine returns the address of the highest RAM location which was loaded. Before this routine can be called, the SETLFS, $FFBA, and SETNAM, $FFBD, routines must be called.		CHROUT, output byte to channel	(F1CA) output char on current device
.,FFD5 4C 9E F4 JMP $F49E	JMP LOADSP ;LOAD FROM FILE	LOAD	load RAM from a device save RAM to a device this routine saves a section of memory. Memory is saved from an indirect address on page 0 specified by A, to the address stored in XY, to a logical file. The SETLFS, $FFBA, and SETNAM, $FFBD, routines must be used before calling this routine. However, a file name is not required to SAVE to device 1, the cassette. Any attempt to save to other devices without using a file name results in an error. NOTE: device 0, the keyboard, and device 3, the screen, cannot be SAVEd to. If the attempt is made, an error will occur, and the SAVE stopped.		LOAD, load from serial device	load ram from device
.,FFD8 4C DD F5 JMP $F5DD	JMP SAVESP ;SAVE TO FILE	SAVE	save RAM to device set the real time clock the system clock is maintained by an interrupt routine that updates the clock every 1/60th of a second. The clock is three bytes long which gives the capability to count from zero up to 5,184,000 jiffies - 24 hours plus one jiffy. At that point the clock resets to zero. Before calling this routine to set the clock the new time, in jiffies, should be in YXA, the accumulator containing the most significant byte.		SAVE, save to serial device	save ram to device
.,FFDB 4C E4 F6 JMP $F6E4	JMP SETTIM ;SET INTERNAL CLOCK	Time setzen	set real time clock read the real time clock this routine returns the time, in jiffies, in AXY. The accumulator contains the most significant byte.		SETTIM, set realtime clock	set real time clock
.,FFDE 4C DD F6 JMP $F6DD	JMP RDTIM ;READ INTERNAL CLOCK	Time holen	read real time clock scan the stop key if the STOP key on the keyboard is pressed when this routine is called the Z flag will be set. All other flags remain unchanged. If the STOP key is not pressed then the accumulator will contain a byte representing the last row of the keyboard scan. The user can also check for certain other keys this way.		RDTIM, read realtime clock	read real time clock
.,FFE1 6C 28 03 JMP ($0328)	STOP JMP (ISTOP) ;SCAN STOP KEY	$F6ED STOP-Taste abfragen	do scan stop key get character from input device in practice this routine operates identically to the CHRIN routine, $FFCF, for all devices except for the keyboard. If the keyboard is the current input device this routine will get one character from the keyboard buffer. It depends on the IRQ routine to read the keyboard and put characters into the buffer. If the keyboard buffer is empty the value returned in the accumulator will be zero.		STOP, check <STOP> key	(F6ED) check stop key
.,FFE4 6C 2A 03 JMP ($032A)	GETIN JMP (IGETIN) ;GET CHAR FROM Q	$F13E GET	do get character from input device close all channels and files this routine closes all open files. When this routine is called, the pointers into the open file table are reset, closing all files. Also the routine automatically resets the I/O channels.		GETIN, get input from keyboard	(F13E) get a character
.,FFE7 6C 2C 03 JMP ($032C)	CLALL JMP (ICLALL) ;CLOSE ALL FILES	$F32F CLALL	do close all channels and files increment real time clock this routine updates the system clock. Normally this routine is called by the normal KERNAL interrupt routine every 1/60th of a second. If the user program processes its own interrupts this routine must be called to update the time. Also, the STOP key routine must be called if the stop key is to remain functional.		CLALL, close all files and channels	(F32F) close all channels and files
.,FFEA 4C 9B F6 JMP $F69B	JMP UDTIM ;INCREMENT CLOCK	Time erhöhen	increment real time clock return X,Y organization of screen this routine returns the x,y organisation of the screen in X,Y		UDTIM, increment realtime clock	increment real time clock
.,FFED 4C 05 E5 JMP $E505	JSCROG JMP SCRORG ;SCREEN ORG	SCREEN Anzahl Zeilen und Spalten holen	return X,Y organization of screen read/set X,Y cursor position this routine, when called with the carry flag set, loads the current position of the cursor on the screen into the X and Y registers. X is the column number of the cursor location and Y is the row number of the cursor. A call with the carry bit clear moves the cursor to the position determined by the X and Y registers.		SCREEN, return screen organisation	read organisation of screen into XY
.,FFF0 4C 0A E5 JMP $E50A	JPLOT JMP PLOT ;READ/SET X,Y COORD	Cursor setzen / Cursorposition holen	read/set X,Y cursor position return the base address of the I/O devices this routine will set XY to the address of the memory section where the memory mapped I/O devices are located. This address can then be used with an offset to access the memory mapped I/O devices in the computer.		PLOT, read/set cursor X/Y position	read/set XY cursor position
.,FFF3 4C 00 E5 JMP $E500	JIOBAS JMP IOBASE ;RETURN I/O BASE	Startadresse des I/O-Bausteins holen	return the base address of the I/O devices RRBY		IOBASE, return IOBASE address	read base address of I/O devices unused
.:FFF6 52 52 42 59	*=$FFFA	Hardware Vektoren	RRBY hardware vectors		SYSTEM HARDWARE VECTORS This table contains jumpvectors for system reset, IRQ, and NMI. The IRQ and NMI vectors points to addresses which contains an indirect jump to RAM, to provide user defined routines.
.:FFFA 43 FE	.WOR NMI ;PROGRAM DEFINEABLE	NMI Vektor	NMI Vektor			NMI vector
.:FFFC E2 FC	.WOR START ;INITIALIZATION CODE	RESET Vektor	RESET Vektor			RESET vector
.:FFFE 48 FF	.WOR PULS ;INTERRUPT HANDLER	IRQ Vektor	IRQ Vektor			IRQ/BRK vector

CBMBASIC

DISPATCH TABLES, RESERVED WORDS, AND ERROR TEXTS.

Adressen der BASIC-Befehle -1

(Interpreterkode Adresse Befehl)

action addresses for primary commands

BRANCH TABLE FOR TOKENS

address table for commands

Adressen der BASIC-Funktionen

action addresses for functions

address table for functions

Hierarchiecodes und

Adressen-1 der Operatoren

precedence byte and action addresses for operators

MATH OPERATOR BRANCH TABLE

priority and address table for operators

BASIC-Befehlsworte

BASIC keywords

TOKEN NAME TABLE

table of commands

table of functions

BASIC-Fehlermeldungen

other commands

BASIC error messages

ERROR MESSAGES

table of error messages

Adressen der Fehlermeldungen

error message pointer table

error message address locations

Meldungen des Interpreters

BASIC messages

other messages

GENERAL STORAGE MANAGEMENT ROUTINES.

Stapelsuch-Routine für

FOR-NEXT- und GOSUB-Befehl

spare byte, not referenced

search the stack for FOR or GOSUB activity

CALLED BY "NEXT" AND "FOR" TO SCAN THROUGH

THE STACK FOR A FRAME WITH THE SAME VARIABLE.

search for "for" blocks on stack

Block-Verschiebe-Routine

open up a space in the memory, set the end of arrays

MOVE BLOCK OF MEMORY UP

move bytes after check for space

move bytes routine

Prüfung auf Platz im Stapel

check room on stack for A bytes

CHECK IF ENOUGH ROOM LEFT ON STACK

FOR "FOR", "GOSUB", OR EXPRESSION EVALUATION

test for 2 * A bytes free on stack

Schafft Platz im Speicher

check available memory, do out of memory error if no room

CHECK IF ENOUGH ROOM BETWEEN ARRAYS AND STRINGS

array area overflow check

ERROR HANDLER, READY, TERMINAL INPUT, COMPACTIFY, NEW, REINIT.

do out of memory error then warm start

out of memory error

Fehlereinsprung

HANDLE AN ERROR

WARM RESTART ENTRY

handle error messages

Fehlermeldung ausgeben

do error #X then warm start, the error message vector is initialised to point here

standard error message handler

print string and do warm start, break entry

do warm start

Eingabe-Warteschleife

BASIC warm start, the warm start vector is initialised to point here

standard warm start routine

Löschen und Einfügen von

Programmzeilen

handle new BASIC line

HANDLE NUMBERED LINE

handle insert/delete basic lines

Programmzeile löschen

delete old line

Programmzeile einfügen

insert new line

CLEAR ALL VARIABLES

BASIC-Zeilen neu binden

rebuild BASIC line chaining